80 Topics
80 Topics
80 Topics
Majority of the contents are from Maulana Farooq Razvi Sahab’s Website
Sunni Hanafi Organization
Also from websites like Sunni Barelwi Blogspot, Facebook Posts and
others
Compiled By
Mohammad Danish Khan
S/O Hafiz Abdul Ghani Khan
Author’s note:
I’m just a mere servant. I do not own any of the above websites or
channels. I’ve compiled the information for the betterment of this
Ummah.
May Allah guide us all in the Path Of His Beloved, Our Master Huzoor
E Akram ﷺand the Sahaba, The Tabein, Tabe-Tabein, The Imams,
The Waliullah. . . (Radiallahu Anhu)
AMEEN!!!
Advice to the reader:
Kitaab mein di gayi photos zyada se zyada badmazbon ki translation se ya unki hi kitaabon se di gayi hai
kyuki aap ke zehan mein ye shak na paida ho ki hum ne translation mein khud likh diya hai.
Yeh badmazhabon ki website hai.
Kutub al-Sittah:
Sahih Bukhari
Sahih Muslim
Sunan Abu Dawood
Jamia Tirmizhi Shareef
Sunan Nisai
Sunan al-Daraqutn
Sunan al-Darmi
Sunan al-Kubra
Musnad Ahmad ibn Hanbal
Musnad Abu Ya’la al-Mawsili
Musnad Al Bazzar
Sahih Ibn Khuzaymah
Sahih Ibn Hibban
Al Muwatta by Imam Malik
Aur Deegar Kitaab bhi jo yaha nahi liki hai who bhi aage maujood hai.
NOTE:
Eng mirza ki website pe jo translation hai waha pe in logo ne khud se zaif ya sahih likha hai jo Imamo
ke kitaabon mein nahi.
Misaal:
Right Side Imam Tirmizi Ki likhi hai. Yeha unhone Khud Hadees ko Hasan Kaha hai. In logo ne uska
tarjuma bhi left side par kiya hai.
Lekin fir bhi upar Da’if likh dala.
Aap se guzarish hai ki aap inki kitaabon se Sahih ya Da’if na dekhe. Agarche shak bhi ho to right
side par confirm kare ki Imamo ne is Hadees ki Sanad par kya kaha.
In logo ke aqede ke khilaf agar koi hadees jati hai to woh use Zaef keh dete hai. Aap inki kitaab
mein sirf yeh dekhe ki aise Hadees maujood hai.
GUZARISH HAI AAP SE KI JAHA PAR SAHABAI KARAM YA
BUZURGANE DEEN KA NAAM AYE, AAP WAHA PE
RADIALLAHU ANH PADHE.
(R.A) JAIZ NAHI HAI, LEIKIN YEHA SIRF TRANSLATION KE
LIYE ISTIMAAL KIYA GAYA HAI.
(Agar kahi wordings miss ho gayi ya galti ho gayi hai to
use maaf kijiyega)
S.NO TOPIC Page No
Allah Apne Habib e Paak ( )ﷺKe Sadqe Hamare Imaan O Aqide Ki Hifazat Farmaye Aue Hame
Badmazhabo Ke Fitno se Bachaye (Ameen)
1|P a ge
Page | 2
THE PAINFUL TORMENT OF HELL
This is an abode which clearly symbolises the boundless Wrath of Almighty Allah. Just as there is no limit
to his Mercy and Grace, which cannot be understood by the human mind, similarly there is no limit to
his Wrath. All the pain, suffering and torment that aperson can imagine is unparallel compared to the
Wrath of Allah. That which has been mentioned in the Qur’an and Hadith concerning the wrath of
Allah is being briefly explained in this discussion, so that Muslims may read this and seek refuge from the
Wrath of Allah, and so that they should abstain from those practices which will lead them towards
hellfire.
It has been mentioned in the Hadith Shareef that when a person sincerely seeks refuge from hell then
Jahanum requests Almighty Allah to grant him refuge. The Qur’an has warned us on many occasions to
fear Hell and to stay away from those things which lead one towards hell. In order to educate us, our
beloved Rasool ﷺwould often ask refuge from the fire of Hell. The flames and ignitions of Jahanum
will be as high as huge mansions. When leaping into the sky, the flames will seem like a caravan of yellow
camels. Man and stone are the fuel of Jahanum. The fire of the world is only one portion of the seventy
portions of the fire of hell. The lowest form of punishment in Jahanum is that a person will be made to
wear shoes of fire, which will cause his brains to boil like a copper pot boils. He will assume that he is
facing the worst punishment, whereas he will be facing the least punishment. Almighty Allah will ask him
if he had the entire earth, would he exchange it in return for refuge from this torment. He will reply in
the positive. Almighty Allah will say that when he was in the spine of Hazrat Adam then all that He asked
of him was to obey one thing and that was never to make kufr (infidelity) but he did not take heed to
this.
The fire of Jahanum has been fuelled for a thousand years, until it became red. It was then fuelled for a
further thousand years until it became white. It was then fuelled again for another thousand years until
it turned black. It is now completely black and dark, wherein there is no sign of light. Hazrat Jibra’eel
(Alaihissalaam) took an oath to the Prophet ﷺsaying,
‘If the doors of Jahanum are opened even equivalent to the point of a needle, then all the people on earth will die due
to the intensity of the heat.’
‘If the warden of Jahanum had to appear to the people, then all of them would die due to his fierce
appearance.’
He also took an oath and said, ‘If one linkage from the chains of an inmate of hell had to be placed on a
mountain, it would tremble, not being able to withstand its intensity, until it will ultimately sink deep into the
farthest earth.’
The fire of this world is so intense and none will dispute its intensity. In hot weather it is extremely
difficult to stand near a fire. The fire of this world begs Almighty Allah never to re-enter it into the fire
of hell, yet amazingly man seems to have no fear and does all that which will lead him into hellfire.
Man seems not to fear that fire, which the fire itself fears.
Page | 3
Almighty Allah alone knows the depth of Jahanum. It has been mentioned in the Hadith Shareef, that if a
pillar of rock is thrown into Jahanum from the edge of hell, then even after travelling for a distance of
70 years. It will not reach the bottom of hell, whereas if a person throws a ball from the heights of the
sky in the morning, it will reach earth by nightfall. Hell has numerous abysses, levels and wells. There
are certain dungeons in hell from which hell itself seeks refuge more than 70 times daily and even more
times than this. There are many torments which the kaafirs will face in Jahanum. The Angels will
beat them with such heavy iron rods, that if one rod has to be placed on earth, all the humans and Jins
together will not be able to lift it off the ground. There are enormous snakes and scorpions in hell. The
scorpions are as thick as the necks of camelsand the snakes are more venomous that can be imagined.
Their stings and bites are so venomous and painful, that the pain and effects felt from it, will last for a
thousand years. The inmates of hell will be fed water which is as hot as oil and which has been boiled to
its highest intensity. When they bring the water close to their mouths, the intense heat will cause the
skin on their faces to fall off. This boiling water will be poured over their heads. When they are thirsty,
the pus that emanates from the body of the inmates of hell will be given to them to drink. They will
be fed thorny fruits. Thefoul smell of these fruits will be so intense, that if one piece of it falls onto
earth, it will disturb the entire cycle of humanity. When they are hungry, they will be given these
fruits to eat. When they eat it,its thorny nature will cause it to be lodged in the throat, causing them
suffocation. They will beg for water, so they will be given such extremely hot water, which will cause the
skin on their faces to fall into it. When this water reaches their bowel, it will cause the intestines to
disintegrate and flow out of the body. They will rush towards water like exhausted camels run around
in search of water in the intense heat. When the kufaar become weary of thepunishment, they will
consult with one another and decide to call out to Hazrat Maalik (R.A), the gate keeper of Hell. They
will say, ‘Please ask your Lord to end our lives, so that we may be spared from this torment.’
Hazrat Maalik (R.A) will not reply to them for a thousand years. After a thousand years pass, he will say,
‘Do not call out to me. Call out to Him,Whom you have disobeyed.’
They will then call out to Almighty Allah with His Merciful and Compassionate Names for a thousand
years. Almighty Allah will not reply to them for a thousand years. After this time, He will say, ’Beoff.
Remain in Jahanum and do not call out to me.’
Disillusioned, the kufaar will shriek and wail like donkeys. They will cry so bitterly that deep scars will
form on their faces. They will cry rivers of tears and when their tears are no more, they will cry blood
and pus instead of tears. There will be so much of blood and pus that ships would be able to sail in
them. The inmates of hell will be so hideous that if one inmate of hell has to be brought to earth, all
the people on earth will die due to his repulsiveness and foul odour. The bodies of the inmates of hell will
be inflated to such an extent that to travel from one shoulder to the other shoulder will take 3 days on
a fast horse. Their skins will become 42 yards thick and their tongues will hang out of their mouths for
a distance of up to 2 miles. Those who pass by will trample on their tongues. When an inmate of hell
sits, he will occupy space that is equivalent to the distance between Makkah and Madinah. Their
faces will be twisted and disfigured to such an extent that their upper lip will stretch over the top of
their heads and their lower lip will hang over their navels. The appearance of the kufaar in Jahanum
will not be the appearance of humans because Almighty Allah created humans in the best of moulds,
and more so because it is the example of the appearance of the beloved Rasool ﷺ. The appearance
of the inmates of hell will be as has been explained above. Finally, the kufaar will be placed into
Page | 4
caskets of fire equivalent to their heights. A lock made from fire will
be placed onto the casket. Thereafter this casket will be placed into another casket of fire with fire
between it.
This too will have a lock placed on it. It will then be placed into a third casket of fire, locked and then
thrown into the depths of Hell. Every inmate of hell incarcerated in a casket will assume that he is the
only one left in hell. This will be the most intense punishment and it will be forever. When the
Jannatis enter Jannat and those that are to remain in hell are in hell, then death will be brought forth
on a bridge between heaven and hell, in the form of a ram.
All the dwellers of heaven and inmates of hell will be summoned. The Jannatis will fear that they are to
be removed from Jannat and the inmates of hell will think that they have received refuge from hell.
They will be asked if they recognised the ram, and all will answer in the positive, confirming that it is
‘Death’. The ram will then be slaughtered and an announcement will be made: ‘Death is no more.O
Dwellers of Paradise! Remain therein forever, and O inmates of hell! Death is no more; so linger therein forever.’
The Dwellers of Paradise will be ecstatic with happiness and the inmates of hell will be devastated with
sadness forever.
‘We pray that Almighty Allah pardons us and favours us with His Mercy in this world and in the hereafter’ Aameen
YEH TOPIC IDHAR ISILIYE PESH KIYA GAYA HAI TAAKI HUM ASLIYAT KO SAMJHE
KYUKI KHUDA KA AZAAB BAHUT SAKHT HAI…
Page | 5
Usool E Hadees
Sabaq 1
Hadees Ki Tareef
Lekin Baaz Muhaddiseen Ne Hadees Aur Khabar Me Aam Aur Khaas Ka Farq Kiya Hai , Yaani Inke Nazdeek
Har Hadees Khabar Hai Lekin Har Khabar Hadees Nahi Hai.
(iii)Tambhi:
Khabar Aur Hadees , Umooman Huzur ﷺK Qaul , Fayl Aur Taqreer Per Bola Jaata Hai, Aur Asr ,
Umooman Sahaba (R.A) K Qaul , Fayl Aur Taqreer Per Bola Jaata Hai.
Sabaq 2
Sanad Kisey Kahte Hain?
Kisi Hadees Ko Nabi Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam Se Kis Sahabi Ne Suna Phr Unse Kisne Suna Phr
Unse Kisne Suna Ye Silsila Barhte Hue Muhaddis/Musannif Tak Aajata Hai.
Is Tarah Muhaddis Tak Woh Hadees Jitne Logo Ke Zariye Hokar Pahuchi, Un Sare Logon Ki Ek Chain Banti
Hai Us Chain Ko Hi Sanad Kehte Hain.
Maslan Imam Bukhari Ki Paidaish 194 Hijri Me Hui Aap Jab Bade Hue Phir Aapne Hadeesein Likhna Shuru
Kiya
Zahir Baat Hai Ki Aapne Na To Hadees Us Daur Me Nabi ﷺSe Suni Ho Sakti Hai Aur Na Kisi Sahabi Se
Kyunki Sahaba Ka Zamana Bhi Riwayato Ke Mutabiq 109 Hijri Me Khatm Ho Gaya Tha.
Toh Zarur Imam Bukhari Ko Ye Riwayat Jis Ustad Se Mili Us Ustad Ne Bhi Apne Ustad Se Suna Hoga Aur
Phir Unhone Apne Ustad Phir Ye Silsila Tabaiee Phir Sahabi Tak Aayega Phir Nabi ﷺTak Mil Jayega.
Is Tarah Kisi Hadees Ko Likhne Ke Liye Ek Sanad Mutassil Hoti Hai.
“Nabi ﷺNe Farmaya Qasam Bai Uski Jiske Qabza E Qudrat Me Meri Jaan Hai Tum Me Se Koi Shaks Us
Waqt Momin Nahi Ho Sakta Jab Tak Woh Mujhe Apne Maa Baap Se Badhkar Na Chahe”
Is Hadees Ko Likhne K Liye Pehle Sanad Likha Ki Imam Bukhari Ko Yeh Hadees Kaise Mili Kiske Zariye Mili
To Aapne Sabke Naam Likhe
Toh Isme Haddasana Abul Yamaan Se Lekar Abu Hurairah Radialla Taala Anhu Tak Sanad Ka Hissa Hai Aur
Aage Unhone Jo Nabi ﷺKe Hawale Se Bayan Kiya Usko Matan Kahenge..
Sabaq 3
Tadad E Sanad Ke Etbar Se Hadees Ke 4 Iqsam Hain
1).Ghareeb Hadees:
Jis Hadees Ki Hamare Paas Ek Sanad Hoti He Us Hadees Ko Usool E Hadees Me Ghareeb Hadees
Kehte Hain.
2).Azeez Hadees:
Jis Hadees K Liye Hamare Paas Do Sanaden Hoti Hain Us Hadees Ko Usool E Hadees Me Azeez
Hadees Kehte Hen.
3).Mashhur/Mustafiz Hadees:
Jis Hadees Ki Hamare Paas Do Se Zyada Sanadein Hoti Hain Yani 3, Us Hadees Ko Usool E Hadees Me
Mashhur Ya Mustafeez Hadees Kehte Hen.
4).Mutawatir:
Jis Hadees K Hamare Paas Be Shumar Sanadein Hoti Hai Yani 4 Se 40 Tak, Usay Mutawatir
Hadees Kehte Hain, Aur Isko Har Zamane Me Muhaddiseen Ne Riwayat Kiya Hota Hai Aur Kisi Hadees Ka
Mutawatir Hona Hadees Ki Sehat Ka Sabse Aala Darja Hota Hy
Jo Hadees Mutawatir Na Ho Usko Khabar Wahid Me Shumar Kiyaa Jata Hai Yani
Hadees Ghareeb
Page | 7
Hadees Aziz
Hadees Mustafiz
Ye Teeno Khabar Wahid Ki Iqsam Hain, Halaki Ye Sabhi Apni Jagah Par Khas Ahmiyat Rakhti Hain
Sabaq 4
Isme Total 3 Asnad Hain Yani Ye Ishqe Rasool Wali Hadees Bhi Ghareeb Nahi Hai
Pehli Sanad Hazrat Qatada Ne Hazrat Anas Se Liya. Dono Sahabi Hain. Lekin Hazrat Qatada Ko Hazrat
Anas Se Isliye Lena Pada Kyunki Unhone Khud Ye Hadees Nabi ﷺSe Nahi Suni Hogi.
Aur Aage Jo Hadees Hy Woh Hazrat Abu Hurairah Radialla Taala Anhu Ki Sanad Se Hai Uske Matan Me
Halka Sa Farq Hai Yeh Farq Kyu Hota Hai Iska Jawab Deta Hu.
Nabi ﷺNe Jab Ye Alfaz Bayan Farmaye Tab Wahan 2 Sahabi Ka Sunna Sabit Hua.
Jab Hazrat Anas Ne Ye Hadees Bayan Kiya To Aage Wale Sabhi Raawi Mukammal Alfaz Bayan Karne Par
Qadir Rahe.
Aur Tak Bayan Kar Diya
Aur Mumkin Hai Jab Hazrat Abu Hurairah Radialla Taala Anhu Ne Bayan Kiya To Yeh Alfaz Aage Wale
Rawiyo Me Se Kisi Ki Kami Ki Wajah Se Chhut Gaye.
Lekin Kyunki Pehli Hadees Dusre Ke Matan Ki Taeed Karti Hai. Isliye Jo Mukammal Hai Wo Raajeh Hai.
Page | 8
Halaki Sanad Dono Ki Sahi Hain.
Sabaq 5
Tadad E Sanad Ke Etbar Se Quwwat E Hadees:
Kisi Ek Hadees Ki Jitni Zyada Isnad Hongi Hadees Utni Mazboot Hogi. Mazbooti K Lihaz Se Ye
Tarteeb Hogi
1). Mutawatir
2). Mashhur
3). Aziz
4). Ghareeb
Sanad Zyada Hone Se Hadees Ke Gawah (Bataur Rawi) Barh Jate Hain. Isliye Zyada Gawaho Ki Waja Se
Mazbuti Ka Yaqin Zyada Barh Jata Hy.
Sabaq 6
Abhi Hamne Tadad E Sanad Ke Etbar Se Hadees K Iqsam Parhe. Ab Riwayat Ko Sehat Ke Etbar Se Iqsam
Padhenge
Phir Inme Har Ek Ke Apne Kuch Iqsam Hote Hain Wo Aage Padhaya Jayega Apne Maqam Pe In Sha ALLAH
Yani Koi Rawi Kisi Dusri Hadees Ke Behtar Rawi Ki Mukhalifat Na Karta Ho. Aisi Hadees Sahih Lezatihi Hogi
Page | 9
Rawi Saqit Na Ho Matlab Sanad Me Jis Tarah Rawiyo Ke Naam Tarteeb Se Likhe Ho Unki Apas Me
Mulaqat Sabit Honi Chahiye. Agar Mulaqat Sabit Nahi Hai To Woh Ek Dusre Se Usuli Taur Pe Sanad Me
Jud Nahi Sakte. To Aise Me Jab Zaid Ne Amru Se Mulaqat Kiya Hi Nahi To Usse Hadees Zaid Ko Kaise
Mili?
Aur Jab Zaid Ko Usse Milna Muhal Hua To Zarur Dono Ke Beech Koi Aur Rawi Hoga Jiska Naam Sanad Me
Gayab Hai.
Rawi Saqit Hai To Yani Sanad Tuti Hui Hai. Mutassil Nahi Hai Aur Gayab Rawi Kaun Hai Hame Nahi Pata To
Yeh B Nahi Pata Ki Woh Sachha Hai Ya Jhuta, Aadil Zabit Hai Ya Kamzor.
Is Bina Pe Wo Hadees Mashkuk Ho Gayi Jisme Koi Rawi Gayab Hai. So Wo Hadees Zaeef Kehlayegi.
2).Hasan Legairihi:
Jiski Sanad Me Koi Rawi Zaeef/Majhool/Mudallis Ho, Magar Dusri Sanad Se Us Rawi Ki Mutabeat
Ho Jaaye.
Sabaq 7
Shaaz Wa Munkir Ki Ta’reef:
Ye Dono Zaeef Ki Qism Me Se Hain.
(A). Shaaz:
Koi Siqah Rawi Jab Apne Se Zyada Siqah Rawi Ki Mukhalifat Kare Tab Marjooh Hadees Shaaz Hogi
Aur Raajeh Hadees Ko Mahfooz Kaha Jayega.
Shaaz Hadees Ki Misaal:
Aksar Ghair Muqallideen (GM) Apne Baatil Aqeede Ko Sabit Karne Ke Liye Ye Hadees Pesh Karte Hain.
Page | 10
Sahih Muslim Me Maujud Riwayat ALLAH Kahan Hai Ki Sanad Is Tarah Hai:
Page | 11
Pehle Aap Sab Isko Sanad Padh Len Fir Matan Bhi Dekh Le Mai Mukhtasar Iska Ikhtilafi Masla Bata Deta
Hu.
Ye Sanad Hazrat Jaariyah Radialla Taalla Anhu Se Aayi Hai Aur Iska Matan Yun Hai Ki Nabi ﷺNe Ek
Laundi Ka Eiman Parakhne Ke Liye Usse Sawal Kiya "ALLAH Kahan Hai?" To Usne Jawab Diya "Asman
Me"Aur Nabi ﷺNe Sunkar Farmaya: "Ye Ladki Momina Hai"
Halaki Ye Aqeeda Baatil Hai Ki Koi ALLAH Ko Asman Par Ya Kisi Jagah Makhsus Par Maane.
Ye Shaaz Isliye Ho Gayi Kyunki Iske Rawiyo Ke Zariye Bayan Karda Ye Matan Dusre Behtarin Rawiyo Ki
Jamat Ke Muqable Tanha Reh Gaya.
Aur Dusre Rawiyo Ne Isse Alag Masle Ko Bayan Kiya Hai.
Page | 12
"Un Behtar Rawiyo Ka Matan Ye Kehta Hai Ki Nabi ﷺNe Sawal Ye Pucha Tha Ki "Kya Tu Gawahi Deti
Hai Ki ALLAH Ke Siwa Koi Mabood Nahi"?
Usne Jawab Diya: "Haan Deti Hu"
(Musannaf Abdur Razzaq Jild 9 Pg.174-175)
Aur Yehi Alfaz Dusri Bahot Sari Kutub Me Maujud Hain.
Isse Hame Pata Chalta Hy Ki Muslim Ki Hadees Shaaz Hai Aur Shaaz Hadees Zaeef Ki Ek Qism Hoti Hai
Isliye Ye Zaeef Hai Aur Qabil-E-Qubul Nahi Hai Jabki Iski Mahfuz Riwayat Hamare Pas Maujud Ho.
(B)Hadees Munkir:
Jab Koi Zaeef Rawi Kisi Dusre Siqah Rawi Ki Mukhalifat Kare Tab Marjooh Hadees Munkir Kehlayegi
Aur Agli Hadees Ma'roof Hogi.
Sabaq 8
Khabar Maqbul Ki Pehli Qism Ruwaat(Rawi/Riwayat) Ke Etbar Se Thi.
Dusri Qism Ma’mool Ba Aur Ghair Ma’mool Ba Ke Lehaz Se Hai.
1). Mohkam.
2). Mukhtaliful Hadees.
3). Nasikh Wa Mansukh.
4). Mutawquf Feeh.
1). Mohkam:
Jis Khabar Maqbul Ke Ma’aariz Koi Dusri Khabar Ya Hadees Na Mile Usey Mohkam Kehte Hain.
2) Mukhtaliful Hadees:
Jis Khabar Maqbul Ke Ma’aariz Koi Dusri Khabar Maqbul Ho Aur Dono Riwayaton Me Ba-Tareeq
Etidaal Tatbeeq Dena Mumkin Ho. Usey Mukhtaliful Hadees Kehte Hain.
(Ye Waqt Aur Halaat Badalne Ki Wajah Se Hota Hai. Maslan Kisi Surat Me Ek Hadees Bayan Farmayi. Baad
Me Kisi Hikmat Ke Sabab Usi Masle Par Dusri Hadees Bayan Farmayi Jo Pehle Wali Se Alag Nazar
Aaye.Kyunki Hadees Me Bayan Hone Wale Masle Ki Wajah Amuman Nahi Likhi Hoti Sirf Masla Likha Hota
Hai Isliye Apas Me Ba-Zahir Ta’aaruz Nazar Aata Hai)
Iski Misal: Nabi ﷺNe Farmaya, Koi Shai Kisi Ko Bimari Nahi Pahucha Sakti.. (Yani Touchable Disease Ki
Tardeed Farmayi) Ek Shaks Ne Nabi ﷺSe Guazrish Kit Hi Ki Agar Kharish Wala Oont Tandrust Se Milta
Hai To Tandurust Ko Bhi Kahrish Ho Jaati Hai. Ispar Aap ﷺNe Farmaya: Pehle Wale Ko Kisne Kharish
Pahuchayi? Is Tarah Aapne Bimari Se Bhagne Ko Mana Farmaya Hai. Yani Ye Taqdir Ilaahi Se Hai. Jis Tarah
Usne Pehle Ko Paida Kiya Us Tarah Dusre Ko Bhi Paida Kar Sakta Hai.
Page | 13
Magar Aap ﷺNe Juzaami Se Bhagne Ka Hukm Farmaya Iska Sabab Ye Hai Ki Agar Juzaami Ke Ikhtilat Ki
Wajah Se Dusre Ko Bhi Ibtida-E-Juzam Ho Gaya To Usko Ye Wehem Ho Jayega Ki Ye Us Shaks Juzaami Ke
Ikhtilat Ki Wajah Se Hua Hai. Aur Ye Wehem Faasida Hai. Isliye Aise Wehem Se Bachane Ke Liye Isse
Bhagne Ka Hukm Farmaya Hai.
Nasakh Ki Tareef:
Kisi Hukm-E-Sharaii Ko Kisi Aisi Dalil Se Utha Dena Jo Pichli Ke Baad Farmayi Gayi Ho, Nasakh
Kehlata Hai. Aur Jo Dalil Isko Mansukh Kare Usko Nasikh Kehte Hain.
Isko Nasikh Kehna Sirf Majaazan Hai. Haqiqat Me Nasikh ALLAH Hi Hai Iski Ek Misal Sihaah Sitta Me Kayi
Jagah Hai.
Is Hadees Se Pata Chala Ki Pehle Nabi ﷺKi Aur Bhi Hadees Yaqinan Hongi Jinme Aapne Qabron Ke
Talluq Se Mumaniyat Farmayi Thi.
(ii). Hazrat Ayesha Siddiqa Radialla Taala Anha Se Riwayat Hai Ki Nabi ﷺSe Pucha Gaya Apke Nazdik
Sabse Mehbub Kaun Hy?
Farmaya: Fatima,
Pucha Gaya Unke Baad?
Farmaya: Unke Shauhar (Ali)
(Madarijun Nabuwwa J-2)
Page | 14
Ye Dono Hadeesen Sahi Hain, Lekin Dono Ke Mafhoom Alag Hain Aur Inme Tatbeeq Bhi Mumkin Nahi Ki
Kisko Afzaliyat Diya Jaye.
Isliye Ham Dono Par Yaqin Rakhte Hain Aur Apni Janib Se Kisi Ek Ka Faisla Nahi Karte. Isi Ko Tawquf Karna
Kehte Hain. Ki Hamne Dono Hadeeso Ko Maan Liya Lekin Kisi Ek Taraf Nahi Jaayenge.
Sabaq 9
Khabar Mardood Do Wajah Se Hoti Hai:
1). Sanad Me Ek Ya Ek Se Zyada Rawi Saqit Hon.
2). Sanad Ke Kisi Rawi Ki Dayanat Ya Zabt Par Ta’an Kiya Gaya Ho.
Moallaq Ki Qismen:
Musannif Puri Sanad Ko Chhodkar Yun Bayan Kare. Ye Bhi Moallaq Hogi.
Ya Kabhi Isi Tarah Musannif Direct Sahabi Ya Tabaiee Ka Naam Lekar Usse Upar Sanad Bayan Karke
Hadees Bayan Kar Deta Hai.
Moallaq Ka Hukm:
Moallaq Khabar Mardood Hogi Kyonki Jitney Rawi Saqit Hain, Wo Majhoolul Haal Hain, Unke Bare
Me Koi Tehqiq Nahi Ho Sakti. Lehaza Moallaq Riwayat Zaeef Hogi (Jab Tak Uski Taeed Kahin Aur Se Na Ho
Sake).
2). Mursal:
Mursal Ka Laghvi Maana Hai Chhoda Hua. Iski Jama Hai Maraseel.Istelah Me Jab Koi Sanad
Tabaiee Tak Pahuche Aur Fir Tabaiee Kisi Sahabi Ka Naam Liye Bagair Hadees Me Direct Nabi ﷺKa
Qaul Ka Fayl Bayan Kar De. Toh Yeh Hadees Mursal Kehlayegi.
Yahan Tabaiee Ne Yaqinan Apne Upar Rawi Ka Naam Hazaf Kar Liya. Kyunki Rasoolallah ﷺSe Khud
Tabaiee Ki Mulaqat To Muhal Hai. Mulaqat Hoti To Woh Khud Sahabi Hote.
Page | 15
Ab Jiska Naam Chupaya,Ehtimal Hai Wo Shaks Sahabi Bhi Ho Sakta Hai Ya Koi Dusra Tabaiee Bhi Ho Sakta
Hai Jisse Isne Suna Hoga. Agar Wo Tabaiee Tha Toh Ab Us Mahzuf(Gayab Rawi/Hazaf Kiya Hua) Rawi Ne
Jisse Suna Wo Sahabi Tha Ya Koi Teesra Tabaiee Ho.
Aqlan Ye Silsila Badhta Jayega.
Mursal Ka Hukm:
Ispar Muhaddiseen Ke Mukhtalif Aqwal Hain.
(i). Imam Malik Ke Nazdik Ek Qaul Ahle-Kufa Ke Mutabiq Hai Yani Mursal Mutlaqan Maqbul Hogi.
(ii). Imam Shafaiee Ke Nazdik Agar Us Hadees Jaisi Koi Dusri Musnad(Sahabi Ki Riwayat) Mil Jaye To Ye
Mursal Uski Taeed Par Qubul Ho Jayegi.
(iii). Hanafi Mazhab Me Agar Rawi Siqah Wa Ghair Siqah Dono Se Irsaal Karta Hai. (Yani Jiska Naam
Chupaya Wo Siqah Bhi Ho Sakta Hai Aur Gair Siqah Bhi) To Aise Rawi Ki Mursal Riwayat Mardood Hai. Aur
Agar Rawi Aisa Ho Jo Hamesha Siqah Se Riwayat Karta Hai To Uski Riwayat Qubul Hogi. Jaise Saeed Bin
Musayyib Ki.
3).Mo’zal :
Lughat Me Mo’zal Ka Maana Rokne Aur Ajiz Karne Ke Hain, Istelah Me Jab Kisi Sanad Me Ek Hi
Maqam Se Do Ya Do Se Zyada Rawi Ba-Tasarruf Musannif Ya Bila Tasarruf Musannif Saqit Hon, Use
Mo’zal Kaha Jata Hai.
4). Muntaqatay:
Ye Lughat Me Qatay Se Makhuz Hai, Jiske Mane Hain Ek Shay Ko Dusri Shay Se Alag Karna.
Istelah Me Jis Sanad Me Ek Ya Ek Se Zyada Rawi Alag-Alag Jagaho Se Saqit Hon., Usey Munqatay Kaha
Jata Hai.
Sabaq 10
Tadlees Wa Mudallis
Tadlees Ka Lafz Se Bana Hai. Iska Maana Hota Hai Andhere Ko Ujale Se Milaana.
Kisi Sanad Me Rawi Par Jab Tadlees Ka Hukm Lagta Hai To Wahan Tadlees Ka Ye Matlab Hota Hai Ki
Mazkura Sanad Me Rawi Apne Upar Wale Rawi Ka Naam Chhodkar Uske Upar Wale Rawi Ka Naam Leta
Hai Ki “Ham Tak Ye Sanad Fula Se Pahuchi Hai”
Misaal:
Zaid Ne Amru Se Suna, Amru Ne Zahid Se Suna, Zahid Me Aamir Se Suna.
Zaid<Amru<Zahid<Aamir
Lekin Jab Zaid Sanad Bayan Kare To Amru Ka Naam Chhodkar Uske Upar Wale Rawi Ka Naam Le.
Isme Zaid Ne Amru Ka Naam Chhupa Diya Aur Uske Upar Zahid Ka Naam Liya Ki Mujhe Yeh Hadees Zahid
Se Pahuchi Hai.
Page | 16
Ya Fir Amru Apne Upar Wale Rawi Ka Naam Chhupakar Direct Aamir Ka Naam Le.
Isme Amru Ne Zahid Ka Naam Chhupakar Direct Aamir Ka Naam Le Liya.
Is Tarah Kahin Par Bhi Koi Rawi Apne Sheikh Ka Naam Chhupakar Uske Sheikh Ka Naam Lekar Sanad
Bayan Karta Hai To Is Chhupane Ko Tadlees Kehte Hain. Aur Aisa Karne Wale Rawi Ko Mudallis Kehte
Hain.
Yani Usne Sanad Me Andhera Kar Diya Hai. Kyunki Sanad Me Jiska Naam Chupa Diya Gaya, Hame Nahi
Pata Wo Rawi Kaisa Tha, Siqah Tha Ya Nahi, Saccha Tha Ya Nahi, Hafize Me Mazbut Tha Ya Nahi. Aur Jab
Bhi Koi Mudallis Aisa Karta Hai Tab Woh Sanad Me Koi Samaat Ka Seegha Istemal Nahi Karta. Tabhi Hame
Pata Chalta Hai Ki Sanad Me Kis Jagah Par Rawi Ne Tadlees Kiya Hai.
Rawi Sanad Me In Alfazon Ka Istemal Nahi Karega
Ye Sare Seeghe Sama’at Ke Hote Hain, Yani Rawi Ne Khud Us Shaks Se Suna Hai Jiska Woh Apne Upar
Naam Le Raha Hai.
Lekin Jab Woh Tadlees Karta Hai To Aise Samaat Wale Seegho Ka Istemal Nai Karta Balki Beech
Yahan Amru Ne Aamir Ke Beech Tadlees Kiya Aur Zahid Ka Naam Chhupa Diya. Jabki Amru Ko Riwayat
Zahid Se Hi Mili Thi, Aamir Se Nahi.
Aisa Rawi Isliye Bhi Karta Hai Ki Woh Kisi Bade Sheikh Ka Daawa Karke Shohrat Chahta Hai Ki Logon Par
Zahir Ho Ki Mujhe Utne Bade Muhaddis Se Hadees Milti Hai.
Page | 17
So Jab Bhi Koi Mudallis Rawi Apne Upar Se Sanad Ko Bayan Kare, To Jaan Len Ki Wahan Par Tadlees
Kiya Gaya Hai. Aur Jo Rawi Mudallis Na Ho Wo Chahe Se Bhi Riwayat Kare, Usme Koi Harj Nahi Hota.
Aur Kaunsa Rawi Mudallis Hota Hai, Ye Janne Ke Liye Aage Aap Logon Ko Asma Ur Rijal Ki Kitaben Padhni
Hongi.
Tadlees Ka Hukm:
Jab Bhi Kisi Sanad Me Mudallis Ne Tadlees Kiya Ho To Sanad Zaeef Ho Jayegi, Jab Tak Ki Us
Hadees Ki Koi Dusri Sanad Ya Rawi Ki Mutabe’at Na Mil Jaye.
Aksar Gair Muqallideen Imam Ke Peeche Sureh Fatiha Ko Padhna Wajib Sabit Karne Ke Liye Hazrat Ubada
Bin Saamit Ki Ye Hadees Pesh Karte Hain
Page | 18
Rasoolullah ﷺNe Farmaaya : Sirf Sureh Fatiha Padha Karo, Kyunke Uske Be-Ghair Namaz Nahi Hoti
Aur Kuch Na Padho.
Jawab:
Is Hadees Se Muqtadi Par Fatiha Padhne Ko Waajib Qaraar Dene Bilkul BAATIL Hai,
Kyunke Is Sanad Me Ek Raavi Makhool Hai, Jo Ke Mudallis Hai Aur ‘AN’ Se Riwayat Kar Raha Hai.
Toh Is Wajah Se Hamare Nazdik Yeh Riwayat Zaeef Ho Gayi Aur Ham Ispar Amal Nahi Karte.
Sabaq 11
Mutabe’at Aur Iska Hukm:
Jab Kisi Sanad Me Kisi Raawi Me Kisi Qism Ka Aib Paya Jaaye, Aur Kisi Dusri Sanad Me Us Raawi Ki
Jagah Koi Dusra Raawi Uski Kami Ko Pura Kar De To Ye Dusra Raawi Pehle Ka Mataaba Kehlayega. Aur Is
Raawi Ka Ye Support Pehle Raawi Ki Mutabe’at Kehlayega.
Example: Zaid Ne Amrus Se Suna, Amru Ne Zahid Se, Zahid Ne Ashraf Se Aur Unhone Kisi Sahabi Se
Riwayat Kiya.
Yani Zaid<Amru<Zahid<Ashraf <Sahabi
Ab Agar Aisi Sanad Maana Ki Zahid Pe Kisi Qism Ki Jirah Lagayi Hai Muhaddiseen Ne Aur Hame Kisi Dusri
Sanad Is Tarah Mil Jaati Hai Ki Koi Dusra Raawi Zahid Ki Jagah Le Le To Ye Zahid Ki Mutabe’at Ho Jayegi.
Jaise
Aarif<Aslam<Afzal<Ashraf<Sahabi
Ghaur Karen, Pichli Riwayat Me Zahid Ne Ashraf Se Hi Suna Tha, Magar Jab Zahid Par Jirah Ho Gayi To
Hame Ashraf Tak Pahuchne Ka Rasta Toot Gaya.
Lekin Dusri Sanad Me Ashraf Se Afzal Ne Bhi Wohi Hadees Suni Hai. Yani Zahid Ki Jagah Afzal Ne Le Liya.
To Isse Hame Pata Chala Ki Agarche Zahid Zaeef/Mudallis/Majhool Hai.
Lekin Pichli Riwayat Me Usne Jo Kuch Bayan Kiya Wo Sahih Hai Kyonki Ashraf Se Afzal Ne Bhi Wohi Chiz
Suni Hai Jo Zahid Ne Suna Tha.
Isme Afzal Jo Hai, Woh Zahid Ka Mataaba Hai.
Yani Aslam Ne Zahid Ki Mutabe’at Kar Di Hai.
Page | 19
Jis Rawi Ki Mutabe’at Kiya Gaya, Yani Jisko Support Diya Gaya, Woh Riwayat Usool-E-Hadees Ke
Mutabiq Hasan Lighairihi Ho Gayi.
Maana Isme Zahid Ka Hafiza Kamzor Hai Woh Zaeef Rawi Hai Yani Sanad Me Upar Se Ashraf Tak Koi
Shubah Nahi Tha Magar Unke Shagird Zahid Ke Hafize Ki Wajah Se Shak Paida Ho Gaya Ki Ab Neeche Jo
Riwayat Aayi Woh Zahid Ne "As It Is" Forward Kiya Hai Ya Unse Kuch Galti Ho Gayi Ho.
Yani Ek Ustad Se 2 Shagirdo Ne Ek Jaisi Riwayat Bayan Kiya. Aur Bil Ittefaq Dono Kamzor/Zaeef Hain.
Fir Bhi Riwayat Hasan Darje Ko Pahuch Jayegi Kyunki Agar Ek Se Bayan Me Galti Ho Gayi To Dusre Se
Wohi Galti Nahi Hogi.
Haan Agar Faisal Ne Zahid Se Alag Masla Bayan Kiya Hota, Tab Dono Ki Baat Qubul Na Hoti Kyunki Dono
Kamzor Hain, Aur Dono Ki Baate Ek Dusre Se Alag Hain To Hame Yaqin Kaise Aata Ki Galti Kaun Kar Raha
Hai.
Lekin Dono Ki Baaten Ek Jaisi Hain To Hame Yaqin Hoga Ki Inki Baat Sahih Hai.
Sabaq 12
Suqoot Ke Iqsam :
Rawi Ka Suqoot Kabhi Kabhi Bahot Wazeh Bhi Hota Hai, Ki Mahir Wa Ghair Mahir Dono Samajh
Sakte Hain, So Koi Rawi Jab Bhi Apne Ghair Ma’aasir (Jo Uske Zamane Me Na Ho, Ya Aise Mulk Me Rehta
Ho Jahan Is Rawi Ne Kabhi Safar Na Kiya Ho) Se Riwayat Bayan Kare To Har Shaks Samajh Sakta Hai Ki
Beech Se Koi Rawi Saqit Hai.
Suqoot Pehchanne Ka Tariqa Yehi Hai Ki Rawi Apne Upar Wale Rawi Ka Ham-Asr Na Ho. Ya Ek Hi Zamane
Me Ho Magar Unme Kabhi Mulaqat Na Sabit Ho.
Kyunki Ye Baaten Tarikh Se Talluq Rakhti Hain Isliye Is Fann Me Tarikh Ke Ilm Ki Bhi Zarurat Hoti Hai.
Rawi Me 10 Wujuhaat Se Ta’an Kiya Jaata Hai. Unme 5 Wajah Adalat Par Hain Aur 5 Wajah Zabt Par Hain.
Page | 20
Adalat Par Lagne Wale 5 Aib Darj Zel Hain:
1). Kizb
2). Matrook, It’haam-E-Kizb (Jhuti Riwayat Qasdan Bayan Karne Ki Tohmat Hona)
3). Fisq
4). Jihalat
5). Bid’at
Rawi Ke Hifz Wa Zabt Par Lagne Wale 5 Aib Zarj Zel Hain:
1). Fehesh Ghalti
2). Ghaflat Ki Kasrat
3). Wehem Hona
4). Siqah Ki Mukhalifat
5). Su-E-Hifz (Bura Hafiza)
Inme Se Koi Bhi Aib Sanad Me Kisi Rawi Par Aa Jaaye To Sanad Zaeef Ho Jayegi. Haan Agar Uski Koi
Mutabe’at Mil Jaaye To Qubul Hai.
Sabaq 13
Mauzu:
Mauzu Waza Se Makhuz Hai. Jiske Mane Phenkna Ya Girana Hota Hai. Iske Istilahi Maane Kisi Par
Galat Baat Mansub Karna Hai Jo Usne Nahi Kaha Ho.
Jo Baat Nabi ﷺSe Kabhi Na Sabit Hui Ho Usko Koi Rawi Aapka Naam Lekar Hadees Bataye To Aisi
Riwayat Mauzu Yani Garhi Hui Kaha Jayega. Aur Ye Kaam Sirf Kazzab Rawi Karte Hain. Amuman Jis Sanad
Me Koi Rawi Kazzab Sabit Ho Jaye Us Sanad Ko Mauzu Kaha Jata Hai.
Lekin Rawi Ke Jhutha Hone Se Mauzu Ka Hukm Qatayi Taur Pe Nahi Lagta Kyunki Kabhi Kabhi Jhutha
Shaks Bhi Sach Bol Deta Hai. Lekin Hadees Ki Maarifat Rakhne Wale Aisi Surat Me Fauran Ghair Mauzu
Hadees Ko Mauzu Se Mumtaz Kar Lete Hain.
Waza Ka Hukm Lagana Us Shaks Ka Kaam Hai Jiski Malumaat Wasee Ho, Jiska Zehen Achha Ho. Fehem
Qawi Ho, Qaraain Waza Pehchanne Par Isko Kamil Qudrat Hasil Ho.
Jis Riwayat Ka Mauzu Hona Sabit Ho Jaaye, Uspar Hadees (Nabi ﷺKa Farman) Hone Ka Yaqin Banana
Haram Hai.
Sabaq 14
Dalail Sam’iya Kul Chaar Hain Jinki Tafseel Hasb-E-Zel Hai. Kaunse Qism Ke Dalail Se Kaunse
Ehkam Sabit Hote Hain?
1). Jiska Suboot Bhi Qatayi Ho Aur Maqsad Par Dalalat Bhi Qatayi Ho, Jaise Quran Ki Mufassar Wa
Mohkam Nusoos Aur Hadees Mutawatirah Jiska Mafhoom Qatayi Ho.
2). Jiska Suboot Qatayyi Ho Lekin Dalalat Zanni Ho Jaise Woh Ayaat Jinki Taaweel Ki Gayi Ho.
Page | 21
3). Jinka Suboot Zanni Ho Lekin Maqsad Par Dalalat Qatayi Ho Jaise Woh Akhbar-E-Ohaad Jinka Mafhoom
Qatayi Ho.
4). Jinka Suboot Aur Dalalat Dono Zanni Ho Jaise Woh Akhbar-E-Ohaad Jinka Mafhoom Zanni Ho.
(Raddul Muhtar J-1, Pg.207)
Note: Pahli Qism Se Farz Wa Haram Sabit Hoga. Dusri Aur Teesri Qism Se Wajib Aur Makrooh Tahreemi
Sabit Hoga. Chauthi Qism Se Sunnat Wa Mustahab Sabit Hoga.
Aap Logo Ki Asani Ke Liye Asan Alfazon Me Likh Deta Hu Ki
Farz Usey Kahte Hain Jo Quran Ki Nass-E-Qatayi (Clear Cut) Aur Mufassar Ayat Se Ya Hadees-E-
Mutawatirah Se Sabit Ho. Farz Ka Inkar Kufr Hai Isliye Iska Inkar Karne Wala Shariat Me Kafir Hai.
Wajib Usey Kahte Hain Jo Quran Ki Zanni Ayat Ya Hadees Ke Zanni (Jisme Taweel Ki Gunjaish Ho ) Dalail
Se Sabit Ho. Aur Iska Munkir Kafir Nahi Hoga, Balki Sakht Gunahgar Hai. Wajib Ka Inkar Haram Hai.
Sabaq 15
Matrook:
Jis Rawi Par Jaan-Bujhkar Jhuti Riwayat Lene Ki Tohmat Ho Usko Matrook Kaha Jayega. Aur Aisi
Sanad Darje Me Mauzu Se Kamtar Hai. Aur Isi Tarah Aise Shaks Ko Bhi Matrook Kaha Jayega Jo Darog Goi
(Fizul Baaten) Karne Me Mashhur Ho.
Munkir:
Jo Rawi Hadeeson Me Kasrat Se Ghaltiyan Karne Ke Liye Mashhur Ho, Usi Riwayat Bhi Munkir Hai.
Rawi Se Kasrat Se Nisyan Ya Ghaflat Hona Sabit Ho, Uski Riwayat Bhi Munkir Hai.
Rawi Me Kizb Ke Siwa Koi Fisq (Jo Kufr Tak Na Ho) Ka Khadsha Ho, Aise Rawi Ki Hadees Bhi Munkir Hai.
Moallal:
Jis Hadees Ke Rawi Me Wehem Ka Hona Paaya Jaaye Uski Riwayat Moallal Kehlayegi. (Hadees Me
Koi Bhi Illat Paayi Jaaye Wo Bhi Moallal Hai)
Kabhi Aisa Bhi Hota Hai Ki Hadees Pe Aitraz Karne Wala Uspar Ma’lool Hone Ka Daawa To Karta Hai
Magar Apne Daawe Par Dalil Pesh Nahi Kar Paata
Sabaq 16
Mudrajul Isnaad:
Mudraj Ka Laghvi Maana Hai Ek Shay Ko Dusri Shay Se Milana. Agar Rawi Kisi Hadees Ki Sanad
Bayan Karne Me Kisi Dusri Sanad Ko Apni Taraf Se Mila De Aisi Sanado Ko Mudrajul Isnaad Kahenge.
Maslan Kuch Shakson Ne Alag Alag Sanad Se Ek Hadees Ko Bayan Kiya, Fir Ek Shaks Ne Un Sab Ke Rawiyo
Ko Milakar Ek Nayi Sanad Bana Diya Aur Use Hadees Bayan Kiya. Ye Mudrajul Isnad Hogi.
Page | 22
Jaise
1). Is Hadees Ke Bare Me Waasil Aur Mansoor Aur Aamash Se Alag Alag Isnaad Thi, Kyonki Waasil Ki
Sanad Me Amru Bin Sharjeel Nahi The. Jabki Mansoor Wa Aamash Ki Sanad Me The.
Lekin Rawi Sufiyan Sauri Ne Wasil Ko Mansur Wa Aamash Wali Sanad Me Hi Jod Diya. Aur Teeno Sanad
Ko Ek Bana Diya Hai.
Dusri Wajah: Ek Rawi Ke Nazdik Ek Matan Ka Ek Hissa Ek Sanad Se Sabit Hai. Aur Wohi Matan Ka Dusra
Hissa Dusri Sanad Se Sabit Hai. Magar Uske Shagird Ne Dono Sanad Ko Milakar Us Matan Ko Pura Kar
Diya Aur Ek Sanad Bana Diya.
Is Sanad Me Ke Alfaz Aasim Ke Nazdik Nahi The (Baqi Sare Alfaz Aise Hi The) Balki Ye
Alfaz Ek Dusri Sanad Se Sabit The. Magar Ye Alfaz Aasim Ke Shagird Yani Sufiyan Ne Iski Sanad Me
Milakar Majmua Bana Kar Aasim Se Hi Riwayat Kar Diya Hai.
2). Ya Aisa Ho Ki Rawi Ne Matan Ka Ek Hissa Apne Sheikh Se Aur Dusra Hissa Sheikh Ke Sheikh Se Suna
Ho, Magar Bayan Karte Waqt Dono Ka Majmua Banakar Apne Hi Sheikh Ke Naam Se Riwayat Bayan Kar
De.
(Iski Aur Bhi Kayi Missal Hain Lekin Unki Zarurat Pesh Nahi Aati Isliye Mai Unhe Yahan Bayan Nahi Kar
Raha, Mukhtasar Samajhne Ke Liye Ye 2 Misal Kaafi Hain).
Sabaq 17
1). Mudraj Ka Ilm Kabhi Kabhi Dusri Riwayat Se Hota Hai Jisme Mudraj Ko Mumtaz Kar Diya Gaya Ho.
2). Aur Kabhi Raawi Ki Tasreeh Se Bhi Hota Hai Ki Is Hadees Me Is Qadar Kalaam Mudraj Hai.
3). Aur Kabhi Mahir-E-Fann Ki Tasreeh Se Bhi Hota Hai (Yani Kisi Muhaqqiq Ne Usko Bayan Kar Diya Ho)
4). Aur Kabhi Is Baat Se Hota Hai Ki “Ye Kalaam Nabi ﷺKa Nahi Ho Sakta.”
Sabaq 18
Kisi Hadees Ki Sanad Me Kisi Rawi Ka Izafa Ho Jaaye, Yani Ek Sanad Me Jitney Rawi Hain, Unme 2 Rawiyo
Ke Beech Kahin Bhi Ek New Rawi Ka Izafa Ho Jaaye Aur Badhe Hue Rawi Ki Banisbat Bagair Badhe Hue
Rawi Zyada Motabar Ho.
Page | 23
Maslan Ek Sanad Me
Zaid<Amru<Haris The.
Ab Dusri Wohi Sanad Hame Is Tarah Mile Ki Usme Ek Rawi Badh Gaya Ho
Zaid<Amru<Zubair<Haris The
Aur Hadees Me Ek Jaisa Masla Hi Bayan Hua Hai. Aur Zubair Zabt Me Utna Achha Nahi Hai Jitney Baaqi Ke
Teen Rawi Hain.
Isko Mazeed Fi Mutassil-Ul-Asaneed Kaha Jata Hai. Yani Ye Sanad Zubair Ke Bagair Hi Zyada Motabar
Kehlayegi. Lekin Ye Khayal Rahe Ki Jahan Rawi Ka Izafa Ho Raha Hai, Wahan Pichle Dono Rawiyon Ki Apas
Me Samaat Hona Shart Hai. Yani Agar Amru Aur Haris Dono Ka Apas Me Sama Hona Chahiye. Tabhi
Zubair Ko Ham Izafi Keh Sakenge.
Agar Amru Mudallis Hai Aur Kehkar Haris Se Riwayat Kare, To Pehle Hi Ye Ehtimal Aa Jayega Ki Amru
Ne Tadlees Kiya Yani Koi Rawi Ka Naam Chhupaya Hai. Tab Aisi Surat Me Zubair Ko Izafi Nahi Kaha
Jayega.
Izafi Tabhi Hoga Jab Pehle Se Dono Rawiyo Ki Apas Me Mulaqat Sabit Ho. Aur Agli Sanad Me Unke Beech
Koi Rawi Aa Jaaye. Agar Pichle Dono Rawiyo Ki Apas Me Mulaqat Na Ho Tab Fir Izafi Sanad Ko Hi Tarjeeh
Diya Jayega Aur Agar Pichle Rawiyon Ki Apas Me Mulaqat Hai To Izafi Sanad Ko Kamzor Maana Jayega.
Sabaq 19
Al-Muztarib:
Iztirab Se Ism Faa’il Hai Aur Iska Maadah Hai.
Iska Matlab Ye Hai Ek Dusre Se Takrana.
Iztirab Amuman Sanad Me Hota Hai. Aur Kabhi Matan Me Bhi Hota Hai Magar Muhaddiseen Matan Ki
Tabdeeli Par Iztirab Ka Itlaq Bahot Kam Hi Karte Hain.Iski Sabse Pehli Misal Ye Hai Ki Gair Muqallideden
Apne Daawe Ke Mutabiq Namaz Me Rafaydain Ko Sabit Karne Ke Liye Jitni Bhi Hadeesen Pesh Karte Hain
Un Me Se Aksar Me Iztirab Hai.
Kisi Riwayat Me Ek Rawi Maslan 2 Rakat Me Total 4 Bar Rafaydain Karne Ka Zikr Karta Hai, Toh Kabhi Kisi
Riwayat Me Wohi Rawi 2 Rakat Me 6 Bar Rafayadain Karne Ka Zikr Karta Hai.
Is Tarah Ye Matan Ka Iztirab Hai Ki Rafayadain Akhir Kitni Bar Kiya Jaaye?
Ek Hi Rawi 2 Tarah Ki Baat Kar Raha Hai.
Sabaq 20
Majhool Raawi:
Majhool (Unknown) Ka Saada Sa Matlab Hai "Jiski Pehchan Na Ho."
Ye 3 Qism Ke Hote Hain Lekin Buniyadi Qism 2 Hi Hain Aur Yahan Woh Bataya Ja Raha
Hai:
Page | 24
1). Majhool Ul Ain:
Woh Rawi Jiska Sanad Me Naam Hi Mazkur Hai Lekin Uska Hamare Paas Koi Ilm Na Ho Ki Wo Kaun Tha
Kahan Ka Rehne Wala Tha Kaisa Hafiza Tha Etc.
2). Majhool-Ul-Haal:
Woh Rawi Jiska Naam Nasab Hame Mli Gaya Lekin Uska Haifza Kaisa Tha Uska Ilm Kaisa Tha
Yeh Hame Khabar Nahi
Toh Aisa Rawi Majhool Ul Haal Hoga.
Teesri Wajah Kisi Rawi Ko Majhool Kehne Ki Ye Bhi Hoti Hai Ki Woh Kayi Naam (Nick Names) Se Mashhur
Ho Aur Alag Alag Sanad Me Uske Alag Naamo Se Confuse Hokar Muhaddis Usko Pehchan Na Sake Aur
Majhul Keh Dete Hain.
Ab Agar Hame Tehqiq Me Us Rawi Ki Shinakht Mil Gayi To Ham Majhool Nahi Kahenge.
Majhool Ka Hukm: Majhool Ki Shinakht Ho Jaaye Ki Wo Siqah Suduq Rawi Hai To Riwayat Qubul Hai
Warna Zaeef Hai.
Sabaq 21
Mub'ham Rawi:
Agar Kisi Sanad Me Rawi Ke Naam Ko Wazeh Nahi Kiya Gaya Aur Uski Jagah Isharatan Alfaz
Istemal Hue Hon.
Maslan
Wagairah
Toh Is Tarah Rawi Ka Naam Chhupa Diya Gaya Aur Ham Uski Tehqiq Nahi Kar Sakte. Chhupa Hua Rawi
Zaeef Bhi Ho Sakta Hai Isliye Ehtimal Par Aisi Hadees Ya Koi Bhi Riwayat Zaeef Ho Jaayegi. Jab Tak Us
Rawi Ka Ta'ayyun Na Ho Jaaye. Baaz Muhaddiseen Ka Qaul Hai Ki Agar Kisi Siqah Rawi Ne Aisa Kaam Kiya
Hai To Qubul Kar Liya Jayega Kyunki Wo Kisi Ko Dhoka Nahi Dega Ki Zaeef Ka Naam Chhupa De. Lekin Iska
Jawab Ye Hai Ki Mumkin Hai Zaid Ne Agar Amru Ka Naam Chhupaya, Zaid Ki Nazar Me Amru Siqah Tha
Lekin Baaqi Logo Ke Nazdik Amru Siqah Nahi Hai Isliye Baaqiyo Ke Nazdik Zaeef Me Hi Shamil Hoga.
Isliye Aisi Riwayat Har Surat Me Rawi Ke Ta'ayyun(Fixing) Ke Bagair Zaeef Hi Hogi.
Page | 25
Amru Ne Apne Walid Se Riwayat Kiya
Ab Agar Zaid Ya Amru Dono Mashhur Rawi Hain To Dono Ke Walid Ka Naam Bhi Asmaur Rijal Ki Kutub Me
Mil Jayega Aur Ham Jaan Lenge Ki Unke Walid Siqah The Ya Nahi. Is Tarah Agar Ta'ayyun Ho Jaye To
Riwayat Qubul Ho Jayegi.
Sabaq 22
Mubtada (Bidati) Rawi:
Yani Jispar Bidat Ka Fatwa Laga Ho
Isliye Jo Bidati Rawi Kisi Hukm E Sharai Zaruri Mutawatir Ka Inkar Karta Ho Ya Iske Khilaf Aqeeda Rakhta
Ho, Sirf Uski Hadees Radd Ki Jayegi Iske Siwa Qubul Kar Li Jayegi.
Sabaq 23
Su-E-Hifz/Bura Hafiza:
Us Rawi Ko Kehte Hain Jo Bayan Karne Me Galtiyan Zyada Karta Ho Aur Sahi Baat Kam Bayan
Karta Ho.
2). Mukhtalit:
Us Rawi Ko Kehte Hain Jispar *Ikhtilat Ki Jirah Lagayi Gayi Ho. Ikhtilat Ke 2 Maane Hain,
Mentally Disturbed, Memory Lost.
Iska Hukm Ye Hai Ki Jo Hadeesen Us (Mukhtalit) Rawi Se Uske Ikhtilat Se Pehle Riwayat Ki Gayi Hain, Wo
Mehfuz Aur Maqbul Hongi Aur Jo Uske Ikhtilat Ke Baad Riwayat Ki Gayi Hain Wo Gair Mehfuz Gair
Maqbul Hongi. Iska Farq Is Tarah Kiya Jata Hai Ki Us (Mukhtalit) Rawi Ke Jo Shagirdon Ki Riwayat Uske
Page | 26
Ikhtilat Se Pehle Sabit Hain (Dusri Isnaad Se Jinka Sahih Hona Mashhur Ho) Unhi Shagirdon Ki Riwayat
Qubul Hogi.
Jo Rawi Ki Riwayat Ikhtilat Ke Baad Hain Woh Sari Riwayat Us Sanad Se Zaeef Hongi
Yani Qadeemul Sama Shagird Ki Riwayat Qubul Hai Aur Jadeedul Sama Shagird Ki Riwayat Zaeef Hai.
Sabaq 24
Imam Tirmizi Ka Qaul Ki Wazahat:
Imam Tirmizi Ki Ye Adat H K Jab B Woh Kisi Hadees Ko Naqal Karte Hain To Us Hadees Ka Apne
Nazdeek Hukm Bayan Karte Hain K Wo Hadees Sahih Hai Ya Hasan Hai Ya Zaeef H,Unhi Hukmon Me Se
Woh Ek Hukum Lagate Hain Haza Hadees Hasan Sahi' Ye Hadees Hasn Sahi Hai
Chunke Ek Hi Hadees Per Jab Do Hukum Lagae Ja Rahe Hai To Iska Kia Matlab Hai - Baaz Log Ye Aetraz
Karte Hain K Farq Ka Kiya Hua, Uski Wazahat
Imam Tirmizi Jab Kisi Hadees Ko Likte Hai Aur Jab Woh Yun Farmate Hain, Haza Hadees Hasan Sahih:
Toh Us Hadees K Mutabiq Wo Apni Or Dosre Muhadisen Ki Raaye Ko Bhi Jama Karte Hain Or Ek Hi Jumle
Me Dono Hukmo Ko Bayan Kardete Hain
Maslan:
Imam Tarmizi Ne Jo Hadees Likha Usme Jo Sand Naql Ki, Imam Tirmizi K Ilawa Dosre
Muhaddiseen Ne Jab Us Sanad Ke Rawiyon Per Tehqeeq Kiya Mumkin H Dusre Muhaddiseen K Nazdeek
Us Hadees Ki Sanad Ke Rawiyon Me Koi Nuqs Ho Kami Ho Zabt Ki Kami Ho Isi Wajah Se Unke Nazdeek
Wo Sand Hasan Ke Darje Ko Pohnchi Aur Baaz Muhaddiseen Ke Nazdeek Sab Rawi Adil Zabit Nikle To
Unke Nazdeek Wo Hadees Sahi Ko Pohnchi
Isliye Jab Imam Tirmizi Aisi Hadees Ko Naql Karte Hain To Dono Hukum Bayan Farma Dete Hain Iska
Matlab Yeh Hova K Baaz Muhaddiseen K Nazdeek Ye Hadees Hasan Hai Aur Baaz K Nazdeek Sahi Hai
Dusri Waja:
Imam Ibne Hajar Askalani, Nukhbatul Fikr Me Bayan Farmate Hain Ke Ye B Mukin H Imam Tirmizi
Jis Hadees Ko Ek Sanad Se Likh Rahe Hain Mumkin Hai Us Hadees Ki Dusri Isnad B Maujud Ho Un Me Se
Kuch Isnad Hasan Hain Or Kuch Isnad Sahi Hain Isliye Imam Tirmizai Us Hadees Per Dono Hukum Laga
Dete Hain Ke Ye Hadees Hasan B Hai Or Sahi B Hai
Aur Ye Nuqta Hamesha Yaad Rakhe Koi Bhi Muhaddis Kisi Bhi Hadees Ke Bare Me Ya Kisi Bhi Rawi Ke
Bare Me Koi Hukm Jaari Kare To Hame Sirf Itne Par Apni Tehqiq Ko Nahi Khatam Karna Hai. Jab Tak Ki Wo
Jamhuriyat Se Na Sabit Ho Jaaye.
Har Muhaddis Apni Hi Tehqiq Ke Mutabiq Hukm Lagata Hai Aur Isiliye Dusre Muhaddiseen Se Ikhtilaf Bhi
Hota Hai.
Yahan Bas Ek Qaul Ki Wazahat Pesh Ki Gayi Hai.
Page | 27
Sabaq 25
Khabar Ba-Haisiyat-E-Isnaad
1).Marfoo:
Jiski Sanad Mutassil Nabi ﷺTak Pahuch Jaye Wo Marfu Hai.
Sabaq 26
Khabar Mauquf:
Mauquf Waqf Se Hai, Jiske Mane Hain Theherna. Ya Chup Chap Khade Hona. Istelah Me Agar
Sanad
Sahabi Tak Jaakar Khatm Ho Jaye Aur Ye Maana Paaya Jaaye Ki Isme Jo Kuch Bayan Hua Hai Wo Qaul Ya
Fayl Ya Taqrir Sahabi Ka Hai To Ye Khabar Mauquf Kaha Jayega.
Khabar Maqtu:
Maqtu, Qatay Se Hai, Jiske Mane Hain Kaatna Ya Alga Karna.Istelah Me Sanad Agar Tabiee Ya
Tabe-Tabaiee Ya Iske Neeche Tak Hi Ruk Gayi Aur Ye Maana Paaya Jaye Ki Isme Jo Kuch Manqul Hai Wo
Qaul Ya Fel Ya Taqrir Neeche Ke Rawi Ki Hai (Yani Nabi ﷺKi Ya Sahabi Ki Nahi Hai) To Isey Maqtu Kaha
Jayega.
Yahan Maqtu Aur Munqatay Ke Farq Sabit Ho Gaya Ki Munqatay Me Agarche Sanad Neeche Ruk Jati Hai
Lekin Uska Matan Nabi ﷺSe Mansub Hota Hai.
Jabki Maqtu Me Matan Bhi Neeche Ke Rawi Ka Qaul Ya Fayl Ya Taqrir Hoga.
Asar :
Page | 28
Istelah Me Mauquf Aur Maqtu Ko Asar Kaha Jata Hai.
Musnad:
Jo Sanad Sahabi Tak Marfuan Pahuch Jaye Yani Puri Sanad Me Ittisaal Ho Ya Bazahir Ittisaal Ho,
(Yani Agarche Tehqiq Me Inteqa Hone Ki Gunjaish Ho) Wo Musnad Hogi.
Sahaba Ki Riwayato Ko Ek Ek Sahabi Ke Naam Se Alag Karke Ek Jagah Par Jama Kar Dena, Is Tarteeb Ko
Bhi Musnad Kehte Hain.
Iske Alawa Tabaiee Ya Tabe-Tabaiee Tak Pahuchi Hui Riwayat Ko Musnad Nahi Kaha Jayega.
Sabaq 27
Sahih Sanad Me Rijal Ki Tadad Ke Etbar Se Kam Ya Zyada Aala Hone Ke Bare Me:
Sabaq 28
Do Shakhson Ka Ham-Naam Wa Ham-Sifat Hona:
Ek Rawi Do Shakson Se Riwyat Karta Ho, Aur Dono Ke Baap Aur Dada Ke Naam Bhi Ek Jaise Hon,
Dono Ki Nisbat Bhi Ek Ho Aur Unme Sifat Se Bhi Farq Na Kiya Jaa Sake,
To Aisi Surat Me Farq Is Tarah Kiya Jayega Ki Rawi Ko Jiski Sohbat Zyada Hasil Hogi Wohi Murad Liya
Jayega. Aur Agar Sohbat Me Bhi Dono Barabar Hon To Fir Qareena Zann-E-Galib Se Kaam Liya Jayega (
Kaam Muhaqqiqeen Ka Hai)
Dono Me Farq Karna Us Waqt Zyada Zaruri Ho Jata Hai Jab Ek Rawi Zaeef Aur Ek Siqah Ho.
Baaqi Agar Dono Hi Rawi Siqah Hain To Phir Koi Bhi Murad Lijiye Koi Nuqsan Nahi.
Jaise Sahih Bukhari Me Riwayat Hai
Isme Ahmad Ka Koi Ta’ayyun Nahi Hai Ye Kaunse Ahmad Hain. Isliye Ya To Yahan Par Ahmad Bin Saleh
Murad Liya Jaye Ya Fir Ahmad Bin Eisa (Dono Imam Bukhari Ke Sheikh Me Se Hain) Kyunki Dono Siqah
Hain. Isliye Agar Farq Na Bhi Ho Sake To Koi Harj Nahi.
Page | 29
Isi Tarah Ek Aur Riwayat Hai:
Isme Bhi Muhammad Gair Mansub Hain. Isliye Yahan Ya To Muhammad Bin Salam Murad Honge Ya Fir
Muhammad Bin Yahya Zehli.
Ye Dono Bhi Siqah Hain Isliye Imtiyaz Na Karne Par Bhi Koi Harj Nahi.
Sabaq 29
Alfaz Adaa-E-Hadees:
Isme Rawi Ki Apne Sheikh Se Samaat Ke Liye Sabse Wazeh Seegha Hai, Aur Ye Rawi Ki Tanha
Sama’at Par Dalalat Karta Hai. Jabki Me Kabhi Kabhi (5-6%) Ehtimal Hota Hai Ki Rawi Ne Tadlees
Kiya Ho.
5). Agar Sheikh Ne Apne Shagird Ko Apna Asli Nuskha (Manuscript) Dekar Usse Riwayat Naqal Karne Ki
Ijazat De Diya To Isey Kehte Hain.
Aur Jab Aisi Surat Me Rawi Riwayat Karta Hai To Ka Seegha Istemal Karta Hai.
Isme Riwayat Ki 2 Sharte Hoti Hain:
(i). Ustad Apne Shagird Ko Nuskha Dete Waqt Ye Ijazat De Ki Ye Fula Shaks Se Meri Riwayate Hain, Tum
Mujhse Isko Riwayat Karo.
(ii). Sheikh Apne Shagird Ko Is Nuskhe Ka Malik (Permanently) Bana Deta Hai .
Agar Is Seeghe Ke Sath Riwayat Milti Hai To Ye Dekhna Hoga Ki Us Ijazat Ka Koi Suboot Maujud Hai Ya
Nahi.
Page | 30
Lafz An Ke Bare Me Pehle Bhi Bataya Ja Chuka Hai Ki Agar Isse Riwayat Karne Wala Mudallis Hai To
Riwayat Zaeef Ho Jayegi Aur Agar Ghair Mudallis Hai To Isko Sama Par Hi Mehmul Kiya Jayega.
Sabaq 30
Muttafiq Wa Mutafarriq Rawi:
Agar 2 Rawiyon Ke Naam, Unke Baap, Dada Ke Naam Aur Kunniyat Aur Nisbat Bhi Ek Hon, Lekin In
Dono Rawiyo Ki Shaksiyat Alag Ho Tab Aise Rawiyon Ko Muttafiq Wa Mutafarriq Rawi Kaha Jata Hai.
Agar Aise Kisi Rawi Ka Zikr Kisi Sanad Me Hame Milta Hai To Ham Uska Ta’ayyun Is Tarah Karte Hain Ki
Mazkura Sanad Me Wo Rawi Ka Sheikh Kaun Hai Aur Uska Shagird Kaun Hai? Phir Is Detail Ko Same Rawi
Ke Naam Me Kutub-E-Rijal Me Check Karenge Ki Usme Bhi Matluba Rawi Ke Wohi Sheikh Aur Wohi
Shagird Ka Naam Diya Ho.
Sabaq 31
Tabqaat-E-Riwaat:
Yani Rawi Mudallis Hai Ya Ghair Mudallis, Taki Is Ilm Se Riwayat Ke Hone Par Bhi Sahi Hukm
Lagaya Ja Sake Ki Isme Tadlees Kiya Gaya Hai Ya Nahi.
Sabaq 32
Ruwaat Ki Paidaish Wa Wafat:
Rawiyon Ki Paidaish Wa Wafat Ka Zamana, Iske Ilm Se Us Shks Ke Daawe Ki Asl Haqiqat Malum
Hoti Hai Jo Kisi Sahabi Ya Tabaiee Se Mulaqat Karne Ka Daawa Karta Hai. Magar Haqiqatan Nahi Hota.
Ahwal-E-Rawi:
Rawiyo Ke Halaat, Yani Woh Aadil Hai Ya Majrooh Hai Ya Majhool Hai? Jab Tak Iska Ilm Na Hoga
Tab Tak Hadees Par Sehat Ya Adm-E-Sehat Ka Hukm Nahi Lagaya Ja Sakta.
Page | 31
Zaeef Hadees
Aajkal Yahudiyo Ke Dalal Ahle'hadees Gair Muqallid Saudi Najdi Dollars Khoor. Wahabi Mulla Za'eef
Kehkar Har Hadees Ka Inkar Karte Hai Aur Apni Apni Amma Aur Bahen Ke Dubur Me Ghus Jate Hai Aur
Jitni Bhi Inke Yahudi Dharam Ke Khilaf Hasan & Sahih Hadees Hai Unko Bhi Zaeef Kehkar Inkar Kar Rahe
Hai Aur Za'eef Ko Ye Yahudiyo Ke Dalal Ahle'hadees Mawzu Samjhte Hai Lekin Sirf Usko Za'eef Kehte Hai
Jisme Hamare Nabi ﷺKi Shan o Azmat Ho Ilm e Gaib Hazir Nazir ikhtiyar Ya Ahle'bayth Ke Fazail
Sahaba Ki Azmat Wagera Lekin Jab Khud Ke Angreji Dharam Ke Matlab Ki Koi Mawzu Hadees Bhi Mil Jaye
To Wo Inke Dharam Me Hasan Hoti Hai
Lekin Aaiye Dekhe Za'eef Hadees Kya Hoti Hai Aur Iska Hukm Kiya Hai Aur Jo Muhaddith Hai Unka Kya
Usool Hai Za'eef Riwayaat Par?
Hazrat Imam Jalauddin Suyuti Al Mutawaffah 911 Hijri (R.A) Likhte Hain
“Yani Jab Kaha Jaye Ki Ye Hadees Sahih Nahi Za'eef Hai To Iska Ye Matlab Hota Hai Ki Iski Sanad Mazkura
Shart (Muhaddiseen Ke Usool) Ke Mutaabik Sahih Nahi Hai”
Aur Iska Ye Matlab Hargis Nahi Hota Hai Ki Ye Zaeef Hadees Haqiqat Me Mawzu (Jhooti) Hai
Yani Jab Muhaddith Kisi Hadees Ko Za'eef Kehte Hai To Iska Ye Matlab Nahi Ki Ye Hadees Maaz'Allah
Jhooti (Mawzu) Hai Balke Iski Sanad (Chain of Narration) Za'eef (Weak) Hai Na Ki Uska Matan Yani hadees
(Tadreeb ul Raawi; Page 34)
Page | 32
Zaeef Hadees Par Imamo Ka Aqida:
1). Authentic Hadith Jame Tirmizi Ke Writer Hazrat Imam Abu Isa Tirmizi Al 279 Hijri
(R.A):
Glossary of Islamic Terms Me Hadees Ki Category Definition Me Likhte Hai Ki Kaun Si Hadith Ka Kya Hukm
Hai Aur Kaun Si Hadith Qubool Hai Aur Kaun Si Nahi Jisme Za'eef Hadees Ko Aapne (Weak) Kamzoor Kaha
Yani Hadees Hai Lekin Narration Yani Isnad Sanad Me Kamzoori Hai.Ye Nahi Likha Ki Zaeef Mawzu Jhooti
Hoti Hai Qubool Nahi Ki Jati
Aur Aagay Likha Ki Kaun Si Hadees Hai Jo Jhooti Aur Mangharat Hai Unpar Na Amal Ho Sakta Hai Na
Qubool Ki Ja Sakti Hai Unke Naam Bhi Likh Diye Ki Wo Kaun Si Hai
Batil (False Yani Jhooti)
Mardud (Rejected Yani Qubool Nahi Kisi Bhi Haal Me)
Mansukh (Abrogated Yani Ispar Amal Nahi Hoga)
Mawzu (Fabrication Yani Mangharat)
(Jame at Tirmizi; Vol 6; Page 569)
Toh Maloom Hua Ki Ye Sab Hadees Ki Category Me Jo Hadees Aaigi Usko Kisi Bhi Surat Me Qubool Nahi
Kiya Jayega. Yani Imam Tirmizi Ne Zaeef Hadees Ko Sirf Kamzoor Weak Karar Diya Hai Na Usko Jhooti Na
Mangharat Na Mardud Ao Bhi Uski Sanad Narration Ke According Se Zaeef Na Ki Hadees Ka Matan
Page | 33
2). Za'eef Hadees Aur Imam Ahmad:
3). Za'eef Hadees Par Amal Aur Imam Sakhawi & Imam Shafai:
Hazrat Sakhawi Al Mutawaffah 902 Hijri (R.A) Likhte Hain. Jab Ummat Hadees Zaeef Ko Qubool Karle To
Sahi Yahi Hai Ki Ispar Amal Kiya Jaye Yahan Tak Ki Wo Yaqeeni Aur Qat’ii Hadees Ko Mansookh Karne Me
Mutawatar Hadees Me Darje Me Samjhi Jayegi.Aur isi Wajah Se Hazrat Imam Shafai Al Mutawaffah 204
Hijri (R.A) Ne Hadees “La Wasiyyat Li Waris” Ke Bare Me Ye Farmaya Hai.Ki Isko Hadees Ke Ilm Wale (
Muhaddith) Sabit Nahi Kehte Hain Lekin A’aima Ne Ise Qubool Kar Liya Hai Aur Ispar Amal Karte Hain,
Yahan Tak Ki Isko Aayat Wasiyat Ka Nasikh Qaraar Dete Hai
(Fat’hul Mughees; Vol 2 Page 153)
Page | 34
4.) Za'eef Hadees Aur Imam Hakim:
Hazrat Imam Hakim Nishapuri Al Mutawaffah 403 Hijri (R.A) Farmate Hain”
Jab Ham Fazail A’amal Zikr Azkar Wagera) Me Aur Sawab wa Azaab Me Aur Mubahat Aur Dua’on Ke Bare
Me Ahadees Zikr Karte Hain To Isme Za'eef Hadeeson Ko Bhi Dakhil Karte Lete Hain
Al Mustadrak Ala Sahihain
(Vol 1; Page 666)
Toh Pta Chala Ki Zaeef Hadith Par Amal Karna In Chizo Me Jais Hai Aur Muhadditho Ka Usool Me Shamil
Hai
Page | 35
5).Za'eef Hadees Par Amal By Imam Nawawi:
Sahih Muslim Ki Sharah Likhne Wale. Hazrat Imam Nawawi Al Mutawaffah 676 Hijri (R.A) Likhte Hain
“Muhaddiseen Aur Fuqaha Aur Unke alawa Aima Ulama Ne Farmaya Hai Ki. Zaeef Hadees Par Amal Karna
Fazail wa Amal Aur Targheeb Aur Tarheeb Dua'on Me Jais Aur Mustahab Hai Jabki Wo Hadees
Mangharat Na Ho”
Yani Imam Nawawi Ne Bata Diya Ki Zaeef Hadees'o Par Amal Karna Jais Hai Bas Mawzu Hadees Wo Na Ho
(Kitab al Azkar; Page 31)
Page | 36
6). Hazrat Imam Ibn e Najjar Al Hambali Al Mutawaffah 972 Hijri Likhte Hain:
Hazrat Imam Ahmad Bin Hambal (R.A) Farmate Hain Bab (Chapter) Me Agar Za'eef Hadees Ho Aur Uske
Ma’araz Koi Daleel Na Ho To Usko Chorta Nahi Hoon
(Sharah Al Kokab ul Muneer; Vol 2; Page 573)
Yani Imam Bukhari Ko Jinhone Hadees Ka Certificate Diya Wo Khud Za'eef Hadees Ko Likhte Thay Lete
HaiAgar Za'eef Hadees Bilkul Hi Mawzu Hai To Imam Ahmad Bin Hambal Ko Pta Nahi Tha?Kya Yahudiyo
Se Nikal Kar Ek Naya Firqa Ahle'hadees Gair Muqallid Najdiyo Ko Hi Pta Hai?
Page | 37
Zaeef Hadees Par Bad Mazhabon Ka Aqida:
Wahabiyon Ahle'hadeeso Saudi Najdiyo Tum Zaeef Aur Mawzu Hadees Par Amal Karte Ho
Hum Sunni's Barelviyo Ko Wahabi Ahle'hadees Tana Dete Hai Ke Tum Log Zaeef Hadees Par Amal Karte
Ho Hum To Sirf Sahi Hadees Par Amal Karte Hai Accha Gawar Ahle'hadees
Hazrat Hussain (R.A) Se Riwayat Hai Rasool Allah ﷺNe Irshad Farmaya Ke Jis Shaks Ke Yaha Beta
Paida Ho Wo Uske Daaye [Right] Kaan Me Azaan Aur Baaye [Left] Me Aqaamat Kahe.
Ref: Musnad e Abi Ya’ala Hadees 6780
So Wahabiyon Ahle'hadeeso Saudi Najdiyo Aaj Ke Baad Tumhare Waha Koi Bachcha Paida Hoto Uske
Kaan Me Azan Mat Dena Kyunke Ye Sahi Hadees Se Sabit Nahi Hai Kyunke Tumhara Dawa Hai Ke Hum
Sirf Sahi Hadees Par Amal KarteTo Maloom Hua Ke Aaj Jo Wahabi Ahle'hadees Saudi Riyal Khoor Mulla
Zaeef Zaeef Ka Ratta Lagte Hai Unke Paida Hote Hi Unki Shuroat Hi Zaeef Aur Unke Dharam Ke According
Mawzu Hadith Se Hoti Hai.
Isse Ye Pta Chala Ke Agar Koi Hadees Waqai Me Usool e Hadees Ke According Zaeef Hai Lekin Ummat Ka
Uspar Amal Ho To Wo Zaeef Hadees Bhi Sahih Ho Jati Hai
Page | 39
1). Za'eef Hadees Par Din Me 5 Time Ahle'hadees Wahabiyon Ka Amal
Sahi Hadees Ko Zaeef Aur Zaeef Hadees Ko Mawzu Batane Wale Ahle'hadees Wahabi Gair Ki Muqallide
Najdi Ke Dharam Me Sirf Sahi Hadees Par Amal Jais Hai Zaeef Hadees Mawzu Jhoti Hoti Hai Amal Haram
Hai. Aur Zaeef Hadees Ka Bahut Zyada Fitna Khada Kar Rakha Hai Jo Hadees Inke Yahudi Aur RSS Dharam
Ke Khilaf Ho Wo Zaeef Hoti Hai. Kharjiyo Ki Tarah Khair Abhi Us Topics Par Baat Nahi Hai
Aage Zaeef Hadees Par Amal Kar Sakte Hai Ya Nahi Ke Jawab Me Likhta Hai” Agar Iske Muqabil Me Sahi
Hadees Nahi Hai To Za'eef Hadees Par Amal Karna Jais Hai
Jaisa Ki Namaz Ke Shuru Me “SubhanakAllahhuma” (Sana) Padne Wali Hadees Zaeef Hai Magar Amal Sari
Ummat Karti Hai ”
(Fatawa Sanaiya; Jild 2; Safa 76)
Ab Agar Waqai Ahle'hadees Wahabi Selfie Najdi Tum Log Halali Ho To Aaj Se Namaz Me Sana Padhna
Band Karo Kyunke Sahi Hadees Se Sabit Nahi Kyunke Tumhare Dharam Ka Usool Hai Ki Amal Sirf Sahih
Hadees Par Hoga Za'eef Par Nahi
Page | 40
2). Zaeef Hadees Par Amal Wajib Hai By Ahle'hadees Sheikh
Aaj Wahabi Ahle'hadees Saudi Najdi Riyal Khoor Mulle Aur Unke Bakht Log Chillate Hai Ke Zaeef Hadees
Par Amal Haram Hai Jais Nahi
Kuch Zaeef Hadees Aisi Bhi Hai Jinke Mafhoom Par Amal Karne Me Ahle Ilm Ka Ittefaaq Hai Aur Unhe
Qubool Karke Unpar Amal Karna Wajib Ho Jata Hai.
(Fataawa-Sanaiyya-Madniyya; Jild 1 Safa 297)
Wahabi Ahle'hadees Saudi Najdi Gawar Mulli Bandh Darwaze Ke Andar Baithkar Chillate Hai Hum Sirf
Sahih Hadees Par Amal Karte Hai Zaeef Hadees Par Nahi Accha Ahle Victoria Wahabi
Page | 41
Hazrat Wahshi Bin Harb (R.A) Se Riwayat Hai Rasool Allah ﷺSe Arz Ki Ya Rasool Allah ﷺHum
Khana Khate Hai Magar Pet Nahi Bharta Huzoor ﷺFarmaya Ikhatta Hokar Khaya Karo Aur Uspar Allah
Ka Naam Liya Karo Uspar Tumhare Liye Barkat Paida Kar Di Jayegi
(Sunan Abu Dawud; Hadees 3764)
Ye Hadees Yahudi Usool i mean Wahabi Usool Ke According Za'eef Hai But Har Wahabi Ahle'hadees Selfie
Gair Muqallid Saudi Najdi Ispar Amal Karta Hai Lekin Ab Ahle'hadeeso Tum Agar Sach Me Kisi Izzat Dar
Aurat Se Paidawar Hoto Aaj Ke Baad Khana Ghar Me Ya Kisi Shadi Wagera Me Milkar Ikhatta Hokar Mat
Khana Kyunke Ispar Koi Sahi Hadees Nahi Hai Ke Khana Ek Saath Milkar Khao Aur Allah Ka Naam Lo
4). Ibn e Tayymia Zaeef Aur Mawzu Riwayat Leta Tha By Wahabi Mulla
Din Raat Sunni Barelvi Musalmano Ko Zaeef Riwayat Lene Aur Bayan Karne Ka Tana Dene Wale Wahabi
Ahle'hadees Gair Muqallid Najdiyo Ke Grandfather Ibn e Tayymia Aur Big Uncle Ibn e Qayyim Zaeef To
Zaeef Mawzu Jhooti Riwayat Ko Bhi Nahi Chorta Tha
Ahle'hadees Wahabi Najdi Barsati � Bahut Pod Pod Karte Hai Ki Zaeef Hadees Par Amal Kisi Haal Nahi Ho
Sakta Jo Zaeef Riwayat Par Amal Kare Wo Pakka Bid'ati Jahil Gumrah Hota Hai Hawala 1857
Ibn Qayyim Student of Ibn e Tayymia Hadees e Talqeen Ke Bare Likhta Hai
Ki Ye Hadith Zaeef Hai Par Is Hadees Par Tamam Mulko Me Tamam Zabano Me Is Zaeef Hadees Par Amal
Hota Raha Aur Ummat Ka Beghair Inkar Ispar Amal Karna Iske Sahi Hone Me Kitna Hi Kafi Hai
(Kitab Ar-Ruh; Safa 29)
Yani Ibn Qayyim Ke According Zaeef Hadees Par Amal Hota Hai Aut Agar Koi Waqai Zaeef Hadees Hai Aur
Uspar Amal Ummat Ka Hoto Wo Sahi Ho Jati Hai
Page | 43
IMPORTANT POINT:
Is Puri kitaab Mein Zyada Se Zayada photos bad mazhabon ki kitaabon se hi hai taki yeh khayal na aye ki
humare kitaabon mein likha hai.
Yeh jhute ghair muqallid apni taraf se zaif khte hai.
For Eg:
Jamai Tirmizi, Pg : 595-96, Kitab No 40 Kitab Al Imaan Aana Rasool Allah, Maa Jaa Fi Aftaraki Haaja il
Ummah, Hadees :2641
Hazrat Abdullah Ibn Amr Radiallahu Anhu Se rivayat Hai Nabi E Akram Ne Irshad Farmaya ﷺBeshak
Kaum E Bani Israel (Kaum E Moosa ) 72 Firke Me Ba’nt(Divide) Gayi Aur Meri Ummat 73 Firko’n Me Ba’nt
Jaygi, Sab k Sab Jahannami Honge Sirf Ek Firqa Jannati Hoga.
Sahaba E Kiram Radi Allahu Anhu Azmain Ne Arz Kiya YA RASOOL ALLAH ﷺWo Jannati Firqa Konsa
Hoga?
Nabi E Karim ﷺNe Irshad Farmaya Jo Mere Aur Mere Sahaba K Tarike Par Chalega
Page | 44
Page | 45
Yeh baat bilkul sahi hai ki jab Khuda Imaan utha leta hai tab saath mein akal bhi chali jaati hai. Bhala jab
upar zaif hi likhna tha tab next kyu hasan Gharib Likha?
Imam Tirmizhi aaj se kareeb 1160 saalon pehle ke Imam hai aur unki Hadees collection 6 authentic books
mein ati hai.
Jab Unhone khud likha hai ki yeh Hadees Hasan Gharib hai aur aaj ka mulla is Hadees sharif ko zaif keh
kar inkar karta hai to samajh sakte hai ki kaun jhuta hai.
Page | 46
TAQLEED
Taqleed ka Lafzi maana hai : Qulaada.
1) Imam Ghazali apni kitaab Al-Mustasfa jild 2 Page 387 per likhte hai “Taqleed yani bina kisi
kay Qaul ko bina hujjat bina Dalil maanlena”
2) Allama shareef jirjani ne At-Taarifat page 97 per likhte hai “Taqleed Yani Hujjat o Dalil kay
bagair bina kisi dalil kay baat maanlena”
3) Taqleed woh jo Mujhtahid ki baat maanle bina kisi Dalil kay [Tazeeb, by Imam-Nawai and Irshaad-ul-
Fahool by Qadhi Shawkani].
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=leuNHQR7POI
Zakir Naik kay mutabik kya 4 Imam Quran O Hadees se hatkar koi faisla dete the ya apne Qayas se faisla
dete the????
NABI Sallallahualaihiwasallam ki Hadees ko taweel karo or kehdo sahi hadees mansukh, Imam kay Qaul
ko Bada karo or Hadees ko piche kardo.Yeh Taqleed hai.
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=G-kTvdWyOOM
Yeh hai Wahbiyo ki ilmi salahiyat kay jise Taqleed ka sahi maana hi nahi pata woh kehte hai Taqleed
Haram hai,Shirk hai,Biddat hai.Aur kamal toh yeh hai ki inhe pata hi nahi ki Taqleed kya hai,kisi kay
nazdeek Shirk toh kisi kay Biddat toh Kisi kay Haram.Yeh Khud apne aap me confused hai.
Page | 47
Is point ko Yaad rakhe kyuke aage chalkar Wahbi ki Taqleed saabit karna hai.
Jawaab: Jab koi Aqwal Quran o Hadees me na ho us masail ko jaanne kay liye karte hai.
4).MUJTAHID kisse kehte hai aur MUJTAHID ka lafzi mana kya hai ????
Mujtahid ka matlab hota hai Koshish karne wala yeh lafzi maine hai Shara mai mujtahid woh hai jismai
ilmi liyaqat aur kabiliyat is qadar ho ki Quraani isharaat ko samaz sake aur Qalam ke maqsad ko
pahechaan sake aur ismai se masail nikal sake, Nasikh aur Mansukh ka pura ilm rakhta ho, Ilm e sarf,
Nahw wa balagat wagaira mai usko puri maharat hasil ho, Ahkaam ki tamam ayaton aur ahadees par uski
nazar ho joh is darja par pahucha woh mujtahid hai aur
(iii) Mujtahid filmasail: Woh hazraat hai joh qawaid aur masail e furuiya dono mai muqallid hai magar
woh masail jinke mutalliq Aimma ki wajahat nahi milti unko Quraan wa Hadees wagaira dalail se
nikal sakte hai jaise Imaam Tahawi Aur Qazi Khan,Shamshul Aimma Sarkhasi wagaira,
(iv) Ashabe Takhriz: Woh hazraat hai joh ijtihaad toh bilkul nahi kar sakte haan Aimma me se kisi
ke mukhtasar qaul ki tafseel farma sakte hai jaise Imaam Qarkhi wagaira,
(v) Ashabe Tarjih: Woh hazraat hai joh Imaame Azam ki chand riwayat mai se baaz ko tarzih de
sakte hai jaise kisi mas'ala mai Imaam e Azam ke do qaul riwayat mai aaye toh unmai kisi ko tarzih
den yeh woh karsakte hai jaise Sahibe Quduri Aur Sahibe Hidaya,
(vi) Ashabe Tamiz: Woh hazraat hai joh zahir mazhab aur riwayaten nadirah isi tarah qaule
zaeef aur qawi aur jiyada mazbut me fark kar sakte hai ki aqwaal e rad shuda aur riwayat e
zaeefa ko tark karde aur sahi riwayat aur moatbar qaul ko len jaise sahibe qanz aur sahibe durre
mukhtaar wagaira...
Page | 48
Jo in 6 wasfo mai se kuch bhi na ho who muqallid hai jaise is zamana ke aam ulama unka sirf yahi
kaam hai ki kitab se masail dekh kar logo ko batayen....Wallahu T'aala Aalam
Mujhtahid ko kisi ki Taqleed karna Jaiz nahi aur nahi Gair mujhtahid ki Taqleed ki jaati hai.
Aayat # 1
Is aayat se per zara gaur o fikr kare ki Quran shareef me Surah Fatiha me hi ALLAH se dua ki
jaati hai ki “Hume Sidha Rasta chala,Rasta unka jisper tune ehsaan(inaam) kiya.Ab Dekhte hai
ALLAH taala kis per ehsaan(inaam) kiya jinke raaste per chalne ka Hukum diya gaya.iska Jawaab
dusri aayat me padhe
Aayat # 2
Is aayat se pata chala ki ALLAH taala ne “Ambiya aur Siddique aur Shaheed Aur nake log” in per
ALLAH ne Ehsaan(Inaam) kiya.Ab gaur kare ki ALLAH taala ne khud Taqleed kay bare bata diya ki
Ambiya kay raste per chala aur Siddiquin se muraad Sahaba e kram hai jaise Hazrat Abu Bakar
Siddique aur shauhda kay raaste per chala aur Nake Log(Saleheen) per chala.Toh inke raaste per
chalne ka Hukum ALLAH ki taraf se hai aur jo kehte hai Humare Imam sirf NABI
sallallahualahiwasallam aur hum unke hi raste per chalege aur baaki Biddat,shirk,Haram hai
woh bataye ki Jahannam me kaha thikana banana chahte hai.Wahbiyo’n kay nazdeek NABI
Sallallahualaihiwasallam kay raste per chalna hai baki biddat,haram,Shirk aur yaha ALLAH taala
khud Quran me zahir farma diye ki kis kay raste per chalna hai aur inka raasta NABI
Sallallahualaihiwasallam se juda bhi nahi.Ya fir yeh wahbi saabit kare ki yaha
“Siddiquin,Saleheen,Shauhda” se Muraad kaun kaun hai.???
Gaur kare Surah Fatiha Har namaz me padhte hai toh wahbi namaz me kehte hai “hume us raaaste per
chala jis per tune inaam kiya aur bahar kehte hai hum toh itteba karte hai NABI
Sallallahualaihiwasallam ki or kisi ki nahi.toh goya yeh jhut kehte hai humse or humse nahi toh
MAZ ALLAH ALLAH taala se jhut kehte hai warna is aayat me siddiqueen,saleheen se murad kya
hai???
Aayat # 3
Page | 49
Is aayat me ALLAH taala ne “uski raha chal jo meri taraf ruju liya” . Bataye kisne ruju liya.
Upar jo mene Video ki link di hai Usme ZAKIR NAIK ka kehna hai ki Quran me Aimma ullema ka
zikr hi nahi hai toh wahbiyo’n se sawaal hai ki yaha RUJU KISNE KIYA?????
Aayat # 4
Is aayat me khule Alfaz hai ki “A imaan walo Hukum maano ALLAH ka aur Hukum maano Rasul
Sallallahualaihiwasallam ka aur unka jo tumme Hukumat wale hai(Arbi lafz hai “Uleel amri
minkum” ) is aayat me bhi Imam kay bare likha hai. “Uleel amri minkum” se muraad ullema hai
aur is per ijma hai.
Imam Hakim apni Hadees Mustdarak Al-Hakim Hadees no. 422 per likhte hai “Uleel amri minkum” se
muraad Aimma hai.
Page | 50
Isi Hadees ko Tafsee Jareer Jild 5 page no. 88 me Ibn Jareer ne Naqal kiya hai.
Imam Darmi jo Imam Bukhari,Imam Muslim aur Imam Abu Dawood kay Ustaad hai unhone Baab Qayam
kiya “Al-Iqtadaye al Ullema” aur yehi Hadees us baab me likhi hai.
Wahbi ki apni kitaab se hawala “Uleel amri minkum” se muraad Ullema hai
Aayat # 5
Is aayat me fir saaf Alfaz hai “Ilm walo se pucho agar tumhe ilm naho” aur yaha Ilm walo se muraad Alim
hai ullema hai.
Aayat # 6
Is aayat me “jis din hum har Jamaat ko us kay Imam kay saath bulayege” Yaha Imam se muraad “Jiska
who Duniya me itteba karta tha” Hazrat Ibn Abbas radialla taala anhuma ne farmaya isse who Imam
zama’an muraad hai jiskay daawat per Duniya me log chale khwa isne HAq ki daawat ki ho ya Baatil ki :
Ab Agar wahbi kahege ki humare imam NABI Sallallahualaihiwasallam hai toh yehi wahi Ibn
taymiyah kay aage ALLAMA IMAM IBN TAYMIYAH kyu likhte hai?? Kya NABI ka martaba ibn taymiyah kay
liye bhi maante hai kya????
Tafseer Rooh ul Bayan me is aayat kay tahet hai ki Qayamat kay din jab log apne Imam kay naam se
bulaye jayege toh Aawaz di jayegi”O Hanafi , O shafee” toh isse pata chala ki qayamat kay din sabko
Imam kay naam bulaya jayega “O Hanfi,O shafee,O maliki,O Hanmbli” ab jiska koi Imam hi nahi waha per
Iblees aur uskay saathi aayege.
Page | 51
Taqleed ka Saboot Hadees Shareef se:
Hadees 01:
Yehi Hadees
Page | 52
Is Hadees se saaf Maalum hota hai ki Sarkar Sallallahualaihiwasallam ne Hazrat Muaz
radiallataala anhu ki Taqleed karne hukum diya Yemen walo ko.aur is hadees se pata chala ki
Agar Masla Quran o Hadees me na mile toh Hazrat Muaz ne apni rai se faisla lene ka kaha jisse
Sarkar sallallahualahiwasallam Khush hue aur aapke seene per haath maara aur dua farmai.aur
is hadees se saabit hua ki jo Ijtihad karte hai who mujhtahid hota hai jise har chiz ka ilm o
umoor haasil ho aur ALLAH taala uskay Dil me masle ka hal bhi daal deta hai.Subhan ALLAH.
Hadees # 2
Page | 53
Yehi Hadees
Page | 54
Yeh Hadees se saabit hai ki Sarkar Sallallahualaihiwasallam ne farmaya ki “bilshuba tum me se jo mere
baad zinda raha woh bahut ikthelaaf dekhega,chunanche in haalat me meri Sunnat aur mere Khalifa ki
sunnat apnaye rakhna”in alfaz se saaf pata chata hai ki sarkar ne apne khalifa ki Taqleed ka Hukum diya
kay mera baad jab ikhtelaaf aaye toh mere khalifa ki bhi sunnat apnaye rakhna.Aapko pata tha ki aapke
baad ikhtelaaf aayege jiska sabot Quran o Hadees me na hoga
Page | 55
Hadees # 3
Hazrat Huzaifa radiallataala anhu se riwayat hai farmate hai hum NABI e karim
Sallallahualaihiwasallam kay paas baithe hue the kay aapne farmaya me (apne aap) nahi jaanta
kay kitne mudday tumhare darmiyan rahuga mere baad kiski pairwi karoge itna farmakar aapne
Hazrat Abu bakar siddique radialla taala anhu ki taraf ishara kiya.
Is Hadees ko
Page | 56
Isse bhi Taqleed saabit hai ki agar Quran o Hdees hi kaafi hai toh sarkar ne Hazrat Abu Bakar
siddique ki taraf ishara kiya aur pairwi karne ka hukum diya auris per sahaba e kram ne aisa q
nahi kaha “YA RAsul ALLAH hume aapki Sunnat o Quran hi kaafi hai” lekin yaha per Sahaba e kram khamosh rahe.
Hadees # 4
Hazrat Umar radiallataala anhu se riwayat hai kay mene Rasul ALLAH Sallallahualaihiwasallam
ko farmate hue suna mene apne rab se apne sahaba kay ikhtelaf kay mutaliq sawaal kiya jo
mere baad hoga meri taraf wahi farmai kay a mohammad! tumhare sahaba mere nazdeek
aasman kay taro ki tarah hai jab kay baaz baaz se qawi hai lekin sab noorani hai.apne ikhtelaf
woh jis maukuf per hai un me se jo kisi ko ikhtiyar kare who mere nazdeek hidayat per hai.Rawi
ka bayan hai ki Rasul ALLAH sallallahualahiwasallam ne farmaya mere sahaba taaro’n ki tarah
hai.unmese jiski pairwi karoge toh hidayat hi paoge.
Is Hadees ko
Hadees # 5
Hazrat Abdullah ibn masud radiallataala anhu jo ek Faqih Sahabi hai aapse riwayat hai “ A logo
tum chahte ho ki Hidayat per raho toh unke raaste apnao jo inteqaal hochuke hai aur zindo per
fitno ka andesha hai.
NOTE :
Jo inteqaal kargaye woh Hidayat per hue aur zindo per fitno ka andesha hai,Hadees se saabit
hai.Ab Ahle Hadees ko chahiye ki woh Imam ka raasta apnaye jo Hidayat per inteqaal hue.unhe
apne Maulvi ullema ko choddena chahiye Hadees per amal karte hue
Hadees # 6
“Hazrat Abu Darda se riwayat hai k “A logo agar ullema kay aqwal na hote toh hum sab Hidayat hasil na
karsakte the”.
Page | 57
Is hadees se saabit hai gaur kare : Hazrat Abu Darda kaun hai??? Sahabi e Rasool hai aur is
Hadees kay mutabik Hazrat Abu darda ko bhi apne e zyada ilm walo ki zarurat hai,unki Taqleed
karte,lekin wahbi kehte hai hum Taqleed nahi karege toh in wahbi ko Sahaba se zyada ka ilm
hai????
Yeh Woh Hadees hai jisse TAQLEED ka sabot milta hai aur Sahaba ko bhi Taqleed ka Hukum mila.
Inhone baab qayam kiya hai ki “Sahaba radiallataala anhum me se Mufti Hazraat” are jab
Taqleed hi nahi karni toh sahaba me se Mufti Hazrat ki kya zarurat padgai??? Fatwa dete the
iska matlab kuch log inki Taqleed karte the jabhi toh Fatwa dete the warna Quran shareef kaafi
na thi in sahabiyo’n ko??? Aur inhone kuch sahaba kay naam bi ginaye hai .
2) Same kitaab ka Hawala hai jo upar diya hai sirf safa change hai . Jild 1 safa 41.
Imam Ahmed bin hanmbal ki taarif likhkar kya likhte hai zara gaur farmale.aapke Fatwe kitne the aapki
Page | 58
kitabe kitni thi sab likha hai.Wahbiyo’n jab tumhe Taqleed hi nahi Karni
Tumhare nazdeek sirf do hi kitaab honi chahiye 1) Quran shareef 2) Hadees Sahi sitta. Isse zyada
kyu padhte ho. Aur Imam Ahmed bin Hanmbal ne itni kitabe likhi Fatwe likhe iska
matlab hai ki us zamana me bhi Taqleed ka saboot tha lekin ALBANI kay aate hi aitraaz shuru hogaye.isse
pehle kisi ka aitraaz koi bata sakta hai??? Aur is Ibarata me Taqleed
kay bare bhi likha hai. “yaha tak un kay mazhab kay mukhalif un kay siwa aur ki Taqleed karne wale bhi
un kay qalaam aur un kay fatwo ki izzat wa azmat karte hai”
3 ) Front cover : same book hai jiska hawala upar diya hai “ilamul muaqin” sirf safa chanGe hai :
“Chunanche aap ne apne baaz shagirdo’n se farmaya bhi hai kay jis masle me tumhara koi imam na ho
khabardaar use zabaan se na nikale”
Page | 59
Isse muraad kya hai?? Taqleed ka Hukum hai ki nahi???Wahbi Bolta hai Magar samajta nahi.aur yaha aap
se murad Hazrat Imam Ahmed bin Hanmbal hai.jab waqt kay bade Imam keh rahe hai ki masle me imam
ka hona zaruri hai lekin juma juma 8 din wale wahbi
Maulvi jo hafte bhar me mujhtahid hojaate hai who inhi imam per bohtaan lagate hai jaise “Imam Abu
hanifa ka fala qaul sahi nahi unhone galti kardi” etc.
4 ) Ab yeh kitaab jo me niche duga who kitaab SAUDI se chapi hai “Lama tul Atiqaad”
Kehte hai “ Imam Auzai radialla taala anhu , ALLAH un se raazi hua,Farmate hai kay aasar e salf ki
pairwi karo agarche log tumhe chodde aur logo’n ki zaati aara se bacho agar che log ise muzaiyan
karke kyu na pesh kare”.
Kya kehte hai isme ki agarche log tumhe chodde lekin tum salf ki pairwi na chodo aur logo ko zaati aara
se se bacho yaani aaj kal jhute wahbi jo apne aapko mujhtahid samajte hai inki rai se bacho.yaha Bhi
Taqleed ka hukum hai Wahbi book se aage dekhe.
“Al batta furoi masail me kisi Imam ki taraf nisbat karna maslan charo faqhi mazahib me kisi ki taraf
mansub hona,toh yeh mazmoon nahi kyuke furoi masail me ikhtelaf rehmat hai."
Isse bhi Taqleed ka khuli ibarat hai aur Taqleed kitno ki honi chahiye who bhi zaahir hai.
Jahaalat 01:
Sahaba e kram ne Taqleed kyu nahi ki?
Jawaab :
(i) Sahaba e kram jab Direct NABI Sallallahualaihiwasallam se masla hal karwate the toh unhe Taqleed ki
kya zarurat.
Hazrat Umar radiallataala anhu se marwi hai “A logo tummese jo chahta ho Quran kay bare me jaane toh
usko chahiye kay Hazrat Ubai ibn kaab radiallataala anhu ki taraf ruju kare,aur jo tumme chahta hai ki
faraiz kay bare me malumat hasil kare toh use chahiye Hazrat Zaid ibn saabit radialla taala anhu ki taraf
ruju kare aur tumme jo chahta hai Fiqha kay masail puche toh usko chahiye ki Hazrat Muaz ibn jabal ki
taraf ruju kare aur
tumme jo chahta hai kay who mashiyat kay bare me janna chahta hai toh usko chahiye meri taraf ruju
kare.Beshak ALLAH taala ne mujhe khazane ka muhafiz banaya aur me us khazane ka taqseem karne
wala hu.
Page | 60
Ref : Al-Musannaf Ibn Abi shaiba jild 6 page 454 Hadees no. 32896.
Is Hadees se saaf zaahir Taqleed kay bare ki Quran kay bare janna hai toh fala sahabi kay paas
jaye,Fiqha kay bare janna hai toh fala sahabi kay paas jaye,mashiyat kay bare janna hai toh
mere paas aaye.Agar Taqleed ka hukum na hota toh sahaba e kram kehte ki Hum toh Quran o
behter samajte hai hum chahe toh Direct NABI Sallallahualaihiwasallam se puch sakte hai.lekin
aisa nahi hua.Hazrat Umar radiallataala anhu se kisi ne aisa nahi kaha ki iski zarurat kya hai hum
toh direct kam le sakte hai.
Page | 61
Iska matlab yeh hai ki Sahaba e kram me ek jamat aisi thi jo itna ilm na rakhti thi aur apne e zyada Alim o
ilm walo ki taraf ruju karti thi.
Jahaalat 02:
Sahaba e kram kay zamana me na koi Hanfi tha, Na shafae tha,Na Maliki,Na Hanmbali tha yeh baad ki
paidawar hai yeh Biddat hai.
Jawaab:
Humne apne aapko Hanfi kaha toh apne hume Biddati kehdiya,isi tarah Shafee,maliki,Hanmbli kaha toh
aapne biddati kehdiya..Sirf ek baat batao Wahbio..kaun se sahaba e kram ne apne aako SALAFI kaha
hai???? Kabhi kisi ne naam suna Hazrat Abu
bakar siddique salfi,Hazrat Usman gani salfi,Hazrat Umar e Farooq salfi,Hazrat Maula Ali Salfi,kisi ne suna
hai kya aisa naam???? Yeh biddat nahi toh fir Biddat kya hai.aur salafi kay maana hai Salaf kay raste per
chalne wala..yeh sabse ajeeb baat hai ki jab kisi Imam kay piche nahi chalna toh salfi kaise???? Kyuke
wahbi toh direct NABI Sallallahualaihiwasallam ki itteba karne ka daawah karte hai lekin dusre muh salaf
ki
pairwi karte hue salafi kehte hai apne aapko.bada hi ajeeb mamla hai..
Sahaba e kram kay zamane me toh Hadees ki kitaabe bhi na thi fir kisne authority di kay tum Quran
shareef kay baad Bukhari, Muslim, Abu Dawood etc etc in Hadees per amal karo???? Aur yeh kisne kaha
ki Bukhari ko pehla no. dusra Muslim ko ,teesra Abu
dawood ko ,chautha Tirmizi ko, panchwa per Nisai ko aur chate per Ibn Majah ko rakho…yeh tarteeb
banana kay liye kaun se sahabi ne bola ya wahbiyo’n per wahi utri thi???? Yeh bhi toh biddat hai.
Jahaalat 03:
Imam Abu Hanifa se pehle log kiski Taqleed karte the??
Jawaab:
Me Wahbiyo se puchta hu ki Bukhari shareef se pehle log kis kitaab ko padhte the???? Bukhari shareef
ko Quran kay baad mautabaar maanlo yeh kisne kaha??jabke Bukhari shareef se pehle bhi kai kitaabe
likhi gai jaise Muwatta Imam Malik , Musnad
Ahmed bin Hanmbal , Musannaf Abdur razzaq , Sunan Darmi etc toh wahbiyon ne inkitaab ko chodkar
Bukhari shareef ko kyu pakadliya???
Jahaalat 04:
Imam Abu Hanifa kay Walid kiski Taqleed karte the ???
Jawaab :
Hadees me Bukhari se pehle kis kitaab ko maante the?? Aur Bukhari shareef se pehle koi kitaab maante
the toh us kitaab ko kyu choda?? Sidhi si baat hai Imam Abu Hanifa Tabae the aur NABI
Sallallahualaihiwasallam ne 3 Daur bataye “khair ka Daur”
Taabi Direct Sahabi se riwayat lete the aur Sahabi Direct NABI Sallallahualaihiwasallam se riwayat lete the aur Imam Abu
Hanifa kay walid toh Hazrat Ali ki bargah me bhi Haazir hua karte the.jiska hawala hai .
Page | 62
1) Imam Dhahabi, Siyar Alam al-Nubala, Volume 6, Page No: 395 (ARABIC)
Page | 63
3)Imam Hajar al-Asqalani in Tahdhib ut Tahdhib, Volume No.10, Page No. 401(Online) and
Volume 10, Page 449
Jahaalat 04:
Sirf ek Taqleed kyu karte ho.
Jawaab:
wahbiyon ka kehna ki “4 Haq per hai toh chaaro ki manuga” : yeh toh Hadd hai pehle kisi ko nahi mante
hai kehte hai Taqleed shirk , Haram, Biddat aur dusri taraf kehdiye 4 HAq per hai chaaro ko manuga ref.
kay liye jo upar video daal gaur se dekhna use.ab chaaro ko maankar chaar chaar baar shirk kardiye
wahbi. Yaani yeh chaar ki Taqleed ek saath karege balke mere Nazdeek yeh who log hai jo apne nafs ki
Taqleed karte hai kyuke inke nazdeek inhe jo sahi lagta yeh use pakad lete hai aur baaki
choddete hai.aur usi Video me Zakir naik sahib apne aapko 100% Hanfi bhi kehte hai.Ibn Taymiyah apni
kitaab Fatwa Ibn Taymiyyah, Volume 20, Chapter of Taqleed me likhte hai ki jab koi shaks kisi Taqleed
karne lagta hai aur bina wajah woh dusre shaks ki bhi Taqleed karta hai goya woh apne NAFS ki Taqleed
Page | 64
karta hai naki Imam ki Taqleed karta hai aur is tarah karna HARAM hai.yeh wahbi apne ghar kay Imam ki
kyu nahi maante.
Wahbi ki Taqleed
Wahbi bhi Taqleed karte hai lekin batate nahi jaisa aapne upar padha aur yaha niche me un Imam kay
naam duga jinki who Taqleed karte hai,Hum toh sirf 4 Imam ki Taqleed kay bare kehte hai lekin wahbi 10
Imam ki Taqleed karte hai,Naam mulayza farmaye :
1) Ibn Taymiyah.
2) Ibn Qayum.
3) Ibn Kaseer.
4) Ismail Dehlvi.
5) Siddique Hasan Bhopali.
6) Shawkani.
7) Sanaullah Amritsari.
8) Mohammad Junagadi.
9) Albani.
10) Abdullah ibn Abbas.
Wahabi insab ki Taqleed karte hai aur agar woh kahe hum Taqleed nahi karte toh yeh
apne maktab se Kitaab kyu chaapte ho kyuke inke nazdeek sirf 2 hi kitaab hai 1) Quran 2) Sahi Hadees,
Inke alawa yeh wahbi apni kitaabe chaap kar kya saabit karna chahte hai??? Inhe toh chahiye ki sirf
Quran aur Sahi Sitta Hadees chaape, Apne maulana ki kitaab chaapkar sabko dete ho kay yeh padho
humari Taqleed karo lekin bolo mat Taqleed karaha hu.Yeh wahbi apne aapko samajdaar samajte hai
lekin hote nahi. Aur yeh Jawaab ek aur Aitraaz per diya jaa sakta hai “Quran o Hadees Kaafi hai toh
Taqleed kyu??
Kya jahalat hai agar Quran o Hadees kaafi hai toh apne gharwalo se kaho Quran o Hadees chaape dusri
kitaabe band karde chaapna.
Wahbiyoh zara bataye ki jo Shaks Taqleed karta ho yaani tumhare nazdeek Shirk, Biddat,Haram kaam
kiya uski darj ki hui Hadees ko mautabar kehna kaisa???? Usool e Hadees me agar koi shaks Tadlees kare
toh Hadees ko Zaef kardete ho lekin yaha toh Hadees ko apni kitaab me nakal karne wala hi Taqleed
karte the.toh puri ki puri Bukhari ka kya
karoge??? Aur yeh bhi batadu ki Imam Buhari ne 2 Aise raawi se riwayat li hai jo HANFI hai.
Imam Dhahbee ne apni apni kitaab [Seyar Ailaam an-Nubala] me Hazrat Yahya Ibn Moin ko HANFI
likha hai.
Waki bin Jarrah ko Imam Dhahabi nay Tazkiratul Hufaad main Hanafi likha hai. Tazkiratul Hufaaz main
Waki Bin Jarrah kay neechay unhoon nay likha hai kay wo Abu Hanifa kay fiqh kay mutabiq fatwa detay
thay.
Imam Yahya ibn mueen likhte hai ki Waqi ibn Jarah Imam Abu Hanifa kay Qaul kay Mutabik Fatwa dete
the.
( Al-Intiqa’ fi Fada’il al-A’immati l-Thalathat al-Fuqahap. 211)
Ab Agar Hadees me rawi Zaef aajaye toh Hadees Zaef hojati hai sanad kay aitbaar se lekin Rawi mushrik
aajaye toh????? Aur Imam Bukhari ne kaafi saari hadeesein in dono Hanfi rawi se li hai jo Muqallid
hai.Bataye kya Faisla hoga Mushrik Rawi per wahbiyon ka????Bukhari manna choddoge ya Taqleed
legally shuru kardoge??
Yeh who masail me de raha hu jise wahbyon ko bina Taqleed kay nikalna hoga.
Page | 66
Page | 67
Yeh pehli Daleel hai sahi Bukhari se jisme likha hai
Hadees no. 157 Wuzu kay aaza ko ek dafa dhona ,
Page | 68
Hadees no. 158 Wuzu kay aaza ko 2 dafa dhona ,
Hadees no. 159 Wuzu kay aaza ko 3 dafa dhona.
Ab wahbiyon se sawaal hai bina Taqleed kay yeh bataye ki kis per Amal karna hai aur uski Dalil bhi dikhai
ki fala Hadees per amal karege kyuke 1
Hadees per amal karege toh 2 choot jayegi aur Ahle Hadees Wahbi Hadees ko chodte nahi.
Jawaab ka Intezaar rahega.
Page | 69
Is Hadees me Sharam Gaah ko chuliya toh wuzu karna hoga (Hadees no. 181)
Aur is Hadees me Sharam gaah ko haath lagaya toh wuzu na toota (Hadees 182)
Wahbiyon batao kis per Amal karoge bina Taqleed kay batana.
Page | 70
(C) Dalil Mishkat Shareef se
Kitabut Wuzu jild 1 Hadees 303
Tarjuma: Agar Kisi ne apni biwi ko bosa diya toh wuzu toot jayega.
Is tarah aur bhi masle hai jo puri ki puri wahbiyatbina Taqleed kay masle hal nahi kar sakti.
Wahbiyon ki jahalat
Yeh Wahbi Khud kya kehte hai inhe aqal nahi hoti aur kuch bhi keh jaate hai.
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=POhCrZewH14
Yeh Video hai Maulana Ismail Bhati Gair Muqallid ka.Is video me who kehte hai ki Hazrat Abdullah Ibn
Masood radialla taala anhu jab taqreer karte aur koi masla bayan karte toh mard toh mard aurte bhi
gharme jaakar Hawala dhundti kay fala masle ka hawala HADEES o Quran ki kitaab me maujud hai ki
nahi.Aur Hazrat Abdullah ibn Masood ki taarif bhi bayan ki lekin jaahil wahbi samajhte nahi bas jhut
boldete hai.
Full Name: 'Abdullah ibn Mas'ud b. Ghafil b. Habib b. Shamkh b. Far b. Makhzum b. Sahilah b. Kahil b. al-
Harith
Page | 71
Children : 'Abdur Rahman bin 'Abdullah, Abu 'Ubaida bin 'Abdullah bin Mas'ud
1) Duniya me Baaz jagah Jaha kai kai mahine Suraj nahi nikalta waha 5 waqt ki
namazo’n ka taayun kaise kiya jayega??
3) Eiddein kay Chand kay dekhne ka elaan Mike, Telephone, SMS, TV, Radio etc kay
zariye diya jaati hai.Yeh Jaiz ya NaJaiz.
5) Tahajjud ki Azaan Jaiz ya NaJaiz, Agar Jaiz hai toh kiske zamane me hui, Kaun se
Sahaba, Tabai, Tabe tabai kay zamana tha Quran o Hadees se saabit kare.
6) Suwar ka ghost PAAK ya NAPAAK kyuke Quran shareef me Suwar ka Ghosht khana
Haram kaha hai lekin Paak ya Napaak???
10) YouTube wagaira per apni Video banakar taqreer ki daalna yeh Jaiz ya NaJaiz????
Yeh 10 Sawaal hai jo wahbiyon ko Dena hai Bina Taqleed kay sirf o sirf Quran o Hadees ki roshni me.
Page | 72
HUKM E SHARI IN ISLAM
Mauzooda Pur Fitan daur me aapne dekha hoga k bahot se kam ilm na samajh log jo khud ko Quran O
Hadees Aur Istelahi Shariat ka khoob jaankar samajhte hai raah chalte kisi bhi acche amal tak ko galat bol
denge biddat Shirk tak bolte milenge halanki jab kisi ahle ilm se inka mukabla ho ya unke hattho chad
jaate hai to saara inka SO Called Ilm saamne aajata hai Ek Hadees e paak Pesh e Nazr hai baat aur aasan
hojaye.
Hazrat Abdullah bin Amr bin Al Aas (R.A) se rivaayat hai ke Rasoolullah ﷺne farmaaya:
“Allah Ta’ala Ilm ko is tarah nahi uthaayega ke Usey Logo’n (ke Dilo’n) se Kheench le balke Ulema’ ke Uth Jaane
(Ya’ni Wafaat) se Ilm Uth Jaayega Yaha’n tak ke Jab Koi Aalim nahi rahega to Log Jahilo’n ko Sardaar bana lenge.
Chunancha Unse (Masaa’il) pooche Jaayenge to wo Baghair Ilm ke Fatwa denge, Khud bhi Gumrah honge aur
Logo’n ko bhi Gumrah karenge.”
Reference :
(Sahih Al-Bukhaari, Vol : 01, Kitaab No 03 : Al-Ilm, Baab No 34 : Kaifa Yuqbazul Ilm, Hadees : 100)
Page | 73
Mauzooda daur me bhi hum is hadees e paak ko dekhe aur apne muashre ka jaiza le to yakinan pata chalega
aisa hi horaha hai jaahil khud ko aalim samajhe rahe hai aur fatwe dete phir rahe hai jinhe thek se Shariat ki
bunyadi Istelah bhi nahi pata hoti to baat baat pe musalmano ko biddati Mushrik kehte milenge.
Aise Nazook wakt me har Musalman par jaruri hai k wo ilme din ki taraf aaye aur sahi Sunni Ulema se,
Motebar ulema ki kutoob se llm haasil kare aur Ulme E Ahle Sunnat ki Sohbat me rahe unse karibi rahe.
Aap dunya me tamam uloom ko dekhe ek cheez hamesha notice ki hogi k jab tak aap us uloom k basic
bunyaadi kanoon ko naa samajh sake jab jab aapko dushwari hogi.
Misal k taur pe Zaid ek Computer Software Engineer hai par Zaid ko thek se computer ki basic language C
program # ki coding tak nahi aati ho kya Zaid ek accha Engineer ban sakta hai ??
Har samajhdar kahega nahi nahi ban sakta kyuki uske ab tak thek se Computer ki bunyaad hi nahi pata hai.
ye fakat ek misal thi kuch baatein samjhane k lihaz se ab aate hai unwaan ki taraf yaha hum kuch HUKM E
SHARI bayan karenge in baato ko hamesha yaad rakhe bahot mukhtasar aur bahot kaam ki chiz hai ye yaad
karli to IN SHA ALLAH Taa’la Kabhi kisi badmazhab k makkari farebkari me nahi aaoge.
1. FARZ (Obligatory) :
Jo Shariat ki Yakini Daleel se saabit ho jiska karna JARURI hai aur Bila kisi uzr k isko chodne waala FASIK
AUR JAHANNAMI aur ISKA inkaar Karne Waala KAAFIR HAI.
Jaise NAMAZ, ROZA, HAJJ, ZAKAT etc. namaz roza har baalig Musalmaan par farz hai agar nahi padhe aur
rakhe to sakht Gunaagaar Azaab e Jahannam ka mustahik bhi ho sakta hai.
Hajj Zakat har sahibe haisiyat par zindagi me ek baar hajj farz hai aur Zakat har sahibe haisiyat jaise
shariat ne miyar rakhi hai uspe farz hai na ada kare to sakht gunaahgaar aur INKAAR Kare to KAAFIR.
Yaani wo amal jo saaf saaf QURAN se saabit hai.
Page | 74
2. WAAJIB (Imperative) :
Woh Jo Shariat ki Zinni Daleel Se saabit ho iska karna zaruri hai isko bila kisi taaweel aur bigair
kisi uzr k chod dene waala azaab ka mustahik hai aur iska inkaar karne waala kaafir to nahi par gumraah
aur bad mazhab hai.
Example : Isha ki Namaz me 3 rakat Witr Waajib hai, Juma Ka Khutba, Namaz e Eidan ye kaam wajib hai.
3. SUNNAT E MUAKADDAH :
Wo jisko Huzoor ne hamesha kiya ho albatta bayan e jawaz k liye kabhi chod bhi diya ho isko ada
karne pe bahot sawab kabhi chuth jaane se Isaah aur jisne hamesha ki adaat bana li sakht gunaahgaar
azab e Elahi ka mustahik.
Example : Fazar ki Namaz me 2 rakat Sunnat, Zohar me 4 Sunnat , Magrib ki 2 sunnat, Namaz e Esha ki 2
sunnat e Muakkadah hai.
5. MUSTAHAB :
Wo kaam jisko karna Shariat ki nazar me pasandida ho aur Na karne pe koi gunaah bhi na ho.
Khwaah Rasool Allah ﷺne Kiya ho ya iski targeeb di ho yaa ulema e saaliheen ne isko pasand farmaya
ho Isko karne pe sawab na karne pe koi gunaah nahi hatta k iske na karne pe MAKROOH e Tanzihi
napasandida amal ka bhi hukm nahi lagega.
Example : Waju me Kibla rooh hoke bethna, Milad ki mehfil Munakkid karna, ya Isaal e sawab karna, 3ra
10wa 40wa, 11vi Manana uroos manana etc. ye tamam amal MUSTAHAB hai kiya to Sawab na kiya to
gunaah nahi.
Iski daleel me hum ek Hadees e paak pesh kar rahe hai mulahiza kare.
Hazrat Abdullah Ibn Masood یََ ض َ َع ْن هَهse rivayat hai ki unhone farmaya
ِ للاه َر
Jis Amal ko koi Momin Accha jaane wo amal Allah k Nazdeek bhi accha hai aur jis amal ko momineen
bura jaane woh Allah k nazdeek bhi bura hai”
References :
(Imam Hakim Al Mustadrak Vol- 03, Pg : 83, Hadees : 4465)
(Imam Tabrani Al Muajamul Kabir Vol : 09, Pg : 112, Hadees : 8583)
(Imam Ahmad Ibn Hambal Al Musnad Vol : 01, Pg : 379 , Hadees : 3600)
(Imam Abu Noem ne Al Hilyatul Aulia Vol : 01, Pg : 375)
Page | 75
WO AMAL JO NAHI KARNA HAI JISKI IZAZAT NAHI HAI (Dont’s In ISLAM)
1. HARAAM :
Wo jiska yakini shari daleel se ho jiska chodna jaruri aur ba ise sawab hai jiska ek baar bhi karne
waala sakht gunaah gaar faasik jahannami aur gunaah e kabira ka aur iska inkaar karne waala kaafir hai.
Ye samajh lo k ye FARZ k opposite hai jo farz kaam na kare usne haraam kiya jiska hukm saaf QURAN me
hai.
Ab kisi shaks pe koi Hukm e Haraam lagaye to uska NASS E QATAI se saabit hona jaruri hai.
Example : SHARAB peena, Namazo ka tark kar dena, Geebat karna etc. koi in kaam ko kare to hukm
haraam ka lagega par direct ye kahde k haraam nahi hai ya iske haraam hone ka mutlakan inkaar kare to
aisa shakhs KAAFIR hai.
2. MAKROOH E TEHREEMI :
Wo kaam jo shariat ki jinni daleel se saabit ho ho jisko Nabi e Karim ne mana farma diya ho jisko
chodna laazim hai iska ek martaba bhi kasdan karne waala Fasik Aur Jahannami hai. Iska darja Haraam se
thoda kam hai magar chand baar karne se Gunaah e kabira hai.
Ye bilkul opposite hai WAJIB k goya k wajibat ko chod dena MAKROOH E TEHREEMI HAI.
Page | 76
Example : Namaz e Esha ki 3 witr chod dena, Juma Ka Khutba Na Sun Na, etc. ye makrooh e tahreemi me
aayga.
3. ISA’AT :
Wo jiska karna bura hai kabhi ittefakiya kar lena waala Laeeke Itaab hai (yaani ek do dafa hua to
gunaah nahi) aur adat bana lene waala Mustahik e Aazab.
Ye Opposite hai bilkul Sunnat e Moekaddah ki.
Example : Fazar ki Namaz me 2 rakat Sunnat, Zohar me 4 Sunnat , Magrib ki 2 sunnat, Namaz e Esha ki 2
sunnat e Muakkadah hai isko ek se do baar na padha kisi wajah se to gunaahgaar nahi par hamesha ki
adat bana li to mustahik e azaab hoga.
4. MAKROOH E TANZEEHI :
Ye wo amal hai jiska karna Shariat me napasandida hai magar iske karne waale pe azaab nahi
hoga.
Ye Mukaabil hai Sunnat e Gair Muakkadah k.
Example : Asar ki Namaz ki 04 sunnat na padha to gunaah nahi par baar baar isko chod dena Shariat me
napasandida hai.
5. KHILAAF E AULA:
Wo amal jisko chod dena behtar tha par agar kar liya to koi Muzaika nahi. ye Mustahab k
mukaabil hai.
ka Har Musalmaan ko zaruri hai k istelahi sharia ko jaane sikhe aur yaad rakhe jab ye yaad hoga to koi
wahabi hume misguide nahi karega.
To yaha humne HUKM E SHARIAT padha ab koi shaks kahe k fala kaam haraam hai, to check kiya jaayga
kya wakayi wo kaam haraam hai ya uska hukm Mustahab me aayga ya mubah me ya kuch dusri types
me.
Mubaah :
Wo amal Jiska karna aur chod dena dono ek barabar ho karne pe koi sawab nahi na karne pe koi
gunaah nahi.
Example : Computer, Mobile ka use, Lazeez pakwaan, Behtareen kapde etc. inka use khana pahen na pe
na koi sawab na koi gunaah ye aapki apni khwaish par hai kiya to thek na kiya to bhi koi gunaah nahi.
Page | 77
Shirk Ki Tareef Aur Wazaahat
SHIRK kise kehte hain:
ALLAMA Taftaazaani (Rehmatullah) apni kitaab Sharah Aqaid-e-Nasfiyah main Shirk ki Taareef is tarah
farmate hain,
"Kisi ko Shareek therane se murad yeh hai k, Majoosiyon ki tarah kisi ko Khuda aur Waajib ul Wajood
samjha jae, ya But Paraston ki tarah kisi ko ALLAH k siwa Ibadat k laek samjha hae"
SHIRK ki taareef se maaloom huwa k 2 Khudaon k Maanne waale jese, Majoosi (AAG PARAST), mushrik
hain, isi tarah ALLAH k siwae Ibadat k laek samajhne waala Mushrik hoga..
1) Shirk-FiL- Afa’al
2) Shirk-Fiz-ZAAT
3) Shirk-Fis-SIFFAAT
2). Shirk-Fiz-ZAAT:
Ek Se Zayaada Khuda Maanna Ya Kisi Ko Khuda Ke Jaisa Maanna Jaise Majoosi 2 Khuda Maante
Hai Ek Khaaliq e Sharr Aur Doosra Khaaliq e Khair Aur Mushrikeen To Caroro Khuda Maante Hai.
Ma'az Allah Summa Ma'az Allah
NOTE:
Yeh Ayat Allah Ke Waliyon ke liye nahi. Bhala aap Buzurgane deen ko pujte hai kya?. Yeh un
mushrikon ke liye hai jo ALLAH ke siwa ki aur ko kuda mante aur jab pucha jaye to yu kehte ki woh unko
isiliye pujhte hai taki ALLAH ke nazdeek pahunche.
FOR MORE INFO REF TOPIC ON ALLAH KE WALI SE MADAD MANGNA.
3). Shirk-Fis-SIFAAT:
Khuda Keliye Beta, Beti Aur Biwi Maanna Jaise Isaayio Ne Hazrate Isa Alaihissalaam Ko Allah Ka
Beta Maana Aur Hazrate Mariyam Radiallahu Anha Ko Allah Ki Biwi Maana
Ma'az Allah Summa Ma'az Allah
Yeh 3 Shirk Ki Qismo Ke Alaawa Na Koi 4thi Qism Hai Na Koi 5vi Qism Hai Kyunke Qura'an Aur Hadees
Me Sirf 3 Qism Ke Shirk Ka Hi Zikr Hai, Lekin America Ke Zarr Khareed Gulaamo Ne Daulat Ki Khaatir Apni
Marzi Se Tarah Tarah Ki Shirk Ki Qisme Bana Daali, Mera In Wahabio Deobandio Ko Challenge Hai Ke
Shirk Ki 3 Qism Ke Alaawa 4thi Qism Qura'an Aur Hadees Se Saabit Karo Warna Kalma Padh Kar Sunni
Musalmaan Banjaao.
Sunni Musalmaan Ambiya Aur Auliya Ko Na To Khuda Maante Hai Aur Na Khuda Ke Jaisa Maante Hai Aur
Na Inko Khuda Ki Aulaad Maante Hai Aur Na Khuda Ka Madadgaar Maante Hai. Humaara Aqeeda Hai Ke
Khuda 1 Hai Uske Siwa Koi Ibaadat Ke Laayeq Nahi Na Koi Uske Jaisa Hai Na Koi Uska Madadgaar Hai.
Balke Ambiya Aur Auliya Ko Jo Bhi Power Mili Huwi Hai Woh Allah Ta'ala Ki Ataa Se Hai
Allah Ta'ala Ki Power Zaati Hai Usko Kisi Ne Yeh Power Nahi Di Magar Ambiya Wa Auliya Wa Makhlooq Ki
Power Ataayi Hai Allah Ne unhe Power Di Hai, Agar Koi Makhlooq Ki Power Ko Zaati Maane To Woh
Kaafir Wa Mushrik Kehlaayega.
Behsak Mujaddide Islam, Imame Ahle Sunnat,Ala Hazrath Fazile Barelwi (R.A) irshaad farmate hai ki
“ALLAH ke Ata ke bina Rasullulah ﷺzarra bhar bhi ikhtiya nahi rakhte”
Likin ab dusra masla- Allah ne Aapne Nabi ﷺko behisaab ata farmaya. Beshak “Jo ho chuka aur jo
hoga Humare Nabi ﷺjaante hai”
Page | 79
Ayat 1A,1B:
Masla:
Pehli Aayat par Gor karen to sawaal peda hota hai k RAOUUF aur RAHEEM,ALLAH TA'ALA ki Siffat hain,
phir Dusri Aayat main Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) ko RAOUFaur RAHEEM farmaya gaya, to kiya yeh SHIRK
hogaya????
Is main Tatbee yun Qaem hogi, k ALLAH TA'ALA haqeeqi tor par RAOUF aur RAHEEMhai, jab k Huzoor
(Aleh Salaam), ALLAH TA'ALA ki Ata se RAOUF aur RAHEEM hain, Lihaza jahaan Zaati aur Ataai ka Faraq
waazeh hojae, wahaan SHIRK ka Hukum nahin lagta.
Ayat 2A,2B:
Masla:
Pehli Aayat se saabit huwa k ILM-E-GAIB ALLAH TA'ALA ki Siffat hai, magar Dusri Aayat se maaloom huwa
k ILM-E-GAIB, ALLAH TA'ALA ne apne pasandeedaRASOOLON ko bhi Ata kiya hai, to kiya yeh SHIRK
hogaya??
Is ki Tatbee yun Qaem hogi k ALLAH TA'ALA ZAATI tor par AALIM-E-GAIB hai, jab kALLAH TA'ALA k
tamaam RASOOLON ko ALLAH TA'ALA ki Ata se ILM-E-GAIB par Aagahi haasil hai, Lihaza jahaan ZAATI aur
ATAAI ka faraq waazeh hojae, wahaanSHIRK ka hukum nahin lagta.
Ayat 3A,3B:
Page | 80
* JIBRAEL (ALEH SALAAM) AUR OLIYA-E-KARAM BHI MADADGAAR HAIN:
"Beshak ALLAH un ka madadgaar hai, aur Jibrael, aur Naik Momineen madadgaar hain".
(Surah Tehreem, Aayat 4, Parah 28)
Masla:
Pehli Aayat par Gor karen to yeh Sawaal peda hoga, k Madad karna ALLAH TA'ALA ki siffat hai, phir dusri
Aayat main Hazrat Jibrael (Aleh Salaam) aur Oliya-E-Karam ko madadgaar farmaya, to kiya yeh SHIRK
huwa???
Is main Tatbee yun Qaem hogi, k ALLAH Haqeeqi madadgaar hai, Aur Jibrael (Aleh Salaam), aur Oliya-E-
Karam, ALLAH TA'ALA ki Ata se madadgaar hain, jo Zaat-E-Baari TA'ALA Ata farma rahi hai, us main aur jis
ko Ata kiya ja raha hai, un Hazraat main barabri ka Tassawwur bhi nahin kiya jasakta, aur jab barabri
nahin to SHIRK kahaan se hoga??
Ayat 4A,4B:
Masla:
Pehli Aayat se maaloom huwa k Bager ALLAH TA'ALA ki Ata k kisi k liye Shafa'at ka Aqeedah rakhna SHIRK
hai magar ALLAH TA'ALA ki Ata se Shifa'at ka Aqeedah rakhna "TAUHEED" hai, isi tarah dusri Aayat se
maaloom huwa, k murdon ko chalana, shifa dena, yeh ALLAH TA'ALA ki Siffaat hain, magar ALLAH TA'ALA
kisi ko ata karden, to ALLAH k khazane main koi kami nahin, Lihaza Ahle-ALLAH k muta'alliq yeh Aqeedah
rakhna k woh ALLAH TA'ALA ki Ata se murdon ko chala sakte hain, yeh SHIRK nahin hai, Q k ZAATI aur
Ataai kaam baraabar nahin hosakte, aur jab Baraabari nahin to SHIRK b na huwa.
Ayat 5A,5B:
Page | 81
Masla:
Pehli Aayat main hai, k Aulaad sirf ALLAH TA'ALA Ata farmata hai, magar is k Bar'aqs HAZRAT JIBRAEL
(Aleh SALAAM), Hazrat Mariyum se farmate hain, k main tujhe ek suthra beta dun, to kiya yeh SHIRK
hogaya???
Is main Tatbee yun Qaem hogi, K ALLAH TA'ALA khud Aulaad Ata farmata hai, aur JIBRAEL (Aleh Salaam),
ALLAH TA'ALA ki Ata se BIBI MARIYUM ko Beta de Rahe hain, Lihaza in Aayat main Barabri ka koi Pehlu
nahin, Q k ZAATI aur ATAAI barabar nahin hosakte, Jab barabri nahin paai gai, to SHIRK b na huwa.
Ayat 6A,6B:
Masla:
Pehli Aayat main hai k, ALAH TA'ALA, MOUT deta hai, magar is k Bar'Aqs, Dusri Aayat main hai k, Tumhen
MOUT ka Farishta MOUT deta hai, to Kiya yeh SHIRK hogaya????
Is main Tatbee yun Qaem hogi k ALLAH TA'ALA, MOUT dene main kisi ka Mohtaaj nahin, magar Malakul
MOUT (Farishtay) ROOH Qabz karne main ALLAH k hukum k mohtaaj hain, Lihaza Is main Bhi Barabari
nahin Paai gai, to jab Barabari nahin, Is liye SHIRK b na huwa.
Ayat 7A,7B:
Ayat 8A,8B:
Page | 82
* ALLAH TA'ALA sunta, dekhta hai:
Tarjuma: "Aur is liye k ALLAH sunta dekhta hai".
(Surah Haj, Aayat 61, Parah 17)
Masla:
ALLAH TA'ALA ki Siffat Sami O Baseer us ki zaati sifat hai, aur hamara sunna aur dekhna, ALLAH TA'ALA ki
Ata se hai, Lihaza jahaan ZAATI aur ATAAI ka Faraq waazih hojae, wahaan SHIRK nahin hosakta..
Mene aap ko 8 alag alag tarah ki misalon, (EXAMPLES) se samjhaya k JIS BAAT main ZAATI aur ATAAI ki
baat aajae, wahaan SHIRK nahin hota. aesi Be hisaab misalen (EXAMPLES) aur b hain, par woh baad k
topicx main clear hongi.. JAZAK ALLAH
Ab kuch aur baaten b sunlen, jin ko BAD AQEEDAH, SHIRK kehte hain, par woh SHIRK nahin hain.
Hadees:
Hazrat Uqba bin Aamir (REHMATULLAH ALEH) se Riwayat hai k, SARKAR-E-AAZAM (ALEH SALAAM) ne
Shohda-e-Uhad k Pass tashreef le kar NAMAZ-E-JANAZA parhi, phir Mimbar par tashreef farma huwe, aur
farmaya,
"MAIN tumhara SAHARA aur tum par GAWAH hun. ALLAH TA'ALA ki Kasam main apne Hoz-E-Qausar ko is
waqt bhi dekh raha hun, aur beshak mujhe Zameen k khazanon ki Kunjiyyaan ata ki gai hain, aur Beshak
mujhe yeh khatra nahin k tum mere baad SHIRK karne Lago ge, mujhe is baat ka dar hai k tum Dunya k
JAAL main Phans jao ge".
(Sahi Muslim, Kitaab-Ul-Fazail,Hadees 30)
Page | 84
NATEEJAH (RESULT):
SARKAR-E-AZAM (ALEH SALAAM) ne apni Zaat par ALLAH TA'ALA k diye huwe INAAMAAT aur INAAYAAT
ka Zikar karte huwe, ALLAH TA'ALA ki Ata kardah ILM k Zariye sadiyon ka NAQAAB ulat diya, k MAIN dekh
raha hun k tum SHIRK se mehfooz raho ge.
Jab SARKAAR (ALEH SALAAM) mutmaeen hain, K UMMAT, SHIRK se mehfooz rahe gi, magar
MUSALMAANON par SHIRK k fatway lagane waale BECHAIN hain.In ZAALIMON ko har dusra
MUSALMAAN MUSHRIK nazar ata hai.
Bad Qismati se Is UMMAT main, aese Log bhi Pae Jate hain, Jin ka kaam apne Siwa sab MUSALMAANON
ko MUSHRIK AUR BIDDATI kehna aur samjhna hai.
Zulum yeh hai, k Yeh Aawaaz Masaajid aur Madaris, donon se Suni jaati hai, Yeh Log yeh samajhte hain k
Hum Dusrun ko MUSHRIK aur BIDDATI keh kar, TAUHEED ki Khidmat kar rahe hain.
Haalankay yeh woh log hain, Jo UMMAT-E-MUSLIMA main, Fitnah O Fasaad ka Beej Bo Rahe hain,
Inhon ne JAAN BOOJH kar SHIRK ki Itni IQSAAM (TYPES) bana lin hain, k In k Siwa koi Bhi Aadmi
MUSALMAAN na Kehelwa sake.
Khair Jo Dusron ko MUSHRIK kehte hain, In k Baaray main HUZOOR (ALEH SALAAM) ki
Hadees Mulaahiza ho:
"HAZRAT HUZEFA BIN YAMAN (REHMATULLAH) bayaan karte hain k, HUZOOR (ALEH SALAAM) ne
farmaya ki
"Woh UMOOR jin k baaray main tum par Andesha rakhta hun, Khof Zada hun, aur un main se ek yeh hai
k, Ek SHAKHS QURA'AN parhe ga, Hat'ta k jab uski RONAQ us par RONUMA hogi, aur us par ISLAM ki
Chadar Lipti hogi, to ALLAH TA'ALA us ko Jidhar chahe ga, Le jae ga, aur WOH us ko PAS-E-PUSHT phenk
de ga, aur Apne PAROSI par TALWAAR k Saath Hamlay karega, aur Apne PAROSI ko MUSHRIK kahe ga".
(Rawah Abu Ya'ala Ao Jaz At'Tafaseer Man Tafseer, Ibn-e-Kaseer, Page:183, Tafseer Ibn-E-Kaseer, JILD:6,
PAGE:265)
HAZRAT HUZEFA (REHMATULLAH) kehte hain k main ne Arz kiya k, "Undonon main MUSHRIK kon
hoga??"
1) WOH jo dusre ko MUSHRIK kehne waala hai??
YA
2) WOH jise MUSHRIK kaha gaya??
AAP (ALEH SALAAM) ne farmaya..
" Dusre ko MUSHRIK kehne waala khud hi MUSHRIK hone ka HAQDAAR hoga"
NATEEJAH (RESULT):
Is HADEES ko PARH kar un logon ko Hosh main aana chahiye, jo MUSALMAANON Par SHIRK O BIDDAT k
fatway lagate hain, Q K Aese log khud hi MUSHRIK hain, AUR IN k LIYE AZAAB TAYYAR hai..
Page | 85
Bid'at
Aajkal Badmazhabo Ne Musalmano Ko Sunniyat Se DoorKarne Ka Ek Hathiyar Apna Liya Hai. Bas Kisi Bhi
Shakhs KoBoldo Tum Jo Kar Rahe Ho Ye Biddat Hai. Aur Har Bidda Gumrahi Hai. Dozakh Me Le Jayegi.
Falah Amal Aap Sallallahu Alaihi Wasallam Se Sabit Nahi Hai. Ye Biddat Hai. Ab Wo Shakhs Soch Me Pad
Jata Hai Ke Kya Haqiqat Me Mujhse Gunah Ho Raha Hai? Wo Sochne Par Majboor Ho Jata Hai.Ab Bajaye
Iske Ke Wah Biddat Kya Hai Jaane Uski Tay Tak Jaye Wo Apna Rasta Chod Kar In Gumrah Bedeen Logo Ke
Raste Par Chal Padta Hai. ALLAH Rabbul Aalameen Sabke Imaan Ki Hifazat Farmaye.
Wahabi Deobandi Ahle Hadees Ye Sab Khud Gumrah Hai. Aur Aapko Bhi Gumrah Kar Sakte Hai. Log Inke
Sawalo Ko Tawajjoh Dete Hai Bajye Iske Ke Inse Sawal Kare Ke Tum Daleel Do.
Alhumdulillah Ahle Sunnat Wal Jama'at Hi Haq Jama'at Hai. Aur Ham Apne Aqaid Ko Danke Ki Chot Par
Bahawala Bayan Karte Hai. Ab Koi In Makkaro Imaan Ke Lutero Se Daleel Talab Kare To Bahanebazi Karke
Bhag Jayenge. Dar Asal Ye To Shaitan Iblees Ke Chele Hai Aur Mardood Yazeed Inke Abba Hai. To Unko
Khush Karne Ke Liye Ye Tarah Tarah Ke Fande Ikhtiyar Kar Logo Ko Nekiyo Se Rokte Hai. Aaiye Ham Quran
Wa Hadees-E-Pak Se Biddat Ka Jayza Le. Phir Ham In Makkaro Ke Biddato Ki List Bhi Pesh Karenge.
Bid'at Arabic Ke Lafz 'Badee' Se Hai, Jiska Matlab Hai 'Naya Paida Karna'
Bidat Ki Types:
1).Biddat-E-Hasana:
Aisi Biddat Jisko Karna Jaiz Ho Aur Jisko Karne Se Sawab Bhi Mile. Ye Wo Bid'at He Jo Kisi Sunnat
Ke Mukhalif Na Ho.
2).Biddat-E-MUBAHA:
Aisi Biddat Jisse Karna To Jaiz Ho Laikin Es Per Na Hi Sawab Mile Na Hi Gunah Ho.
Woh Hadees Jo Wahabi pesh Karte Hai,Yeh Saabit Karne Ke liye ki Har Bid’at
Gumrah hai aur Bid’at E Hasana aur degar types aaj ke ijad ki ijad ki gayi hui aqaid
hai:
Hadees A:
Hadees B:
Page | 87
Biddat-E-Hasana Ka Saboot Al-Quran:
Ayat 01:
“Humne Unke Peeche Paighambar Bheje Aur Maryam Ke Bete Eisa Ko Bheja, Aur Unhe Injeel Ata
Farmayi, To Jin Logo Ne Unki Pairvi Ki, Unke Dilo Me Shafqat Aur Meherbani Bhar Di, Aur lazzat Se
Kinarah Kashi Ki, Aur Unhone Apni Taraf Se Ek Nayi Baat Ijaad Ki, Humne Uska Hukm Nahi Diya Tha, Lekin
Unhone Ye Apne Rab Ki Raza Ke Liye Kiya Hai, Fir Jaisa Ise Nibhana Chahiye To Nibha Na Sake, Bas Jo Log
Inme Imanwale The To Hum Unhe Bada Ajr-O-Sawab Ataa Karenge, Aur Unme Bahut Se Nafarman Hain”
(Surah Hadeed, Aayat No.27, Tarzuma Kanzul Imaan)
Is Aayat Se Saaf Zahir Hai Ke Biddat-E-Hasana Jaiz Hai Balke Achchi Niyat Se Ki Gayi To Us Per Sawab Hai,
Ab Baat Yeh Aati Hai Ke Hadees Main Hai Ke "Yakeenan Her Biddat Gumrahi Hai",
Tou Aetraz Yeh Hua Ke Yeh Hadith Aur Quran Ki Aayat Aapas Main Ikhtelaf Kar Rahi Hain, Baat Samajhne
Ki Yeh Hai Ke Hadees Quran Ki Aayat Se Ikhtelaf Nahi Kar Rahi Balke Hadees
Page | 88
Ke Mayne Sahi Samjhe Nahi Ja Rahe, Aaqa ﷺKe Matlub Es Hadees Main Bidat-E-Dalala/Biddat-E-
Sayyi'a Hai Yani Wo Biddat Jo Fitna Phelane Ke Liye Ki Gayi Ho.
Hadees 01:
“Hazrat Jareer Bin Abdullah (R.A) Riwayat Karte Hain Ki Huzoor Nabi-E-Akram ﷺNe Farmaya :
Jo Shakhs Islam Me Kisi Acche Tarike Nek Kaam Ki Buniyad Daale To Us Ke Liye Us Ke Liye Us Ke Apne
Aamaal Ka Bhi Sawaab Milta Hai Aur Jo Log Us Ke Baad Us Par Amal Karege
Us Ka Sawaab Bhi Hai.
Baghair Is Ke Ki Un Ke Sawaab Me Koi Kamee Kee Jaaye Aur Jis Ne Islam Me Kisi Buri Baat Ki Ibtida Ki To
Us Par Us Ke Apne Aamaal Ka Bhi Gunaah Hai Aur Jo Log Us Ke Baad Us
Par Amal Karege Us Par Un Ka Gunaah Bhi Hai Baghair Is Ke Ki Un Ke Gunaah Me Kuch Kamee Ho.”
Reference:
(Sahi Muslim Vol : 02, Page : 508, Kitab No - 12 Kitab Uz Zakat, Baab No : 20, Hadees : 1017)
(Sunan Nasai Volume : 03, Page : 75, Kitab No 23 Kitabuz Zakat, Hadees : 2554)
(Sunan Ibn Majah, Volume : 01, Page : 74, Kitab ul Mukaddama, Hadees 203)
(Musnad E Ahmad Bin Hanbal Al-Musnad, Volume : 04 Page : 358)
(Sunan Darimi Volume : 01 Page : 140, Hadees : 512)
Page | 89
Hadees 02:
"Jub Quran Ko Aik Kitab Ki Shakal Main Mehfooz Karne Ka Hazrat Abu Bakr (R.A) Ke Dour Main Faisla Hua
To Yeh Tajweez Hazrat Umer (R.A) Ney Di Thi, Es Per Khalifa-Eawwal Ne Farmaya Ke Aisa Kaam Kyu Kia
Jaye Jo Aaqa Sallallahu Alaihi Wasallam Ne Apne Dour Main Nahi Kiya, Hazrat Umer (R.A) Ne Jawab Dia
Ke Kaam To Naya Hai Laikin Achcha Hai (Yaani Hai Tou Biddat Laikin Hasana Hai) 'Ni'ma Bidato Haazehi'
Yani 'Kitni Achchi Biddat Hai'.
(Sahi Bukhari Hadees No: 1720)
Page | 90
Hadees 03:
“Hazrat Abd-ur-Rahman Bin Abdul Qari Riwayat Karte Hain Ki Mai Hazrat Umar RadiyAllahu Ta’ala Anhu
Ke Saath Ramzan Ki ek Raat Masjid Ki Taraf Nikla To Log Mutfarriq They Koi Tanha Namaz Padh Raha Tha
Aur Koi Giroh Ke Saath. Hazrat Umar RadiyAllahu Ta’ala Anhu Ne Farmaya:
Mere Khayal Me Unhein ek Qaari Ke Peechhe Jama Kar Diya Jaaye To Achchha Hoga Pas Hazrat Abee Bin
Qa’ab RadiyAllahu Ta’ala Anhu Ke Peechhe Sab Ko Jama Kar Diya Gaya Phir Mai ek Doosri Raat Ko Un Ke
Saath Nikla Aur Log Apne Qaari Ke Peechhe Namaz Padh Rahe They. Hazrat Umar RadiyAllahu Ta’ala
Anhu Ne Farmaya : Ye Kitni Achchhi Bid’at Hai,Aur Jis Namaz (Tahajjud) Se Yeh Soye Rehte Hain Us Se
Behtar Hai Jis Ka Qayaam Karte Hai (Ya’ni Taraweeh Se).
Muraad Hai Aakhir Raat Jab Ki Log Raat Ke Pehle Pahar Qayaam Karte They. (Ya’ni Tahajjud Kee Namaz
Taraweeh Se Afzal Hai.)”
References:
(Bukhari As-Sahih, jild 2 page 707, Raqam-1906)
(Malik Al-Muwatta, jild 1 page no 114, Raqam-650, Ibn Khuzaymah As-Sahih, jild 2 page no 155, Raqam-
155)
(Abd-ur-Razzaq Al-Musannaf, jild 4 page no 258, Raqam- 7723)
(Bayhaqi As-Sunan-ul-Kubra, jild 12, page no 493, Raqam- 4378)
(Shuab-ul-Iman, jild 3 page no 177, Raqam-3269.)
Upar Bayan Karda Hadeeson Se Bhi Saaf Wazeeh Horaha Hai Ke ALLAH Ke Rasool Huzoor ﷺNe Ye
Deen Mein Ache Kaam Karne Ki ijazat Farmai Hai Aur Sirf ijazat Hi Nahi Balke Us Per
Sawab Milne Ki Khushkhabri Bhi Di Hai Magar Najd Ke Andhe Shayatin Ko Ye Sab Ahadees Nazar Nahi
Aati Khuch Nazar Aaata Hai To Bas Qullu Bidat Zalala Nazar Aaata Hai.
Page | 91
Hadees 04:
Umer RadiyALLAHU Anhu Ne Masjid-E-Nabwi Ke Sutoon Dubara Lagaye Hazrt Usman Ghani Radiallahu
Anhu Ne Bhi Is Me Tabdili Aur Izafa Kya, Deewaren Tarashey Hue Patharo Aur Choone Se Banayi Jabke
Rasoolullah Alaihisalatu Wasslaam Ke Dour Me Aisa Kuch Na Hua Tha.
(Bukhari Volume 1, Hadees 430, Page 240)
(Abu Dawood Volume 1, P#448, P#213)
Hadees 05:
“Hazrat Jareer Bin Abdullah RadiyAllahu Ta’ala Anhu Se Riwayat Hai Ki Huzoor Nabi E Akram ﷺNe
Farmaya :
Jis Ne Koi Achchha Tareeqa Jaari Kiya Phir Us Par Amal Kiya Gaya To Us Ke Liye Apana Sawaab Bhi Hai Aur
Use Amal Karne Waalon Ke Baraabar Sawaab Bhi Milega. Jab Ki Un Ke Sawaab Me Koi Kamee (Bhi) Na
Hogi Aur Jis Ne Koi Bura Tareeka Jaari Kiya. Phir Woh Tareeqa Apnaaya Gaya To Us Ke Liye Apana Gunaah
Bhi Hai Aur Logon Ke Gunaah Ke Baraabar Bhi Jo Us Par Amal Paira Huwe. Baghair Us Ke Ki Un Ke
Gunahon Me Kuchh Kamee Ho.”
References :
(Jamai Tirmizi Vol : 05, Pg : 71, Kitabul Ilm, Baab : Hadees : 2675)
Page | 92
Imam Abu Isaa Tirmizi Farmate Hai Ye Hadees Hasan Sahi Hai
Muhadis E Aazam Pakistan Hafiz Zuber Ali Zai Sahab Ne Aur Uska Translation Khud Abu Khallyl Ne Kiya
Hai YE Hadees Sahi Hai.
Isi Hadees Ko In Ahadees Ki Kitabo Me Bhi Aap Padh Sakte Hai.
(Sunan Ibn Majah Vol :01, Pg :210, Kitab Al Sunnah, Baab : Wo Shaks Jo Acchi ya Bura Amal Izaad kare,
Hadees : 203)
Wahabi Darusalam Ye Hadees Sahi Hai Takreej Zuber Ali Zai (Sunan Nasai Vol : 03,Pg :275, Kitabul Zakat,
Hadees :2555)
(Hafiz Ibn Hajar Asqalani Fath Ul Baari Vol : 05, Pg : 43, Hadees : 2675)
Hadees 06:
“Hazrat Aboo Hurairah RadiyAllahu Ta’ala Anhu Se Riwayat Hai Ki Huzoor Nabi-E-Akram SallAllahu Ta’ala
Alaihi Wa Aalehi Wa Sallam Ne Farmaya : Jis Ne Hidaayat Ki Taraf Bulaaya Us Ke Liye Us Raaste Par
Chalne Waalon Ki Misl Sawaab Hai Aur Un Ke Sawaab Me Se Kuchh Bhi Kam Na Hoga Aur Jis Ne Gunaah
Ki Daawat Di Us Ke Liye Bhi Utna Gunaah Hai Jitna Us Bad Amali Ka Murtakib Hone Waalon Par Hai Aur
Un Ke Gunaahon Me Bhi Koi Kami Nahin Hogi.”
References:
(Muslim As-Sahih, jild 4 page no 2060, Raqam-2674)
Page | 93
(Tirmidhi As-Sunan, jild 5 page no 43, Raqam-2674)
(Aboo Dawood As-Sunan, jild 4 page no 201, Raqam-6409)
(Ibn Majah As-Sunan, jild 1 page no 75, Raqam-205, 206)
(Ibn Hibban As-Sahih, jild 1 page no 318, Raqam-112)
(Darimi As-Sunan, jjild 1 page no 141, Raqam-513)
(Ahmad Bin Hanbal Al-Musnad, jild 2 page no 397, hadees 9149)
(Aboo Awanah Al-Musnad, jild 3 page no 494, Raqam-5823)
(Aboo Ya'la Al-Musnad, jild 11 page no 373, Raqam-6489)
(Lalka'i I'tiqaad Ahl-us-Sunnah, jild 1 page no 52, Raqam-06)
(Ibn Abi Asim As-Sunnah, jild 1 page no 52, Raqam-113)
Page | 94
(Quwat-Ul-Quloob, Volume: 2, Page:327)
Ab Mera Yeh Sawal Hai Ke Es Hadith Main Pait Bhar Ke Khane Ko Biddat Kaha Gaya Hai, Ager Duniyawi
Kaamo Main Biddat Nahi Hoti Tou Es Hadith Ka Kya Matlub Hai?
*Jo Amal Logo Me Mash'hur Hojaye Aur Shariat Ke Mutabiq Ho Uski Itteba Zaruri Hai.
(Badiyul Sanaya By Imaam Kaasani)
*Agar Ye Kaha Jaye Ke Bid'at e Hasana Koi Chiz Nahi To Ye Baat Hadees Ke Khilaf Hai
(Allama Shaami)
Aur Bhi Kai Hai. To Iska Kya Matlab Hua Hamari Zindagi To Biddato Se Bhari Padi Hai. Ab Agar Ham
Wahabi Devband Ahle Khabees Jaise Jaahilo Ke Mutabiq Agar Soche To Aajke Daur Ke Sab Log Gumrah
Hai. Sab Log Jahannam Me Jayenge. Aanewali Naslo Ka To Socho Hi Mat Wo To Hamse 10 Qadam Aage
Rahenge Technology Me. To Ye Bhi Jahannami Hue?
Aapko ALLAH Rabbul Aalameen Ne Aqal Di Hai. Aap Khud Soche Ke Kya Haq Hai. Haq Yahi Hai Jo Hamne
Bayan Kiya. Agar Sari Biddat (Naye Kaam) Ko Bura Maan Liya Jaye To Fir Aajki Zindagi Ke Bahut Saare
Kaam Biddat Ho Jayenge. Jo Deen Me Shumar Hain, Jo Bhi Kaam Sawab Ki Niyat Se Kiya Jaye Wo Deen
Me Shumar Hai,
Page | 95
8: Fajr Ki Azan Ke Aakhir Me 'Assalato Khairum Minan Naum' Kehna Ye Nabi Ke Zamana-E-Mubarak Me
Nahi Tha, Hazrat Umar Farooq Radiallahu Anhu Ne Shuru Karaya.
9: Jamaat Ke Sath Taraweeh, Hazrat Umar Farooq Radiallahu Anhu Ke Zamane Me Shuru Hui, Ye Bhi
Biddat Hai. Kyunki Nabi-
E-Kareem Ke Zamana-E-Mubarak Me Nahi Thi.
10: Mike Me Namaz Padhna. Masjid Me Lights, Fans, AC Ka Istemal Karna.
11: Mobile Ya Internet Ke Zariye Deen Ke Msg Ya Tablighi Karna.
12: KAABE Ka Sone Ka Darwaaza.
13: Masjid Ki Mehraben
14: Imaam, Moazzin Ki Salaries.
15: 6 Kalmey etc.
Sunniyo Ke Ache A'amaal Par Aitraaz Karne Walo Ko Chahye Ke Ye Saari Bid'aten Band Karen. Firqa
Wahabaiya Ke Tamam Giroh Ghair Muqallid, Deobandi, Jamat islami, Tabligi Jamat Wagera Har
Ahlesunnat Wa Jamat Ke Har Ache Kaam Ko Bidat Kehkar Radd Karte Hain Jabke Khud Kai Aise Kaam
Karte Hain Jinka Sabot Na Quran Mein Hota Hai Na Hadees Mein Khair Hum Ahlesunnat Wa Jamat Hain
Jinke Mamulat Wa Nazriyat Aqaid Sab Quran Wa Sunnat Se Sabit Shuda Hain Aur Ahlesunnat Wa Jamat
Mein Jo Ache Kaam Hain Unki Bhi Dalil Quran Wa Hadees Se Rakhte Hain.
Page | 96
73 Me 01 Kaun
Ye ek aisa wasi unwan hai jispe kayi nashist chahye aur kayi kitab is unwan par deegar ulema ne likhi hai
har daur me har firqe ne khud ko hi sahih bataya hai baaki sabko galat, aur hum is daur me hai ye daur
bhi usse alag nahi huwe hai Nabi E Akram ﷺne apne Ashaab ko aane wale tamam waqyat har fitne ka
zikr karke bata diya aur sahaba ne usko apni aankho se jo unke saamne hua wo dekha bhi aur qutoob e
hadees tarikh kay jariye hum tak wo cheez aayi.
Jab tak Islam Sirf Makkah me tha musalman kam they dushman e Islam bas kaafir they yehi wajah bhi thi
kay Qurani tauheed pe aur jo shirk ki mazzamat me aayat aayi wo inhi kay baare me aayi jab Musalmano
ne hijrat ki aur Madina E Pak aagaye to ek tabka aaya jisse Munafiq kaha jaata hai jinke baare Surah
Baqrah Surah Munafiqun aur bhi deegar aayat me inka khulasa hai.| Bas firqa issi tarah wajud me aaya
Sabse Pahle Munafiqeen they phir Daur E Siddique E Akbar Radiallahu Anhu me naya fitna aaya
munkireen e Zakat ka phir Islam Ki Ek Aisi Dhal jo is ummat aur fitno ki darmiyan ek Darwaze se thi Unhe
Shaheed kiya gaya jiska Zikr hadees me milta hai.
Hadees 01:
Nabi E Karim ﷺNe Kayamat Tak Aane Waale Fitno Kay Baare Me Bata Diya
Hazrat Huzaifa Radiallahu Anhu Bayan Karte hai Nabi E Karim ﷺHume Khitab Farmane Kay liye Ek
Jagah Khade huwe Aur Aap ﷺNe wahan Se Kayamat tak aane waale tamam waqiyat bayan farma diye
Yaad Rakhne Waale ne usse yaad rakha aur bhula dene waale ne usse bhula diya.
(Sahih Bukhari, Pg : 1673, Kitabul Qadar, Hadees : 6604)
(Imam Muslim Sahih Muslim, Hadees : 23, 2891, 7263)
(Imam Abu Dawood, Kitab Al Fitan Wal Malahim, Hadees : 4240)
(Khatib Tabrezi Mishkal Al Masabih, Vol : 03, Kitabul Fitan, Hadees :5379)
Page | 97
Jahir hai Jab Rasoolullah ﷺne sahaba ko kayamat tak hone waale tamam waqiyat kholkar bayan kiye
they to ye bhi mumkin nahi kay firqo ka zikr naa kiya ho ji haan Nabi E Rehmat ﷺne Apni ummat me
hone waale firqo ka unki nishaniyo ka khula zikr kiya hai.
Hadees 02:
Page | 98
aaye jinhone Hubbe E Maula Ali Radiallahu Anhu me dusre sahaba ki tauheen ki aur jung E Siffin kay baad
Maula Ali Radiallahu Anhu Aur Ameer Muavia Radiallahu Anhu me ek sulah huwi wahan ek naya giroh
nikla jinhe Kharji kaha jaata hai Jo jinhone Maula Ali Radiallahu aur Ameer Muaviya Aur Dusre Sahaba ko
Kaafir kahna shuru kiya Kharjiyo Se Maula Ali Radiallahu Anhu ne Jung Ki Jisse Jung E Naherwan kahte hai
kharjio ka aqeedah wohi tha kay Maula Ali aur Muavia ibn Abu Sufyan Rizwanullahim Azmayeen Quran ki
ayato k mutabik mushrik kafir hogaye hai MaazALLAH Astagfirullah. Aur Wohi Nazariyat aaj kay wahabiya
me hai.
Hadees 03:
Rasoolullah ﷺKi Maula ALI Radiallahu Anhu ko Quran Ki Tafseer Ki Khatir Jung Ki Basharat
"Hazrat Abu Saeed Khudri Radiallahu Anhu Se marvi hai wo farmate hai hum Nabi E Akram ﷺkay
intezar me bethe huwe they kay Aap ﷺApni Ahliya Muhtarma (Hazrat Aisha Siddiqua Radiallahu
Anha) kay ghar se bahar tashreef laaye, To Aap ﷺKa Jhoota (Shoes Mubarak) tut gaya aur Hazrat Ali
Page | 99
Radiallahu Anhu uski marramat karne ki garz se piche reh gaye aur hum unke intezar me wahin thaher
gaye, Nabi E Karim ﷺNe Farmaya tum me se ek shaksh aisa bhi hai jo Quran E Karim ki tafseer kay liye
qitaal karega (Jung karega) jaisa kay maine Quran E Muqaddas ki haqqaniyat ki khatir kaafiro se jung ki,
Abu Saeed Khudri Radiallahu Anhu Farmate hai ye Sunke hum sab hasrat aur massarat se shauk me pad
gaye kay wo khushnasib kaun hoga hamare saath Abu Baqr Siddique Aur Umar Ibn Khattab
Rizwanullahim Azmayeen bhi they, Aap Ne Farmaya Nahi tum me se koi nahi balki is waqt wo shaksh
mere Jhoota(Shoes) ka gaan't baand raha hai yaani Hazrat Ali Ibn Abu Talib Radiallahu Anhu, Abu Saeed
Khudri Radiallahu anhu kahte hai ye sunke hum Maula Ali Radiallahu Anhu ko ye khushbari dene gaye
aur unhe is baat ki khabar di, Sunne kay baad Hazrat Ali Radiallahu Anhu ne is tarah radde amal diya goya
wo ye basharat pahle se hi jaante they"
(Imam Ahmad Ibn Hanbal Al Musnad Vol : 18, Pg : 296, Hadees : 11773) Shaykh Arnaut Ne Is hadees ki
Sanad Ko Sahih qarar diya
(Imam Ahmad Musnad Ahmad ibn Hanbal. Vol. 17, Pg : 390, Hadees : 11289) Ye hadees bhi sahih hai iski
sanad dusri hai
Page | 100
(Imam Abu Yaala Al Musnad Vol :02, Pg : 341 - 342, Hadees : 1086) Sanad Sahih
(Imam Ibn Abi Shayba Al-Musannaf Vol : 17, Pg : 105,Hadees : 32745)
(Imam ibn Hibban As Sahih Vol : 15, Pg:385, Hadees : 6937) Shaykh Arnaut Ne Imam Muslim ki shart par
iski sanad ko sahih kaha
(Imam Tahawi Sharh Mushkelul Athar Vol :10, Pg :237, Hadees :4058)
Shaykh Arnaut ne iski rivayat bhi sahih qarar diya
(Imam Bagawi Sharh Al-Sunnah Vol: 10, Pg : 232/233, Hadees : 2557)
Imam Dhahabi Rahmatullah Alaih Imam Ahmad ibn Hanbal Radiallahu Anhu Ki Rivayat naql karne kay
baad likhte hai "Ali Ibn Abu Talib Radiallahu Anhu ne khawarij se jung ki ek wo giroh jinhone apni jahalat
aur khud sakhta aql se Quran E Karim Ki tafseer ki"(Tarikh ul-Islam Wa Wafiyat Al-Mashahir Wa Al-A'lam
Vol : 02, Pg : 366)
Shaykh Albani Imamul Wahabiya (Silsilat Al-Ahadith Al-Saheeh Vol :05, Pg : 639, Hadees :2487)
Nasbi, Kharji, Shia ye to they hi tab ek Aur firqa wajood me aaya jisne Maula Ali Radiallahu Anhu se
haddh e gulu izhar e muhabbat ka dawa kiya aur Maula Ali Radiallahu anhu ko KHUDA declare kar diya
jinhe Maula Ali Radiallahu Anhu ne Zinda jalwa diya aur aaj bhi ye tamam giroh mauzud hai jinhe
Nusairiya Shia kaha jaata hai. Sahaba Kay daur me hi ek aur firqa aaya hai jinhe hum QADARIYYAH kahte
Page | 101
hai ye firqa taqdeer ka munkir tha aur isme ye inkaar e taqdeer ki aiteqadi biddat izaad ki zikr zikr hadees
me aata hai.
Hadees 04:
"Hazrat Abdullah Ibn Umar Radiallahu Anhu Se Rivayat hai Nabi E Akram ﷺNe Irshad Farmaya
Qadariyyah (Taqdeer Kay Munkir) Is ummat kay Majoosi hai Agar wo bimar ho to unki iyadat ko naa jao
aur agar mar jaaye to unke janaze me Sharik mat ho"
(Sunan Abu Dawood, Pg :768, Kitabul Sunnah, Hadees : 4691)
(Imam Ahmad Ibn Hanbal Musnad, Vol : 02, Pg : 86/125, Hadees : 5584/6077)
(Imam Tabrani Al Mujam Ul Awsat, Vol : 05, Pg : 114, Hadees : 4217)
(Khateeb Tabrezi Mishkal Al Masabih, Vol : 01, Kitabul Imaan, Hadees : 107)
Baaj Logo ko ye bhi ek aitraaz hota hai kay ye ulema kya kah rahe janaze me naa jao ek dusre se mazhabi
talluk na rakho balki ayadat ko bhi na jao wo jhagda lagane wali baatein hai hargiz nahi balki ulema in
hadeeso ko samne rakh kar bolte hai.
Page | 102
Hadees 05:
Hazrat Abdullah Ibn Abbas Radiallahu Anhu Se Marvi Hai Nabi E Karim Ne Irshad Farmaya Is Ummat Kay
Do Giroh Aise Hai Jinka Islam me Koi Hissa Nahi EK Murji'ah Aur Dusra Qadariyyah (Taqdeer Ka Munkir)"
(Sunan Ibn Majah, Kitab Al Muqadammah, Hadees : 62)
(Sunan Tirmizi, Kitab Al Qadar, Baab Maa Ja Fi Taqdeer, Pg : 485,Hadees : 2149)
(Khateeb Tabrezi Mishkal Al Masabih, Baab : Taqdeer Par Iman Laane Ka Bayan, Vol : 01, Hadees : 105)
Note : QADARIYYAH firqa taqdeer ka munkir tha isko koi galti se Silsila E Qadriya Gaus E Azam se naa
samjhe wo alag hai.
Ye firqe aachuke they baad me Tabain Tabe Tabain ka daur aaya usme ek aur Firqa aaya jiska naam
Mutazila tha ye daur E Abbasiya me urooj ko aaya Imam Ahmad Ibn Hanbal Radiallahu Anhu ne Is firqe
kay khilaf kayam kiya Aur wohi wajah thi kay sabse pahli baar kisi ko Imam Ahle Sunnat Wa Jamaat Ka
laqab mila to wo Imam Ahmad Ibn Hanbal Rahmatullah Alaih they.
Hadees 06:
Page | 103
Unhone Farmaya Ek Martaba Rasoolullah ﷺMadine Ki Buland Ilake Se tashreef Laaye yahah tak kay
Banu Mauviya Ki Masjid kay karib Se guzre to wahan dakhil huwe aur Do rakat namaz ada farmayi aur
humne Bhi Aap ﷺKay saath namaz ada ki aur Aap ﷺne Apne Rab Se bahot Lambi der tak dua
farmayi Aur Phir Hamare taraf Aap ﷺne rukh kiya Aur Irshad Farmaya Maine Apne Rab Se Teen chizen
Mangi jisme se Do Mujhe Ata kardi gayi Aur Ek Se Mujhe Rok Liya Gaya, Maine Apne Rab Se manga Kay
meri ummat ko ek saath Kahet Saali Se halak na karna to mujhe Ata kiya gaya aur maine manga Meri
Ummat ko ek gark karke halak na karna to usme bhi mujhe ata kiya gaya Aur Maine Arz ki kay inke aapas
me jung na ho to usse mujhe rok liya gaya"
(Sahih Muslim, Kitabul Fitan, Baab : Is Ummat ki halakat Aapas me ek dusre kay haatho hona, Pg : 1414,
Hadees : 7154)
Ye taqdeer ka faisla hochuka hai kay Is ummat me aapsi inteshar hoga aur ye tareekh me dekha gaya aur
aaj bhi hum dekh rahe hai kaise Islami kahe jaane wale mulk ek dusre se dast o gireban hai aur iski badi
wajah apne nazariyat ko farog dena yaani firqe ki tableeg karna hai Is tarah Aur Bhi Firqe Aaye Aur gaye
ab hum jis daur me hai usme hamare saamne jo firqe hai wo har firqe ka dawa hai uske haq pe hone ka
Jis tarah se pichle kuch saal me Shia'at ne Muh uthaya hai aur din raat sahaba ki tauheen ki hai wo
hamare saamne hai phir Munkireen E Hadees Ka ek fitna jo kahta hai humare Liye sirf Quran kaafi hai
Khatme Nabuwat Kay munkireen ka fitna jinhe aam jaban me Qadiyani kahte hai phir ek fitna Wahabiyat
Page | 104
Gair Muqallideen naam nihad ahle hadees ki shakl me aaya aur ek Deoband ki shakl me itne me hi aur
bhi bill se nikal pade hum kisi firqe ko nahi mante hum bas Quran Hadees maante hai aur Sunnio ko
taana diya jaata hai tum log baba logo ko mante ho hum Quran hadees mante hai. Ye aur aise tamam
firqe inki bunyadi jo root nazar aati hai wo Daur E Sahaba Kay waqt ek giroh niqla tha Khwarij ka unke aur
Mutazila kay nazariye ko saamne rakhe to aaj wohi mix nazariya wahabiyat ka hai.
Hadees 07:
Is Ummat Kay 73 Firqo Me Batt Jane Ka Bayan
Hazrat Abu Hurraira Se Rivayat Hai Nabi E Karim ﷺNe Irshad Farmaya Kaum E Yahud 71 ya 72 Firko
Me Ba’nti, Isai 71 Ya 72 Firke Me Ba’nte Aur Meri Ummat 73 Firqe Me Ba’nt Jaygi”
(Sunan Abu Dawood, Pg : 830, Kitabul Sunnat, Baab : Sharaye Sunnah, Hadees : 4596)
(Jamai Tirmizi Vol : 03, Book No 40, Kitabul Imaan Aana Rasool Allah ﷺ, Hadees : 2640)
Page | 105
Hadees 08 :
"Hazrat Abu Hurraira Radiallahu Anhu Se rivayat Hai Nabi E Karim ﷺNe Irshad Farmaya Kaum e Yahud
71 Firke Me Ba’nti, Aur Meri Ummat 73 Firqe Me Ba’nt Jaygi”
(Sunan ibn Majah, Pg : 659 Kitab Al Fitan, Baab : Ummat k Firqe Me Ba’nt Jaane Ka Bayan, Hadees : 3991)
Upar ki 02 hadees E Paak Dekhe to maloom hota hai kay pahle ki Kaum Bani Yahud Nasara firqe me bant
gaye aur Ummat E Muhammadiya bhi firqe me bantegi ab dekhte hai wo Haq Jamat ki kya nishani hai aur
baatil ki kya nishani hai.
Hadees 09:
Ummah 73 Firqo Me Bant Jayegi Aur Haq Par Wo Hoga Jo Sahaba Kay Tarike Pe Hoga Aur Jamat Se Juda
Rahega:
Page | 106
Hazrat Anas bin Malik se Rivayat Hai Nabi E Karim ﷺne Farmaya Bani Israil 71 Hisso Me Bant Gayi aur
Mera Ummat 72 Hisso Me Bantegi, Sab Jahannam Me Jaynge Siwaye Ek key, Jo Jamaat Hai”
(Sunan Ibn Majah, Pg : 659, Kitab Ul Fitan, Baab : Ummat K bant Jaane Ka Bayan, Hadees : 3993) (Sunan
Ibn Majah Hadees : 3992 Rivayat Hazrat Auf Ibn Malik Radiallahu anhu)
Is hadees E Pak Se Maloom huwa kay jo Giroh haq pe hoga pe wo jamat hogi ab wo kaunsi jamaat hai
iska khulasa aage ki hadees me aayega jaise
Hadees 10:
Hazrat Abdullah Ibn Amr Radiallahu Anhu Se rivayat Hai Nabi E Akram Ne Irshad Farmaya ﷺBeshak
Kaum E Bani Israel (Kaum E Moosa ) 72 Firke Me Ba’nt(Divide) Gayi Aur Meri Ummat 73 Firko’n Me Ba’nt
Jaygi, Sab k Sab Jahannami Honge Sirf Ek Firqa Jannati Hoga.
Page | 107
Sahaba E Kiram Radi Allahu Anhu Azmain Ne Arz Kiya YA RASOOL ALLAH ﷺWo Jannati Firqa Konsa
Hoga ?
Nabi E Karim ﷺNe Irshad Farmaya Jo Mere Aur Mere Sahaba K Tarike Par Chalega
(Jamai Tirmizi, Pg : 595-96, Kitab No 40 Kitab Al Imaan Aana Rasool Allah, Maa Jaa Fi Aftaraki Haaja il
Ummah, Hadees :2641)
Yahan 04 hadees E paak se maloom huwa kay Sahaba Kay tarike pe chalna hai aur Jamat kay saath
hona hai.
Hadees 11 :
Musalmano Me Badi Jamaat Kay Saath Rehna Uske Saath Allah Taa'la Ka Fazl Hai
Page | 108
Abdullah ibn Abbas Se Rivayat hai Nabi E Karim ﷺNe Irshad Farmaya “Allah Ka Daste Qudrat Jamaat k
Saath Hai”
(Jamai Tirmizi, 490, Kitab No 33 Kitab al Fitan, Hadees : 2166)
Hadees 12 :
Ummat Kabhi Gumrahi Pe Jama Na Hogi Jamaat jo Alag Huwa Wo Jahanam Me Jayga
Hazrat Abdullah ibn Umar Radiallahu Anhu Se Riwayat Hai Ki Huzoor Nabi E Akram ﷺNe Farmaya
Allah Ta’ala Meri Ummat Ko Gumrahi Par Jama Nahin Karega Ya Ye Farmaya Ummat E Muhammadiya Ko
Gumrahi Par Jama Nahin Karega) Aur Jama’at Par Allah Ta’ala (Kee Hifaazat) Ka DASTEQUDRAT Hai Aur Jo
Shakhs Jama’at Se Juda Ho Woh Aag Kee Taraf Juda Ho.”
(Jamai Tirmizi, Pg : 490, Kitab al Fitan, Hadees : 2167)
(Imam Hakim Al Mustadrak, Vol : 01, Pg :201, Hadees : 397)
Page | 109
Hadees 13:
Hazrat Anas Bin Malik Radiallahu Anhu Riwayat Karte Hain Ki Huzoor Nabi E Akram ﷺNe Farmaya
Beshak Meri Ummat (Majmooi’i Taur Par) Kabhi Gumraahi Par Jama Nahin Hogi Pas Agar Tum In Me
Ikhtilaaf Dekho To Tum Par Laazim Hai Ki Sab Se Badi Jama’at (Ka Saath) Ikhtiyaar Karo.”
(Sunan Ibn Majah, Pg : 651, Kitab No 36 Kitab Al Fitan, Baab : Sawad e Aazam, Hadees : 3950)
(Imam Tabrani Al Majma ul Kabir, Vol : 12 , Pg : 447, Hadees : 13623)
Yahan Lafz jamaat aaya hai iska maana ye naa lele koi kay yahan baat Tableegi Jamat ki horahi hai balki
tableegi jamaat to bani hi Deoband Sect kay niche hai, Yahan Sahaba Ki Pairwi aur Jamaat kay saath jude
rahne ka hukm hai jo aur wo jamaat kaunsi hai wo Ahle Sunnat Wa Jamaat hai. Nabi E karim ﷺne
Musalmano ko Jamaat kay sath rehne ka hukm diya aur farmaya kay ye Ummat kabhi gumrahi par jama
naa hogi yaani aaj dekhe to puri duniya me Sawad E Azam ahle sunnat wa Jamaat hai jo Miladi auliya
Page | 110
Allah se aqeedat rakhne wale hai aur yehi log shuru se rahe hai phir kuch tabke aaye aur unhone in sabko
biddati gumrah mushrik kahna shuru kiya jinki tadad Rupay me charana bhi nahi hai to bhala wo haq pe
kaise honge aap kisi bhi wahabi se kahe kay pucho aapke baap dada par dada kaun hai wo kahega mai
sunni tha yahin se saabit hogaya tum abhi aaye ho.
Jo sawad e azam ahle sunnat wa jamat se juda rahega wohi hidayat pe hoga jo inse hatega wo gumraah
hojayga. Ahle Sunnat Lafz ka intekhab isliye kiya gaya kay Hum Nabi E Karim ﷺki Sunnat par amal
karte hai aur Jamat E Sahaba Ahle Bayt Auliya Mufasireen wagairah sabko mante hai.
Hadees 14 :
Imam Muhammad Ibn Sirin Radiallahu Anhu Farmate Hai Pahle Jamane Me Koi Humse Hadees bayan
karta to hum uski sanad naa puchte Phir jab fitna failaya to Logo ne kaha Apni Apni Sanad bayan karo
Phir Dekha jayega agar rivayat karne Wale AHLE SUNNAT hai to unki rivayat kabool ki jayegi aur jo ahle
biddati hai unki rivayat na kabool ki jaayegi"
(Sahih Muslim, Kitabul Muqaddamah, Pg : 16, Hadees : 27)
Jalilul Qadr tabayn Imam Sirin Rahmatullah alaih ne yahan do hisse bayan kiye Ahle Sunnat Wa Jamaat
aur ek ahle biddat yaani us daur me ahle biddat rawafiz Shia Khwarij Qadiriya wagairah they.
Ye Raha Is ummat kay 73 Firqe me bant jaane wale dalail aur ab hume kiske saath rehna hai wo bhi zikr
huwa.
Page | 111
Allah Ta’ala Hume Ahle Sunnat Wal Jam’at Mein Kayam Rehne Ki Taufeek Ata
Farmaye
Ameen!!!
Page | 112
Kya Musalman Bhi Shirk Kar Sakta hai?
Humne Wahabi Shaykho Kay Aqsar khitab sune unki likhi Tehreer padhi padhne sun ne kay baad is baad
ka mukammal andaza hogaya hai kay unka pura jor bas is baat pe laga huwa hai kay kisi naa kisi tarah bas
ummat e muslima ko jo Puri Dunya me Ahle Sunnah Wa Jamaat hai jo Milad Manati hai Awliya Allah ki
Mazarat Pe Haazri dete hai Huzoor ﷺKa Awliya ka waseela pakadte hai Mazarat pe Imarat Gumbad
tameer karte hai ye sab Mushrik Hai kaafir Hai Shirk Me Mubtela hai.
Goya kay wo baar baar batane ki koshish karte hai kay siwaye Wahabi Ahle Hadees Salafi vichardhara ko
chodke puri ummat SHIRK me mubtela hai inki biwiyan, Auratein sab Laundi banaye jaa sakti hai inhe
qatl karo aurato ko Laundi banalo.
Lihaja ye Yahudi Kutte khwarij ne Pure Arab Mumalik Syria, Iraq, Libya, aur ab is toofan me bahot se mulk
aane ko hai haal hi apni taqat dikhane ki garz se Saudi Arabia jo Wahabiyo Ka Sabse bada markaz finance
center hai usne Yemen bhi hamla kiya hai Khair ab hum aate hai Mauzu ki taraf.
Sabse Pahle Aaye Inke Sabse Bade Aalim jinko Ye log Mujadid apne firqe ka baani tasleem karte hai
Muhammad Ibn Abdul Wahab Nazdi - Issi Shakhs Ki bunyaad pe is firqe kay maan ne waalo ko Wahabi
Kaha Jata hai.
Page | 113
Apni kitab jo kay Wahabiyo Kay yahan ka Bible Hai KITABUT TAWHEED me Hazrat Adam Wa Hawwa
Alaihisalam Radiallahu anha kay mutallik likhte hai kay wo bhi SHIRK kar chuke hai. Astagfirullah
(Muhammad Ibn Abdul Wahab Nazdi, Kitabut Tawheed, Chapter : 49 - Naam Rakhne Kay Baab Me Shirk
Karne Ka Bayan, Pg : 122)
Me Likhte Hai Kay Hazrat Adam Alaihsalam Ne Bhi Apne bete kaa Naam Rakhne Me Shirk Kiya.
Ye kitabein Base Miyaa’nr bani un baad me aane waale Wahabi Shaykh logo kay
Jinhone Shirk Tawheed wagairah pe kitab likhi hai sabne jo kuch likha wo sab inhi
kitabo se liya hai chunanche:
1).Wahabiyo kay Bade Shaykh Muhammad bin Salih Uthaymeen 2001 Me Maut Huwi unki kitab me
likhte hai:
“Agarche Tauheed ka Akeeda Rasool Allah ne bada Bayan Kiya Magar Aaj Bhi Dunya Shirk Se Bhari Padi
Hai”
(Shaykh Muhammad bin Salih Uthaymeen : Tohfatul Muslim Pg : 30)
2).“Hamare Jamane k Mushrik pahle jamane k mushrik se double shirk karne waale hai ”
(Abdur Rehman bin Abdul Aziz , Al Majmuatul Mufida , pg : 40 )
Aur aage Dalil di k Abu Zahel, Utba, Shayba etc aam haal me buth ko pukarte magar mushkil me Allah ko
pukarte the aur ye log khusi me gam me har haal me Ya Rasoolullah Pukarte hai.
Upar bayan ki gayi inki tahreer se ye baat bilkul saaf hai kay inka maksad kya hai Abu Zahel Kay baare me
aqeedah rakhte hai Usko Tawheed Ki Thodi samajh thi wo Single Shirk karne wala tha lekin Sawad E
Aazam Ahle Sunnat Double Shirk karne waale hai aur puri dunya me yehi shirk horaha hai.
Hadees 01 :
“Hazrat Uqba bin Aamir (R.A)Riwayat Karte Hain Ki Huzoor Nabi E Akram ﷺNe Shuhada E Uhad Par
(Dobaara) Aath-08 Saal Baad Is Tareh Namaz Padhi Goya Zindon Aur Murdon Ko Alwida Kah Rahe Hain.
Phir Aap ﷺMimbar Par Jalwa Afroz Huwe Aur Farmaya :
Mein Tumhara Peshraw Hoo’n, Mein Tumhare Upar Gawaah Hoo’n, Hamaari Mulakat Kee Jagah Hawz E
Kawsar Hai Aur Mein Is Jagah Se Hawz E Kawsar Ko Dekh Raha Hoo’n Aur Mujhe Tumhare Mut’alliq Is
Baat Ka Dar Nahin Ki Tum (Mere Baad) Shirk Me Mubtila Ho Jao’ge Balki Tumhare Mut’alliq Mujhe
Duniyadaari Ki Muhabbat Me Mubtila Ho Jaane Ka Andesha Hai.
Hazrat Uqaba ibn Aamir (R.A) Farmate Hain Ki Yeh Mera Huzoor Nabi E Akram ﷺKa Aakhiri Deedaar
Tha (Ya’ni Us Ke Baad Jald Hee Aap ”)ﷺ
Page | 114
References :
(Sahih Bukhari, Pg : 993, Kitabul Maghazi, Baab : Ghazwat E Uhud, Hadees : 4042, 4085)
(Sahih Muslim, Kitabul Fazail, Baab: isbati Hauzin Nabiyana Wa Sifatihi, Hadees :5689)
(Sunan Abu Dawood, Vol : 03, Pg : 216, Hadees : 3324)
(Musnad Ahmad ibn Hanbal Vol : 04, Pg : 154, Hadees : 17532)
(Imam Tabarani Al Mujam Ul Kabeer Vol : 17, Pg : 279, Hadees : 768)
(Imam Bayhaqi Sunan Kubra Vol : 04, Pg : 14, Hadees : 6601)
Hadees 02:
Hazrat Uqba bin Aamir عنه ٰﯽﻟﺎﻌﺗ للا رضيRiwayat Krte Hain Ki Huzoor Nabi E Akram ﷺNe Farmaya :
Beshak Mein Tumhara Peshraw Aur Tum Par Gawaah Hoo’n.
Beshak Khuda Kee Qasam!
Mein Apne Hawz (Kawsar) Ko Is Waqt Bhi Dekh Raha Hoo’n Aur Beshak Mujhe Zameen Ke Khazaanon
Kee Kunjiya’n (Ya Farmaya : ) Zmaeen Kee Kunjiya’n Ata Kar Dee Gayi Hain Aur Khuda Kee Qasam!
Mujhe Dar Nahin Ki Mere Baad Tum Shirk Karne Lagoge Balki Mujhe Dar Is Baat Ka Hai Ki Tum Duniya
Kee Muhabbat Me Mubtila Ho Jaoge.”
References :
(Sahih Bukhari, Pg : Kitab Al Manakib, Baab : Alamat E Nabuwat Fi Islamihi, Hadees : 3596)
(Sahih Bukhari,Kitab Ar Riqaak, Hadees : 6426, 6590)
(Sahih Muslim, Kitabul Fazail, Baab: isbati Hauzin Nabiyana Wa Sifatihi, Hadees :2296)
Page | 115
Hadees 03 :
“Hazrat Uqba Bin Aamir (R.A) Riwayat Karte Hain Ki Huzoor Nabi E Akram ﷺNe Farmaya :
Mujhe Tumhare Mut’alliq Is Baat Ka To Dar Hee Nahin Hai Ki Tum Mere Baad Shirk Karoge Balki Mujhe
Dar Hai Ki Tum Duniya Kee Muhabbat Me Giraftar Ho Jaawoge Aur Ladoge Aur Halaak Hoge Jaisa Ki Tum
Se Pehle Log Huwe.
Hazrat Uqba (R.A) Farmate Hain Ki Yeh Aakhiri Baar Thi Jab Mein Ne Huzoor Nabi E Akram ﷺKo
Mimbar Par Jalwa Afroz Dekha (Ya’ni Us Ke Baad Jald Hee Aap ﷺKa Wisaal Ho Gaya).”
References :
(Sahih Muslim, Kitabul Fazail, Baab : Baab: isbati Hauzin Nabiyana Wa Sifatihi, Hadees : 2296 (B))
(Imam Tabarani Mujam Ul Kabeer, Vol : 17, Pg : 279 , Hadees : 769)
Page | 116
Ye Upar humne 03 Sahih Mustanad Muttafaque Alaih Rivayatein Siha Sitta Se Bayan ki wo bhi un kitab se
Bukhari Wa Muslim jiska naam sabse zyada liya jaata hai par awaam ko ye batayi nahi jaati jaante hai
bayan hogayi to Saudi Riyal Petrol band hojayga .
1) Jisme Rasoolullah ﷺALLAH Taa’la ki kasam khaa kay farma rahe hai Mujhe Meri Ummat me Shirk
Ka Koi Khatra nahi hai bas dunya talabi me aapas me ek dusre se lad jaane ka khatra hai.
2) Jo Baat Nabi E Karim ﷺAllah Taa’la ki kasam khaa kay kahe to samajh sakte hai usme kitni mazbooti
hai lekin daur e Hazir me mukhalifeen ki janib se is hadh tak shadeed shirk kay hamle horhe hai kay baat
baat pe banda mushrik declare kiya jaa raha hai.
Hadh to ye hai Kay Mukhalifeen kay Hindustan Me Bahot Bade peshwa Shaykh Ismail Dahelvi ne apni
kitab Tazkiratul Ikhwaan me Eid Ki Sawayi Khana Shirk likh diya hai.
Aur Deobandi Firqe kay bade Mujadid Ashraf Ali Thanvi Sahab ne apni kitab Behasti Zevar Me Dulhe Ka
Nikaah Kay Waqt Sahra pahen na Shirk Aur Kufr kay baab me daal diya hai.
Page | 117
3) Is se Rasool E Akram ﷺKa Ilm E Ghaib ki jahir hai kay Huzoor ﷺApni Ummat kay aane waale
halaat ki bhi khabar de rahe hai kay Shirk kabarpasti buthparasti wala to nahi karoge lekin aapas me
ladoge aaj ummat e muslimah kaa haal hamare saamne hai.
4) Nigaah E Nabuwat Kaa Aalam Dekhe kya hai Mauzood Huzoor ﷺMakam E Uhad me hai par saamne
apna Hauz E Kausar Dekh rahe hai lekin kuch log kahte hai Deewar kay piche ka Ilm Huzoor Ko nahi
Huzoor ﷺDeewar kay piche nahi dekh sakte.
Aap Andaza Laga Sakte hai kay Jis Firqe kay yahan Allah kay Masoom Nabi Hazrat Aadam Alaihsalam ko
Shirk karne waala likh kay baqayda us se result natiza nikala jaata ho wo kya badi baat kay aam
musalman ko Mushrik naa kahe aur jab Sawayin khana Dulhe ka Sahra pahen na sab Shirk hai to samjha
jaa sakt hai kay inke yahan kya Shirk kay fatwo ki Machinery tez hai aur aaj ka padha likha musalman
SAUDI jhubbe kay chakkar me mutassir hojata hai.
Jab In Hadeeso ko pesh kiya gaya to kuch wahabi Hazraat Ne Isko ye kahke raddh kar diya kay yahan
khitab sirf Sahaba Kay liye hai naaki isme Puri ummat murad hai.
Al Jawab :
Chalo bil farz maanle’n Sahaba Murad Hai to bhi isme Hamare Aaka Ka Ilm E Ghaib Saabit hai kay Sahaba
kay liye bhi Shirk naa karne ki jamaat de rahe hai.
Khair Yahan Sirf Baqaul Wahabi kay sahaba Murad hai ab hum wo ahadees bataur e dalil pesh karte hai
jisme Sahaba Nahi Puri ummat murad hai.
Hadees 04 :
Huzoor ﷺKo Sirf Sahaba E kiram Rizwanullahim Azmayeen Ki Nahi Balki Ummat E Muslimah Kay
Shirk E Akbar Me Mubtela Hone Ka Khauf Naa Tha
Hazrat Ubada bin Nusai (R.A) kahte hain, mein Hazrat Shaddad bin Aus (R.A) ke paas gaya woh apni jae
namaz par baithe ro rahe the Maine puchha aye Shaddad kyu rote ho
Unhone kaha Ubada suno
Ek hadees Maine Rasoolullah ﷺse suni hai uski wajah se ro raha hu,Mene puchha woh hadees konsi
hai
Kaha,
"Mein sarkaar ﷺke paas baitha tha sarkaar ﷺghamgheen the,
Meine puchha Ya RASOOLALLAH ﷺMERE MAA BAAP AAP ﷺPAR QURBAN ghamgheen kyu hain ?
To Aaqa ﷺne farmaya
'Mujhe meri ummat pe MERE BAAD 2 cheez ka khatra hai, (Is wajah se ghamgheen hu )'
Page | 118
Meine Arz ki kis cheez ka khatra ?
SHIRK aur KHUFIYA SHAHWAT ka Khauf hai.
Shaddad ne Pucha Kya Sarkar ﷺAapke baad Aapki Ummat Mushrik Hojaygi ?
Sarkaar ﷺne irshad farmaya,
Khabardaar MERI UMMAT NA CHAAND KO PUJEGI NA SURAJ KO PUJEGI NA BUTT KO PUJEGI NA
DARAKHT ( tree) KO PUJEGI NA PATTHAR KO PUJEGI.
(Aye shaddad mene jise shirk kaha woh riyakari /dikhawe ke aamaal hain )
Mene arz ki ya rasool Allah, kya riyakari (dikhawe ke aamaal) bhi shirk hai
Farmaya, haan."
(Hakim Al Mustadrak Vol : 05, Pg : 470, Hadees : 8010)
(Sunan Ibn Majah,Kitab Uz Zuhad, Hadees : 4204)
(Musnad E Ahmad Ibn Hambal Vol : 05 , Hadees : 17250)
(Imam Bayhaki Shoebul Imaan Vol : 5, pg :333, Hadees : 6830)
(Hilyatul Aulia Vol 1 pg 466 Hadees : 899)
(ARABIC)
Page | 119
Yahan issi hadees me SHIRK ki wajahat bhi ki gayi Ummat Naa to Patthar Pujegi naa chand naa suraj
wagairah balki jis chiz ko Shirk kaha gaya wo RIYAKARI hai DIKHAWE Ka amal jisko Shirk E Asgar Kaha
jaata hai is amal se banda Mushrik Kaafir nahi hota lekin Sakht gunahgaar jarur hota hai.
Mumkin ho yahan ye kahde wahabi shirk to shirk hai banda mushrik hojayga to yahan hum ek aur hadees
pesh karte hai jo inke is dalil ka raddh karti hai.
Ye ek nuqta yaad rakhe jab aage Shirk e khafi akbar jali wagairah lafz aaynge to pareshani naa ho.
Hadees 05 :
Is Se Maloom Huwa Kay Dikhawe ka amal Usko Shirk E Khafi Kaha gaya hai.
Shahwat e khafiya aur Shirk E Khafi Pe ek aur hadees e paak mulahiza karen.
Page | 121
Hadees 06 :
Hazrat Ubada bin Nusayi (R.A) Farmate Hai Mai Hazrat Sayyidna Shaddad bin Aws (R.A) Ki Khidmat Me
Hazir Huwa To Unhe Rota Paa Kar Sabab E Girya Daryaft Kiya To Unhone Farmaya Mujhe Us Hadees Ne
Rula Diya Jo Maine Huzoor Rehmat E Aalameen ﷺSe Suni Thi Ki Aap Ne Irshad Farmaya Mujhe Apni
Ummat Par Shirk Aur Khufya Shahwat Ka Khauf hai.
Khufya Shahwat Ye Hai Ki Aadmi Subah Roze Ki Halaat Me Karega Lekin Jab Nafs Ko Marghoob Chiz Uske
Saamne Aaygi To WO Us Me Pad Jayga Aur Roza Chod Dega.
Aur Shirk (khafi) Ye Hai Ki Log Ne Patthar Ko Pujenge Na Butho Ko Lekin Dikhlawe Kay Liye Amal Karenge.
References :
(Imam Abu Nuaym Ahmad Isfahani Hilyatul Awliya Wa Tabqatul Asfiya Vol : 01, Pg : 477, Hadees : 900)
(Imam Tabarani Al Mujam Ul Kabeer Vol : 07, Pg : 341-42, Hadees : 7145)
(ARABIC)
Hadees 07 :
Hazrat Mahmud Bin Labid Se Rivayat Hai Rasulullah Ne Farmaya Jis Cheez Ka Mujhe Tum par sabse zyada
Khauf hai Wo hai SHIRK E ASGAR jo dikhawe ka amal hai.
References :
(Imam Ibn Hajar Asqalani Bulug Al Maram Pg : 544, Hadees : 1484)
(Imam Bayhaqi Shoebul Imaan Vol : 09, Pg : 154, Hadees : 6412)
Page | 122
Aage Ibn Hajar Farmate Hai isko rivayat kiya Imam Ahmad Ne Hasan Sanad Se.
Imam Bayhaqi ne bhi Is rivayat ko Hasan kaha.
Upar humne 07 hadees e paak se wajahat ki hai aur bhi hai par jo haq parast hai unke liye itna kaafi
hai aur jo sirf takfeeri hai unke liye hazaro dalail bhi kam hai.
01) Is Ummat E Muslimah Me kabhi bhi Izmai Taur Pe SHIRK E AKBAR nahi aayega jaisa kay Rasoolullah
Ne farmaya hai SHIRK Ka khatra nahi hai.
02) Dusri rivayato me jisko SHIRK kaha gaya wo khud hadees me mauzood hai SHIRK E ASGAR hai jisko
Dikhawe ka amal kaha jaata hai RIYAKARI wo is ummat ka asal marz hai aur har maktaba e fiqr iski jadh
hai dikhawe ka amal ummat e muslimah me ab bahot zyada hai.
ALLAH Taala Hum Sabko RIYAKARI SE MEHFOOZ RAKHE
Hadees 08 :
Jo Shirk Ka Fatwa Dega Wo Khud Hi Mushrik Hoga
Hazrat Huzaifa ibn Al Yaman Radi Allahu Anhu Se Rivayat Hai Huzoor Nabi E Karim ﷺNe Farmaya
Mujhe us shakhs ka Khauf hai jo Quran padhega aur us par Quran ki Raunaq Dekhi Jaegi aur Usne Islam
Page | 123
ki chadar odh li hogi Phir ALLAH jidhar chahega Usko le Jayga ,woh Islam ki chadar se nikal jaega Aur
Apne (Musalman) padosi par Talwar chalaega or us par SHIRK KI TOHMAT LAGAEGA"
"Sahabi ne pucha dono mein se Mushrik kaun hoga"? Farmaya;"SHIRK KI TOHMAT LAGANE WALA"
(Imam Ibn Hibban Sahi Ibn Hibban Vol : 01, Pg :281/82, Hadees : 81) Albani Ne Isko Hasan Likha (Ibn
Kathir Tafseer Ul Quran Vol : 02, Pg : 245, Surah Aaraf Ayat : 175)
Ibn Kathir Ne Kaha Iski Sanad Jay’yad Hai Imam Yaha Ibn Moin Aur Imam Ahmad Ibn Hambal Ne iski
tahkeek ki aur Kaha Iske raavi tamam Siqah Hai.
(Imam Bukhari Fi Tarikh ul Kabir, Vol : 04, Pg : 301, Hadees : 2907)
(Wahabiyo Ka Muhadis E Azam Saudi Arabia Albani Ne Silsila Al Hadees Al Sahihah Vol : 07, pg : 605,
Hadees : 3201)
(Imam Bazzar Al Musnad Vol : 01, Pg : 99, Hadees : 175)
(Imam Tahawi Mushkil Al Aath’ar Vol :02, Pg : 324, Hadees : 865)
(Kashful Irshad Vol : 01, Pg : 99, Hadees : 175)
(Musnad Al Shameen Vol : 02, Pg : 254, Hadees : 1291)
(Imam Tabrani Maj’ma Ul Kabeer Vol : 20, Pg : 88, Hadees : 169)
Imam Tabrani Ye Hadees ko Hazrat Maa’z bin Jabal Radi Allahu Anhu Se Nakl Kiya Hai.
Is tamam Rivayat Se ye saabit hai Kay Rasoolullah ﷺKi Ummat Shirk E Akbar Me Mullawis nahi hogi
aur jo kaum e wahabiya khwarij baat baat pe shirk ka fatwa dete hai dar asal ye khud hi Shirk kay
haqdar hai.
Page | 124
Kafir Ko Kafir Kehna Kaisa?
Aksar kaafi logo se Suna hai ki Kaafir ko Kaafir na kaho kya pata uska khatma Imaan per hojaye,lekin hum
yeh kyu nahi sochte ki ALLAH taala aur NABI ﷺne kaafir ko kaafir bola ya nahi.
Aur is tarah hum Musalmaan ko Musalmaan bhi nahi kehna chahiye kya pata uska khatma Imaan per na
ho aur woh us waqt gumrah hojaye aur kafiro’n ki maut marjaye.
Khair Hum Insha ALLAH Quran o Hadees se Dalil lete hai is per ki Kaafiro’n ko Kaafir kehna kaisa ?
Quran ki Ayat;
Ayat 01:
Beshak woh Jinke qismat me kufr hai , inhe barabar hai chahe tum inhe darao ya na darao woh imaan
laane kay nahi.
(Surah Baqrah Ayat no. 6)
Ayat 02:
Aur kuch log kehte hai, kay hum ALLAH aur pichle deen per Imaan laaye aur who Imaan wale nahi.
(Surah Baqrah Ayat no. 6)
Ayat 03:
Ayat 04:
A Imaan walo Yahud o Nasara ko Dost na banao.(Yaha ALLAH Imaan walo se keh raha hai ki kaafir jo
Yahud o Nasara hai se dosti karne mana karraha hai)
(Surah Maida Ayat no. 51)
Ayat 05:
Aur jo Log ALLAH kay utaare per Hukum na kare who log kaafir hai.
(Surah Maida Ayat no. 44)
Ayat 06:
Page | 125
(Surah Tauba Ayat no. 32)
Ayat 07:
Ayat 08:
Toh Pata chala ki Quran shareef me ALLAH taala ne Khud Kaafir ko Kaafir kaha hai.
Hadees:
* Rasoolullah ﷺapneSahaba se farmate hain,'Kya Faajir ko bura kehne se parhez karte ho? Log inhe
kab pehchanenge?Faajir ki buraiya bayan karo taki log isse bachen.
(Kanzul Ummal S-338) .
* Nabi ﷺne farmaya, Unhe apne se door rakho aur unse door bhago, kahin wo tumhe gumrah na kar
den
(Muslim S-10 Baab un Noha)
* Ek Shaks ke akhri waqt par logo ne kalma padhneko kaha, to wo bola ye 2 shaks (Farishte) khade keh
rahe hain ki Tu unke pas baithta tha jo Hazrat Abu Bakr. aur Hazrat.Umar radiallataala anhum ko bura
kehte the,ab hum tujhe kalma nahi padhne denge.
(Sharahus Sudur 37)
* Jab fitne zaahir honge, aur aise me Aalim apne Ilm ko na zahir kare,to is pe Allah aur iske farishte aur
tamam insane ki laanat hai,aur Allah aise insan ke na farz qubul kare, na nafil. (Bukhari 2;1084) . Jab tum
kisi burai ko dekho, to use apne hath se rok do,ye na ho sake to usey zuban se bura kaho,ye bhi na ho to
usey Dil se bura jano, aur ye Eiman ka sabse chota darja hai.
(Muslim, Kitabul Eiman) .
Page | 126
* Nabi ﷺne Masjid-e-Nabwi se 300 logo ko naam lekar munafiq kaha aur masjid se bahar nikal diya.
(Muslim J-1 Kitabul Fitan)
Aur digar Hawale Jinme kufr aur Kaafiron kay Taaluq se Hadees I hai.
Page | 127
Bukhari ; Book 59 ; Volume 5 ; Hadith 610
Bukhari ; Book 59 ; Volume 5 ; Hadith 584
Bukhari ; Book 59 ; Volume 5 ; Hadith 581
Bukhari ; Book 59 ; Volume 5 ; Hadith 580
Muslim ; Book 19 ; Hadith 4360
Muslim ; Book 19 ; Hadith 4385
Dawud ; Book 35 ; Hadith 4246
Dawud ; Book 10 ; Hadith 1882
Dawud ; Book 2 ; Hadith 418
Dawud ; Book 4 ; Hadith 1272
Dawud ; Book 19 ; Hadith 2998
Aur 80 Hadees Bukhari,Muslim,Abu dawood me zikr hai Kafiron kay taaluq se ki kafiron ko kaafir hi
kehkar bulaya gaya hai.
Toh Pata Chala ki Kaafir ko Kaafir hi kaha jayega aur Musalmaan ko Musalmaan.
Page | 128
ALLAH ki Sifaat aur Bad Mazhabon ke aitraazat ka Jawab
1). Allah Taa’la Ek Hai Uska koi Sharik Nahi naa Jaat me Na Sifaat Me
2). Allah Taa’la Wajibul wajood Hai yaani jiska Har haal me Mauzood Rehna Jaruri Hai, koi Jamana Aisa
nahi hai jo uski Jaat Mauzood Na Ho.
3). Allah Taa’la ‘kadim Aur Azli ’ hai yaani wo Hamesha se Hai aur ‘Abdi’ bhi hai hamesha Rahega usse
kabhi maut naa aaygi.
4). Allah Taa’la Kisi Ka Mohtaaz Nahi Saari Kaynaat ALLAH Taa’la Ki Mohtaaz Hai.
5). Allah Taa’la Ka Naa koi Beta hai Na wo kisi baap na koi uski biwi wo in tamam chizo se paak hai jo ye
akeeda rakhe wo kaafir hai aur jo isko Mumkin bhi maane wo Gumraah Badeen hai.
6). Allah Taala makan, jahet, shakl o surat, etc makhlook ki tamam sifat aur kaifiyat se paak hai.
7). Jo Aalam Me se Kisi Cheez Ko Khud Se Mauzood Maane yaa uske haadis hone me shak kare woh
kaafir hai.
a)MUMKIN Hone Ka Bayan : Allah Taala har mumkeen par kadir hai koi Mumkin Uski Kudrat
se Bahar Nahi hai. Allah Taala K liye MUMKIN maan Na ye bhi jaruri hai uska bhi kuch Example : Allah
Taala Mumkin par qadir hai uska bhi thoda khulasa.
ALLAH Chahe to Jamin o Aasman ko SONA Chandi ka bana de ye mumkin hai ab banana ya naa banana ye
ALLAH ki shan hai. ALLAH k liye Mumkin hai wo chahe to jamin se barish nikal de wo chahe insaan ko bin
baap k maa k apni qudrat se paida kare wo chache to Insaan ko patthar se paida karde ye sab Mumkin
hai.
b)MAHAAL HONE KA BAYAN : Allaha Taala K Liye baaj Chizo Ka Maahal (Impossible) Maan
Na ye bhi Jaruri hai aur aqaid me hai. Example : Allah Taala Dusra Khuda Nahi Bana Sakta, Allah Ka Fana
Hona Maahal Hai, Uska Jhoot Bolna Mahaal Hai Chunki Agr Dusra Khuda Maana Jayga to uske Ek Hone ka
inkaar hoga, Usko Fana Maana Jayga to Uske Mauzood Hone Ka Inkaar hoga, Usko Jhoota maana Jayga
to ALLAH ki Shan nahi k wo jhoot kahe. Is trah uska Beta beti Biwi maan na ye sab mahaal hai. ALLAH k
liye Mahaal hai k wo Insaani Shakl me aaye ya Autaar le. Ye Chand Baatein Maine ALLAH ki jaat k muttalik
maine aasan lafzo me maine bayan kardi taaki padhne waalo ko example se aasani se samajh aajaye Jaat
k muttalik aur bhi bahot se aqaid hai har ek yaha likhunga to puri book ban jaygi isliye jo ahem points the
wo bayan kar diye.
Page | 129
Ab aate HAI ALLAH TAALA KI SIFAAT K MUTALLIK AKEEDE K BAARE ME
Yeh bahot ahem unwaan hai chunki ye topic bhi Sifaat se related hi hai aur ye samajh liya to kabhi
dushwari naa hogi.
1). JIs Trah ALLAH ki Jaat ka Koi Sharik Nahi Hai Us Trah Uski Sifaat ka bhi koi Sharik Nahi hai.
2). ALLAH Taala Ki Sifaat bhi Hamesha Se Hai aur Hamesha Rahegi. Example : Allah Ka Rehman O Rahim
hona ye ALLAH Taala Ki Sifaat hai ye sifaat us wakt bhi mauzood thi jab kuch naa tha siwaye Jaat E baari
Taala k Aur Us wakt bhi hogi jab Kuch naa hoga.
3). Jo Allah Taala Ki Sifaat Ko Makhlook Kahe Yaa Haadis Bataye Woh Gumraah Aur Bad’deen Hai.
4). Allah Taala ki Sifaat Na Ain Hai Naa Gair e Ain yaani ALLAH Taala Ki Sifaat Uski Jaat Nahi Aur Naahi Wo
Sifaat Uski Jaat Se Alag Hai Chunki Wo Sifaat Aisi Hai Jo ALLAH Taala Ki Jaat k liye Jaruri hai.
5). Allah Taala Ki Sifaat Kayi Hai aur Alag hai Har Sifaat Ka Matlab Bhi Alag Alag Hai. Ye Mukhtasar sa
tarruf ALLAH Ki Jaat Aur Sifaat k mutallik bayan kiya gaya jo in kitabo se extract kiya hai.
(Shara e Aqaid E Nasfi)
(Shara E Al Fiqh E Akbar)
(Bahar e Shariat Vol : 01, Baab : Aqaid Ka bayan, Pg :6)
Page | 130
kaun hai jo tumhe zameen ka khalifa banata hai ! Kya Allah ke sath aur koi Mabood hai ?” (Surah Namal,
Ayat : 62)
(3) DAATA (Sab Kuch DeneWala) Besak Allah bada denewala hai.
“Jise chhata hai betiyan deta hai, jise chhata hai bete deta hai, jise chhata hai bete aur betiyan mila jhula
kar deta hai, aur jise chhata hai banjh rakh deta hai, wo to janne wala Qudrat wala hai”
(Surah Ash Shura,49,50)
Al Jawab :
Important Point To Noted Yaha Dhyan se padhe
1) Allah Taala Ki Tamam Sifaat Wo Allah Taala Ki Khud Ki Hai uski Jaati hai usne wo Sifaat kahi se li nahi
hai aur naahi kisi ne ALLAH TAALA ko wo sifaat ata ki hai.
2) Magar Allah Taala Ne Apni Sifaat Apne Bando ko Bhi Ata ki Hai Jo Khud Qurani Faisla Hai jo aage hum
Qurani Aayat se saabit karnge k ALLAH ki shaan jo ALLAH ki hai wo bando ko bhi ata ki hai lihaja ye kisi
bhi aitbaar se shirk nahi.
3) Shirk to tab aayga Jab ye Akeeda rakhe K BANDO ki bhi jaati hai Aur ALLAH ki bhi Jaati hai Yaa ye
Aqeeda Rakhe K ALLAH ki bhi Sifaat Atayi Hai Aur Bando ki Bhi Ataayi Hai.
4) Hum Ahle Sunnat Ka Aqeeda Ka Wo ye Hai K ALLAH Ki SIFAAT BHI USKI JAATI HAI AUR ALLAH TAALA
Apni Baaj Sifaat apne Bando ko bhi Ata karta hai.
Pata Chala Ma’aar e Uloohiyat 02 Chiz Wajibul Wajood Hona Aur Mustahik Ibadat Hona.
Page | 131
i) Kisi Ne ALLAH K Ilawa kisi ko Wajibool wajood maana MUSHRIK Hojaya ii) Kisi Ne ALLAH K elawa kisi ko
Ibadat k layak maana MUSHRIK hojayga. iii) Kisi Ne Dono Maana Tab Bhi Mushrik Hoga ya dono me se ek
maane aur ek naa maane tab bhi mushrik hoga.
Note :
Jo Uluoohiyat Hai Wo ALLAH k Siwa Kisi ko nhi di jaygi chahe Ek Minute k liye bhi bhi ALLAH k elawa kisi
ko nahi naa mazazi naa atayi chunki jo shirk hai wo hamesha Shirk hoga aisa nhi hai k ek wakt to shirk ho
phir Tauheed hojaye. Jo Tauheed hai wo hamesha Tauheed Hai aur Jo Shirk hai wo hamesha Shirk hai.
Jamaat Do Hai Ek Hai ALLAH waalo ki Jamaat Jo Kamyaab Hai Jannat me Jaygi Jisko Hizbullah Kaha J aata
Hai Jiska Zikr Quran me Hai
Ayat 02 :
“Humko Sidha Raasta Chala - 5”
Ayat 03 :
“Raasta Unka Jinpe Tune Ehsaan Kiya - 6”
(Surah Fatiha Ayat 5 & 6)
Ayat 04 :
“Jinpar ALLAH ne Fazl Kiya Yaani Nabi Aur Siddikeen Aur Shaheed Aur Nek Log Ye Kya Hi Acche Saathi
Hain”
(Surah Nisa Ayat 69)
Page | 132
II) Hizbushaitan Kon Hai Ye Shaitan Ka Group Hai
Ayat 05 :
“Beshak Shaitan Tumhara Dushman Hai To Tum Bhi Usse Apna Dushman Samjho Woto Apne Giroh Ko
Isliye Bulata Hai Ki Dozakhiyo Me Ho ”
(Surah No 35 Surah Faatir, Ayat : 06)
In dono Jamaat ka Bayan karne ka maksad ye hai k fark wajeh hojaye ek wo Jamaat hai jisko ALLAH ne
apni Jamaat kaha hai wo kinki Hai Ambiya Aulia Siddikeen Shohda Nek Momin ko Aur Dusri wo jamaat
hai jo Shaitani Group hai jo uske kehne pe chal pade buth parasti ki logo ko imaan laane se roka Khudayi
dawa kar bethe jaise Firaoun, Namrood, Shaddat wagerah aur wo buth jinko Pujne k liye Shaitan ne
kuffaro ko behkaya aur apni jamaat bana daali.
Aaj koshish ye ki jaa rhi hai wo HIZBUSHAITAN Shaitani group k saath ALLAH waalo ko mila rhe hai aur
khich k Hizbullah ko wo jinhe ALLAH ne apni Jamat kaha hai unhe Shaitani Party me shamil karne par tule
hai halanki wo kar nahi sakte par koshish jarur karte hai.
Yaha Par Humne Dono Jamaat ka mukhtasar sa khulasa kiya hai taaki pata chala ALLAH waalo ki baat alag
hai aur Shaitani Grp ki alag ALLAH Taala Apni Sifaat Hizbullah ko to ata kar deta hai par Hizbushaitan ko
nahi.
Part 02 - Allah Taa’la Ne Apne Bando Ko Bhi Sifaat Ata Ki Hai Qurani Faisla Quran
Ki Bayan Karda Tawheed :
“Aur Wo Pukarenge, Aye Maalik Tumhara Parwardigar Hume Maut Hee Dede, Woh Farmayga Tumhe To
Taherna Hai”
(Surah 43, Surah Al Zukhruf, Ayat 77)
Page | 133
Pahli aayat me farmaya MALIK, ALLAH Taala k liye hai
Phir ussi Quran me dusre makam me farmaya aaayat Surah Zukhruf Ayat 77 Malik kisko Daroga e
Jahannam ko k unhe kaafir kahnge Malik Hume Maut de de Malik Farmayga tumhe hamesha Jahannam
me rehna hai.
Kya Huwa Shirk hogaya ? ALLAH bhi Maalik Daroga e Jahannam Bhi Malik ? Tum Nabi AlaihiSalam ko
Maalik nahi bologe Shirk hai kyu ?
Kya Taabir Nikalenge iski ?
Taabir wohi niklegi jo Ahle Sunnat ka akeeda hai ALLAH MAALIK Hai wo apni sifaat se Maalik hai bande
ka Malik hona ALLAH Taala Ki Ata se hai.
Ayat 09 :
“Beshak Tumhare Pass Tashrif Laaye Tum me Wo Rasool Jinpar Tumhara Masshakat Me Parhna Bhari
Hai Tumhari Bhalai k Nihayat Chahne Waale Musalmano Par Rauf o Rahim”
(Al Quran, Surah 9 Tawbah Ayat : 128)
Pehli aaayat e mubarak me dekhe to Rauf o Raheem Kon hai ALLAH ab unke nazariye se kisi aur ko Rauf
O Raheem maan le to shirk aajayaga Shirk Fi Sifaat maana jaayga magar nahi Shirk nahi aayga Dusre
makam me Farmaya Nabi E Karim ﷺbhi RAUF O RAHEEM Hai.
Isme bhi Tabeer yehi kayam hogi ALLAH Taala ka RAUF O RAHIM hona uska Jaati hai Nabi E Karim ﷺ
Ka Rauf O Rahim Hona Atayi hai. Lihaja Ye Shirk ka Fark wajeh hogaya.
Page | 134
Ayat 12 :
“Yusuf Ne Kaha Mujhe Zamin k Khazane Par Karde, Beshak Mai Hifazat Waala Ilm Wala Hoon” (Al Quran
Surah 12 Yusuf Ayat : 55) Pehli aayat me Farmaya HAFEEZ ALLAH Taala hai aur ussi Quran me ALLAH
Taala Ne Yusuf Alaihi Salam ko bhi Hafeez Farmaya.
Quran Ki barkaat hai wo jo kehte hai ALLAH k elawa koi Hafeez nahi hai unke ghar bhi 05 madrase me
padhne k baad ek ladka bhi khud ko Hafeez Kahte hai ? Kyu ? Besharmo Sharm nahi aati ALLAH Taala Ko
Bhi Hafeez maante ho aur Apne Ladko ko bhi maante ho Shirk hojana chahye Na ?
“Apne Rab Key Naam Ki Paaki Bolo Jo Sabse AALA (Buland) Hai ”
(Al Quran Surah 87 Aala Ayat : 01)
Ayat 14 :
“Humne Farmaya Dar Nahi Beshak Tu (Moosa Alaihi Salam) Hi Aala (Gaalib) Hai” (Al Quran Surah 20 Taha
Ayat :68)
Lafz AALA ALLAH Taala Farmata hai Mai AALA Hu ab unke Nukte nazar se Kisi ko bhi AALA kaha to Shirk
hojayga aur is lafz se wahabiyo ko badi nafrat bhi hai k Ahmad Raza Khan Rahimullah Ko bhi tum Aala
bolte ho AALA bas ALLAH TAALA hai baaki koi AALA Nahi lkin ussi Quran me ALLAH Taala Ne Apne Nabi
Hazrat Moosa Alaihi Salam ko farmaya jab Firaun se Mukable ka wakt aaya hai farmaaya khauf naa rakh
tu hi Aala hai. Kya Huwa Shirk Huwa ALLAH bhi AALA Banda Bhi Aala. Kya Har Kisi ko AALA Keh Sakte hai
? Nahi Iski izazat nahi wo Sirf ALLAH k Bando ko hai lihaja Jab Moosa Alaihi Salam ne kaha na k Mai AALA
hu to Firaun ne bhi kaha Tha padhe Firaun Ne Bhi Daawa Kiya Mai AALA HU USKE JUMLE KA RADDH
KAR DIYA
Ayat 15 :
“Phir Bola Mai Tumhara Sabse AALA (Uncha) Rab Hoon”
(Surah 79 Naziyat Ayat 24 )
Ayat 16 :
Page | 135
Hai Firaun Hizbushaitan hai Shaitani Jamaat.
Pata Chala ALLAH Taala ALLAH Taala Apni Baaj Sifat wo khas sirf Apne bando Hizbullah ko deta hai
Hizbushaitan ko nahi.
5) Maula Kon ?
Ayat 17 :
“Tum Farmao Hume Na Pahuchega Magar Jo Allah Ne Hamare Liye Likh Diya, Wo Hamara MAULA Hai,
Aur Musalmano Ko Allah Hi Par Bharosa Chahye”
(Al Quran Surah 09 Tawbah Ayat : 51)
Ayat 18
“Beshak Allah Tumhara Maula Hai aur Sabse Badkar Madadgaar Hai”
Page | 136
To Hum par ye ilzaam naa lagaye k Hum Bando ko ALLAH bana rahe wo tum ho jinhone ALLAH ki Shan ko
Bila Wajah bando se milane ki koshish ki hai kya natiza hoka iska Banda bhi Maula ALLAH bhi Maula Phir
Wohi ek hi raasta hai jo upar wajeh kiya hai fark koi.
Hosakta hai ab yaha ye Mugalta subahat pesh kiye jaaye k jo tumne Sifaat bayan ki hai woto Nabiyo aur
Farishto k liye hai tum gair e Nabi Alaihi Salam me ye baat dikhao ?
Ye ek Waswasa hai unki jaanib se Awaal to ye kahunga k kya tum ALLAH k Nabi Alaihi Salam ko farishto
ko Sharik maante ho ?
Kayamat aajaygi kabhi iska jawab nahi aayga. Khair ab mai wo Sifaat Gair e Nabi me dikha raha hu jo to
upar bayan karda sifaat se zyada mukhalifeen pe jarb lagayigi wo hai
Page | 137
Ayat 21 :
“Tamam Khubiya Allah k Liye Jo RAB Hai Saare Jaahan Waalo Ka”
(Al Quran Surah 01 Fatiha Ayat 01)
Ab Rab To ALLAH hai iske aage Dastageer hona Gaus Hona Garib Nawaz Hona, Daata hona ye sab to choti
sifaat hai halanki ye tamam lafz to Quran me nahi hai ye to Farsi k alfaaz hai lkin ab dekho Quran ne aur
kisko RAB bola hai.
Ayat 22 :
“Aye Kaid khane k Dono Sathiyo Tum Me Ek To Apne RAB (Badshah) ko Sharab Pilayga”
(Al Quran Surah 12 Yusuf Ayat :41)
Ayat 23 :
“Aur Yusuf Ne Un Dono Se Jise Bachta Samjha Us’se Kaha Apne RAB(Badshah) k Pass Mera Zikr Karna”
(Al Quran Surah 12 Yusuf Ayat :42)
Ayat 24 :
“To Shaitan Ne Usse Bhula Diya Ki Apne Rab (Badshah) K Saamne Yusuf Ka Zikr Kare To Yusuf Kayi Baras
Aur Zelkhane Me Raha”
(Al Quran Surah 12 Yusuf Ayat :42)
Ye Pura Wakya Surah Yusuf me Tafseer se mauzood hai mai yaha sirf uska pasmanzar likh rha hu taaki
khulasa hojaye Jab Hazrat Yusuf Alaihi Salam ko Kaid Kiya hai to Jail me 02 kaidiyo ne khwab dekha jiski
taabeer bayan ki Hazrat Yusuf Alaihisalam ne k Ek ko Maut saza hogi aur ek badshah ko jisko RAB kaha
Hazrat Yusuf Alaihi Salam ne usko sharab pilayga usko kaha k Mera ZIKR MERE RAB SE KARNA. Gaur Kare
Kya Yusuf Alaihi Salam ko tauheed nahi pata thi k Badhshah ko APNA RAB kah diya ek baar nahi nahi 03
baar jo aayat me aaya aur Quran ne iska mukammal zikr kiya hai kyu ??
ALLAH ne to Yusuf Alaihi Salam par wohi bhejne tha k tumne Mere Elawa wo bhi badshah ko RAB maan
liya Shirk hogaya. ALLAH Taala Kharjio ki so called Tawheed ka Buth khana toda hai Chunki Rab Taala
Jaanta tha ek aisi kaum aaygi jo Tauheed ko galat bayan karegi Mere Bando ko Mushrik kahegi.
Yaha to Rab bol diya wo bhi BADHSHAH ko jo Nabi bhi nahi Wali bhi nahi tum Daata Gaus Garib Nawaz
kahne pe lad rehe ho to yaha jo maana mazaz ka liya jayga wohi waha liya gaya hai yaha shirk na hua to
waha kaise shirk hoga ?? Kya Taabir Nikalenge ALLAH Taala Ki Sifaat Uske bando me maano to Shirk unka
kahna hai phir kya karnge yaha ?
Taabeer wohi hogi jo AHLE SUNNAH WA Jamaat ki hai Bando ka Hoga:
ALLAH Taala Ki Ata se hai aur ALLAH Ka Hona Uska Jaati hai Alhamdullilah Agr inka nazariya maana
jaaye to dunya to dur phir QURAN ko hi pura shirkiya maan naa padh jaayge.
Page | 138
Humare Nabi ﷺKo Kaabe Ka Kaaba Kehna
Hadees Shareef:
Hazrate Abdullah Bin Amr(R.A) se riwayat hai ki unhone farmaya
“Rasulullah ﷺko Ka’aba Shareef ka tawaaf karte dekha. Aap ﷺfarma rahe the tu kitna paakeza hai
aur teri khusboo kitni paakeza hai , tu kis qadr azeem hai. Tera ahteram kitna azeem hai. Kasam hai us
zaat ki jis ke daste kudrat mein Muhammad ﷺki jaan hai Allah ke ha momin ki Hurmat teri Hurmat se
badh kar hai. Yani uske maal aur jaan ki Hurmat aur yeh ki uske baare mein badhgumani karna bhi
haraam hai”
(Sunan Ibn Majah; Vol 5; Hadees 3932)
Page | 139
Is Hadees Shareef Se Yeh malum hua ki Allah ke nek Bande Kaabah Shareef se buland o baala arf o aala
hai.
Jab Allah ke nek bando ka makaam Kaabah Shareef se buland hai to Humare Nabi ﷺka aalam kya
hoga?
Beshak Humare Nabi ﷺKaabe Ka Kaaba nahi balki usse bahut buland makaam pe faiz hai jo hum
nahi samajh sakte.
Subhanallah….
Page | 140
Huzoor( )ﷺKabse Nabi Hai ?
Aksar Kuch badmazhab Munafikeen Jinhe Shan E Mustafa ﷺhazam ho nahi sakti wo Awaam kay
saamne ek baat kahte milte hai Sunni Kahte Hai Huzoor ﷺKo Nabuwat Dunya me Aane Se pahle de di
gayi hai Ye Ahmad Raza Khan Barelvi ne Biddat izaad ki huwi hai Jabki Huzoor ﷺ40 Saal Ki Umr Me
Nabi Bane aur yehi baat inke aaj kay naam nihad google Karne waale Ladke Karte hai aur Ahle Sunnat Ko
Pareshan karte Hai.
Hadees se daleel:
Hadees 01:
“Hazrat Abu Hurairah RadiyAllahu Ta’ala Anhu Riwayat Farmaate Hain Ki Sahaba E Kiram Ridwanullahi
Ta’ala Alaihim Ajmaeen Ne Arz Kiya Ya RasoolAllah ! ﷺ
Aap Ke Lie Nubuwwat Kab Waajib Huee ? Huzoor Nabi E Akram ﷺNe Farmaya : (Mein Us Waqt Bhi
Nabi Tha) Jab Ki Hazrat Aadam Alaihissalam Ki Takhleeq Abhi Rooh Aur Jism Ke Darmiyaani Marhale Me
Thi (Yaani Rooh Aur Jism Ka Baahami Taa’lluq Bhi Abhi Qaayam Naa Huaa Tha).”
(Jamai Tirmizi, Kitabul Manakib, Baab : Maa Jaa Fi Fazail E Nabi Sal Allahu Alaihwasalam, Pg : 821, Hadees
: 3609)
(Imam Hakim Al Mustadraq Vol : 02, pg : 665/66, Hadees : 4210)
Page | 141
Hadees 02 :
“Hazrat Maisarah Fazr RadiyAllahu Ta’ala Anhu Farmaate Hai Ki Huzoor Nabi E Akram ﷺSe Poochha
Aur Phir Isi Tarah Ki Rivayat Deegar Sahaba E Kiram Hazrat Ameerul Momineen
Umar Farooque E Aazam, Hazrat Abdullah Ibn Abbas, Hazrat Abdullah ibn Shaqeek,
Hazrat Aamir Rizwanullahi Azmayeen se marvi hai..
Page | 142
Noor E Mustafa ﷺ
Tamam Tareef ALLAH Taala K Liye
Maujuda Waqt K Firqo Me Ahle Hadees Yaani Wahbi Aur Deobandi Ki Gustakhiyo Ka Walwalaa Zyada Hai
Aur Inka Radd Khulkar Ala Hazrat Imam Ahmed Raza Khan Rehmatullah Alaih Ne Kiya Aur Inke Batil Aur
Kufriyaa Aqaid Per Kufr Ka Fatwa Diya Aur Saath Hi Harmain Shareefein K Ullema Ne B Kufr Ka Fatwa
Diya.
Wahbi Aur Deobandi Dono Ek Hi Shaak Ki Do ( 2 ) Tehniya Hai Jaha Wahbi Apna Aqeeda Gustakiyo Bhara
Dikhate Hai Toh Wahi Dusri Taraf Deobandi , Shiya Ki Tarah Taqiya Karte Hai , In Sha ALLAH Taala Aage
Isper B Daleel Pesh Ki Jayegi.
Awwal Toh Ahle Hadees Yaani Wahbi K Nazdeek NABI ﷺEk Aam Basher Hai Aur Deoband K Nazdeek
Wah Ek Bade Bhai Ki Tarah Hai ( Taqwiyatul Iman ) Maz ALLAH
NABI ﷺZaat K Aitbaar Se Noor Aur Aap Duniya Me Bashari Libas Me Tashreef Laye Isliye Apko Noorul
Bashar Kehte Hai , Aur Yeh Quran O Hadees Ki Roshni Me Sabit Hai.
Ayat 01:
“Beshak Tumhare Paas Allah Ki Taraf Se Ek Noor Aaya Aur Roshan Kitab”
(Surah Maida , Ayat No. 15)
Is Aayat Ki Tafseer :
* Khaizan Ul Irfan Me Noor Se Murad Nabi ﷺHai Aur Kitab Se Murad Quran Shareef.
* Tafseer E Bezawi Jild 2 Safa 120 Per Isi Ayat K Tahet Kitab Se Murad Quran Shareef Aur Noor Se Murad
Nabi ﷺHai
* Tafseer E Mazhari Jild 3 Safa 280 Per Noor Se Murad Nabi ﷺKi Zaat E Paak Aur Quran Dono K Bare
Likha Hai.
* Tafseer E Naemi 6 Parah Safa 297-298 Per Noor Se Murad Nabi ﷺKi Zaat Hai Aur Kitab Se Murad
Quran Hai.
* Tafseer E Naemi K Musannif K Qaul K Mutabik Tafseer E Khazin , Madarik , Bezawi Me Noor Se Murad
Nabi ﷺKi Zaat E Paak Hai.
* Tafseer Ibn Abbas Safa 72 Per Noor Se Mura Nabi ﷺHai Aur Kitab Se Murad Quran Hai. Yeh Quran
Shareef Ka sabse pehla Tafseer hai jo Sahabi Ibn Abbas (R.A) ne likha.
Page | 143
ARABIC
URDU
Page | 144
* Tafseer Ruh Ul Bayan , Kabeer , Jalalain , Mazhari Me Noor Se Murad Nabi ﷺKi Zaat E Paak Hai ( Safa
298 )
* Deoband Ki Tafseer , Tafseer E Usmani Safa 323 Per Likhte Hai Noor Se Murad Shayad Nabi ﷺHai
Aur Kitab Se Murad Quran Hai.
Page | 145
* Tafseer Qurtabi Jild 3 Safa 527 Me, Noor Se Murad Likhte Hai Baaz Ullema Ne Kaha Islam Hai Aur Baaz
Ullema Ne Kaha Zaat E Nabi ﷺHai Aur Kitab Se Murad Quran Hai .
* Tafseer E Sanai Jild 1 Safa 352 Per Sanaullah Amritsari Ne Noor Se Murad Nabi ﷺAur Kitab Se Murad
Quran Ko Kaha Hai
* Tafseer Ibn Kaseer Jild 6 Safa 46 Per Noor Se Murad Nabi ﷺAur Roshan Kitab Se Murad Quran Kaha
Hai.
* Tafseer E Mulla Ali Qari Safa 511 Per Noor Se Murad Nabi ﷺHai Aur Kitab Se Murad Quran Hai.
* Tafseer E Raufi Safa 379 Per Noor Se Murad Nabi ﷺHai Aur Kitab Se Murad Quran Hai.
* Tafseer Fathul Qadeer Me Noor Se Murad Nabi ﷺHai Aur Kitab Se Murad Quran Hai.
* Tafseer Rul Al Mani Jild 6 Safa 97-98 Likhte Hai Noor Se Murad Nabi ﷺHai
* Za’ad Al Maseer Fil Ilm At Tafseer Me Imam Ibn Jawzi Likhte Hai Noor Se Murad Nabi ﷺHai.
* Tafseer Abi Saud Jild 4 Safa 36 Per Imam Al Shirbini Per Noor Se Murad Nabi ﷺHai
* Deoband K Alim Mohammad Ashiq Ilahi Mirthi , Kitab Imdad Us Sulook Safa 157-158 Per Likha Noor Se
Murad Nabi ﷺKi Zaat Aur Kitab Se Murad Quran Hai.
Page | 146
Hasil Qalam Is Ayat Aur Tafseer Se Pata Chala Ki Bahut Se Mufassireen Ne Noor Se Murad Nabi ﷺKi
Zaat E Paak Maana Hai Aur Kuch Ullema Ne Quran Aur Kuch Ullema Ne Islam.
Yeh Hadees Bahut Hi Mashoor Hai Musannaf Abdur Razzaq K Hawale Se.
Hadees 01:
Al Musannaf (Juz Al Mafqood Min Juz Al Awwal Min Musannaf) , Jild 1 , Hadees 18.
“Hazrat Jabir Bin Abdullah Radialla Taala Anhu Se Marwi Hai Mene Bargaahe Risalat ﷺMe Arz Kiya ,
Page | 147
Ya Rasul ALLAH , Mere Maa Baap Aap Per Qurban ,Mujhe Bataye K ALLAH Taala Ne Sabse Pehle Kis Chiz
Ko Paida Kiya ? Huzur NABI E Akram ﷺNe Farmaya , A Jabir Beshak ALLAH Taala Ne Tamam Makhlooq
Se Pehle Tere Nabi Ka NOOR Apne NOOR Se Paida Farmaya…
Page | 148
(Qarar Diya , Jild 2 , Safa 2 ( Farsi ) , Jild 2 , Safa 13 ( Urdu )
(Imam Nabhani , Kitab Jawahir Al Bihar , Jild 3 , Safa 354)
(Ashraf Ali Thanvi Deobandi , Kitab Nashr At Tib , Jild 1 , Safa 13)
(Imam Ibn Hajr Al Haytami , Kitab Fatawa Al Hadithiyyah , Safa 289)
(1) Abdur Razzaq > (2) Ma'mar Bin Rashid >(3) Muhammad Bin Munkdar > (4) Jabir Bin Abdullah (Radi
Allah Ta'ala 'Anhu)
Agr Imam 'Abdur Razaq Murtad Bhi Ho Jaye (Ma'az ALLAH) To Hum Us Say Hadeeth Layna Tark Na
Karain Gay (Yani Phir Bhi Hadeeth Lege)
(Imam Ibn Hajar, Kitab Tahdheeb At Tahdeeb , Jild 6 , Safa 314)
(Imam Ibn Hajar , Kitab Mizan Al 'Itidal , Jild 2 , Safa 612)
(iii).Imam Ahmad Bin Saleh Ne Imam Ahmad Bin Hambal Radialla Taala Anhu Se Pucha:
Kya Ap Imam 'Abdur Razzaq Say Bhad Kar Kisi Hadeeth Jannywaly Kisi 'Alim Ko Janty Hain?
Apne Farmaya: Nahi (Main Nahi Janta)
(Imam Ibn Hajar , Kitab Tahdheeb At Tahdeeb , Jild 6 , Safa 311)
(i). Imam Ibn E Sa'd Nain Ma'mar Bin Rashid K Bary Me Farmaya Hay K
Yeh Imam Hasan Basri Radialla Taala Anhu K Janazy Main Shamil Thy. In Say Imam Abdullah Bin Mubarak
Aur Imam Abdur Razzaq Nain Rawayat Li Hai Aur Yeh Faqeeh, Muttaqi Aur Hafiz Thy.
Page | 150
(Ibn E Sa’ad , Kitab Thiqat , Jild 7 , Rawi No. 11070)
Pura Naam : Muhammad Bin Al-Munkdar Bin 'Abdullah Bin Al-Hudayr Bin 'Abdul 'Uzza B. 'Amir B. Al-
Harith
Kunniyat : Abu Abdullah , Abu Bakr.
Paidaish : 30 AH
Wafat : 130 AH
Grade : Thiqa.
Siha Sitta Me Hadees Rawi Muhammad Bin Munkdar
Sahi Bukhari Me 53 ; Sahih Muslim Me 41 ; Sunan Abi Daud Me 26 ; Jame Al Tirmidhi Me 37 ; Sunan An
Nasai Me 25 ; Sunan Ibn Majah Me 27
Hasil Qalam Is Hadees Ka Yeh Hai K Hadees Sahi Sanad Se Sabit Hai Aur Isey Kai Ullema Ne Apni Kitabo
Me Darj Karke Apna Aqeeda Wazeh Kiya Hai Yaha Tak K Deoband K Ashraf Ali Thanvi B Manta Hai K
ALLAH Taala Ne Sabse Pehle Nabi ﷺKo Paida Farmaya.
Hadees 02:
Hazrat Jabir Bin Abdullah (R.A) Farmate Hain Ke Mene Rasool Allah ﷺSe Arz Kiya Ya Rasool Allah ﷺ
Mere Maa Baap Aap Par Qurban Ho Mujhe Bataye Ke Allah ﷻNe Sabse Pehle Kis Cheez Ko Paida
Farmaya ? Rasool Allah ﷺNe Irshad Farmaya Aye Jabir Beshaq Allah ﷻNe Tamam Ash'ya Saari Chizo
Se Pehle Tere Nabi Muhammad ﷺKe Noor Ko Apne Noor Se Paida Farmaya.Phir Wo Noor Qudrat Ke
Chakkar Kaatne Laga Jahan Allah ﷻNe Chaha Aur Us Waqt Lawho-Qalm Jannat-Dozakh Farishte Aasman
Page | 151
Zameen Suraj Chand Jinn Aur Insaan Kuch Bhi Na Tha Phir Jab Allah ﷻNe Makhlok Ko Paida Karne Ka
Irada Farmaya To Uss Noor Ko 4 Hisso Me Taqseem Farmaya (Pehle) Juzz Se Arsh Ko Uthane Wale
Farishto Ko Paida Farmaya (Dusre) Juzz Se Kursi Aur (Teesre) Juzz Se Baaqi Farishto Ko Paida Kiya Phir
Chawthe Juzz Ko 4 Hisso Me Taqseem Farmaya Toh (Pehle Juzz Se Aasmano Ko (Dusre) Juzz Se Zameeno
Ko Aur (Teesre) Juzz Se Jannat Aur Dozakh Ko Paida Farmaya Phir Chawthe Juzz Ko 4 Hisso Me Taqseem
Farmaya Aur (Pehle) Juzz Se Momineen Ki Aankhon Ka Noor Paida Farmaya (Dusre) Juzz Se Momineen Ke
Dilo Ka Noor Paida Farmaya Jo Ke Allah ﷻKi Ma'rifat Hai Aur (Teesre) Juzz Se Inke Maanus Hone Ka
Noor Paida Farmaya Aur Wo Tauheed Hai.
Subhan'Allah Allahu'akbar'kabira
(Al Musannaf Abi Razzak (Publish Print Dar-al Muhaddith) Riyadh-Najd Saudi; Page No 99)
(Al Mawahib Aladuniya (Writer Imam Qastalani Al Mutawaffah 923 Hijri); Vol 1; Page 71)
Page | 152
Yani Sahabi Ka Aqeeda Tha Ke Jo Ho Chuka Hai Wo Huzoor ﷺJantay Hain Tabhi To Aapne Pucha Aur
Huzoor ﷺUs Waqt Bhi Hazir o Nazir Thay Jab Allah Ta'ala Ne Kuch Bhi Paida Na Kiya Siwaye Apne
Mehboob ﷺKe Noor Ko Apne Noor Se
Hadees 03:
Hazrat Abu Hurraira Radialla Taala Anhu Se Marwi Hai NABI ﷺNe Irshad Farmaya , Jab ALLAH Taala
Ne Adam Alaihissalam Ko Paida Kiya Toh Usne Iski Aulad K Baare Me Inko Khabar Di , Is Per Adam
Alaihissalam Dusro Per Barkat Hasil Ki , Phir Isne “Intehai Noor “ K Ikhtetam Ki Taraf Dekha) ,Hazrat Adam
Ne Kaha , A Mere Rab ,Yeh Kaun Hai ? Rab Ne Farmaya Yeh Tumhara Beta Ahmed Hai Jo Pehla Aur Akhri
Aur Qayamat K Din Wah Sabse Pehle Shafa’at Karne Wala Hoga.
(Imam Bayhaqi, Kitab Dala’il Un Nubuwwah , Jild 5, Safa. 483)
Page | 153
Urdu: (Page 795;23)
Page | 154
(Ibn E Abi 'Aasim , Kitab Al Awaael , Jild 1 ,Safa 61 , Hadees No. 5)
(Ibn Asakir , Kitab Tareekh Madina Damishq , Jild 42 , Safa 67)
(Imam Jalal Ud Din Suyuti , Kitab Khasais Al (R.A) , Jild 1 , Safa 39)
(Hasil Qalam Is Hadees Se Hai K Yaha B NABI ﷺKa Noor Hona Sabit Hai)
Ayat 02:
“Uska koi shareek nahi, Mujhe yahi hukm hua hai aur Mai sabse pehla Musalmaan Hun”
(Surah Maida; Ayat 163)
Hadees 04:
Hazrat Maysira Al Fajr Ne Nabi ﷺSe Pucha K Aap Kabse Nabi Hai , Toh Farmaya Jab Adam Mitti Aur
Rooh K Darmayan Me The.
Yahi Hadees , Hazrat Abu Hurraira , Abdullah Bin Abbas , Abdullah Bin Shaqeeq , Umar Bin Khattab ,
Aamir Radialla Taala Anhum Se B Marwi Hai.
(Imam Tirmidhi , Kitab As Sunan , Al Manaqib , Baab Fadl An NABI ﷺ, Jild 5 , Safa 585 , Hadees 3609)
(Imam Ahmad Bin Hanbal , Kitab Al Musnad , Jild 4 Safa 66 Aur Jild 5 , Safa 59 , Hadees 23620)
(Imam Hakim , Kitab Al Mustadrak , Jild 2 , Safa 665-666 , Hadees 4209-4210)
(Imam Ibn Abi Shayba , Kitab Al Musannaf , Jild 7 , Safa 369 , Hadees 36553)
(Imam Tabrani , Kitab Muajam Ul Awsath , Jild 4 , Safa 272 , Hadees 4175)
(Imam Tabrani , Kitab Muajam Al Kabeer , Jild 12 , Safa 92 , Hadees 12571)
(Imam Abu Nuy’m , Kitab Hilyatul Auliya , Jild 7 , Safa 122 Aur Jild 9 Safa 53).
(Imam Bukhari , Kitab Tarikh Al Kabeer , Jild 7 , Safa 374 , Hadees 1606)
(Imam Ibn Abi Asim , Kitab As Sunnah , Jild 1 Safa 179 , Hadees 411)
(Imam Shaybani , Kitab Ahaad Wal Mathani , Jild 5 , Safa 347 , Hadees 2918).
(Imam Abdullah Bin Ahmad Bin Hanbal , Kitab As Sunnah , Jild 2 , Safa 398 , Hadees 864).
(Imam Ibn E Sa’ad , Kitab Tabqaat E (R.A) , Jild 1 Safa 148).
(Imam Ibn Hibban , Kitab Thiqqat , Jild 1 , Safa 47).
(Imam Daylami , Kitab Musnad Al Firdous , Jild 3 , Safa 284 , Hadees 4845).
(Imam Ibn Asakir , Kitab Tarikh E Damishq Al Kabeer , Jild 26 , Safa 382).
(Imam Ibn Hajar , Kitab Tahdeeb At Tahdheeb,Jild 5 , Safa 147 ,Hadees 290 Aur Kitab Al Asabah , Jild 6 ,
Safa 239 Aur Kitab Ta'jeel Al Munfi'ah , Jild 1 , Safa 542 , Hadees 1518).
(Imam Ibn Abdul Barr ,Kitab Al Isti’ab , Jild 4 , Safa 1488 , Hadees 2582).
(Imam Zahabi , Kitab Sayyir Al 'Alaam An Nubala , Jild 7 , Safa 384).
(Imam Jalal Ud Din Suyuti , Kitab Khasai Al (R.A) , Jild 1 , Safa 18 Aur Kitab Alhawi Lil Fatawa , Jild 2 , Safa
100)
(Imam Ibn E Katheer , Kitab Al Badayah Wan Nahayah , Jild 2 , Safa 307)
(Imam Jarjani , Kitab Tareekh E Jarjaan , Jild 1 , Safa 392 , Hadees 653).
(Imam Qastalani , Kitab Mawahib Al Laduniya , Jild 1 , Safa 60).
Page | 155
(Imam Haitami , Kitab Majma' Az Zawaid , Jild 8 , Safa 122).
(Imam Abu Sa'd An Neshaburi , Kitab Sharaf Al Mustafa , Jild 1 , Safa 286 , Hadees 75).
Hasil Qalam Is Hadees Se Hai K Sabse Pehle ALLAH Taala Humare NABI ﷺKo Paida Farmaya Aur
NABI Banaya Jab Adam Alaihissalam Mitti Aur Rooh K Darmayan Me The.
Hadees 05:
1). Hazrat Gaus E Paak Shaikh Abdul Qadir Jeelani Radialla Taala Anhu , Sirrul Asrar Wa
Mazharul Anwar, Safa 6.
Page | 157
2).Mulla Ali Qari Hanfi Riwayat Naqal Karte Hai Aye Mehboob ﷺAgar Aap Na Hote
To Me Apni Rabu'biat Yani Apna Rab Hona Zahir Na Karta
Is Riwayat Ko Byan Karne Ke Baad Mulla Ali Qari Imam Saghani Al Hanfi Ka Is Hadees Par Hukm Naql
Karne Ke Baad Phir Mulla Ali Qari Hanfi Apna Hukm Pesh Karte Hue Farmate Hai Ki Is Riwayat Ka Mana
Sahih Hai Jaisa Ke Dalmi Ne Ibn e Abbas (R.A) Se Marfu An Bayan Kiya Hai Allah ﷻNe Farmaya Ya
Muhammad ﷺAgar Me Aapko Paida Na Karta To Na Jannat Paida Karta Aur Na Dozakh Aur Aise Hi
Riwayat Imam Ibn e Asaqir Me Maujud Hai Ki Duniya Takhleeq Na Karta Agar Aap Ko Paida Na Karna hota
(al'Asrar al-Marfue'at fi al'Akhbar al-Mawzuat; Safa 288; Raqam 385)
Page | 158
3). Hazrat Imam Ibn e Hajar Makki Al Mutawaffah 974 Hijri Likhte Hain
Hazrat Ibn e Umar (R.A) Farmate Hain Agah Raho Ke Allah Ta'ala Apne Nabi Kareem ﷺKo Ye Shan Ata
Ki Hai Ke Sabse Aham Khatm e Nabuwat Ke Saath Us Waqt Huzoor ﷺPaida Kiya Jab Allah Ta'ala Ne
Makhlok Me Kuch Bhi Paida Nahi Kiya Tha Sabse Pehle Huzoor ﷺKo Paida Kiya Jo Ek Noor Hain Phir
Uske Baad Sari Qai'naat Ko Paida Kiya Phir Allah Ta'ala Ne Rasool Allah ﷺKo Apni Khatm e Nabuwat
Ke Bare Me Aur Rasoolo Me Sabse Azeem Risalat Ki Basharat Di Ye Sab Us Waqt Hua Jab Ke Abhi Hazrat
Adam (Alaihisalaam) Paida Bhi Nahi Kiye Gaye Uske Baad Huzoor ﷺKe Noor Se Rohu Ko Paida Kiya
Gaya Is Tarah Huzoor ﷺMuqammal Taur Par Madad'ghar Bankar Qai'naat Me Tashreef Laye
(An Nematul al Kubra [English];Page 15-&-16)
1). Deoband Ka Alim Mohammad Ashiq Ilaahi Mirthi Apni Kitab Imdad Us Sulook Safa
157-158 Per Likhta Hai:
“ Insaan Ka Nafs Noorani Hojaata Hai Aur Yahi Baat Hai K Haq Taala Ne Apne Habib ﷺKi Shaan Me
Farmaya Hai “ Beshak Aaya Tumhare Paas Haq Taala Ki Taraf Se Noor Aur Wazeh Kitab” Aur Noor Se
Muurad Habib E Khuda ﷺKi Zaat Hai”
Page | 159
2). Deoband K Mufti Sayed Najm Ul Hasan Amrohi Ka Fatwa Najm Al Fatwa Jild 1 Safa
315-316 Per Ek Sawal K Jawab Me Likhte Hai :
Tafseer Ruh Ul Bayan Jild 2 Safa 370 , NABI ﷺSe Riwayat Kiya Gaya Hai K Aap Ne Farmaya Hazrat
Adam Alaihissalam Ki Paidaish Se 4000 Saal Pehle Me Apne Rab K Saamne Noor (Ki Soorat) Tha Aur
Farishto Ki Tasheeh Is Noor Ki Tasheeh K Mutabik Thi. Phir Jab ALLAH Taala Ne Hazrat Adam Alaihissalam
Ko Paida Farmaya Toh Is Noor Ko Inki Salb ( Haqeeqat) Me Shamil Kardiya .
Isi Tarah Hazrat Thanvi Ne Apni Kitab “Nashrat Ut Tib Fee Zikr An Nabi Habib ” ﷺKi Pehli Fasl Me Jo
Noor E Mohammadi K Unwaan Se Qayam Hai ,In Riwayat Ko Jama Kiya Hai , Jin Se Malum Hota Hai K
Hazrat Mohammad ﷺNoor Se Paida Hue .
Page | 160
3). Deoband K Bahut Bade Ali Ashraf Ali Thanvi Ki Kitab Nashrat Ut Tib Fee Zikr An Nabi
Habib ﷺMe Safa 20-21,269:
Is Kitab Me Ashraf Ali Thanvi Ne NABI ﷺKo NOOR Maana Hai.
Alhamdulillah Issey Saaabit Hai Deoband K Bade Alim B Mante Hai K ALLAH Taala Ne Sabse Pehle NABI
ﷺK Noor Ko Paida Farmaya Aur Aap Noor Hai.
For Futhur Scan pages of various proofs scan the given QR code:
Page | 161
Ulema Jinhone Mustafa ﷺKo Noor Maana Hai:
1). Imam Fakhruddin Razi Radialla Taala Anhu , Tafsir Ul Kabir Jild 2 Safa 302.
2). Imam Jalal Ud Din Suyuti Radialla Taala Anhu , Al Khasais Al (R.A) , Jild 1 Safa 169.
3). Allama Alusi Al Hanfi Radialla Taala Anhu , Tafsir Ruh Al Mani , Jild 17 , Safa 105.
4). Imam E Azam Abu Hanfi Radialla Taala Anhu , Qasida E Nauman , Safa 23.
5). Hazrat Mulla Ali Qari , Mirqat Sharah Mishkat , Jild 1 Safa 289-290
7). Shaikh Abdul Haq Muhadddis Dehlvi , Madarij An Nabuwwah , Jild 2 , Safa 2.
8). Shaikh Ul Akbar , Muhayuddin Ibn Arabi Rahimahullah , Fatukhat Al Makiyyah , Jild 1 , Safa 119.
9). Hazrat Gaus E Paak Shaikh Abdul Qadir Jeelani Radialla Taala Anhu , Sirrul Asrar Wa Mazharul Anwar ,
Safa 6.
12). Hazrat Hasan Ibn Thabit Radialla Taala Anhu , Dalail An Nabuwwa , Jild 1 Safa 280.
Page | 162
Humare NABI ﷺKa Saaya Na Tha
Ullema Kram Ne Dalail K Saath Apni Qutub Me Darj Kiya Hai K NABI ﷺSaraapa Noor Hai Aur Yeh Noor
Be Saaya Hai , Aapka Saaya Na Dhup Me Dikhta Na Kisi Roshni Me Nazar Aata ,Daleel Mulahiza Kare.
Hadees:
Hazrat Abdullah Bin Abbas (R.A) Ne Farmaya Ke Rasool Allah ﷺKa Saya Nahi Tha Aap ﷺKabhi
Suraj Ke Samne Khade Nahi Hue Magar Aapki Roshni Suraj Ki Roshni Par Ghalib Hoti Thi Aur Aap ﷺ
Kabhi Chirag Ke Samne Khade Nahi Hote The Magar Apki Roshni Chirag Ki Roshni Par Ghalib Hoti Thi
Subhan'Allah
(Musannaf Abdur Razzak; Page 56)
Yani Jo Sahaba Ka Aqeeda Tha Wahi Hum Sunni Barelviyo Ka Bhi Aqeeda Hai Ki Hamare Nabi ﷺKa
Saya Na Tha Kyunke Aap Ko Allah ﷻNe Noor Se Paida Farmaya
Page | 163
Deegar Kitaabon Se Hawala:
Page | 164
Yani Pta Chala Ki Allah Ko Hamare Nabi ﷺKe Saye Ki Bhi Azmat Itni Azeez Hai Ki Kahi Koi Uspar
Qadam Bhi Na Rakhe Isi Liye Saya Hi Nahi Banaya Aur Saya Hota Bhi Kaise Noor Ka Saya Kaha Hota Hai
2). Hazrat Imam Qazi Ayaz Maliki Al Mutawaffah 544 Hijri (R.A) Farmate Hain:
Huzur ﷺKa saya Nahi tha
(As shifa; 522)
4). Tafsir An Nasafi Jild 3 Safa 103 Per Hazrat Usman Radialla Taala Anhu Ka Aqeeda
Likhte Hai
Farmaya Hazrat Usman Radialla Taala Anhu Ne K Beshak Ya Rasul ALLAH ﷺ,ALLAH Taala Aapka Saaya
Zameen Per Nahi Daala ,Taakay Is Saaye Per Koi Insaan Qadam Na Rakhe.
Page | 166
10).Khasais Al (R.A) Jild 1 Safa 67 Per Likhte Hai:
“Beshak Rasul ALLAH ﷺKa Saaya Suraj Aur Chand Me Nahi Dekha Jaata Tha Aur Ibn Sab’i Ne Kaha K
Mustafa ﷺK Khawais Se K Apka Saaya Zameen Per Waqa’e Na Hota Tha Aur Behsak Aap Noor The.
11). Maktubat Shareef ImamRabbani Daftar Saum , Hissa Nahm , Marifat Al Hiqayat 75
,Hazrat Mujadid Alf Saani Apna Aqeeda Bayan Karte Hai
Jab Sarware Ala Wa Aala Salatu Wa Salam Mumkinat Me Na The , Balke Is Aalam Se Dur The ,Zarur Apka
Saaya Na Tha , Aur Aalam E Shahdat Me Aadmi Ka Saaya Aadmi Se Bahut Latif Hota Hai,Aur Jab Mustafa
ﷺSe Zyada Latif Duniya Me Koi Shaye Nai Hai Toh Mustafa ﷺKa Saaya Kaise Hosakta Hai.
Page | 167
Badmazhabon Ke Aitraazat aur Uske Jawaab:
Hadees:
Musnad Imam Ahmed Bin Hanbal Ki Hadees E Pak Hai , Hazrat Sufiya Radialla Taala Anha Farmati Hai K
Hum Me Ek Din Nisf Nihar Mustafa ﷺTashreef Laye Aur Is Waqt Aapke Zer Saaye The. ,
Saabit Hua Hadees Se K Mustafa ﷺKa Saaya Tha.
Pehla Jawab :
Nisf Nihar Me Saaya Hota Hi Nahi , Lihaza Hazrat Sufiya K Nisf Nihar Farman Ne Tumhare Istedlal Ko
Galat Sabit Kardiya.
Dusra Jawab :
Hadees Me “Zil” Ka Matlab Suraj Aur Chand Me Dikhne Wala Saaya Nai , Iska Ilzami Jawab Hadees Se.
Jame As Sageer , Jild 2 Safa 31 , Tarjuma : Aadil Aur Ajizzi Karne Wala Badhshah ALLAH Ka Saaya Hai ,
Kya Yaha B Suraj Se Saaya Hai ?
Jame As Sageer , Jild 2 Safa 26 ,Tarjuma : Badhshah Insaaf Wala Ajizzi Wala ALLAH Ka Saaya Hai
Kya Khuda Ka Saaya Hai ?
Sahi Bukhari Jild 8 Hadees 6806 , ALLAH Taala Saath ( 7 ) Tarah K Logo Ko Arsh K Saaye Me Jagah Dega .
Hasil Qalam In Ahadees Se Yeh Hai K In Saaye Se Murad Suraj Aur Chand Ki Roshni Ka Nahi Balke ALLAH
Taala Ki Rehmat Hai , Isi Tarah NABI ﷺK Saaye Se Murad Apki Jalwa Giri Hai.
Page | 168
Hayat Un Nabi ﷺ
Ye baat aam hai aur sab jaante hai k wahabi jamat Aqeeda E Hayat un Nabi ﷺko nahi maante aur Nabi
ﷺkay baad az wisal Hayat kay kayal nahi hai.
Issi Akeede ko leke Firqa E Deoband 2 firko me ban’t gaya ek hue MAMATI DEOBANDI dusre HAYATI
DEOBANDI FIRKA magar ye dono jamat k aqabir buzurg Wa Peshwa hai Shah Ismail Dahelvi apni ruswaye
jamana kitab Taqviyatul Imaan me unhone likh diya kay Nabi E Karim ﷺmarke Mitthi me mile gaye
Firqa E Wahabia k HIND me baani Deobandi aur Gair Muqallid jinhe dono jamaat maante hai dono k
peshwa hai ye Shah Ismail Dahelvi (Born 1193 Hijri Death 1246 Hizri) apni badnaam kitab Taqviyatul
Imaan me likhte hai
"Ya'ni mein bhi ek din Mar kar Mitti mein milne wala hun!"
(Taqwiyat ul Iman - Urdu; pg : 100 Published by Dar us Salafiya, Mumbai)
Page | 169
Kuch wakt pehle Saudi Arabia me kitab chapi Wahhabi/Salafi likhte hai
"Iss se malum hua ke aap Murdah hain"
(Al Hajj wal Umrah wal Ziarah, pg : 161 by Shaykh Abdul Aziz bin Baaz, Riyadh)
Allah Taa'la ki panah in gumraah logo se khair jab ye bataya jaata hai to wahabi apni kayas lagate hai aur
jawab dete hai ye mar gye hai inse hume kya accha kare to jannat me jaaynge aur bura kare to jahannam
me jaaynge wo Shah Ismail Ka aqeedah hai hamara nahi lekin agle hi pal usko Rahmatullah Alaih Kahne
Se nahi baaj aayenge
Chaliye janab Ye to mar gye to ab inke zinde bolte huwe aalimo ko sun lijiye
2). Ye hai Maulana Meraj Rabbani Sawal hua k Nabi ﷺZinda hai ya Nahi Janab jawab deta hai Meraj
sahab is video me kehta hai
“Aapka Kya Khayal hai Aala Hazrat ! jo aadmi aisa akeeda rakhe Nabi ﷺMare nahi Zinda hai aisa aadmi
kaafir hai,Kya sahaba Zinda nabi ko dafan karte, 2 maulvi Hindustan se Nepal se nahi dono ne likha Nabi
ﷺkabr me aise zinda hai jase dunya me zinda hai”
Aala Hazrat Rahmatullah Alaih ka naam leke in sahab ne ye batane ki koshish ki hai k ye akeeda AALA
hazrat ne izaad kiya hai.
Ye hai in ahle hadees khud ko kahne wale ka haal aur ilmi salahiyat inhe aaj tak pata hi nahi hai k Hayat-
Un-Nabi ﷺka aqeeda Hindustan se nahi balki shuru se hi ISLAM me raha hai aur ulema ka is baat pe
izma hai is tehreer ko padhne k baad aapko pata chal jaayga kay ye jo khud ko ahle hadees kehte hai
inhe asal me na to Quran aati hai na to hadis bas yahudio k raste me awaam ko le jaana hota hai…
Page | 170
3) Ye hai Jarjees Ansari bahut jhut bolta hai iski fitrat me shamil hai sunlo kya kahta hai
“nahi nahi sahab mar gay na kehna tauhin hojaygi parda kar gye.. tum kitna hi accha lafz istemal karlo
parda kar gye zinda hai bahayat hai wisal kar gye tum kuch bhi kaho kitne hi acche lakab lelo lekin Janabe
Muhammad Rasool Allah ﷺis dunya me nahi hai agr hai to mujhe address do AHLE HADIS KA
GUNAHGAAR BANDA unse milne jaayga chanda jama karke, MAI UNKO APNE GHR BULAKE UNKO APNA
GULAM NAHI BANAUGA, Hum unko apne ghr bulana nahi gawara karenge mera ghr is layak nahi hai k
hum aaka ko bulao hume batao nabi kaha hai hum jarur jaaynge tum jaao na jaao KYUKI BADE LOG SE
MILA JAATA HAI UNKO GHR BULAKE NAUKAR NHI BANAYA JAATA HAI”.
Mujhe ye samajh nahi aaya k kisi ko apne ghar mehmaan banana isse murad naukar banane ka kya
maamla hai Balki Mehman ki to hadiso me kaafi fazilat aaye hai ye hai ahle hadis ki hakikat inhe kuch
aata jaata nhi hai bas gustakhi karne ka kaam chahye…
4). Zakir Naik aaj tak samajh nhi aaya k konsa Islam ye faila raha hai jo khud Islam se dur hai, aajke
Google Se padhne waale Gair mukallid bahot maante hai inhe
“Aaj ki tareekh me hum Muhammad ﷺse bhi nhi maang sakte ye baba logo ko to chodo Muhammad
salallahu alahi wassalam ko bhi MAAN NA hamare liye haraam hai, jo aadmi MAR CHUKA HAI”
5). Ye hai Bilal Philips foreigner hai to English me lecture deta hai wo kya kehta hai
“When you Call an Rasool Allah ﷺagain there is an line of argument that people like to chat that they
are living Rasool Allah ﷺsaid ‘EARTH DOES NOT EAT THERE BODY’,OK
Point 1 :because earth does not earth eat there body this mean they are living ? It is just a miracle of
ALLAH,
Point 2 : If Prophet ﷺdoes not died then the Sahaba commited great crime isn’t it ? This is non sense,
it is an error clear error,
THE POINT IS RASOOL ALLAH ﷺIS DEAD”
“Urdu Translation : Bilal kehta hai jab behas hoti hai to log kehte hai k Nabi ﷺne farmaya Jamin
Ambiya k jismo ko nahi khati thek hai maan lete hai, agar maan bhi le tab bhi ye kaha saabit hota hai k
Page | 171
Nabi ﷺZinda hai, agar jism salamat rehta hai to ye ALLAH ki Qudrat ka ek moezeze hosakta hai, agar
Nabi ﷺzinda the to sahabio ne bahot bada gunaah kar diye ek Zinda shaks ko dafan karke,ye bekar
baate hai galat akeede hai, hakikat ye hai RASOOL ALLAH ﷺMAR CHUKE HAI"
1). Ahle Sunnat Wa Jamaat ka Akeeda Is baat pe hai k har wo cheez jisko ALLAH Taa'la ne banaya hai
wazood bakhsa hai usko ‘fana hona’ hai baaki rehne waali ZAAT sirf ALLAH Taa'la ki hai. Insaan jinn
parind farishte Malaika sabko maut aani hai ye hamara aqeedah hai aur Quran E Pak ki wo aayate'in
jisme maut ka bayan aaya hai wo haq hai uspe hamara imaan hai, ALHAMDULLILAH
Is baat se sirf ye samjhana maksad hai k AMBIYA ALAIHI SALAM ko bhi maut aani hai hum iske munkir
nahi hai, WAHABI awaam me ye galat baat failate hai k Sunni AMBIYA ki maut nhi maante.
Chunache Sayyid Ahmad Sa’id Kaazmi Rahmatullah Alaihi likhte hai
“Jo koi bhi Huzur ﷺk wisaal hone aur jism se Rooh nikale jaane ka munkir hai wo shaks Quran ki aayat
ka aur hadis e paak ka munkir hai wo shaks Islam k dayre se bahar hai”
(Hayat Un Nabi pg : 78)
2). Hum jo kehte hai wo ye hai k Ambiya ko maut aati hai wo k wakt lamhe k liye taaki aayat ka aur
ALLAH Taa'la kay farmaan ka maksad pura hojaye aur unki AMBIYA Alaihi Salam ki Rooh E Mubarak unke
jism me dobara daal jaati hai AMBIYA KA ZINDA REHNA IS TARAH SE Hota hai jaise wo jaahiri zindagi me
the.
“ANBIYA KO BHI AANI HAI AZAL
MAGAR ITNI KI FAKAT AANI HAI”
(Aala Hazrat Muhaddis E Barelvi)
Chunache 'Allama al-Hasan bin 'Ammar al-Shurunbulali Hanfi (Al Mutwaffa 1069 Hijri) me apni kitab
Mirakatul Maraqi al-Falah Sharh Matn Nur al-Idah me likhte hai k tehkeek karne waalo se ye baat saabit
hai k Huzur ﷺapni dunyawi zindagi ki tarah hayat hai.
Page | 172
"Ambiya Alaihi salam ki hakiki dunyawi zindagi k saath zinda hai. Unko Rozi di jaati hai tamam lajjat waali
cheezo ka maza paata hai lekin jo log unche darje makam tak nhi pahuchte wo unki aankho se cheepe
hai.
(Tahtavi pg : 447)
Muhaddis Imam Bayhaki Rahmatullah Alaihi ne is masle pe dalail se bhari ek kitab likhi “Hayat Al Ambiya
Fi Kuburihim”
Fikah E Shafai k bade Imam Jalaluddin Suyuti Rehmatullah alaihi ne bhi ek kitab likhi “Hayat E Ambiya E
Kiram”.
Ayat 01:
“Allah Ne Ek Gulaam Aadmi Ki Misaal Bayan Farmayi Jisme Kay Badh Aqhlaak Aaka Sharik Ho Aur Ek Aisa
Gulaam Mard Ho Jo Khalis Ek Hi Gulaam Ho Kya Wo Dono Ka Haal Ek Jaisa Hai ? Sab Khubiya Allah Kay
Liye Hai Balki Unme Aqsar Nahi Jante"
(Surah Al Zumar Ayat 29)
Ayat 02:
“Beshak Tumhe Intekal Farmana hai aur unko bhi Marna hai”
(Surah Zumar Ayat 30)
Jaise kay ayat upar di gayi aayat 29 me bayan hua k 2 insaan kay halaat alag hote hai uske baad kay Ayat
me Maut ka zikr huwa yaani Nabi ki wafat bhi aam Insaan si nahi hai wo bilkul alag hai.
Ayat 03:
"Aur Jo Allah Ki Raah Me Maare Jaye Unhe Murda Na Kaho Balki Wo Zinda Hai, Lekin Tumhe Iska Shau'r Nahi"
(Al Quran Surah Al Baqraah Ayat 154)
Ayat 04:
"Aur Jo Log Allag Ki Raah Me Shaheed Kiye Jaayen Unhe Hargiz Murda Khayal Mat Karna, Balki Wo Zinda
Hai Aur Rizk Diye Jaate Hai".
(Surah Al-Imran, Ayat : 169)
1). Hazrat Qazi Sanaullah Panipati Rahmatullah Alaih (Al Mutwaffa 1225 Hijri) likhte hain:
"Mufasserin ki ek jamat is ayat ke tehet Shahido ki zindagi ka bayan karte hain, lekin ye ayat tamam
Ambiya, Siddiqin, Saleheen ki hayat par dalalat karti hai.
Page | 173
Kyunki Shahido se bada maqam Siddiqin ka hai, aur unse bada maqam Ambiya ka hai, isiliye Ambiya ki
wafaat ke baad unki zauja ko dusra nikah karna jaez nahi,
(Tafsir Mazhari, Vol 1, Page 151)
2). Allama Qazi Shaukani Jinhe Wahabi Apna Peshwa Mante Hai:
"Quran Paak me ek ayat hai jo Shahido ki zindagi per istedlal karti hain, aur unki zindagi duniya ke jaisi hi
hai, to fir Ambiya ki Hayat ka aalam kya hoga ? Aur Imam Munziri Rahmatullah ki Hadees kehti hai ki
Ambiya apni Qabro me zinda hain, aur iski Sanad ko Imam Baihaqi ne Sahi likha hai.
(Shaukani Nayl al-Awtar, Vol 3, Page 282)
3). Imam Jalaluddin Suyuti Rehmatullah Alaih (Al Mutwaffa 911 Hijri) likhte hain:
Ambiya apni Qabro me zinda hai, ye is Ayat ke Zahiri mayno par bhi sabit hai,
ya Jo Mayne Muhaddesin is se nikalte hain usse bhi.
(Al-Hawi lil Fatawa, Vol 2, Pg: 149)
4). Hazrat Imam Ismail Hakki Haqqi Rehmatullah Alaih farmate hain:
Baaz Ulamae Ikram ne Aap ﷺki qabr ke paas awaz buland karne ko na-pasand kiya hai, kyunki aap
qabr anwar me zinda hain.
(Tafsire Ruhul Bayan, Vol :09,Pg-66)
AMBIYA ALAIHI SALAM APNI KABRO ME ZINDA AUR NAMAZ PADHTE HAI…
HADEES 01:
Hazrat Anas Radiallahu Anhu se rivayat Hai, Rasool Allah ﷺne irshad farmaya “Ambiya apni kabro pe
zinda hai aur namaz padhte hai”
(Imam Bayhaqi Hayat ul-Anbiyah, Pg No. 003 – Maktabah Al Mahid Al Ilmiyah, Misr)
(Imam Abu Ya’la Musnad Vol :06, pg : 699, Hadees :3425) Sanad Sahih
(Imam Ibn Hazar Mazma’ul Zawaid Vol : 08, Pg : 387, Hadees : 13812)
aur aage likha hai Imam Abu Yaala & imam bazzar ne iski tehkeek ki aur iske raavio ko bharose k layak
bataya hai.
Gair Mukallid k Muhaddis jinhe apna maa baap sab maante hai
Shaikh Albani ne bhi apni kitab “Silsilatal Hadees al Sahih Vol : 02 Pg : 187 Hadis : 621)
Page | 174
Hadees 02 :
Hazrat Anas RadiAllahu Anhu farmate hai, Rasool Allah ﷺne farmaya
“Safar E meraj me mera gujar Moosa Alaihi salam ki kabr k pass se hua maine dekha MOOSA ALAIHI
SALAM apni kabr me Masroof E Salat the”
(Sahih Muslim Kitab 30 , Paigambar aur unke sahaba ki khususiyat,, Baab : MOSA ALAIHI SALAM K
FAZAIL, Hadees number : 5858)
(Sahih Muslim, Vol : 04, Pg-1845, Hadees-2375)
(Imam Nasai, Sunan Nasai, Baab Us Salat, Baab Zikr E Nabi Moosa Alaihsalam Vol : 2 pg : 237 Hadis: 1630-
1636)
(Imam Nasai, Sunan Al Kubra, Book : As Salah Chapter : Zikr Salat NABI ALLAH MOSA Bil-Laiyl Jild : 2 Pg :
Hadis: 1330)
(Imam Ahmad Bin Hanbal Al-Musnad, Vol : 03, Pg-148, Hadees :12526, 13618)
(Sahih Ibn Hibban, Vol-01, Pg-242, Hadees-50)
Page | 175
(Imam Tabarani Al-Muajam-ul-Awsat, Vol : 08, Pg : 13, Hadees : 7806)
(Imam Ibn Abi Saybah Al-Musannaf, Vol : 07,Pg : 335, Hadees : 36575)
(Imam Abu Ya'ala Al-Musnad, Vol : 06, Pg-71, Hadees :3325)
(Imam Haythami Majma-uz-Zawa'id, Vol : 08, Pg-205)
(Imam Ibn Hazar Asqalani Shara E sahi ul Bukhari Fat'h-ul-Bari, Vol-06, Pg-444.)
Hazrat Moosa Alaihsalam Ka kabr Namaz Padhna Saabit karta hai kay Ambiya Alaihumsalam apni Kabre
Mubarak me hayat hai warna kya Kabr me murde namaj padhte hai ?
Hadees 03 :
“Hazrat Abu Hurairah Radiallahu Anhu Se Rivayat Hai Ki Huzoor Nabi E Akram ﷺNe Farmaya Meine
Khud Ko Hateem-E-Kaa’ba Me Paaya Aur Quraish Mujh Se Safar E Meraj Ke Baare Me Sawaalaat Karte
Rahe The.
Unhone Mujh Se Baitul Muqaddas Ki Kuchh Cheejein Poochhi Jinhein Meine (Yaad’daast Me) Mab’oos
Nahin Rakha Tha Jis Ki Wajeh Se Mein Itna Pareshaan Hua Ki Us Se Pahle Kabhi Itna Pareshan Nahin Huaa
Page | 176
Tha, Tab Allah Ta’ala Ne Baitul Muqaddas Ko Utha Kar Mere Saamne Rakh Diya.
Vo Mujh Se Baitul Muqaddas Ke Mut’allik Jo Bhi Cheej Poochhte Mein (Use Dekh-Dekh Kar) Unhein Bata
Deta Aur Meine Khud Ko Giroh-E-Ambiya-E-Kiram Alaihimussalam Me Paaya.
Meine Dekha Ki Hazrat Moosa Alaihissalam Khade Masroof-E-Salaat The, Aur Wo Qabila-E-Shanoah Ke
Logon Ki Tarah Ghungharaale Baalon Waale The Aur Phir (Dekha Ki) Hazrat Isaa Bin Maryam
Alaihissalam Khade Masroof-E-Salaat The Aur Urwah Bin Mas’ood Saqafee Un Se Bahut Mushaabah
Hain, Aur Phir Dekha Ki Hazrat Ibrahim Alaihissalam Khade Masroof-E-Salaat The Aur Tumhare Aaqa
(Yaani Khud Huzoor Nabi-E-Akram SallAllahu Ta’ala Alaihi Wa Aalehi Wa Sallam) Un Ke Saath Sab Se
Zyaada Mushaabah Hain Phir Namaz Ka Waqt Aaya, Aur Meine Sab Ambiya-E-Kiram Alaihissalam Ki
Imaamat Karaa’i"
(Sahih Muslim,Vol :01,Pg:156,Hadees : 176)
(Imam Nasa'i As-Sunan-ul-Kubra, Vol : 06, Pg:455, Hadees : 11480)
(Imam Abu Awanah Al-Musnad, Vol : 01, Pg : 116, Hadees : 350)
(Imam Abu Nuayam Al-Musnad-ul-Mustkhraj, Vol :01, Pg : 239, Hadees : 433)
(Imam ibn Hajar Asqalani Fat'h-ul-Bari, Vol : 06, Pg : 487)
Page | 177
ALLAH NE HARAAM KAR DIYA HAI JAMEEN KO K AMBIYA K JISM KO KOI NUKSAAN
PAHUCHAYE… SUBHAN ALLAH
Hadees 04 :
“Hazrat Abu Darda Radiallahu Anhu Riwayat Karte Hain Ki Huzoor Nabi E Akram ﷺNe Farmaya Jum’a
Ke Din Mujh Par Nihaayat Kasrat Se Durood Bheja Karo, Yah Youm-E-Mas’hood (Yaani Meri Bargah Me
Farishton Ki Khusoosi Haaziri Ka Din) Hai.
Is Din Farishte (Khusoosi Taur Par Kasrat Se Meri Bargah Me) Haazir Hote Hain, Jab Koi Shakhs Mujh Par
Durood Bhejta Hai To Us Ke Faarig Hone Tak Us Ka Durood Mere Saamne Pesh Kar Diya Jaata Hai.
Hazrat Abu Darda Radiallahu Anhu Bayan Karte Hain Ki Meine Arz Kiya (Ya RasoolAllah )ﷺ
Aur Aap ﷺKe Wisaal Ke Baad (Kya Hoga)?
Aap ﷺNe Farmaya :
Haa (Meri Zaahiri) Wafaat Ke Baad Bhi (Mere Saamne Isi Tarah Pesh Kiya Jaaega Kyun Ki) Allah Ta’ala Ne
Zameen Ke Lie Ambiya-E-Kiram Alaihimussalam Ke Jismon Ka Khaana Haraam Kar Diya Hai.
Phir Allah Ta’ala Ka Nabi Zinda Hota Hai Aur Use Rizq Bhi Ata Kiya Jaata Hai.”
(Sunan Ibn Majah As Sunan, Vol :01 , Pg-524, Hadees : 1627)
(Mishkat Al Masabih Vol : 01, Pg : 304, Hadees :1366)
(Mundhiri Tahdhib-ul-Kamal, Vol -10, Pg-23, Hadees :2090)
(Manawi Fayd-Ul-Qadir, Vol : 02, Pg-87)
(Ajlawni Kashf-ul-Khifa, Vol -01, Pg-190, Hadees-501)
(Shawkani Nayl-ul-Awtar, Vol :03, Pg-304)
Page | 178
Shaikh Abdul Hak Muhaddis E Dahelvi Rehmatullah Alaih (Al Mutwaffa 1052 Hijri) isi hadees ki shara me
likhte hai “Ambiya alaihisalam apni kabro pe zinda hai, jis tarah dunya me jinda rehte hai”
(Ash’at al Lama’at Vol :01 Pg : 576)
Shaikh Abdul Hak Muhaddis E Dahelvi Rehmatullah Alaih yaha ek masla bayan farmate hai jo ye kay
“Ambiya zinda hai aur shuru se is baat pe izma raha hai k wo hayat hai unki zindagi asal hai, Shaheedo ki
tarah Ruhani ya barjaki nahi”
(Ash’at al Lama’at Vol : 01 Pg : 574)
Note : Shaikh Abdul Haq Muhaddis Rahmatullahi Alaih ko Hindustan k saare akeede waale maante hai
rafzio ko chodke phir chahe wo ahle hadis gair mukalid ho ya deobandi ho.
Is Hadees ki Sharah me Mulla Ali Qari Rahmatullah Alaih (Al Mutwaffa 1014 Hijri) likhte hain:
Ambiya ki Hayat-e-Duniya aur Baad-e-Wafat ki Hayat me koi farq nahi hai,
isliye kaha jata hai ki Allah ke wali marte nahi, sirf ek jaga se dusri jaga ka safar karte hain.
(Mirqat Shara E Mishkat,Vol : 2, Pg : 212)
Aur isi baat se ye dono buzurgane Din ka Akeeda pata chalta hai k wo bhi Hayat un Ambiya k kayal the
aur hamesha se log maante aaye hai.
Hadees 05 :
“Hazart Aws Bin Aws Radiallahu Anhu Se Riwayat Hai Ki Huzoor Nabi E Akram ﷺNe Farmaya Beshak
Tumhare Dinon Me Se Jum’a Ka Din Sab Se Behtar Hai Is Din Hazrat Adam Alaihissalam Paida Huwe Aur
Isi Din Unhone Wafaat Payi Aur Isi Din Soor Foonka Jaaega Aur Isi Din Sakht Aawaaz Zaahir Hogi,
Pas Is Din Mujh Par Kasrat Se Durood Bheja Karo Kyun Ki Tumhara Durood Mujh Par Pesh Kiya Jaata Hai.
Sahaba Kiram Ridwanullahi Ta’ala Alaihim Aj’maeen Ne Arz Kiya
Ya RasoolAllah ﷺ
Hamaara Durood Aap ﷺKe Wisaal Ke Baad Aap ﷺKo Kaise Pesh Kiya Jaaega ?
Jab Ki Aap Ka Jasad-E-Mubarak Khaaq Me Mil Chuka Hoga ?
To Aap ﷺNe Farmaya : (Nahin Aisa Nahin Hai) Beshak Allah Ta’ala Ne Zameen Par Ambiya-E-Kiram
Alaihimussalam Ke Jismon Ko (Khaana Ya Kisi Bhi Qism Ka Nuqsaan Pahuchaana) Haraam Kar Diya
Hai.”
“Aur Ek Riwayat Me Hai Ki Aap ﷺNe Farmaya Beshak Allah Ta’ala Buzurgon Bartar Ne Zameen Par
Haraam Qaraar Diya Hai Ki Wo Hamaare Jismon Ko Khaa’e
(Sunan Abu Dawood Vol : 01 Kitabus Salat, Pg : 443, Hadees : 1047)
(Imam Ibn e Hajar 'Asqalani, Fathul Bari, Vol: 6, Pg: 562)
(Imam Tabrani , Ma'jam Al Ausath Vol: 5 Pg:97,Hadees: 4780)
(Imam Tabrani, Ma'jam Al Kabeer Vol:1 Pg: 216-217 Hadees: 589)
(Imam Ibn e Abi Shaibah Musannaf ibn Abi Shaiba me, Kitab As Salah Chapter : 795 Vol : 6 Pg : 40
Hadees: 8789)
(Imam Ahmad Bin Hambal, Al Musnad Vol:26 Pg:84 Hadees : 16162)
Page | 179
(Imam Bazzar, Musnad Al Bazzar, Vol : 8 Pg : 411 Hadees : 3485)
(Imam Ibn Hibban Sahih Kitab Ar Raqaiq Chapter : Ad'iyah Vol : 3 pg : 190-191 Hadees : 910)
(Imam ibn e Khuzimah Sahih, Vol: 3, Pg : 118, Hadees : 1733-1734)
(Imam Bayhaqi, Shu'b Al Eman Baab : Fadl As Salah 'Ala An NABI Vol : 4 Pg : 432 Hadees : 2768)
(Imam Bayhaqi, Sunan Al Kubra, Kitab Al Juma'ah Chapter : 105 Vol : 3 Pg : 353 Hadees : 5993)
(Imam Darimi, Sunan Darmi, Kitab As Salah Chapter : Fee Fadl Yaum Al Jumu'ah Vol : 1 pg : 445 Hadees :
1572, Darmi As-Sunan, Vol :01, Pg-445, Hadees : 1572)
(Imam Majah, Sunan Ibn Majah, Book : As Salah wa Sunnah feeha Baab : Fadl yaum Al Jumu'ah (79) Vol :
1 Pg : 345 Hadees : 1085)
(Imam Nasai, Sunan Nasai, Book : As Salah Jild : 2 Pg : 101 Hadis: 1374 , Nisa'i As-Sunan, Vol -03, Pg-91,
Hadees : 1374, &
As-Sunan Al-Kubra, Vol : 01, Pg-519, Hadees -1666)
(Sunan Ibn Majah, Vol 01 , Hadees 1626,#1085)
Hadees 06 :
“Hazrat Abu Hurairah Radiallahu Anhu Se Marwi Hai Ki Huzoor Nabi E Karim ﷺNe Farmaya Jo Shakhs
Bhi Mujh Par Salam Bhejta Hai To Beshak Allah Ta’ala Ne Mujh Par Meri Rooh Lauta Dee Huee Hai. (Aur
Meri Tawajjoh Us Ki Taraf Mabzool Farmata Hai) Yahaan Tak Ki Us Ke Salam Ka Jawab Deta Hoon”
Page | 181
Is Hadees se wazeh ho gaya ki Ambiya ki Qabro ki ziyarat aur unpar salam bhejna durust hai.
Note : Imam Jalaluddin Suyuti Rehmatullah Alaih farmate hain: Hadees me ''Radda'' ke lafz Maujud hain,
aur ''radda'' ka maayna hai ''àlà-àl-dàwam'' yani permanently.
To yahan ye matlab nahi hua ki ALLAH TA'ALA bar bar Apne Mehboob ﷺki Rùh lautata hai, aur fir bar
bar wapas leta hai, balki ye matlab hai ki ALLAH ne apne Mehboob ﷺki Rùh ko lauta diya hai, aur ab
wo zinda hain.
Hadees 07 :
Baitul Mukaddas me tamam Mamlaat se faarig hoke Nabi E Karim ﷺne Aasmano k Taraf Safar Shuru
Kiya jaha Mukhtalif Aasmano me Deegar Ambiya Alaihiumusalam se Mulakat bhi Ki jiska zikr hum yaha
kar rahe hai.
Pehle Aasman me Hazrat Adam (Alaihissalaam) Se Mulakat Ki.
Dusre Aasman me Hazrat Yahya (Alaihissalaam) Aur Isaa (Alaihissalaam) Se Mulakat Ki.
Teesre Aasman Me Hazrat Yusuf (Alaihissalaam) Se Mulakat Ki
Forth Aasman me Hazrat Idrees (Alaihissalaam) Se Mulakat Ki
Panchwe Aasman me Hazrat Haroon (Alaihissalaam) Se Mulakat Ki
Chatte Aasman Hazrat Moosa Kalimullah (Alaihissalaam) Se Mulakat Ki Satwe Aasman Me Hazrat Ibrahim
Khalilullah (Alaihissalaam) Se Mulakat Ki.
(Sahih Bukhari, Kitab No 63, Kitabul Manakib Al Ansaar, Baab Al Meraj, Hadees : 3887)
(Sunan Nasai, Kitab No 05 Kitabus Salah, Baab : Faraiz E Salat Vol : 01, Pg : 81, Hadees : 448)
Page | 182
Huzoor Rehmat E Aalam ﷺMaidan E Karbala Me
Hadees 08:
“Hazrat Abdullah Ibn Abbas Radi Allahu Anhu Se Rivayat Hai Ek Roz Mai Dopahar k Wakt Huzoor E Aqdas
ﷺKi Ziyarat Se Khawab me Musharraf Huwa, Maine Dekha ki Sumbool E Muambar Wa Gesu E
Mua’tar Bikhre Huwe Aur Gubar Aalud Hai, Daste Mubarak Me Ek Khoon Bhari Sishi Hai, Maine Arz Kiya
Mere Maa Baap Aap Par Qurban Yaa Rasool Allah ﷺYa Kya hai ?
Irshad Farmaya Hazrat Hussain Aur Unke Saathiyo Ka Khoon Hai, Mai Usse Aaj Subah Se Utha Raha hoon,
Hazrat Ibn Abbas Radi Allahu Anhu Farmate hai Ki Maine Us Tarikh Aur Wakt Ko yaad Rakha, Jab Khabar
Aayi To Maloom Huwa Ki Hazrat Hussain Radiallahu Anhu Ussi Wakt Aur Ussi Tarikh Me Shaheed Kiye
Gaye The”
(Musnad E Ahmad Ibn Hambal Vol : 02, Pg :346, Hadees :2165)
(Mishkat Al Masabih , Baab : Fazail E Ahle Bait, Pg : 461)
(Imam Suyuti Tarikhul Khulfa Pg : 304)
Page | 183
Ye Hadees E Mutwatir Hai Jo Hamesha se bayan ki gayi hai aur ye Hadees Sahi Hai. Maloom Huwa Kay
Ambiya Alaihmusalam Naa Sirf jism e hakiki kay saath namaz ada karte hai balki ALLAH Taala ne unhe
ekteyar bhi diya hai jahan chahe jaa sakte hai aur jispe fazal farmade wo apni jagti aankh se bhi unka
deedar kar sakta hai,
Hadees 09:
Ummul Momineen Umme Salma Radi Allahu Anha Farmati Hai Maine Rasool Allah ﷺko Khwab Me
Dekha ki Aap ﷺke Baal Mubarak Aur Daarhi (Beard) Mubarak Gard Aalood hai To Pucha Yaa Rasool
Allah ﷺApko Kya Huwa ? To Aap ﷺne Farmaya “Mai Maqtal E Hussain Radiallahu Anhu Se Aaraha
Hoon”
(Imam Hakim Al Mustadraq Vol : 04, Pg : 101, Hadees : 6843)
Hadees 10 :
Hazrat Abdullah Ibn Masood RadiAllaho Anhu se riwayat hai ki Nabi ﷺne farmaya,
Meri zindagi tumhare liye baa’ise khair hai, aur meri maut bhi tumhare liye baa’ise khair hai. Tumhare
a’maal qabr me mujh par pesh kiye jate hain, agar mai isme bhalai dekhta hhu to mai ALLAH ki hamd
karta hu aur agar mai isme burai dekhta hu to mai tumhare liye ALLAH se istighfar karta hu.
(Imam Qazi Al Iyaz Maliki Shifa Sharif Vol : 1 Pg:56)
(Imam Suyuti“Manahil al-Safa fi Takhrij Ahadith Al-Shifa Pg : 31 Beirut 1988/1408). (Imam ibn Abi Usama
Musnad Bakr ibn `Abd Allah al-Mazni aur Bazzar ne Ibn Mas’ood ki Hadees se Saheehh sanad ke sath
likha.
NABI ﷺZINDA BHI HAIN AUR HAMAARI AWAZ BHI SUN SAKTE HAIN AUR JAWAB BHI
DE SAKTE HAIN.. Subhanallah
Hadees 11 :
Hazrat Abu Hurraira Radi Allahu Anhu Se Rivayat Hai K Unhone Nabi E Rehmat ﷺKo Farmate Huwe
Suna
“Kasam Us Jaat Ki Jiske Daste Qudrat Me Abul Qasim Ki Jaan hai Hazrat Isa Ibn Maryam Alaihsalam Ek
Insaaf pasand Aur Samajhdar Haakim Banke nuzool Honge.
Woh Salib (Cross) Ko Todenge, Khinzeer Ko Khatm karenge aur Aapsi ektelefat aur purani dushmani mita
denge.
Unhe Maal Diya Jayga Lekin Wo Usko Kabool Naa Karenge Phir Isa Ibn Maryam Alaihsalam Meri Kabr Par
Khade Hokar Kahenge Yaa MUHAMMAD Aur Mai Jarur Unko Jawab Dunga”
(Imam Abu Yaala Al Musnad Vol : 11, Pg : 462, Hadees : 6584)
(Imam Hakim Al Mustadrak Vol : 02, Pg : 595)
Page | 184
(Imam Haythami Majma Az Zawaid Vol : 08, Pg : 211 Is Hadees K Rijaal Sahi Hai)
(Imam Ibn Asakir Tariqh Damishq Vol : 47, Pg : 493)
(Hafiz Ibn Hajar Asqalani Al Matalib Aliya , Baab : Huzoor Ki Kabr Me Zindagi)
Imam Abu Yaala Imam Zahbi, Imam Hakim, Aur Imam Haythami iski Isnaad Ko sahih Karar Diya Hai
Hadees 12:
Hazrat Saeed Bin Abdul Azeez Se Riwayat Hai Ki Jab Ayyaam-E-Hurra (Jin Dinon Yazeed Ne Madinah
Munawwara Par Humla Karwaaya Tha) Ka Waqia Pesh Aaya To Huzoor Nabi E Akram ﷺKi Masjid Me
Teen-03 Din Tak Ajaan Aur Iqaamat Nahin Kahi Gaee Aur Hazrat Saeed Bin Musayyab Radiallahu Anhu (Jo
Ki Jaleelulqadr Taaba’i Hain Unhone Masjid-E-Nabawi Me Panaah Lee Huee Thi Aur) Unhone (Teen-03
Din Tak) Masjid Nahin Chhodi Thi Aur Wo Namaz Ka Waqt Nahin Jaante The Magar Ek Dheemi See
Aawaaz Ke Zareeye Wo Huzoor Nabi E Akram ﷺKi Qabr E Anwar Se Sunte The.”
Page | 185
(Sunan Darmi Vol : 01, pg : 56, Baab : Maa Akramallahu Taala Nabiy Baad Al Mauti, Hadees : 94)
(Imam Abu Nu’ aym Dala’il An Nabuwah Vol : 02, Pg : 567)
(Mishkat Al Masabih Vol : 02, Pg : 400, Hadees : 5951)
(Ibn Saad At Tabakat Vol : 05, Pg : 132)
(Imam Zahbi As Siyar Vol : 04, Pg : 228-29)
(Imam Jalaludin Suyuti Sharah Sunan Ibn Majah Vol : 01, pg : 291, Hadees : 4029)
Zubayr ibn Bakkar Ne Al Akhbar Al Madina me Nakl Kiya
Sarkar E Do Aalam ﷺNe Farmaya : Jis Ne Meri Wafaat Ke Baad Meri Qabr Ki Ziyarat
Ki Goya Us Ne Meri Hayaat Me Meri Ziyarat Ki
Hadees 13 :
“Hazart Abdullah Bin Umar Radiallahu Anhu Se Marwi Hai Ki Huzoor Nabi E Akram ﷺNe Farmaya Jis
Ne Meri Wafaat Ke Baad Meri Qabr Ki Ziyarat Ki Goya Us Ne Meri Hayaat Me Meri Ziyarat Ki”
Page | 186
(Imam Tabarani Al Muajam ul Kabir, Vol :12, Pg : 406,Hadees : 13496)
(Imam Daraqutni As-Sunan,Vol : 02 Pg :278, Hadees : 193)
(Imam Bayhaqi Shuab-ul-Iman, Vol : 03, Pg : 489,Hadees : 4154)
(Imam Haythami Majma-uz-Zawa'id,Vol : 04, Pg : 02)
Page | 187
2). Aqeeda Qazi Iyaz - Imam Ali Qari Mullah Ali Qari
Shifa Sharif me Qazi Iyaz, Hazrat.Ibn Abbas Rehmatullah alaihka qaul naqal karte hue likhte hain ki jab
Ghar me dakhil ho aur ghar me koi maujud na ho to is tarah Salam karna chahiye.
“Assalamo Alaika Ayyohan Nabiyyo Wa Rehmatullahe wa barakaatuhu”
Imam Ali Qari Mulla Ali Qari Shifa Sharif ki Shara farmate hue likhte hain:
Jab ghar me koi maujud na ho aur andar dakhil ho to is tarah Salam kahe
"Assalamo Alaika Ayyohan Nabiyyo Wa Rehmatullahe Wa Barakaatuhu"
Iske Aage likhte hain, Is tarah Salam kehne ki waja ye hai ki Nabi Alaihis Salam ki rooh har momin ke ghar
me jalwahgar hoti hai.
(Mullah Ali Qari, Sharah ush-Shifah, Vol : 02, Pg : 117)
Hai koi Wahabi ? To Bataye Imam Ali Qari Rahmatullah Alaih par shariat me kya hukm lagega ? Aur
unhone Shifa Sharif ki tafseer farmayi aur Qazi Ayaaz Maliki se naqal kiya to unpar kya hukm lagega?
Aur Qazi Ayaz Maaliki Rahmatullah Alaih ne HAZRAT Ibn Abbas Radiallahu Anhu ke hawale se Salam ka ye
tariqa likha hai batao Hazrat Ibn Abbas Radiallahu Anhu par shariat me kya hukm lagainge? Imam
Bayhaqi pe konsa fatwa lagega kab laga rhe hai wahabi fatwa?
3). Imam Ibne Hajar Asqalani ke shagird Imam Sakhawi farmate hain
“Ki Hamare liye, ye aqeeda hai ki Ambiya apni Qabro me zinda hain, aur unhe ne'matein ata ki jati hain”
(Al-Qàùl-al-Badi, Pg.161)
4). Imam Ibn Hajar al-Haitami Makki Shafai Rahmaullah Alaih apni Jawhar al-
Munazzam me likhte hain:
''Is baat ke beshumar dalail aut aqwal-e- aimma saheeh sanad ke sath maujud hain ki Ambiya apni Qabro
me zinda hain, aur wo Roae rakhte hain, Har saal Hajj bhi karte hain, aur apne jism ko us Barish se paak
bhi karte hain, jo unpe barasti hai.''
5). Hazrat Imam Abdul Wahab Shorani Rahmatullah Alaih farmate hain
Huzur Anwar ﷺapni qabr mubarak me zinda hain. Aur azan wa iqamat ke sath namaz ada farmate
hain. Aise hi deegar ambiya namaz ada farmate hain.
(Kashaful Ghama, Vol -01,Pg :67)
6). Hazrat Imam Ibrahim bin Bishar Rehmatullah Alaih farmate hain
Mai ek saal Madina Sharif gaya, Rauza Aqdas pe hazir hokar salam arz ki to maine wahan se 'WA
ALAIKAS SALAAM' ki awaz suni.
(Subulil Huda Vol 12, Pg.357)
7). HAZRAT Imam Abdul Wahidal Kubr ji Rehmatullah Alaih farmate hain
Mere samne Sheikh Abu Bakr Dayar-e-Bakri Alaih rehma ne Mawajeha Sharif pe salam arz ki to andar se
awaz aayi 'WA ALAIKAS SALAAM YA ABA BAKR' is awaz ko sab haazireen ne suna.
(Zeel Tarikh-e-Baghdad Jild:16, Pg:255)
Page | 188
Siddiq Nabi se kam darja hai, aur Shaheed in dono se kam darja hai, lehaaza Siddiq se iski hayaat bhi kam
darja hai, aur Siddiq ki Hayaat Nabi ki Hayaat se kam darja hai. Aur Wali ki Hayaat Shaheed ki hayaat se
kam darja hai.
(Nawadirul Usool pg :429)
11). Hazrat Imam Abul Qasim Qushairi Rehmatullah Alaih farmate hain
Hum Ahlesunnat ke nazdeek Nabi Akram alaihis salaam zinda hain. Apko ha aur Ilm hasil hai. Aap par
ummat ke amaal pesh kiye jate hain.
(Ref : Shakliyate Ahlesunnat pg: 27)
14). Hazrat Sheikh Abdul Qadir Makki Rehmatullah Alaih farmate hain
Huzur Nabi Kareem Alaihis Salam tamam ambiya ki tarah apni qabr me zinda hain aur mushahidah farma
rahe hain. Apka ehteram apki hayat-e-zaahiri ki tarah har musalman par wajib hai.
(Ref : Husn-e-Tawassul pg : 101)
Page | 189
17). Hazrat Imam Abu Abdullah Qurtubi Rehmatullah Alaih farmate hain.
Maut Adm mehez ka naam nahi hai. Ye to ek haal se dusre haal me jane ka naam hai.
Ambiya Kiram to Shuhada ki nisbat zyada haqdaar hain ki wo zinda hon. Unki maut sirf ye hai ki wo
humse ghaib hain. Hum unka
idraak nahi kar sakte. Halanki wo zinda aur maujud hote hain. Lekin koi insan unko nahi dekhta.
(Ref : Al-Tazkirah 169)
23). HAZRAT Imam Ibn Hajar Makki Rehmatullah Alaih farmate hain
"AL-AMBIYAAE AHYAAUN FI QUBOORIHIM" ye Hadees Mubarika Saheeh hai.
(Ref : Al-Jauharil Muazzam S-22)
25). HAZRAT Imam Abu Bakr Bin Arbi Rehmatullah Alaih farmate hain
Tamam Ambiya-e-Kiram alaihimus salaam apni qabro me zinda hain aur unki arwah ko qabz karne ke
baad unke jisme me lauta diya jata hai.
(Ref : Al-Hawi lil Fatawa jild : 2 pg: 363)
Page | 190
27). HAZRAT Allama Sayyedul Ameen Misri alaihirerhma farmate hain.
Hum sab musalman is aqeede par muttafiq hain ki Huzur Aqdas Alaihis Salam apni qabr anwar me zinda
hain aur ziyarat karne walo ko jante hain.
(Ref : Kashful Irtiyab 261)
28). HAZRAT Sheikh Ghause Azam Jilani Rehmatullah Alaih farmate hain.
Ambiya-e-Kiram aur Auliya-e-Kiram apni qabro me isi tarah namaz padhte hain jis tarah apne gharo me
padha karte the.
(Ref : Sirrul Asraar 104)
29). HAZRAT Sheikh Ahmed Mujaddid Alif Saani Rehmatullah Alaih farmate hain.
Ambiya Kiram apni qabro me namaz padhte hain ye tumne suna hi hoga.
(Ref : Maktoob 16, Daftar 2)
32). HAZRAT Sheikh Abdul Haq Muhaddis Dehelvi Rehmatullah Alaih farmate hain
Jaanna chahiye ki Hazraat Ambiya-e-Kiram ki hayat Ulama ke nazdeek muttafiq Alaih hai. Aur isme kisi ka
koi ikhtilaf nahi. Aapki hayat Shuhada ki hayat se Kaamil tar aur qawi tar hai.
(Ref : Madarijun Nabuwwa jild : 2 pg : 447)
34). HAZRAT Imam Muhammad Bin Hasan bin Faurik farmate hain
Bila shubah Hamare Nabi Akram Alaihis Salam Apne Qabr-e-Anwar me zindah hain. Wo ALLAH ke Rasool
hain, Abad-al-Abaad tak zinda hain Haqiqi taur par, Na ki Majaazi taur par.
(Ref: Al-Tabqaat-e-Shaafiya jild : 3 , pg: 54)
36). HAZRAT Imam Ibn Hajar Asqalani Rehmatullah Alaih farmate hain,
Page | 191
Aap Alaihis Salam ki hayat-e-barzakhi aisi hai jaise aap par maut waaqe nahi hui, pas aap Hamesha zinda
hain.
(Ref :Fathahul Bari jild : 7, pg:21)
39). HAZRAT Sheikh Abdul Wahab Bukhari Rehmatullah Alaih farmate hain
Sabse afzal nemat Wujud-e-Mustafa Alaihis Salam hai, jo ta-hayat-e-Naama ke sath Madina
Munawwarah me maujud hai.
(Ref: Akhbarul Akhyar pg: 215)
40). HAZRAT Maulana Abdul Hayi Lakhnowi Rehmatullah Alaih farmate hain
Risalat maut ke sath hi munqate nahi hoti, balki isi tarah wilayat bhi, to Nabuwwat kaise munqate ho
jayegi? Qki Ambiya Kiram apni qabro me zinda hain.
(Ref: Umdatul Riaaya jild :2, pg:307)
41). HAZRAT Allama Kirmani Rehmatullah Alaih farmate hain, Aur ye ehtemal hai
HAZRATAbu Bakr Rehmatullah Alaih ne iradah kiya ho ki Huzur Aqdas Alaihis Salam ki Hayat-e-barzakhi
aisi hai, maut jiska ta'aqqub nahi kar sakti, aur aap Alaihis Salam 2 martaba maut ka zaaeqa nahi
chakhenge.
(Ref:Kawakibul Darari jild:14 pg: 31)
44). HAZRAT Imam Abul Faaj Bin Rajab Hanbali Rehmatullah Alaih farmate hain
Ambiya ki hayat, Shuhada ki hayat se akmal hai. Isliye bila shubah wo zinda jawed hain.
(Ref: Ahwalil Qubur pg:135)
Page | 192
45). HAZRAT Khwaja Fariduddin Ganj Shakar Rehmatullah Alaih farmate hain
Ambiya Kiram apni Qabro me zinda hain.
(Ref :Sayerul Auliya 185)
49). HAZRAT Shah Waliullah Muhaddis Dehelvi Rehmatullah Alaih farmate hain
Ambiya Kiram marte nahi hain balki apni Qabro me zinda hain. Namaz padhte aur Hajj karte hain.
(Ref : Fuyuzul Harmain 80)
51). HAZRAT Sheikh Ahmed Saeed Dehelvi Rehmatullah Alaih farmate hain
Ulama ka ispar ittefaq hai ki Huzur Aqdas apni Qabr Munawwar me zinda hain.
(Ref: Tehqiqul Haqqul Mubeen 40)
53). HAZRAT Allama Ahmed Dahlaan Makki Rehmatullah Alaih farmate hain
Ahlesunnat ke haan Ambiyae Kiram ki Hayate Qabr bilkul sabit hai. Iske bahot dalail hain.
(Ref : Dararus saniya 13)
54). HAZRAT Imam Ibn Abedin Shaami Rehmatullah Alaih farmate hain,
Ambiyae Kiram apni qabro me zinda hain.
(Ref : Raddul Muhtar jild: 4 pg:151)
Page | 193
55). Imam Ahmed Raza Khan Rehmatullah Alaih farmate hain,
Rasoolallah aur tamam Ambiya kiram ki hayate Haqiqi, Dunyavi, Ruhani wa Jismani se zinda hain.
Zameen wa asman ki saltanat me tasarruf farmate hain.
(Ref : Fatawae Razviya jild : 2 pg: 152)
Iske alawa aur bhi bahot se Ulamae Islam ne maslae Hayat un Nabi ﷺko dalail ke sath sabit karne ke
baad apna aqeeda raqam farmaya hai ki Huzur Aqdas zinda hain Hazaro waqeyat ispar dalalat kar rahe
hain kya ye saare buzurg bhi Mushrik Kaafir the jaise k wahabi mufatkhoro ne likha hai aur takreero me
bola hai. ??
Dekhe pehle Devbandi peshwao ki kitabo se koi wali Nabi k bare me inke akeede saaf hai k wo mazboor
hai apne wisal k baad kahi aa ja nhi sakte.. Maazallah
magar khud ka akabir buzurgo ki shan o azmat dikhani ho to devbandi hazrat saare shirk biddat band kar
ke wakiat baayan karte hai dekhe saboot
1). WAFAT k baad Maulana Kasim Nanatvi sahab apne Jism e Jaahiri k saath Deoband k
madrase aaye
Qari Tayyab(Mananger of Deoband & Grandson of Kasim Nanatvi) bayan karte hai k jis jamane me
Maulvi Rafiuddin Sahaba Darool Uloom Deoband the Mohtamim the us jamane me kuch
Mudarris(Teachers) me aapas me kuch maslo ko leke behas chid gayi. Aage chalke Maulana Mehmood Ul
Hasan sahab bhi behas wa hungame me sharik hogaye.
Ab aage ka wakiya khud Qari Tayyab sahab bayan karte hai likhte hai..
“Isi Dauran ek din Alsabah baad namaz e Fazr Maulana Rafiuddin sahab rehmatullah Alaih ne Maulana
Mehmoodul hasan sahab ko apne Huzre me bulaya (jo Deoband me hai). Maulana sahab haazir hue
aur band huzre ka darwaja khol k andar daakhil hue Mausam Sakht sardi ka tha.
Maulana Rafiuddin sahab farmate hai pehle mera ye Ruee ka lebada dekhlo. Maulana ne Lebada
dekha to tarr(Wet) tha aur khoob bhig raha tha Farmaya k wakya yeh hai ki abhi abhi Mualana Kasim
Nanatvi Zasde Unsuri(Jisme jaahiri) k saath mere pass aaye tashrif laaye the. Jis se mai ek dum pasina
pasina hogaya aur mera lebada tarbatar ho gaya aur yeh farmaya k Mehmood hasan se kehdo k is
jhagde me na pade.
Bas maine ye kehne k liye bulaya hai. Maulana Mehmood Hasan sahab ne arz kiya ki Hazrat mai aapke
haath me tauba karta hoon ab iske baad mai kisi se kuch na bolunga.
(Arwah e Salasa pg : 242, Writer : Zahoor ul Hasan, aur Maulana Asraf ali Thanvi ne iski takreej ki hai)
dekhlo deoband ki kahani jab baat apne maulvio ki aayi to kisi ne kuch objection nhi kiya k hamare
buzurg ne likha hai k Nabi alaihi salam k bare me Maazallah.
Page | 194
2).Maulana Ashraf Ali Thanvi sahab k dada ka wakiat marne k baad bhi Thanvi k dada
Mithai leke apne ghar pahuch gaye
Kisi baraat me Thanvi sahab k dada jaa rhe the waha dakuo ne hamla kiya aur thanvi sahab k dada ka
wisaal hua.. ye pasmanjar hai ab aage ka wakiat khud devbandi hazraat likhte hai
“Shahadat k baad ek azeeb wakya hua” Rat k wakt apne ghar misle zinda k tashrif laye aur apne ghar
waalo ko mithai laakar di aur farmaya ki agar tum kisi se jaahir na karogi to is tarah se roz
aaya karunga. Lekin unke ghar waalo ko andhesa hua ka jab baccho ko mitha khate dekhgenge
to maalom nahi kya subaah(shak) karnge is liye jaahir kar diya aur aap tashrif nahi laaye yeh
wakiya khandan me mashoor hai.
(Ref : Ashrafus sawaneh jild 01, Pg : 12 Published Khankaah Imdadia Thana Bhavan, Musaanif Khwaja
Azeezul Hasan )
Page | 195
Ye dekhlo thanvi k dada sahab marne k baad bhi mitahi leke ghar aa sakte hai, nanatvi sahab marne k
baad bhi madrase jaa sakte hai koi shirk biddat nhi hota bas saari tauhid shirk hojati hai jab baat nabi
alaihi salam aur aulia allah k liye hoti hai. Kyu ?
3). Deobandio k ek aur buzurg sahab Maulana Jakaria Kandhelvi ne ek kitab likhi
jis kitab ko har chille me devbandi leke ghumte hai naam “FAZAIL E AAMAL” me wakya likhte hai
chunache likha hai
"Ahmad Raafi Mashoor Buzurg Akaabir Sufiyah Me Se Hain, Inka Kissa Mashoor Hai Ke Jab 555 Hijri Me
Wah Ziyarat Ke Liye Haazir Hue Aur Qabar Ke Muqaabil Khade Hue To Yah Do Sher Padhetrans: Doori Ki
Haalat Me Main Apni Rooh Ko Khidmat Akdas Me Bheja Karta Tha, Wah Meri Nayab Ban Kar Astaanah
Mubarak Choomti Thi, Ab Jismon Ki Haaziri Ki Baari Aayi Hai, Apna Dast Mubarak Ata Kijiye, Taake Mere
Honth Isko Choomen Is Par Qabar Shareef Se Dast Mubarak Bahar Nikala Aur Unhone Isko Chooma"
(Fazail E Aamal - Hajj K Fazail Pg 130,131)
Page | 196
Yaani Ki Huzur Sayyad Ahmad Kabir Rifayi Rehmatullah Alaih Ne Baargaah E Risalat Me Arz Kiya K Mai
Huzur Salallahu Alaihi Wassalam Se Musafa Karna Chahta Hu Aur Huzur Ne Kabar Se Haath Bahar Nikal
Diya ..Subhanallah
Jab Kabr se haath bahar nikal sakte hai mere aaka to batao kya khud bahar nahi aasakte.. ?
ye hai devbandi akeede ka dogla pan
4). Ab Gair mukkalido aur devbandio k shaikhul Islam sahab Abdul Halim Ibn Taimya
sahab ki kitab se saboot
Hawala 1 : “Nabio ki zinda hona Bukhari aur muslim ki kitabo se saabit hota hai jisme Rasool allah ne
farmaya jab logo ko dafan karke ghar ki taraf aate hai to murda pairo ki awaaj ko sunte hai”
(Ref : al mazmu’aat al fatawa ibn Taimya jild:24, pg. no. 362)
Wahabi k nazdeek bahot moetbar IMAM IBN HAJAR ASQALANI KA AQEEDA, AMBIYA
ALAIHESALAM ZINDA HAIN, AUR JAHAN CHAHE JAA SAKTE HAIN:
(Ref: Fath-Ul-Bari Sharah Saheeh Bukhari, Vol2, Pg: 765) me likhte hain,
Page | 197
NABI sallallaho alaihe wasallam ne dekha, HAZRATMoosa alaihesalam Hajj karne aa rahe hain, aur
Talbiya(Allahum ma Labbaik) padh rahe hain..
(Sahi Bukhari, Kitabul Hajj, Hadees : 1555)
Wahabio k Imam Ibn-al-Qayyim jo inke Abdul halim ibn taimya k shagird hai likhte
hai:
“ye jaan lena zaruri hai ki Ambiya ke jism apni Qabro me isi tarah hain, jaise wo duniya me the, tabhi to
jab Sahaba ne pucha ki 'Aap par Darud kaise pesh kiya jayega, jab apka Jism mitti me hoga?' to Nabi
alaihe salam ne farmaya: Allah ne Ambiya ke jismo par mitti ko haram kar diya hai ki wo inke jismo ko
khaye, aur agar unke Jism salamat na hote, to Nabi alaihe salam ne aisa jawab na diya hota”
[Ref : Al-RûH Page: 58]
Aitraaz 01:
Tum Sunni kehte ho Nabi alaihi salam apni kabro me zinda hai jabki Quran me ALLAH farmate hai “kullu
nafsun ziyaqatul mout”
“ HAR JAAN KO MAUT KA MAZA CHAKNA HAI”
(Surah Al Imran ayat 185)
Jawaab:
Ye ek bewakufan a aitraz hai hum ne shuru me hi iska jawab diya hai k hum ispe imaan rakhte hai aur
akeeda bhi ab wahabi ye baar baar aitraaz kare to iska ilaaz nhi hai.Phir bhi sun lo
Imam Behki rehmatullah Alaih farmate hai apni kitab Hayatal Anbiya Fi Kuburihim me farmate Imam Abu
Dawood ne apni sunan me hadees likhi hai
“Hazrat Abu Hurairah RadiyAllahu Ta’ala Anhu Se Marwi Hai Ki Huzoor Nabi-E-Akram Sal Allahu Alaihi
WassalamNe Farmaya :
Jo Shakhs Mujh Par Salam Bhejta Hai To BeShak Allah Ta’ala Ne Mujh Par Meri Rooh Lauta Dee Huee Hai.
(Aur Meri Tawajjoh Us Ki Taraf Mabzool Farmata Hai) Yahaan Tak Ki Us Ke Salam Ka Jawab Deta Hoon”
(Abu Dawud As-Sunan, Jild-02, Pg-218, Hadith-2041)
Ab aage farmate hai k har wakt nabi e karim Sal Allahu Alaihi Wassalampe har wakt koi na koi ummati
durood bhejta hai chunacha Quran me hai
Page | 198
“Beshak Allah aur uske Farishte Darood bhejte hai us Gaib batane waale nabi par, aye Imaan waalo
unpar Durood aur khoob Salam Bhejo”
(Al Quran, Surah Al Ahzaab Aayat :56)
To kya ruuh jism se nikali jaati hai baar baar aur daali jaati hai ? ji nhi iska jawab Mujadid Imam Jala Imam
Jalaluddin Suyuti Rehmatullah Alaih farmate hain: Hadees me ''Radda'' ke lafz maujud hain, aur ''radda''
ka maayna hai ''àlà-àl-dàwam'' yani permanently. To yahan ye matlab nahi hua ki ALLAH TA'ALA bar bar
apne Mehbub ki Rùh lautata hai, aur fir bar bar wapas leta hai, balki ye matlab hai ki ALLAH ne apne
Mehbub ki Rùh ko lauta diya hai, aur ab wo zinda hain.
Aitraaz 02:
Ye To Darood padhne ki baat Insaan sota bhi to hai ek na ek wakt aisa aata hai jab koi Durood nhi bhejta
hai us wakt kya ?
Jawaab:
Tum wahabi sach me akal k andhe ho tumhe Kabhi Nabi E Karim Sal Allahu Alaihi Wassalamki shaan o
azmat hazam nhi hogi sun lo Hadis koi ek wakt bhi aisa nhi hai jab Nabi pe koi salam nhi padhta jabki
Quran me saaf saaf aayat hai salam k talluk se magar tum maanoge nhi ye lo is Hadees ko bhi padh lo
“Hazrat Nabeeh Bin Wahab radi allahu anho se marvi hai ki Hazrat Kaaab Abhaar Radiallaha anho Ummul
Momineen Hazrat Ayesha Siddika ki khidmat me haazir hue aur unhone Huzur e akram alaihih salam ka
zikr kiya.
Hazrat Kaaab Abhaar Radiallaha anho ne kaha
“Jab bhi din nikalta hai 70000 hazar farishte utarte hai aur wo Huzur e Akram ki kabr e akdas ko gher lete
hai aur Kabr e Akdas pe apna par maarte hai (yaani paro se jhaado dete hai) aur Huzur Sal Allahu Alaihi
Wassalamk roze e akdas me sham hote hee wapas aasmano par chale jaate hai aur itne hi mazid utarte
hai wo bhi wo amal dohrate hai jo pehle k faristo ne kiya hatta k jab qabr e Mubarak shak hogi to Huzur
ﷺ70000 farishto k jhurmut me (maidan e hashr me) tashreef laaynge
(Imam Darmi ne Sunan Darmi jild 01 , pg : 57 , Hadis : 94)
(Abu Nuayam ne Hilyatul Aulia jild : 5 , pg : 390)
(Imam Bahyaki ne Shuabul Imaan jild 03, pg : 1018, Hadis :537)
Gair mukallido k imam ibn kathir ne Tafseer ul Quran al azeem tafseer ibn kathir me Jild 05 pg : 518)
ab bhi koi aisa wakt hai jo khali hai durood se ? Allah tumhe Nabi Sal Allahu Alaihi Wassalamki azmat
samajne ki taufeek de 2) Ye To Darood padhne ki baat Insaan sota bhi to hai ek na ek wakt aisa aata hai
jab koi Durood nhi bhejta hai us wakt kya ?
Ans) Tum wahabi sach me akal k andhe ho tumhe Kabhi Nabi E Karim ﷺki shaan o azmat hazam nhi
hogi sun lo Hadis koi ek wakt bhi aisa nhi hai jab Nabi pe koi salam nhi padhta jabki Quran me saaf saaf
aayat hai salam k talluk se magar tum maanoge nhi ye lo is Hadees ko bhi padh lo
“Hazrat Nabeeh Bin Wahab radi allahu anho se marvi hai ki Hazrat Kaaab Abhaar Radiallaha anho Ummul
Momineen Hazrat Ayesha Siddika ki khidmat me haazir hue aur unhone Huzur e akram alaihih salam ka
zikr kiya..
Hazrat Kaaab Abhaar Radiallaha anho ne kaha
“Jab bhi din nikalta hai 70000 hazar farishte utarte hai aur wo Huzur e Akram ki kabr e akdas ko gher lete
hai aur Kabr e Akdas pe apna par maarte hai (yaani paro se jhaado dete hai) aur Huzur Sal Allahu Alaihi
Page | 199
Wassalamk roze e akdas me sham hote hee wapas aasmano par chale jaate hai aur itne hi mazid utarte
hai wo bhi wo amal dohrate hai jo pehle k faristo ne kiya hatta k jab qabr e Mubarak shak hogi to Huzur
ﷺ70000 farishto k jhurmut me (maidan e hashr me) tashreef laaynge
(Imam Darmi ne Sunan Darmi jild 01 , pg : 57 , Hadis : 94)
(Abu Nuayam ne Hilyatul Aulia jild : 5 , pg : 390)
(Imam Bahyaki ne Shuabul Imaan jild 03, pg : 1018, Hadis :537)
(Gair mukallido k imam ibn kathir ne Tafseer ul Quran al azeem tafseer ibn kathir me Jild 05 pg : 518) ab
bhi koi aisa wakt hai jo khali hai durood se ? Allah tumhe Nabi ﷺki azmat samajne ki taufeek de
Aitraaz 03:
Jawab:
Ye inke dimaag k kachra hai jo kitni bhi daleel dedo saaf nhi hota ussi sahaba ki jamaat ne beshumar aisi
rivataye batayi hai jis se ye saabit hota hai k ambiya alaihi salam apni kabro me zinda hai aur unka jism
salamat rehte hai ab iske saboot me Daur e Farook e azam me
“Hazrat Abu Moosa AshAari radiallahu anho Ne Tastaer Ka Qila Fateh Farmaya Waha Par Ek Mehfooz
Jagah Me Ekk TABOOT Mila Jisme Hazrat DANIYAL Alyhissallam Ka Jisme Mubarak Paya Aur
Jisme Mubarak Ki Yah Halat Thi K Gardan Mubarak Aur Seena Ki Tammam Rage CHAL Rahee Thi .
Aap Ne HazRate Umare Farooqe Aazam Ko Khat Likha Jaha Se Jawaab Aaya K
Hazrate DANIYAL Alyhissallam ne Duwa Ki Thi K Mujhe Ummate Muhamadiya Dafan Kare To Aisa Hi Apko
Karna Hai Aur Ambiya K Jismo Ko Aag Aur
Zameen Nahi Khatee”
(Ref :Imam ibn Kasir ne Al Badaya Van Nihaya jild:2, Pg :40-42)
(Ref : Imam Abi Shaeba ne Al Musanaf Ibne Abi Saeba jild 07 pg 04)
(Ref: Dalla E Lun Naboovah jild : 1 pg : 382)
Hazrat Daniyal Alaihi salam aur Huzur alaihi slam k darmiyan wakt kitna lamba tha ? approximately 850
saal k wakt phr bhi Jism salamat, nafz chal rhi hai alhamdullilah goya k ye jism ka milna jawab de rha ho k
ek kaum aaygi 1400 saal baad jo Nabio ko murda kahegi unke liye ye ibrat hai dekh le..
Hazrat Umar aur digar sahaba se bhi saabit hua k wo bhi Nabiyo ki hayat k kaayal the. Ab Umar Farook e
aazam ne unhe dafn bhi karwaya baad me ye jaante hue k wo hayat hai to kya unhone bhi julm kiya jaisa
k tumhare Bilal Philips jaise jaahil ne kaha hai. Ab Kya jawab hoga tumhara Dafan karna ye ek Islami
tarika hai isliye kiya jaata hai.
ALLAH HIFAZAT FARMAYE MUSALAMNO KI IN WAHABI BADAKEEEDO SE.
Aitraaz 04:
Jawab:
Barjaki aitbaar se murda kon hota hai ?
Har momin musalmaan Barjaki aitbaar se phir zinda hua kyuki aalam e barjakh me to har momin ki rooh
Page | 200
zinda hai. Phir Shahido ki zindagi aur unke zinda hone pe aayat kyu aayi ? aur Ambiya alaihi salam ki
zindagi ko saabit karne k liye Muhadisin ne kitabe dalil kyu likhe jama kiye ?
Aur phir ambiya ki hayaat ka tazkira shariat me infiradi tour par kyu hai?
aur sheikh Abdul hak muhaddis dahelvi alahi rehma ka ye farmana k
HAYAT UL AMBIYA Aisa mauzu hai jispe koi ektelaf nhi hai pata chala k ektelaf than nahi jab nazd se fitne
uthe tab ektelaf shuru hua hai
Aitraaz 05:
Jawab:
Ye azeeb jaahil hai wahabi log apne akeede ko defend karne k liye kuch bhi sawal karte hai. Pehli baat ye
dunya ki kis mazhabi kitab se definition liya gaya hai k zinda hone k liye jaahiran dikhna jaruri hai ? iska
jawab pehle de
Agar phr bhi kehte ho k nahi nahi dikhna jaruri hai warna nhi maanege hum,
ALLAH aur uske farishte zinda hai ya murda hai ?
Kiramin Kaatimin Zinda hai ya murda ?
beshak zinda hai phir nazar kyu nahi aate ? to pata chala jaahiran nazar naa aana is baat ki dalil nhi hoti k
wo cheez mauzood nahi hai aur modern science to tarakki kar chukka hai bahot aap k saamne aisi cheeze
hai jo aam insaan naked aankh se nahi dekh sakta hai uske liye kuch khas equipments ki jarurat hoti hai.
Simple hai aaj agr nabi alaihi salam ko dekhna hai to khud ko waise banao k tumhari aankhe unhe
dekhne k kaabil hojaye.
Agra ab bhi nhi maanoge to na maano, maan kar hum pe kaunsa ehsaan karoge ?
Aitraaz 06:
Nabi alaihisalam zinda hai to khana bhi khate honge ? phir Dunyawi maamlat insaan jaruriyat bhi hoti
hogi jaise istenja, pakahana etc. wo kaha karte hai ?
Jawab:
Ye bhi inka ek azeeb aitraaz hai aisa konsa usool hai jo ye sab karna hai.
Insaan jannat me jaayga waha bhi haajat hogi to kya ek aam musalman bhi waha najasat karega ? Hargiz
nhi waha insaan ko is trah se banaya rakha jaayga k kuch Hazaat ho bhi tab bhi kuch fark nhi padega wo
khud se nikal jaaye aur pata bhi nhi chalega. Ab ye haal hai Jannat ka aur jo khud Malike Jannat hai unka
aalam kya hoga ? Hamara to akeda hai is baat pe k Huzur E Akram alaihi salam ka rauza to khud jannat se
afzal hai.
ab iski bhi daleel chahye to aapke ghar se dalil dete hai ruko
Wahabi Gair Mukkalido k har Dil Aziz Imam Ibn Kayyam Jauzi likhte hai
Page | 201
“Imam ibn Akeel ne farmaya Mujhse kisi Sayil ne pucha Huzra E Nabvi ﷺaur Khana E kaaba me kon
Afzal Hai ?
Al Jawab : agr tumhari Murad e ye hai k Huzur ﷺwaha Tashreef farma hai to Kaaba Afzal Nahi hai.
Allah Ki kasam na arsh na uske hamileen na Jannat agr dono jaha se mowazna kia jaaye to Huzre ko sab
pe tarjeeh hai”
(Ref : Babul Fawaid jild 03, pg: 1065 by Ibn Kayyam Jauzi)
Subhanallah jab Huzra e Nabvi sal alahu alaihi Wasalam ka aalam ye hai to khud jaha Mustafa Jane
Rehmat Sal allahu alaihi Wasalam Aaram farma rahe hai wo jagah khud kitni Mukkadas hai.
Aitraaz 07:
Nabi kabr me namaz kaise padte hai ? Ruku Sazde itni choti jagah me ?
Jawab:
Dunya sudhregi tum mardoodo ko akal nhi aaygi sirf dimag issi kaam me kharch karte ho k kis trah se
tauhin e risalat ki jaaye. Jab Nabi Alaihi salam ne farmaya k Moosa alaihi salam apni kabr me namaz padh
rhe the kisi sahaba ne pucha k kaise padh rhe the kaise khade honge ? Imaan to naam hi hai gaib ki baato
ko maan lene ka. Tumhare Kandhe me do Farishte hai “KIRAMIN KATIMEEN” wo namaz kaha padhte hai
? Kandhe me hi padhte hai na ? kandhe me kuch weight bhi uthate hoge tab kya farishte Dab jaate hai ?
Humne Is Mukhtasar se risale me bahot si dalilo se wajeh kiya hai k Huzur E Karim Sal allahu alaihi
Wasalam apni Kabr me Dunyawi zindagi ki trah Zinda hai aur Nahi unke zism ko jameen koi Nuksaan
pahucha sakti hai ab agr koi Khud ko Ahle Hadees kahe uske baad bhi itni hadeeso ka saaf inkar karde to
uske liye Quran e Mukaddasa ki wo aayat hi kaafi hai
wo kaisa ahle hadees hai hume samajh naahi aata kis muuh se ye khud ko ahle hadees salafi kehte hai
jabki naa hadiso ko maante hai na kisi Salaf salaheen ulema ko maante hai 55 se zyada motebar ulema k
kaul unki kitabo se wajeh kiya k Tamam log Shuru se leke aakhir tak sab hayate ambiya k kayal the kisi ne
is masle me koi sawal hi nhi kiya magar ab jaake jabse ye new jamat paida hui musalmano me ek naya
akeeda tarasha gaya k Nabi alaihi salam hayat nahi hai jabki ye akeeda khud me biddat hai. Allah
Tabarwatala se dua hai ka Apne Habib alaihi salam k sadke tufail hamari is choti si khidmat ko kabool
farmaye hmra akeeda badmazhab se mehfooz kare….
Page | 202
Mukhtar E Qul
Pesh E Nazar
Tamam Taarif ALLAH Taala K Liye,Hum Chahe Jitni Hi Hamd Bayan Kare Tamam K Tamam Kam
Hai,Alhamdulillah
Tamheed
Hadees Shareef Me Aata Hai NABI ﷺNe Farmaya Hazrat Moosa Alaihissalam Ki Ummat 71 Firqo Me
Bati Aur Hazrat Esa Alaihissalam Ki Ummat 72 Firqo Aur Meri Ummat 73 Firqo Me Batjayegi Aur Is
Hadees E Paaak Per Tamam Firqo Ka Manna Hai Yeh Hai Sahi Hadees Hai,Isme Koi Shak O Shuba Nai,Ab
Yeh Alag Alag Firqe Kaise Wajud Me Aaye,Is Per Ullema E Kram Ne Bahut Se Kitabein Likhi Hai Aur
Haqeeqat B Yahi Hai In Sabke Aqeede Haq Se Juda Hogaye Aur Inhone Apna Alag Firqa Bana Liya,Baqaul
Hadees Mubarak K Haq Jamat Ahle Sunnat Wal Jamaat Hai Aur Yehi Sawad E Azam Hai.Ab Infirqo Me Ek
Yeh Aqeeda B Gadliya K NABI ﷺKisi Chiz Ka Ikhtiyar Nai Rakhte.
Taqwiyatul Imaan Safa 51 Per Ismail Dehlvi Likhta Hai “Jiska Naam Mohammad Ya Ali Hai Who Kisi Chiz K
Mukhtar Nai” Isi Tarah Wahbi Jamat B Munkir Hai Per Ahle Sunnat Wal Jamat Ka Aqeeda Hai “ALLAH
Taala Ne Aapko Mukhtar E Qul Banaya Hai” Aur Alhamdulillah Is Per Hum Dalail Pesh Karege Aur
Deobandi Wahbi Ka Radd B,In Sha ALLAH Taala.
Zahen Is Mauzu Per Banana K Liye Ek Missal Dena Chahta Hu , Jaise K Aap K Jism Me Jitney Aazah Hai,Aur
Usper Apka Ikhtiyar ,Haqeeqat Toh Yahi Hai K ALLAH Taala K Hukm K Bina Ek Patta Nai Hilta Toh Aap
Apne Jism Me Apni Marzi Se Kya Harkat Karoge Magar ALLAH Taala Ki Ataa Se Aapka Apne Jism Per Pura
Ikthiyar Hai,Uthna Baithna Chalna ,Khana Khaana,Sona,Jaagna ,Chahe Jis Tarah Ki Harkat Aap Dena
Chahe Aap De Sakte Hai Aur Yeh Qul Ikhtiyar Aapko ALLAH Taala Ne Ataa Kiya Hai,Ab Ikhtiyar Dediya Toh
Marte Dum Tak Aap Apne Jism Per Purey Ikhtiyar Rakhte Ho,Bilkul Isi Tarah ALLAH Taala Ki Ataa Se
Ambiya E Kram Ko Hum Aam Insaan Se Zyada Ka Ikhtiyar Diya,Aaye Quran O Hadees Ki Roshni Me Dalail
Pesh Karte Hai.
Ayat 01:
“Toh Aye Mehboob Tumhare Rab Ki Qasam Wah Musalman Na Hoge Jabtak Apne Apas K Jhagde Me
Tumhe Hakim Na Banaye Phir Jo Kuch Tum Hukm Farmado Apne Dilon Me Issey Rukawat Na Paaye Aur
Jee Se Maanle”
Jab Sahaba E Kram Me Jhagda Hua Tab Yeh Aayat Ka Nuzul Hua Aur NABI ﷺKi Shaan E Azmat B Zahir
Hogai K Apas K Jhagde Me Hakim Na Banana Wala Musalman Nai Kya Yeh Ikhtiyar Nai ??
Page | 203
Ayat 02:
“Aur Kisi Musalman Mard Na Musalman Aurat Ko Pahuchta Hai K Jab ALLAH Wa Rasul Kuch Hukm
Farmade Toh Inhe Apne Muamla Ka Kuch Ikhtiyar Rahe.
Yaani ALLAH Aur NABI ﷺKa Hukm Baad Ummat Ka Kuch Ikhtiyar Nai,Issye B Saabit Hai Ikhtiyar E
Mustafa ﷺ.
Ayat 03:
“Aur Suthri Chizen Inke Liye Halal Farmayega Aur Gandi Chizen Inper Haram Karega”
Subhan ALLAH Yeh B Ikhtiyar Hasil K Acchi Chizen Halal Karde Toh Halal Aur Haram Farmade Toh Haram.
Ayat 04:
“Aur Haram Nai Mante Is Chiz Ko Jisko Haram Kiya ALLAH Aur Uske Rasul Ne”
Subhan ALLAH
Is Ayat Se Saaf Wazeh Hogaya Ki Nabi ﷺK Liye “Haram Qarar Dene” K Ikhtiyar Ko Na Manne Wala
Kafir Sifat Hai,Musalman Ki Nai.
Ayat 05:
“Aur Inhe (Yaani Kuffar Aur Munafiq Ko) Kya Bura Yahi Na K ALLAH Aur Uske Rasul Ne Inhe (Yaani
Musalman Ko) Apne Fazl Se Gani Kardiya”
Ayat 06:
“Aur Kya Accha Hota Agar Wah Isper Razi Hote Jo ALLAH Aur Rasul Ne Inko Diya”
Subhan ALLAH ,Kaun Deta Hai Dene Ko Muh Chahiye , Dene Wala Hai Saccha Humara Nabi ﷺ.
Page | 204
Ayat 07:
“Aur Aye Mehboob Yaad Karo Jab Tum Farmate The Ussey Jisey ALLAH Ne Ne’mat Di Aur Tumne Isey
Ne’mat Di”
Subhan ALLAH, Nabi ﷺALLAH Ki Ataa Se “Gani” “Ataa Karna” “Ina’am Farmane Wala” Per Ikhityar Hai.
Ayat 08:
“Aur (Jo) Kuch Tumhe Rasul Ataa Farmaye Wah Lelo Jissey Mana Farmaye Baaz Aao”
Subhan ALLAH , Issey Saabit Hua K Nabi ﷺJo Kuch Chahe Ataa Farmane Aur Jo Kuch Chahe Mana
Farmane Ka Ikhtiyar Rakhte Hai
Ayat 09:
Tarjuma Kanzaul Imaan: “Tum Jaha Kahi Ho Maut Tumhe Aalegi Agarche Mazboot Qilo’n Me Ho”
Is Ayat Se Malum Hua Ki Maut Per Kisi Ka Zor Nai,Koi Jaha Kahi B Chup Jaye Maut Usko Usi K Maqam Per
Daboch Legi Aur Jab Maut Ka Waqt Aajaye Toh Phir Lamha Bhar B Taqdeem Wa Taakhir Mumkin Nai.
Hadees 01:
“Hazrat Abu Huraira (R.A) Riwayat Karte Hai K Rasul ALLAH ﷺNe Farmaya K Malakul Maut
Alaihissalam Musa Alaihissalam K Paas Aaye Aur Unse Kaha K Apne Rab K Paas Chale (Yaani Aapki Rooh
Qabz Karne Aaya Hu) ,Hazrat Musa Alaihissalam Ne Malakul Maut Ko Aisa Tamacha Maara K Inki Aankh
Nikal Di,Malakul Maut Alaihissalam ALLAH Taala K Paas Laut Gaye Aur Arz Ki Aye Baari Taala Tune Mujhe
Apne Aise Bande K Paas Bhejdiya Jo K Maut Ka Toh Rakhta Hi Nai Aur Isne Toh Meri Aankhen B Nikal Di
Pas ALLAH Taala Ne Malakul Maut Ki Aankhen Lauta Di Aur Farmaya K Mere Bande K Paas Jao Inse Kahe
K Kya Aap Zindagi K Iradah Rakhte Hai ?Pas Aap Zindagi Ka Iradah Rakhte Hai Toh Apna Haath Bail K
Pusht Per Rakhe,Jitney Baal Aapke Haath K Niche Aajayege,Utne Saal Aapko Mazeed Zindagi
Dedijayegi,Hazrat Musa Alaihissalam Ne Kaha Phir Kya Hoga,Malakul Maut Alaihissalam Ne Arz Ki Phir
Akhikar Aapko Maut Ayegi Toh Hazrat Musa Alaihissalam Ne Kaha Phir Toh Ab Qarib Hai(Yaani Apne
Maut Ko Isi Waqt Ikhtiyar Karliya) Hazrat Musa Alaihissalam Ne Arz Ki Aye ALLAH Taala Baitul Muqaddas
Page | 205
Se Ek Phattar Phenke Jaane K Faasle Ki Mikdaar Per Meri Rooh Qabz Karna ,Rasul ALLAH ﷺSe
Farmaya ALLAH Ki Qasam Agar Me Is Jagah Hota Toh Me Tumko Kasyb Ahmer (Jagah Ka Naam)Paas
Raste Ki Ek Janib Me Musa Alaihissalam Ki Qabr Dekhta.”
(Sahi Muslim Jild 2 Safa 267 Hadees 2372
EnglishBook 43 Hadith 206 & Book 30 Hadith 5851Kitab Al Fazail)
Is Hadees E Paak Se Saaf Zahir Hota Hai K Ambiya E Kram Ko Maut Wa Hayat Per Ikhtiyar Hota Hai.
Hadees 02:
"Hazrat Uqba Ibne Aamir Se Marawi Hai Ki Huzoor ﷺNe Irshad Farmaya Ki Main Apne Houz Ko Is
Waqt Dekh Raha Hu, Aur Mujh Ko Tamam Roo E Zameen Ke Khazano Ki Kunjiya Di Gai Hai "
Page | 206
(Sahih Bukhari Jild 1 Safa 189 Kitab 23 Hadees 1344, English Book 23 Hadith 428
Sahih Muslim Jild2 Safa 250 Hadees 5874, English Book 30 Hadith 5688)
Is Hadees Shareef Me Huzoor ﷺNe Houze Kouser Ko Apna Houz Farmaya Goya Aap Iske Malik Hai Aur
Saari Roo E Zameen Ke Khazano Ki Kunjiya Khuda E Ta'ala Ne Aap Ko Ata Farmayi Hai Yaani Malik Wa
Mukhtar Hai.
Hadees 03:
Hazrat Sauban (R.A) Se Rivayat Hai K Rasool Allah ﷺNe Farmaya Aye Logo Allah Ne Jamin Ko Mere
Liye Lapet Diya Hai Yaha Tak K Maine Jamin K Mashrik Ko Bhi Dekh Liya Aur Magrib Ko Bhi Dekh Liya Hai
Aur Allah Ne Do Khazane Mujhe Ata Kiya Ek Surkh Khajana Aur Ek Safed (White) Khajane.
(Sahi Muslim Jild 2 Safa 390 Hadees 2889, English Book 24, Hadees 25)
Page | 207
Hadees 04:
" Hazrat Ameere Muaaviya (رR.A)Ne Logo Ko Khitab Karte Hue Farmaya Ki Huzoor ﷺKo Maine Ye
Farmate Hue Suna Hai Ki Allah Ta'ala Jis Se Bhalai Ka Irada Farmata Hai Usko Deen Me Samajh Ataa
Farmata Bai Aur Beshaq Main Bantne Wala Hu Aur Allah Ta'ala Dene Wala"
(Sahih Bukhari Jild 1 Safa 16, English Jild 1 Kitab 3 Hadith 71)
Is Hadees Se Saaf Wazeh Hogaya,Haqeeqi Dene Wala Beshak ALLAH Taala Hi Hai Aur Baantne Waley
Noor E Mustafa ﷺHai.Yaani Ta Qayamat Tak Jo B Ummat Me Batega Tamam Ikhtiyar E Mustafa ﷺ
K Haath Se Batega.
Page | 208
Hadees 05:
Hazrate Sayeedna Ayesha Siddiqua (R.A) Se Marvi Hai Ki Rasoolullah ﷺNe Irshad Farmaya--Aye
Ayesha Agar Main Chahu To Mere Sath Sone Ke Pahaad Chala Kare.
(Mishkat Sharif Jild : 03, Kitabul Fitan Baab : Fi Akhlakihi Wa Shamailihi , Hadees : 5586
Imam Baghawi As Shafai, Sharaus Sunnah, Hadees : 3683)
Is Hadees Se Saaf Zahir Hai K Aap K Chahne Se Yaani Is Per B Ikhtiyar K Chahe Toh Ya Na Chahe Toh Sone
Ke Pahad Saath Chale.
Page | 209
Hadees 06:
“Hazrate Anas(R.A) se mervi hai ki Rasoolullah ﷺne farmaya Allah ne mujh se wadah kiya hai ki woh
mere Ummat se 4 laakh afraado ko beghair hisaab Jannat mein daakhil farmaega. Abu Bakar (R.A) ne arz
kiya ae Allah ke Rasool ﷺizafa farmaeye. Aap ﷺne farmaya aur is tarah aap ne apne doono haaton
se challu banaya. Abu Bakar(R.A) ne fir arz kiya ae Allah ke Rasool ﷺhumare is ta’dad mein izafa
farmaeye. Aap ﷺne farmaya aur is tarah. Hazrate Umar (R.A) ne farmaya ae Abu Bakar(R.A) hume
chod do. Abu Bakar(R.A) ne farmaya. Agar Allah hum sab ko Jannat mein dakhil farma de to tumhara kya
nuksaan hai. Umar(R.A) ne farmaya agar Allah cahe ki woh apni makhlook ko ek Challu ke zariye jannat
mein dakhil farmade to woh kar sakta hai. Nabi ﷺne farmaya Umar(R.A) ne thik kaha hai”
(Mishkar shareef Vol 3 Kitabul Fitan; Hadees No: 5603)
Is Hadees Shareef se saaf saaf malum hota hai ki Sahabai Karam (R.A) ka aqeeda hai ki
Allah ke Rasool ﷺko ihtiyar hai ki woh Jannatiyo mein izafa kar sakte hai.
Subhanallah
Page | 210
Hadees 07:
Hazrate Bara'a Farmate Hai Ki Mere Ek Mamu Jinka Naam Abu Darda Tha Unhone Eid Ki Namaz Se Pehle
Qurbani Kar Di To Unse Rasoolullah ﷺNe Irshad Farmaya Tumhari Wo Qurbani To Gosht Ho Gai. (
Yaani Qurbani Ka Sawab Nahi Milega ) To Unhone Ne Arz Kiya Yaa Rasoolullah ﷺMere Paas Ek Palaa
Hua 6 Maah Ka Bakri Ka Baccha Hai Uski Qurbani Kar Du ? Huzoor ﷺNe Irshad Farmaya Iski Qurbani
Kar Do . Lekin Ye Ijazat Sirf Tumhare Liye Hai . Tumhare Alawa Kisi Aur Ke Liye 6 Maah Ka Bakri Ka Baccha
Kaafi Nahi Hai .
Yani Huzoor ﷺNe Apne Khudadad Ikhtiyarat Se Janab Abu Darda Ke Liye Sirf 6 Maah Ke Bakri Ke
Bache Ki Qurbani Jayaz Farma Di. Lehaza Manna Padega Ki Beshaq Allah Ta'ala Ne Apne Rasool ﷺKo
Mukhtar Bana Kar Bheja Hai.
Page | 211
Hadees 08:
Hazrat E Rabiya Bin Kaab Aslami Raziallahu Anho Kahte Haiń Ke Mai Raat Ko Huzoor ﷺKi Khidmat Me
Rahta Tha.Mai Huzoor ﷺKo Wazu Ke Liye Paani Aur Digar Samaan-E-Zarurat Pesh Karta To Huzoor
ﷺNe Farmaya "JO CHAHO MANG LO".Maine Arz Kiya "HUZOOR JANNAT MANGTA HU AUR USME
AAPKA SATH". Huzoor ﷺNe Farmaya "ISKE ALAWA AUR BHI KUCH MANGNA HAI???". Maine Arz Kiya
"Huzoor Yahi Chahiye" Farmaya"Zyada Sajdo Se Apne Nafs Ki Islaah Karke Meri Muawinat(Himayat)
karo",
(Sahi Muslim Hadees 489, English Book 4 Hadith 256 & 990)
Is Hadees Ki Sharh Me Hazrat Mulla Ali Qari Rahimahullah Mirqat Jild 2 Me Likhte Hai
Is Hadees Per Hazrat Sheykh Abdul Haq Muhaddis Dehlvi Iski Sharah Ashat Ul Lamat Jild 1 Safa 106 Me
Page | 212
Likhte Hai “NABI ﷺJo Chahe Jisko Chahe Jitna Chahe ALLAH K Hukm Se Dede”
Is Hadees Se Saaf Shaffaf Zahir Hua Ki NABI ﷺJo Chahe Jisey Chahe Ataa Karde Yaani Mukhtar E Qul
Hai Aur Isme Koi Do Rai Nai.
Hadees 09:
Mukhtasar Tarjuma: “Zakat Aur Jihad Tark Karne Ki Shart Per Qabul Islam”
(Sunan Abu Dawud Kitab Al Kharaj,Wal-Fai,Wal Imarah, Hadees 3026,English Book 20 Hadith 99 &Book
19 Hadith 3020)
Subhan ALLAH,Nabi ﷺNe Qafiley Walo Ki Is Shart Ko Maanliya Aur Apna Ikhtiyar Bataya Aur Unhe
Islam Me Dakhil Karwaya.
Page | 213
Hadees 10:
Subhan ALLAH
Hadees 11:
“Hazrat Jabir Bin Abdullah (رR.A) Bayan Karte Hai K Kabhi Aisa Nahi Hua K Rasul ALLAH ﷺSe Kisi Chiz
Ka Sawal Kiya Gaya Ho Aur Apne “Nahi” Farmaya Ho”
(Sahi Muslim Kitab Al Fazail Jild 2 Safa 253 Hadees 2311 )
Sahi Bukhari Kitab Al Adab Jild 2 Safa 891 ,Hadees 6034)
Hadees 12:
Page | 214
Hai
Hadees
“Hazrat Abu Ayub Ansari Radia Taala Anhu Riwayat Karte Hai K Janab Rasul ALLAH ﷺNe Hujjatul
Wada K Mauqa Per Mazdalfa’a Me Magrib Aur Isha Ko Jamaa Karke Padha”
(Sahi Bukhari Jild 1 Safa 227)
Tahsreeh: Ahnaaf K Nazdeek Siwaye Hajj K Dono Namazo Ko Ek Waqt Me Karke Padhna Haram Hai Kyukay Sarkar
ﷺNe Rukhsat Sirf Arfaat Aur Madalfa’a Me Di Hai.
Hadees 13:
Alhamdulillah,Hum Chahe Toh Issey Kahi Zyada Hadees Bayan Karsakte Hai Ikhtiyar Per Lekin Itni Kaafi
Hai Haq Samajne Walo Ko.
Page | 215
Shafat E Rasool ﷺ
Pesh E Lafz:
Aaj Kayi Aise Gumraah Tareen log Aaye Hai jo Baroz E Mehshar Jab kayamat Ka Din Kayam Hoga Sabke
Hisab O Kitab Honge us wakt Shafat E Nabi ﷺK Munkir Hai Yaha Tak k Hadeeso Me Aata Hai k Huzoor
Nabi E Akram ﷺk Elawa Huffaz, Auliya, Ulema, Quran, Aamal ye chiz Bhi Musalmano ki shafat karegi
lekin ab gumraah firqe me sabse bada wahabiyat ka firqa so called salafi kahte hai Shafat Rasool
Allah ﷺKarenge baaki kisi ko ekthyar nahi hai aur itna hi nahi baaj inke ulema ne to Huzoor ﷺKi
Shafat Ka bhi inkaar kiya huwa hai.
Dusra ek group so called chakadalwi munkir e Hadees, Khwarij Aur deegar isi tarah k hum khayal wo
kahte hai Koi Shafat nahi karega hatta k Rasool Allah ﷺbhi Nahi aur baatil aqaid k liye Qurani Aayat ko
Misquote karte hai.
Lekin Kaum E Wahabiya K Aqaid O Nazariyat Me Is Masle Ko Leke Bhi bada Tazaad hai ek taraf ye kahte
hai Shafat E Rasool Allah ﷺHogi Dusri taraf inhi k Jamaat k Ismail Dahelvi Sahab Apni Ruswa E Jamana
Tasneef Taqviyatul Imaan Jo Devbandiyo K yaha Rakhna AIN ISLAM hai Aur Jo naa rakhe wo Islam Me Hi
Nahi Hai Dusre Gair Mukallid Unke Yaha Quran K baad sabse zyada padhi jaane waali kitab hai jiske ek ek
hurf ko yaad rakha gaya hai ussi Taqviyatul Imaan Naami Jo darasal Me Imaan Ko FAUT Karne waali kitab
hai Likhte hai K Nabi Apni Beti Fatima ko nahi bacha sakte hai, Huzoor Ko khud Mehshar Me Kya Hoga ye
Nahi Pata, Nabi Khud Pareshan Honge. Nauzubillah Aise tazaadi aqeeda rakhte hai aur phir Kis Mooh Se
Ummid E Shafat rakhte hai ?
Ayat 01:
“Aur Daro Us Din Se ki Koi Jaan Dusre Ka Badla Naa Hogi Aur Naa Usko Kuch Lekar Chode Aur Naa Kafir
Ko Koi Sifarish Nafa De Aur Naa Unki Madad Ho”
(Surah Baqraah Ayat 123)
Ayat 02:
“Allah Hai Jiske Siwa Koi Ma’bood Nahi Woh Aap Zinda, Auro’n Ka Kayam Rakhne Waala Usse Naa Oong
Hai Naa Neend Ussi Ka hai Jo Kuch Aasmano Me hai Aur Jo Kuch Jameen Me Woh Kaun hai Jo Uske
Yahan Sifarish kare be Uske Hukm Kay Jaanta hai Jo Kuch Unke Aage Aur Jo Kuch Unke Piche”
(Surah Baqraah Ayat 254)
Ayat 03:
“Aur Is Quran Se Unhe Darao Jinhe Khauf Ho ki Apne Rab Ki Taraf Yu’n Uthaye Jaaye Ki Allah Kay Siwa
Page | 216
Naa Unka Koi Himayati Ho Na Koi Sifarish Is Ummid Par Ki wo parhezgaar Ho Jaayen”
(Surah Anam Ayat 51)
Is Tarah Ki hi Aayat jo Shafat Kay inkaar me nazar aati hai unhe aajke khwarij Musalmano kay aage
padhte hai aur Shafaat Ka Inkaar karte hai darasal aayat sahi quote ki gayi par maane galat liye gaye in
jaise tamam aayat ka talluk Kuffaro Mushrikeen Se hai Jo Apne Butho Kay muttalik Ye Aqeeda rakhte
huwe unki ibadat karte the kay unke buth baroz E Kayamat ALLAH Taala ki Bargaah me inki shafat
karenge inki Sifarish karenge Jiska zikr Khud Quran me Rab Taala Karta Hai
Ayat 04 :
“Allah Kay Siwa Aisi Cheez Ko Pujte Hai Jo Unka Bhala Naa Kare Aur Kahte Hai Ki Ye ALLAH kay yahan
hamare Sifarish hain”
(Surah Yunus Ayat 18)
To pata Chala kay Shifarish Ki Ummid Se Mushrikeen Apne Butho ko Pujte the aur unki shafaat kabool na
hogi par Musalmano Kay Liye Kya Hai Dekhe.
Ayat 05 :
“Agar Tumne Shirk Kiya To Zaroor Tumhare Amal Barbaad Hojaynge Aur Tum Nuksaan Uthane Waalon
Mein Se Hojaoge”
(Surah Al Zumar Ayat 65)
Ayat 06 :
“Log Shafat K Malik Nahi Magar Wohi Jinhone Rehman k Pass Karar Rakha Hai”
(Surah Maryam Ayat 87)
Ayat 07:
“Us Din Kisi ki Shafat Kaam Na Degi Magar Jise Rehman Ne Izazat De Diya Hai Aur Uski Baat Pasand
Farmayi”
(Surah Taha Ayat 109)
In aayat E Karima Se Maloom huwa kay Allah Taala apne bando ko Shafat ka haq Dega kay baroz E
kayamat Dusre gunahgaro ki shafat karwake unhe Jannat le jaaye.
Ahle Sunnat Ka Aqeeda hai Huzoor Rehmat E Aalam ﷺkay elawa Auliya, Ulema, Fuqaha, Huffaz,
Huzzaz wagairah bhi Shafat Karenge ALLAH Taala Kay Izn Se.
Page | 217
Munafikeen, Khwarijeen , Huzoor ﷺSe mooh Pherte Hai
Ayat 08 :
“Aur Jab Unse Kaha Jaata Hai Ki Aao Allah Kay Rasool Tumhare Liye Maafi Chahe To Sar Gumate Hai Aur
Tum Unhe Dekho Ki Gaur Karte Huwe Moo’nh Pher Lete Hai”
(Surah Munafiqun Ayat 05)
Ye Ayaat E karima me Allah Taala Ne Munafikeen ki ek khasiyat batayi kay jab unko kaha jaata hai
Rasool ﷺKi bargaah me aao kay Rasool ﷺTumhare Haq Dua kare to ulta pair hojate hai to aaj bhi
dekhle kay jinko kaha jaaye aao Quran kay farmaan kay mutabik.
Ayat 09 :
“Aur Humne Koi Rasul Na Bheja Magar isliye Kay ALLAH Kay Hukum Se Uski Itaat Ki Jaaye Aur Agar Jab
Who Apni Jaano Per Zulm Kare Toh A Mehbub Tumhare Huzur Haazir Ho Aur Phir ALLAH Se Maafi Chahe
Aur Rasul Unki Shafa’at Farmaye Toh Zarur ALLAH Ko Bahut Tauba Qabul Karne Wala Maherbaan Paye”
(Surah Nisa Ayat 64)
Rasool ALLAH ﷺki Bargaah me kay apne gunaho ki maafi mange kay Rasool ﷺTumhare haq dua
kare to aajke munafik bhi ulte pair hojate hai to Quran bata raha hai kay Huzoor ﷺSe Bhagne waale
Quran Ki istelah me Munafik Hai aaj bhi dekhlo aajke munafik kaise bhagte hai jab Kaha Jaaye Aao Rasool
Allah ﷺki bargaah me to chahre ka rang badal jaata hai.
“Aur Raat k Kuch Hisso Me Tahajjud Ada Karo Yeh Khas Tumhare Liye Zyada Hai, Karib Hai ki Tumhara
Rab Aisi Jagah Khada Kare Jahan Sab Tumhari Hamd Karein”
(Surah Bani Israel / Isra - Ayat 79)
Hadeeson Se Daleel:
Hadees 01:
“Hazrat Awf bin Malik Al Ashja Radi Allahu Anhu Se Rivayat Hai Rasool Allah ﷺNe Farmaya Mere Rab
Ki Taraf Se Ek Aane Waale Mere Pass Aaya Aur kaha Ki Allah Ne Aapko Do Cheezon Kay Darmiyan Ikteyar
Diya Hai Ki Yaa To Aapki Aadhi Ummat Ko Jannat Me Daakhil Kar Diya Jaaye Yaa Phir Aapko Shafat De Di
Jaaye To Maine Shafat ko Ekteyar Kiya Aur Ye Un Sabke Liye Hogi Is Haal Me Mar Jaaye Ki ALLAH kay
Saath Kisi ko Sharik Nahi Karta Ho”
Page | 218
(Jamai Tirmizi Vol : 04, Pg : 429-430, Kitab Shafat E Kayamat Ar Rikaaq Wal Wara Rasool Allah ﷺ, Baab
No 13, Hadees : 2441)
Hadees 02:
“Hazrat Awf bin Malik Al Ashja Radi Allahu Anhu Se Rivayat Hai Rasool Allah ﷺNe Farmaya Tum
Jaante Ho Raat Mere Rab Ne Mujhe Kya Ikhtiyaar Diya Hai ?
Hum Ne Arz Kiya :
Allah Ta’ala Aur Us Ka Rasool ﷺSab Se Behtar Jaante Hain.
Aap ﷺNe Farmaya :
Us Ne Mujhe Yah Ikhtiyaar Diya Hai Ki Agar Mein Chaahun To Meri Nishf Ummat Ko (Bila Hisab-O-Kitab)
Jannat Me Daakhil Kar Diya Jaa’e Ya Yah Ki Mein Shafa’at Karoo’n, Meine Shafa’at Ko Pasand Kiya Sahaba
Ridwanullahi Ta’ala Alaihim Aj’maeen Ne Arz Kiya :
Ya RasoolAllah ! ﷺ
Allah Ta’ala Se Hamaare Liye Duaa Farma’ein Ki Allah Ta’ala Hamein (Bhi) Shafa’at Ke Haquedaron Me
(Shaamil Kar De. Aap ﷺNe Farmaya :
Wo Har Musalman Ke Liye Hai.”
(Sunan Ibn Majah Vol : 05, Pg : 409, Kitabuz Zuhd, Baab : Zikr E Shaafat, Hadees : 4317)
(Imam Hakim Al Mustadraq Vol :01, Pg : 135, Hadees : 221)
(Imam Tabarani Al Muajam ul Kabir, Vol : 18, Pg : 68, Hadees : 126)
(Imam Tabarani Musnad-ush-shamiyyin, Vol : 01, Pg : 326, Hadees :575)
Page | 219
Huzoor ﷺka Apni Ummat Kay Haq Dua Karna
Hadees 03:
“Abu Hurraira Radiallahu anhu Se Rivayat Hai Huzoor ﷺNe Farmaya Har Nabi k Liye Ek Dua Aisi Hoti
Hai Jo Bahot Khas Hoti Hai., Jisko Khuda Wand Taa’la Kabool Farmata Hai Aur Mai Apni Ye dua ko
Qayamat K Din Kay Liye Mehfooz Rakhi Hai Jis Se Kay Apni Ummat Ki Shafat Karunga Aur Ye Un Sabke
Liye Hogi Is Haal Me Mar Jaaye Ki ALLAH kay Saath Kisi ko Sharik Nahi Karta Ho”
(Sunan ibn Majah Vol:05, Pg 401: Kitab Uz Zuhd, Baab : Zikr E Shafat, Hadees : 4307)
Page | 220
Hadees 04:
"Abu Hurraira Radiallahu Anhu Se Rivayat Hai Huzoor ﷺNe Farmaya Har Nabi k Liye Ek Dua Aisi Hoti
Hai Jo Bahot Khas Hoti Hai.,
Jisko Khuda Wand Taa’la Kabool Farmata Hai Aur Mai Apni Ye dua ko Qayamat K Din Kay Liye Mehfooz
Rakhi Hai Jis Se Kay Apni Ummat Ki Shafat Karunga"
(Sahi Bukhari Vol :08, Pg :178, Kitabut Duwat, Baab 01 :Har Nabi Ki Ek Aisi Dua Jo Allah Taala Raddh Nahi
Farmata, Hadees : 6304)
(Sahi Muslim Vol :01, Pg : 331, Hadees: 487)
(Sahi Bukhari Vol :08, Pg :178, Kitabut Duwat, Baab 01 :Har Nabi Ki Ek Aisi Dua Jo Allah Taala Raddh Nahi
Farmata, Hadees : 6305 Rivayat Hazrat Anas ibn Malik)
Tamam Insano Kay Sardar Huzoor ﷺHonge, Sabse Pahle Huzoor Rehmat E Aalam
ﷺApne Roza E Aqdas Se Niklenge Aur Allah Ki Hamd Ka Jhanda Huzoor Rehmat E
Aalam ﷺKay Dast E Aqdas Me Hoga
Page | 221
Hadees 05:
Hazrat Abu Saeed Khudri Radi Allaho Anho Se Rivayat Hai Rasool Allah ﷺNe Farmaya Mai Roze E
Kayamat Tamam Aulad E Aadam Ka Sardar Rahunga Aur Mujhe Ispe Fakr Nahi,
Allah Ki Hamd Ka Jhanda Mere Dast E Karam Me Hoga Aur Mujhe Ispe Fakr Nahi,
Kayamat K Din Saare Ambiya Khwah Aadam Sab Mere Jhande Kay Saaye Honge,
Sabse Pahle Jameen Mere Liye Kholi Jaygi Aur Mai Ispe koi Fakr Nahi Karta”
(Jamai Tirmizi Vol : 06, Pg : 315, Kitab Al Manaqib, Hadees : 3615)
Wahabi Idara Darusalam ye Hadees Hasan hai
Hazrat Abu Saeed Khudri Radi Allaho Anho Se Rivayat Hai Rasool Allah ﷺNe Farmaya Mai Roze E
Kayamat Tamam Aulad E Aadam Ka Sardar Rahunga Aur Mujhe Ispe Fakr Nahi,
Sabse Pahle Jameen Mere Liye Kholi Jaygi Aur Mai Ispe koi Fakr Nahi Karta
Sabse Pehli Mai Shafat Karunga Aur Sabse Pahle Meri Shafat Kabool Ki Jaygi Aur Ispe Koi Fakr Nahi Karta
Page | 222
Allah Ki Hamd Ka Jhanda Mere Dast E Karam Me Hoga Aur Mujhe Ispe Fakr Nahi Karta"
(Sunan Ibn Majah Vol :05, Pg :402, Kitab Uz Zuhd, Baab : Zikr E Shafat, Hadees : 4308) Wahabi Idara
Darusalam ye Hadees Sahi hai
Hadees 07:
“Hazrat Abu Hurraira Radi Allaho Anho Se Rivayat Hai Nabi E Karim ﷺNe Irshad Farmaya Sabse Pahle
Jameen Mere Liye Khulegi Aur Mai Jannat Se Aaye Libas jebtan karunga, Phir Mai Arsh K Sidhe Jaanib
Khada Rahunga, Makhlook Me Mere Elawa Us Makam Pe Koi Nahi Rahega
(Jamai Tirmizi Vol : 06, Pg : 312, Kitab Al Manaqib, Hadees : 3611)
Imam Tirmizi Farmate Hai Ye Hadees Hasan Sahi Hai. Wahabi Idara Darusalam ye Hadees Sahi hai
Is tarah Aur bhi Hadees Kuch Alfazat k Changes K Saath Mauzood hai Jinme
(Jamai Tirmizi, hadees : 3148)
(Sunan Abu Dawood Hadees : 4673)
Page | 223
Huzoor ﷺKo MAKAM E MEHMOOD Ata Hoga
Hadees 08:
“Aur Raat k Kuch Hisso Me Tahajjud Ada Karo Yeh Khas Tumhare Liye Zyada Hai, Karib Hai ki Tumhara
Rab Aisi Jagah Khada Kare Jahan Sab Tumhari Hamd Karein”
(Surah Bani Israel / Isra - Ayat 79)
“Hazrat Abu Hurraira Radi Allaho Anho Se Rivayat Hai Nabi E Akram ﷺSe
Is Aayat
Karib Hai ki Tumhara Rab Aisi Jagah Khada Kare Jahan Sab Tumhari Hamd
Karein” Surah Bani Israel / Isra - Ayat 79”
kay baare Me Pucha Gaya To Irshad Farmaya SHAFAT”
(Jamai Tirmizi Vol :05, Pg : 442, Kitabut Tafseer, Baab : Wama Surah Bani Israel, Hadees 3137)
Wahabi Idara Darusalam Ne Kaha Ye Hadees Sahi Hai.
Imam Tirmizi Farmate Hai Ye Hadees Hasan hai.
Hadees E Paak Se Maloom Huwa Wo Makam E Shafat hai Jaha Allah Taala Apne Mehboob ﷺKo Khada
karega aur Aaka ﷺShafat Farmaynge
Page | 224
Hadees 09:
“Hazrat Ibn Umar Radi Allaho Anho Farmate Hai Kayamat K Din Log Apne Ghutne K Bal Honge Aur Har
Ummat Apne Ambiya ki pairvi karegi Aur kahegi Aye Fala Aye Fala ALLAH Taala Se Hamari Sifarish
Farmade’in,
Yaha Tak K Shafat Huzoor Nabi E Akram ﷺKo Ata Ki Jaygi Aur Wo Din Allah Taala Huzoor ﷺKo
Maqam Al Mahmood Ata Karega”
(Sahi Bukhari Vol :06, Pg :195, Kitabut Tafseer, Hadees : 4718)
Hadees 10:
“Hazrat Jabir Ibn Abdullah Radiallahu Anhu Se Rivayat Hai Nabi E Akram ﷺNe Farmaya Jo Shaks
Azaan K baad Ye Dua Kahe
Aye Allah Is Dawa’t E Taa’mma Aur Salat E Ka’eema Kay Malik Tu Hamare Sardar Hazrat Muhammad
ﷺko Waseela Aur Fazilat Aur Bahot Buland Darja Ata Farma aur Unko Makam E Mehmood Me Khada
Farma Jiska Tune Unse Waada Farmaya Hai, Us Shaks Ko Baroz E Kayamat Meri Shafat Milegi"
(Sahi Bukhari Vol :01, Pg :318, Kitabut Azaan Baab : Azaan K baad Dua Ka Bayan Hadees : 614)
(Sahi Bukhari Vol :06, Pg :194 Kitabut Tafseer, Hadees : 4719)
(Sunan Nasai Vol :01, Pg : 400, Kitabul Azaan Hadees : 681)
(Sunan Abu Dawood Vol :01, Pg : 330, Kitabus Salat Baab : Azaan Kay Baad Dua ka Bayan, Hadees : 529)
(Jamai Tirmizi Vol :01, Pg :236, Kitabus Salat, Hadees : 211 ) (Sunan Ibn Majah Vol : 01, Pg :477, Kitabul
Azaan Wa Sunnati, Baab :
Page | 225
Mu’azzin K Azaan pukarne Pe Kya kahe, Hadees : 722 ) (Imam Nawawi Riyadusalaheen, Kitabul
Fazail, Hadees : 1039)
Hadees 11 :
“Hazrat Abu Moosa Ash’ari RadiyAllahu Ta’ala Anhu Se Riwayat Hai Ki Huzoor Nabi E Akram ﷺNe
Farmaya :
Mujhe Yah Ikhtiyaar Diya Gaya Hai Khwaah Mein Qayamat Ke Din Shafa’at Ko Chun Loo’n Ya Meri Aadhi
Ummat Ko (Bina Hisaab Kitab) Jannat Me Daakhil Kar Diya Jaaye To Meine Us Me Se Shafa’at Ko Ikhtiyaar
Kiya Hai Kyon Ki Aam Aur (Poori Ummat Ke Liye) Kaafi Hogi Aur Tum Shaayad Yah Khayal Karon Ki Wo
Parhezgaaron Ke Liye Hogi ?
Nahin
Balki Wo (Meri Shafa’at) Bahut Zyaada Gunahgaron, Khatakaron Aur Bura’iyon Me Mubtila Hone Waalon
Ke Liye Hogi.”
(Sunan Ibn Majah Vol : 05, Pg : 404, Kitabuz Zuhd, Baab : Zikr E Shafaat, Hadees : 4311)
(Imam Ahmad Ibn Hambal Al Musnad Vol : 02, Pg : 75, Hadees : 5452)
Page | 226
(Imam Bayhaqi Kitab Al Aiteqaad Vol : 01, Pg : 202)
(Imam Haythami Mazma uz Zawaid Vol : 10, Pg : 378)
Hadees 12:
Hazrat Anas Radi Allahu Anho Se Ek Taveel Rivayat Bayan Farmayi Huzoor Nabi E Akram ﷺNe Irshad
Farmaya
Jab Kayamat Ka Din Hoga To Log Ekhatta Kar Hazrat Adam (Alaihisalaam) K Pass Hazir Honge Aur Arz
Karenge K Aap Apne Rab Ki Bargaah Me Hamari Shafat kijiye,
Woh Farmaynge Iske Liye Mai Nahi, Lekin Tum Hazrat Ibrahim (Alaihisalaam) ka Daman Pakdo Kyuki Wo
Allah Kay Khalil Hai, To Wo Hazrat Ibrahim (Alaihisalaam) Kay Pass Jaynge To Wo Bhi Farmaynge Mai Iske
Liye Nahi Hoon, Lekin Tum Sayyedina Moosa (Alaihisalaam) Kay pass Jao Kyuki Wo Allah K Kalim Hai Wo
Farmaynge Mai Iske Liye Nahi, Lekin Tum Hazrat Isaa (Alaihisalaam) Ki Bargaah Me Jao Kyuki Wo
Roohullah Hai Aur Kalimullah Hai wo bhi farmaynge Mai Isliye Nahi Hoon, Lekin Tum Hazrat Sayyadina
Muhammad Mustafa ﷺKi Bargaah Me Chale Jao, Woh Mere Pass Aaynge Mai Farmaunga k Mai Hi To
Shafat Karne K Liye Hoon, Phir Mai Allah Taala Se Izazat Talab Karunga To Mujhe Izazat Milegi Aur ALLAH
Page | 228
TAALA MERE KALB ME AISI HAMD DALEGA K JO MERE ILM ME HAZIR NAHI,
Mai Un Hamdo Se Hamd Karunga Aur ALLAH K Huzoor Sazde me Gir Jaunga, Kaha Jayga
AYE MUHAMMAD SAR UTHAI’YE KAHIYE AAPKI SUNI JAYGI
MANGIYE ATA KIYA JAYGA SHAFAT KIJIYE KABOOL KI JAYGI,
Mai Arz Karunga YA RABB MERI UMMAT MERI UMMAT
To Farmaya Jayga Jaiyee Aur Apni Ummat K Har Shaks Ko Jahannam Se Nikal Lijiye Jiske Dil Me Jav K
Barabar Bhi Imaan Ho Mai Jaunga Aur Unhe Nikal Launga Phir Wapas Aaunga Aur Unhi Hamdo Se Rabb Ki
Hamd Karunga Phir Dobara Rab Taala k Huzoor Sazde Me Gir Jaunga Kaha Jayga
AYE MUHAMMAD SAR UTHAI’YE KAHIYE AAPKI SUNI JAYGI
MANGIYE ATA KIYA JAYGA SHAFAT KIJIYE KABOOL KI JAYGI,
Mai Arz Karunga YA RABB MERI UMMAT MERI UMMAT
To Farmaya Jayga Jaiyee Aur Apni Ummat K Har Shaks Ko Jahannam Se Nikal Lijiye Jiske Dil Me Rai k
Daane K Barabar Bhi Imaan Ho Mai Jaunga Aur Unhe Nikal Launga,
Phir Wapas Aaunga Aur Unhi Hamdo Se Rabb Ki Hamd Karunga Phir Dobara Rab Taala k Huzoor Sazde
Me Gir Jaunga Kaha Jayga
AYE MUHAMMAD SAR UTHAI’YE KAHIYE AAPKI SUNI JAYGI
MANGIYE ATA KIYA JAYGA SHAFAT KIJIYE KABOOL KI JAYGI,
Mai Arz Karunga YA RABB MERI UMMAT MERI UMMAT
To Farmaya Jayga Jaiyee Aur Jiske Dil Me Rai K Daane Se Bhi Kamtar Imaan Ho, Usse Bhi Aag Se Nikal
Lijiye, Chunache Mai Jaunga Aur Aisa Hi Karunga”
(Sahi Bukhari, Vol :09, Kitabut Tawheed, Baab : Kalam Al Rabbi Yaum Al Kiyamati, Hadees : 7510)
(Sahi Muslim Vol : 01, Pg : 307, Kitabul Imaan, Hadees : 311)
Hakimul Ummat Mufti Ahmad Yaar Khan Naeemi Alaihrehma Is Hadees Ki Shara Me Farmate Hai
“Yaad Rahe Ki Hum Baa Jaat E Khud Rab Taa’la Ki Hamd Nahi Kar Sakte Hai Jab Tak K Humko Huzoor Naa
Sikhaye, Hamari Hamd Huzoor k Sikhane Se Hai Aur Huzoor Ki Rab Taala K Sikhane Se Rab Taa’la Ki Jaise
Hamd Huzoor E Anwar Ne Ki Hai Aur Karenge Makhlook Me Kise Ne Aisi Hamd Naa Ki, Isliye Aapka Naam
‘AHMAD’ Hai bahot Zyada Tarif Bayan Karne Waala Mazid Farmate Hai us Sazde Me Huzoor E Anwar Rab
Taala Ki Bemisal Hamd Karenge Aur Makam E Mehmood par Rab Taala Huzoor Ki Aisi Hamd Karega Jo Koi
Naa Kar Sakega Isliye Huzoor E Anwar Ka Naam Muhammad Hai”
(Miratul Manajih Shara E Mishkat Al Masabih Vol : 07, Pg : 417)
Phir Issi Tarah ki Rivayat Hazrat Anas bin Malik Radi Allahu Anhu Kay Turk Se Imam Bukhari Rahmatullah
Alaih Ne Apni Sahi me rivayat ki ab Har Rivayat likh paana Munasib nahi yahan isliye Chand hawale Pesh
hai
* Sahi Bukhari Vol : 06, Pg: 23, Kitabut Tafseer, Hadees : 4476
*Sahi Bukhari Vol : 08, Pg: 302, Kitab Ar Riqar Baab : Jannat Aur Jahannam kay Sifaat, Hadees : 6565
*Sahi Bukhari Vol : 09 , Pg :304, 325, Kitabut Tawheed Hadees : 7410, 7440
Is rivayato me Logon Ka Hazrat Nooh Alaihsalam Kay Pass Jaana Ka Bhi Zikr hai Phir Hazrat Nooh Unhe
Hazrat Ibrahim Kay pass Bhejenge. Hazrat Abu Hurraira Radi Allahu Anhu Se Bhi Is tarah ki rivayat marvi
hai
* Sahi Bukhari Vol : 06, Pg : 188, Kitabut Tafseer, Hadees : 4712
* Sahi Bukhari Vol : 04, Pg : 341, Kitabun Nabi, Hadees : 3361
*Sahi Muslim Vol : 01, Pg : 323, Kitabul Imaan, Hadees : 194
Page | 229
* Sunan Tirmizi Vol 04, Pg : 442 , Kitab Shafat E Kayamat Ar Riraak Wal Wara Rasool Allah, Hadees : 2434
* Imam Nawawi Riyadusalaheen, Hadees : 1866 Hazrat Abu Saeed Khudri Radi Allahu Anhu Se Marvi bhi
rivayat jikso Imam Muslim Ne apni Sahi me rivayat kiya hai
Sahi Muslim Vol :01, Pg : 289, Kitabul Imaan, Hadees : 289
Yaha ab dekhne ka makam hai kay aakhir ye itna Lamba Process kyun ? Allah Taala Ne To Shafat di hai
Huzoor Rasool E Akram Ko to phir direct logo ko Huzoor kay pass bhej diya jaana chahye tha log pahle se
hi itne pareshan haal phir itna lamba process kyun ? Kabhi khwarij wahabi ne ispe gaur o fikr kiya hai jo
aaaj kahte hai Jiska naam Muhammad Ya Ali ho usko koi authority nahi hai. Pahle Aadam Phir Nooh, Phir
Ibrahim, Phir Moosa Phir Isaa In sabke paas kyun bheja jaa raha hai aur direct hi Kyun nahi Huzoor Kay
Pass bheja jaa raha hai ? Allah Ko Tamam Logo ko Ye Makam E Muhammad Dikhana Hai kay Aaj koi Nahi
Bolega Mahshar ka Khatib Mera Mehboob hoga Allah Kay Arsh Kay Sidhe Jaanib Makam Huzoor ko
Milega jo Log jindagi bhar Huzoor Ki azmat kay munkir rahe wo Aaj Huzoor Ki Allah Kay Mehboob ki
Azmat Shan E Bulandi ko dekhle. Aala hazrat ne kya khoob likha hai
Faqat Itna Sabab Hai In'eqaad E Bazme Mehshar ka kay Unki SHAAN E MEHBOOBI dikhai jany wali hai.
Page | 230
Hadees 14:
Hazart Abdullah Bin Umar RadiAllahu Anhu Se Riwayat Hai Ki Huzoor Nabi E Akram ﷺNe Farmaya :
Qayamat Ke Din Sooraj Logon Ke Bahut Qareeb Aa Jaa’ega Yahan Tak Ki (Us Ki Tapish Ke Baa’is Logon Ke)
Nisf Kaanon Tak Paseena Pahunch Jaa’ega Log Is Haalat Me (Pahle) Hazrat Aadam (Alaihisalaam) Se
Page | 231
Madad Maangne Jaa’einge, Phir Hazrat Moosa (Alaihisalaam) Se, Phir Aakhir Me (Har Ek Ke Inkaar Par)
Hazrat Muhammad ﷺSe Madad Maangeinge.”
(Sahi Bukhari Vol : 02, Pg : 323, Kitabuz Zakat, Hadees : 1475)
(Imam Bayhaqi Shoebul Imaan Vol : 03, Pg : 269, Hadees : 3509)
(Imam Tabarani Muajam Ul Awsat Vol : 02, Pg : 854, Hadees : 884)
(Imam Daylami Al Musnad Ul Firdaus Vol : 02, Pg : 377, Hadees : 3677)
Hadees 15:
Yazid Al Faqir Kehte Hai Mujhe Kharjiat k Nazariat Pasand Aagye Mai Kharji Hogaya Tha. Hum Jamaat Ki
Shakl Me Hajj K Liye Nikle Phir Waha Se Logo Ko Kharjiat Ki Tableeg karne Chal Pade. Unhone Kaha Hum
Madina se Gujre Aur Dekha Hazrat Jabir Bin Abdullah Logo ko Masjid E Nabvi ﷺMe Hadees e Rasool
Page | 232
ﷺKa Dars De Rahe The. Jab Unhone Jahannam Ka Zikr Kiya Aur Kaha Nabi Chullu Bharenge Aur Logo
Ko Jahannam Se Leke Jannat Me Le Jaaynge. (Yaani Shafat E Rasool Ka Bayan) Maine Kaha Aye Sahabi e
Rasool ye Tum Kya Bayan Kar Rahe Ho ? Jabki Quran Me Allah Farmata Hai “Aye Rab Hamare Beshak Jise
Tu Dozakh Me Le Jaaye Use Jarur Tune Ruswayi Di Aur Jaalimo ka Koi Madadgaar Nahi (Surah Al Imraan
Ayat 192)” Phir Ek Aur Aayat Padhi “Rahe Wo Jo Behukm Hain Unka Theekana Aag Hai, Jab Kabhi Usme
(Jahannam) Se Nikalna Chahenge Phir Usi Me Gira Diye Jaynge - (Surah Sajdaah Ayat 20)” Quran ye Kehte
aur Tum Kya Kehte Ho ? Hum Tumhari Maane Ya Quran Ko Maane ? Jabir bin Abdullah Radi Allaho ne
Farmaya itminaan se pucha Kya Tumne Quran padha Hai ? Yazid Al Faqir Kehte Hai Haa Humne Padhi Hai
Quran (Bahot Josh me Aake Kaha) Jabir bin Abdullah ne Farmaya Kya Tumne Usme MAKAM E
MEHMOOD K baare Me Kuch Padha hai ? {*// “Karib Hai Ki Tumhe Tumhara Rab Aisi Jagah Khada Karen
Jahan Sab Tumhari Hamd Kare” (Surah Bani Israel/Isra Ayat 79) } Yazid Al Faqir Kehte hai HAA Humne
Padha Hai. Jabir bin Abdullah Farmate Hai Padha Hai To Bas Aise Hi Padha Hai. Aage Farmate Hai Makam
E Mehmood Wo Makam Hai Jo Allah Ne Apne Mehboob ﷺKo Ata Kiya Hai Jisko Chahenge Jahannam
Se Aazad Kara denge. Phir Uske baad Ek Pool (Bridge) Ka Zirk Kiya Jiske Upar Se Log Guzrenge Aur Kaha
Mujhe Aur Zyada Yaad Nahi lekin itna mere jahen me hai log Jahannam se Nikale jaynge aur kaha is tarah
syaah (kaale) honge (yaani Jahannam ki aag se jalke). Phir Unhe Jannat Ki Naher me daala Jayga waha se
jab niklenge bilkul Safed Kagaz (White Ppr) ki trah hojaynge. Yazeed Al Fakeer Kehte Hai Unki Guftgu Sun
ne K baad Phir Hum Waha Se Nikle Aur Apne Ustado k Pass pahuche unhone Humse Sabab Pucha Lautne
Ka. Saara Mazra Bayan Kiya Wo Hum Pe Naraz Huwe Phir Maine Kaha Dil Nahi Maanta k Aise Noorani
Chehre Waala Sahabi Bhi Allah Kay Rasool Kay Baare Me Jhut Bol Sakta Hai Aur Hum Sabne Khwarijat Se
Tauba Karli Jo Jo Gaye The Siwaye Ek kay.
(Sahi Muslim Vol : 01, Pg : 313, Kitabul Imaan Hadees : 191, ‘English : Book 01, Hadees : 381, 371’)
(Imam Abu Nauyem Al Hilyatul Awliya)
Page | 233
Is Hadees Pe Ab Kuch Lamha E Fiqriya Guftgu Bahot se log padh k gujar jaate hai par
samajhte nahi hai lihaja iska khulasa jaruri hai:
3). JARURI NAHI HAR QURAN KI AAYAT PADHNE WAALA HAWALE DENE WAALA SACCHA HO:
Page | 234
Aaj Ye bhi fitna failaya jaa raha hai k dekho hum QURAN ki aayat pesh karte hai aur tum hume
bura bolte ho ab andaza lagao Musalmano dekho SAHABA k aage bhi SAHI aayat padhi gayi Sahi Hawale
wo bhi QURAN hi se de raha tha na par Us aayat se Aqeeda aur Matlab galat bayan kiya jaa raha tha.
5). Hazrat Abdullah ibn Jaabir Radi Allaho Anho Dars Kya De Rahe The ?
Huzoor Nabi E KARIM ﷺki SHAFAT kaa AAKA KARIM ﷺki Shan o Azmat Ka Huzoor ﷺ
Ki Hazaat Rawayi Ka Jahannam se Aazad karana kitni badi Hazaat Rawayi Dastagiri hai Huzoor ﷺK
FAIDE KA Inkaar kisne kiya?Khwarijeen ne pata chala Nasl Kaha se aayi hai ? Nishaniyaa aaj bhi mauzood
hai.
8). QURAN K LIYE KABHI KABHI CHEHRE BHI DEKHNE HOTE HAI:
Pata chala k Hazrat yazid jo kuch kharji the tauba ki aur Musalman huwe aur kya kaha k
CHEHRE dekho aisa noorani chehra jhut nahi bol sakta ab dekho to sahi aaj unke Ulma k Manhoos chehre
ko dekho hamare akabireen k chehre ko pata chal jaayga kon Saccha hai kon jhuta hai.
Aaye pehle ye jaan le k Deedar e Rabbul Aalamin Mumkin hai ya nahi kyuki kaum e wahabiya sabse pahle
bhagne ka raste yehi se shuru karti hai ye kehke hi bhagti hai k ALLAH ko Dekhna mumki hi nahi par wo
kehte hai ye ratta tota jamaat hai quran ki 02 04 ayat ratt marli kaum ko gumraah karne lage aaye iska
jaiza hum Quran e Karim Aur Hadees e Nabvi ﷺse le taaki haq aur wajeh hojaye k ALLAH ko Dekhna
Mumkin Hai Ya Mahaal Hai.
Wahabi Quran ki jis aayat ko bataur e dalil pesh karte hai wo hai
Ayat 01 :
“Koi Aankh Uska Ehaata Nahi Kar Sakri Aur Har Aank Uske Ehaate Me Hai”
(Surah Anam Ayat 103)”
Is aayat ko pesh karke wahabi kehte hai k ALLAH ka deedar Mumkin Nahi Hai Halanki is aayat me ye
saabit nahi hota k ALLAH ka Deedar Namumkin Nahi Hai balki logo ki Salahiyat ki Nafi Kiya Hai k Logo ki
Ankho Me Wo Idraak Nahi Hai Jo Allah ki Tajjaliat ko Bardast Kar Sake.
To Phir Jiski Aankho Me ALLAH wo Idraak Ata kare Uske liye jarur Mumkin Hai k Wo ALLAH ka Deedar
Kar Sake.
Aaiye Quran dusre Makam par Allah kya Farmata hai Deedar k Talluk se taaki masla bilkul clear hojaye.
Ayat 02 :
“Aur Jab Moosa Hamare Waade Par Haazir Huwa Aur Usse Uske Rab Ne Kalam Farmaya Arz Ki Aye Rab
Mere Mujhe Apna Deedar Dikha Ki Tune Tujhe Dekhu, Farmaya Tu Mujhe Hargiz Na Dekh Sakega
Haa Is Pahad Ki Taraf Dekh Ye Agar Apni Jagah Par Tehra Raha To Bahot Jald Tu Mujhe Dekh Lega
Phir Jab Uske Rab Ne Pahad Par Apna Noor Chamkaya Usse Tukde Tukde Kar Diya Aur Moosa Gira
Behosh Huwa Bola Paaki Hai Tujhe Main Teri Taraf Ruzu Laaya Aur Mai Sabse Pehla Musalman Hoon”
(Surah Al Aaraf Ayat 143)
Tafseer E Jalalayn:
Jisko Do Bade Muhaddis Mufasir Mujadid ne Milke Mukammal Kiya
1) Imam Jalaludin Al Mahalli (2)Imam Jalaludin As Suyuti Ash Shafai
Iski Tafseer me Likhte Hai
“Tu Mujhe Hargiz Na Dekh Sakega iska matlab hai k Tum me Dekhne ki Salahiyat Nahi Hai isliye Allah Ne
Yaha Quran me Lafz (LAN TARANI ) istemal huwa Naaki LAN URA Jiska (Dekhna Na Mumkin Hai) Jis se
Pata Chalta Hai K Allah ko Dekhna Mumkin Hai aur Aage Farmaya Agar Pahad apni Jagah Rahe To Bahot
Jald Mujhe Dekh Lega”
(Tafseer E Jalalayn Vol : 01, Pg : 167, Under Surah Al Araf Ayat 143)
Page | 236
Page | 237
The Last image in specific
Hakim Al Mustadrak me Hadees e Paak Hai Jisme Hai k Moosa ne Tazaliat e Rabbani k Noor ka ek Halka
sa Mushaida kiya jo Fakat Sabse choti Ungli k Nakhoon K Chote se Hisse k barabar hi jhalak dekhi aur
Behosh hogaye.
Is aayat se ye pata chala k Allah ko Dekhna Mahaal Nahi Hai Aur Ambiya ki ye shaan nahi hai k ALLAH se
Mahaal Chiz ka sawal aur ilteza bhi kare Agar Allah Chahe to Deedar karade ALLAH k Liye ye Namumkin
Nahi Hai.Ab aaye ek aur Aayat e Mubarika Deedar E ALLAH K MUTTALIK taaki aur baat samajh aajaye
Ayat 02 :
“Kuch Muh (Faces) Us Din Taro Taaza Honge Apne Rab Ko Dekhte”
(Surah Qiyamah Ayat 22 - 23, Surah No 75)
Subhan Allah is aayat e Mubaraka se ye pata chala k Allah ka Deedar Namumkin to nahi aur hadees e
paak me bhi aata hai k Jannat me Musalman Apne Rab ka deedar karenge. Alhamdullilah
Ab iski taid me ek hadees e paak bhi pesh e nazr hai.
Hadees :
“Hazrat Adi ibn Hateem (R.A) se rivayat hai k Rasoolullah ﷺne farmaya Tum Me Se Har Koi Anqareeb
Apne Rab se Kalam Karega is haal me koi Parda Na Hoga Tum Rab se Kalam Karoge aur Be Hizab Deedar
Bhi Karoge”
References :
(Sahi Bukhari, Vol : 03, Kitab No 97 Kitabut Tawheed, Hadees :7443)
(Sunan ibn Majah, Kitabus Sunnah/Kitabul Mukaddamah, Hadees : 185)
(Musnad E Ahmad Vol : 04, Pg : 360)
Isi Tarah Allah k deedar k Muttalik Bahot si Hadees Shaheed Hai. Alhamdullilah In daleel se ye wajeh hua
k ALLAH ka Deedar Namumkin to Nahi jab ek Musalmaan behizab Rab Ka Deedar karega to Kya Meraj Me
Nabi e Karim ne Rab ka deedar Na kiya hoga.
Page | 238
2) KYA MERAJ KI RAAT ME NABI ﷺNE ALLAH KA DEEDAR KIYA HAI ?
Is Masail me Salf Salaheen ka ektelaf hai k Allah k Nabi ﷺne Meraj Ki raat me Allah زوجلka Deedar
kiya ya nahi Umool Momineen Hazrat Ayesha Siddika Tahira Radi Allaho Anha aur Baaj Sahaba e Kiram
Radi Allaho Anha Azmain ne farmaya k Meraj me Aap ﷺne Allah Ko Nahi Dekha aur In Hazraat ne
(R.A) (Surah Nazm Ayat 11) “Dil Ne Jhoot Na Kaha Jo Dekha” is aayat ki tafseer me farmaya k Allah ka
Nahi Balki Roohul Jibril E Ameen Alaihi Salam ko unke asli shaklo surat me dekha unke unke 600 par
(wings) the, aur baaj Salaf ne jaise Saeed ibn Jabir jo mashoor Tabai hai unhone kuch bhi kehne se
tawaako (Silent) farmaya aur Sahaba wa Tabain ki bahot badi jamaat ne kaha k Nabi e Karim ne Allah Ka
Deedar Apne Matho ki Aankho se kiya hai”
(Imam Qazi Al Ayaz Ash Shifa Shareef Vol : 01, Pg : 120)
Ahle Sunnah Wa Jamaat ka Maslak O Mazhab majority Sahaba Tabaeein Fukaha Muhadeesin k taraf hai
aur wo ye hai k Allah K Nabi ﷺne Meraj Ki Raat ALLAH ka DEEDAR apne MATHO ki aankh se kiya.
Ye humne dono maamlaat saaf saaf likh diye ab aaye mukhalifeen ki dalil aur apne jawabat ki taraf.
Page | 239
Musalmano me mauzoda jamane me Gair Mukallid Wahabi ye kehte milenge k Nabi E Karim ﷺne
Allah Tabarakwatala ka Deedar nahi kiya aur apni is baat ko sahi saabit karne k liye wo dalil denge 02
hadees ye wo tabka hai jiska daawa hai sabse zyada padha likha hone ka magar jab inki kabiliat aur ilm ka
jaiza lo to pata chalta hai inke paas hai kuch nahi siwaye chand khawarij Mullao ki takreero se siwa jo
sunte hai wohi bulte hai tote ki tarah ab jo dalil ye dete hai deedar na karne ki wo ye hai pehle ispe
tabseera kare phir hum us hadees ki taraf roshni daalenge jo sabse zyada ghoti jaati hai khwarij mullao ki
taraf se ab aaye Kaum e Wahabiya k Dalil Ka Tehkeeki Jaiza le.
Hazrat Abu Jarr (R.A) se rivayat k Unhone Rasool Allah ﷺSe Pucha Kya Aap ne Rab Ta’ala ko Dekha?
Farmaya Wo NOOR Hai Mai Kaise Dekh Sakta Hoon ?”
(Sahi Muslim, Vol : 01, Kitabul Imaan, Hadees : 178 Arabic)
(Sahi Muslim Hadees : 341 English Version)
Is hadees se ye batane ki koshish ki kaum e wahabiya ne k ALLAH ko NABI ﷺne Ne Nahi dekha.
Ab iske baad hi dusri Hadees hai wo bhi dekhe jispe dekhna Saabit Hai aur in dono hadeeso pe tabseera
karen phir
Page | 240
Hadees :
Hazrat Abdullah bin Shaqik (R.A) Farmate Hai Maine Hazrat Abu Jarr (R.A) Se Kaha Agar Mai Nabi e
Karim ﷺko dekhta To Mai Aap Huzoor ﷺSe Puchta.
Hazrat Abu Jarr (R.A) Farmate Hai Aye Shaqik Tum Kya Puchte ?
Farmaya Mai Puchta Aye Allah K Nabi ﷺKya Aapne Allah ko Dekha Hai ?
Hazrat Abu Jarr (R.A) Farmate Hai Aye Shakik Maine Pucha Tha Aur Rasool Allah ﷺne Farmaya
MAINE NOOR KO DEKHA”
(Sahi Muslim, Vol : 01, Kitabul Imaan, Hadees : 178 Arabic)
(Sahi Muslim Hadees : 342 English Version)
Pehle Hadees No. 341 ye galat translation ki gayi kaum e wahabiya ki janib se jiska sahi tarjuma hum
aage karenge kyuki ye wrong translation karke kaum e wahabia k chote chote mendak watsapp facebook
me tableeg kar rahe hai isliye iska khulasa karna jaruri hai.
Page | 241
Agar iske wohi maane liye jaaye jo wahabio ne bayan kiye hai to iske baad waali Hadees no 342 aur 341
me Tazaad (Contradiction) saaf nazar aayga ek me kaha gaya hai k NOOR HAI MAI KAISE DEKH SAKTA
HOON wahi dusri very next hadees no 342 me likha hai k MAINE NOOR KO DEKHA ab ek me Naa dekhna
saabit horaha hai dusre me DEKHNA Saabit horaha hai aur wo bhi dono k raavi me bhi ek hi naam
Hazrat Abu Jarr (R.A) ka hai ye mumkin hi nahi k wo ek jagah kuch kahe aur dusri jagah kuch aur Imam
Muslim (R.A) koi Raah chalte Aalim nahi the apne daur k Sabse bade Muhadiseen me se hai jinka ilmul
hadees kisi se chupa nahi hai wo ye galti kar hi nahi sakte k do hadees is tarah laaye wo bhi ek k baad ek
to phir iska maane kya hai ?
Yaha Dhyan se padhe Maazra ye hai k hadees k translation me ghotala kiya wahabio ne jaha se Dekhna
Saabit horaha tha waha se naa dekhna saabit karne lage wo bhi tarjume ko change karke ab aaye hum
word to word arabic se translation karen taaki saamne sab clear ho jaaye.
Puri Sanad Imam Muslim ne likhi aur wo sanad aakhir me Sahabi E Rasool ﷺHazrat Abu Jarr tak
pahuchayi hadees ka sabse important word humne red mark kiya hai jiska translation word to word
karenge.
Ye hai hadees ki sahi tashreeh magar badmazhabo ne tarjume me khayanat dikhayi aur hadees k tarjume
ko badal k awaam k saamne pesh kiya ALLAH badmazhabo k makar o fareb se mehfooz farmaye. Humne
unke galat tarjume aur apne sahi dalail se ek dalil abhi saabit ki deedar hone ki hadees e sahi se.
Page | 242
Dalil Ya Objection 02 Kaum E Wahabiya ki Taraf Se :
A) Hazrat Masruk Tabai se rivayat Hadees Aur Hazrat Anas bin Malik Sahabi Se Rivayat Hadees Ka
Bayan Aur Jaiza Hadees :
“Hazrat Masruq (R.A) se rivayat hai k unhone Ummul Momineen Ayesha Siddika Radi Allaho Anha se
Suna k Unhone Farmaya Jo Ye Kahe K Nabi E Karim ﷺne Allah Tabarakwatala ko Dekha Hai Wo
Jhoota Hai”
(Sahi Bukhari Vol : 03, Kitab No 97, Kitabut Tawheed, Hadees : 7380)
Isi Tarah ki Hadees ko kuch alfaz k changes k saath Imam Muslim ne likha hai
(Sahi Muslim, Vol : 01, Kitabul Imaan, Hadees : 177)
Page | 243
Yehi Sunaya jaata hai awaam ko aur is hadees ko base banake Kaum e Wahabiya k nanhe nanhe muballig
jo fakat 02 04 takreer sun english me wahabi aur christian website padh watsapp facebook munazir bane
ghumte hai wo msg k through aur inke mullahs apne speech me ye bayan karte hai k dekho hadees me
aaya k jo ye kahe K Nabi e Karim ﷺne Allah ka deedar kiya wo jhoota hai par ye la ilm kaum
akal,muttala se khali hai jo na aimma ko maanti hai fukaha ko na sharain ko bas jo apne dil ka accha laga
jo akal me samaya usko maanti hai lekin bas ek hadees padhke aap pura akeeda nahi bana sakte iske liye
mazeed muttale ki jarurat hai.
Ab Aaye Hum ussi Bukhari Sharif ki dusri hadees Likhte hai
Hazrat Anas (R.A) ne jo ke Sahabi hai unhone ek taveel riyavat bayan ki Safar e Meraj ki jo unone Nabi E
Karim ﷺse Suna hai us hadees ka hum wo hissa likh rahe hai
Hadees :
Hazrat Anas (R.A) se rivayat hai “Pura Meraj ka Wakya Bayan kiya”.... Fir Kehte hai “Huzoor Sidratul
Muntaha Par Tashreef Laaye aur Izzat Waala Jabbar (Allah ) Yaha Tak K Karib Huwa Aur Nazdik Aaya k Do
Kamano Ya Is Se Bhi Kam Ka Faasla Reh Gaya”
(Sahi Bukhari, Vol : 03, Kitab No 97 Kitabut Tawheed, Hadees : 7517)
Page | 244
Page | 245
Note: (The above images are only a part of the entire Hadees)
Pertaining to the hadees above, the following points have to be taken into account :
1). On the right is the translation from Alhe Sunnat Wal Jamaat and on the left side is ghair muqallid
translation.
2). The ghair muqallid translation has mentioned that the 3 angels came in dream. They are trying to say
that meraj happened in a dream. Futhermore in the last image its mentioned that “ Ahle sunnat Wal
Jamaat translation – Jab Aap bedar hue tab Masjide Haram mein the”. Here Beedar could mean anything
like – Awakefulneess, attentivenss, alert, etc.
3). They want to say here that our Nabi woke up in Masjide Haram so it means that all the while he was
in a dream. And all these incidents happened in a dream.
3a). If at all it was so, then
(i) In the Quran Allah mentions that “Purity is to Him who took his Bondsmen in a part of the
night from the Sacred Mosque to the Aqsa Mosque” (17:1).
From here its clear that its not a dream.
Page | 246
Futhermore:
(ii) In the other Hadees books like Sunan Darmi Shareef its mentioned that when our Nabi ﷺsaw Allah
Almighty in his dream and that Allah Almighty kept his Daste Qudrat between his shoulders he could see
everything in the skies and the earth.
So here if our Nabi ﷺhas seen Allah Almighty in his dream, then why has the night of Ascension
seperatley been explained in the Holy Quran if after all it was a dream?
(iii) In Suran Najam from the very beginning Allah Almighty has explained about this Night and how our
Nabi met Allah Almighty and his ascent to Sidratul Muntaha. If it was just a dream, then given such a
seperate explanation.
IN ANY OF THE VERSES ALLAH ALMIGHTY DID NOT SAY IT IS A DREAM. Then why do you ghair muqallid
consider it by yourself to be a dream.
(iii) If it was a dream after all then why did the people of Haram ask our Nabi ﷺabout what happened
in Masjide Aqsa in the night of Ascension.
4). In the 3rd image by the left it cleary shows how brainless are these ghair muqallid. In the first it is
mentioned “The Lord Of Honour And Majesty Approached”. After that these brainless write in brackets
“Jibrael”. What do these people want to prove ? By looking at the translation it looks like the Lord of
Honour mentioned here is Hazrate Jibrael.
It is clearly understood that it is Allah Almighty who approached closer to his Messenger ﷺ. But
because of the hatredness towards our Nabi ﷺin their hearts they can never accept the reality.
Hazrat Masruk (R.A)Tabai se rivayat Hadees Aur Hazrat Anas bin Malik (R.A)Sahabi Se
Rivayat Hadees ko dekhe in dono hadees me hume kis taraf jaana chahye ek aam
musalmaan kaise samjhe k kis ko follow karen.
1) Awwal to ye Jab Wakya E Meraj Huwa us wakt Umool Momineen Ayesha Siddika Radi Allaho Anha ki
umr 04 baras ya 06 baras thi aur wo Nabi e Karim ﷺK Nikaah me bhi naa aayi to unhe is masle ka
mukkamal ilm na tha aur agar baad me unhone ye bayan bhi kiya hai to ye Kaul e Umool Momineen Hai
jiske baare me Aimma Fukaha ne likha hai k Umool Momineen jo na dekhne ki baat kahi hai wo is
dunaya me rehte huwe na dekhne ki baat kahi hai par Hamare Nabi ﷺne ALLAH ko is dunya me nahi
balki Laa Maka me apne Matho ki aankh se dekha hai.
Page | 247
2) Sanad pe behas:
(i) Hazrat Ayesha Siddika Radiallahu Anha ka Kaul Bayan huwa hai Hazrat Masruq (R.A)se Joke ek Tabai
Hai. To Yaha Sanad (Chain) pahuchi Tabai se Sahabiya tak.
(ii) Hazrat Anas bin Malik (R.A) joke Khud Jalilul kadr sahabi hai unki rivayat hai direct Rasool Allah
(R.A) se Yaani ki Sanad Sahabi se Nabi e Karim ﷺtak pahuchi.
To Ab is masle me usool (Kanoon) ye hai k hum Farmaan e Nabi ﷺko tarjeeh denge aur uspe
akeeda banaynge naaki us hadees pe jispe Kaul e Sahaba hai aur ye baat koi hamari aajki dalil nahi hai
Shara e Hadees bhi yehi kehte hai chunache
ُ َعلَ ْيهis hadees ki shara me
Sabse Motebar Shara e Bukhari Me se ek Imam Ibn Hajar Al Asqalani ُللاه َر ْح َمة
likhte hai wahabi maulvi khud inhe bahot maante hai.
“Hazrat Maruzi (R.A) ne Imam Ahmad Ibn Hambal (R.A) se pucha k Log Kehte hai Umool Momineen
Ayesha Siddika Radi Allaho Anha ne Kaha k Jo ye Kahe K Nabi ﷺNe Allah ka deedar kiya wo Jhuta Hai
iska kya jawab hai.
Hazat Imam Ahmad Ibn Hambal (R.A) Farmate hai jab Nabi e Karim ﷺne khud Irshad Farmaya ( رأيت
) ربيMAINE MERE RAB KO DEKHA ye jawab Umool Momineen Ayesha Siddika Radi Allaho Anha Ka k
kawl ka hai Kyuki Nabi e Paak ﷺka Farman Ummol Momineen Ayesha Siddika Radiallaho anha Se
Zyada BADA (Superior) Hai”
(Fath Ul Baari Shara e Sahi Bukhari, Vol : 08, Pg : 494)
Allama Ibn Hajar Asqalani (R.A) ne yaha pure masle ka hi khulasa kiya k hum usko Follow karnge jo Nabi e
Karim Rauf o Raheem ﷺNe farmaya yaani NABI ﷺNE ALLAH KO DEKHA hai wo bhi Imam Ahmad
Ibn Hambal ka farman yehi hai wahabi aaj dawa bahot karte hai Imam Ahmad ibn Hambal ko maan ne ka
yaha tak k pura saudi Fiqah e Hambli pe chalta hai unka bhi yehi akeeda k NABI NE ALLAH KO DEKHA HAI.
Kya karenge Wahabi Agar Apne Abba k acche bacche hai to Lagaye Fatwa Hazrat Anas ibn Malik pe Imam
Ibn Hajar Asqalani pe Imam Ahmad ibn Hambal pe Radiallaho anha azmain pe ? Kisi maa ne wo beta jana
hai to dikhaye hume bhi fatwe.
Takreero me kehte hai wahabi jo ye Kahe K Nabi ﷺne Allah ko Dekha wo kafir hai Nauzubillah abhi
aage dekhe hum kitne hawale denge inko dekhne naani yaad aajaygi pyjama gila hojaynge pura padhne k
baad inke mullo aur facebook watsapp muftio k khokle gande chehre saamne aajaynge.
Page | 248
Hadees :
ye Makam hai Sahaba me jinke Haq me Quran ki Samajh ki dua Khud Nabi e Akram ﷺne Ki aur Hazrat
Abdullah ibn Abbas (R.A) khud Sahaba e Kiram ki jamaat me sabse pehle Muffasir huwe aapki Tafseer
Ibn Abbas k naam se mashoor hai.
Ab aaye Meraj Un Nabi ﷺMe ALLAH k deedar k talluk se hadees Yu To Ibn Abbas se rivayat bahot si
kutub me hai par yaha hum 02 likh rahe hai mulahiza kare.
Page | 249
Hadees :
Hazrat Abdullah ibn Abbas (R.A) Farmate Hai Hum Bani Hashim Kehte Hai beshak Nabi e Karim ne
ALLAH ka Deedar Kiya”
(Jamai Tirmizi, Kitab No 47 Kitabut Tafseer, Hadees : 3201)
Imam Tirmizi Ne Is Hadees ko HASAN kaha Hai
Hadees :
Imam Ahmad ibn Hambal (R.A) ne Apni Musnad me nakl kiya rivayat hai
Hazrat Abdullah ibn Abbas (R.A) bayan farmate hai k RASOOL ALLAH ne farmaya MAINE MERE RAB KO
DEKHA”
(Musnad E Ahmad Ibn Hambal, Vol : 01, Pg : 285, Print : Al Maktab Al Islami, Beirut)
Page | 250
(Imam ibn Asim Vol : 01, Pg : 188, Hadees : 433)
(Imam Haythami Al Majmau Zawaid , Vol : 01, Pg : 178)
Imam Jalaludin Suyuti ne Khasais Al Kubra Vol : 01, Pg : 161 pe likha ye Hadees Sahi Hai.
Imam Abdur Rauf Munadi ne Tahsheer Shara Jama as Sageer Vol : 02, Pg : 25, Maktaba Riyadh me Likhte
hai ye hadees Sahi Hai.
Ab Aaye Is Hadees pe bhi Sharain ka jawab padhe Chunache Imam Nawawi Ash Shafai likhte hai
“Jab ye Baat Hazrat Abdullah ibn Abbas (R.A) ki Hadees e Sahi se Sabit Hai to Hum ye Guman Nahi karte k
ye unka apna KAWL hai Unhone ye Rasool Allah se Sunke Hi Farmaya Hai,
Ma’mar ibn Rashid (Tabain) ne Umool Momineen Aur Hazrat Abdullah ibn Abbas (R.A) k ektelaf k baare
me kaha k Ummool Momineen Ayesha Siddika Radi Allaho Anha ko us wakt is masail me pura Ilm na tha,
Jabki Abdullah ibn Abbas (R.A) isko saabit kar rahe hai aur kuch log Nafi kar rahe hai to Usool k mutabik
Masbat ko maana jayga Naki Nafi (rejection) Ko”
(Shara E Sahi Muslim, Kitabul Imaan, Baab : Allah K Nabi Ne Deedar Kiya)
Page | 251
Imam Nawawi bhi Deedar waali hadees ko accept kar rahe hai.
Ab aaye dusri ek aur dalil aaj kaum e Wahabiya Huzoor Sayyidi Shaikh Abdul Qadir Jilani (R.A) ko maan ne
ka bahot daawa kar rahi aur kitabo pe kitabe chaap rahi hai sirf is baat ko saabit karne k liye k Gaus e
Paak Ahle Hadees the goya Awaam ko ye batana chah rahe hai k Gaus e Aazam ka akeeda aur wahabiya
ka akeeda ek ho magar hum challenge karte hai kaum e wahabiya ka koi ek bhi nazariya aur akeeda aisa
nahi jo Wahabio ka Gaus e Aazam (R.A) se mel khata ho balki aqaid me wo AHLE SUNNAH k aqaid pe hi
the aur fiqh me Imam Ahmad ibn Hambal (R.A) k mukallid the.
Chunache Huzoor Sayyidi Shaikh Abdul Qadir Jilani (R.A) kya farmate hai padhe unki maarakatul aara
kitab GUNYATUTALIBEEN me.
“Humara Aqeeda Hai K Nabi Swallallahualaihiwasallam Ne Shab E Meraj Bedaari Ki Haalat Me (Khwab Me
Nahi) Apne Sir Wali Aakhon Se (Dil Se Nahi) Allah Taala Ka Deedar Kiya Hai Jaisa K Hazrat Jabir
Radiallataala Anhu Riwayat Karte Hai K Nabi Swallallahualaihiwasallam Ne Aayat (Aap
Swallallahualaihiwasallam Ne Allah Ko Dusri Martaba Dekha ,Surah Najam Aayat 13, Ki Tafseer Me
Farmaya K Mene Bila Shak Wa Shuba Apne Rab Ko Apne Saamne Dekha”.
Page | 252
“Hazrat Abdullah ibn Abbas (R.A) farmate Hai ki Hazrat Ibrahim (Alaihissalam) Ko Khullat Mili , Hazrat
Moosa (Alaihissalam) ko Kalam aur Muhammad ﷺKo Deedar E Ilahi Haasil Huwa.
Hazrat Abdullah Ibn Abbas (R.A) Ne ye bhi farmaya Muhammad ﷺne Apne Rab Ko Apne Matho ki
Aankho Se DO baar Dekha. Ye rivayat Hazrat Ayesha Siddika Radi Allaho Anha k Us Rivayat se Maarij
Nahi Jo Ro’eet k Inkaar Me Marvi Hai Isliye k Isme Nafi Hai aur Rasool Allah ﷺne Apne Ro’eet ka
Isbaat Farmaya Hai.
Hazrat Abu Bakr bin Suleman (R.A) ka Kaul Hai k Rasool Allah ﷺne apne Rab Ka deedar 11 martaba
Kiya , 9 Baar Ka Saboot Hadees E Paak se milta Hai Jab ki Aapne Hazrat Moosa (Alaihissalam) aur Allah
k Maa’bain Takhfeef E Namaz K Liye Baar Baar Gaye
aur 50 Wakt Ki Namaz K Bajaye 5 wakt Namaz Farz Ki Gayi (45 Baar Ki Takhfeef Hogyi) Ye Sunnan Nabvi
se saabit hai aur 02 baar ALLAH ka deedar Quran Se Saabit Hai.
(Guniyatutalibeen, Baab Shab e Meraj Ka Bayan, Pg : 186)
1).“Hazrat Abdullah bil Al Haris (R.A) ne rivayat kiya hai k Hazrat Abdullah ibn Abbas (R.A) aur Hazrat
Kaab (R.A) ek Mazlis me Jama Huwe to Hazrat Abdullah ibn Abbas (R.A) ne farmaya koi Kuch bhi Kehta
Rahe Lekin Hum Bani Hashim K Log Yehi Kehte Hai k Bila Shuba Hazrat Muhammad Mustafa ﷺne
Yakinan Apne Rab ko Meraj Me Do Martaba Dekha. Ye Sunkar Hazrat Kaab (R.A) Ne Is Zorse Naara
Maara k Pahadiya Gunj Uthi Aur Farmaya Beshak Hazrat Moosa (Alihissalam) ne Allah se Kalam Kiya
Aur Hazrat Muhammad Mustafa ﷺne Allah ko Dekha”
(Tafseer Ibn Kathir Surah Nazm Ayat 05)
2).Hazrat Abu Jarr Gaffari ne (Surah Nazm Ayat 11) “Dil Ne Jhoot Na Kaha Jo Dekha” is aayat ki tafseer
me farmaya hai k Nabi ﷺNe Apne Rab Ko Dekha.
3).Isi tarah Hazrat Muaz Bin Jabal (R.A) Ne Huzoor E Akram ﷺSe rivayat Kiya Hai ‘Maine Apne Rab Ko
Dekha’
Page | 253
4).Muhaddis Imam Abdur Razzaq (R.A) Naakil Hai k Imam Hasan Al Basri (R.A) is baat par halaf uthate
the k yakinan Nabi e Karim ﷺNe Apne Rab Ko Dekha aur baaj Mutakkalimeen ne Nakal kiya Hai k
Hazrat Abdullah ibn Masood (R.A) ka bhi mazhab yehi tha aur ibne Isaaq (R.A) Likhte hai k Hakim e
Madina Marwaan ne Hazrat Abu Hurraira (R.A) se Sawal kiya k Kya Hazrat Muhammad ﷺne Apne
Rab ko Dekha To Aapne Jawab Diya “JEE HAA”
5).Isi tarah Nakkash ne Hazrat Imam Ahmad Ibn Hambal (R.A) k baare Me Zikr Kiya Hai k Hazrat Imam
Ahmad Ibn Hambal (R.A) ne Farmaya Mai Hazrat Abdullah Ibn Abbas (R.A) k Mazhab Ka Kayal Hoon wo
ye k Meraj me Huzoor e Akram ﷺne ALLAH KO DEKHA DEKHA DEKHA … Itni Der Tak Wo DEKHA
kehte Rahe Hatta k Unki Saans Toot Gayi”
(Qazi Al Ayaz Ash Shifa Vol : 01, Pg : 119/120)
1).Imam Ibn Khuzaima (R.A) Ne Urwa ibn Zubair (R.A) k hawale se likha “Hazrat Urwa ibn Zubair (R.A)
farmate the NABI E KARIM ﷺne MERAJ Ki raat ALLAH ko Dekha
Jab Koi Is Baat Ka Inkaar Karta to Sakht Gamgin Hojate”
(Sharha Zarqani ala al-Mawahib, Vol 1, Page 116, Print : Dar al Ma'arifah - Berut)
2).Urwa ibn Zubair (R.A) ye Siddik e Akbar (R.A) K Pote (Grandson) Hai Umool Momineen Ayesha
Siddika Radi Allaho Anha K Bhanje Hai Us Lihaj se riste me Rasool Allah ﷺk Bhanjne Bhi Huwe Jalilul
Qadr Tabain hai aur yehi akeeda Tabain ki Bahot badi Jamaat ka Tha.
3).Sayyiduna Kaab Ah'baar (R.A) Jo Pehle ki Kitabo k Aalim The, Imam Ibne Sha'haab Zahri Qarshi (R.A) ,
Imam Mujaahid Makh'zoomi Makki (R.A) ,Imam Akrama bin Abdullah Madani Haashimi (R.A) , Imam Ata
bin Rabah Qarshi Makki (Radi ALLAHu Ta'ala Anho) (Ustaaz Imam Abu-Hanifa (R.A) , Imam Muslim bin
Sabeeh Abud-Duha Kufi (R.A) aur bhi bahot se jalilud qadr Tabain Tabe tabain ka yehi Akeeda tha k Nabi
e Karim ﷺALLAH ka Deedar Kiya .
4). Imam Abdur Razzak (Ustaad e Imam Ahmad ibn Hambal /Imam Bukhari rahimullah Ta’ala
Azmain) inhone apni Musannaf Me Apne Ustaad Imam Mau’maar Se rivayat kiya
Ibn Khuzaimah (R.A) SAHI SANAD k saath rivayat karte hai Anas bin Malik (R.A) Farmate Hai
Muhammad Ne ALLAH KO DEKHA, yehi rivayat Abdullah ibn Abbas (R.A) Se Hai aur Unke Shagird jaise
Kaab Al Ahbaar, Zuhiri and Mamar se hai, Imam Abdur Razzaq (R.A) ne Mamar se rivayat ki k Imam
Hassan Basri (R.A) kehte They Mai HALAF (Kasam) Uthata Hoon K Muhammad Ne ALLAH KO DEKHA,
ibn Khuzaima Ne ALLAH Ka DEEDAR hona Hazrat Urwa ibn Zubair Se Bhi Saabit Kiya Hai.
(Umdatul Qari Shara E Sahi Bukhari Vol : 19, Pg : 198)
(Shifa Sharif Vol : 01, Pg : 159)
(Tafseer Abdur Razzak, Hadees : 2940)
Page | 254
5).Imam Hasan Al Basri (R.A) ye Shagird hai Hazrat Ali (R.A) k Aur Ummool Momineen Umme Salama
Radi Allaho Anha Ka Shikam (Dudh) Nosh Kiya Hai hatta k chote pan me rivayato me aaya hai k Rasool
Allah k GODH mubarak me khele hai Saare Silsila e Tariqat Hasan Basri (R.A) se milte hai ye makam hai
unka tamam Muhadis inke Ilm k aage sar kham karte nazar aate hai.
Hazrat Hasan AL Basri (R.A) ka Kasam Khana is baat k liye ALLAH K NABI ﷺNE ALLAH KO DEKHA ye
koi Mamuli baat nahi hai Jo hadeeso ki rivayat me Imam Hasan Basri k Makam ko nahi samjhe wo hadees
ko kya samjhega.
“Imam Tabrani (R.A) ne likha Sayyidina Abdullah ibn Abbas (R.A) ne Farmaya Rasool Allah ﷺne
ALLAH KO DEKHA.
Hazrat Ikrama (R.A) , ne Hazrat Abdullah ibn Abbas (R.A) se Puche Kya Allah K Rasool Ne ALLAH KO
DEKHA ??
Hazrat Abdullah Ibn Abbas ne Farmaya HAA, ALLAH NE MOOSA (Alahissalam) SE KALAM KIYA, HAZRAT
IBRAHIM (Alahissalam) KO DOST BANAYA AUR RASOOL ALLAH ﷺKO APNA DEEDAR KARAYA”
(Imam Tabrani Al Maujam Awsaat , Vol : 10, Pg : 181, Hadees : 9392, Print : Maktaba Maarif Riyadh)
Page | 255
Sayyidina Abdullah ibn Abbas farmate hai “Hakikat Muhammad ne ALLAH ko Do baar Dekha, Ek Baar
Apni Matho k Aank Se (physical eyes) Aur Ek Baar Kalb Ki Aankho Se”
(Imam Tabrani Al Maujam Awsaat , Vol : 06, Pg : 352, Hadees : 5757, Print : Maktaba Maarif Riyadh)
(Imam Qastalani Al Mawahib Al Laduniya Vol : 03, Pg : 104, Maktab Islami Berut)
Imam Jalaludin Suyuti, Imam Qastalani, Allama Shami Aur Allama Zarqaani Radi Allahu Anho Azmain ne
kaha ye Hadees Sahi hai.
(Mawahib al-Ladunniya , Vol 3, Page 105 Print : Maktaba Islami - Berut)
(Sharha Zarqani ala al-Mawahib , Vol 6, Page 117, Print - Dar al Ma'arifah - Berut)
“Hazrat Abdullah ibn Masood (R.A) se rivayat hai Rasool Allah ﷺne Farmaya ALLAH RABBUL IZZAT ne
Mujh se Farmaya Maine Apna Khalil Hazrat Ibrahim Ko Banaya Aur Moosa se Kalam Kiya Aur Aye
Mehboob Maine Tumse Mulakat Ki (Meeting In Meraj) Jaha Tumne Mujhe Behizab Dekha”
(Tarikh E Damishq Al Kabir, Vol : 04, Pg : 424, Print : Daral Imaan Madina Munawwarah)
Page | 256
Aur Deegar Ulema Karam Ka Aqeeda
1). Imam ibn Jarir Tabari (R.A) ne Tafseer E Tabari Surah Nazm Ayat 11 ki tafseer me likha
“Isa ibn Ubaid (R.A) ne kaha Ikrama (R.A) se Sawal Huwa Kya Nabi e Karim ﷺne ALLAH Ko Dekha,
Unhone Kaha HAAN UNHONE APNE RAB KO DEKHA ”
(Tafseer E Tabri Under Surah Nazm Ayat 11)
2). Allama Ibn Hazar Al Asqalani (R.A) Ka Akeeda
(ibn Hajar Asqalani Futuhool Baari Shara E Sahi Bukhari, Vol : 08, Pg : 186,
“Meraj Me Aap ﷺNe Apne Sar Ki Aankho Se Jamal E Ilahi Ka Deedar Kiya”
Kitabul Manakib, Baab Al Meraj, Hadees : 3888
4). Allama Muhammad ibn Tahir Al Hind Al Patni (948 Hizri) apni kitab Majmaul Bihar Al Anwaar me is
hadees k lafz كفاحاk muttalik likhte hai
“ALLAH ne Apne Mehboob Pe kuch is tarah Karam Farmaya k BILA HIZAB APNA DEEDAR KARAYA aur
Jaha Farishto ki bhi dakhal na thi”
(Mazma Ul Bihar, Vol : 04, Pg : 424, Print : Daral Imaan Madina Munawwarah)
6). Hazrat Abdullah ibn Umar (R.A) Ka Akeeda - Shaikh Abdul Haqq Muhaddis e Dahelvi Al Hindi, Imam
Jalaludin Shafai ka Akeeda
Hazrat Abdullah ibn Umar (R.A) ne Hazrat Abdullah ibn Abbas (R.A) se Pucha K Kya Nabi E Karim Ne
Allah Ka Deedar Kiya Hai, Abdullah ibn Abbas (R.A) Ne Kaha Haan Kiya Hai. Is Par Hazrat Abdullah ibn
Umar (R.A) unse Muttafik Huwe aur Unki Baat Ko Raddh Na Kiya”
(Shaikh Abdul Haqq Muhaddis Dahelvi ne Ashaat Ul Lamaat Shara E Mishkat, Vol : 04, Pg : 431)
(Imam Jalaludin Suyuti ne Al Durr Al Mansoor , Vol : 07, Pg : 170, Under Ayat 18 : 53, Dar Al Ihya Beirut)
Page | 257
Conclusion :
Humne Alhamdulillah, Farman e Mustafa ﷺse Sahaba e Kiram Rizwanullahi Azmain Ki Badi jamaat Se
Tabain, Tabe Tabain, Fukaha Aimma Muhadiseen Ulema Rahmatullahi Alaihi Azmain Sabke Aqaid iske
talluk se likhe aur bhi hazaro dalail shaheed jo yaha bayan na ki gayi hai agar ab bhi koi in tamam dalil ko
thukrake apni hi akal aur hatt dharmi me zinda rahe to aiso ka koi ilaaz nahi hai ab Faisla unhe khud
karna hai k wo kisko follow kare itne bade bade jo Islam me khud ek Makam rakhte inko hi na maane aur
kahe Hum Hadees waale hai to ye dawa jhoota hai aur humne
Yaha koi bhi dalail mauzooda ulema ka nahi diya warna aaj ye bahot bada propoganda failaya jaa raha
hai k ye Aqaid k baani Mufti Ahmad Raza Khan (R.A) ne gada hai ye fakat jhoot hai Aala Hazrat (R.A)
ne fakat wo hi aqaid ko bayan kiya jo Alhamdullilah Aimma se saabit hai koi ek akeeda bhi unka khud
sakhta nahi hai.
Page | 258
MERAJ UN NABI ﷺJISMANI HONE KA SABOOT
Hum Ahle Sunnat Wa Jamaat ka aqeeda ye hai k Meraj Jism o Jimsaniat k saath huwi. Kaum e
Wahabiya me is masail ko leke sakht ektelaf dikhta hai inke baaj mullah Meraj Ko Jismani maante hai
baaj Roohani goya har Mullah ek alag apni khud sakhta tehkeek kaa maalik hai.
Hum Is masle ko 02 hisse me rakhnge Awaal kitabo se dalail dusra Akli dalail
Kitabo se Dalail :
Proof 01:
Aur Sabse Zyada Sahi Kaul ye Hai Meraj Halaat e Bedari Jism wa Rooh K Saath Hui Yehi Ahle Sunnat Wa
Jamaat Hai Mazhab Hai
Me Hui. Lihaja Jo shaks kahe Meraj Fakat Khwab me hui ya Roohani hui wo Biddati, Gumraah, Gumraah
Kun Wa Fasiq hai”
Reference :
(Tafseer Ul Quran fi Tafseer e Ahmad, Surah Bani Israel Ayat 01 pg : 505 )
Proof 02 :
Huzoor ko Jaagte Me badan k saath meraj huwi thi isliye ki agar meraj neend ya Rooh waali hoti to
Quraish k kaafir aap Saw ko hargiz na jhutlate aur na kuch Kamzor Imaan waale Musalmaan Murtad
hote”
(Shara E Aqaid e Nasfi Pg : 105)
Proof 03 :
Haq Yeh Hai k Meraj Ek Hi Hai Or AAP ﷺKo Yeh Meraj Bedari k Alam Jism Or Rooh Dono k Sath
Huwa Mohaddesin, Foqha Or Motaqallemeen Me Se Jamhoor Olma Ka Yahi Mauqoof Hai Or Sahih
Rewayat Se Zahir Yahi Baat Hai Or Is Se Firna Monasib Nahi Kyun k Aqli Taur Per Is Se Firne Ki Koi Dalil
Nahi.
Imam Razi Farmate Hain Ahle Tahqiq Ne Farmaya k Qur'an-o-Hadees Is Baat Per Dalalat Karti Hai k ALLAH
TA'ALA Ne NABI-E-KARIM ﷺKi Rooh Or Jism Dono Ko Masjid-e-Haram Se Masjid-e-Aqsa Tak Sair
Karaya
Dalil Ki Takrir Yeh Hai k Lafz Jism Or Rooh k Majmua Ka Naam Hai Is Tarah Maloom Huwa k
Jism Or Rooh Dono Ko Hasil Huwa.
Ayat 02:
Ayat 03:
Yahan Bhi Se Jism Or Rooh Ka Majmua Murad Hai.Yahan Tak k Jamhoor Ne NABI-E-KARIM ﷺ
k Farman Se Bhi Istadlal Kiya Hai k AAP ﷺNe farmaya
Tarjama: Mujhe Sair Karayi Gayi
Or Af'al Me Asal Yeh Hai k In Ko Bedari Per Mahmool Kiya Jaye Hatta k Koi Dalil Is k Khelaf Per Dalalat
Kare
Nez Agar Yeh Waqiya Khwaab Me Hota To Is Me Kamzor (Iman Wale) Logo k Liye Azmaish Na Hoti Or Na
Kund Zehan Log Is Ko Aqal Se Baeed Samajhte
Is k Alwa "Janwar' "Arwah" Ko Nahi Uthate Woh To Jismon Ko Uthate Hain Or Motawatir Rewayat Se
Proof 04 :
Agar meraj waqya sapna hota is Kadar fitna wa Fasad wa Shor Ka Sabab Na Hota aur Kafiro k Jhagadne
aur Kuch Musalmano k Murtad Hone ka sabab Na Banta
(Ashiatul Amaat Vol : 04, Pg : 527)
Page | 260
Akli Logical Answer :
Jab Huzoor Nabi e Karim ﷺko Meraj huwi aur Aaka ne apni Meraj Ka tazkira kiya to kuffaro o
mushrikeen akal k parasto ko ye baat samajh hi naa aayi aur apni kam ilmi se khayal banane lage k ye
Mumkin hi nahi k koi itne muktasar wakt me kaise ye safar kar sakta hai pure Arab me Shor Hamgama
barpa kar diya kuffar o Mushrikeen ne natiza ye huwa kuch Kamzor imaan waale unhone ye wakya ko
tasleem naa kiya aur Murtad Kaafir hogaye.
“Meraj Ki Subah Jab Nabi e Karim ﷺne ye wakya Logo ko sunaya To Aap Par Imaan Laane aur Aap
ki Tasdeek Karne Waale Baaj Afraad Murtad Hogaye”
(Imam Hakim Al Mustadrak , Vol : 04, Pg :05, Kitab Marifatus Sahaba Baab : Zikr E Abu Baqr Siddik ,
Hadees : 4463)
Agar Meraj Khawab me Roohani hoti to aitraaz kyu hota ? Log Murtad kyu hote ?
Ek Chota se example dekh le ek aam insaan bhi khawab me hota to ghar me apne bistar par hai par
khwab k haal me wo dunya k kis kis kone me ghum aata hai jo batane ki jarurat nhi aur jab wo ye kahe to
koi inkaar bhi nahi karta chunki khwab hai mumkin hai par unka murtad hojana Arab me Fitne fasad
kuffaro ki taraf se faila dena ye saabit karta hai k Meraj jismani huwi thi naa ki roohani.
Page | 261
Ilm e Gaib
Pesh E Lafz
Tamam Taareef Khudawande Quddus K Liye Jisne Yeh Aalam Nabi Swallallahualaihiwasallam K Sadke
Me Banaya Aur Hum Per Ehsaan Kiya K Humare Bich Nabi Swallallahualaihiwasallam Ko Maaboos
Farmakar Aur Saath Hi Is Aalam Me Hume Paida Farmakar Nabi Swallallahualaihiwasallam Ka Ummati
Banaya.
Khatme Nabuwat K Baad Allah Taala Ne Ummat K Darmayan Mujhtahid Ko Bheja Jo Nabi
Swallallahualaihiwasallam K Sunnat Ko Zinda Karne Aaye Aur Saath Hi Ummat Me Auliya Allah Aaye Aur
Inhe Alag Alag Martabo Se Jaana Jaata Hai Jaise Wali, Malang, Qutub, Abdal Wagaira.Yeh B Allah Taala Ki
Nemat Hai Jo Usne Humare Bich Paida Farmaya Aur Iska Hum Hamesha Shukr Baja Laate Hai,
Alhamdulillah.
Is Risale Ko Likhne Ka Maqsad Awaam K Ilm Me Izaafa Paida Karna Hai Aur Khususan Batana Maqsad Yeh
Hai Ki Ahle Sunnat Wal Jamaat Sunni Hanfiyo Ka Aqeeda Quran O Hadees Se Qatan Bahar Nahi Aur Naahi
Sharia K Khilaf Hai.
Tamheed
Allah Taala Ne Ambiya E Kram Alaihimussalam Ko Beshumar Chizo Se Nawaza Hai Aur Maojizat B Ataa
Kiye , Ilm Ataa Kiye ,Gaib Ataa Kiye Aur Sabse Zyada Humare Aaka E Do Aalam Sarkar E Noor E
Mujassam Mohammad Mustafa Swallallahualaihiwasallam Ko Ataa Kiye,Aur Aapko Awwal Ta Akhir Ka
B Ilm Ataa Kiya,Humare Nabi Swallallahualaihiwasallam Ne Farmaya Tha K Yahudi Mein 71 Firqe Bane
Aur Isai Mein 72 Firqe Aur Meri Ummat Mein 73 Firqe Banege (Hadees ) ,Ab Yeh Tamam Firqe Wujud
Mein Aa Chuke Hai Aur Inme Aise Kai Firqe Hai Jo Nabi Swallallahualaihiwasallam K Ilmul Gaib Hone K
Munkir B Hai,Hum Is Risale Me Quran O Hadees Wa Ullema K Aqwal Bayan Karege Jisse Yeh Tabke Yaani
Firqe Ko Aqeeda Batil Saabit Hoga Aur Hum Sabke Ilm Mein Izaafa Hoga,Aameen.
Jinnat, Malaika (Farishtey), Aur Jannat Aur Dozakh Wagera Hamare Liye Is Waqt Gaib Hain..Q K Yeh Na
Hawaas Se Maalooom Hosakte Hain, Aur Na Hi Bila Daleel E Aqal Se
1). Woh Gaib, Jis Par Koi Daleel Qaim Hosake, Yaani Dalael Se Maaloom Hosake Jaise Jannat, Dozakh Aur
Allah Ta'ala Ki Zaat O Siffaat K In Baaton Ka Andaza, Is Duniya Ki Cheezen Dekh K Aur Qura'ani Aayaat
Dekh Kar Pata Chalta Hai
Page | 262
2). Dusra Gaib Woh Jis Ko Kisi Daleel Se Bhi Maaloom Na Kiya Ja Sake, Jaise Qayamat Ka Ilm, K Kab
Hogi??, Insaan Kab Marega??, Aur Aurat K Pait Main Larka Hai Ya Larki, Bad Bakht (Buri) Aulaad Hai, Ya
Naik Bakht (Naik) Aulaad, Yeh Woh Baaten Hain, Jin Ko Daleel Se Bhi Maaloom Nahin Kiya Ja Sakta...
"Gaib Se Muraad Woh Chupi Huwi Cheez Hai, Jis Ko Hawaas Na Pa Saken Aur Na Badahatan Usko Aqal
Chahe"
* Tafseer Kabeer Surah Baqrah K Shuru Main Isi Aayat K Ma Tehet Hai:
"Aam Mufassareen Ka Qaul Hai, K Gaib Woh Hai, Jo Hawaas Se Chupa Ho, Phir Gaib Ki 2 Qismen Hoti
Hai, Ek To Woh Jis Par Daleel Ho, Dusri Woh Jis Par Koi Daleel Nahin"
Nabi Ka Maana: Gaib Ki Khabaar Dene Wala (Al Munjad Fil Lughata Wal Adab
Wal Uloom, Beirut)
Nabi Swallallahualaihiwasallam Ka Ilm E Gaib Ataai Hai Aur Jis Waqt Quran Ki Akhri Aayat Ka Nuzul Hui Us
Waqt Aapko Mukammal Ilm Ataa Hogaya (Maakana Wa Mayakoon) Hawala Muqalaat E Kazmi Safa 111
Jild 2 Pe Aur Safa 156 Haq PerKaun Hai.
Zaati :-
Allah Taala Ka Ilm Zaati Hai,Yaani Khud Ka Ilm,Use Kisi Ne Diya Nahi,Woh Apni Qudrat Se Har Chiz Karta
Hai,Use Har Pal O Zarre Ki Khabar Pehle Se Hi Maalum Hai,Allah K Liye Gaib Kuch Nahi Yaani Allah K Liye
Koi Chiz Chupi Hui Nahi Hai.
Ataai:-
Allah Taala Ne Apne Ilm E Gaib Ko Makhlooq Me Ataa Kiya Aur Humare Sarkar
Swallallahualaihiwasallam Sabse Zyada Ka Ilm Ataa Hua,Yaani K Allah Se Ilm E Gaib Ataa Hua
Hai,Humare Sarkar Swallallahualaihiwasallam Ka Jo Ilm E Gaib Hai Woh Allah Ki Ataa Se Hai,Khud Se Kuch
Nahi Aur Allah Ne Kitna Ilm E Gaib Ataa Kiya Yeh Baat Toh Lauh E Mehfooz Ko B Khabar Nahi,Aap
Swallallahualaihiwasallam Ko Allah Ne Bepanha Ilm Ataa Kiya Hai.Ataai Ilm Ki Dalil Surah Al Baqrah Aayat
No.255 Jiska Tarjuma Hai “Aur Woh Nahi Paate Uske Ilm Mein Se Magar Jitna Woh Chahe”.
Page | 263
Toh Pata Chala Ki Allah Taala Jitna Chahe Utna Ilm Apne Se Ataa Karta Hai.
ILM
“Ilm Arbi Zaban Ka Lafz Hai,Fani Taur Per Yeh Baab “Aalemey Ya’alamu” Se Masdar Hai Aur “Ain” Laam”
“Meem” Iska Maadah Shuru Hai. Issey “Taf’eelu” K Wazan Per Taalim Aur Tafa’ool K Wazan Per
“Ta’allum” Aaya Hai Isi Maadey Se Aleem Aur Allaam Bataur E Mubalga Aur Ism Fa’il Alam Ek Alfaz
Quran Majeed Me Aye Hai.”Ma’alum Isme Mafa’ul Jiski Jama’a “Maalumat” Hai Bhi Isi Se Mushtak Hai,
Al Munjid Me Lafz E Ilm Ka Maani “Idrakush Shayyee Behaqeeqatehi” (Kisi Shay Ki Haqeeqat Ko Jaan
Lena)Aur “Al Yaqeenu Wal Ma’rifatu” (Yaqeen Aur Aur Marifat) Mazkoor Hai.Urdu Me Lafz Ilm Ka
Tarjuma “Janna , Wakifat , Aagahi Hasil Karna” Kiya Gaya Hai,Ilm Ki Zadd “Jahal” Hai.
Ahle Ilm Wa Fann K Darmayan Ilm Ki Tareef K Baarey Me Khasa Fakhri Wa Nazri Ikhtilaf Paya Jaata Hai.
Page | 264
Gaib
(A) Gaib Ki Lughvi Tareef
“Gaib ““Gaab” “Yagib” Se Masdar Hai,Jo Chiz Aankho Se Makhfee Ho Gaib Kehlati Hai.
* Imam Ibn Manzur Radialla Taala Anhu Gaib K Tahet Likhte Hai
“Jo Chiz Tumse Gayab Ho Wah Gaib Hai
Imam Abu Ishaq Ne “Yumeenun Bilgaib” Ki Tafseer Me Kaha Hai Jo Chiz Mutaqeen Se Gayab Thi Aur Nabi
Swallallahualaihiwasallam Ne Inko Iski Khabar Di Wah Gaib Hai Jaise Marne K Baad
Uthna,Jannat,Dozakh Aur Har Wah Chizein Jo Inse Gayab Thi Aur Nabi Swallallahualaihiwasallam Ne Inko
Iski Khabar Di Wah Gaib Hai.
(Lisan Ul Arab Jild 1 Safa 654)
* Aur Imam Ibn Manzur Radialla Taala Anhu Ibn Al Arabi K Hawale Se Gaib K Maani K Bare Me Mazeed
Likhte Hai
“Aur Wah Chiz Bhi Gaib Hi Hai Jo Ankhon Se Toh Gaib Ho Magar Dilo Me Maujud Ho”
(Lisan Ul Mizan : Jild 1 : Safa 654)
* Imam Qurtabi Radialla Taala Anhu Gaib Ki Lughvi Tareef In Alfazo Me Likhte Hai
“Mahavrah Arab Me Gaib Wah Hai Jo Aap Ki Nazro Se Poshida Ho,Jab Suraj Gurub Hojaata Hai Toh
Kehte Hai “Gabat Asshams” Aur Gaybat Ka Maani Toh Ma’arif Hai (Yaani Kisi Ki Gair Maujudgi Me Iski
Aib Goi Karna)Aur Jab Kisi Aurat Ka Shohar Gayab Hojaaye Toh Kaha Jaata Hai “Agabat Al Maraat” Wah
Aurat “Mugaybah” Kehlati Hai, Aur Hum “Geebat Wa Gaybeh” Me Girgaye Se Murad Hai K Hum
Ghaddhe Me Girgaye Aur “Al Gayabah” Darakhto K Jhund Ko Kaha Jaata Hai Kyukay Isme Ek Jagah Kaafi
Darhakt Jama Hote Hai Jinke Andar Chupa Jasakta Hai Aur Pastt Zameen Ko “Algaib” Kaha Jaata Hai
Kyukay Zameen Ka Yeh Hissa Nazar Se Poshida Hota Hai”
(Al Jamia Al Ehkam Al Quran : Jild 1 : Safa 163)
* Imam Ragib Asfahani Radialla Taala Anhu Gaib Ki Istelahi Tarif In Alfazo Me Karte Hai
“Gaib Wah Hota Hai Jo Hawaas Khamsa Me Na Aasake Aur Naahi Aqal Ki Tezi Iska Idrak Kar Sake Aur
Wah Sirf Ambiya Alaihissalam Ki Khabar Se Malum Ho
(Al Mufradat Fi Garib Ul Quran Safa 367)
Page | 265
* Allama Zamakhshari Radialla Taala Anhu Likhte Hai
“Gaib Se Murad Wah Makhfee Chiz Hai Jiski Ibteda Ka Sirf ALLAH Taala Ko Ilm Hota Hai Aur Hume Isme
Se Sirf Inhi Chizon Ka Ilm Hota Hai Jinka ALLAH Taala Ne Hume Ilm Diya Hai Ya Jin K Ilm Per Daleel Qaim
Farmai Hai”
(Al Kashaaf : Jild 1 : Safa 39)
* Qaazi Sanaullah Panipati Rahimahullah Gaib Ka Mehfum Yun Bayan Karte Hai
“Gaib Se Murad Wah Hai Jo Logo Ki Nazro Se Gayab Hai Jaise Zaat Wa Sifaat Baari
Taala,Malaika,Jinnat,Dozakh,Pul Sirat,Meezan,Azaab E Qabr,Aur Isi Tarah K Deegar Umoor”
(Tafseer Mazhari : Jild 1 : Safa 20)
Yeh Tamam Lughvi Aur Istelahi Tareef Tamam Deobandi Aur Wahbi K Muh Per Tamacha Hai aur Jo Logo
Apni Zidd Se Yeh Kehte Firte Hai K Ilm E Gaib Sirf Zaati Hota Hai Jabke Salaf Ne Apni Apni Kitabo me Kuch
Aur Hi Likha Hai.
Wahi k Iqsam
(A) Wahi Kisey kehte hai ?
Ilm e gaib nabuwat ka khasa hai aur nabuwat aur risalat ki buniyad hai , ilm e gaib ka sar chashma wahi e
ilahi hai aur nabi gaib per wahi k zariye matlaa hote hai,yaha zaruri malum hota hai k wahi ka maani wa
mehfum aur nuzul wahi ki mukhtalif soorton ko samaj liya jaye.
Lugvi aitbaar se wahi k mukhtalif maani hai jinhe arbi lughaat lisan ul arab , al qamoos ,muhit al muhit,al
mufradat aur al munjid wagaira me dekha jaa sakta hai aur inme se chand maani yeh hai
1). Tez ishara karna
Page | 266
2). Likhna
3). Paigam dena
4). Ahista bolna
5). Baat dil me daalna
6). Har wah baat jo aap dusre k dil me muntakhil k wah isey jaan le
Yeh tamam maani quran wa hadees aur qalam wa mahavra e arab se sabit hai,Quran majeed me is lafz
ka zyada istemal “ilqa” k maani me hua hai.
Istelah sharia me wahi se murad ALLAH taala ka apne kisi muntakhib wa muqarrab bande hai yaani nabi
ko aisi mehfuz tareeqe se ilm wa hidayat ataa karna jo insane ki nafsi aur kasbi istedad se bahar ho.
* Imam Ibn Hajar Asqalani radialla taala anhu wahi ki tareef yun karte hai
“ALLAH taala ka shariat ka ilm ataa kardena kehlata hai”
(Fath ul Bari Jild 1 Safa 9)
* Imam Qastalani radialla taala anhu wahi ki tareef yun karte hai
“ALLAH taala ka apne ambiya Alaihissalam ko kisi baat per matlaa karna khwa wa kitab ya farishta k
zariye ho ya khwab aur ilham ki soorat me.
(Irshad us saari Jild 1 Safa 48)
In tamam tareefeen ka hasil qalam yeh hai wahi ek aisa gaibi zariya hai jiske baa’is bagair kisi gaur wa fikr
k ,qasb wa nazr aur tajurba wa istedlal k ALLAH taala ki taraf se is k fazl khaas wahb e khalis taur per nabi
per ilm k sarbasta khazano k darwaze khol diye jaate hai ,yeh ilm naa toh hawaas e khamsa zaahiri se
hasil hota hai aur na toh yeh hawaas e khamsa batini ka mohtaj hai na iske husul me lataaif khamsa
dhakil hota hai na kashf ka.
Page | 267
(D) Wahi k qism
1) Khwab :
Ambiya k khwab hamesha sacche hote hai, hadees shareef se sabit hai. Hadees : Rasul ALLAH
swallallahualaihiwasallam per wahi ka aaghaaz jis chiz se hua wah sacche khwab the Huzur
Swallallahualaihiwasallam khwab me raat ko jo kuch dekhte iski taabeer din ko subah k ujaale ki tarah
saamne aajati. Sahi Bukhari Jild 1 Safa 2 Baab Wahi Ambiya e Kram ka khwab wahi hota hai.
(Sahi Bukhari Jild 1 Safa 25 Kitab al Wudu)
Page | 269
Humare Nabi ﷺKe Ilm-E-Gaib Ka Saboot
Quran Shareef Ki Roshni Mein
Ayat 01:
“Aur Aye Mehboob Tumhe In Sab Per Gawah Aur Nigehbaan Banakar Laaye”
(Parah#5, Surah#4(Nisaa), Aayat#41)
Is Aayat Aur In Tafaaseeron Se Maaloom Huwa K Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Az Awwal Ta Qayaamat Tum
Logon K Kufr-O-Eemaan-O-Naffaaq-O-Aamaal Wagera Sab Ko Jaante Hain, Is Liye Aap Sab Ki Gawahi
Denge, Yeh Hi To Ilm-E-Gaib Hai..
Ayat 02:
"Aur Allah Ki Yeh Shaan Nahin Hai K Aye Aam Logon Tum Ko Gaib Ka Ilm Dede Haan Allah Chun Leta Hai
Apne Rasoolon Se Jise Chahe"
(Parah#4,Surah # Al-Imran, Aayat#179)
In Tamam Tafseero Se Maaloom Hua K Allah Ta'ala Ne Nabi (Aleh Salaam) Ko Ilm E Gaib Ataa
Farmaya.
Ayat 03:
" Aur Tumhe Sikha Diya Jo Kuch Tum Na Jaante The, Aur Allah Ka Tum Par Bara Fazal Hai"
(Surah # Al-Nisaa, Aayat No # 113)
* Imaam Hussain Bin Mas'ood Bagwi 516 Hijri Main Likhte Hain
" (Aur Allah Ne Aap Ko Woh Sab Ilm Ata Kar Diye Jo, Aap Nahin Jaante The) Yaani Ahkaam Aur Ilm-EGaib
Main Se.
(Tafseer Mo'allam Ul Tanzeel, Jild#1, Page#479, Matboo'a Darul Ma'arfa'a, Beroot)
Ab Yeh Jo Baat Likhi Gai Hai, Yeh Tafseer Aaj Se Taqreeban 900 Saal Pelhle Likhi Gai, Agar Yeh Baat Galat
Hoti, To Kiya In Likhne Waale Sahab Ko Roka Na Jaata???
Is Aayat Aur In Tafaseeron Se Maaloom Huwa K Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Ko Tamaam Aaenda Aur
Page | 271
Guzishta Waakiyaat Ki Khabar Di Gai, Yaani Ilm-E-Gaib..
Ayat 04:
Ayat 05:
"Aur Aye Mehboob Agar Tum In Se Puchoge, To Kahenge K Hum To Yun Hi Hansi Khel Main The"
(Parah#10, Surah#9 Surah Tawbah, Aayat#65)
* Imaam Mujaahid Bin Jabar Al Makhzoomi At'taba'i, 104 Hijri Main.. (Yaani Aaj Se Taqreeban 1300
Saal Pehle) Likhte Hain:
“Imaam Mujaahid (Rehmatullah Aleh) Is Aayat Ki Tafseer Main Farmatay Hain, K Ek Munaafiq Ne Kaha
Muhammad (Aleh Salaam) Humein Yeh Hadees Sunaate Hain K Falaan Shakhs Ki Oontni (Camel) Falaan
Waadi Main Falaan Falaan Din Hai, Yeh Gaib Ko Kiya Jaanen".
(Tafseer Mujaahid, Tehet, Surah Toba, Aayat#66, Jild#1,Page#283, Matboo'a Al Mansooraat, Ul Ilmiya,
Beroot)
* Imaam Abu Jaafar Bin Jareer Tibri 311 Hijri Main Imaam Mujaahid (Rehmatullah Aleh) Se Riwayat
Nakal Karte Hain:
"Inhon Ne Farmaya K Munaafiqeen Main Se Ek Shakhs Ne Kaha K Muhammad (Aleh Salaam) Hum Se
Bayaan Karte Hain K Falaan Ki Oontni Falaan Falaan Waadi Main Hai, Bhala Woh Gaib Ki Baaten Kiya
Jaanen".
(Jaamein Ul Bayaan, Fi Tafseer Ul Qura'an, Al Maaroof Tafseer Tibri, Surah Toba, Aayat#65, Jild#10,
Page#196, Matboo'a Daarul Haya, Beroot)
Is Aayat Aur Tafseeron Se Saaf Maaloom Huwa K Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) K Gaib Se Inkaar Karna
Munaafiqeen Ka Kaam Tha, Jis Ko Qura'an Ne Kufr Qarar Diya..
Ayat 06:
Page | 272
"Gaib Ka Janne Wala Toh Apne Gaib Per Kisi Ko Musallat Nahi Karta, Siwaye Apne Pasandida Rasulo K,K
Inke Aage Piche Pehra Muqarar Kardeta Hai ".
(Parah#29, Surah#Jinn, Aayat#26, 27)
Is Aayat Aur In Tafaseeron Se Maaloom Huwa K Khuda Ta'ala Apne Pasandeedah Rasoolon Ko Ilm-E-
Gaib Ata Karta Hai... Aur Sab Se Ziyadah Mehboob Allah K Nazdeeq, Hazrat Muhammad
(Swallallahualaihiwasallam) Hain To Jo Bad Aqeedah Log, Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Ki Shaan Kam Karne Ki
Koshish Karte Hain... Unko Allah Ta'ala K Azaab Se Darna Chahiye..
Ayat 07:
Page | 273
"Aur Yeh Nabi, Gaib Batane Main Bukheel Nahin"
(Surah Taqveer Aayat No.24)
Yeh Jab Hi Hosakta Hai, Jab Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Ko Ilm-E-Gaib Ho, Aur Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Logon Ko
Is Se Muattla’a Farma Dete Hon.
Is Aayat O Ibaarat Se Maaloom Huwa K Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Logon Ko Ilm-E-Gaib Sikhate Hain. Aur
Sikhae Ga Wohi, Jo Khud Jaanta Hoga..
Ayat 08:
"Aur Isey Apna Ilm-E-Ladunni Ataa Kiya, (Yaani Hazrat Khizar Ko)"
(Parah#15, Surah#18 Surah Kahf, Aayat#65)
Page | 274
(Tafseer-E-Madaarik, Jild#2, Page#22, Matboo'a Maktab Ul Qura'an, Peshaawar)
Is Aayat O Tafseeron Se Maaloom Huwa K Rab Ta'ala Ne Hazrat Khizar Ko Bhi Ilm-E-Gaib Ata Farmaya
Tha, Jis Se Laazim Aya K Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Ko Bhi Ilm-E-Gaib Ata Huwa, Q K Aap Tamaam
Makhlooqaat-E-Ilahi Main Sab Se Ziyaada Afzal Aur Aalim (Yaani Ilm Waalay) Hain, Aur Hazrat Khizar
(Aleh Salaam) Bhi Makhlooq Hain..
Ayat 09:
“Aur Isi Tarah Hum Ibraahim Ko Dikhate Hain. Saari Baadshahi Aasmaanon Aur Zameen Ki"
(Parah#7, Surah#6 Surah An-‘Aam, Aayat#75)
Page | 275
(Tafseer-E-Kabeer, Jild#5, Page#35, Matboo'a Darul Haya, Beroot)
Is Aayaat Aur In Tafaaseeron Se Maaloom Huwa K Arsh Se Le K Aur Zameen K Andarooni Hissay Tak
Hazrat Ibraahim (Aleh Salaam) Ko Dikhae Gaye, Aur Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Ka Ilm In Se Kahin Ziyaada Hai
To Maanna Parega, K Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Ko Bhi Yeh Tamaaam Uloom Ata Huwe.
Khayaal Rahe K Arsh K Ilm Main Looh-E-Mehfooz Bhi Aagaya Aur (Looh-E-Mehfooz Main Tamaam
Uloom Aur Sab Kuch Likh Diya Gaya Hai, Duniya O Aakhirat K Tamaam Mu'aamlaat Is Main Likhe Gaye
Hain), Lihaaza Yeh Ilm-E-Ibraahimi Ki Shaan Hai To, Aap Khud Sochen K Nabi-E-Pak
(Swallallahualaihiwasallam) Ka Kiya Ilm Hoga, Q K Ilm-E-Ibraahim (Aleh Salaam) Aur Ilm-E-Aadam (Aleh
Salaam) To Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) K Ilm Ka Ek Qatra Hai..
Ayat 10:
"Aye Eemaan Waalo, Aesi Baaten Se Na Pucho Jo Tum Per Zaahir Ki Jaye, To Tumhe Buri Lage"
(Parah#7, Surah#5 Surah Maai’dah, Aayat#101)
* Imaam Abu Abdullah Bin Ismail Bukhaari 256 Hijri Main Riwaayat Karte Hain:
"Ek Shakhs Ne Kaha Aye Allah K Nabi (Aleh Salaam) Mera Baap Kaun Hai?? To Aap
(Swallallahualaihiwasallam) Ne Farmaya Tera Baap Falaan Hai, Aur Phir Yeh Aayat-E-Kareema Naazil
Huwi, Aye Imaan Waalon Aesi Baaten Mat Pucha Karo, K Agar Tumhare Aage, Bayaan Kardi Jaye To
Tumhein Bura Lage".
(Sahi Bukhari Kitaab Ul A'atasaam, Jild# 2, Page# 1083, Matboo'a Qadeemi Kutub Khaana, Karachi)
Jab Mu'aanideen Haq Ki Gustaakhiyaan Haad Se Barh Gayen, Aur In Ki Taraf Uthaae Gaye, Sawaalaat Ka
Silsila Tool Pakar Gaya, To Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) K Rookh Anwaar Par Naaraazgi K Aasaar Namoodaar
Huwe, Riwaayat Main Aata Hai K Aap (Sallalho Alehe Wassallam) Jalaal Main Akar Mimbar Par Jalwa
Afroz Huwe, Aur Yeh Aelaaan Farmaya, Jis Ka
* Zikar Hazrat Abu Moosa Ashari (Razi Allah Anhu) Ki Riwaayat Main Yun Kiya Gaya Hai:
"Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Se Kuch Cheezon K Baaray Main Pucha Gaya Jinhen Aap
(Swallallahualaihiwasallam) Ne Na Pasand Farmaya, Jab Sawaalaat Ka Silsila Tawaalat Ekhtiyaar Kar
Gaya, To Aap (Swallallahualaihiwasallam) Naaraaz Hogaye, Phir Logon Se Farmaya, Tum Mujh Se Jis
Cheez K Baaray Main Chaho Sawaaal Karo, Ek Shakhs Ne Kaha Mera Baap Kaun Hai???
Aap (Swallallahualaihiwasallam) Ne Farmaya Tera Baap Huzaifa Hai,
Phir Dusra Shakhs Khara Huwa, Aaur Us Ne Kaha Ya Rasool Allah! Mera Baap Kaun Hai??
Aap (Sallalho Alehe Wassallam) Ne Farmaya Tera Baap Sheeba Ka Ghulaam Saalim Hai.
Jab Hazrat Umar (Razi Allah Anhu) Ne Aap K Chehray Par Naaraazgi Ki Kefiyat Dekhi To Kaha Ya Rasool
Allah! Hum Allah Ki Baargah Main Tauba Karte Hain".
(Sahih Bukhari, Kitaab Ul Ilm, Jild#1, Page#19, Matboo'a Qadeemi, Kutub Khana Karachi),
(Al Beher Az Khaar, Al Maaroof, Bamusnad Al Bazaar, Jild#8, Page# 146, Raqam Ul Hadees 3165,
Matboo'a Maktabul Uloom O Al Hakam, Ul Madina Tul Munawwarah),
(Musnad Abi Ya'ali, Jild#13, Page#288-289, Rakam Ul Hadees 7303),
(Muslim Shareef Baab Fil Fazail, Baaab Touqeer (Swallallahualaihiwasallam), Jild#4, Page#1834-1835,
Rakamul Hadees, 2360)
Page | 276
* Hazrat Anas (Razi Allah Anhu) Se Marvi Hai.
" Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) (Mimbar Par) Tashreef Laye, Aur Khutba Diya, Abdullah Bin Huzaifa Ne Khare Ho
Kar Arz Kiya.. Mera Baap Kaun Hai?? Aap (Swallallahualaihiwasallam) Ne Farmaya Tera Baap Huzaifa
Hai? Phir Aap (Swallallahualaihiwasallam) Baaar Baar Farmane Lage, Mujh Se Pucho... Hazrat Umar
(Razi Allah Anhu) Ne Do (2) Zaanon Beth Kar Arz Ki Hum Allah Ta'ala K Rab Hone Par, Aur Islaam K Deen
Hone Par, Aur Muhammad (Swallallahualaihiwasallam) K Nabi Hone Par Raazi Huwe, Aap Ne Yeh
Kalimaat Teen (3) Martabaa Dohrae, Phir Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Ne Sakoot Ekhtiyaar Farmaya".
(Sahih Bukhari Kitaab Ul Ilm, Jild#1, Page#20, Matboo'a Qadeemi, Kutub Khaana Karachi
Bukhari As-Sahih,Jild 06, Hadees-6864, & Jild 01 Safa 200, Hadees-2001, 2278, & Jild 01 Safa 47, Hadees
93)
(Al-Adab-Ul-Mufrad Safa 404, Hadees-1184)
(Muslim As-Sahih, Jild 04, Hadees-2359)
(Ahmad Bin Hanbal Al-Musnad,Jild 03 Safa 162, Hadees-12681)
(Aboo Ya’ala Al-Musnad, Jild 06 Safa 286, Hadees-3201)
(Ibn Hibban As-Sahih, Jild 01 Safa 309, Hadees-106)
(Tabarani Al-Muajam-Ul-Awsat, Jild 09 Safa 76, Hadees-9155)
* Imaam Ahmed Bin Hambal 241 Hijri Mai Riwayat Karte Hain:
" Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Ne Farmaya Tum Mujh Se Jis Cheez K Muta'aliq Sawaal Karoge, Main Tumhein Us
Cheez K Muta'aliq Bayaan Karunga".
(Musnad Ahmed, Jild#3, Page#177, Raqam Ul Hadees 12843,Misar)
Is Aayat Aur In Tafaaseeron Se Ilm-E-Gaib Ka Mukammal Saboot Milta Hai, K Agar Koi Yeh Aqeedah
Rakhta Tha, K Nabi (Aleh Salaam) Ko Ilm Nahin Hai, To Nabi (Aleh Salaam) K Chehrey Mubarak Pe
Naaraazgi K Aasaar Aa Jate The, Aur Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Ka Mimbar Pe Khare Ho K Aelaan Karna K Jo
Puchna Hai, Jisne Puchna Hai, Puch Le... Aap (Aleh Salaam) Jawaab Denge, Jis Par Phir Yeh Aayat Naazil
Huwi...
Bad Aqeeedah Logon Ko Chahiye K Woh Apne Aqaid Ilm-E-Gaib K Muta'aliq Durust Karlen, Q K Khaq Aur
Baatil Un K Saamne Hai, Jis Raah Pe Chalna Chahen Chalay Jaen.. Bas Itna Zarur Yaad Rakhna.. Huzoor
(Aleh Salaam) Main Ilm-E-Gaib Na Maanna Munaafiqon Ka Kaam Tha..
Ayat 11:
“Aur Allah Taala Ne Adam Alaihissalam Ko Tamam Aashiya K Naam Sikhaye.Phir Sab Aashiya Malaika Par
Pesh Kar K Farmaya Sacche Ho Toh In K Naam Batao”
(Surah Al-Baqrah Aayat No.31)
Yaani Agar Tum Apne Is Khel Me Sacche Ho K Me Koi Makhluq Tum Se Zyada Ilm Paida Na Karuga Aur
Khilafat K Tumhi Mustahak Hotoh Un Chizon K Naam Batao Kyuki Khalifa Ka Kaam Tasruf Wa Tadbeed
Page | 277
Aur Adl Wa Insaaf Hai Aur Yeh Bagair Is K Mumkin Nahi K Khalifa Ko In Tamam Chizon Ka Ilm Ho Jin Par
Inko Mutassruf Faramaya Gaya Aur Jin Ka Is Ko Faisla Karna Hai..Masla: Allah Taala Ne Hazrat Adam
Alaihissalam K Malaika Par Afzal Hone Ka Sabab Ilm Zaahir Farmaya Isse Saabit Hua K Ilm Isma’a Khlutu
Aur Tanhai K Ibaadat Se Afzal Hai,Masla: Is Aayat Se Yeh B Saabit Hua K Ambiya Alaihissalam Maliaka Se
Afzal Hai.....
Ayat 12:
“Rehman Ne Apne Mehboob Ko Quran Sikhaya Insaniyat Ki Jaan Mohammed Ko Paida Kiya Makaan Wa
Mayakoonka Bayaan Inhe Sikhaya”
(Surah Rehman Aayat No 1-4)
* Imam Abu Muhammad Husain Bin Mas'ud Ibn Muhammad Al-Farra' Baghawi Al Shafi’i
(D.516h/1122), Apni Tafseer Al Baghawi Me Likhte Hai Ki
“Allah Ne Mohammed Swallallahualaihiwasallam Ko Paida Kiya Aur Unhe Har Woh Baat Sikha Di Jo Ho
Chuka Aur Jo Hone Wala Hai.
Note:
Imam Baghawi Ne Hadith Classics Sharh Al-Sunnah And Masabih Al-Sunnah Likhi Jo Baad Me Mishkat
Al-Masabih Addition K Saath Al-Tibrizi D.741h. Ala'uddin Ali Bin Muhammad Khazin Al Shafi’i [ D. 725
Ah] Apni Tafsir Me Likhte Hai “Mohammed Swallallahualaihiwasallam Ko Ma Kaan Wa Ma Yakoon Ka Ilm
Ataa Kiya Gaya”
[Tafsir Al Khazin]
Ayat 13:
Yusuf Ne Kaha Jo Khana Tumhe Mila Karta Hai Woh Tumhare Paas Na Aane Paayega K Me Uski Taabir
Uske Aane Se Pehle Tumhe Bata Duga.(Is Aayat Se Hazrat Yusuf Alaihissalam Ka Ilm E Gaib Saabit Hai)
Surah Yusuf Aayat No. 37.
Page | 278
Ayat 14:
Aur Tumhe Batata Hu Jo Tum Khate Aur Jo Tum Apne Gharo Me Jama Kar Rakhte Ho.(Yaani Woh Jo B
Chupate Apne Ghar Ki 4 Diwari Me Woh Sab Hazrat Isa Alaihissalam Ko Khabar Hai)
(Surah Al-Imran Aayat No. 49)
* Imam Ali Bin Muhammad Al Khazin 765 Hijri Main Likhtey Hain:
“ Aap Dekho Khana Ghar Main Khaya Aur Rakha Gaya, Jahaan Hazrat Eesa (Aleh Salam) Mojood Nahin
They, Aur Is Ki Khabar Aap Baahir De Rahey Hain, Yeh Hai Ilm-E-Gaib”
(Al-Baab Ul Taweel Fi Ma’ani Ul Tanzeel, Al-Maroof, Tafseer E Khazin, Jild#3, Page#19, Matboo’a Dar Ul
Ma’arfah, Beroot)
(Yeh Upper Jo Ibaarat Likhi Gai Yeh Aaj Se 700 Saal Pehley Ki Hai, Aur Is Main Saaf Saaf Ilm-E-Gaib K
Alfaaz Hazrat Eesa K Liye Istimal Kiye Gaye, Kisi Molvi Ne Is Ibaarat Pe Shirk Ka Fatawa Q Na Lagaya ???)
* Imam Ali Bin Muhammad Al Khazin 765 Hijri Main Is K Baad Hi Likhtey Hain:
“Yaani Main Tumhein Is Ki Miqdar, Is Ka Rang Aur Puhanchney Ka Waqt Khana Puhanchney Se Qabal Hi
Bata Dunga Aur Yeh K Kaunsa Khana Tum Ne Kab Aur Kitna Khaya Hai Tumhen Is Ki Bhi Khabar Dunga”..
(Al-Baab Ul Taweel Fi Ma’ani Ul Tanzeel Al Maroof Tafseer Al Khazin)
* Imam Abdul Maalik Bin Hasshaam 213 Hijri Main Likhtey Hain:
“Aayat Se Murad Woh Mojizaat Hain, Jo Hazrat Eesa (Aleh Salam) K Dast-E-Aqdas Se Zahoor Pazeer
Hotey They, Aap (Aleh Salam) Murdon Ko Zindah Kar Detay They, Woh Mitti Se Parindey Ki Shakal
Banatey Phir Is Per Phoonk Maartey To Woh Allah K Hukum Se Parindah Ban Jaata, Mareez Ko Shifa’yab
Farmaa Detay They, Woh Log Jo Kuch Apney Gharon Main Zakheerah Kartey They, Aap Is K Mutalliq
Inhen Bata Detay Bohat Se Uloom-E-Gaibiyah Ka Izhaar Farmaatey”..
(Al-Seerat Un Nabuwiyyah, Al-Maroof, Seerat Ibn-E-Hasshaam, Jild#3, Page#77, Matboo’a Dar Ul Jeel,
Beroot)
(Upper Di Gai Ibaarat 213 Hijri Main Likhi Gai (Yaani Aaj 1200 Saal Pehley), Aur Is Main Saaf Hai K
Hazrat Eesa (Aleh Salam) Uloom E Gaibiyah Ki Khaber Detay They, Aur Zaahir Hai Insaan Gaib Ki Khaber
Tab Hi Dega Jab Us Ko Khud Gaib Ka Ilm Hoga, (Yaani Ilm-E-Gaib Hoga), Ab Jab Hazrat Eesa (Aleh Salam)
Ko Allah Ki Ata Se Ilm-E-Gaib Haasil Hai, To Huzoor (Swallallahualaihiwasallam) K Pass Bhi Ataai Ilm-EGaib
Manna Hoga, Q K Huzoor (Swallallahualaihiwasallam) Ko Allah Ki Ata Se Tamaam Makhlooqaat Se
Ziyadah Ilm Hai…
* Imam Abdur Razzaak Bin Hamaam San’aani 211 Hijri Main Riwaayat Kartey Hain:
“Qatadah (Rehmatullah Aleh) Is Aayat E Kareemah K Tehet Farmaya, Main Tumhein Khabar Deta Hun Un
Cheezon Ka Jo Tum Khaatey Ho, Aur Jo Tum Dastarkhuwaan Main Bachatey Ho”..
(Tafseer-E-Abdur Razzaak, Jild#1, Page#121-122, Matboo’a Maktaba-Tur-Rushd-Ul-Riyaz)
Page | 279
Aap Bachey Ko Khabar Detay K Us Ki Maa Ne Fulaan Shey (Cheez) Us K Liye Fulaan Jagah Chupa Ker
Rakhi Hai, Bacha Ghar Aata Aur Ro Ro Ker Woh Shey Haasil Kar Leta,Un Logon Ne (Yaani Un Bachon K
Maa Baap Ne) Bachon Se Kaha K Us Jaadugar K Saath Na Khela Karen, Unhon Ne Tamaam Bachon Ko Ek
Makaan Main Jama Ker Diya,
Hazrat Eesa (Aleh Salam) Ne In Se Bachon K Baarey Main Dariyaaft Farmaaya To Unhon Ne Kaha K Woh Is
Makaan Main Nahin Hain,
Aap Ne (Yaani Hazrat Eesa Ne) Ne Pucha K Acha Phir Is Makaan Main Kiya Hai, To Unhon Ne (Yaani Maa
Baap Ne) Kaha K Is Makaan Main Khinzeer Hain,
Aap (Hazrat Eesa) Ne Farmaya, K Aesa Hi Hoga, Phir Jab Makaan Ko Dekha Gaya To Dekha K Woh Bachey
Khinzeer Ban Chukey They…
2). K Aap (Hazrat Eesa) Ka Mojizah E Akhbar-E-Gaib Ba-Waqt-E-Nuzool E Maedah Zaahir Huwa,Woh
Aesay K Aap (Hazrat Eesa) Ki Qaum Ko (Maedah) K Jama Karney Aur Zakheerah Karney Se Mana Kiya
Gaya Tha, Is K Ba-Wajood Woh Log Jama Kar Liya Kartey They, Hazrat Eesa (Aleh Salam) Unhen Is Ki
Khabar Diya Kartey They”..
(Al-Tafseer-E-Kabeer, Jild#8, Page#57, Matboo’a Dar Ul Fikar Beroot)
* Imam Ali Bin Muhammad Al-Khazin 765 Hijri Main Likhtey Hain:
“Aur Main Tumhen Batata Hun Jo Kuch Tum Kha Ker Aaey Yaani Us Shey (Cheez) K Baarey Main Batata
Hun Jisey Menay Dekha Bhi Nahin Aur Jo Kuch Tum Apney Gharon Main Jama Kartey Ho, Yaani Jo Kuch
Tum Aendah Kal K Liye Jama Kartey Ho, Kaha Gaya K Hazrat Eesa (Aleh Salam) Kisi Shakhs Ne Jo Guzishta
Kal Khaya Tha Aur Jo Aaj Khaey Ga, Aur Jo Raat K Khaney K Liye Jama Karey Ga Sab Ki Khabar De Detay
They”..
(Al Baab Ul Taweel Fi Ma’ani Ul Tanzeel Al Maroof Tafseer-E-Khazin, Jild#1, Page#237, Matboo’a Dar Ul
Ma’arfah, Beroot)
* Haafiz Imaam Ud Deen Ismail Bin Umar Bin Kaseer 774 Hijri Main Likhtey Hain:
“Main Tumhen Us Se Shey (Cheez) Ki Khabar Deta Hun Jo Tum Main Se Kisi Ne Abhi Abhi Khaai Hai, Aur
Us Shey (Cheez) Ki Bhi Jo Aaendah Kal K Liye Zakheerah Ki Hai”..
(Tafseer-E-Ibn-E-Kaseer, Jild#1, Page#365, Matboo’a Dar Ul Fikar, Beroot)
* Imam-E-Kabeer Muhaddis Sha’heer Hafiz Hadees Abu Na’eem Ahmed Bin Abdullah Asfahaani 430
Hijri Main Riwaayat Kartey Hain:
“Ager Kaha Jaye K Hazrat Eesa (Aleh Salam) Gaib Ki Khabar Diya Kartey They Aur Woh Sab Kuch Batla
Detay Jo Log Gharon Main Khaa Ker Aatey Aur Jo Kuch Ghar Main Chor Ker Aatey They To Nabi E
Kareem (Swallallahualaihiwasallam) Ne Is Se Bhi Kahin Ajeeb Ter Khabren Di Hain (Yani Gaib Ki Khabren
Di Hain),Q K Hazrat Eesa (Aleh Salam) To Yahi Batlaatey They K Log Ghar Ki Deewari K Peechey Kiya
Khatey Aur Kiya Chor Ker Aatey Hain, Magar Nabi E Kareem (Swallallahualaihiwasallam) Ek Maah
(Month) Ya Is Se Bhi Ziyadah Musaafat Per Waaqey Honey Waaley Hawadis Se Aagahi De Detay
They,Jaisay Aap Ne Nijaashi K Wisal Aur Gazwa-E-Mo’ta Main Zaid Jaafer Aur Abdullah Bin Rawah (Razi
Allah Anhum) Ki Shahadat Ki It’tala Di, Basa Auqaat Aap K Pass Koi Shakhs Kuch Puchney Aata To Aap
Farmaatey Agar Tum Chaho To Main Tumhein Batla Dun K Tum Kiya Sawal Karna Chahtey Ho”..
(Dalael Un Nabuwwah-Tul-Abi Na’eem Asfahaani Urdu, Page#551-552, Matboo’a Ziya Ul Quran
Publications Lahore)
Page | 280
Ayat 15:
“Aur Jab Apni Pure Quwat Ko Pahucha, Humne Ise Hukum Aur Ilm Ataa Farmaya”
(Surah Yusuf Aayat No. 22)
Ayat 16:
“Fir Jab Khushi Sunane Wala Aaya, Usne Wa Kurta Yaqub K Muh Par Daala Usi Waqt Uski Aankhen Fir Aai
Kaha Mena Kehta Tha K Mujhe Allah Ki Woh Shaani Maalum Hai Jo Tum Nahi Jaante”
(Surah Yusuf Aayat No. 96)
Ayat 17:
Ayat 18:
“Ab Wahi Farmai Apney Bandey Ko Jo Wahi Farmai”
(Parah#27, Surah# An Najm, Aayat#10)
Is Aayat Aur Ibaarat Se Maloom Huwa K Me’raj Main Huzoor (Swallallahualaihiwasallam) Ko Woh
Uloom Ata Huwey Jin Ko Na Koi Bayan Kar Sakta Hai ,Aur Na Kisi K Khayal Main Aasaktey Hain,
Maakaan O Maayakoon To Sirf Bayaan Karney K Liye Hai Warna Is Se Bhi Kahin Ziyaadah Ka Ata Hua In
Tamam Aayat Se Saabit Hai Ki Allah Taala Ne Sarkar Swallallahualaihiwasallam K Saath Digar Ambiya
Alaihissalam Ko B Ilm E Gaib Ataa Kiya Hai.
Alhamdulillah Humne 18 Aayat Pesh Ki Jisme Allah Taala Ne Apne Ambiya E Kram
Alaihimussalam Ko Ilm E Gaib Ataa Kiya.Ab Agar Koi Kahe K Allah Taala K Alawa Koi Im E
Gaib Nahi Jaanta Toh Ussey Zarur Puchiyega Surah Jinn Ki Aayat No 27 Ka Tarjuma B
Kardo (Siwaye Apne Pasandida Raasulo K) Yaani Allah Taala Ataa Karta Hai.
Page | 281
Ilm-E-Gaib Ka Saboot Ahadees Ki Roshni Mein
Hadees 01:
Page | 282
(Tirmidhi Jild 04 Safa 483, Hadees-2191).
(Aboo Dawud As-Sunan,Jild 04 Safa 94, Hadees-464).
(Ahmad Bin Hanbal Al-Musnad, Jild 05 Safa 385, Hadees-23322).
(Bazzar Al-Musnad, Jild 07 Safa 231, Hadees-8499)
(Tabarani Jild 02 Safa 247, Hadees-1278).
(Khatib Tabrizi Mishkat-Ul-Masabih,Jild 02 Safa 278, Hadees-5379)
Allama Ahmed Qastlaani Bhi 911 Hijri Main Yahi Likhte Hain:
(Bahawala: Irshaad Us Saari, Jild#5, Page#250)
Hadees 02:
Hazrate Umar-E-Farooq (Razi Allah Anhu) Se Riwaayat Hai:
" Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Ne Ek Jagah Qayaam Farmaya, Pas Hum Ko Ibtada-E-Pedaish Ki Khabar De Di,
Yahaan Tak K Jannati Log, Apni Apni Manzilon Main Puhanch Gaye, Aur Jahannumi Log Apni Main Jis Ne
Yaad Rakha , Us Ne Yaad Rakha, Aur Jo Bhool Gaya, Woh Bhool Gaya".
(Sahi Ul Bukhaari, Kitaab Bada'a Ul Khalq, Jild#1, Page#453,Hadees No. 3020, Matboo'a Qadeemi, Kutub
Khaana Karachi),
(Sahi Muslim Kitaab Ul Fatan, Jild#2, Page#390, Matboo'a Qadeemi Kutub Khaana Karachi)
(Mishqaat Ul Musaabeh, Page#506, Matboo'a Noor Muhammad Qutub Khana)
Page | 283
Yaani Az Roz Awwal Ta Qayaamat Ek Ek Zarra Bayaan Kar Diya..
Issi Hadith Ki Sharah Main Allama Badaruddin A'ni "A'ini Sharah-E-Bukahri Jild 7 Safa # 214, 215 Per
Farmatay Hian:
"Gharz Ye K Huzur Sarwar-E-Aalam Ne Makhlooqat K Mubda Aur Mu'ash Aur Ma'ad Sab Ki Khabar De Di
Aur Imam Badr Ud Din Aini Agay Chal K Farmaty Hain:
"Aur Iss Hadith Main Iss Baat Pe Dalalat Hai Nabi-E-Paak Swallallahualaihiwasallam Ne Ek Hi Majlish Main
Tamam Makhlooqat K Tamam Ahwaal Ki Khabar Di. Ibtada Se Intehaa Tak Aur Ek Hi Majlis Main Iss Ka
Page | 284
Waarid Farmana Khwariq-E-Adat Se Amr-E-Azeem Hai Aur Q Na Ho? Iss K Bawajood K Nabi-E-Paak
Swallallahualaihiwasallam Jawam Al’kalam Bhi Diye Gaye.”
Aini Sharah Bukhari. Fatah Ul Baari, Irshad-Us-Saari, Sharah Bukhari, Marqaat Sharah, Mishqaat Main
Upar Di Gai Hadees K Ma Tehet Hai:
"Is Hadees Main Dalalat Hai K Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Ne Ek Hi Majlis Main Saari Makhlooqaat K Saaray
Haalaat Ki Az Ibtada Ta Inteha Tak Khabar Di".
(Marqaat Sharah Ul Mishqaat, Jild#11, Page#$, Maktab-E-Imdaadiya, Multan)
(Irshaad Us Saari Jild#5, Page#250)
(Haashiya Sahi Bukhari, Jild#1, Page#453, Matboo'a Qadeemi, Kutub Khana Karachi)
Is Hadees Aur Sharah Se Saaf Maaloom Hota Hai K Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Ko Ilm-E-Gaib Ata Kiya Gaya Hai,
Q K Bager Ilm-E-Gaib K Woh Az Awwal (Yaani Duniya Ki Ibtada) Se Le Kar Ta Aakhir (Qayaamat Tak) K
Tamaam Waqiyaat Kese Bata Sakte Hain... Unhon Ne Sab Kuch Ilm-E-Gaib Se Hi Bataya Jo Allah Ta'ala Ne
Inko Ata Kiya Hai...
Hadees 04:
Riwaayat Sobaan (Razi Allah Anhu) Hai:
“Allah Ne Mere Liye, Zameen Samait Di, Pas Main Ne Zameen K Mashriqon Aur Magribon Ko Dekh Liya".
(Sahi Muslim Kitaab Ul Fitan O Sharaet O Sa'at, Jild#2, Page#390, Matboo'a E Qadeemi, Kutub Khaana
Karachi)
(Sahi Muslim, Jild#4, Page#2216, Raqamul Hadees#2889, Matboo'a Darul Kutub Ilmiya, Beroot)
Mirqaat Sharah Mishkaat Aur Sharah Shifa Ul Mulla Qaari O Zarqaani Sharah Muwaahib, Naseem Ur
Riyaaz, Sharah Shifa Main Hadees # 4 Main Hai..
"Is Hadees Ka Khulasa Yeh Hai K Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) K Liye Zameen Samait Di Gai, Aur Is Ko Aesa Jama
Farma Diya Gaya, Jese Ek Haath Main Aaenay Ko Dekhta Hai Aur Zameen Ko Is Tarah Sameta K Door
Waali Ko Qareeb Kar Diya Is K Qareeb Ki Taraf, Yahaan Tak K Hum Ne Dekh Liya Un Tamaam Cheezon Ko
Jo Zameen Main Hain"..
Page | 285
Hadees 05:
Imaam Abdullah Bin Abdur Rehman Daarmi 255 Hijri Main Riwaayat Karte Hain:
“Mene Apne Rab Azzawajal Ko Behtareen Soorat Main Deekha, Rab-E-Zul Jalaalne Mujh Se Farmaya K
Malaika Muqqabareen Kis Baat Par Jhagra Karte Hain?? Mene Arz Ki Maula Tu Khoob Jaanta Hai, Huzoor
(Aleh Salaam) Ne Farmaya Phir Mere Rab Ne Apni Rehmat Ka Haath Mere Donon Shaanon K Darmiyaan
Rakh Diya, Mene Us Ki Thandak Apni Dono Chaatiyon K Darmiyaan Paai, Pas Mujhey In Tamaam Cheezon
Ka Ilm Hogaya, Jo K Aasmaaanon Aur Zameenon Main Thin".
Page | 286
2155 , Matboo'a Nashar Us Sana, Multan)
Imaam Ahmed Bin Hambal 241 Hijri Main Riwaayat Karte Hain
(Sunan Daarmi Kitaab Ur Roya, Baab Fi Roiyyah Rab Ta'ala, Fi Nom, Jild#2, Page#51, Raqamul Hadees,
“Hazrat Ibn-E-Abbas (Razi Allah Anhu) Bayaan Karte Hain K Nabi (Aleh Salaam) Ne Farmaya Aaj Raat Ko
Neend Main Mera Rab Azzawajal Haseen Soorat Main Mere Pass Aaya, Aur Farmaya Aye Muhammad!
Kiya Tum Jaante Ho K Malaikah Kis Chiz Par Behes Kar Rahe Hain??
Hazrat Ibn-E-Abbas (Razi Allah Anhu) Kehte Hain K Aap Ne Farmaya Nahi Phir Nabi (Aleh Salaam)
Farmate Hain,
Allah Ta'ala Ne Apna Haath Mere Donon Kandhon K Darmiyaan Rakha Hat'ta K Main Ne Apne Seene
Main Is Ki Thandak Mehsoos Ki Aur Mene In Tamaam Cheezon Ko Jaan Liya Jo Aasmaanon Aur Zameenon
Main Hain".
(Musnad Ahmed, Jild#1, Page#368, Raqqamul Hadees 3484, Matboo'a Mosasta Qurtaba Misar)
Hadees 06:
Hadees 07:
Page | 288
Dekh Raha Hun Jese Meri Yeh Hatheli Hai, Allah Azzawajal Ne Apne Nabi K Liye Munqashaf Farmaya,
Jis Tarah Aap Se Pehle Nabiyon Ki Taraf Kiya".
(Khasaesul Kubra, Jil#2, Page#185, Matboo'a Daarul Kutub Ilmiya, Beroot)
Hadees 4, 5, 6, 7 Ki Takhreej
(Tirmidhi As-Sunan, Jild 05 Safa 366,368, Hadees-3233, 3235).
(Darmi As-Sunan, Jild 02 Safa 170, Hadees-2149).
(Ahmad Bin Hanbal Al-Musnad, Jild 01 Safa 368, Hadees-3484, & Jild 04 Safa 66, & Jild 05 Safa 243,
Hadees-22162, 23258).
(Tabarani Al-Muajam-Ul-Kabir, Jild 08 Safa 290, Hadees-8117, & Jild 20 Safa 109, 141, Hadees-216, 690).
(Ruyani Al-Musnad, Jild 01 Safa 429, Hadees-656, & Jild 02 Safa 299, Hadees-1241).
(Aboo Ya’ala Al-Musnad, Jild 04 Safa 475, Hadees-2608).
(Ibn Abi Sbaybah Al-Musannaf, Jild 06 Safa 313, Hadees-31706).
(Ibn Abi Asim Al Ahaad-Ul-Masaani, Jild 05 Safa 49, Hadees-2575, & As-Sunnah, Jild 01 Safa 203, Hadees
465),
(Abd Bin Humeind Al-Musnad, Jild 01 Safa 228, Hadees-682).
(Abdullah Bin Ahmad As-Sunnah, Jild 02 Safa 489, Hadees-1121).
(Hakeem Tirmidhi Nawadir-Ul-Usul, Jild 03 Safa 120).
(Mundhiri At-Targhib Wat-Tarhib, Jild 01 Safa 159, Hadees-591).
(Ibn Abd-Ul-Barr At-Tamhid, Jild 24 Safa 323).
(Haythami Majma-Uz-Zawa’id, Jild 07 Safa 176, 178)
Hadees 08:
" Hazrat Abu Zar (Razi Allah Anhu) Farmate Hain K Humein Rasool Allah (Swallallahualaihiwasallam) Ne Is
Haal Par Chora K Fiza Main Jo Bhi Apne Paron Se Urne Waala Parinda Tha, Aap Ne Humen Us Se
Muta'aliq Zikar Kiya".
(Musnad Ahmed, Jild#5, Page#153, Raqamul Hadees 21399, Matboo'a Mosasta Qurtuba Misar)
Imaam Muhammad Bin Ahmed Bin Jamee'e Us Sedaawi 402 Hijri Main Riwaayat Karte Hain:
" Hazrat Abu Zar (Razi Allah Anh) Se Riwaayat Hai K Inhon Ne Kaha K Rasool Allah
(Swallallahualaihiwasallam) Ne Humein Is Haal Par Chora K Fiza-E-Aasmaani Main Jo Parinda Par Maarta
Hai Aap Ne Az Roe Ilm Hum Se Us Ka Zikar Kar Diya Hai".
(Majma-E-Sheyookh, Page#142, Matboo'a Mosasta Ur Risaala, Beroot)
Ab Aap Khud Faisla Karen... K Kiya Bager Ilm K Aasmaan Main Urne Waale Parinday K K Baaray Main
Maaloom Kiya Ja Sakta Hai???
Woh Bhi Itni Jaldi Maaloom Karna, K Parinday K Par Hilaanay Se Pehle Hi Dusron Ko Bhi Parinday K
Baaray Main Bata Diya Jae...
Page | 289
Ab Aap Khud Hi Faisla Kar Sakte Hain, Q K Aasmaan Main Urne Waala Parinday K Baaray Main
Maaloomat To Gaib Hai, Q K Gaib Har Chupi Huwi Cheez Ko Kehte Hain, Jo Kisi Hawaas K Bager Maaloom
Na Ki Ja Sake... To Is Gaib K Ilm Ko Kiya Kahen Ge???
Hadees 09:
" Hazrat Daawood (Aleh Salaam) Par Qura'an (Zaboor) Ko Is Qadar Halka Kar Diya Gaya Tha, K Woh Apne
Ghoron Ko Zain Laganay Ka Hukum Dete The To Aap In Ki Zain Se Pehle Zaboor Parh Lete The".. (Sahi
Bukhari Kitaab Ul Ambiya, Jild#1, Page#475, Matboo'a Qadeemi Kutub Khana Karachi)
Yeh Hadees Is Jagah Is Liye Bayaan Ki Gai K Agar Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Ne Ek Wa'az Main Az Awwal Ta
Aakhir Waaqiyaat Bayaan Farma Diye To Yeh Bhi Aap Ka Ek Mojiza Tha Jese K Hazrat Daawood (Aleh
Page | 290
Salaam) Aan Ki Aan Main Saari Zaboor Shareef Parh Lete The..
Hadees 10:
“Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Ne Khabar Di K Fatima Zohra (Razi Allah Anhu) K Farzand Paida Hoga, Jo Tumhari
Parwarish Main Rahega"..
(Mishkaat Ul Musaabeh Baab Munaaqib Ahle Bait Un Nabi Ul Fasal Ul Awwal, Page#572, Matboo'a
Qadeemi Kutub Khana Karachi)
Tamaam Baad K Hone Waale Fitnon Ka Bata Dena, Aur Aise Batana, K Fitnah Karne Waalon K Naam
Batana, Un K Baap Ka Naam Batana, Aur Qabeelay Ka Naam Batana..
Aap Khud Faisla Kar Sakte Hain K Fatima Zohra (Razi Allah Anhu) Ko Batana K Un K Yahaan Farzand Paida
Hoga.. Yeh Gaib Hai Ya Nahin??? Beshak Gaib Hai Aur Uloom E Khamsa Mein Se Hai.
Page | 291
Hadees 11:
Hazrat Huzefa (Razi Allah Anhu) Se Riwaayat Hai.. “Nahin Chora Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Ne Kisi Fitna
Chalanay Waalay Ko Duniya K Khatam Hone Tak, Jin Ki Taadaad 300 Se Ziyada Tak Puhnchay Gi Magar
Hum Ko Is Ka Naam Is K Baap Ka Naam Aur Is K Qabeelay Ka Naam Bata Diya"
(Mishkaat Ul Musaabeh, Baab Ul Fitan Fasal Saani, Page#463, Matboo'a Qadeemi Kutub Khana Karachi)
Hadees 12:
Page | 292
(Sunan Ul Kubra Imam Baehaki, Jild#1, Page#104)
(Sunan Abi Daaoud Baab Ul Istabra, Jild#1, Page#6)
(Raqam Ul Hadees#20-21, Matboo’a Dar Ul Fikar Beroot)
(Sunan Nisai, Jild#1, Page#7)
Hadees 13:
Page | 293
Khayaal Rahe K Jahannumi Ya Jannati Hona Uloom E Khamsa Main Se Hai K Saeed Hai Ya Shakki, Isi Tarah
Kaun Kis Kaa Beta Hai Yeh Aesi Baat Hai K Jis Ka Ilm Siwaye Is Ki Maa K Aur Kisi Ko Nahin Hosakta,
Qurbaan Un Nigaahon K Jo K Andheray Ujaalay, Duniya O Aakhirat Sab Ko Dekhti Hain..
Hadees 14:
Page | 294
Rakhte Hain Aur Woh Mehsoor Yahood K Qilay Ko Fatah Karega"..
(Tabqaat Ul Qubra Ibn-E-Saad Gazwah E Khaibar, Jild#2, Page#110, Matboo'a Dar Us Saadir, Beroot)
Imaam Abdul Maalik Bin Hashaam 213 Hijri Main Likhte Hain:
" Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Ne Farmaya Main Kal Aese Aadmi Ko Jhanda Ata Karunga Jo Allah Aur Is K Rasool
Se Muhabbat Karta Hai, Allah Ta'ala Is K Haath Par Musalmaanon Ko Fatah Naseeb Farmayega Woh
Bhaagayge Nahin"..
(Al Seerah Annabuwwah Al Maaroof Seerat Ibn-E-Hashaam Zikar Ul Muyyassar, Jild#4, Page#305,
Matboo'a Daar Ul Jeel, Beroot)
(Sahi Bukhari Kitab Al Maghazai Baab Zameen E Shaam Main Ghazwa E Mota Hadith Number: 4014)
(Sahi Bukhari Kitab Al Janaiz Jild 1 Safa 420 Hadith Number: 1189)
(Sahi Bukhari Kitab Al Jihaad Jild 3 Safa1030 Hadith Number: 2645)
(Sahi Bukhari Kitab Fadael E Sahaba Baab Khalid Bin Waleed K Manaqib Hadith Number: 3547)
(Nisai Sunan Al Kubra Jild 5 Safa180 Hadith Number: 8604)
(Ahmad Bin Hambal Al Musnad Jild 1 Safa 204 Hadith Number: 1750)
(Haakim Al Mustadrak Jild 3 Safa 337 Hadith Number: 5295 )
Page | 295
Hadees 15:
Dusri Hadees Se To Ab Koi Shak Hi Nahin Bachta.. Aur Nabi (Aleh Salaam) Khud Farma Rahe Hain.. K Un K
Saamne Unki Ummat K Aamaal Pesh Kiye Jaate Hain...
Hadees 16:
Hazart Anas Bin Maalik Radiyallahu Ta’ala Anhu Bayan Farmate Hain Ki Jab Hamein Aboo Sufyan Ke
(Qaafile Ki Shaam Se Vaapas) Aane Ki Khabar Pahunchi To Huzoor Nabi-E-Akram Sallallahu Ta’ala Alaihi
Page | 296
Wa Aalehi Wa Sallam Sahaaba Kiram Ridwanullahi Ta’ala Alaihim Aj’maeen Se Mashvira Farmaya : Hazrat
Saa’d Bin Ubaadah Radiyallahu Ta’ala Anhu Khade Ho Kar Arz Kiya : Ya Rasoolallah ! ﷺAap Hamaari
Raay
Jaan’na Chaahte Hain To (Arz Hai Ki) Us Zaat Ki Qasam Jis Ke Qabza-E-Qudarat Me Meri Jaan Hai ! Agar
Aap Hamein Samundar Me Ghode Daalne Ka Hukm De To Ham Samundar Me Bhi Ghode Daal Denge,
Agar Aap Hamein Barkil Ghimaad Pahaad Se Ghodon Ke Seene Takraane Ka Hukm De To Ham Aisa Bhi
Karenge. Tab Aap Sallallahu Ta’ala Alaihi Wa Aalehi Wa Sallam Ne Logon Ko Bulaaya, Log Aaye Aur
Waadee-E-Badr Me Utare. Phir Huzoor Nabi-E-Akram Sallallahu Ta’ala Alaihi Wa Aalehi Wa Sallam Ne
Farmaya : Yah Fula’n Kaafir Ke (Qatl Ho Kar) Girne Ki Jagah Hai, Aap Sallallahu Ta’ala Alaihi Wa Aalehi Wa
Sallam Zameen Par Is Jagah Aur Kabhi Us Jagah Dast-E-Aqdas Rakhte. Hazrat Anas Radiyallahu Ta’ala
Anhu Kahte Hain Ki Phir (Doosare Din) Ko’i Kaafir Huzoor Nabi-E-Akram Sallallahu Ta’ala Alaihi Wa Aalehi
Wa Sallam Ki Bataayi Huwi Jagah Se Zarra Baraabar Bhi Idhar-Udhar Nahin Mara.”
(Muslim As-Sahih, Jild 03 Hadith-1779, Jild 04 Hadith-2873).
(Aboo Dawood As-Sunan, Jild 03 Safa 58, Hadith-2071).
(Nasa’i As-Sunan, Jild 04 Safa 108, Hadith-2074),
(As-Sunan-Ul-Kubra, Jild 01 Safa 658, Hadith-2201).
(Ahmad Bin Hanbal Al-Musnad, Jild 03safa 219, Hadith-13320).
(Ibn Hibban As-Sahih, Jild 11 Safa 24, Hadith-4766).
(Bazzar Al-Musnad, Jild 01 Safa 340, Hadith-222).
(Ibn Abi Sbaybah Al-Musannaf, Jild 07 Safa 362, Hadith-36708).
(Tabarani Al-Muajam-Ul-Awsat, Jild 08 Safa 219, Hadith-8453),
(Al-Muajam-Us-Saghir, Jild 02 Safa 233, Hadith-1085).
(Aboo Ya’ala Al-Musnad, Jild 06 Safa 69, Hadith-3322).
(Ibn Jawzi Sifat-Us-Safwah, Jild 01 Safa 102).
(Khatib Tabrizi Mishkat-Ul-Masabih, Jild 02 Safa 381,Hadith-5871)
Note: Khayaal Rahe K Kaun Kis Jagah Mare Ga, Yeh Uloom E Khamsa Main Se Hai, Jis Ki Khabar Huzoor
(Aleh Salaam) Jang-E-Badar Main Ek Roz Pehle De Rahe Hain..
Allama Yahya Bin Sharaf Noo'wi Shaafai 676 Hijri Main Is Hadees Mubaraka Ki Sharah Main Likhte
Hain:
" Is Hadees Mubaraka Main Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) K 2 Mojazon Ka Zikar Hai, Jo K Aap Ki Nabuwat Ki
Nishaaniyaan Hain, Ek Aap (Swallallahualaihiwasallam) Ka In Un K Jaabir Sardaaron K Qatal Gaahon Ki
Khabar Dena K Kisi Ne Apni Qatal Gaah Se Tajaawuz Na Kiya, Dusra Mojaza Aap
(Swallallahualaihiwasallam) Ka Yeh Batana K Jis Larkay Ko Woh Maar Rahe The, Jab Use Chortay To Woh
Such Bolta, Aur Jab Use Maarte To Woh Jhoot Bolta Aur Yahi Haqeeqat Thi"..
(Such Kiya Tha Aur Jhoot Kiya?? Is Ko Sahaba E Karaam (Razi Allah Anhum) Na Samajh Sake Aur Huzoor
Page | 297
(Aleh Salaam) Ne Waazeh Farma Diya, Yahi Gaib Batana Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Ka Dusra Mojiza Tha)
(Sahi Muslim Ma Noo'wi Kitaab Ul Jihaad Baab Gazwa-E-Badar, Jild#2, Page#102, Matboo'a Qadeemi
Kutub Khaana Karachi)
Hadees 17:
Page | 298
Hazrat Abu Huraira (Razi Allah Anhu) Se Riwaayat Hai:
“Shikaari Aadmi Ne Kaha Mene Aaj Ki Tarah Kabhi Na Dekha K Bheriya Baaten Kar Raha Hai, To Bheriya
Bola, K Is Se Ajeeb Baat Yeh Hai K Ek Sahab (Huzoor Aleh Salaam) Do (2) Medaanon K Darmiyaani
Nakhlistaan (Madina Munawaarra) Main Hain Aur Tum Ko Gusishta Aur Aaendah Ki Khabren De Rahe
Hain".
(Seerat Ibn-E-Ishaaq Aalaam Un Nabbuwwah, Page#261, Raqam Ul Hadees, 433, Matboo'a Ma'ahad
Duraasaat Wala Bahas Ut Taareeb)
Imaam Abi Ul Farj Abdur Rehmaan Bin Al Jazwi 597 Hijri Main Likhte Hain:
" Bheriye Ne Kaha Yeh To Koi Ta'ajub Khez Baat Nahin Hai, Dar Asal Herat Aur Ta'ajub Ka Mojib To Yeh
Baat Hai K Sangistaanon K Darmiyaan Nakhlistan Main Ek Hasti Jalwah Farma Hain, Jo Guzre Huwe
Waaqiyaat Bhi Batlaate Hain, Aur Aane Waale Bhi"..
(Al Wafa Ba Hawal Ul Mustafa, Baab Us Saani Zikar Aalaam Ul Hawaash, Jild#1, Page159, Matboo'a
Mustafa Ul Baabi, Misar)
Allama Abu Abdullah Muhammad Bin Ahmed Maaliki Qurtubi 668 Hijri Main Likhte Hain:
" Bheriya Kehne Laga, Ae Bakriyon Waale!! Is Se Kahin Ziyaadah Ajeeb Baat To Yeh Hai K In Do (2)
Sangistaanon K Darmiyaan Khajooron K Baagaat Waale Sheher Main Ek Mard Jalwah Farma Hai, Jo
Tumhen Maazi Ki Khabren Bhi Deta Hai, Aur Jo Kuch Tumhare Mustaqbil Main Hone Waala Hai Un
Waaqiyaat Ki Khabren Bhi Deta Hai"..
(At Tazkara Fi Ehwaal Al Moti Wa Umoor Takoon Ben Yadi Us Sa'at, Jild#2, Page#527, Matboo'a Saeediya,
Kutub Khana, Sadaf Plaza Muhalla Jangi Peshawar)
Imaam Kabeer Muhaddis Haafiz Hadees Abu Naeem Ahmed Bin Abdullah Asfahani 430 Hijri Main
Likhte Hain:
" Bheriye Ne Kaha Is Se Bhi Ajeeb Tar Baat Yeh Hai K Ek Aadmi Do (2) Medaanon K Darmiyaan, Waaqiye
Nakhlistaan (Madina) Main Beth Kar Batla Raha Hai K Kiya Ho Chuka Hai Aur Aaendah Kiya Hoga"...
(Dalael Un Nabuwwah, Imaam Abu Naeem Asfahaani, Page#337-338, Matboo'a Ziya Al Qura'an ,
Publications, Lahore)
(Musnad Ahmed Jild 2 Safa 306, Hadith: 8049)
(Musannaf Abdur Razzaq, Jild 11 Safa 383, Hadith: 20808)
(Musnad Ibn Rahwiya Jild 1 Safa 357,Hadith:360)
(Ibn Kaseer, Shumail E Rasool Safa 341)
(Haithmi, Majma Az Zawaid,Jild 8 Safa 291)
(Musnad Humaidi, Jild 1 Safa 277, Hadith: 877)
(Baihaqi, Dalail Un Nubuwwah,Jild 6 Safa 41,42,43)
(Asbahani, Dalail Un Nabuwwah, Jild 1 Safa 113, Hadith: 116)
Hadees 18:
Page | 299
O Momineen Ki Khabar Hogai, Hum To Un K Saath Hain, Aur Hum Ko Nahin Pehchaante, Yeh Khabar
Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Tak Puhnchi To Mimbar Par Khare Huwe, Aur Khuda Ki Hamd O Sana Ki Phir
Farmaya K Qaumon Ka Kiya Haal Hai K Hamaray Ilm Main Taana Karte Hain, Ab Se Qayaamat Tak Kisi
Cheez K Baaray Main Jo Bhi Tum Hum Se Pucho Ge, Hum Tum Ko Khabar Denge"..
1). Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) K Ilm Main Taana Karna, Munaafiqon Ka Tareeqah Hai..
2). Qayaamat Tak K Waaqiyaat Saaray Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) K Ilm Main Hain..
(Al Baab Ul Taaweel Fi Ma'ani Ut Tanzeel Ul Maaroof, Tafseer Khazin, Jild#1, Page#324, Matboo'a Daar Ul
Kutub Ilmiya, Beroot)
Hadees 19:
Hadees 20:
Page | 300
Hazrate Abu Bakar O Umar Main Hai K Hazrat Aayesha (Razi Allah Anha) Ne Baargah Risaalat Main Arz
Kiya K Kya Koi Aesa Bhi Hai, Jis Ki Nekiyaan Taaron K Barabar Bhi Hon, Farmaya Woh Umar Hai...
(Mishkaat Ul Musaabeh Baab Munaaqib Abi Bakar O Umar Ul Fasal Us Saalis, Page#560 Matboo'a
Qademi, Kutub Khaana, Karachi)
Is Se Maaloom Huwa K Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Ko Qayaamat Tak K Saaray Logon K Zaahiri Aur Posheedah
Aamal Ki Puri Khabar Hai, Aur Aasmaanon K Tamaam Zaahiri Aur Posheedah Taaron Ka Bhi Tafseeli Ilm
Hai, Haalankay, Ba'az Taaray Ab Tak Sciencey Aalaat Se Bhi Maaloom Na Ho Sake, Huzoor (Aleh Salaam)
Ne In Dono Cheezon Ko Mulaahiza Farma Liya, K Umar Ki Nekiyan Taaron K Barabar Hain, Do Cheezon Ki
Barabari Ya Kami Beshi Wohi Bata Sakta Hai, Jise Donon Cheezon Ka Ilm Bhi Ho Aur Miqdaar Bhi
Maaloom Ho....
Hadees 21:
Nijaashi Mulq-E-Habsha K Baadsha Ka Laqab Tha, Jo Koi Wahaan Ka Baadsha Hota Tha, Use Nijaashi
Kehte The, Woh Nijaashi Pehle Eesaai Tha, Lekin Jab Huzoor( Aleh Salaam) Ka Naam-E-Mubaarak Jis Main
Us Ko Daawat-E-Islaam Di Gai Thi, Mila To Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Pe Eemaan Le Aaya Aur Aap
(Swallallahualaihiwasallam) Ki Risaalat Ka Iqraar Kiya..
Imaam Ali Bin Mehmood Bim Saood-Ul-Khazai 789 Hijri Main Likhte Hain:
" Nijaashi (Razi Allah Anhu) Eemaan Laye Aur Gawaahi Di Tauheed O Risaalat Ki"..
(Takhreej-Ur-Dalaalaat Us Samee'a, Page#297, Matboo'a Daar-Ul-Garb Ul Islaami, Beroot)
Imaam Abi Ul Farj Abdur Rehman Bin Al Juzwi 597 Hijri Main Likhte Hain:
Nijaashi (Razi Allah Anhu) Ne Farmaya:
" Agar Main Mulq (Hukmaraani) K Masael Main Na Hota, To Main Aap (Swallallahualaihiwasallam) K Pass
Aa Kar Aap (Swallallahualaihiwasallam) Ki Naal'en Ko Choomta"..
(Safoo'o Al Safoo'o, Jild#1, Page#518, Matboo'a Daar Ulma'arfatah, Beroot)
Haafiz Abu Al Qaasim Sulemaan Bin Ahmed Tibraani 360 Hijri Main Ek Taweel Riwaayat Main Likhte
Hain:
" Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Kharay Huwe Aur Wazu Kiya Aur Phir 3 Martaba Yeh Dua Ki K Aye Allah Nijaashi
Ki Magfirat Farma Pas Sahaba (Razi Allah Anhu) Ne Aameen Kaha"..
(Mo'ajjam Ul Kabeer Tibraani Ma Asnad Jaafar (Razi Allah Anhu), Jild#2, Page#110, Raqam Ul Hadees
478, Matboo'a Maktab Tul Uloom O Al Haka, Ul Mosal)
Imaam Shamsuddeen Muhammad Bin Ahmed Zehbi 748 Hijri Main Likhte Hain:
" Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Kharay Huwe Aur Wazu Kiya Aur Phir 3 Martaba Yeh Dua Ki, Aye Allah Nijaashi Ki
Magfirat Farma Pas Sahaba (Razi Allah Anhu) Ne Aameen Kaha"..
(Seera Aalaaam Un Niblaal, Jid#1, Page#437, Matboo'a Mo'sasta, Ur Risaala, Beroot)
Page | 301
AHukaaniyah Peshaawar)
(Sunan Abi Daa'ood, Kitaab Ul Jihaad, Baab Fin Nooreri, And Kabar Us Shaheed, Jild#3, Page#16, Raqamul
Hadees 2523, Matboo'a Dar Ul Fiqar Beroot)
Aur Jab Nijaashi (Razi Allah Anhu) Wafaat Paa Gaye, To Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Ne Usi Din Sahaba-
EKaraam (Razi Allah Anhu) Ko Un Ki Wafaaat Ki Khabar Sunai Aur Un Par Namaz-E-Janaza Parha Aur
Namaz-E-Janaza K Baad Hazarat Nijaashi K Liye Dua Bhi Farmai..
Imaam Muslim Bin Hajjaj 261 Hijri Main Riwaayat Karte Hain:
" Hazrat Abu Hurera (Razi Allah Anhu) Bayaan Karte Hain, K Rasool Allah (Swallallahualaihiwasallam) Ne
Habsha K Baadsha Nijaashi Ki Wafaat Ki Khabar Usi Din Di, Jis Din Us Ka Inteqaal Huwa Tha, Aap Ne
Farmaya Apne Bhai K Liye Astagfaar Kar Do"..
(Muslim Shareef, Jild#1, Page#309, Matboo'a Qadeemi Kutub Khaana Karachi)
(Akmaal Akmaal Ul Mu'allim, Sharah Sahi Muslim, Jild#3, Page#88, Matboo'a Daar Ul Kutub Ilmiy, Beroot)
Imaam Abdur Rehman Ahmed Bin Shoib Nisaai 303 Hijri Main Riwaayat Karte Hain K:
" Hazrat Abu Hurerah (Razi Allah Anhu0 Se Riwaayat Hai K Jab Nijaashi (Razi Allah Anhu) Ka Inteqaal
Huwa To, Nabi-E-Kareem (Aleh Salaam) Ne Farmaya K In K Liye Istagfaar Karo"..
(Sunan Ul Kubra Ul Nisaai, Jild#1, Ppage#657, Raqam Ul Hadees 2169-2168, Matboo'a Daar Ul Kutub Ul
Ilmiyah, Beroot)
(Nisaai Shareef, Jild#1, Page#287, Mujtaba'i Pakistan, Lahore)
Imaam Abi Mansoor Muhammad Bin Mehmood Al Matrudi 333 Hijri Main Likhte Hain:
" Hazarat Hasan Basri (Rehmatullah Aleh) Se Riwaayat Hai K Jab Nijaashi (Razi Allah Anhu) Ka Inteqaal
Huwa To Nabi-E-Kareem (Swallallahualaihiwasallam) Ne Farmaya K Apne Bhai K Liye Istagfaar Karo"..
(Taawweelaat-E-Ahle Sunnah, Tafseer Ul Ma Taredi,
Jild#2, Page#567, Matboo'a Daar Ul Kutub Ilmiyah Beroot)
Haafiz Abu Ul Qasim Sulemaan Bin Ahmed Ut Tabraani 360 Hijri Main Riwaayat Karte Hain:
" Hazrat Jareer (Razi Allah Anhu) Se Riwaayat Hai K Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Ne Farmaya Tumhara Bhai
Nijaashi Wafaat Farma Gaya Hai, Un K Liye Istagfaar Karo"..
(Al Mo'ajjam Ul Kabeer Ut Tabrani, Jild#1, Raqam Ul Hadees 2347-2348-2350, Matboo'a Ahya Ut Turaas
Ul Islaami, Iraq)
Imaam Abu Bakar Ahmed Bin Muhammad Al Tahawi 321 Hiri Main Riwaayat Karte Hain:
" Hazrat Abu Hurerah (Razi Allah Anhu) Bayaan Karte Hain K Rasool Allah (Sallalaho Aleh E Wassalam) Ne
Habsha K Badsha Nijaashi Ki Khabar Usi Din Di, Jis Din Us Ka Inteqaal Huwa Tha, Aap Ne Farmaya Apne
Bhai K Liye Istagfaar Karo"..
(Sunan Ul Kubra, Jild#4, Page#57, Raqam Ul Hadees 6932, Page#82, Raqam Ul Hadees 7026, Matboo'a
Daar Ul Kutub Ilmiya, Beroot)
Imaam Abu Bakar Ahmed Bin Hussain Behki 458 Hijri Main Riwaaayat Karte Hain K:
" Imaam Behki (Rehmatullah Aleh) Farmate Hain K Rasool Allah (Swallallahualaihiwasallam) Ka Yeh
Farmana K " Main Nahin Dekhta Magar Yeh K Woh Foat Hogaya Hai", Wallaho Ilm Aap Ne Hadiyon Ko Us
Ki Taraf Bhejne Se Pehle Khabar Kardene Ka Iradah Farmaya, Aur Us K Foat Hone Se Pehle Aap Ne In
Kalimaat Ko Saadir Farmaya, Is K Baad Jab Woh Foat Huwa To Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Ne Usi Din Us K Foat
Page | 302
Hone Ki Khabar De Di, Aur Us Par Namaz Parhi Thi"..
(Khasaais Ul Kubra, Jild#2, Page#168, Matboo'a Daar Ul Qutub Ul Ilmiyah Beroot)
Haafiz Amaa Duddeen Ismail Bin Umar Bin Kaseer 774 Hijri Main Riwaayat Karte Hain:
" Behki (Rehmatullah Aleh) Ne Hazrat Umme Kulsoom (Razi Allah Anhu) Se Riwaayat Ki, Inhon Ne Kaha K
Rasool Allah (Swallallahualaihiwasallam) Ne Farmaya Jab Umme Salma (Razi Allah Anhu) Se Nikah
Farmaya To Aap Ne Farmaya, Main Ne Nijaashi Ki Taraf Se Chand Mashq K Joray Bhejey Hain, Main Use
Nahin Dekhta Magar Yeh K Woh Foat Hogaya Hai, Aur Main In Hadiyon Ko Nahin Dekhta Magar Yeh K Ise
Meri Taraf Waapis Kar Diya Gaya Hai, To Yeh Gaibi Khabar Aese Hi Waaqey Huwi Jese K Rasool Allah
(Swallallahualaihiwasallam) Ne Farmaya K Nijaashi Foat Hogaya, Aur Hadiyah Waapis Aagaye"..
(Al Seerah Un Nabbuwah Na'i Rasool Allah (Swallallahualaihiwasallam) Nijaashi Fi Yom-E-Zi Maat Fee
Baariz Habsha, Jild#3,Page#493, Matbo'a Daar Ul Kitaab Ul Aa'raabi, Beroot)
Is Hadees-E-Mubarakah Se Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Ka Ilm-E-Gaib Saaf Wazeh Hai K Huzoor (Aleh Salaam)
Ne Habsha K Baadsha Nijaashi (Razi Allah Anhu) K Inteqaal Ki Khabar Usi Din Di, Jis Din Us Ka Inteqaal
Huwa..
Aagay Aap Khud Faisla Kar Sakte Hain, K Kisi K Batae Bager, Kisi Hawaas K Bager Kisi K Inteqaal Ki Khabar
De Dena, Yeh Ilm-E-Gaib Nahin To Aur Kiya Hai...
Hadees 22:
Imaam Ahmed Bin Hambal 241 Hijri Main Riwaayat Karte Hain:
" Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Ne Irshaad Farmaya Ae Wabsah (Razi Allah Anhu)! Kiya Main Tumhen Bata Dun
Jo Tum Mujh Se Puchna Chahtay Ho??
Mene Arz Kiya Ya Rasool Allah (Swallallahualaihiwasallam) Mujheu Bataeye.. Farmaya Tum Mujh Se Neki
Aur Badi K Baaray Main Puchne Aae Ho,
Page | 303
Wabsah (Rzai Allah Anhu) Ne Farmaya Aap Ne Bilkul Sahi Farmaya"..
(Musannad Ahmed, Jild#4, Page#228, Matboo'a Mo'sasta, Qurtuba Misar)
Imaam Jalaal Ud Deen Suyooti 911 Hijri Main Riwayat Karte Hain:
" Imaam Ahmed O Bazaar, Abu Ya'ala, Behki Aur Abu Naeem (Rehmatullah Aleh) Ne Hazrat Wabsah (Razi
Allah Anhu) Se Riwaayat Ki, Unhon Ne Kaha Main Nabi-E-Kareem (Swallallahualaihiwasallam) Ki Baargah
Main Is Liye Aaya K Main Neki Aur Badi K Baaray Main Puchon Magar Mere Puchne Se Qabal Huzoor
(Aleh Salaam) Ne Farmaya:
Ae Wabsah (Razi Allah Anhu)! Kiya Main Tumhen Yeh Na Bata Dun Jo Tum Mujh Se Puchna Chahtay Ho??
Mene Arz Kiya, Ya Rasool Allah (Swallallahualaihiwasallam) Mujhey Bataiye, Farmaya Tum Mujh Se Neki
Aur Badi K Baaray Main Puchne Aae Ho??
Mene Arz Kiya, Qasam Hai Us Zaat Ki, Jis Ne Aap Ko Haq K Saath Mab'oos Farmaya, Aap Ne Bilkul Sahi
Farmaya..
Farmaya Neki Woh Amal Hai, Jis Se Inshrah Sadar Tumhen Haasil Ho, Aur Badi Woh Hai, Jis Se Tumharay
Dil Main Inqabaaz Ho, Agar Chay Logon Ne Tumhen Is Ko Karne Se Kaha Ho..
(Khasa-E-Sul Kubra, Jild#2, Page#171, Matboo'a Daar Ul Qutub Ilmiyah, Beroot)
Ab Aap Hi Bataen, K Kisi K Dil Ki Baat Jaan Lena, Kiya Hai?? Kiya Yeh Ilm-E-Gaib Nahin??
Hadees 23:
Imaam Jalaal Ud Deen Seyooti 911 Hijri Main Riwaayat Karte Hain:
" Behki (Rehmatullah Aleh) Ne Ek Ansaari Se Riwaayat Ki, Us Ne Kaha K Ek Aurat Ne Nabi-E-Kareem
(Swallallahualaihiwasallam) K Khaanay Ki Daawat Ki, Jab Khaana Rakha Gaya To Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Ne
Ek Luqma Le Kar Muh Main Chabaya To Farmaya, Mujhe Is Gosht K Is Bakri K Baare Pata Hai, Jise Na Haq
Pakar Liya Gaya Tha, Us Aurat Se Pucha Gaya, Us Aurat Ne Kaha, K Is Ki Hamsaaya Ne Us Gosht Ko Apne
Shohar Ki Ijaazat Liye Bager Bheja Tha"..
(Khasaes Ul Kubra, Jild#2, Page#176, Matboo'a Daar Ul Qutub, Ilmiyah Beroot)
(Dalael Un Nabuwwah, Jild#6, Page#310, Matboo'a Dar Ul Qutub Ilmiyah Beroot)
Page | 304
Daar Ul Fiqar, Beroot)
Imaam Ali Bin Umar Al Daar Qatni Ul Baghdaadi 385 Hijri Main Likhte Hain:
" Aap (Swallallahualaihiwasallam) Ne Farmaya, Main Is Ghosht Ko Is Bakri Ka Paata Hun, Jise Is K Maalik
Ki Ijaazat K Bager Zibah Kiya Gaya Ho"..
(Sunan Al Daar Qatni, Jild#4, Page#285, Matboo'a Daar Ul Ma'arfatah, Beroot)
Imaam Ani Al Farj Abdur Rehmaan Bin Al Jazwi 597 Hijri Main Likhte Hain:
" Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Ne Farmaya, Yeh Us Bakri Ka Ghosht Hai, Jo Maalik Ki Ijaazat K Bager Haasil Kar K
Zibah Ki Gai"..
(Al Tehqeeq Fi Al Hadees Ul Khilaaf, Jild#2, Page#212, Raqam Ul Hadees 555, Matboo'a Daar Ul Qutub
Ilmiyah Beroot)
Faisla Aap K Haath Main Hai, K Ghosht Ka Luqma Muh Main Rakhte Hi, Pata Chal Jaana K Bakri Bina
Ijaazat K Zibah Ki Gai, Ya Bager Ijaazat Liye Zibah Kiye Gaye, Gaib Hai Ya Nahin, Aur Is Ka Jaan Lena, Ilm-
EGaib Hai Ya Nahin..
Hadees 24:
Muhammad Bin Abdullah Abu Abdullah Al Haakim Neshapuri 405 Hijri Main Hazrat Abdullah Bin
Mas'ood (Razi Allah Anhu) Se Riwaayat Karte Hain:
" Hum Nabi-E-Kareem (Swallallahualaihiwasallam) Ki Bargah Main Haazir The, To Rasool Allah
(Swallallahualaihiwasallam) Ne Farmaya Tumharay Pass Ahl-E-Jannat Ka Ek Shakhs Aaraha Hai, To Hazrat
Abu Bakar Siddique (Razi Allah Anhu) Aae, Aur Salaam Kar K Beth Gaye"..
(Al Mustadrik Kitaab Ma'arfah L Sahabah, Jild#3, Page#73, Raqamul Hadees 4443, Matboo'a Daar Ul
Qutub Ilmiyah Beroot)
Imaam Abu Bakar Ahmed Bin Ali Khateeb Baghdaadi 463 Hijri Main Riwaayat Karte Hain:
" Hazrat Jaabir Bin Abdullah (Razi Allah Anhu) Bayaan Karte Hain K Hum Nabi-E-Kareem (Aleh Salaam) Ki
Bargaah Main Haazir The K, Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Ne Irshaad Farmaya, Is Waqt Tum Par Woh Shakhs
Chamkay Ga K, Allah Ne Mere Baad Us Se Behtar O Buzrug Tar Kisi Ko Nahin Banaya, Aur Us Ki Shafa'at
Ambiya Ki Shafa'at Ki Misal Hogi, Pas Hum Haazir Hi The K Hazrat Abu Bakar Siddique (Razi Allah Anhu)
Aae, To Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Ne Qayaam Farmaya Phir In Ko Bosa Diya Aur Galay Lagaya".. (Taareekh-E-
Baghdaad, Jild#3, Page#123-124, Matboo'a Dar Ul Fiqar Beroot)
Page | 305
Chamkay Ga, K Allah Ne Mere Baad Us Se Behter O Buzrug Tar Kisi Ko Nahin Banaya Aur Us Ki Shafa'at
Ambiya Ki Shaffa'at Ki Misal Hogi, Pas Hum Haazir Hi The, K Hazrat Abu Bakar Siddique (Razi Allah Anhu)
Aae, To Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Ne Qayaam Farmaya Phir Un Ko Bosa Diya Aur Galay Lage"..
(Ar Riyaaz Ul Nazrah Ul Ashrah, Jild#2, Page#28, Raqamulhadees 435, Matboo'a Daar Ul Guroob Ul
Islaami, Beroot)
Kisi Ko Ahl-E-Jannat Kehna Kiya Hai?? Haqeeqat Aap K Saamnay Hai... Hazrat Abu Bakar Siddique Ko Ahl-
E-Jannat Keh Kar Pukaara, Yaani Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Jaantay They K Woh Jannati Hain, Aur Jannat Aur
Dozakh K Baaray Main Jaanna Yaani Kaun Jannati Hai Aur Kaun Dozakhi Yeh Ilm-E-Gaib Hai Ya Nahin, Is
Ka Faisla Aap Hi Kar Len.
Hadees 25:
Imaam E Kabeer Muhaddis Shaheer Haafiz Hadees Abu Naeem Ahmed Bin Abdullah Asfahaani 430
Hijri Main Is Riwaayat K Baad Likhte Hain:
Hazrat Ammaar Bin Yaasir (Razi Allah Anhu) Se Riwaaayat Hai, Kehte Hain, Main Aur Hazrat Ali (Razi Allah
Anhu) Gazwah E Asheerah Main Hum Ruqaab The, Ek Jagah Hum Ne Parao Kiya, Wahaan Hum Ne Chand
Choti Se Khajooron Ko Dekha, Aur Un K Neechay Maati Ki Dhool Par Hi Sogaye, Humen Nabi (Aleh
Salaam) K Siwa Kisi Ne Bedaar Na Kiya, Aap Tashreef Laye, Aur Hazrat Ali (Razi Allah Anhu) K Paaon Ko
Aahista Tatola Aur Haalat Yeh Thi K Hum Mitti Se Lat Pat The, Aap (Swallallahualaihiwasallam) Ne
Farmaya Ali Utho! Kiya Main Tumhen Batlaon Nahin K Sab Se Bad Bakht Kaun Hai??
Ek To Qom E Samoood Ka Woh Mard Ahmer Jis Ne Saleh (Aleh Salaam) Ki Ooontni K Paaon Kaate The,
Aur Dusra Woh Jo Tum Par Is Jagah Waar Karega, Aap Ne Apne Sir Ki Ek Jaanib Ishaara Kiya Aur Yeh Tar
Hojae Gi, Aap Ne Apni Daarhi Mubarak Pakar Li..(Yaani Sir Se Le Kar Daarhi Tak Khon Hi Khoon Hoga)
(Dalael Un Nabuwwah Laabi Naeem Asfahaani Urdu, Page#497, Matboo'a Ziya Ul Quran Publications
Lahore)
Imaam Ahmed Bin Hambal 241 Hijri Main Bhi Yahi Riwaayat Karte Hain:
(Bahawaala: Fazael E Sahaba La Bin Hambal, Jild#1, Page#566, Raqam Ul Hadees 953, Matboo'a Mosasta
Ur Risaala, Beroot)
Imaam Abu Abdullah Muhammad Bin Abdul Wahid Hambali 643 Main Riwaayat Karte Hain:
" To Hazrat Ali (Razi Allah Anhu) Ne Farmaya K Beshak Rasool Allah (Aleh Salaam) Ne Mujh Se Uhad
(Waada) Farmaya K Main Us Waqt Tak Nahin Marunga, Jab Tak Main Khaleefa Na Ban Jaoun, Phir Meri
Daarhi Ko Mere Khoon Se Rang Diya Jae.. To Aap (Razi Allah Anhu) Bhi Qatal Huwe, Aur Abu Al Fazaalah
(Razi Allah Anhu) Bhi Yom E Safeen K Roz Qatal Huwe"..
(Al Ahaadees Ul Mukhtaar, Jild#2, Page#326, Raqam Ul Hadees 702, Makah Mukarrama)
Imaam Abu Ul Hasan Ali Bin Muhammad Bin Habeeb Ul Maawardi 429 Hijri Main Riwaayat Karte Hain:
" Main Nahin Marunga Jab Tak Meri Daarhi Ko Meray Chehray K Khoon Se Rang Na Diya Jae"..
(Aalaam Un Nabuwwah Al Baaab As Saani Asharfi, Page#79, Awwal Baab Us Shaer Feema Sama Min
Mojizaat, Akhbaar Ul Ahad, Page#157, Matboo'a Daar Ul Kitaab, Beroot)
Page | 306
Imaam Muhammad Bin Saad (Rehmatullah Aleh) Lihkte Hain:
" Hazrat Ubaidullah Se Marwih Hai K Nabi E Kareem (Swallallahualaihiwasallam) Ne Hazrat Ali (Razi Allah
Anhu) Se Farmaya Ae Ali (Razi Allah Anhu)Aglon Aur Pichlon Main Bad Bakht Tareen Kaun Hai??
Unhon Ne Kaha Allah Aur Us Ka Rasool (Swallallahualaihiwasallam) Ziyaadah Jaante Hain, Unhon Ne
Farmaya, Aglon Ka Sab Se Ziyadah Bad Bakht Saleh (Aleh Salaam) Ki Ooontni K Haath Paaon Kaatne
Waala Tha, Aur Pichlon Ka Bad Bakht Tareen Woh Hoga, Jo Tumhen Neza Maaray Ga, Aur Aap
(Swallallahualaihiwasallam) Ne Is Muqaam Par Ishaara Kiya, Jahaan Woh Neza Marey Ga"
Imaam Jafar Suraiya Ali (Razi Allah Anhu) Se Marwih Hai K Main Hazrat Ali (Razi Allah Anhu) K Haathon
Par Paaani Daal Rahi Thi, Yaka Yak Unhon Ne Apna Sir Uthaya, Phir Apni Daaarhi Pakar Kar Use Naak Tak
Buland Kiya K Tere Liye Khushi Hai K Tu Zarur Zarur Khoon Main Rangi Jaegi, Phir Jummein K Din Un Par
Hamla Kiya Gaya"..
(Tabkat E Ibn-E-Saad, Jild#3, Page#35, Matboo'a Dar Us Saadir, Beroot)
Haafiz Abu Ul Qasim Sulemaan Suleman Bin Ahmed Tibraani 360 Hijri Main Riwaayat Karte Hain:
"Hazrat Usman Bin Suhaib Apne Baap Suhaib (Razi Allah Anhu) Se Naqal Farmate Hain, K Ek Din Huzoor
(Aleh Salaam) Ne Hazrat Ali (Razi Allah Anhu) Ko Farmaya Yeh Batlao, Pehle Logon Main Se Bad Bakht
Kaun Tha?
Aap Ne Arz Kiya Jis Ne Saleh (Aleh Salaam) Ki Ooontni Ko Qatal Kiya, Aur Paaon Kaatey, Aap Ne Farmaya
Tum Ne Theek Jawaab Diya..
Phir Pucha Acha Yeh Batlao Pichlay Logon Aur Aane Waalay Logon Main Se Bad Bakht Kaun Hai?? Unhon
Ne Arz Kiya Maalom Nahin, Aap Ne Farmaya, Jo Shakhs Aap Ko Kanpati Par Waar Kar K Shaheed Karega..
Hazrat Ali (Razi Allah Anhu) Ahl-E-Iraq Ko Farmatey The, Ba Khuda Main Chahta Hun Aur Pasand Karta
Hun K Koi Bad Bakht Uthey Aur Is Aur Is Jagah (Yaani Daarhi Mubarak Aur Sar-E-Aqdas Ki Isi Jaanib) Ko
Khoon Aalood Karta Aur Main Darjah E Shahaaadat Ko Paa Leta"..
(Al Mu'ajjim Ul Kabeer Ul Tibraani, Jild#8, Page#38, Raqam Ul Hadees 37311, Jild#2, Page#247, Raqam Ul
Hadees 2037-2038, Matboo'a Maktab Ul Uloom O Al Hakam O Al Mosal)
Imaam Abdul Maalik Bin Hashaam 213 Hijri Main Likhte Hain:
" Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Ne Farmaya Kiya Main Tumhen Tamaam Logon Main Se Do Bad Bakht Aadmiyon
K Mutaa'alik Na Bataon??
Hum Ne Arz Ki Zarur Ya Rasool Allah (Aleh Salaam), Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Ne Farmaya Ek Qaum E
Sammod Ka Woh Shakhs Jis Ne Ooontni Ki Koonchen Kaat Din Thin, Aur Dusra Woh Shakhs, Jo Ae Ali!
Tere Is Maqaam Par Zarb Lagaye Ga ( Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Ne Apna Dast E Aqdas Hazart Ali (Razi Allah
Anhu) K Sir Ki Choti Par Rakha), Yahaan Tak K Is Maqaam K Khoon Se Yeh Jagah Bhi Tar Hojae Gi"...
(As Seearah Un Nabuwwah Al Maaroof Seerat Ibn E Hasshaam Gazwah E Asheerah, Jild#3, Page#144,
Matboo'a Daar Ul Jeel, Beroot)
Imaam Ali Bin Mehmood Bin Saood Al Khazai 789 Hijri Main Likhte Hain:
Page | 307
" Yeh Mojizaat E Nabi (Aleh Salaam) Main Se Hain, Aur Yeh Akhbaar Ul Gaib K Baab Main Se Hai"..
(Takhreej Ur Dalaalaat Us Samee'a Ul Fasal Fi Zakar O Akhbaar, Page#188, Matboo'a Daar Ul Garab Ul
Islaami, Beroot)
Faisla Aap Khud Karen.. K Hazrat Ali (Razi Allah Anhu) Ko Batana K Un Ki Shahaadat Kis Tarah Hogi Yeh
Ilm-E-Gaib Hai Ya Nahin..
Hadees 26:
Imaam Abu Ul Hasan Ali Bin Habeeb Ul Mawardi 429 Hijri Main Riwaayat Karte Hain:
" Hazrat Jaabir (Razi Allah Anhu) Se Riwaayat Hai K Nabi-E-Kareem (Sallalaho Alehe) Ne Farmaya, Jo
Iraadah Rakhta Ho K Main Zameen Par Chalta Phirta Shaheed Dekhun To Use Chahiye K Talha Bin
Ubaidullah (Razi Allah Anhu) Ko Dekhey"..
(Aalaam Un Nabuwwah, Al Baab Us Saani, Ashar Fi Anzaarah Bama Sehdas Baada, Page#181, Matboo'a
Daar Ul Kitaab Ul Arbi, Beroot)
Imaam Abu Abdullah Muhammad Bin Abdul Waahid Hambli Ul Muqaddasi 643 Hijri Main Riwaayat
Karte Hain:
" Hazrat Moosa Bin Talha (Razi Allah Anhu) Ne Apne Waalid Se Riwaayat Ki K Nabi E Kareem (Aleh
Salaam) Ne Farmaya, Jo Mehboob Rakhta Hai K Zameen Par Chalta Phirta Shaheed Dekhe, To Usey
Chahiye K Talha Bin Ubaidullah (Razi Allah Anhu) Ko Dekhey, Is Hadees E Mubaraka Ki Sanad Hasan Hai"..
(Khasais Ul Kubra, Jild#2, Page#211, Matboo'a Daar Ul Kitaab Ul Ilmiyah, Beroot)
Imaam Abdul Maalik Bin Hasshaam 213 Hiri Main Likhte Hain:
" Hazrat Abdul Aziz (Rehmatullah Aleh) Ne
Zikar Kiya K Nabi E Kareem (Aleh Salaam) Ne Farmaya Jo Shakhs Kisi Shaheed Ko Zameen Par Chalta
Phirta Dekhna Chahay Woh Talha Bin Ubaidullah (Razi Allah Anhu) Ko Dekh Le"..
(As Seerat Un Nabuwwah Al Maaroof, Seerat Ibn-E-Hasshaam, Jild#4, Page#29, Matboo'a Daar Ul Jeel,
Beroot)
Imaam Abu Eesaa Tarmizi 279 Hijri Main Riwaayat Karte Hain:
Jaabir Bin Abdullah (Razi Allah Anhu) Farmatay Hain K Mene Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Ko Farmate Huwe
Page | 308
Suna, " Jo Shakhs Shaheed Ko Zameen Par Chalte Phirte Dekhne Se Khush Ho Woh Talha Bin Ubaidullah
(Razi Allah Anhu) Ko Dekh Le"..
(Sunan Tirmizi, Jild#5, Page#644, Raqam Ul Hadees 3739, Matboo'a Daar Ul Haya, Beroot)
Ab Yeh Batana K Talha Bin Ubaidullah (Razi Allah Anhu) Shaheed Honge, Yeh Gaib Ka Ilm Hai Ya Nahin??
Hadees 27:
Imaam Jalaal Ud Deen Sayooti 911 Hijri Main Riwaayat Karte Hain:
" Ibn-E-Asakir (Rehmatullah Aleh) Ne Muhammad Bin Umro Bin Hasan (Razi Allah Anhu) Se Riwaayat Ki,
Unhon Ne Kaha Hum Imaam Hussain (Razi Allah Anhu) K Saath Karbala Ki Neher Par The, Aap Ne Shamar
Bin Zil Joshan Ko Dekh Kar Farmaya, Allah Ta'ala Aur Us K Rasool (Aleh Salaam) Ne Such Farmaya, Goya
Main Chitkabray Kuttay Ko Dekh Raha Hun, Jo Meri Ahl-E-Bait Ka Khoon Pee Raha Hai, Q K Shamar
Mal'oon Bars K Marz Main Mubtala Tha"..
(Khasaes Ul Kubra, Jild#2, Page#213, Matboo'a Daar Ul Kitaab Ul Ilmiyah, Beroot)
Imaam Jalaal Ud Deen Sayooti 911 Hijri Main Riwaayat Karte Hain:
" Behki (Rehmatullah Aleh) Ne Shobi (Rehmatullah Aleh) Se Riwaayat Ki, Unhon Ne Kaha Hazrat Ibn-
EUmar (Razi Allah Anhu) Madina Munawwara Aaye, Unhen Maaloom Huwa K Imaam Hussain (Razi Allah
Anhu) Iraq Ki Taraf Rawaana Ho Chukay Hain, To Woh Madinay Se Do Din Ki Musaafat Par Jaa Kar Un Se
Mile Aur Un Se Kaha Allah Ta'ala Ne Apne Nabi E Kareem (Aleh Salaam) Ko Duniya O Akhirat K Darmiyaan
Ekhtiyaar Karne Ko Farmaya To Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Ne Aakhirat Ko Ekhtiyaar Kiya Aur Dunya Ko Rad
Kiya, Q K Aap, Rasool (Aleh Salaam) K Juzo Hain, Khuda Ki Qasam Aap Main Se Kisi Ko Duniya Kabhi Nahin
Haasil Hogi, Aur Allah Ta'ala Ne Aap Hazraat Se Is Duniya Ko Is Cheez K Saath Pher Diya Hai, Aur Jo Aap
Hazraat K Liye Is Se Behtar Hai, Lihaaza Aap Waapis Chaliye, Magar Imaam Hussain (Razi Allah Anhu) Ne
Waapisi Se Inkaar Kar Diya, To Ibn-E-Umar (Razi Allah Anhu) Ne Aap Se Yeh Kehte Huwe Mu'aanikah Kiya
K Aap Ko Aalah Ta'ala K Supard Karta Hun, Q K Aap Shaheed Hain"..
(Khasaes Ul Kubra, Jild#2, Page#213, Daar Ul Kitaab Ul Ilmiyah, Beroot)
Hafiz Abu Bakar Bin Hussain Behki 458 Hijri Main Likhte Hain:
" Hazrat Ibn-E-Abbas (Razi Allah Anhu) Se Riwaayat Hai Unhon Ne Kaha K Main Ne Rasool Allah
(Swallallahualaihiwasallam) Ko Ek Din Dopaher K Waqt Khwaab Ki Haalat Main Dekha K Aap K Baal
Mubaarak Gard Aalood Hain, Aur Aap K Dast E Mubarak Main Khoon Ki Botal Hai, Mene Pucha Yeh Kiya
Hai??
Aap Ne Farmaya Yeh Hussain (Razi Allah Anhu) Aur In K Saathiyon Ka Khoon Hai.. Aaj Main Shoru Din Se
Is Khoon Ko Is Waqt Tak Jama Karta Raha Hun, To Mene Apne Khwaab K Waqt Ko Yaad Rakha To Yehi
Waqt Tha, Jis Din Woh Shaheed Kiye Gaye"..
(Dalael Un Nabuwwah, Jild#7, Page#48, Matboo'a Daar Ul Kutub Ul Ilmiyah, Beroot)
Imaam Ahmed Bin Hambal 241 Hijri Main Riwaayat Karte Hain:
" Hazrat Ammar Bin Abi Ammar (Razi Allah Anhu) Bayaan Karte Hain K Hazrat Ibn-E-Abbas (Razi Allah
Anhu) Ne Kaha, Mene Khwaab Main Dekha K Nabi E Kareem (Aleh Salaam) K Baal Bikhre Huwe, Aur
Gubaar Aalood Hain, Aur Aap Dopaher K Waqt Ek Sheeshi Uthae Hain, Jis Main Khoon Bhara Huwa Hai,
Mene Arz Kiya, Ya Rasool Allah! Yeh Kiya Cheez Hai??
Aap (Aleh Salaam) Ne Farmaya, Yeh Hussain (Razi Allah Anhu) Aur In K Ashaab (Razi Allah Anhu) Ka
Khoon Hai, Main Aaj Din Se Le Kar Ab Tak Yeh Khoon Jama Kara Raha Hun, Hazrat Ammaar Ibn-E-Abi
Page | 309
Ammaar (Razi Allah Anhu) Farmaatey Hain K Hum Ne Woh Din Yaad Rakha, Phir Maaloom Huwa, K
Hazrat Imaam Hussain (Razi Allah Anhu) Ko Usi Din Shaheed Kiya Gaya Tha"..
(Musnad Ahmed, Jild#1, Page#242, Raqam Ul Hadees, Matboo'a Mosasta, Qurtuba, Misar)
Imaam Hafiz Abu Bakar Ahmed Bin Hussain Behki 458 Hijri Main Riwaayat Karte Hain:
" Hazrat Umm-E-Salma (Razi Allah Anhu) Se Riwaayat Hai K Unhon Ne Kaha K Mene Rasool Allah (Aleh
Salaam) Ko Khwaab Main Dekha K Aap K Sar-E-Mubaarak Aur Aap Ki Daarhi Shareef Gard Aalood Hai, Yeh
Haal Dekh Kar Mene Arz Kiya, Ya Rasool Allah (Aleh Salaam) Aap Ka Kiya Haal Hai??
Aap Ne Farmaya, Abhi Abhi Maqtal-E-Hussain Se Aaraha Hun"..
(Dalael Un Nabuwwah, Jild#7, Page#48, Matboo'a Daar Ul Kutub Ul Ilmiyah, Beroot)
Hadees 28:
Imaam Abu Eesaa Tarmizi 279 Hijri Main Riwaayat Karte Hain:
" Hazrat Abu Saeed Khadri (Razi Allah Anhu) Bayaan Karte Hain, Rasool Allah (Swallallahualaihiwasallam)
Ne Farmaya, Hasan Aur Hussain (Razi Allah Anhu) Jannat K Nojawaanon K Sardaar Hain"..
(Sunan Tarmizi, Hadees Hasan Sahi, Jild#5, Page#656, Raqam Ul Hadees 3768, Matboo'a Daar Ul Ahya At
Turaas Al Arabi, Beroot)
Allama Abu Abdullah Muhammad Bin Ahmed Maliki 668 Hijri Main Likhte Hain:
" Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Ne Hazrat Hussain (Razi Allah Anhu) Aur Baray Bhai Hazrat Hasan (Razi Allah
Anhu) K Muta'alliq Farmaya:
"Beshak Imaam Hasan Aur Imaam Hussain (Razi Allah Anhu) Jannati Nojawaanon K Sardar Hain"..
(Musnad Ahmed, Jild#3, Page#623)
(Ibn-E-Maaja, Raqam Ul Hadees 118)
Yeh Batana K, Hazrat Imaaam Hasan Aur Hazrat Imaam Hussain (Razi Allah Anhu) Jannati Aur Jannati
Nojawaanon K Sardaar Hain, Yeh Gaib Hai Ya Nahin?? Faisla Aap K Haath Main Hai..
Hadees 29:
" Muslim (Rehmatullah) Ne Hazrat Aayesha Siddique'ah (Razi Allah Anhu) Se Riwaayat Ki, Unhon Ne Kaha
K Rasool Allah (Aleh Salaam) Ne Farmaya, Tum Azwaaj Main Se Woh Zoja Mujhey Sab Se Pehle Milegi, ,
Jo Tum Sab Main Daraz-E-Dast Hai, To Hum Naapnti Thin, K Kis Ka Haath Taweel Hain, To Woh Hazrat
Zainab (Razi Allah Anhu) Thin, Un K Haath Taweel The, Q K Woh Apney Haath Se Amal Kartin, Aur Sadqa
Kiya Karti Thin"..
(Khasais Ul Kubra, Jild#2, Page#219, Matboo'a Daar Ul Kutub Ul Ilmiyah Beroot)
Imaam Muhammad Bin Habbaan Bin Ahmed Abu Haatim 354 Hijri Main Likhte Hain:
" Woh (Zainab (Razi Allah Anhu)) Rasool Allah (Aleh Salaam) Ki Wafaat Hone Waali Sab Se Pehli Biwi
Thin"..
(As Suqaat, Jild#3, Page#144,Bar Raqam 485, Matboo'a Daar Us Saadir Beroot)
Page | 310
Imaam Ibn-E-Abdul Bar (Rehmatullah Aleh) Likhte Hain:
" Woh (Zainab (Razi Allah Anhu)) Sab Se Pehle Milne Waali Biwi Thin"..
(Al Isti'aab, Jild#4, Page#1850, Bar Raqam 3355, Matboo'a Daar Ul Jeel, Beroot)
Imaam Jalaal Ud Deen Sayooti 911 Hijri Main Bhi Yahi Riwaayat Karte Hai:
(Ba Hawaala: Al Jaamein Us Sageer, Fi Ahaadees Ul Basheer Un Nazeer, Jild#1, Page#168, Raqam Ul
Hades 2832, Matboo'a Daaar Ul Kutub Ul Ilmyah Beroot)
Allama Abu Al Qaasim Abdur Rehmaan Bin Abdullah 571 Hijri Main Likhte Hain:
" Hadees Shareef Main Hai K Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Ne Apni Azwaaj E Mutah'hiraat Se Kaha, Tum Main
Sab Se Pehle Mujhey Woh Milegi, Jis K Haath Lambay Honge, Azwaaj E Mutah'hiraat (Razi Allah Anhu) Ek
Jagah Jama Ho Kar Apne Haathon Ki Pemaish Karne Lageen, Hazrat Soodah (Razi Allah Anhu) K Haath
Taweel The, Magar In Main Sab Se Pehle, Hazrat Zainab (Razi Allah Anhu) Ka Wisaal Huwa, Huzoor (Aleh
Salaam) Ne Haath Ki Tawaalat Se Sadqah Aur Neki Main Ziyad'dati Ki Muraad Li Thi, Aur Yeh Khoobi
Hazrat Zainab Bint-E-Hajash (Razi Allah Anhu) Main Paai Jaati Thi"..
(Roz Ul Atfaal Man Sharah Shura, Jild#2, Page#364, Matboo'a Daar Ul Kutub Ilmiyah, Beroot)
Muhaddis E Kabeer Imaam Abu Naeem Ahmed Bin Abdullah Asfahaani 430 Hijri Main Riwaayat Karte
Hain:
" Hazrat Abdur Rehman Abzi (Rehmatullah) Kehte Hain K Main Ne Madina Munawwarah Main Hazrat
Ibn-E-Umar (Razi Allah Anhu) K Peeche, Zainab (Razi Allah Anhu) Zoj-E-Nabi (Aleh Salaam) Ki Namaz-
EJanaza Parhi, Aap (Swallallahualaihiwasallam) K Pardah Farmane K Baad, Hazrat Zainab (Razi Allah
Anhu) Pehli Azwaj E Mutah'hira Thin, Jinhon Ne Wafaat Paai, Aur Hazrat Ibn-E-Umar (Razi Allah Anhu) Ne
In Ki Namaz Main 4 Takbeeren Kahin"..
(Halya Tul Oliya, Tabkaat Ul Asfaya, Jild#8, Page#211, Matboo'a Daar Ul Kitaab Ul Arabi, Beroot)
Imaam Abu Bakar Ahmed Hussain Behki 258 Hijri Main Riwaayat Karte Hain:
" Woh Zainab Bint-E-Hajazh (Razi Allah Anhu), Rasool Allah (Aleh Salaam) Ki Wafaat Hone Waali Sab Se
Pehli Biwi Thin"..
(Dalael Un Nabuwwah, Jild#7, Page#285, Matboo'a Daar Ul Kutub Ilmiyah, Beroot)
Imaam Abi Al Abbas Ahmed Bin Al Khateeb 810 Hijri Main Likhte Hain:
" Woh (Zainab Bint-E-Hajash (Razi Allah Anhu) Sab Se Pehli Milne Waali Biwi Thin"..
(Waseela E Islaam, Matboo'a Daar Ul Garb Ul Islaami, Beroot)
Faisla Aap Karen.. K Jis Nabi (Aleh Salaam) Ne Yeh Bata Diya, K Unki Azwaaj Main Sab Se Pehle Un Ko
Woh Zoja Milengi Jin K Haath Taweel Honge (Yaani Zainab Bint-E-Hajash (Razi Allah Anhu)) Unhen Gaib
Ka Ilm Hai Ya Nahin..
Hadees 30:
Imaam Jalaal Ud Deen Sayooti 911 Hijri Main Riwaayat Karte Hain:
" Muslim (Aleh Rehmah) Ne Ameer Ul Momineen Hazrat Umar-E-Faarooq (Razi Allah Anhu) Se Riwaayat
Ki, Unhon Ne Kaha K Rasool Allah (Aleh Salaam) Ne Hum Se Irshaad Farmaya K Ahl-E-Aman Ka Ek Shakhs
Page | 311
Tumharay Pass Aaega, Aur Yaman Main Sirf Apni Waalidah Ko Hi Chor Kar Aaaega, Is K Jism Par Safedi Thi
To, Usne Allah Azzawajal Se Use Dur Karne Ki Dua Ki To, Woh Safedi Dur Jati Rahi, Sirf Ek Deenaar K
Barabar Safedi Baaqi Hai, Is Ka Naam Owais (Aleh Rehmah) Hai, To Tum Main Se Jo Koi Us Se Mulaqaat
Kare, To Use Chahiye K Us Se Magfirat Ki Darkhuwaast Ki Dua Kare"..
(Khasaes Ul Kubra, Jild#2, Page#220, Matboo'a Daar Ul Kutub Ilmiyah, Beroot)
Imaam Jalaal Ud Deen Sayooti 911 Hijri Main Riwaayat Karte Hain:
" Behki (Rehmatullah) Ne Dusri Sanad K Saath, Hazrat Umar-E-Farooq (Razi Allah Anhu) Se Riwaayat Ki, K
Rasool (Aleh Salaam) Ne Farmaya, K Taba'een Main, Qur'n Ka Ek Shakhs Hoga, Jis Ka Naam Owais E Karni
(Aleh Rehmah) Hoga, Is K Jisam Main Safedi Zaahir Hogi, Woh Allah Azzawajal Se Use Dur Karne Ki Dua
Karega, Aur Woh Dur Hojaegi,Woh Dua Karega, " Ae Khuda! Mere Jism Se Is Safedi Ko Dur Kar De, Aur
Mere Jism Main Itni Safedi Chor De, K Main Teri Nemat Ko Yaad Rakhun, To Allah Ta'ala Azzawajal Us K
Jism Main Itni Safedi Chor De Ga, Lihaaza Tum Main Se Agar Koi Us Se Mile, Aur Woh Ista'taa'at Rakhta
Ho K Is Se Istagfar Kare To Use Laazim Hai K Us Se Istagfaar Ki Darkhuwaast Kare".. (Khasaes Ul Kubra,
Jild#2, Page#220, Matboo'a Daar Ul Kutub Ilmiyah, Beroot)
Muhaddis E Kabeer Imaam Abu Naeem Ahmed Bin Abdullah Asfahaani 430 Hijri Main Likhte Hain:
" Sahaba E Karaam (Razi Allah Anhu) Kehne Lage, Ya Rasool Allah (Aleh Salaam) In Buzurgon Main Humen
Koi Aadmi Mil Sakta Hai??
Farmaya: Haan " Owais Karni" Hai, Jis Se Tumhari Mulaaqaat Hogi, Sahab E Karaam (Razi Allah Anhu) Ne
Owais Karni (Razi Allah Anhu) Ki Alaamaat Puchin,Farmaya: Jis Ki Aankhen Surkh Maael Hongi, Surkh
Baalon Waala Hoga, Kushada Kaandhon Waala, Darmiyaan E Qad Waala, Gandum Go, Seenay Par Baalon
Waala, Daayaan Baaen Par Rakhe Ga, Qura'an Ki Tilaawat Kare Ga, Aur Apne Par Bohat Rota Hoga, Suno
Us K Baa'en Kaandhay K Neeche Ek Chamak Hogi, Ahl E Zameen Main Use Koi Nahin Jaanta, Ooon Ka
Ozaar Baandha Hoga, Ooon Hi Ki Chaadar Orhi Hogi, Khoob Sun Lo , Qayaamat K Din Aam Logon Se Kaha
Jayega, K Jannat Main Daakhil Hojao, Aur Owais Karni (Razi Allah Anhu) Se Kaha Jaega, K Idhar Kharey
Hojao, Aur Shafa'at Karo, Tumhaari Shafa'at Kabool Ki Jae Gi, Ae Umar O Ali Jab Tumhari In Se Mulaaqaat
Hogi, To In Se Istagfaar Karwaana, Allah Tumhari Magfirat Farmae Ga"..
(Haliya Tul Oliya O Tabkaat, Jild#2, Page#82, Matboo'a Daar Ul Kitaab Ul Ilmiyah Beroot)
Imaam Jalaal Ud Deen Sayooti 911 Hijri Main Riwaayat Karte Hain:
" Ibn-E-Saad O Haakim (Aleh Rehmah) Ne Abdur Rehman Bin Abu Laili (Razi Allah Anhu) Se Riwaayat Ki,
Unhon Ne Kaha K Jang Safeen K Roz Ahl-E-Shaam K Ek Aadmi Ne Pukaara K Kiya Tum Main Owais Karni
(Aleh Rehma) Hain??
Logon Ne Jawaab Diya, Haan Hain.. Us Ne Kaha Mene Nabi (Aleh Salaam) Se Suna Hai, K Owais Karni
(Aleh Rehma) Khair Ut Ta'ba'een Hain.. Is K Baad Woh Shakhs Apne Ghoray Ko Aerh Laga Kar Apne
Lashkar Main Chala Gaya"..
(Khasais Ul Kubra, Jild#2, Page#220, Matboo'a Daar Ul Kutub Ilmiyah Beroot)
Imaam Jalaal Ud Deen Sayooti 911 Hijri Main Riwaayat Karte Hain:
" Ibn E Saad O Haakim (Rehmatullah) Ne Batareek Aseer Bin Jaabir (Aleh Rehmah) Hazrat Umar (Razi
Allah Anhu) Se Riwaayat Ki, Inhon Ne Hazrat Owais Karni (Rehmatullah Aleh) Se Farmaya, Aap Mere Liye
Istagfaar Farmaen, Owais Karni (Rehmatullah Aleh) Ne Famraya, Main Aap K Liye Q Kar Istagfaar Karun??
Jab K Aap Khud Rasool Allah (Aleh Salaam) K Sahaabi Hain..
Hazrat Umar (Razi Allah Anhu) Ne Farmaya, Main Ne Rasool Allah (Aleh Salaam) Se Suna Hai, Aap (Aleh
Salaam) Ne Farmaya, Khair Ut Taab'aeen Woh Shakhs Hai, Jis Ka Naam Owais Karni (Rehmatullah Aleh)
Hai"..
(Khasais Ul Kubra, Jild#2, Page#221, Matboo’a Daar Ul Kutub Ilmiyah, Beroot)
Yeh Hadees Bad Aqeedah Fitnon K Moon Par Tamacha Hai.. Q K Is Main Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) K Ilm-
EGaib Ki Daleel Bhi Hai, Aur Waseelay Ka Saboot Bhi...
Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Ka Sahaba E Karaam Ko Owais Karni K Baaray Main Batana, K Woh Kis Tarah K
Honge, Aur Mulaaqaat Bhi Hogi, Wagera.. Aur Woh Baroz E Qayaamat Shafa'at Bhi Karenge, Yeh Ilm-
EGaib Ka Saboot Hai..
Aur Owais Karni Se Dua Ki Darkhuwaast Karna, Aur Allah Ka Istagfaar Kabool Karna, Yeh Waseelay K
Dalael Main Se Hai..
Hadees 31:
Imaam Jalaal Ud Deen Sayooti 911 Hijri Main Riwaayat Karte Hain:
" Bukhari (Rehmatullah Aleh) Ne, Abu Bakar (Razi Allah Anhu) Se Riwaayat Ki, Unhon Ne Kaha K Huzoor
(Aleh Salaam) Ne Hazrat Imaam Hasan (Razi Allah Anhu) Ki Baabat Farmaya, Mera Yeh Farzand Sardaar
Hai, Aur Tawwaqqah Hai K Allah Azzawajal Musalmaanon K Do Azeem Girohon K Darmiyaan Us K Zariye
Sulah Karae Ga"..
(Khasais Ul Kubra, Jild#2, Page#226, Matboo'a Daar Ul Kutub Ilmiyah, Beroot)
Imaam Ismail Bin Muhammad Bin Al Fazal Al As Subhani 535 Hijri Main Likhte Hain:
" Imaam (Rehmatullah Aleh) Farmate Hain K Yeh Hadees Nabuwwat Par Dalaalat Karti Hai K Isi Tarah
Huwa Jesa K Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Ne Farmaya Tha, K Allah Azzawajal Ne Us K Zariye Iraaqi Aur Shaami
Lashkaron Main Sulah Farmadi"..
(Dalael E Nabuwwah, Page#112, Raqam Ul Hadees 114, Matboo'a Daar Ul Taeba Riyaaz)
Faisla Khud Karen K Nabi (Aleh Salaam) Ne Pehle Hi Bata Diya K Imaam Hassan (Razi Allah Anhu) Do (2)
Baray Giroh K Darmiyaan Sulah Karwaen Ge.. Aur Aesa Hi Juwa, To Yeh Ilm-E-Gaib Nahin To Aur Kiya
Hai??
Hadees 32:
Page | 313
Tashreef Le Jaate, Aur Aap Ne Un Ka Naam As Shaheedah Rakha Tha, Woh Quraan Ki Haafiza Thin, Jab
Rasool Allah (Aleh Salaam) Gazwah E Badar Tashreef Le Gaye, To Unhon Ne Kaha Aap Mujhey Ijaazat
Den, To Main Bhi Aap K Saath Jaaoun Aur Mareezon Ki Zakham Patti Aur Beemaaaron Ki Temaadaari
Karun, Shayad Allah Ta'ala Mujhey Shahaadat Ata Farmae, Aap (Aleh Salaam) Ne Farmaya, Allah Ta'ala
Tum Ko Shahaadat Ata Farmae Ga, Aur Aap In Ko As Shaheedah Kehte The, Aur Nabi E Kareem (Aleh
Salaam) Ne In Ko Hukum Diya Tha, K Woh Apne Ghar Ki Khawaateen Ki Imaamat Kiya Karen, In Ko Maal E
Ganeemat Main Se Ek Baandi Aur Ek Ghulaam Mila Tha, Jin Ko Unhon Ne Madbar Kar Diya Tha, (Yaani Un
Se Keh Diya Tha, K Mere Marnay K Baad Tum Azaad Ho).. Hazrat Umar (Razi Allah Anhu) K Dor E Khilaafat
Main In Donon Ne Hazrat Umme Warqah (Razi Allah Anhu) Ko Qatal Kar Diya Aur Donon Bhaag Gaye,
Hazrat Umar (Razi Allah Anhu) K Hukum Se Unko Pakar Liya Gaya, Aur Un Donon Ko Suli Par Latka Diya
Gaya, Madinay Taebah Main In Ko Sab Se Pehli Sooli Di Gai Thi, Hazrat Umar (Razi Allah Anhu) Ne Kaha,
Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Ne Sach Farmaya Tha, Aap Farmate The, Chalo As Shaheedah Ki Ziyaarat K Liye
Chalen"..
(Sunan Al Kubra,Jild#3,Page#130,Raqam Ul Hadees 5136, Matboo'a Maktab Daar Ul Baaz, Makah
Mukarrama)
Imaam Jalaal Ud Deen Sayooti 911 Hijri Main Riwaayat Karte Hain:
" Abu Daawood Naeem (Aleh Rehmah) Ne Jamee Aur Abdur Rehman Bin Khalaad Ansaari (Razi Allah
Annhu) Se In Donon Ne Umme Warqah (Razi Allah Anhu) Se Riwaayat Ki K Nabi (Aleh Salaam) Jab Badar
Gaye To, Umme Warqah Bin Nofil (Razi Allah Anhu) Ne Arz Kiya, Ya Rasool Allah (Aleh Salaam)! Mujhey
Gazwah E Badar Main Apni Ma'yyat Main Jaane Ki Ijaazat Dijiye, Mumkin Hai K Allah Ta'ala Mujhey
Shahaadat Naseeb Farmae, Aap Ne Farmaya Tum Apne Ghar Main Bethi Raho, Allah Azzawajal Tumhen
Shahaadat Naseeb Farmae Ga, To In Ko Log Shaheedah K Naam Se Pukaarte The..
Is Ki Shahaadat Ka Waqiyah Yeh Huwa K Woh Quraan E Kareem Ki Tilaawat Kar Rahi Thin, Aur Unhon Ne
Ek Ghulaam Aur Baandhi Ko Madbar Kiya Tha, Woh Donon Raat K Waqt In K Pass Aae, Aur Ek Chaadar Se
In Ka Gala Ghont Diya, Yahaan Tak K Woh Foat Hogain, Yeh Waqiyah Hazrat Umar E Farooq (Razi Allah
Anhu) K Zamana E Khilaafat Ka Hai, Phir Un Ko Pakar K Sooli De Di Gai, Yeh Madine Munawwarah Ki Se
Pehli Sooli Charne Waalay The"..
(Khasais Ul Kubra, Jild#2, Page#228-229, Matboo'a Daar Ul Kutub Ilmiyah Beroot)
Faisla Khud Karen, K Umme Warqah Ko Shaheed Hone S Pehle Batana, K Woh Shaheed Hongi, Aur Un Ko
As Shaheedah Keh K Pukaarna Yeh Ilm-E-Gaib Hai Ya Nahin??
Hadees 33:
Imaam Muhib'bud'deen Abu Al Abbas Ahmed Bin Abdullah 694 Hijri Main Likhte Hain:
" Hazrat Abu Saeed Khudri (Razi Allah Anhu) Bayaan Karte Hain, K Mene Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Se Suna K
Beshak Tum Main Se Ek Taaweel Qura'an Pe Jhagra Karega, Jese K Is K Nuzool Par Jhagra Kiya Tha To,
Hazrat Abu Bakkar (Razi Allah Anhu) Farmane Lage, Kiya Woh Main Hun Ae Allah K Rasool (Aleh Salaam),
To Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Farmaanay Lage, Nahin, Balkay Jootay K Seenay Waala Hujray Main Hai,Aur
Page | 314
Hazrat Ali (Razi Allah Anhu) Ko Joota Mubaarak Diya Tha, Taa K Is Ko Si Lay"..
(Zakhair Ul Aqi Fi Manaqib Zawi Al Qarbi, Page#76, Matboo'a Daar Ul Kutub Ul Masriyah)
Imaam Ahmed Bin Hambal 241 Hijri Main Yahi Riwaayat Karte Hain:
(Ba Hawala: Fazail E Sahaba La Bin Hambal, Jild#1, Age#571, Raqam Ul Hadees 966, Matboo'a Mosasta Ar
Risaala, Beroot)
Imaam Jalaal Ud Deen Sayooti 911 Hijri Main Riwaayat Karte Hain:
" Haakim (Rehmatullah) Ne Sahi Bata Kar Behki (Rehmatullah Aleh) Ne Abu Saeed (Razi Allah Anhu) Se
Riwaayat Ki Unhon Ne Kaha K Hum Rasool Allah (Aleh Salaam) K Saath The, Aap Ki Naalen Mubaarak
Toot Gai, To Hazrat Ali Murtaza (Razi Allah Anhu) Peeche Reh Kar Ise Seenay Lage, Phir Kuch Door Chal
Kar Farmaya, Tum Main Se Ek Shakhs Woh Hai Jo Quraan Ki Taaweel Par Jang Karega, Jis Tarah K Main Us
Ki Tanzeel Par Jang Karta Hun, Hazrat Abu Bakar Siddique (Razi Allah Anhu) Ne Arz Kiya, Kiya Woh Main
Hun??
Farmaya: Nahin
Hazrat Umar E Faarooq (Razi Allah Anhu) Ne Arz Ki Kiya Ya Rasool Allah (Aleh Salaam) Main Hun??
Farmaya: Nahin
Lekin Woh Shakhs Naalen Mubarak Ko Seenay Waala Shakhs Hai, Yaani Hazrat Ali Murtaza (Razi Allah
Anhu)"..
(Khasais Ul Kubra, Jild#2, Page#234,Matboo'a Daar Ul Kutub Ilmiyah, Beroot)
Faisla Khud Karen, Pehle Se Hi Bata Dena, K Woh Shakhs Hazrat Ali (Razi Allah Anhu) Honge, Yeh Gaib Ka
Ilm Hai Ya Nahin..
Hadees 34:
Imaam Jalaal Ud Deen Sayooti 911 Hijri Main Riwaayat Karte Hain:
" Ibn-E-Abi-Sheeba O Abu Ya'ali Aur Behki (Rehmatullah) Abu Zar (Razi Allah Anhu) Se Riwaayat Ki K
Mene Rasool Allah (Aleh Salaam) Se Suna Hai K Aap Ne Farmaya, Sab Se Pehle Jo Meri Sunnat Ko Badlay
Ga, Woh Bani Ummaiyah Ka Aadmi Hoga".
Behqi (Rehmatullah Aleh) Ne Farmaya, Shuba Hota Hai, K Gaaliban Woh Aadmi Yazeed Bin Maawiyah
Hai"..
(Khasais Ul Kubra, Jild#2, Page#236, Matboo'a Daar Ul Kutub Ilmiyah, Beroot)
Imaam Haaris Bin Abi Usama 282 Hijri Main Riwaayat Karte Hain:
" Hazrat Abu Ubaidah Bin Al Jarah (Razi Allah Anhu) Se Riwaayat Hai K Unhon Ne Kaha K Rasool Allah
(Aleh Salaam) Ne Farmaya, Yeh Deen Hamesha Mu'at'tadal Aur Adal O Insaaf Par Qaem Rahe Ga, Al
Bat'ta, Bani Ummaiyyah Ka Ek Aadmi Jis Ka Naam Yazeed Hai, Us Main Rakhna Daaley Ga"..
(Bagyat Ul Baahis An Zawaid, Musannad Ul Haaris,Jild#2, Page#642, Raqam Ul Hadees 616, Matboo'a
Markaz E Khidmat Al Sunnah, Wa Seerat Un Nabuuwwah, Al Madina Tul Munawwarah)
Page | 315
Imaam Jalaal Ud Deen Sayoti 911 Hijri Main Riwaayat Karte Hain:
" Ibn-E-Mani O Behki Aur Abu Naeem (Rehmatullah Aleh) Ne Abu Ubaidah Bin Al Jarrah (Razi Allah Anhu)
Se Riwaayat Ki K Unhon Ne Kaha K Rasool Allah (Aleh Salaam) Ne Farmaya, Yeh Deen Hamesha
Mu'attadal Aur Insaaf Par Qaem Rahe Ga, Al Bat'ta Bani Ummaiyyah Ka Ek Aadmi Jis Ka Naam Yazeed
Hai, Is Main Rakhna Daale Ga"..
(Khasais Ul Kubra, Jild#2, Page#236, Matboo'a Daar Ul Kutub Ilmiyah, Beroot)
Imaam Jalaal Ud Deen Sayooti 911 Hijri Main Riwaayat Karte Hain:
" Abu Naeem (Rehmatullah Aleh) Ne Maaz Bin Jabal (Razi Allah Anhu) Se Riwaayat Ki K Nabi E Kareem
(Aleh Salaam) Ne Farmaya Tum Par Andheri Raat K Tukray Ki Maanind Fitnay Aaye, Jab Ek Rasool Gaya,
Aur Dusra Rasool Aa Gaya,Aur Nabuwwat Mansookh Hogai, Aur Baadshahat Aagai, Ae Maaz (Razi Allah
Anhu) Yaad Rakho, Aur Gino (Phir Fitnay Batana Shoru Kiye) Aur Jab 5 Tak Puhnchay, To Farmaya,
Yazeed, Allah Azzawajal, Yazeed Main Barkat Na De, Is K Baad Aap (Aleh Salaam) Ki Aankhon Se Behnay
Lage, Aur Farmaya, Mujhey Imaam Hussain (Razi Allah Anhu) Ki Shahaadat Ki Khabar Di Gai, Aur In K
Maqtal Ki Mitti Lai Gai, Aur Mujhey In K Qaatil Ki Khabar Di Gai, Is K Baad Jab 10 Tak Puhchay, To
Farmaya, Waleed, Yeh Firon Ka Naam Hai, Woh Islami Shariyat Ka Dhaanay Waala Hoga, Is K Ahl-E-Bait
Ka Ek Aadmi Us Ka Khoon Bahaega"..
(Khasais Ul Kubra, Jild#2, Page#237,Matboo'a Daar Ul Kutub Ilmiyah, Beroot)
Faisla Khud Karen.. Kiya Yeh Ilm-E-Gaib Nahin, K Pehle Se Yazeed Ka Bata Dena, K Sab Se Pehle Sunnat
Badalna Wala Aadmi Yazeed Hoga..
Note:
Wahabi Yazeed Ko Sahi Maante Hain, Ab Aage Aap Khud Samajh Jaen, K Wohi Pehla Aadmi Tha, Nabi
(Aleh Salaam) Ki Sunnat Ko Badalne Waala, To Us K Chahne Waale Kese Honge, Aur Yahi Baat Hai, K Yeh
Log Ilm-E-Gaib K Munkir Hain..
Hadees 35:
Imaam Jalaal Ud Deen Sayooti 911 Hijri Main Riwaayat Karte Hain:
" Shekheen (Rehmatullah) Ne Abu Saeed O Muslim (Rehmatullah Aleh) Ne Umme Salma (Razi Allah
Anhu) Aur Abu Qatadah (Razi Allah Anhu) Se Riwaayat Ki K Rasool Allah (Aleh Salaam) Ne Hazrat Ammar
(Razi Allah Anhu) Se Farmaya,Tumhen Baagi Jama'at Shaheed Karegi, Yeh Hadees Mutawatir Hai, Ise 10
Shabiyon Ne Riwaayat Kiya Hai".
(Khasais Ul Kubra, Jild#2, Page#239, Matboo'a Daar Ul Kutub, Ilmiyah, Beroot)
Imaam Abi Al Abbas Ahmed Bin Ahmed Al Khateeb 810 Hijri Main Bhi Yahi Likhte Hain:
(Bahwala: Waseela Tul Salaam Ba Nabi (Aleh Salaam), Page#133, Matboo'a Daar Ul Garb Ul Islaami,
Page | 316
Beroot)
Imaam Ibn E Abdul Bar (Rehmatullah Aleh) Bhi Yahi Likhte Hain:
(Bahawala: Al Isti'aab Zikar Hazrat Ammaar Bin Yasir (Razi Allah Anhu), Jild#3, Page#1139, Baraqam 1863,
Matboo'a Daar Ul Jeel, Beroot)
Muhaddis E Kabeer Imaam Abu Naeem Ahmed Bin Adullah Asfahani 430 Hijri Main Riwaayat Karte
Hain:
Hazrat Umar O Bin Deenaar (Rehmatullah Aleh) Bayaaan Karte Hain, K Ek Misri Shakhs Ne Farmaya, K Ek
Baar Hazrat Umar O Bin Al Aas (Razi Allah Anhu) Ne Logon Main Hidaaya Taqseem Kiya, Hazrat Ammaar
(Razi Allah Anhu) Ko Dusron K Muqaablay Main Ziyaadah Diya, Un Se In Ki Wajah Puchi Gai, Inhon Ne
Farmaya, Main Ne In K Muta'alliq Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Ko Yeh Kehte Huwe Suna, Ae Ammaar Tera
Qaatil Ek Baagi Giroh Hoga"..
(Halyat Ul Oliya O Tabqaat O Al Asfiyah,Jild#7,Page#197,Matboo'a Daar Ul Kitaab Al Arabi, Beroot)
In K Ilawa Muhaddis E Kabeer Imaam Abu Naeem Ahmed Bin Abdullah Asfahani 430 Hijri Main Do (2)
Sanadon K Saaath Umm Ul Momineen Hazrat Umme Salma (Razi Allah Anhu) Se Aur Chaar (4) Sanadon K
Saath Hazrat Abu Saeed Khudri (Rehmatullah Aleh) Aur Ek Sanad K Saath Hazrat Abdullah Bin Umar O
(Razi Allah Anhu) Se Aur Ek Sanad K Saath Hanzla Bin Sawaid (Razi Allah Anhu) Se Is Riwaayat Ko Naqal
Karte Hain"..
(Halyat Ul Oliya O Tabqaat O Al Asfiyah,Jild#7,Page#196-197,Matboo'a Daar Ul Kitaab Al Arabi, Beroot)
Yahi Muhadis E Kabeer Imaam Abu Naeem Ahmed Bin Abdullah Asfahani 430 Hijri Main Likhte Hain:
" Ataab Bin Saaeb K Silsila E Sanad Se Abu Al Bakhtari Aur Mesrah Ka Qol Marwi Hai:
Hazrat Ammaar Bin Yaasir (Razi Allah Anhu) Ko Jang Safeen K Roz Doodh Pesh Kiya Gaya, Aap (Razi Allah
Anhu) Ne Nosh Kar K Farmaya, Huzoor Nabi E Kareem (Aleh Salaam) K Farmaan K Mutaabik, Is K Baad
Mere Batan Main Koi Cheez Nahin Jaegi, Is K Baad Ammaar (Razi Allah Anhu) Qataal Main Mashgool
Hogaye, Aur Bil Aakhir, Qataal Karte Karte Duniya Se Chale Ge"..
(Hulyat Ul Oliya O Tabqaat Ul Asfiyah Zikar Ammaar Bin Yaasir, Jild#1, Page#141, Matboo'a Daar Ul
Kitaab Al Arabi, Beroot)
Imaam Abdul Maalik Bin Hasshaam 213 Hjiri Main Likhte Hain:
" Hazrat Ammaar Bin Yasir (Razi Allah Anhu) Masjid Ki Jagah Main Daakhil Huwe,Sahab E Karaaam Ne In
Par Bohat Ziyaadah Inten Rekhin Thin, Inhon Ne Arz Ki Ya Rasool Allah (Aleh Salaam) Inhon Ne Mujhey
Halaak Kar Diya Hai Aur Mujh Pe Itna Bojh Daala Hai Jise Main Utha Nahin Sakta, Hazrat Ameer Ul
Momineen Umme Salma (Razi Allah Anhu) Farmaati Hain, Mene Nabi E Kareem (Aleh Salaam) Ko Dekha,
Aap Apni Zulf Mubaarak Ko Dast E Aqdas Se Saaf Farma Rahe The, Aap (Swallallahualaihiwasallam) K Baal
Mubaarak K Baal Ghumgraalay (Curly) The, Aap (Aleh Salaam) Ne Farmaya, Ae Sumaiyyah K Noor E Nazar
Yeh Log Tumhen Qatal Nahin Karenge, Tumhen To Ek Baagi Giroh Shaheed Karega"..
(As Seerat Un Nabuwwah Al Maaroof Seerat Ibn-E-Hasshaam, Jild#3, Page#25, Matboo'a Daar Ul Jeel,
Page | 317
Beroot)
Allama Abdul Qasim Abdur Rehman Bin Abdullah 571 Hijri Main Likhte Hain:
" Jaama Mu'ammar Raashid Main Hai K Taameer Masjid E Nabwi K Waqt Hazrat Ammaar (Razi Allah
Anhu) Bayak Waqt Do Do (2,2) Eenten Utha Kar Laa Rahe The, Ek Eent Apni Taraf Se, Aur Dusri Eent
Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Ki Taraf Se, Jab K Baaqi Log Ek Ek Eent Utha Kar Laa Rahe The, Huzoor (Aleh
Salaam) Ne Hazrat Ammar (Razi Allah Anhu) Se Farmaya, Logon K Liye Ek Gunah Jab K Tumharay Liye Do
(2) Gunah Ajar (Sawaab) Hai, Aur Dunya Se Tumhari Aakhri Khuraak Doodh Hoga, Aur Tujhey Ek Baagi
Giroh Qatal Karega"..
(Roza Al Anaf Zikar Sumiya Um Ammar, Jild#2, Page#338, Matboo'a Daar Ul Kutub Ilmiyah, Beroot)
Abi Al Bakhtari (Rehmatullah Aleh) Bayaan Karte Hain K Us Roz Ammaar Bin Yasir (Razi Allah Anhu) K Pass
Doodh Laya Gaya, To Woh Muskurae Aur Kaha K Mujh Se Rasool Allah (Aleh Salaam) Ne Farmaya, K Sab
Se Aakhri Mashroob Jo Tum Piyo Ge, Woh Doodh Hoga, Yahaan Tak Ise Pee Kar Tum Dunya Se Rukhsat
Hojao Ge"..
(Tabqaat Ibn-E-Saad, Jild#3,Page#257, Matboo'a Daar Us Saadir, Beroot)
Imaam Abu Bakar Ahmed Bin Hussain Behki 458 Hijri Main Riwaayat Karte Hain:
" Hazrat Ammaaar (Razi Allah Anhu) Ki Kaneez Se Riwaayat Hai K Unhon Ne Kaha K Hazrat Ammaar (Razi
Allah Anhu) Ko Sakht Beemaari Laahak Huwi Aur Un Par Behoshi Taari Hogai, Phir Unhen Afaaqa Huwa,
To Dekha K Sab In Gird Ro Rahe Hain, Unhon Ne Farmaya, Kiya Log Dar Rahe The K Main Apne Bistar Par
Mar Jaounga, Mujhey Mere Habeeb Rasool Allah (Swallallahualaihiwasallam) Ne Khabar Di Hai K Mujhey
Baagi Jama'at Qatal Karegi Aur Dunya Main Meri Aakhri Giza Paani Mila Huwa Doodh Hoga"..
(Dalael Un Nabuwwaah, Jild#6, Page#421, Matboo'a Daar Ul Qutub, Ilmiyah, Beroot)
(Khasais Ul Kubra, Jild#2, Page#239, Matboo'a Daar Ul Kutub, Ilmiyah, Beroot)
Imaam Jalaal Ud Deen Sayooti 911 Hiri Main Riwaayat Karte Hain:
" Imaam Ahmed Bin Saad O Tibraani O Haakim (Rehmatullah Aleh) Ne Sahikar Behki O Abu Naeem
(Rehamtullah Aleh) Se Abu Al Bakhtari (Rehamtullah Aleh) Se Riwaayat Ki K, Yom E Safeen Ko Hazrat
Ammaar Bin Yaasir (Razi Allah Anhu) K Paas Doodh Ka Piyaala Laaya Gaya, Use Dekh Kar Unhon Ne
Tabassum Kiya, Logon Ne Pucha Is Main Hansne Ki Kaunsi Baat Hai, Unhon Ne Kaha K Rasool Allah (Aleh
Salaam) Ne Farmaya, Dunya Main Aakhri Giza Jise Tum Piyo Ge, Woh Doodh Ka Sharbat Hai, Is K Baad
Woh Aage Barhe Aur Shaheed Hogaye"..
(Khasais Ul Kubra, Jild#2, Page#239, Matboo'a Daar Ul Kutub, Ilmiyah, Beroot)
Imaam Ahmed Bin Hambal 241 Hijri Main Riwaayat Karte Hain:
" Hazrat Huzail (Razi Allah Anhu) Se Riwaayat Ki K Unhon Ne Kaha K Rasool Allah (Aleh Salaam) Tashreef
Lae, Logon Ne Arz Kiya Hazrat Ammaar (Razi Allah Anhu) Par Chat Gir Gai Hai, Aur Woh Foat Hogaye
Hain, Aap (Aleh Salaam) Ne Farmaya, Woh Foat Nahin Huwe Hain"..
(Fazail E Sahaba, La Bin Hambal,Jild#2, Page#857, Raqam Ul Hadees 1597, Matboo'a Mosasta Ar Risaala,
Page | 318
Beroot)
Imaam Jalaal Ud Deen Sayooti 911 Hiri Main Riwaayat Karte Hain:
" Ibn-E-Saad (Rehmatullah Aleh) Ne Huzail (Razi Allah Anhu) Se Riwaayat Kik Unhon Ne Kaha K Rasool
Allah (Aleh Salaam) Tashreef Lae, Logon Ne Kaha K Hazrat Ammaar Par Chat Gir Gai Hai, Aur Woh Foat
Hogaye Hain, Aap (Aleh Salaam) Ne Farmaya, Hazrat Ammaar (Razi Allah Anhu) Foat Nahin Huwe Hain"..
(Khasais Ul Kubra, Jild#2, Page#239, Matboo'a Daar Ul Kutub, Ilmiyah, Beroot)
Faisla Khud Karen, Hazrat Ammaar Ko Batana, K Un Ko Ek Baagi Giroh Qatal Karega Aur Un Ki Aakhri Giza
Doodh Hogi, Yeh Ilm-E-Gaib Hai Ya Nahin??
Hazrat Ammaar (Razi Allah Anhu) Ka Ilm-E-Gaib Ka Aqeeedah Dekhen, K Un Ko Pakka Yakeen Tha, K Bas
Un K Habeeb Nabi (Aleh Salaam) Ne Keh Diya, K Baagi Giroh Qatal Karega, Aur Aakhri Giza Doodh Hai To
Bas... Yeh Hota Hai Ishq E Rasool (Aleh Salaam) Aur Un K Atai Ilm-E-Gaib Pe Aqeedah Rakhna..
Hadees 36:
Hafiz Abu Al Qaasim Sulemaan Bin Ahmed Al Tabraani 360 Hijri Main Riwaayat Karte Hain:
" Tumhare Pass Ahl-E-Jannat Main Se Ek Shakhs Aaega, To Hazrat Umar (Razi Allah Anhu) Tashreef Le
Aae, Phir Farmaya, Tumhare Pass Ahl E Jannat Amin Se Ek Shakhs Aega, To Hazrat Usman (Razi Allah Anh)
Tashreef Le Aae"..
(Tibraani Al Osatm Jild#7, Page#504, Raqam Ul Hadees 66998, Matboo'a Maktaba Al Ma'aarif Ar Riyaaz)
Imaam Jalaal Ud Deen Sayoti 911 Hijri Main Yahi Riwaayat Karte Hain:
(Bahawala: Khasais Ul Kubra, Jild#2, Page#207, Matboo'a Daar Ul Kutub, Ilmiyah, Berooot) Imaam Jalaal
Ud Deen Sayooti 911 Hijri Main Riwaayat Karte Hain:
" Tibraani (Rehmatulah Aleh) Ne Zaid Bin Saabit (Razi Allah Anhu) Se Riwaayat Ki K Mene Rasool Allah
(Aleh Salaam) Se Suna, K Aap Ne Farmaya, Mere Saath Usman (Razi Allah Anhu) Chaley, Us Waqt Mere
Pass Ek Farishta Tha, Us Na Kaha Yeh Shaheed Honge, Aur In Ki Qoam In Ko Shaheed Karegi, Aur Hum
Tamaaam Farishte In Se Haya Karte Hain"..
(Khasais Ul Kubra, Jild#2, Page#207, Matboo'a Daar Ul Kutub, Ilmiyah, Berooot)
Imaam Jalaal Ud Deen Sayooti 911 Hijir Main Riwaayat Karte Hain:
" Bazaar O Tibraani (Rehamtullah Aleh) Ne " Osat" Main Hazrat Zubair Bin Awaam (Razi Allah Anhu)Se
Riwaayat Ki, Inhon Ne Kaha K Nabi E Kareem (Aleh Salaam) Ne Fatah E Maakkah K Din Ek Qureshi Aadmi
Ko Qatal Kar K Farmaya, Aaj K Baad Jabar K Saath Kisi Qureshi Ko Qatal Nahin Kiya Jaega, Magar Ek Aadmi
Usman Bin Af'aan (Razi Allah Anhu) Ko Qatal Karega, Lihaaza Tum Us Aadmi Ko Qatal Kardena, Agar Tum
Ne Use Qatal Na Kiya To Tum Bakriyon Ki Maanind Qatal Kar Diye Jao Ge"..
(Khasais Ul Kubra, Jild#2, Page#207, Matboo'a Daar Ul Kutub, Ilmiyah, Berooot)
Imaam Jalaal Ude Deen Sayooti 911 Hijri Main Riwaayat Karte Hain:
" Haakim (Rehmatullah Aleh) Ne Sahi Bata Kar Aur Behki (Rehmatullah) Ne Abu Hurerah (Razi Allah
Anhu) Se Riwaayat Ki, Unhon Ne Us Waqt Farmaya, Jab K Hazrat Usman (Razi Allah Anhu) Ko Balwaaiyon
Ne Mehsoor Kar Rakha Tha, K Main Ne Rasool Allah (Aleh Salaam) Se Suna Hai, Aap Ne Farmaya, Fitnah )
Ikhtalaaf Ronama Hoga, Hum Ne Arz Kiya Ya Rasool Allah (Aleh Salaam) Hamaray Liye Is Waqt Kiya
Page | 319
Hukum Hai??
Aap Ne Farmaya, Tum Ameer Aur In Ashaab K Daaman Se Waabasta Rehna Aur Hazrat Usman (Razi Allah
Anhu) Ki Taraf Ishaara Kiya"..
(Khasais Ul Kubra, Jild#2, Page#207, Matboo'a Daar Ul Kutub Ilmiyah, Beroot)
Imaam Abu Eesaa Tarmizi 279 Hijri Main Riwaayat Karte Hain:
" Hazrat Ka'ab Marah Bin Ka'ab (Razi Allah Anhu) Bayaan Karte Hain, K Rasool Allah (Aleh Salaam) Ne
Fitnon Ka Zikar Kiya, Aur Bataya, K Woh Anqareeb Waqey Hone Waalay Hain, Us Waqt Ek Shakhs Kapray
Se Apne Aap Ko Dhaanpay Huwe Guzra, Nabi E Kareem (Aleh Salaam) Ne Farmaya, Yeh Shakhs Us Waqt
Hidaayat Par Hoga, Main Ne Kharay Ho Kar Dekha To Woh Hazrat Usman Bin Afaan (Razi Allah Anhu),
Mene Phir Aap (Aleh Salaam) Ki Taraf Rukh Kar K Pucha, Aap (Aleh Salaam) Ne Farmaya: Haan"..
(Sunan Tarmizi Baab Fi Manaaqib E Usman Bin Afaan (Razi Allah Anhu), Jild#5, Page#628, Raqam Ul
Hadees 3704, Matboo'a Daar Ul Ahya At Turaas, Al Arabi, Beroot)
Imaam Abu Eesaa Tarmizi 279 Hijri Main Riwaayat Karte Hain:
" Hazrat Abdullah Bin Umar (Razi Allah Anhu) Bayaan Karte Hain K Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Ne Fitnon Ka
Zikar Kiya, Phir Aap (Aleh Salaam) Ne Hazrat Usman Bin Af'aan (Razi Allah Anhu) K Muta'alliq Farmaya, K
Yeh Shakhs Fitnon Main Mazlooman Qatal Kiya Jaega"..
(Sunan Tarmizi Baab Fi Manaaqib E Usman Bin Afaan (Razi Allah Anhu), Jild#5, Page#630, Raqam Ul
Hadees 3708, Matboo'a Daar Ul Ahya At Turaas, Al Arabi, Beroot)
Imaam Jalaal Ud Deen Sayooti 911 Hijri Main Riwaayat Karte Hain:
" Ibn-E-Maaja O Haakim (Rehmatullah) Ne Sahi Bata Kar, Aur Behki O Abu Naeem (Rehamtullah Aleh) Ne
Hazrat Ayesha Siddique'ah (Razi Allah Anhu) Se Riwaayat Ki Rasool Allah (Aleh Salaam) Ne Hazrat Usman
(Razi Allah Anhu) Ko Bulaya Aur Aap (Aleh Salaam) In Ki Taraf Ishara Farma Rahe Tha, Aur Hazrat Usman
(Razi Allah Anhu) Ka Rang Mutayaggar Horaha Tha, Aur Jab Yom Ud Daar Yaani Woh Din Aaya, Jis Main
Unhen Mehsoor Kiya Gaya, To Hum Ne Arz Kiya Aap Jang Nahin Karen Ge? To Hazrat Usman (Razi Allah
Anhu) Ne Farmaya, Nahin, Q K Nabi (Aleh Salaam) Ne Is Amar Ka Mujh Se Uhad (Waada) Liya Hain,
Lihaaza Main Is Par Apni Jaan Ka Khayaal Na Rakhunga, Aur Saabir Rahun Ga".. (Khasais Ul Kubra, Jild#2,
Page#207, Matboo'a Daar Ul Qutub Ilmiyah, Beroot)
Imaam Jalaal Ud Deen Sayooti 911 Hijri Main Riwaayat Karte Hain:
" Haakim O Ibn-E-Maaja Aur Abu Naeem (Aleh Rehmah) Ne Hazrat Ayesha Siddique'ah (Razi Allah Anhu)
Se Riwaayat Ki Unhon Ne Kaha K Rasool Allah (Aleh Salaam) Ne Hazrat Usmaan E Gani (Razi Allah Anhu)
Se Farmaya, Bila Shuba Allah Ta'ala Tumhen Ek Qameez Pehnae Ga"..
(Khasais Ul Kubra, Jild#2, Page#208, Matboo'a Daar Ul Kutub Ilmiyah, Beroot)
Imaam Ahmed Bin Hambal 241 Hijri Main Riwaayat Karte Hain:
" Hazrat Ameer Ul Momineen Ayesha Siddique'ah (Razi Allah Anhu) Bayaan Karti Hain K Huzoor (Aleh
Salaam) Ne Muhjey Farmaya, Mere Baaz Sahaba Ko Mere Pass Bulao, Mene Arz Kiya, Ya Rasool Allah!
Abu Bakar (Razi Allah Anhu) Ko Bulaon? Aap (Aleh Salaam) Ne Mana Farmaya, Phir Mene Arz Kiya, Umar
(Razi Allah Anhu) Ko? Aap (Aleh Salaam) Ne Farmaya: Nahin.. Phir Mene Arz Kiya Aap K Chacha K Betay
Hazrat Ali (Razi Allah Anhu) Ko Aap (Aleh Salaam) Ne Farmya: Nahin, Phir Mene Arz Kiya, Usman (Razi
Allah Anhu) Ko? Aap (Aleh Salaam) Ne Farmaya: Haan, Pas Jab Woh Aagaye To Aap (Aleh Salaam) Ne
Farmaya, (Ae Ayesha) Zara Peeche Ho Kar Beth Jao, Phir Aap (Aleh Salaam) Un Se Sargoshi Farmaanay
Lage, Hazrat Usman (Razi Allah Anhu) Ka Rang Tabdeel Hone Laga, Phir Yom-E-Daar Aaya, Aur Hazrat
Page | 320
Usman (Razi Allah Anhu) Us Main Mehsoor Hogaye, Hum Ne Kaha Ae Ameer Ul Momineen Aap Qataal
Nahin Karenge?? Aap (Razi Allah Anhu) Ne Farmaya: Nahin, Beshak Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Ne Mujhey (Is
Din) Wasiyat Farmai Thi, Aur Main Is Wasiyat Par Sabar Karne Waala Hun".. (Musnad Ahmed, Jild#6,
Page#51, Matboo'a Mosasta Qurtuba Misar)
Imaaam Jalaal Ud Deen Sayooti 911 Hijri Main Riwaayat Karte Hain:
" Ibn-E-Adi O Ibn-E-Asakar (Rehmatullah Aleh) Ne Hazrat Anas (Razi Allah Anhu) Se Riwaayat Ki, Unhon
Ne Kaha K Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Ne Farmaya, Ae Usman (Razi Allah Anhu)! Mere Baad Tuhmen Khilaafat
Di Jae Gi, Aur Munaafiqeen Chahenge K Tum Use Chor Do, Tum Use Na Chorna, Aur Tum Us Din Roza
Rakhna Q K Tum Mere Pass Iftaar Karoge"..
(Khasais Ul Kubra, Jild#2, Page#208, Matboo'a Daar Ul Kutub Ilmiyah, Beroot)
Imaam Jalaal Ud Deen Sayooti 911 Hijri Main Riwaayat Karte Hain:
Page | 321
" Haakim (Rehmatullah Aleh) Ne Sahi Bata Kar, Abdullah Bin Hawaala (Razi Allah Anhu) Se Riwaayat Ki
Hai, Unhon Ne Kaha K Rasool Allah (Aleh Salaam) Ne Farmaya, Tum Log Ek Aese Shakhs Par Biloh Karoge,
Jo Chaadar Se Imaama Baandhay Ga, Aur Jannati Logon Ki Be'at Lega, To Jab Logon Ne Hazrat Usman
(Razi Allah Anhu) Par Biloh Kiya To Woh Hari Chadar Ka Imaama Baandhay Be'at Le Rahe The"..
(Khasais Ul Kubra, Jild#2, Page#208, Matboo'a Daar Ul Kutub Ilmiyah, Beroot)
Imaam Abu Bakar Ahmed Bin Hussain Behki 458 Hijri Main Riwaayat Karte Hain:
" Hazrat Abdullah Bin Hawala (Razi Allah Anhu) Se Unhon Ne Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Se Riwaayat Ki,
Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Ne Farmaya, Jo 3 Baaton Se Mehfooz Raha, Us Ne Nijaat Paai, Sahaba (Razi Allah
Anhu) Ne Arz Kiya, Ya Rasool Allah (Aleh Salaam) Woh 3 Baaten Kiya Hain??
Farmaya Meri Rehlat Hai, Aur Us Khaleefa Ka Qatal Hai Jo Haq Par Qaem Reh Kar Haq Par Jaan De Ga"..
(Dalael Un Nabuwwah, Jild#6, Page#392, Matboo'a Daar Ul Kutub Ilmiyah, Beroot)
(Khasais Ul Kubra, Jild#2, Page#208, Matboo'a Daar Ul Kutub Ilmiyah, Beroot)
Imaam Jalaal Ud Deen Sayooti 911 Hijri Main Riwaayat Karte Hain:
" Haakim (Rehmatullah Aleh) Ne Sahi Bata Kar Aur Behki (Rehmatullah Aleh) Ne Ibn-E-Masood (Razi Allah
Anhu) Se Riwaayat Ki, Unhon Ne Kaha K Rasool Allah (Aleh Salaam) Ne Farmaya, Islaam Ki Chakki Pentees
(35), Ya Chattees (36), Ya Sentees (37) Saal K Baad Ghoomein Ga, To Agar Woh Log Halaak Huwe, To Rah
E Sawaab Halaak Hone Waalon Main Hai, Aur Agr In Ka Deen In K Liye Qaem Raha, To Sattar Saal Tak
Qaem Rahe Ga, Hazrat Umar E Faarooq (Razi Allah Anhu) Ne Arz Kiya Ya Nabi (Aleh Salaam) Yeh Muddat
Guzishta Saal Se Hai?? Farmaya, Nahin Jo Aaendah Aaegi..
Imaam Ahmed Bin Hambal 241 Hijri Main Riwaayat Karte Hain:
" Aap (Aleh Salaam) Qareeb Tar Hone Waalay Finon Ka Zikar Farma Rahe The, Isi Asna Main Ek Shakhs
Guzra, Aap (Aleh Salaam) Ne Farmaya, Us Din Yeh Shkahs Hidaayat Par Hoga"..
(Fazail E Sahaba, La Bin Hambal, Jild#1, Page#507, Raqam Ul Hadees 828, Matboo'a Masasta, Risaala
Beroot)
Imaam Abu Bakkar Ahmed Bin Hussain Behki 458 Hijri Main Riwaayat Karte Hain:
" Hazrat Huzaifa (Razi Allah Anhu) Se Riwaayat Hai K Unhon Ne Kaha Rasool Allah (Aleh Salaam) Ne
Farmaya, Qayaamat Us Waqt Tak Qaem Na Hogi, Jab Tak Tum Apne Imaam Ko Qatal Na Karoge, Aur Ek
Dusrey Ko Apni Talwaar Se Qatal Karoge, Aur Tumhare Shareer Log, Tumhari Dunya K Waaris Banjaen
Ge"..
(Dalael Un Nabuwwah, Jild#6, Page#391, Matboo'a Daar Ul Kutun Ilmiyah, Beroot)
(Khasais Ul Kubra, Jild#2, Page#209, Matboo'a Daar Ul Kutub, Ilmiyah, Beroot)
Imaam Jalaal Ud Deen Sayooti 911 Hiri Main Riwaayat Karte Hain:
" Behki Aur Abu Naeem (Rehamtullah Aleh) Ne Al "Ma'arfah" Main Abu Rehman Bin Adees Se Riwaayat
Ki K Mene Rasool Allah (Aleh Salaam) Se Suna Hai, Aap Ne Farmaya, Log Deen Se Is Tarah Nikal Jaenge,
Jese Qamaan Se Teer Nikal Jaata Hai, Aur Woh Labnaan K Pahaaron Main Qatal Kiye Jaenge, Ibn-
Page | 322
ELahiya'a (Rehamtullah Aleh) Ne Kaha K Abdur Rehman Bin Adees In Bulwaaiyon Main Shaamil Tha, Jo
Ahl-E-Misar K Saath Qatal-E-Usman (Razi Allah Anhu) Ki Garz Se Chale The, In Bulwaaiyon Ne Hazrat
Usman (Razi Allah Anhu) Ko Qatal Kiya Tha, Is Waqey K Ek Ya Do Saal Baad Libnaan Main Ibn-E-Adees Ko
Qatal Kiya Gaya"..
(Khasais Ul Kubra, Jild#2, Page#209, Matboo'a Daar Ul Kutub Ilmiyah, Beroot)
(Dalael Un Nabuwwah Imaam Behki, Jild#6, Page#394-395, Matboo'a Daar Ul Kutub Ilmiyah, Beroot)
Imaam Jalaal Ud Deen Sayooti 911 Hijri Main Riwaayat Karte Hain:
" Haaris Bin Abi Usama (Rehmatullah Aleh) Ne Apni Musnad Main Muhaajireen E Habib (Razi Allah Anhu)
Se Riwaayat Ki, Unhon Ne Kaha K Hazrat Usman (Razi Allah Anhu) Ne Abdullah Bin Salaam (Razi Allah
Anhu) Ko Kisi Ko Bhej Kar Bulwaya, Uar Woh Us Waqt Mehsoor The, Hazrat Usman (Razi Allah Anhu) Ne
Abdullah (Razi Allah Anhu) Se Kaha K Apna Sir Utha K Is Rozan Ko Dekho, Aaj Raat Rasool Allah (Aleh
Salaam) Is Rozan Se Ronaq Afroz Huwe, Aur Farmaya, Ae Usman (Razi Allah Anhu) Kiya Tum Mehsoor
Ho?? Mene Kaha Haan, To Aap Ne Ek Dol Latkaya, Aur Mene Us Main Se Paani Piya Aur Main Apne Andar
Is Ki Thandak Ab Tak Paa Raha Hun, Is K Baad Huzoor (Aleh Salaam Ne Mujh Se Farmaya, Agar Tum
Chaho To Main Allah Se Dua Karun, Woh Tuhmen In Par Gaalib Karde Ga, Aur Agar Tum Chaho To
Hamare Pass Iftaar Karo, To Mene Aap (Aleh Salaam) K Pass Haazir Hone Ko Ekhtiyaar Kiya Hai, Aur Woh
Usi Din Shaheed Kiye Gaye"..
(Khasais Ul Kubra, Jild#2, Page#209, Daar Ul Kutub Ilmiyah, Beroot)
Imaam Ahmed Bin Hambal 241 Hijri Main Riwaayat Karte Hain:
" Hazrat Qees Bin Abi Haazim (Razi Allah Anhu) Bayaan Karte Hain, K Abu Sahla (Razi Allah Anhu) Ne
Muhjey Bataya, K Hazrat Usman (Razi Allah Anhu) Ne Yom-E-Daar (Muhaasray K Din) Ko Farmaya, Jab
Woh Mehsoor The K Beshak Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Ne Mujhey Ek Wasiyat Farmai Thi, Pas Main Isi Par
Saabir Hun Aur Hazrat Qees (Razi Allah Anhu) Bayaan Karte Hain, K Woh Is Ka Intezar Kiya Karte The"..
(Musnad Ahmed, Jild#1, Page#69 Raqam Ul Hadees 501, Matbooa Mosasta, Qurtuba Misar)
Imaam Jalaal Ud Deen Sayooti 911 Hijri Main Riwaayat Karte Hain:
" Ibn-E-Mani'e (Rehmatullah Aleh) Ne Apni Musnad Main Ba Tareeq Naumaan Bin Basheer (Razi Allah
Anhu) Se Riwaayat Ki K Jab Hazrat Usman (Razi Allah Anhu) Mehsoor Hogaye, To Rozay Se Rehne Lage, Ek
Din Iftaar Ka Waqt Aaya, To Unhon Ne Bulwaaiyon Se Iftaar K Liye Sheereen Paani Maanga, Magar
Unhon Ne Paani Dene Se Inkaar Kar Diya, Aap Ne Tashnagi K Aalam Main Raat Basar Ki, Phir Jab Seher Ka
Waqt Aaya, To Aap Ne Farmaya, K Rasool Allah (Aleh Salaam) Is Chat Se Ronaq Afroz Huwe, Aap K Saath
Paani Ka Dol Thaa, Aap (Aleh Salaam) Ne Farmaya, Ae Usman (Razi Allah Anhu)! Paani Piyo To Mene
Paani Piya, Yahaaan Tak K Main Seraab Hogaya, Phir Farmaya, Aur Ziyaadah Piyo To Mene Piya, Yahaan
Tak K Main Ser Hogaya"..
(Khasais Ul Kubra, Jild#2, Page#209, Matboo'a Daar Ul Kutub Ilmiyah, Beroot)
Faisla Khud Karen, Itna Sab Kuch Gaib K Baaray Main Batane K Baawajood Bhi Agar Koi Yeh Kahe K Nabi
(Aleh Salaam) Ko Ataai Ilm-E-Gaib Haasil Nahin, To Woh Kis Qadar Bad Qismat Hoga, K Nabi (Aleh
Salaam) Ki Is Qadar Shaan Main Kami Kare.
Hadees 37:
Page | 323
" Muslim (Rehmatullah Aleh) Ne Abi Hameed (Razi Allah Anhu) Se Riwaayat Ki K Hum Rasool Allah (Aleh
Salaam) K Hamrah The, Nasraaniyon K Hamaly Ki Khabar Suni Kar, Tabook Ki Taraf Rawaana Huwe,
Doraan E Safar Waadi E Qiraa'a Main Ek Khaatoon K Baag K Paas Se Guzre, Sarwar-E-Qonen (Aleh
Salaam) Ne Farmaya, Tum Us Baag Ki Khajooron Ka Takhmeena Lagao, Hum Ne Takhmeena Lagaya,
Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Ka Andaaza 10 Wusaq Tha, Us Aurat Se Kaha Tum Apni Khajooron Ka Naam Tol Kar
Lena, Aur Hum Inshaallah Tumhare Paas Wapis Aaenge, Hum Medaan E Tabook Main The, K Ek Roz Aap
(Aleh Salaam) Ne Farmaya, Aaj Raat Main Shadeed Huwa, Aur Sakht Jharken Chalen Ge"..
(Khasais Ul Kubra, Jild#1, Page#458, Daar Ul Kutub, Ilmiyah, Beroot)
Imaam Abdul Maalik Bin Hasshaam 213 Hijri Main Likhte Hain:
" Munaafiqeen K Sardaaaron Main Se Ek Sardaar Aaj Mar Gaya, Rafa'a Bin Zaid Taaboot Ka Ta'alluq Bhi Isi
Qabeelay Se Tha, Jab Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Gazwah Bani Mustalaq Se Waaapis Tashreef Laa Rahe The,
To Raastay Main Shadeed Aandhi Ka Saamna Karna Para, Musalmaan Use Dekh Kar Bhaaag Gaye, Huzoor
(Aleh Salaam) Ne Farmaya, Khofzada Hone Ki Zarurat Nahin, Yeh Aandhi Kufaar K Azeem Sardaaron Main
Se Ek Sardaar Ki Moat K Liye Aai Hai, Jab Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Madina E Teba Main Ronaq Afroz Hogaye,
To Maaloom Huwa, K Rafa'a Bin Zed Isi Din Mara Tha, Jab Shadeed Aandhi Aai Thi"..
(As Seerat Un Nabuwwiyyah Al Maaroof, Seerat Ibn-E-Hasshaam, Jild#2, Page#60-61, Matboo'a Daar Ul
Jeel, Beroot)
Yahi Imaam Abdul Maalik Bin Hasshaam 213 Hijri Main Dusri Jagah Likhte Hain:
" Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Ne Farmaya Is Aandhi Se Na Daro, Yeh Aandhi Ek Baray Munaafiq Ki Wajah Se
Chali Hai, Jab Sahaba Madina E Teba Puhnchay To, Unhon Ne Rafa'a Bin Zaid Ki Moat Ki Khabar Suni Jo
Bani Qenqah Se Ta'alluq Rakhta Tha, Yeh Yahoodiyon Ka Ek Sardaar Tha, Aur Munaafiqon Ki Panah Gaah
Tha, Aur Yeh Usi Din Mara Jis Roz Aandhi Chali Thi"..
(As Seerat Un Nabuwwiyyah Al Maaroof, Seerat Ibn-E-Hasshaam, Jild#4, Page#255, Matboo'a Daar Ul
Jeel, Beroot)
Haafiz Abu Bakar Ahmed Bin Hussain Behki 458 Hijri Main Riwaayat Karte Hain:
" Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Ne Farmaya Yeh Aandhi Kisi Munaafiq Ki Moat Ki Alaamat Hai, Phir Jab Hum
Madinay Puhnchay To Maaloom Huwa, Munaafiqeen Ka Peshwa Foat Hogaya"..
(Dalael Un Nabuwwah, Jild#4, Page#61, Matboo'a Daar Ul Kutub Ilmiyah, Beroot)
Imaam Ahmed Bin Hambal 241 Hijri Main Riwaayat Karte Hain:
(Aleh Salaam) Ne Farmaya, Ek Munaafiq Ki Moat Ki Wajah Se Yeh Aandhi Bheji Gai Hai, Jab Hum Madina
Teba Puhnchay To Ek Bohat Bara Munaaafiq Mar Chuka Tha"..
(Musnad Ahmed, Jild#3, Page#315, Raqam Ul Hadees 14418, Matboo'a Mosasta Qurtuba Misar)
Imaam Abi Al Farj Abdul Rehman Al Jazwi 598 Hijri Main Likhte Hain:
"Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Ne Farmaya, Yeh Aandhi Madina E Munawwarah Main Ek Munaafiq K Marne Ki
Wajah Se Chal Rahi Hai, Phir Jab Hum Madina Puhnchay To Waqa'i Munaafiqeen Main Se Ek Bohat Bara
Munaafiq Isi Din Jahannum O Asal Ho Chuka Tha"..
Page | 324
(Al Wafa, Ba Hawal-E-Mustafa, Jild#1, Page#310, Matboo'a Mustafa Al Baabi, Beroot)
Faisla Aap Khud Karen K Itna Kuch Batane K Baad Bhi Kiya Nabi (Aleh Salaam) Ko Gaib Ka Ilm Nahin??
Hadees 38:
Imaam Ahmed Bin Hambal 241 Hijri Main Riwaayat Karte Hain:
" Imaam Muhammad Bin Ishaaq (Rehmatullah Aleh) Ne Bayaan Kiya K Jis Shakhs Ne Akrama
(Rehamtullah Aleh) Se Suna, Us Ne Mujh Se Yeh Hadees Bayaaan Ki K, Akrama (Rehamtullah Aleh) Hazrat
Ibn-E-Abbas (Razi Allah Anhu) Se Riwaayat Karte Hain, K Jis Shakhs Ne Jang-E-Badar Main Abbas Bin
Abdul Mutal'lib (Razi Allah Anhu) Ko Giriftaar Kiya, Woh Abu Ul Yasar Bin Umro The, Un Ka Ta'alluq Banu
Salma Se Tha, Un Se Rasool Allah (Aleh Salaam) Ne Pucha, Abu Ul Yasar Tum Ne Is Ko Kese Giriftaar Kiya
Tha ?? Unhon Ne Kaha, Is Ma'aamlay Main Ek Shakhs Ne Meri Madad Ki Thi, Jis Ko Mene Is Se Pehle Na
Dekha Tha, Is K Baad Us Ki Esi Esi Haeiyyat Thi, Tab Rasool Allah (Aleh Salaam) Ne Farmaya, Tumhari
Madad Ek Mukarram Farishte Ne Ki Thi, Aur Abbas (Razi Allah Anhu) Se Farmya, Ae Abbas Tum Apna
Fidya Bhi Do, Aur Apne Bhateejay Aqeel Bin Abi Taalib Aur Nofil Bin Al Haaris Ka Fidya Bhi Do, Aur Apne
Haleef Atba Bin Hajdam Ka Fidya Bhi Do, Aur Jin Ka Ta'alluq Banu Al Haaris Bin Fahar Se Hai, Abbas (Razi
Allah Anhu) Ne In Ka Fidya Dene Se Inkaar Kiya, Aur Kaha Main Is Gazwah Se Pehle Islaam Kabool Kar
Chuka Tha, Yeh Log Mujhey Zabardasti Apne Saath Lae Hain, Aap (Aleh Salaam) Ne Farmaya, Allah
Tumhare Maamlay Ko Khoob Jaanne Waala Hai, Aur Agar Tumhara, Daaawa Bar Haq Hai, To Allah Tum
Ko Is Ki Jaza Dega, Lekin Tumhara Zaahir Haal Yeh Hai K Tum Hum Par Hamla Aawar Huwe, So Tum Fidya
Ada Karo, Aur Rasool (Aleh Salaam) Us Se 20 Okiyah Sona (Bator E Maal E Ganimat) Wasool Kar Chukay
The, Abbas (Razi Allah Anhu) Ne Kaha Ya Rasool Allah (Aleh Salaam)!! Is 20 Okiyah Sonay Ko Mere Fidye
Main Kaat Len, Aap (Aleh Salaam) Ne Farmaya: Nahin! Yeh Woh Maal Hai Jo Allah Ne Humen Tum Se Le
Kar Diya Hai, Abbas (Razi Allah Anhu) Ne Kaha, Mere Pass Aur Maal To Nahin Hai, Huzoor (Aleh Salaam)
Ne Farmaya, Woh Maal Kahaan Hai, Jo Tu Ne Makkah Se Rawaangi K Waqt Umm Ul Fazal K Pass Rakha
Tha, , Us Waqt Tum Dono K Pass Aur Koi Nahin Tha, Aur Tum Ne Yeh Kaha Tha K Main Is Muhim Main
Kaam Aagaya To, Is Maal Main Se Itna Fazal Ko Dena, Itna Qasham Ko Dena Aur Itna Abdullah Ko Dena,
Tab Abbas (Razi Allah Anhu) Ne Kaha, Us Zaat Ki Qasam Jis Ne Aap Ko Haq De Kar Bheja Hai, Mere Aur
Umm Ul Fazal K Ilaawah, Is Sab Ko Aur Koi Nahin Jaanta, Aur Ab Muhjey Yakeen Hogaya K Aap Allah K
Rasool Hain"..
(Subhan Allah)
Page | 325
(Musnad Ahmed, Jild#1, Page#353, Raqam Ul Hadees 3310, Matboo'a Mosasta Qurtuba, Misar)
Imaam Ahmed Bin Hambal 241 Hijri Main Riwaayat Karte Hain:
" Imaam Muhammad Bin Ishaaq (Rehmatullah Aleh) Ne Bayaan Kiya K Jis Shakhs Ne Akrama
(Rehamtullah Aleh) Se Suna, Us Ne Mujh Se Yeh Hadees Bayaaan Ki K, Akrama (Rehamtullah Aleh) Hazrat
Ibn-E-Abbas (Razi Allah Anhu) Se Riwaayat Karte Hain, K Jis Shakhs Ne Jang-E-Badar Main Abbas Bin
Abdul Mutal'lib (Razi Allah Anhu) Ko Giriftaar Kiya, Woh Abu Ul Yasar Bin Umro The, Un Ka Ta'alluq Banu
Salma Se Tha, Un Se Rasool Allah (Aleh Salaam) Ne Pucha, Abu Ul Yasar Tum Ne Is Ko Kese Giriftaar Kiya
Tha ?? Unhon Ne Kaha, Is Ma'aamlay Main Ek Shakhs Ne Meri Madad Ki Thi, Jis Ko Mene Is Se Pehle Na
Dekha Tha, Is K Baad Us Ki Esi Esi Hasiyyat Thi, Tab Rasool Allah (Aleh Salaam) Ne Farmaya, Tumhari
Madad Ek Mukarram Farishte Ne Ki Thi".. (Subhanallah)
(Musnad Ahmed, Jild#1, Page#353, Raqam Ul Hadees 3310, Matboo'a Mosasta Qurtuba, Misar)
Allama Muhammad Bin Yousuf Al Saalhi 942 Hijri Main Likhte Hain:
" Hazrat Ibn-E-Abbas (Razi Allah Anhu) Bayaan Karte Hain K Nabi E Kareem (Aleh Salaam) Ne Jang E Badar
K Din Ahl-E-Jahiliyat Ka Fidya (400) Darham Muqarrar Kiya, Aur Hazrat Abbas Ne Yeh Daawa Kiya, K Un K
Pass Bilkul Maal Nahin Hai, Tab Rasool Allah (Aleh Salaam) Ne Farmaya, Acha To Woh Maal Kahaan Hai
,Jo Tum Ne Umm Ul Fazal Ne Mil Kar Dafan Kiya Tha, Aur Tum Ne Kaha Tha, K Agar Main Is Moohim Main
Kaam Aagaya, To Yeh Mera Maal Mere Beton Ka Hai, Al Fazal, Abdullah Aur Qasam, Hazrat Abbas (Razi
Allah Anhu) Kaha, Allah Ki Qasam Mujhey Ab Yakeen Hogaya, K Aap Allah K Rasool Hain, Is Baat Ka Mere
Aur Umm Ul Fazal K Siwa Kisi Ko Ilm Na Tha"..
(Naseem Ur Riyaaz, Sharah Shifa Ul Qaazi, Jild#4, Page#197, Matboo'a Daar Ul Kutub Ilmiyah, Beroot)
Faisla Khud Karen K Aaya Ab Bhi Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Ko Ilm-E-Gaib Nahin??
Hadees 39:
Imaam Jalaal Ud Deen Sayooti 911 Hijri Main Riwaayat Karte Hain:
" Hazrat Abdullah Bin Haaris Bin Nofil Kehte Hain, K Jab Nofil Bin Haaris Badar K Muqaam Par Qedi Huwe,
To Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Ne Un Se Farmaya, Apne Fidya De Kar Azaadi Haasil Karlo, Unhon Ne Farmaya
Mere Pass To Jaan Churaane K Liye Koi Cheez Nahin, Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Ne Farmaya Us Maal Se Fidya
Do, Jo Jaddah Main Hai, Yeh Sun Kar Nofil Pukaar Uthe, Main Gawahi Deta Hun, K Aap Allah K Rasool
Hain, Phir Us Maal Ka Fidya De Kar, Rihaai Haasil Ki"..
(Khasais Ul Kubra, Jild#1, Page#342, Matboo'a Daar Ul Kutub Ilmiyah, Beroot)
Allama Abu Al Qasim Abdur Rehman Bin Abdullah 571 Hijri Main Likhte Hain:
" Musalmaan Hone Waale Aseeran-E-Badar Main Se Ek Hazrat Nofil Bin Haaris Bin Abdul Mutallib (Razi
Allah Anhu) Hain, Kaha Jaata Hai K Aap Ne Gazwahe Khandak K Saal Islam Qabool Kiya, Aur Madina E
Teba Ki Taraf Hijrat Ki, Yeh Bhi Kaha Gaya Hai K Aap Usi Waqt Islam Le Aae The, Jab Aap Ko Qed Kiya
Gaya, Waqiyah Yun Hai K Nabi E Pak (Aleh Salaam) Ne Farmaya, Apna Fidya Ada Karo, Unhon Ne Arz Kiya,
Mere Pass Fidyeh Ki Adaegi K Liye Maal Nahin, Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Ne Farmaya, Un Nezon K Zariye
Fidya Ada Karo Jo Tum Ne Jaddah Main Rakhey Hain, Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Ka Yeh Irshaad Sun Kar Woh
Kehne Lage, Qasam Ba Khuda Allah Ta'ala K Siwa Kisi Ko Is Baat Ka Ilm Na Tha, K Jaddah Main Mere
Nezay Pare Hain, Main Gawahi Deta Hun K Aap Allah Ta'ala K Sachay Rasool Hain"..
(Roz Al Anaf Tasmee'ah Man Asar Man Al Mushrikeen Yom E Badar,Jild#3, Page#76, Matboo'a Daar Ul
Kutub Ilmiyah, Beroot)
Page | 327
Ilmiyah, Beroot)
Faisla Aap Ka.. Kiya Ab Bhi Aap Ko Yakeen Nahin K Mere Nabi (Aleh Salaam) Ko Allah Ta'ala Ne Ilm-E-Gaib
Ata Kiya??
Hadees 40:
Allama Yousuf Bin Ismail Al Nibhaani 1350 Hijri Main Likhte Hain:
" Hazrat Abi Bin Roman Aur Hazrat Abdullah Bin Abi Bakar (Razi Allah Anhu)Se Marwi Hai K Nabi (Aleh
Salaam) Ne Khaalid Bin Waleed Ko Domah K Hukmuraan Akedah Ki Taraf Bheja, Akedar Nasraani Tha.
Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Ne Peshan Goi Farmai K Tum Use Us Haalat Main Paao Ge K Woh Ek Jangli Gayen
(Cow) K Shikaar Main Masroof Hoga, Lihaaza Hazrat Khalid Bin Waleed (Razi Allah Anhu) Rawaana Huwe,
Yahaan Tak K Hazrat Khaalid Bin Waleed Qilay K Itne Qareeb Puhanch Gaye Jahaan Se Aadmi Nazar
Aaskata Tha,Raat Chaandni Thi, Akeedar Apni Biwi K Hamrah Qilay Ki Chat Par Tha,Isi Asna Main Ek Jangli
Gayen (Cow) Qilay K Darwaazay K Saath Apna Sir Takraaney Lagi, Akeedar Ki Biwi Ne Us Se Kaha Kiya Aap
Ne Kabhi Aesa Manzar Dekha Hai?? Us Ne Kaha Nahin, Phir Us Ki Biwi Ne Kaha Kiya Is Tarah K Shikaar Ko
Chora Jaa Sakta Hai? Akeedar Ne Kaha Nahin, Koi Yeh Moqa Haath Se Zaaya Nahin Kar Sakta, Woh Qilay
Se Neechey Aaya, Hukum Diya K Ghoray Par Zain Rakhi Jae, Phir Us Par Sawaar Huwa, Aur Us K Saath Us
K Gharaanay K Chand Admi The, Woh Apne Shikaar K Liye Rawaana Huwe To, Nabi (Aleh Salaam) K
Qaflay Se Se Unki Mad Bheeer Huwi, Unhon Ne Use Giraftaar Kar Liya, Aur Us K Bhai Hassaan Ko
Giraftaar Kar Liya, Jis Par Deebaaach Ki Sunehri Qubaa Thi, Hazrat Khaalid Bin Waleed Ne Use Cheen Kar
Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Ki Khidmat Main Akeedar K Hamrah Bhej Diya..
Ibn-E-Ishaaq (Rehmatullah Aleh) Kehte Hain K Jab Hazrat Khaalid Bin Waleed Akeedar Ko Le Kar Nabi
(Aleh Salaam) Ki Khidmat Main Haazir Huwe To Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Ne Unhen Jaan Bakhshi Farmai,
Aur Juziyah Par Sulah Kar Li, Phir Use Riha Kar Diya, Banu Tay K Ek Shakhs Bajeer Ne Is Waqiyeh Ka Yun
Zikar Kiya Hai,
Ba Barkat Hai Woh Jo Neel Gayenyon (Cows) Ko Haank Kar Laaney Waala Hai, Mene Dekha K Allah Ar
Taalib-E-Hidaayat Ko Hidaaya Deta Hai..
Pas Jo Shakhs Tabook Waale Nabi Se Munharif Hota Ho, To Woh To Humen Jihaad Ka Hukum Diya Gaya
Hai..
Behki (Rehmatullah Aleh) Ne Zikar Kiya, K Rasool Allah (Aleh Salaam) Ne Is Shaair Ko Dua Dete Huwe
Farmaya, Allah Tumhary Moun Ko Salaamat Rakhey. Is Dua Ka Asar Yeh Hai K Nabbay (90) Ki Umar Main
Bhi Us Shakhs Ki Na To Daar Main Harkat Huwi, Na Us Ka Koi Daant Toota"..
(Khasais Ul Kubra, Jild#1, Page#461, Matboo'a Daar Ul Kutub Ilmiyah, Beroot)
(Tibkaat Ul Kubra Ibn-E-Saad, Jild#2, Page#166, Matboo'a Daar Us Saadir, Beroot)
Imaam Abdul Maalik Bin Hashaam 213 Hijri Main Likhte Hain:
" Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Ne Hazrat Khaalid Bin Waleed (Razi Allah Anhu) Ko Bulaaya, Aur Use Doma K
Akeedar Ki Taraf Bheja, Yeh Akeedar Bin Abdul Maalik Tha, Yeh Banu Kandah Ka Ek Shakhs Tha, Aur
Domah Ka Baadshah Tha, Yeh Nasraani Tha, Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Ne Hazrat Khaalid Bin Waleed Se
Farmaya, Tu Use Bail Ka Shikaar Karte Huwe Paae Ga"..
(Al Seerat Un Nabuwwahiyah Al Maaroof Seerat Ibn-E-Hashaam, Jild#5, Page#207, Matboo'a Daar Ul
Jeel, Beroot)
Page | 328
Fasila Khud Karen.. K Hazrat Khaalid Bin Waleed Ko Batana K Woh Akeedar Ko Ek Bail Ka Shikaar Karte
Huwe Paaen Ge, Yeh Ilm-E-Gaib Hai Ya Nahin..
Hadees 41:
Imaam Abdul Maalik Bin Hashaam 213 Hijri Main Likhte Hain:
" Hazrat Ibn-E-Hashaam (Rehmatullah Aleh) Ne Kaha, K Kaha Yeh Jaata Hai, K Jab Huzoor (Aleh Salaam)
Gazwah-E-Bani Mustalaq Se Waapis Huwe, Jab K Hazrat Jaweriya (Razi Allah Anhu) Aap K Saath Thin, Aap
(Aleh Salaam) Ne Hazrat Jaweriyah Ko Bator E Amaanat Ek Ansaari K Din, Aur Hifaazat Ka Hukum Diya,
Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Madina E Teba Puhnchay To, Hazrat Jaweriyah (Razi Allah Anhu) Ka Baap Haaris
Apni Beti Ka Fidyah Le Kar Puhncha, Jab Aqeeq K Muqaam Par Puhcha To, Apne Ooonton Ko Dekha Jo
Fidyeh K Tor Par Laaya Tha, Use Do (2) Oont Bohat Achay Lage, Aur Us Ne Aqeeq Ki Waadiyon Main Use
Chupa Diya, Phir Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Ki Bargah-E-Aqdas Main Haazir Huwa, Arz Ki Ae Muhammad Aap
Ne Meri Beti Ko Pakar Liya Hai, Yeh Oont Us Ka Fidya Hain, Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Ne Farmaya, Woh Do
(2) Oont Kahaan Hain, Jinhen Tum Ne Aqeeq Main Fulaan Fulaan Waadi K Peechey Chupa Diya Hai, Yeh
Sun Kar Haaris Ne Kaha Main Gawahi Deta Hun, K Allah Ta'ala K Siwa Koi Maabood Nahin, Aur Aap Allah
K Rasool Hain, Allah Ki Qasam Is Baat Par Allah K Siwa Koi Aagah Nahin, Haaris Musalmaan Hogaya, Saath
Hi Us K Do (2) Betay Bhi Musalmaan Hogaye, Aur Us Ki Qoam K Kafi Log Bhi Musalmaan Hogaye, Haaris
Ne Donon Oonton Ko Laane K Liye Ek Aadmi Bheja, Jo In Donon Oonton Ko Le Aaya, Oont Huzoor (Aleh
Salaam) Ki Bargah Main Pesh Kiya Gaye, Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Ne Hazrat Jaweriyah (Razi Allah Anhu) Ko
Haaris K Hawaalay Kar Diya, Hazrat Jaweriyah (Razi Allah Anhu) Ne Islaam Kabool Kar Liya, Aur Bohat
Achi Musalmaan Saaabit Huwin, Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Ne Un K Waalid Ko Daawt-E-Nikah Di, Un K Waalid
Ne Apni Beti Ka Nikah Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Se Kar Diya, Aur Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Ne Chaar So (400)
Darham Meher Ata Kiya"..
(Al Seerat Al Nabuwwahiyah, Al Maaroof Seerat Ibn-E-Hashaam, Jild#4, Page#259, Matboo'a Daar Ul Jeel,
Beroot)
Imaam Ali Bin Barhaan Ud Deen Shaafai 1066 Hijri Main Likhte Hain:
" Hazrat Abdullah Bin Ziyaad Bayaan Karte Hain, Allah Ta'ala Ne Nabi-E-Kareem (Aleh Salaam) Ko Gazwah
E Bani Mustalaq Main Jaweriya Bint-E-Haaris Bator E Ganeemat Ata Farmai, To Un Ka Baap Haaris Un Ki
Rihaai, K Liye Fidyeh Le Kar Aaya, Jab Aqeeq Main Puhncha, To Oont Ki Taraf Dekha, Jo Apni Beti K Fidyeh
Main Diye The, Us Main Se Do (2) Oont Use Bohat Pasand Aae, Pas In Donon Oonton Ko Waadiye Aqeeq
Ki Ek Ghaati Main Gayab Kar Diya,Phir Deegar Oonton Ko Hanka Kar Nabi (Aleh Salaam) Ki Khidmat Main
Haazir Hogaya, Aur Arz Ki Ya Muhammad! Meri Beti Aap K Yahaan Giraftaar Hai, Yeh Is Ka Fidyah Hai..
Nabi (Aleh Salaam) Ne Farmaya, Woh Donon (2) Oont Kahaan Hain, Jo Tum Ne Waadiyeh Aqeeq Main
Gayab Kiya Hain, Yeh Sun Kar Haaris Ne Kaha, K Main Gawaahi Deta Hun K Aap (Aleh Salaam) Allah K
Rasool Hain, Waqai Mene Un Donon (2) Oonton Ko Aqeeq Main Gayab Kiya, Aur Is Baat Par Siwae Allah K
Aur Koi Aagah Na Tha, Is K Baad Haaris Ne Islam Kabool Kar Liya"..
(Hajjatullah Ali Ul Aalameen Fi Mojizaatsyed Ul Mursaleen, Apge#361, Matboo'a Daarul Kutub Ilmiyah,
Beroot)
Fasila Aap Khud Karen.. K Nabi (Aleh Salaam) Ka Batana K Haaris Ne Donon Oont Aqeeq Ki Wadiyon Mai
Gayab Kiya K Yeh Gaib Ka Ilm Hai Ya Nahin???
Hadees 42:
Page | 329
Imaam Abu Bakar Ahmed Bin Hussain 458 Hijri Main Riwaayat Karte Hain:
" Mazeeda Al Asri Bayaan Karte Hain, K Ek Dafa Nabi E Kareem (Aleh Salaam),Sahaba E Karaam (Razi
Allah Anhu) K Saath Maho Guftugu The, K Doraan-E-Guftugu Farmaya, K Anqareeb Is Taraf Se Kuch
Sawaar Tumhare Pass Aaenge, Jo Ahl-E-Mashrik K Behtareen Log Hain, Yeh Irshaad Sun Kar, Hazrat Umar
(Razi Allah Anhu) Uthey Aur Us Jaanib Rawana Hogaye, To 13 Afraad Par Mushtamil Ek Wafd In Se Mila,
Pucha: Kis Qabeelay Se Ta'alluq Hai Tumhara?? To Unhon Ne Bataya: Hum Bani Abdul Qes Se Hain"..
(Khasais Ul Kunra, Jild#2, Page#26, Matboo'a Daar Ul Kutub Ilmiyah, Beroot)
Muhaddis-E-Kabeer Imaam Muhammad Bin Ismail Bukhari 256 Hijri Main Riwaayat Karte Hain:
" Mazeedah Abdi (Razi Allah Anhu) Bayaan Karte Hain K Abdul Qes (Razi Allah Anhu) Pedal Chalte Huwe,
Bargah-E-Nabi (Aleh Salaam)Main Haazir Huwe, Aur Aap (Aleh Salaam) K Haath Mubarak Ko Pakar Kar
Boosaa Diya,To Nabi-E-Kareem (Aleh Salaam) Ne Un Se Farmaya, K Tumharey Ander 2 Khaslaten Aesi
Hain, K Jin Ko Allah Ta'ala Aur Us Ka Rasool (Aleh Salaam) Pasand Karte Hain, Us Ne Arz Kiya Kya Woh
Aesi Cheezen Hain? Jin Par Main Peda Huwa Hnu, (Yaani Fitrati) Ya Woh Baad Main Peda Ki Gai Hain, Aap
(Aleh Salaam) Ne Farmaya K Balkay Yeh Woh Fitri Hain, Jin Par Tum Peda Kiye Gaye Ho, Abdul Qes (Razi
Allah Anhu) Ne Farmaya, Sab Taareefen Allah Ta'ala K Liye Hain, Jis Ne Meray Ander Aesi Khaslaten Peda
Farmain, Jin Ko Allah Ta'ala Aur Us Ka Rasool (Aleh Salaam) Pasand Farmatey Hain"..
(Tibraani Kabeer,Jild#20, Page#345, Raqam Ul Hadees 812, Matboo'a Maktab Ul Uloom O Al Hakam Al
Mosool)
Fasila Khud Karen, K Nabi (Aleh Salaam) Ka Bata Dena K Us Taraf Se Kuch Sawaar Aaenge, Jo Ahl-
EMashrik K Behtareen Sawaar Honge, Aur Abdul Qes K Wafd Ko Us Ki Pasandeedah Khajoor Ka Batana,
Yeh Ilm-E-Gaib Hai Ya Nahin
Hadees 43:
Page | 331
(Khasais Ul Kubra, Jild#2, Page#195, Matboo'a Daar Ul Kutub Ilmiyah, Beroot)
Hadees 44:
Imaam Abu Eesa Tarmizi 279 Hijri Main Riwaayat Karte Hain:
" Umm Ul Momineen Hazrat Aayesha (Razi Allah Anhu) Bayaan Karti Hain, K Mene Hazrat Fatima (Razi
Allah Anhu) Se Ziyaadah, Rasool Allah (Aleh Salaam) K Kareeb Kisi Ko Nahin Dekha, Jo Apni Nashisht
Barkhuwaast Aur Zindagi K Aam Maamoolaat Main Aap (Aleh Salaam) K Sab Se Ziyadah Mushaahib Ho,
Jab Woh Nabi-E-Kareem (Aleh Salaam) K Paas Aatin To Aap (Aleh Salaam) Kharey Hojaate, In Ko Bosa
Dete, Aur In Ko Apney Paas Bithaate, Jab Nabi-E-Kareem (Aleh Salaam) Bemaar Hogaye, To Hazrat Fatima
(Razi Allah Anhu) Aain Aur Jhuk Kar Aap Ko Salaam Kiya, Aur Sir Utha Kar Roney Lagin, Phir Dubaara Aap
(Aleh Salam) Par Jhukin Aur Sir Utha Kar Hansne Lagin, Jab Nabi-E-Kareem (Aleh Salaam) Foat Hogaye To
Mene Un Se Kaha K Jab Aap Pehli Baar Nabi-E-Kareem (Aleh Salam) Par Jhuki Thin, To Roney Lagin Thin,
Phir Jab Aap Dusri Baar Jhukin Aur Sir Uthaya To Hansne Lagin Thin, Is Ka Kiya Sabab Tha ?? Hazrat
Faatima (Razi Allah Anhu) Ne Farmaya, Main Aap Ka Raaz Bata Rahi Hun, Pehli Baar Aap (Aleh Salaam) Ne
Bataya Tha K, Aap Is Dard Aur Is Bemaari Se Foat Hojaenge, To Main Roney Lagi, Phir Dusri Baar Aap
(Aleh Salaam) Ne Yeh Bataya Tha, K Aap K Aehel Main Se Sab Se Pehle Main Aap K Saath Milongi, To
Main Hansne Lagi"..
(Sunan Tarmizi Baab Fazal-E-Fatima Bint-E-Muhammad (Aleh Salaam), Jild#5, Page#700, Raqam Ul
Hadees 3872, Matboo'a Daar Ul Ahya At'turaas Al Arabi, Beroot)
Imaam Ahmed Bin Hambal Ne 241 Hijri Main Yahi Riwaayat Ki:
(Bahawala: Fazail-E-Sahaba Laa Bin Hambal, Jild#2, Page#764, Raqam Ul Hadees 1233, Matboo'a
Mosasta Risala Beroot)
Muhaddis E Kabeer Imaam Abu Naeem Ahmed Bin Abdullah Asfahaani 430 Hijri Main Likhte Hain: "
Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Ne Faramya, Ae Fatima Kiya Tum Is Baat Se Raazi Nahin Ho Kiya K Jahaanon Aur Is
Ummat Ki Aurton Ki Sardaar Ho?? Main Yeh Baat Sun Kar Hans Pari"..
(Dalael Un Nabuuwaah, Page#98, Raqam Ul Hadees 93, Matboo'a Daar Ul Teba Ur Riyaaz)
Faisla Aap Khud Karen K Kiya Yeh Ilm Gaib Nahin K Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Ne Zainab (Razi Allah Anhu) Ko
Bataya K Woh Sab Se Pehle Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Ko Milengi.
Hadees 45:
Imaam Abdul Malik Bin Hashaam 213 Hijri Main Likhte Hain:
" Ek Moqey Par Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Apney Sahab K Sath Tashreef Farma They, K Apney Peechey Kisi
Page | 332
Aaney Waaley K Jooton Ki Aawaaz Suni.. To Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Ne Farmaya, Beshak Yeh Sho'abla Bin
Sai'yyah (Razi Allah Anhu) K Jooton Ki Aawaaz Hai Jo Muhjey Rehana K Qubool-E-Islam Ki Khushkhabri
Dene Aarahe Hain, Chunachay Unhon Ne Haazir-E-Khidamt Ho Kar Bataya, Ya Rasool Allah (Aleh Salaam)
Rehana Ne Islam Qabool Karliya Hai.. Is K Is Amal Par Aap (Aleh Salaam) Ko Bohat Ziyaadah Khushi Huwi"
(Al Seerat Ul Nabuuwaiyyah, Seerat Ibn-E-Hashaam, Jild#4, Page#205-206, Matboo'a Dar Ul Jeel, Beroot)
Haafiz Ammad Ud Deen Ismail Bin Umar Bin Kaseer Bhi Yahi 774 Hijri Main Likhte Hain:
(Bahawala: Al Seerat Ul Nabuuwaiyyah, Jild#4, Page#503, Matboo'a Daar Ul Kitaab Ul Arabi, Beroot)
Haafiz Abu Bakar Ahmed Bin Hussain 458 Hijri Main Riwaayat Karte Hain:
"Abhi Aap Sahaba E Karaam (Razi Allah Anhu) Ki Majlis Main Tashreef Farma They K Aap Ne Apney
Peechay Do Jooton K Girne Ki Aawaaz Suni, Farmaya: Yeh Dono (2) Jootay Ibn-E-Sho'abla K Hain, Jo
Mujhhey Rehana K Islam Laaney Ki Bashaarat De Raha Hai"..
(Dalael E Nabbuwwah, Jild#4, Page#24-25, Matboo'a Daar Ul Kutub Ilmiyah, Beroot)
Fasila Aap Khud Karen.. Kiya Yeh Ilm-E-Gaib Nahin K Sirf Jootiyon Ki Aawaaz Sun K Bata Diya K Yeh
Jootiyon Ki Aawaaz Sho'abla (Razi Allah Anhu) Ki Hai.. Aur Sirf Yeh Na Bataya K Jootiyon Ki Aawaaz
Sho'abla (Razi Allah Anhu) Ki Hai, Balkey Yeh Bhi Bataya K Sho'abla (Razi Allah Anhu) Rehana K Islam
Qubool Karne Ki Khushkhabri Dene Aae Hain.
Hadees 46:
Allama Abu Al Qaasim Abdur Rehman Bin Abdullah 571 Hijri Main Likhte Hain:
" Hum Ne Ek Mutassil Sanad Se Abdullah Bin Abi Bakkar Se Riwaayat Naqal Ki Hai K Huzoor (Aleh Salaam)
Abu Sufiyaan Ki Taraf Tashreef Le Gaye.. Jab Abu Sufiyaan Ne Aap Ko Dekha To Dil Main Kaha K Kaash
Main Jaan Leta K Tune Kis Wajah Se Mujh Par Galba Paaya Hai.. Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Tashreef Lae, Us K
Donon Kandhon K Darmiyaan Apna Haath Maara, Aur Faramya, Ae Abu Sufiyaan Allah Ta'ala Ki Madad Se
Tum Par Gaalin Aaya Hun, To Abu Sufiyaan Ne Kaha Main Gawahi Deta Hun K Aap Allah K Rasool Hain"
(Roz Ul Anaf Un Islam Abi Sufiyaan O Saahibiyah, Jild#4, Page#73, Matboo'a Daar Ul Kutub Ilmiyah,
Beroot)
Imaam Abu Bakar Ahmed Bin Hussain 585 Hijri Main Riwaayat Karte Hain:
" Abu Sufiyan Bin Harab Fatah Makkah K Baad Ek Din Betha Tha K Us Ne Apney Dil Main Kaha Ae Kaash
Main Muhammad (Aleh Salaam) K Muqaabil Ek Lashkar Ikhattha Kar Sakun, Abhi Woh Yahi Soch Raha
Tha, K Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Ne Us Ki Beth Par Thappi De Kar Farmaya, Agar Aesa Huwa To Allah Ta'ala
Tumhen Ruswa Kareaga, Us Ne Sir Utha Kar Dekha, To Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Us K Sir Par Kharey The,
Page | 333
Kehne Laga Bakhuda Main Ab Tak Yeh Yakeen Nahin Karta Tha, K Aap Nabi Hain Aur Yeh (Lashkar Jama
Karne Ki) Baat To Merey Dil Main Aai Thi K Aap Is Par Aagah Hogaye"..
(Dalael Un Nabuwwah, Baab Islam Hind, Jild#5, Page#102, Matboo'a Daar Ul Kutub Ilmiyah, Beroot)
Haafiz Ammad Ud Deen Ismail Bin Umar Bin Kaseer 774 Hijri Main Riwaayat Karte Hain:
" Abu Sufiyan Bin Harab Fatah Makkah K Baad Ek Din Betha Tha K Us Ne Apney Dil Main Kaha Ae Kaash
Main Muhammad (Aleh Salaam) K Muqaabil Ek Lashkar Ikhattha Kar Sakun, Abhi Woh Yahi Soch Raha
Tha, K Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Ne Us Ki Beth Par Thappi De Kar Farmaya, Agar Aesa Huwa To Allah Ta'ala
Tumhen Ruswa Kareaga, Us Ne Sir Utha Kar Dekha, To Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Us K Sir Par Kharey The,
Kehne Laga Bakhuda Main Ab Tak Yeh Yakeen Nahin Karta Tha, K Aap Nabi Hain Aur Yeh (Lashkar Jama
Karne Ki) Baat To Merey Dil Main Aai Thi K Aap Is Par Aagah Hogaye"..
(Al Seerat Un Nabuuwaiyyah, Khutba Un Nabi (Aleh Salaam), Jild#3, Page#541, Matbo'a Daar Ul Kitaab Ul
Arabi, Beroot)
Imaam Abu Bakar Ahmed Bin Hussain Behki 458 Hijri Main Riwaayat Karte Hain:
" Hazrat Saeed Bin Museb (Rehmatullah Aleh) Se Riwwayat Hai K Jis Raat Makkah Fatah Huwa To Us Raat
Musalmaan Makkah Main Daakhil Huwe, Woh Saari Raat Tasbooeh O Tehleel Aur Tawaf-E-Kaaba Main
Mashgool Rahe, Yeh Manzar Dekh Kar Abu Sufiyaan Ne Apni Biwi Hind Se Kaha: " Kiya Tujhey Allah Ki Yeh
Shaan, Be Niyaazi Nazar Nahin Aarahi Hai?? Jab Subah Huwi To Darbaar-E-Risaalat Main Haazir Huwa,
Nabi-E-Akram (Aleh Salaam) Ne Use Dekhte Hi Faramya: Haan Waqai Yeh Allah Ki Taraf Se Hai, Abu
Sufiyan Ne Yeh Sun Kar Kaha Main Gawahi Deta Hun, K Aap Allah K Banday Aur Us K Rasool Hain, Jab
Main Ne Yeh Baat Kahi Thi To Siwae Allah Aur Hind K Koi Aur Sunne Waala Na Tha"..
(Dalael Un Nabuwwah Baab Islam Hind, Jild#5, Page#103, Matboo'a Daar Ul Kutub Ilmiyah Beroot)
Haafiz Ammad Ud Deen Ismail Bin Umar Bin Kaseer 774 Hijri Main Riwaayat Karte Hain:
" Hazrat Saeed Bin Museb (Rehmatullah Aleh) Se Riwwayat Hai K Jis Raat Makkah Fatah Huwa To Us Raat
Musalmaan Makkah Main Daakhil Huwe, Woh Saari Raat Tasbooeh O Tehleel Aur Tawaf-E-Kaaba Main
Mashgool Rahe, Yeh Manzar Dekh Kar Abu Sufiyaan Ne Apni Biwi Hind Se Kaha: " Kiya Tujhey Allah Ki Yeh
Shaan, Be Niyaazi Nazar Nahin Aarahi Hai?? Jab Subah Huwi To Darbaar-E-Risaalat Main Haazir Huwa,
Nabi-E-Akram (Aleh Salaam) Ne Use Dekhte Hi Faramya: Haan Waqai Yeh Allah Ki Taraf Se Hai, Abu
Sufiyan Ne Yeh Sun Kar Kaha Main Gawahi Deta Hun, K Aap Allah K Banday Aur Us K Rasool Hain, Jab
Main Ne Yeh Baat Kahi Thi To Siwae Allah Aur Hind K Koi Aur Sunne Waala Na Tha"..
(Al Seerat Ul Nabuwwaiyah, Khutaba Un Nabi (Aleh Salaam), Jild#3, Page#542, Matboo'a Daar Ul Kitaab
Ul Arabi, Beroot)
Imaam Abi Al Farj Abdur Rehman Bin Al Jazwi 597 Hijri Main Likhte Hain:
" Hazrat Ibn-E-Abbas (Razi Allah Anhu) Bayaan Karte Hain K Nabi-E-Kareem (Aleh Salaam) K Doraan-
ETawaaf Abu Sufiyaan Aur Hind K Darmiyaan Mulaaqaat Huwi, Aap (Aleh Salaam) Ne Faramya, Ae Abu
Sufiyaan Tumharey Aur Hind K Darmiyaan Aesi Aesi Baaten Huwi Hain, Abu Sufiyaan Ne Dil Main Kaha
Hind Ne Mera Raaz Faash Kar Diya, Main Us Ka Aesa Aesa Hashar Karunga, Jab Nabi-E-Kareem (Aleh
Salaam) Tawwaaf Se Faarig Huwe, To Abu Sufiyaan Se Mile Aur Faramya, Abu Sufiyaan! Hind Se Is Qisam
Ki Guftugu Na Karna, Hind Ne Tumhara Raaz Fash Nahin Kiya, Yeh Sun Kar Abu Sufiyaan Kehne Laga,
Main Gawahi Deta Hun, K Aap Allah K Rasool Hain"
(Khasais Ul Kubra, Jild#1, Page#441-442, Matboo'a Daar Ul Kutub Ilmiyah Beroot)
Faisla Aap Khud Kar Sakte Hain, K Abu Sufiyaan K Dil Ki Baat Jaanna Ilm-E-Gaib Hai Ya Nahin.
Hadees 47:
Imaam Muhammad Bin Saad 230 Hijri Main Likhte Hain:
" Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Ne Umair Se Farmaya, Tumhen Kiya Huwa, Jo Hathiyaar Liye Aae Ho? Unhon Ne
Kaha K Haazri Hotey Waqt Main Bhoolay Se Talwaar Liye Chala Aaya, Aap (Aleh Salaam) Ne Farmaya K,
Tum Q Aae?? Umair Ne Kaha K Main Apney Larkey K Fidyeh Main Aaya Hun.. Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Ne
Farmaya Kiya Tum Ne Haram Main Safwaan Bin Ummaiyyah Se Uhad Kiya Hai?? Arz Ki Main Ne Kuch
Nahin Kiya.. Farmaya K Tum Ne Yeh Uhad Kiya K Muhjey Tum Is Shirt Pe Qatal Karige K Woh Tumhen Yeh
Cheezen De Ga, Tumhara Qarz Ada Karega, Aur Tuhmaray Ayaal Kharch Bardaasht Karega, Umair Ne Yeh
Sun Kar Kaha, Main Gawahi Deta Hun, K Allah K Siwa Koi Maaabood Nahin Aur Beshak Aap Allah K Rasool
Hain, Ya Rasool Allah Wallah Mere Aur Safwaan K Ilaawa Kisi Ko Itlaa Na Thi, Main Jaanta Hun K Allah Ne
Aap Ko Aagah Kar Diya"..
(Tibqaat Ibn-E-Saad, Jild#4, Page#200, Matboo'a Daar S Saadir, Beroot)
Imaam Abu L Hasan Ali Bin Muhamad Bin Habib Al Maawrdi Bhi 429 Hijri Main Yahi Riwaayat Karte
Hain:
(Bahawala: Aalaam Un Nabuwwaah, Page#162, Matboo'a Daar Ul Kitaab Ul Arabi, Beroot)
Imaam Abdul Maalik Bin Hashaam 213 Hijri Main Likhte Hain:
" Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Ne Farmaya, Mujhey Sachi Baat Batao Tum Q Aae Ho? Us Ne Kaha Main To Isis
Maqsad K Liye Aaya Hun, Aap (Aleh Salaam) Ne Farmaya, Tu Aur Sufwaan Bin Ummaiyyah Ne Hajar Main
Beht Kar Koowaiin Main Daalay Jaaney Waaley Quresh Ka Tazkara Kiya, Phir Tu Ne Kaha Agar Mujh Par
Qarz Na Hota Aur Agar Meray Haan Ahl-O-Ayaal Na Hote To Main Muhammad (Aleh Salaam) Ko Qatal
Karne K Liye Zarur Rawaana Hota, Safwaan Bin Ummaiyah Ne Terey Qarz Aur Teray Ahl-O-Ayaal Ki
Zimedaari Is Shirt Par Utha Li, K Tu Is Ki Khaatir Mujhey Qatal Karega, Haalaankay Tere Aur Is K Iraaaday K
Darmiyaan Allah Ta'ala Haael Hai, Umair Keh Utha, Main Gawahi Deta Hun, K Aap Allah K Rasool Hain"..
(Al Seerat Un Nabuwwiyah Al Maaroof Seerat Ibn-E-Hashaam , Jild#3, Page#214, Matboo'a Daar Ul Jeel,
Beroot)
Page | 335
Faisla Aap Kar Sakte Hain, Kiya Yeh Gaib Ka Ilm Nahin K Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Ne Umair Bin Wahab K
Aaney Ka Maqsad Bata Diya.. Aur Un K Safwaan Bin Ummaiyaah Ki Baat Cheet Ka Bhi Bata Diya..
Hadees 48:
Imaam Abi Al Farj Abdur Rehman Al Jozi 597 Hijri Main Likhte Hain:
" Hazrat Ayesha (Razi Allah Anhu) Se Riwaayat Ki K Nabi (Aleh Salaam) Ne Un Ko Us Aurat Ko Dekhne
Bheja, Jis K Liye Aap Ne Peghaam E Nikah Diya Tha, To Unhon Ne Aa Kar Kaha, Main Ne Koi Khaas Baat
Nahin Dekhi Hai, Aap (Aleh Salaam) Ne Farmaya, Tum Ne Us K Rukhsaar Par Til Dekha Hai, Jise Dekh Kar
Tumhaarey Rongtay Kharey Hogaye, Woh Farmaati Hain, Aap (Aleh Salaam) Se Koi Baat Posheedah
Nahin Reh Sakti, Khuwaaaah Koi Aap Se Kitna Hi Chupaae, Kis Main Yeh Jur'at Hai"..
(Al Wafa, Ba Hawaal Ul Mustafa, Al Baab Al Khaamis, Ashar Fi Akhbaar E Rasool Allah (Aleh Salaam)
Bilgaayebaat, Jild#1, Page#314, Matboo'a Mustafa, Al Baabi, Misar)
Allama Abu Al Qaasim Abdur Rehman Bin Abdullah 571 Hijri Main Likhte Hain:
" Riwaayat Ki Gai Hai K Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Ne Ek Aurat Ko Daawat-E-Nikah Di, Aur Umm-Ul-Momineen
Hazrat Ayesha (Razi Allah Anhu) Ko Dekhney K Liye Bheja, Jab Umm-Ul-Momineen Hazrat Ayesha (Razi
Allah Anhu) Waapis Aain, To Arz Ki Main To Is Main Koi Faeda Nahin Dekhti, To Huzoor (Aleh Salaaam) Ne
Farmaya, Tu Ne Us K Rukhsaaar Main Ek Til Dekha Hai, Jis Ki Wajah Se Terey Jisam Ka Har Baal Khara
Hogaya"..
(Roz-Ul-Anaf, Lilsaheli, Gerat-Un-Nisa Un Nabi, Jild#4, Page#20, Matboo'a Daar Ul Kutub Ilmiyah, Beroot)
Faisla Aap Khud Kar Sakte Hain, Yeh Hadees To Khulli Daleel Hai Ilm-E-Gaib Ki... Jis Main Saaf Waazeh Hai,
K Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Ne Bataya Hazrat Ayesha Ko K Unhon Ne Un K Rukhsaar Pe Til Dekha Tha, Aur Til
Dekhney Se Un K Rongtey Kharey Hogaye..
Aur To Aur Jawaab Main Hazrat Ayesha (Razi Allah Anhu) Ne Kiya Kaha??
Unhon Ne Kahaa K Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Ko Har Shey Ka Ilm Hai, Aur Un Se Koi Bhi Baat Posheedah
Nahin.. Ab Aap Hi Eemaan Ki Roshni Main Faisla Karlen.
Hadees 49:
Page | 336
Allama Abu Al Qaasim Abdur Rehman Bin Abdullah 571 Hijri Main Likhte Hain:
" Allama Zubair (Bin Bakkaar Rehmatullah Aleh) Ne Riwaayat Kiya K Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Ne Ek Shakhs
Ko Kuch Tahaif De Kar, Hazrat Usman (Razi Allah Anhu) Aur Hazrat Ruqaiyyah (Razi Allah Anhu) K Pass
Bheja, Woh Qaasid Kaafi Arsaa Wahin Thera Raha, Jab Woh Waapis Aaya To Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Ne
Usey Farmaya, Agar Tum Chaho To Main Tumhen Bata Deta Hun, K Kis Cheez Ne Tumhen Wahin Roqye
Rakha?? Us Ne Arz Ki Haan!! Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Ne Farmaya, Hazrat Usman (Razi Allah Anhu) Aur
Hazrat Ruqaiyyah (Razi Allah Anhu) K Husan O Jamaal Ne Tujhey Wahin Roqey Rakha, Us Ne Arz Ki
Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Ne Sach Farmaya, Main Un K Husan O Jamaal Ki Dil Kashi Main Khoya Raha"..
(Roz Ul Anaf, Baab Ul Hajrah, Ali Al Arz Al Habsha, Jild#2, Page#91, Matboo'a Daar Ul Kutub Ilmiyah,
Beroot)
Allama Muhammad Bin Yousuf Al Saalihi Al Shaaami 942 Hijri Main Likhte Hain:
" Ibn-E-Asaakar (Rehmatullah Aleh) Ne Batareeq Abi Aasim (Razi Allah Anhu) Riwaayat Ki, Kaha K Mujh Se
Hazrat Usman (Razi Allah Anhu) K Ek Ghulaam Ne Hadees Bayaan Ki K Rasool Allah (Aleh Salaam) Ne
Hazrat Usman (Razi Allah Anhu) K Pass Koi Cheez Hadyatan Bheji, Aur Woh Qaasid Kuch Der Thera Raha,
Phir Woh Qaasid Aaya, To Rasool Allah (Aleh Salaam) Ne Use Farmaya, Tum Kis Liye Theray Rahe..?? Phir
Farmaya, Agar Tum Chaho To Main Tumhen Bataoun K Kis Bina Par Tum Theray Rahe?? Farmaya, Tum Ek
Nazar Hazrat Usman (Razi Allah Anhu) Par Daaltey They, Aur Ek
Nazar Hazrat Ruqaiyyah (Razi Allah Anhu) Par, Aur Yeh Dekhtey The, K In Main Se Kaun Ziyaaadah Haseen
Hai, Usne Kaha, Aap Ne Such Farmaya, Qasam Hai Us Zaat Ki, Jis Ne Aap Ko Haq K Saath Ma'oos Farmaya,
Isi Baat Ne, Mujhey Therae Rakha Tha"..
(Khasais Ul Kubra, Jild#2, Page#180, Matboo'a Daar Ul Qutub Ilmiyah, Beroot)
Yahi Allama Muhammad Bin Yousuf Al Saalihi Al Shaami 942 Hijri Main Likhte Hain:
" Ibn-E-Asaakar (Rehmatullah Aleh) Ne Batareeq Zubair Bin Bakaar (Razi Allah Anhu) Se Riwaayat Ki K
Mujh Se Muhammad Bin Salaam (Rehmatullah Aleh) Ne Hadees Bayaan Ki, Kaha K Mujh Se Hazrat
Usman Bin Af'aan (Razi Allah Anhu) K Ghulaam Abu Al Muqaddam Ne Hadees Bayaan Ki, Unhon Ne Kaha
K Rasool Allah (Aleh Salaam) Ne Ek Aadmi K Haath Bakri K Paae, Hazrat Usman Bin Af'aan (Razi Allah
Anhu) K Yahaan Bhejey, Woh Aadmi Kuch Der Thera Raha, Nabi (Aleh Salaam) Ne Farmaya, Agar Tum
Chaho To Main Tumhen Bata Dun, K Kis Liye Tum Wahaan Theray Rahe, Us Ne Kaha Ya Rasool Allah (Aleh
Salaam)!! Zarur Bataiyeh, Aap (Aleh Salaam) Ne Farmaya, Tum Hazrat Usman (Razi Allah Anhu) Aur
Hazrat Ruqqaiyyah (Razi Allah Anhu) Ko Dekh Kar Un K Husan Par Ta'ajjub Kar Rahe The"..
(Sabal Ul Huda, Jild#10, Page#54, Matboo'a Daar Ul Kutub Ilmiyah, Beroot)
Faisla Aap Khud Kar Sakte Hain, K Kiya Yeh Ilm-E-Gaib Nahin, K Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Ne Bata Diya, K
Qaasid Wahaan Kis Wajah Se Ther Gaya Tha, Khud Parhen Aur Khud Sochen.
Hadees 50:
Muhaddis-E-Kabeer Imaam Abu Naeem Ahmed Bin Abdullah Asfahaani 430 Hijri Main Likhte Hain:
" Hazrat Khazeem (Razi Allah Anhu) Muhaajireen Main Se Hain, Yeh Wohi Hain K Jab Nabi-E-Kareem
(Aleh Salaam) Ne Sahaba (Razi Allah Anhu) Se Farmaya, Yeh Heerah Bezaa Hai, Jise Meray Saamney
Laaya Gaya Hai, Aur Yeh Sheema Bint-E-Nafeelah Azdiyah Apney Khachar Shehba'a Par Kaala Dopatta
Orhey Mojood Hai, Khazeem (Razi Allah Anhu) Ne Kaha, Ya Rasool Allah (Aleh Salaam) Hum Ne, Heera'h
Ko Fatah Kar Liya, Aur Hum Ne Sheemah Ko Isi Haalat Main Paaya, To Kiya Woh Meri Hogai, Huzoor (Aleh
Page | 337
Salaam) Ne Farmaya, Haan Woh Teri Hogai, Phir Hazrat Khazeem (Razi Allah Anhu), Hazrat Khaalid Bin
Waleed (Razi Allah Anhu) K Saath K Saath Muslimah Kazzaab Ko Qatal Karne Chal Parey, Chunachay
Hazraat Sahaaba-E-Karaam (Razi Allah Anhu) Ne Muslimah Kazzaab Ko Jahannum Waasil Kiya, Phir Hazrat
Khazeem (Razi Allah Anhu), Hazrat Khaalod Bin Waleed (Razi Allah Anhu) K Saath Heeera'h Ki Taraf Chal
Diye, Jab Musalmaanon Ka Ka Lashkar Heera'h Main Daakhil Huwa To, Sab Se Pehley Unhen (Sheemah)
Bint-E-Buqeelah Siyaahi Maeel Ek Taqatwar Khachar Par Sawaar Mili, Jesa K Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) Ne Us
Ki Haalat Bayaan Farmai Thi, Chunachay Use Dekhte Hi, Hazrat Khazeem (Razi Allah Anhu) Us Sey Chimat
Gaye, Aur Is Ka Daawa Karne Lage, Un K Muta'alliq Huzoor (Aleh Salaam) K Farmaan Ki Gawaahi, Hazrat
Muhammad Bin Musallimah, Aur Hazrat Abdullah Bin Umar (Razi Allah Anhu) Ne Di, Lihaaza Khaalid Bin
Waleed (Razi Allah Anhu) Ne Sheema'a, Hazrat Khaalid Bin Waleed (Razi Allah Anhu) K Supard Kar Di, Phir
Sheem'a K Pass Us Ka Bhai Abdul Maseeh, Qilay Se Neechey Utar Kar Aaya, Aur Khazeem (Razi Allah
Anhu) Se Kehne Laga, Sheema'a Ko Mujhey Bech De, Khazeem (Razi Allah Anhu) Ne Jawaab Diya, Ba
Khuda, Main Ek Hazaar Se Kam Nahin Karunga, Lihaaza Abdul Maseeh Ne Ek Hazaar De Kar, Sheema'a Ko
Le Liya, Aur Phir Kehne Lage, Agar Tum Ek Laakh Bhi Maangte, To Main Woh Bhi Dene Ko Tayyaar Tha,
Hazrat Khazeem (Razi Allah Anhu) Kehney Lagey, Main To Yahi Samajhta Raha, K Maal Dus So (10*100)
(Yaani Ek Hazaar) Se Ziyaadah Hota Hi Nahin"..
(Hilyat Ul Oliya, O Tabqaat Al Asfiya, Zikar Hazrat Khazeem Bin Os (Razi Allah Anhu), Jild#1, Page#364,
Matboo'a Daar Ul Kitaab Al Arabi, Beroot)
Hazrat Khaalid Bin Waleed (Razi Allah Anhu) Ne Is Par Mujh Se Shahaadat Talab Farmai, Aur Mene Us Ki
Shahaadat Pesh Ki, Woh Shahaadat Muhammad Bin Muslimah (Razi Allah Anhu) Aur Muhammad Bin
Bashar (Razi Allah Anhu) Ki Thi, To Hazrat Khaalid Bin Waleed (Razi Allah Anhu) Ne Usey Meray Hawaaley
Kar Diya, Phir Uska Bhai Jamarey Pass Sulah Ki Garz Se Aaya, Aur Us Ne Kaha K Ise Farokht Kar Do, Mene
Kaha Khudah Ki Qasam Dus So (10*100) Darham Se Kam Na Karunga, To Us Ne Mujhey Ek Hazaar
Darham De Diye, Phir Mujh Se Kaha, Agar Tum Ek Laakh Darham Bhi ,Aamgtey To Main Zarur Deta, Mene
Kaha Main Dus Soo Darhum Se Ziyaadah Ginti Jaanta Hi Nahin Tha"..
(Khasais Ul Kubra, Jild#2, Page186-187, Matboo'a Daar Ul Kutub Ilmiyah, Beroot)
Faisla Aap Khud Kar Sakte Hain, Yeh Batana K Sheema'h Bint-E-Nafeelah, Apney Khachar Pe Kaala
Dopatta Orhey Milengi, Yeh Gaib Ki Khabar Hai Ya Nahin.
Page | 338
Hadees 51:
Hazrat Jabir Bin Samura (Radi Allah Ta'ala Anhu) Bayan Karty Hain K Main Nain
Huzur Akram (Sallalahu A'laihay Wa Alehi Wasallam) Ko Farmaty Huay Suna K Aap (Sallalahu A'laihay Wa
Alehi Wasallam) Nain Farmaya:
“Muslmaano Ki Ya Moomino Ki Ek Jama’at Zurur Aal-E-Kisra K Us Khaziny Ko Fatah Kary Gi Jo Qasr-E-
Abyad (White Palace) Main Hay.”
(Sahi Muslim Kitab Al Fitan Wa Ashraat As Sa’ah Jild 4 Safa 223 Hadith Number : 2919)
(Ahmad Bin Hambal Al Musnad Jild 5 Safa 89, 100 Hadith Number : 20854 , 29083)
(Abu Y’ala Al Musnad Jild 13 Safa 441 Hadith Number : 7444)
Hadees 52:
(Sahi Muslim Kitab Al Fitan Wa Ashraat As Sa'ahchapter Baab Qayamat Tak Paish Any Waly Fitnon K Bary
Main Aap Swallallahualaihiwasallam Ka Khabar Dayna Jild 4 Safa 2217hadith Number: 2891)
(Ahmad Bin Hambal Al Mustadrak Jild 5 Safa 386 Hadith Number: 23329)
(Haakim Al Mustadrak Jild 4 Safa 472 Hadith Number 8311)
Hadees 53:
1). Hazrat Abu Amamah (Radi Allah Ta'ala Anhu) Say Marwi Rawayat K Akhir Main Yeh Alfaaz Hain.
Aap (Sallalahu A'laihay Wa Alehi Wasallam) Farmaya:
"Pas Mujh Say Duniya Aur Akhirat K Bary Main Kiye Jaany Waly Sawalaat K Jawabaat Main Nain Usi
Muqaam Par Jaan Liay."
(Tabrani Aur Ruyani)
3). Hazrat Jabir Bin Samrah (Radi Allah Ta'ala Anhu) Say Marwi Rawayat K Akhir Main Yeh Alfaaz Hain.
Aap (Sallalahu A'laihay Wa Alehi Wasallam) Farmaya:
"Pas Us K Baad Kabhi Aysa Nahi Hua K Mujh Say Kisi Cheez K Mutalliq Sawal Kiya Gaya Ho Aur Main Usy
Na Janta Hon."
Hadees 54:
Hazrat Abu Bakr Siddiq Radiallahu Anh Ka Imaan Laane Ka Waqiya:
Ek Martaba Tijaarat Ke Garz Se Mulk Shaam (Syria) Rawaana Hue. Raat Ko Mahwa Isteraahat Hue To Ek
Ajeeb Sa Khawaab Dekha Ke Chaand, Sooraj Aasmaan Se Utar Gaya Hai Aur Aapne In Donon Ko Seene
(Chest) Se Lagaya Hai. Ala Al Sahih Baheera Raaheb (Ek Sahi Aalim Woh Zamaane Main) Ke Paas Gaye, Is
Ne Poocha Kahaan Se Aaye Hain? To Farmaya Makkah Se, Phir Poocha: Kis Khandaan Se Talluq Hai?
Aapne Farmaya Quraish Se, Phir Sawaal Kiya Aap Kya Kaam Karte Hai? Aapne Farmaaya Taajir Hoon, Us
Ne Kahaa Aap Ke Khwaab K Taabeer Ye Bataaye Ke Tumhaara Khwaab Yoon Poora Hoga:
"Beshak Teri Qaum Se Ek Nabi Ma'aboos Hoga To Tum Is Ke Hayaat Main Is Ke Wazeer Honge Aur Baad
Wafaat Is Ke Khalifa Aur Jaanasheen Banoge"
Hazrat Abu Bakr Siddiqe Radiallahu Anhu Dar E Mustafa Swallallahualaihiwasallam Per Haazir Hue Aur
Poocha, Aapne Daawa E Nabuwwat Kiya Hai?? Nabi E Kareem Swallallahualaihiwasallam Ne Farmaaya
Haan,(Hazrat Abu Bakr Ne) Arz Kiya Koi Daleel Hai ? Huzoor Swallallahualaihiwasallam Ne Farmaaya Kya
Woh Daleel Kaafi Nahi Hai Jo Mulke Shaam (Syria) Main Dekh Kar Aaye Ho. Hazrat Abu Bakr Siddiqe
Radiallahu Anhu Ne Fauran Kalima Padha Aur Islam Main Daakhil Ho Gaye.
(Zurqaani Alal Mawahib Jild 1 Safa 239-240)
(Al Riyadh Al Azar Jild 15 Safa 413)
(Seerat E Halbiya Jild 1 Safa 274)
(Khasais Al Kubra Jild 1 Safa 72)
(Tareeq E Damishq Jild 2 Safa 9)
Is Waqiye Ko Maulvi Nawaab Siddiq Hasan Khan Bhopali (Ahle Hadis Mohaddis) Ne Apne Kitaab
"Takreem Al Momineen" Safa 10-11 Per Naqal Kiya Hai
Conclusion:
Page | 340
Ilm E Gaib Ki Woh Hadees Jise Gustakh Ilm E Gaib Ki Nafi K
Liye Dalil Lete Hai Aur Unke Jawabaat
Mukhalifeen Nafi E Ilm E Gaib K Liye Bahut Si Ahadees Pesh Karte Hai Unsabka Ijmali Jawaab Toh Yeh
Hai Ki Un Ahadees Me Huzur Swallallahualaihiwasallam Ne Yeh Na Farmaya Ki Mujhe Rab Ne Fala Chiz
Ka Ilm Na Diya Balki Kisi Me Toh Hai Allahu Aalam Kisi Me Hai Mujhe Kya Khabar.Kisi Me Hai Ki Fala Baat
Nabi Swallallahualaihiwasallam Ne Na Batai.Kisi Me Hai Ki Nabi Swallallahualaihiwasallam Ne Fala Se
Yeh Baat Puchi Aur Yeh Tamam Baate Ilm Ki Nafi Saabit Nahi Karti Na Batana Ya Puchna Ya Allahu Aalam
Farmana Aur Bahut Si Maslehato’n Ki Wajah Se B Ho Sakta Hai.Bahut Si Baateln Khuda Ne Bande Ko Na
Batai.Sawaal K Bawajood Makhfi(Chupaye) Rakha.Bahut Si Chizo’n K Muta’alik Parwardigar E Aalam
Farishto’n Se Puchta Hai Kya Usko B Ilm Nahi.Ek Hadees Sahi Kataiyudhalaat Aisi Lao Jisme Ataai Ilm E
Gaib Nafi Ho.Magar In Sha Allah Na Laa Sakege.Yeh Jawaab Nihayat Kaafi Tha Magar Fir B Unka Mashur
Ahadees Arz Karke Jawaab Arz Karta Hu.
Wabillahittaufik.
Jawab:
Pehle Point Ka Jawab Hum Hazrat Shaikh Abdul Qadir Jeelani Radialla Taala Anhu Se Samajte Hai.
Aur Akhir Ki Line Per Gaur Kare Hazrat Ibn Abbas Radiallataala Anhu Se Jo Riwayat Hai Ki Farmate Hai K
Page | 341
Mohammad Swallallahualaihiwasallam Ne Apni Ankhon Se Do Martaba Rabtaala Ka Deedar Kiya.
Subhan Allah
Hazrat Gaus E Paak Khud Apna Aqeeda Bayan Farma Rahe Hai Aur Hazrat Gaus E Paak Radialla Taala
Anhu Ko Har Tabka (Jamaat) Manti Hai Aur Yeh Aqeeda Rakhti Hai Ki Hazrat Gaus E Paak Radialla Taala
Anhu Allah Taala K Wali Hai .
Aur Aage Khud Hazrat Gaus E Paak Hazrat Ayesha Radialla Taala Anha Waali Hadees Ka Jawab Dete Hai,
Yaha Per Hazrat Gaus E Paak Khud Kehrahe Hai Ki Nabi Swallallahualaihiwasallam K Muqabil Hazrat
Ayesha Radiallataala Anha Ka Qaul Nahi Maana Jayega.
(B) Agar Koi Kahe Ki Nabi Sallallahualaihiwasaalm Ko Ilm E Gaib Hai Toh Woh Jhuta Hai...
Dusre Point Ka Jawaab Yeh Hai Ki Hazrat Ayesha Ne Zaati Ilm E Gaib K Baare Kaha Hai Ki Agar Kisi Ne
Kaha Ki Nabi Swallallahualaihiwasallam Khud Se Gaib Jaante Toh Woh Jhuta Hai...Q K Ilm E Gaib Khud
Se Jaan Lena Sirf O Sirf Allah K Liye Hai Aur Allah K Ilawa Kisi K Liye Nahi Aur Ataai Ilm E Ghaib K Bare
Humne Quran Shareef Ki Aayat Aur Ahadees E Mubaraka Pesh Kiye Aur Aage In Sha Allah Hum Imam K
Aqwal B Pesh Karege.
Note:
Hadees Kabhi Quran Shareef Se Takra Nahi Sakti Aur Yeh Hadees Sahi Hai Aur Quran Ki Woh Aayatein B
Sahi Hai Jo Ataai Ilm E Gaib K Baare Batati Hai Jinka Zikr Pehle Kiya Gaya Hai.
Isliye Yeh Hadees Nabi Swallallahualaihiwasallam K Ilm E Gaib Ki Nafi Nahi Karti.
Isi Hadees Per Hum Ab Imam Ibn Hajar Asqalani Radialla Taala Anhu Ki Likhi Hui Sharah Sahi Bukhari
Fatah Ul Bari Se Padhte Hai:
“Maruzi Rahimahullah Ne Imam Ahmed Bin Hanbal Radialla Taala Anhu Se Pucha K Log Kehte Hai K
Hazrat Ayesha Radialla Taala Anha Ne Farmaya Hai K Jo Koi Tumhe Kahe K Aap
Swallallahualaihiwasallam Ne Allah Ko Dekha Hai Toh Usne Allah Per Bohtan Bandha,Iska Jawab Kaise
Diya Jaye,(Imam Ne Farmaya) Rasul Allah Swallallahualaihiwasallam K Aapne Farman Se Jisme Inhone
Farmaya Hai “Rayyat Rabbi”(Yaani Mene Rab Ko Dekha) , Yeh Hazrat Ayesha Radialla Taala Anha K Qaul
Ka Jawab Hai Kyukay Rasul Allah Swallallahualaihiwasallam Ka Farma Dena Hazrat Ayesha Radialla Taala
Anha K Farmane Se Hazar Badarja Buland Hai”
(Fatah Ul Bari Sharah Sahi Bukhari Jild 8 Safa 494)
Ab Imam Nawawi Rahimah Ullah Ka Jawab Padhte Hai Isi Hadees Per Sharah Sahi Muslim Kitab Al
Iman Likhte Hai:
Jab Yeh Hazrat Ibn Abbas Radialla Taala Anhu Ki Sahi Hadees Se Saabit Ho Chukka Hai Toh Hum Yeh Nahi
Soch Sakte K Yeh Inhone Apni Taraf Se Se Kaha Hoga,Yaqeenan Inhone Aap Swallallahualaihiwasallam
Page | 342
Se Sunkar Farmaya Hai.Mamar Bin Rasheed Hazrat E Ayesha Aur Hazrat Ibn Abbas Rizwanallah Alaihim
Ajmaen Ki Babat Farmate Hai K Yeh Ikhtilaf Is Wajah Se K Ayesha Radialla Taala Anha Issey Mukammal
Taur Per Waqif Na Thi Jabke Ibn Abbas Radialla Taala Anhu Mukammal Taur Per Jante The,Toh Agar Ibn
Abbas Radialla Taala Anhu Isko Saabit Karrahe Hai Aur Kuch Aur Log Iski Nafi Karrahe Hai Toh Yeh Sabik
Ka Usool Hai K Woh Nafi Per Bhari Hota Hai.
Subhan Allah Sharah Se Haq Wazeh Hogaya.
Mishkat Baab Elaan Nikah Ki Pehli Hadees Hai Ki Huzur Swallallahualaihiwasallam Ek Nikah Me Tashreef
Le Gaye Jaha’n Ansar Ki Kuch Bacchiya Daff Bajakar Jung E Badar K Maktuleen K Marsiya K Geet Gaane
Lagi, Unme Se Kisi Ne Yeh Misra Padha “Wa Fina Nabiyun Yaalimu Ma Fi Gadeen”, Humme Aise Nabi Hai
Jo Kal Ki Baat Jaante Hai Toh Huzur Swallallahualaihiwasallam Ne Farmaya Ki Yeh Chod Do, Wahi Gaaye
Jao Jo Pehle Gaa Rahi Thi.
Isse Maalum Hua Ki Nabi Swallallahualaihiwasallam Ko Ilm E Gaib Nahi Tha Agar Hota Toh Aap Inko Yeh
Kehne Se Na Rokte, Sachhi Baat Se Kyo Roka???
Jawaab:
Awwal Toh Gaur Karna Chahiye Ki Yeh Misra Khud Un Bacchiyo’n Ne Toh Banaya Hi Nahi,Q K Bacchiyo’n
Ko Sher Banana Nahi Aata,Aur Kisi Kaafir Wa Mushrik Ne Banaya,Wa Huzur Swallallahualaihiwasallam Ki
Nabi Nahi Mante The,La Muhala Yeh Kisi Sahabi Ka Sher Hai,Batao Wa Sher Banane Waale Sahabi Maz
Allah Mushrik Hai Ya Nahi,Fir Huzur Swallallahualaihiwasallam Ne Na Toh Is Sher Banane Wale Ko Bura
Kaha Na Sher Ki Majammat Ki Balki Usko Gaane Se Roka Q Roka? 4 Waja Se
1). Agar Koi Humare Saamne Humari Taarif Kare Toh Bataur Inkisaar Kehte Hai, Are Miyan Yeh Baat
Chodo, Wahi Baat Karo.Yaha B Inkisaar Hai.
2). Yeh Ki Khel Kud Gaane Bajane K Darmiyan Naat K Ashaar Padhne Se Mumanat Farmai, Iske Liye Adab
Chahiye.
4). Yeh Ki Marsiya K Darmiyan Naat Hona A Pasand Farmaya, Jaisa Ki Aajkal Naat Khwa’n Karte Hai , Ki
Naat Wa Marsiya Ko Milakar Padhte Hai.
Page | 343
Aitraaz Hadees 03:
Madina Paak Me Ansar Baago Me Nar Darakht Ki Shaak Mada Darakht Me Lagate The Taaki Fal Zyada
De , Is Kaam Se Ansaar Ko Huzur Alaihissalam Ne Mana Farmaya(Is Kaam Ko Arbi Me Talkih Kehte Hai)
Ansar Ne Talkih Chod Di , Khuda Ki Shaan Fal Ghat Gaye , Iski Shikayat Sarkare Do Aalam Ki Khidmat Me
Pesh Hui , Toh Farmaya Antum Aalamu Be Umure Duniyakum , Apne Duniyawi Mamlat Tum Khub Jaante
Ho , Maalum Hua Ki Aapko Yeh Ilm Na Tha Ki Talkih Rokne Se Fal Ghatt Jayege Aur Ansar Ka Ilm Aapse
Zyada Saabit Hua.
Jawaab:
Huzur Alaihissalam Ka Farman, Antum Aalamu Be Umure Duniyakum, Izhare Narazi Hai Ki Jab Tum Sabr
Nahi Karte Toh Duniyawi Muamlaat Tum Jaano Jaise Hum Kisi Se Koi Baat Kahe Aur Wah Isme Kuch
Ta’ammul Kare Toh Kehte Hai Bhai Tu Jaan! Isse Nafi Ilm Maksud Nahi.
Mulla Ali Qari Isi Sharah Shifa Jild 2 Safa No. 238 Me Farmate Hai.
Agar Woh Hazrat Huzur K Farman Per Saabit Rehte Toh Is Fun Me Faukiyat Le Jaate Aur Un Se Talkih Ki
Mehnat Dur Hojati.
Hadees Shareef Me Hai Ki Huazur Alaihissalam Ne Kuch Biwiyo’n K Ghar Shahad Mulahiza Farmaya Us
Per Hazrat Aisha Ne Arz Kiya Ki Ya Habib Allah Aapke Dahen Paak Se Magaafir Ki Buu Aa Rahi Hai Toh
Farmaya Ki Humne Magaafir Nahi Istemal Farmaya, Shahad Piya Hai, Fir Huzur Ne Apne Per Shahad
Haram Karliya, Jis Per Yeh Aayat Utri “Lema Tuhirrimu Ma Allahu Laka” Maalum Hua Ki Aapko Apne
Dahan Paak Ki Buu Ka B Ilm Na Tha Ki Isse Buu Aa Rahi Hai Ya Nahi .
Page | 344
Jawaab:
Iska Jawaab Isi Aayat Me Hai “Tabatgi Marjaata Azwazika” A Habib Yeh Haram Farmana Aapki Bekhabri
Se Nahi Balki Un Mautreej Ajwaaj Ki Raza K Liye Hai, Fir Apne Muh Ki Buu Gaib Nahi Mehsus Chiz Hai Har
Sahi Buu Dimag Mehsus Kar Leta Hai Kya Badmazhab Ambiya K Hawaas Ko Bhi Naakis Manne Lage Hai.
Agar Huzur Alaihissalam Ko Ilm E Gaib Tha Toh Bire Mauna Ke Munafikeen Dhoke Se Aap Se 70 Sahaba E
Ikram Kyo’ N Le Gaye?? Jinhe Waha Le Jaakar Shahid Kar Diya , Is Aafat Me Unhe Huzur Alaihissalam Ne
Kyo’n Fasaya??
Jawaab:
Ji Ha Huzur Alaihissalam Ko Yeh Bhi Khabar Thi Ki Bire Mauna Wale Munafikeen Hai Aur Yeh Bhi Khabar
Thi Ki Yeh Log In 70 Sahaba Ko Shaheed Kar Denge, Magar Saath Hi Yeh Bhi Khabar Thi Marzi E Ilahi Yehi
Hai Aur Un 70 Ki Shahadat Ka Waqt Aagaya Hai , Yeh Bhi Jaante The Ki Rab Taala Ki Raza Per Raazi Rehna
Bande Ki Shaan Hai , Ibrahim Alaihissalam Toh Marzi E Ilahi Paakar Farzand Per Churi Le Kar Tayar Ho
Gaye , Kya Yeh Begunah Per Zulm Tha?? Balki Rajaye Maula Per Raazi Thi , Accha Batao Rab Taala Ko Toh
Khabar Thi Ki Ghosht Me Zaher Hai , Aur Bire Mauna Waale Un 70 Ko Shaheed Kar Denge “Wahi” Bhej
Kar Kyo’n Na Rok Diya , Allah Taala Samaj De.
Jawaab :
Is Hadees Se Na Baatana Maalum Hua Na Ki Na Janna Aur Na Batane Se Sekdo’n Hikmate Hoti Toh Kuch
Hazrat Ne Chand Ke Ghatne Badne Ka Sabab Daryaft Kiya , Rab Taala Ne Na Bataya , Toh Kya Khuda E
Paak Ko Bhi Ilm Nahi ?? Marzi Ilahi Yeh Thi , Ki Siddika Ka Haar Ghum Ho , Musalmaan Uski Talaash Me
Yaha Ruk Jaaye , Zohar Ka Waqt Aajaye Paani Na Mile , Tab Huzur Alaihissalam Se Arz Kiya Jaaye Ki Ab
Kya Kare Tab Yeh Aayatein Tayammum Naazil Ho Jisse Hazrat Siddika Ki Azmat Qayamat Tak K
Musalmaan Maalum Kar Le Ki Unke Tufail Humko Tayammum Ka Hukum Mila , Agar Usi Waqt Haar Bata
Diya Jaata Toh Aayat Tayammum Kyo’n Naazil Hoti , Rab K Kaam Asbaab Se Hote Hai , Ta’ajub Hota Hai
Hai Ki Jo Aankh Qayamat Tak Ke Haalat Ko Mushahda Kare Usse Oont Ke Niche Ki Chizen Kis Tarah
Makhfi(Chupi) Hai , Shaane Mehboob Alaihissalam Pehchanne Ki Khuda Taufik De .
Gustakhon Ka Kehna Hai Ki Agar Nabi Swallallahualaihiwasallam Ko Ilm E Gaib Tha Toh Unhone Khaibar
Me Zaher Wala Ghost Q Khaya????? Aur Ilm E Gaib Hote Hue Zaher Wala Ghost Khaya Iska Matlab Ki
Page | 345
Aapne Khudkushi Karne Ki Koshish Ki Jo Islam Me Haram Hai Aur Haram Kaamo Se Nabi Pakeeza Hai.
Jawaab:
Us Waqt Nabi Swallallahualaihiwasallam Ko Khabar Thi K Us Ghost Me Zaher Hai Aur Saath Hi Yeh B
Khabar Thi K Zaher Se Un Per Koi Farq Nahi Padega Allah Ki Ataa Se Aur Saath Hi Yeh B Pata Tha Ki Allah
Ki Marzi Se Agar Woh Ghost Khakar Inteqaal Hojate Toh Unhe Shaheed Ka Maqaam Milta.
Yeh Jawaab K Baat Badmazhab Likhte Hai Ki “Un Sahaba E Kram Ka Kya Jo Us Waqt Maujud The Aur
Zaher Wala Ghosht Khakar Inteqaal Hogaye??? Nabi Swallallahualaihiwasallam Ko Pata Tha Toh Unhe
Zaher Wala Ghosht Khaane Diya???
Abu Dawud, Al-Darimi Aur Ibn Hisham Likhte Hai “Ghosht Ne Khud Nabi Swallallahualaihiwasallam Se
Kaha Ki Usme Zaher Mila Hua Hai Aur Sahabi “Bishr Bin Al-Bara' Bin Ma'rur Al-Ansari (Radialla Taala
Anhu)” Ne Ghosht Kha Liya Aur Inteqaal Hogaye. Agar Nabi Swallallahualaihiwasallam Ko Pehle Se
Khabar Hoti Toh Woh Sahaba Ko Ghosht Khane Se Manaa Karte.Nabi Swallallahualaihiwasallam Ek
Niwala Liya Aur Fir Muh Se Thuk Diya Aur Aapne Farmaya Ki “Ghosht Ne Mujhse Kaha Ki Usme Zaher
Mila Hai” Lekin Jabtak Bishr As-Sahabi Ne Kha Liya Aur Inteqaal Hogaye . Imam Nawwawi (Rehmatullah
Alaih) Ne Kaha Ki Yeh Ek Mu’jizat Me Se Hai.
Aur Jaankari K Liye Internet Pe Aap Log Check Kar Sakte Hai Ki Yahood O Nasara Aur Isaai Ne B Yehi
Sawaal Kiye Hai Jo Yeh Badmazhab Karte Hai.
Nabi Swallallahualaiwasallam Ne Zaher Wala Ghosht Khaya Q K Yahudi Ne Kaha
Agar Yeh Asal Nabi Hai Toh In Per Zaher Ka Asar Nahi
Hoga.(Swallallahualaihiwasallam) [Mishkat Al Masabih, Bab Al- Mawjizat)
Badmazhab Ne Hamesha Humare Sarkar Swallallahualaihiwasallam K Ilm E Gaib Ko Jhutlaya Aur Yehi
Saabit Karte Hai Ki Nabi Swallallahualaihiwasallam Ko Ilm E Gaib Nahi(Maz Allah)
Bukhair Jild 1 Kitabul Janaiz Safa No. 166 , Me Hazrat Ummul-Ula Ki Riwayat Hai ,Khuda Ki Qasam Me
Nahi Jaanta Haalaki Me Allah Ka Rasul Hu Ki Mere Saath Kiya Jayega.
Isse Maalum Hua Ki Huzur Alaihissalam Ko Apni Bhi Khabar Na Thi Ki Qayamat Me Mujh Se Kya Mamla
Hoga
Page | 346
Jawaab:
Is Jagah Ilm Ki Nafi Nahi Balki Diraytan Ki Nafi Hai Yaani Me Apne Atkal Wa Qyas Se Nahi Jaanta Ke Mere
Saath Kya Mamla Hoga Balki Iska Ta’akkul Wahi E Ilahi Se Hai Toh A Ummul-Ula Tum Jo Usman Ibne
Majun Ke Jannati Hone Ki Gawahi Mahaz Qyas Se De Rahi Ho Yeh Mautbaar Nahi.
Isi Gaib Ki Khabre Me Toh Ambiya E Kram Bhi Qayas Nahi Farmate, Warna Mishkat “Babu Fazail
Dayyadul-Muslimeen” Me Hai Ki Hum Aulade Aadam K Sardar Hai Us Roz “Liwa-Ul-Hamd” Humare Haath
Me Hoga Aadam Wa Aadmiyan Humare Jhande Ke Niche Honge Unki Mutabik Kis Tarah Ki Jayegi.
Page | 347
Kya Nabi ﷺKo Deewar Ke Piche Ka Ilm Nahi?
Ulema e Deoband ne Nabi E Karim ﷺKi gustakhi karne me koi qasr na chodi hai aqsar deobandi aapko
kahte milenge Nabi E Karim ﷺKo to diwar kay piche ki bhi khabar na thi, jaahir hai jab wo Nabi E
Karim ﷺkay ilme Ghaib ko nahi maante to ye baat karenge hi.
Aqabir Ulema E Deoband Khalil Ahmad Ahmbetvi Saharanpuri Sahab (death 1927) jo Shagird e Khas they
Maulana Rashid Ahmad Gangohi Sahab kay unhone apni kitab me ye rivayat naql ki hai aur aisa jhooth
bola hai mulahiza kare
"khud fakhre Alam Alaihissalam Farmate hain Riwayat karten hain ke mujheko deewar ke piche ka ilm
bhi nahi"
(Braheen E Qatiya Pg :51 Khalil Ahmad Ambhetvi Saharanpuri)
Page | 348
Ab padhna wala jahir hai isko padhke ye kahega ye jumla Khalil Ahmad Sahab ka to hai nahi balki ye
jumla to Shaykh Abdul Muhaddis E Dahelvi Rahmatullah Alaih ka hai to Khalil Sahab par sunni kyun
bhadke hai,
Iska Jawab hum aage denge Shaykh Abdul Haq Rahmatullah Alaih ne likha kya hai,
Khalil Ahmad Sahab kay baad ek aur aaye pet yahan bhi na bhara tha unse chote deoband kay bade
munazir wo bhi kam naa they unhone kuch aisa likha
"Agar Nabi E Karim ﷺko deewar kay piche ki sab baatein maloom ho jaya karti to Hazrat Bilal
Radiallahu Anhu Se (Darwaze par khadi hone walie aurato ka) naam lekar daryaft karne ki Kya Jarurat
hoti"
(Maulana Manzoor Nomani Faisla Kun Munazra, Pg : 136)
Shah Abdul Haq Muhadis E Dahelvi Rahmatullah Alaih ne kya Likha Hai:
"Kuch Log Is Jagah Ye Ishkaal Laate hai kay baaj rivayato me aaya Kay Huzoor ﷺNe farmaya Mai
Banda Hoon mai Nahi Janta Us Diwar kay piche hai kya hai, Is kalam ki koi asal nahi"
Page | 349
(Shaykh Abdul Haq Muhaddis Dahelvi Madarij Un Nabuwat, Vol : 01, Pg : 19)
Shah Abdul Haq Muhaddis Dahelvi Rahmatullah Alaih to is rivayat ka inkaar kar rahe hai aur ulema e
deoband wohi baat unki taraf mansoob kar rahe hai, ye kitni badi khayanat hai ulema e deoband ki.
Page | 350
Imam Ahmad Ibn Muhammad Qustallani Rahmatullah Alaih (Al Mutwaffa 923 Hijri)
Farmate hai
Page | 351
Imam Jalaludin Muhammad Tahir Patni Siddique Rahmatullah Alaih (Al Mutwaffa
986 Hijri)
Imam Ali Ibn Sultan Mullah Ali Qari Hanfi Rahmatullah Alaih (Al Mutwaffa 1014
Hijri)
Page | 352
Imam Ismail Ibn Muhammad Al Ajluni Al Jarrahi Rahmatullah Alaih (Al Mutwaffa
1062 Hizri)
(Kashful Khafa' Wamuzil Al Ilbas Amna Ishtahara Min Al Hadith Ala Al Sinatil Vol : 02,Pg :207-08, Raqam
:2175)
Page | 353
Imam Muhammad Al Zurqani Maliki Rahmatullah Alaih (Al Mutwaffa 1144 Hijri)
Farmate hai
Nabi E Karim ﷺKayamat Tak Hone Wale Tamam Waqiyat ko Bata Diya
Hadees 01:
“Hazrat Huzaifa Radiallahu Anhu Bayan Karte Hain Kay Huzoor Nabi E Karim ﷺNe Hamaare Darmiyaan
Ek Maqaam Par Khade Ho Kar Khutba Farmaya Aap ﷺNe Apne Us Din Ke Qiyaam Farma Hone Se Le
Kar Qayamat Tak Ki Ko’i Aisi Cheej Na Chhodi, Jis Ko Aap ﷺNe Bayan Na Farma Diya Ho. Jis Ne Use
Yaad Rakha Yaad Rakha Aur Jo Use Bhool Gaya Wo Bhool Gaya. Is Waqiye Ko Mere Dost-O-Ahbaab
Jaante Hain, Kayi Cheejon Ko Mein Bhool Gaya Tha Lekin Jab Maine Unhe Dekha To Wo Yaad Aagayi.
Jis Tarah Koi Shakhs Kisi Shakhs Ka Chehra Bhool Jaata Hai Aur Jab Wo Saamne Aata Hai To Use Pehchaan
Page | 354
Leta Hai.”
(Sahih Bukhari, Kitab Al Qadar, Pg :1637,Hadees : 6604)
(Sahih Muslim, Kitabul Fitan, Vol : 04, Hadees : 2891)
(Imam Tirmizi Sunan, Kitabul Fitan, Hadees : 2183)
(Imam Ahmad Ibn Hanbal Al Musnad, Vol : 05, Pg : 381, Hadees : 23322)
(Khatib Tabrizi Mishkat Al Masabih, Kitabul Fitan, Hadees: 5379)
Nabi E Karim ﷺSe Maidan E Jung Kay Halat Bhi Poshida Nahi Hai
Hadees 02 :
Hazrat Anas Radiallahu Anhu rivayat Farmate Hain Ki Huzoor Nabi E Akram ﷺNe Hazrat Zayd, Hazrat
Jafar Aur Hazrat Ibn Rawaaha Ke Mut’alliq Khabar Aane Se Pehle Hi Unke Shaheed Ho Jaane Ke Mut’alliq
Logon Ko Bata Diya Tha Chunanche Aap ﷺNe Farmaya Ab Jhanda Zayd Ne Sambhala Huwa Hai Lekin
Woh Shaheed Ho Gaye. Ab Jafar Ne Jhanda Sambhal Liya Hai Aur Woh Bhi Shaheed Ho Gaye. Ab Ibn
Rawaah Ne Jhanda Sambhala Hai Aur Woh Bhi Jaame Shahadat Nosh Kar Gaye. Yeh Farmate Huwe
Aap ﷺKi Chashmaane Mubarak Ashk Baar Thi. (Farmaya) Yaha’n Tak Ki Ab Allah Ki Talwaron Me Se Ek
Talwaar (Hazrat Khalid Bin Walid) Ne Jhanda Sambhal Liya Hai Aur Unke Haathon Allah Ta’ala Ne Kafiron
Par Fateh Ata Farmayi.”
(Sahih Bukhari Pg : 692,Kitabuz Jihad, Baab 07 : Tamanna E Shahadat, Hadees : 2798)
(Sahih Bukhari Vol :04, Pg :186, Kitabuz Jihad, Hadees :3063)
(Sahih Bukhari Vol :05, Pg : 70, Kitab Fazail E Ashabun Nabi, Baab : Manakib E Khalid Ibn Waleed, Hadees
: 3757)
(Sahih Bukhari Vol : 02, Pg :201, Kitabuz Janaiz, Hadees :1246)
(Sahih Bukhari Vol : 05, Pg : 342, Kitabul Magahazi, Baab : Ghazwatul Muttah Min Arazil Shaam, Hadees :
4262)
(Imam Ahmad Al Musnad Vol : 02, Pg :190, Hadees : 1750)
(Imam Nasai Sunan Ul Kubra Vol : 05, Pg : 180, Hadees : 8604)
(Imam Hakim Al Mustadraq Vol : 03, Pg :337, Hadees : 5295)
(Imam Tabarani Al Mu'jam ul Kabir, Vol : 02, Pg : 105, Hadees :1459, 1461)
(Khatib Tabrezi Mishkat-ul-Masabih, Vol : 02, Pg : 384, Hadees : 5887)
Nabi E Karim ﷺSaamne Jaise Dekhte Hai Peeth kay Piche Bhi Waise Hi Dekhte Hai
Hadees 03:
"Hazrat Abu Hurraira Radiallahu Anhu Se Rivayat Hai Nabi E Karim ﷺNe Irshad Farmaya Kya Tumhara
Ye Gumaan hai Mera Chahra Qible Ki Taraf gai, Qasam Allah ki Mujhse na tumhara Khushu (dil ka irada)
chupa hai aur naa ruku, Mai Tumko Peeth kay piche waise dekhta hoon jaise aage"
(Sahih Bukhari, Kitabus Salat, Pg : 113, Hadees : 418)
(Sahih Muslim, Kitabus Salat, Hadees : 423)
Page | 355
(Imam Malik Al Muwatta, Vol : 01, Hadees : 410)
(Imam Ahmad Ibn Hanbal Al Musnad Hadees : 8024)
(Imam Ibn Hibban Sahih, Hadees : 6337
(Imam Abu Yala Al Musnad Hadees : 2971)
(Imam Bayhaqi Dalail Un Nabuwah, Hadees : 2321)
Hadees 04:
"Hazrat Sauban Radiallahu Anhu Se Rivayat Hai Nabi E Karim ﷺNe Irshad Farmaya Allah Taa'la ne
Mere Liye Zameen Samait Di Pas maine Zameen kay Mashriqon (East) Aur Magribo (West) ko Dekh Liya"
(Sahih Muslim, Kitabul Fitan, Pg : 1414, Hadees :2889)
(Sunan Abu Dawood, Kitabul Fitan Wa Malahim, Hadees : 4252)
Page | 356
Nabi E Karim ﷺHazrat Bilal Kay Kadmo Ki Awaaz Jannat Me Sun Liya
Hadees 05:
"Hazrat Abu Hurraira Radiallahu Anhu Se Marvi Hai Nabi E Karim ﷺNe Namaz E Fazr Kay Waqt Hazrat
Bilal Radiallahu Anhu Se Pucha Mujhe Tumhara Wo Aamal Batao Jo Tumne Islam lane kay baad kiya hai
MAINE TUMHARE KADMO KI AWAAZ JANNAT ME MERE SAAMNE SUNA HAI.
Hazrat Bilal Radiallahu Anhu ne jawab farmaya Mai jab bhi Wuzu karta hu to 2 Rakat Nafl, Tahayyatul
Wuzu padh leta hu"
(Sahih Bukhari, Pg 278 , Kitabut Tahajjud Baab 17 Hadees : 1149)
(Jamai Tirmizi, Kitabul Manakib, Hadees :3689)
Upar bayan karda Hadees E paak ka khulasa baatil ka aqeeda Nabi E Karim ﷺko deewar kay piche kya
hai uska ilm nahi hai andaza ek deewar ka size kitna hoga ek eent do eent ka yaani zyada se zyada Nabi E
Karim ﷺse 8 10 feet dur hoga, magar gustakho ne isko to khub bayan kiya wo bhi jhuti rivayatein lekin
Page | 357
jo haq sahih mustanad dalail hai unhe batane se gurez kiya.
ii) Nabi E Karim ﷺye khabar de rahe hai Jung E Mutah ki jo waqaye huwi Jordan me Madina Sharif Se
1,225 Kilo Mitres ki duri pe fasla itna dur magar wo bhi Nabi E Karim ﷺbayan kar rahe hai.
iii) Ek shaks kay dil me kya chal raha hai wo bhi Rasoolullah ﷺSe Chupa nahi hai.
v) ye tamam Faasle to chote hai Jannat kitne dur hai rehte Madina E Pak me hai Sunne Ka aalam ye hai
kay jannat me Hazrat Bilal Radiallahu Anhu kay kadmo ki awaaz sunn rahe hai aur wahabi ko bas mila bhi
to kya deewar kay piche ka ilm nahi, kya ye baatil aqeedah nahi hai ?
Ab itni dalail hi tasleem karne wale aur baatil firqe se tauba karne wale kay liye kaafi hai aur koi naa kare
to unka ilaaz nahi hai bas hidayat Allah Pak kay ekteyar me hai.
Nabi E Karim ﷺkay baare me aqaid ko to aapne dekh liya kay Huzoor ko diwar kay piche ka ilm na tha
lekin inke aqabireen bado ko kitna ilm tha padhiye.
Aqeedey Ka Dogla Pan ab Dekhiye Inke Deobandi Buzurg Ko Kitna Ilm Tha
Maa Kay Pet Me Kya Hai Uska Ilm
"Khan Sahab ne Farmaya Maulana Nanatvi Farmate They Kay Shah Abdur Raheem Wilayati Kay Ek Murid
they,jinka naam Abdullah Khan tha Kaum wo Rajpoot they aur Hazrat kay khas murideen me they Unki
haalat ye thi ki agar kisi kay ghar me hamal hota aur wo ta’weez le aata to aap farma diya karte the ki
tere ghar me ladki hogi ya ladka. Aur jo aap batla dete the wohi hota tha"
(Musannif Ashraf Ali Thanvi Sahab, Kitab Arwah E Salasa Yaani Hikayat E Auliya, Pg : 132, Hikayat No.
146, Maktaba Umar Farooque)
"Maulana Muhammad Tayyab Saheb Ne Yeh Ittela di hai Ki Yasin Naam Kay do sahibo ka Khususi taaluk
Syedna Imamul Kabir (Maulana Qasim Nanatvi) Se tha, Jinme se ek to yehi Diwanji yehi Deoband Kay
rehne wale they, Aur Baqaul Maulana Tayyab Sahab Deoband Me Hazrat Wala Ki Khangi aur Jaati Umur
Ka Talluk Unhe Se tha,
Likha hai ki Saheb Nisbat Buzurg theym apne jamane makan kay Huzre me zikr karte they Maulana
Habibur Rehman Sahab Sabik Muhtameem Darul Uloom Deoband Farmaya karte they ki is jamane me
Kashfi Halaat Diwanji ki itni badi huwi thi ki bahar Sadaq par aane jaane wale nazar aate rahte they, Dar
wa Deewar ka hizab unke darmiyan zikr kay waqt baaki nahi rahta tha"
(Syed Manazir Hasan Gilani, Kitab Swaneh Qasmi, Vol : 02, Pg : 73)
Page | 358
z
Page | 359
Awaaz Do Insaaf Ko Insaaf kahan hai ?
Apne Aalimo ki fazilat apne buzurgo ki azmat ki baat aayi to maa kay pet me 09 mahine baad kya hoga
wo tak maan liya, apne bade ki baat aayi to kya darwaja kya ghar bahar Kaun aata hai kaun jata hai sabka
ilm hai magar jab baat Nabi E karim ﷺki aayi to aqeedah sab badal gaya Nabi E Karim ﷺkay baare
me aqeedah ye kay Huzoor ﷺKo deewar kay piche ki khabar nahi aur apne buzurgo ko sabki khabar
kya ye munafiqat nahi Deobandi Firqe Ki ?
Aala Hazrat Alaihrehma ka inse jhagda hi is baat pe hai Deobandi har wo chiz apne buzurgo kay haq
mante hai jisko Sunniyo kay khilaf shirk kahte hai,
Nabi E Karim ﷺkay baare me aqeedah nahi rakhte magar apne bado kay baare me barabar rakhte hai
Ye to bas humne kuch daane nikale hai anaz kay zakhire se Deobandi ulema ki kitabein aise waqiyat se
bhari padi hai jisko zyada padhna ho to Allama Arshadul Qadri Rehmatullah Alaih ki kitab Zalzala ka
Muttala kare aur Allama Mushtaq Nizami Rahmatullah Alaih ki kitab Khoon kay Aansu,
Yahan Ab Sunni Hazrat ek kaam kare jab bhi koi Deoband aapse kahe Deewar kay piche ka ilm nahi to
unhe ye do waqya bataye par ye na bataye ye Deoband kay waqiyat hai aur phir puche kay ye kya hai to
kahega shirk hai phir jawab dena kay ye waqiyat aapke hi bado ne likha hai.
Page | 360
Ilm E Ghaib Akli Aitrazaat Ke Bayaan Mein
Aitraaz 01:
Ilm E Ghaib Khuda Ki Sifat Hai Isme Kisi Ko Sharik Karna Shirk Fisifat Hai Lihaza Huzur
Swallallahualaihiwasallam Ko Ghaib Manna Shirk Hai.
Jawaab:
Ghaib Janna Bhi Khuda Ki Sifat Hai, Aur Haazir Chizo’n Ka Janna Bhi Khuda Ki Sifat Hai , Alimul Ghaib
Washhadate Isi Tarah Sunna , Dekhna , Zinda Hona Sab Khuda Ki Sifat Hai Toh Agar Kisi Ko Haazir Chiz
Ka Ilm Maana Ya Kisi Ko Sami Ya Basir Ya Hay Mana Har Tarah Shirk Hua , Fark Yehi Kiya Jaata Hai Ki
Humara Dekhna Zinda Rehna Khuda Ke Dene Se Hai Aur Haadis Hai , Khuda Ki Yeh Sifat Jaati Aur
Kadeem Fir Shirk Kaisa?? Isi Tarah Ilm E Ghaib Nabi Ataai Aur Haadis Aur Mutnahi Hai , Rab Ka Ilm
Zaati Kadeem Aur Qul Maalum Gair Mutnaahiya Ka Hai , Neez Yeh Shirk Ko Tum Per Bhi Laazim Hai
Kyo’nki Tum Huzur Alaihissalam Ke Liye Baajan Har Tarah Sharik Karna Shirk Hai ,Aur Maulvi Hussain
Ali Sahab Da Bhachar Wale Jo Maulvi Rashid Ahmed Sahab Ke Khas Shagird Hai Apni Kitaab
“Balagatul-Hairaan” Me Likhte Hai Ki “Khuda Ko Har Waqt Makhlukaat Ke Amaal Ka Ilm Nahi Hota Balki
Bande Jab Aamal Kar Lete Hai Tab Ilm Hota Hai” Ab Toh Ilm E Ghaib Khuda Ki Sifat Rahi Hi Nahi Fir Kisi Ko
Ilmm Ghaib Manna Shirk Kyo’n Hoga.
Aitraaz 02:
Huzur Alaihissalam Ko Ilm E Ghaib Kab Haasil Hua , Tum Kabhi Toh Kehte Ho Ki Me’raj Me Katra
Tapkaya Gaya Isse Ilm Eghaib Mila Aur Kabhi Kehte Ho Ki Khwaab Me Rab Ko Dekha Usne Apne Daste
Kudrat Huzur Alaihissalam Ke Shaana Par Rakha Jisse Tamam Uloom Haasil Hue , Kabhi Kehte Ho Ki
Quran Tamam Chizo’n Ka Bayan Hai Isliye Nuzule Quran Se Pehle Ilm Mil Chuka Tha Toh Quran Se Kya
Mila , Tehsile Haasil Namumkin Hai .
Jawaab:
Huzur Alaihissalam Ki Nafse Ilm E Ghaib Toh Wiladat Se Pehle Hi Ataa Ho Chuka Tha Kyo’nki Aap
Wiladat Se Qabal Aalam E Arwah Me Nabi The , Aur Nabi Kehte Hi Usko Hai Jo Ghaib Khabre De Magar
“Ma Kaana Wama Yakoon” Ki Takmil Shabe Me’raj Me Hui , Lekin Yeh Tamam Uloom E
Shahudi The Ki Tamam Chizo’n Ko Nazar Se Mushaahida Farmaya , Fir Quran Ne Unhi Dekhi Hui
Chizo’n Ka Bayaan Farmaya , Isliye Quran Me Hai “Fatjalla Li Qulli Shai’in Wa Araftu” Dekhna Aur Hai
Bayan Kuch Aur , Jaise Hazrat Aadam Alaihissalam Ko Paida Farma Kar Unko Tamam Chizein Dikha Di ,
Baad Me Unke Naam Bataye , Wah Mushaahida Tha Aur Yeh Bayan , Agar Chizein Dikhai Na Gai Thi
Toh “Summa Arajhoom Alal-Malaikate” Ke Kya Maana Hoga Yaani Un Chizo’n Ko Malaika Per Pesh
Farmaya , Lihaza Dono Qaul Sahi Hai , Ki Me’raj Me Bhi Ilm Mila Aur Quran Se Bhi , Agar Kaha Jaaye Ki Fir
Nuzul E Quran Se Fayda Kya ? Sab Baatein Toh Pehle Hi Se Huzur Ko Maalum Thi , Batai Jaati Hai
Na Maalum Chiz , Tohiska Jawaab Yeh Hai Ki Nuzul E Quran Sirf Huzur Alaihissalam Ke Ilm Ke Liye
Page | 361
Nahi Hota Balki Isse Hazarha Digar Fayde Hote Hote Hai , Maslan Yeh Ki Kisi Aayat Ke Nuzul Se Pehle Uske
Ahkaam Jaari Na Honge Uski Tilawat Wagairah Na Hongi Agar Nuzul E Quran Huzur Alaihissalam Ke Ilm
Ke Liye Hai Toh Baaz Soorat Dobar Kyo’n Naazil Hui , Tafseer Madarik Me Hai .
Surah: Fatiha Makki Hai Aur Kaha Gaya Hai Ki Madni Hai Aur Sahih Tar Yeh Hai Ki Yeh Makki Bhi Hai Aur
Madni Bhi , Awwalan Makkah Me Naazil Hui Fir Madina Me .
Mishkat Me Hadees Me’raj Me Hai Ki Huzur Alaihissalam Ko Shab E Me’raj Me 5 Namazein Aur Surah
: Bakra Ki Aakhri Aayat Hui , Is Hadees Ki Sharah Me Mulla Ali Qari Ne Sawaal Kiya Ki Me’raj Toh Makka
Muajjama Me Hui Aur Surah:Bakr Madina Hai Fir Iski Aayat Me’raj Me Kaise Ataa Hui ?? Toh Jawaab Dete
Hai .
Khulasa Yeh Hai Ki Isme Mukarrar Hui Huzur Alaihissalam Ki Taazim Aur Aapki Ehtamaame Shaan Ke Liye
Lihaza Allah Ne Us Raat Bagair Waasta Jibrael Wahi Farma Di .
Batao Ki 2 Baar Nuzl Kis Liye Hua ? Huzur Alaihissalam Ko Toh Pehle Nuzul Se Ilm Haasil Ho Chuka Tha
Aur Har Saal Mahe Ramzan Me Jibrael Ameen Huzur Alaihissalam Ko Saara Quran Sunate .
Mukadhma Nurul-Anwar Taarif E Kitaab Me Hai , Batao Yeh Nuzul Kyo’n Tha Balki Quran Se Maalum
Hota Hai Ki Huzur Ko Tamam Aasamani Kitabo’n Ka Pura Ilm Tha , Rab Taala Farmata Hai .
Tarjuma : Yani A Ahle Kitab Tumhare Paas Humare Woh Rasul Aa Gaye Jo Tumhari Bahut Se Chupi
Hui Kitaab Ki Baato’n Ko Zaahir Farmate Hai Aur Bahut Se Dar Guzar Farmate Hai , Agar Huzur
Alaihissalam Ke Ilm Me Saari Qutub Aasamani Nahi Toh Unka Zaahir Farmana Ya Na Farmana Kya
Maani , Haqeeqat Yeh Hai Ki Huzur Alaihissalam Awwal Hi Se Quran Ke Aarif The Magar Qurani
Ahkam Nuzul Se Pehle Jaari Na Farmaya , Isliye Bukhari Ki Pehli Hadees Me Hai Ki Hazrat Jibrael Ne
Gaare Hira Me Pehli Baar Aakar Arz Kiya “Ikra” Aap Padiye , Yeh Na Arz Kiya Ki Fala Aayat Padiye Aur
Padho Usi Se Kehte Hai Jo Jaante Ho , Huzur Alaihissalam Ne Farmaya “Ma Anaa Bekare’in” Me Nahi
Padhne Wala Yaani Me Toh Padhane Wala Hu ,Padh Toh Pehle Hi Liya Hai ,Lauh E Mehfooz Me Quran
Hai Aur Lauh E Mehfooz Huzur Alaihissalam Ke Ilm Me Pehle Hi Se Hai , Aap Wiladat Se Pehle Nabi Sahbe
Quran Hai Bagair Wahi Ke Nubuwat Kaisi ? Lihaza Manna Hoga Ki Qable Wiladat Hi Quran Ke Aarif Hai .
Aaj Bhi Bahut Bacche Haafiz Paida Hote Hai ,Hazrat Isa Ne Paida Hote Hi Farmaya “Ataaniyal-Kitab” Rab
Ne Mujhe Kitab Di .
Maalum Hua Ki Abhi Se Kitab Ko Jaante Hai , Baaz Paighambaro’n Ke Liya Farmaya “AataynahoolHukma
Sabiyan” , Humne Unhe Bachpan Hi Se Ilm Hikmat Di , Huzur Ne Paida Hote Hi Sajda Karke Ummat Ki
Shafa’at Ki , Halaki Sajda Aur Shafa’st Hukme Qurani Hai , Gaus Paak Ne Mahe Ramzan Me Maa Ka
Doodh Na Piya , Yeh Hukum Qurani Hai , Nurl-Anwaar Ke Khutba Me Khalk Ki Bahes Me Hai .
Maalum Hua Ki Quran Per Amal Karna Huzur Alaihissalam Ki Paidaishi Aadat Hai , Hamesha Halima Dai Ka
Ek Ppistan Pak Chusa ,Dusra Bhai K Liye Choda , Yeh Adal Wa Insaf Bhi Qurani Huum Hai , Agar Ibtida Se
Quran Ke Aarif Nahi Toh Yeh Amal Kaise Farma Rahe Hai .
Aitraaz 03:
Page | 362
Deobandiyo’n Ka Ek Mashur Etraaz Yeh Bhi Hai Ki Tumhari Pesh Karda Aayato’n Ke Ummoom Se
Laazim Aata Hai Ki Huzur Ka Ilm Rab Ke Barabar Ho Magar Tum In Aayato’n Me Qayamat Tak Ki Qaid
Lagate Hi “Ma Lam Takun Taalam” Na Toh Qayamat Ki Qaid Hai Na “Ma Kaana” Aur “Ma Yakun” Ka
Zikr , Aur Ek Dafa Khas Hone Se Ainda Khususka Darwaza Khul Jaata Hai , Dekho Qutub E Usool Lihaza
Humne In Aayato’n Me Ahkaame Shariah Ki Qaid Lagate Hai , Yaani Usse Sirf Sharai Ahkam Murad Hai.
Jawaab:
Iska Yeh Hai Ki Yaha Aayat Me Takhsis Nahi Balki Akli Ist’sana Hai Kyo’ki Rab Ka Ilm Gair Mutnahi Hai
Makhluq Ka Dimag Gair Mutnahi Uloom Nahi Le Sakta Burhan Ibtaale Tasalsul Wagairah Se Lihaza
Mutnahi Hoga,Ahadees Se Pata Laga Ki Qayamat Tak Ki Huzur Ne Khabar Di Isliye Daawa Kiya Gaya ,
Ist’sana Ka Aur Hukum Hai Takhsis Ka Hukum Dusra , Dekho “Akimussalata” Se Bacche Diwana , Haiza
Kharij Hai , Yeh Takhsis Nahi Balki Ist’sana Hai .
Page | 363
HAZIR O NAZIR
(Read this topic in collaboration with Ilm E Ghaib)
In dono k lughvi aetebar se lafz "Hazir-o-Nazir" ka itlaq Rub taala k shayan-e-shan ho he nhi sakta.
Isi liye Quran hakeem jesi jama kitab main Hazir-o-Nazir ka lafz istemal nhi howa. Lihaza Allah k mojood
hone ki sifat k mutalliq Quran-o-Hadees main lafz "Shaheed" aur dekhne ki sifat k mutalliq lafz "Baseer"
aaya hai. Jo bila-shuba Allah tala ki shan k mutabiq hai.
Rasool-e-Arabi ﷺk Hazir-o-Nazir hone k aqeede k hawale se maktaba-e-fikr Ahl-e-hadus aur Deo-band
ka inkar raha hai.
Aam tassur ye paya jata hai k jis zaat ko Hazir-o-Nazir kaha jaye "us zaat ka her waqt her jaga hona zarori
hai."
Lihaza Allah k liye Hazir-o-Nazir ka lafz istemal karne se ye aeteraz warid hota hai k "zaat-e-Elahi her waqt
her jaga mojood hai to her jaga kehne per Us k liye simt, makan aur jism manna pare ga jo k kufr hai
kyonk Allah jism, makan, simt se pak hai."
Agar mazkoora aqeeda na ho tub b (ghalt mana mashoor hone k sabab) Allah k liye lafz Hazir-o-Nazir ka
itlaq durust nhi. Lekin ye aqeeda zarori hai k "Allah ilm-o-qudrat k hawale se her jaga mojood hai."
Aasmaan tak Nazar kaam karti hai wahan tak hum Naazir yaani dekhney waaley hain, Magar wahaan
hum Haaazir nahin, q k wahaan hamari Dastaras nahin, aur jis Hujrey ya ghar main hum Mojood hain,
wahaan Haazir hain, q k wahaan tak Hamari Puhanch hai.
Aalam main HAAZIR O NAAZIR k Sharai Maeney (Meaning) yeh hain k Qoowat-e-Qudsiyah waala ek hi
jagah reh kar tamaam Aalam ko apney Kaf-E-Dast ki tarah dekhey aur Door-o-Qareeb ki Aawaazen suney
Page | 364
ya ek Aan main tamaam Aalam ki ser karey, aur Sadha kos par Haajatmandon ki Haajat Rawai karey, yeh
Raftar sirf Roohaani ho ya jism Misaali k saath ho, ya isi jism se ho jo Qabar main Madfoon ya kisi Jagah
Mojood hai, in sab Maeney ka Saboot Buzurgaaney Deen k liye Quran O Hadees O Aqwaal-E-Ulama se
hai..
Kisi jaga per Hazir-o-Nazir hona Khaliq ki nhi makhlooq ki sifat hai.
Lihaza jahan tak makhlooq ki nazr ehata kare wahan tak wo Nazir hai aur jahan tak tasarruf ker k ja sake
wahan tak Hazir hai. Isi bina per aaj tak Ummat ka Huzoor k Hazir-o-Nazir hone per ijma hai.
Rehmatullil a'lameen ﷺtamam ummation balke tamam aalam k ahwal per Nazir hain aur Aap apne
jism-e-athar k sath Apne Roza-e-anwar main mojood hain per jub chaHain bi-ataye-Elahi kahin b tasarruf
farma sakte hain aur Aap Nooraniat aur Roohaniat k aetebar se her jaga mojood hain.
Ayat 01:
" Jaan lo tum sab main RASOOL ALLAH (ALEH SALAAM) Tashreef farma hain "..
(Parah 26, Surah 49, Ayat 7)
Mazkoora Ayat k alfaz se saaf zahir hai k Rasoolullah ﷺhumare darmeyan mojood hain aur Aap ka
mojood hona jism-e-zahiri k sath nhi balke nooraniat aur roohaniat k aetebar se hai. Albatta chaHain to
jism-athar k sath b tashreef la sakte hain. Ye Ayat aqeeda-e-Hazir-o-Nazir per wazeh dalalat kerti hai.
Ayat Pe Aitraaz:
Motarizeen is wazeh daleel per ye aeteraz warid kerte hain k is Ayat main "tum sub" se sirf Sahaba
muraad hain na k tamam adwar k Musalman.
Jawab:
Namaz, Roza wagera ka b khitab zahiran Sahaba se hota tha lihaza un ka itlaq sirf Sahaba tak hona
chahye.
Lekin aisa hergiz nhi kyonk Quran ki her baat her hukm aik khas dour tak mehdood nhi. Lihaza is Ayat ka
b hukm mehdood nhi.
Ager bil-farz maan b lia jaye k sirf Sahaba se khitab hai tub b aqeeda-e-Hazir-o-Nazir sabit hota hai kyon k
Page | 365
Aaqa ki hayat-e-zahiri main b tamam Sahaba khidmat-e-aqdas main hazir na rehte thay lekin jub Ayat
main khitab kia gaya to sub se kia gaya. Lihaza Aaqa ka mojood hona un sub k sath sabit howa.
Ayat 02,03:
Aur youn he hum ne tumHain sub ummaton per afzal kia k tum logo per gwah ho aur ye Rasool tumhare
gwah.
(Surah-e-Baqara, Ayat 143.)
" To kesi hogi jab hum har Ummat se ek Gawah laaen aur Ae Mehboob tum ko un sab par Gawah O
Nigehbaan bana kar laaen"..
(Parah 5, Surah 4, Ayat 41)
Maqam-e-ghor hai aqal walon k liye k yahan ilm-e-ghaib k sath aik aur masla hal ho gaya k Quran ne
ummat aur Nabi dono ki gwahi ko bayan kia magar ummat ki gwahi ka moattabar na hona is waja se tha
k ye gwahi suni hoi thi. Jub k Aaqa ki gwahi ka moattabar hona is baat ka wazeh ishara hai k Aap ne ba-
noor-e-nabuwat tamam waqeat ko mulahiza kia tha yani Aap tamam aalam k ahwal per Hazir-o-Nazir
hain.
(Mufridat P 269)
(Misbahul Lughat P 426)
(Roohul Bayan V4 P 639)
Ayat 04:
" Ae GAIB ki khabren Bataney waaley beshak hum ne tum ko bheja Haazir O Naazir aur khushkhabri deta
aur Dar sunata, aur ALLAH ki taraf us k hukum se bulaata aur chamka deney waala Aaftaab"..
(Parah: 22, Surah Al Ahzaab, Ayat : 46)
Shaahid k Maeney (Meaning) Gawah k bhi hosaktey hain aur Haazir O Naazir bhi, Gawah ko shaahid is
liye kehtey hain q k woh Mohqay pe Haazir tha. HUZOOR (ALEH SALAAM) ko shaahid ya to is liye
Farmaya gaya, k Aap Dunya main Aalim E GAIB ko dekh kar Gawahi de rahey hain, warna Saarey Ambiya
Gawah the, ya is liye k Qayamat main tamaam Ambiya ki Aeni Gawahi denge, yeh Gawahi bager dekhey
nahin hosakti, isi tarah Aap ka Mubashir Aur Nazeer aur Daa'i Ali-ULLAH hona hai, k saarey Peghambaron
ne yeh kaam kiye, Magar sun k kiye, aur HUZOOR (ALEH SALAAM) ne dekh kar kiye, isi liye Mairaaj bhi
HUZOOR (ALEH SALAAM) ko huwi, Mazkoora Ayat main lafz Shahid istemal howa jis ka tarjuma Hazir-o-
Nazir kia gaya hai.
Page | 366
Allah ta'ala ne Nabi-e-Rahmat ﷺko Aaftab se tashbih de ker wazeh ker dia k ae logo! Ye na samajh
lena k mera Mahboob Makka main ho ya Madina main Arsh per ho ya Farsh per to Us ki roohaniat aur
nooraniat bus wahin tak hai balke jis tarah Suraj aik jagah hote howe tamam jihaton ko munawwar kerta
hai usi tarah Mera Mahboob her jagah roohaniat k aetebar se mojood hai yani tamam cheezen Mere
Mahboob ki zair-e-nazr hain.
In Ayat on main ek Waqiyeh ki taraf Ishaara hai, k Qayaamat k din degar Ambiya Karaam ki Ummaten Arz
karengi, k hum tak TEray Peghambaron ne Teray Ehkaam na Puhnchaey they, Ambiya E Karaam Arz
karenge k Hum ne Ehkaaam Puhncha diye, In ki Gawahi par Etaraaz hoga,k tum ne in Peghambaron ka
Zamana na paaya, tum Bager dekhay kesay Gawahi de rahey ho??,
yeh Arz karenge k hum se HUZOOR (ALEH SALAAM) ne Farmaya tha,Tab HUZOOR (ALEH SALAAM) ki
Gawahi li jaegi, AAP (ALEH SALAAM) 2 Gawahiyan denge,
(i) k NABIYON ne Tableegh ki thi
(ii) meri Ummat waaley Qaabil-E-Gawahi hain, Pas Muqadma khatam,Ambiya-E-Karaam k Haq main
Degree.
Agar HUZOOR (ALEH SALAAM) ne Guzishta Ambiya ki Tableegh aur aaendah Apni Ummat k Haalaat ko
khud chasham-E-Haq been se Mulaahizah na farmaya tha, to AAP ki Gawahi par Jarah q na huwi?? jesay
k Ummat ki Gawahi par Jarah huwi thi.
Maaloom huwa yeh Gawahi dekhi huwi thi, aur Ummat ne jo Gawahi di thi, woh sun k di hi, Is se AAP
(ALEH SALAAM) ka Haazir O Naazir hona Saabit hai..
Ayat 05:
" Beshak tumharey pass tashreef lae, tum main se woh RASOOL jin par tumhara Mushqat parna Giraa'n
hai".
(Parah 11, Surah 9, Ayat 128)
(ii) Ayat ki Arabi main ( Min'An'Fusi'Qum), Yaani, Tumhari Nafson main se hain, yaani In ka Aana tum
main aesa hai, jesay jaan ka Qaalib main aana, k Qaalib ki Rag Rag aur Rongtey main Mojood auur har ek
se Khabar daar rehti hai, aesay hi HUZOOR (ALEH SALAAM) har ek k Fa'el se Khabar daar hain..
Acha aksar log kehtey hain k Upar waali baat ka matlab yeh hai k HUZOOR (ALEH SALAAM) tum main se
ek Insaaan hain, to janaab agar yahaan yeh Muraad hoti to sirf (Min'Qum) bhi kaafi tha, par yahaan
ALLAH TA'ALA ne Irshaad farmaya, (Min'An'Fusi'Qum)...
(iii) In par tumhara Mushqat main parna Giraa'n hai, jis se Maaloom huwa, k hamari Raahat O Takleef ki
Page | 367
har Waqt HUZOOR (ALEH SALAAM) ko khabar hai, tab hi to hamari Takleef se Qalb Mubarak ko takleef
hoti hai, warna agar hmaari khabar hi na ho to Takleeef kesi, Yeh baat bhi Dar-asal pichli baat ka bayaan
hi hai, k jis tarah jism k kisi Hissay ko dukh ho to ROOH ko takleeef hoti hai, isi tarah tum ko dukh dard ho
to AAQA ko Giraani, is Karam k Qurbaan (Sallalaho Alehe Wassallam)..
Ayat 06:
" Aur agar jab woh apni jaanon par Zulum karen to Ae Mehboob tumharey Huzoor haazir hon, phir
ALLAH se Maafi chaHain aur RASOOL in ki Shafa'at farma den, to Zarur ALLAH ko bohat Tobah karney
waala Meherbaan paaen"..
(Parah 5, Surah 4, Ayat 64)
Is se Maaloom huwa k Gunahgaaron ki Bakhsish ki sabeel sirf yeh hai k HUZOOR (ALEH SALAAM) ki
Bargah main Haazir ho kar Shifa'at maangen, aur HUZOOR Karam Kareemaana se Shifaa'at farma den,
aur is ka yeh to Matlab hosakta nahin k Madiney PAk main Haazir hon, warna phir hum Faqeer Pardesi
Gunahgaaron ki Magfirat ki kiya Sabeel hogi, aur Maaldaar bhi Umar main ek Do Baar Puhanchtey hain,
aur Gunah din raat kartey hain, Lihaazah Takleef Ma Foq'ul'Taaqat hogi, Lihaaza Matlab yeh huwa, k
tumharey pass mojood hain, tum Gayab ho, to tum bhi Haazir hojao, k Mut'tawwaj'jah hojao..
Maaloom huwa k HUZOOR (ALEH SALAAM) har jagah Haazir hain..
Ayat 07,08:
" Aur hum ne tum ko bheja magar Rehmat Saarey jahaan k liye"..
(Surah Al Hajj, Ayat 107)
Maaloom huwa k HUZOOR (ALEH SALAAM) jahaanon k liye Rehmat hain, aur Rehmat Jahaanon ko
Gheray huwe hain, Lihaazah HUZOOR (ALEH SALAM) Jahaanon ko Gheray huwey hain, Khayaal
rahey, RAB ki shaan hai RAB'BUL'AALAMEEN, HABEEB ki Shaan hai REHMAT'Ul'LIL'AALAMEEN, Maaloom
huwa k ALLAH jis ka RAB hai, HUZOOR (ALEH SALAM) us k liye REHMAT hain..
Ayat 09:
" Aur ALLAH ka kaam nahin k Azaab karey, jab tak Ae Mehboob tum in main Tashreef farma ho "..
(Parah 9, Surah 8, Ayat 33)
Yaani Azaab-E-ILAAHI is liye nahin aata k in main AAP (ALEH SALAM) Mojood hain, aur Aam Azaab to
Qayaamt tak kisi jagah bhi na Aawey ga, is se maaloom huwa k HUZOOR (ALEH SALAAM) Qayaamat tak
har jagah Mojood hain, Balkey ROOH-Ul-Bayaan main Faramya hai k HUZOOR (ALEH SALAM) Har Saeed O
Shaki k saath rehtey hain..
Ayat 10:
Page | 368
" Aur isi tarah hum Ibrahim ko dihkatey hain, Saari Baadshahi Aasmanon aur Zameenon ki"
(Parah 7, Surah 6, Ayat 75)
Is se Maaloom huwa k Hazrat Ibrahim (Aleh Salam) ko Rab ne tamaam Aalam Ba Chashm-E-Sir (Yaani Sir
ki aankhon se)Mulaahizah kara diya, HUZOOR (ALEH SALAM) ka Darjah in se Aala hai, Lihaazah Zauri hai k
AAP (Sallalaho Alehe Wassallam) ne bhi Aalam ko Mushaahidah farmaya ho, is Ayat ki Tehkeek Behes-E-
ILM-E-GAIB main Guzar chuki..
Ayat 11,12,13:
" Ae Mehboob kiya tum ne na dekha k tumharey RAB ne in Haathi waalon ka kiya haal kiya"..
(Parah 30, Surah Feel, Ayat 1)
Qom-E-Aad aur Ashaab-E-Feel ka Waqiyah Wilaadat-E-PAK se Pehlay ka hai, magar Farmaya jaata
hai, Kiya Aap ne na dekha, yaani dekha hai, agar koi kahey k QURA'AN-E-KAREEM Kufaar k baarey main
Farmaata hai:
" Kiya Unhon ne yeh na dekha k hum ne in se Pehlay kitni Qoowaten Halaak karden"..
(Parah 7, Surah Al-Ina'am, Ayat 6)
Kuffaar ne apney se Pehlay Kuffaar ko Halaak hotey na dekha tha.. Magar Farmaya gaya k kiya na dekha
Inhon ne, to is ka Jawaab yeh hai k is Ayat main in Kaffaar k Ujrey huwe Mulk aur Tabah Shudah
Makaanaat ka Dekhna Muraad hai, aur Chunkay Kuffaar-E-MAKKAH apney Safaron main in Muqaamaat
se Guzartey the, is Liye Farmaya Gaya, k yeh log in Cheezon ko dekh kar Ibrat q nahin pakartey, HUZOOR
(ALEH SALAAM) ne na to Zaahir main Duniyah ki Siyaahat farmai aur na Qoam-E-Aad wagera k Ujrey
huwe Mulkon ko Bazaahir dekha, is liye Maanna hoga k yahaan NOOR-E-NABUWWAT se dekhna Muraad
hai..
Ayat 14,15:
Is jagah Muffassireen Mehzoof nikaaltey hain, az kar, Yaani is Waqiyey ko yaad karo, aur yaad woh cheez
dilai jaati hai, jo pehley se dekhi bhaali ho, udhar tawajjah na ho, jis se Maaloom hota hai k tamaam
Guzishta Waqi'aat HUZOOR (ALEH SALAAM) k Dekhey huwey hain.. Rooh-Ul-Bayaan ne Likha hai k Hazrat
Aadam (Aleh Salaam) k Saarey Waqi'yaat HUZOOR (ALEH SALAAM) Mushaahidah Farma rahey the, is ka
Zikar Aagey Aata hai, agar koi kahey k Bani Israel se bhi Khitaab hai (Parah 1, Surah 2, Ayat 49) Us Waqt
ko yaad karo, jab k hum ne tum ko Aal-E-Fir'On se nijaat di thi, HUZOOR (ALEH SALAAM) k Zamaaney k
Page | 369
Yahoodi us Zamaaney main kahaan the, Magar Muffassireen yahaan bhi Az Kar O Mehzoof nikaaltey
hain, jawaab diya jaega k na Bani Israel ko Taareekhi Waaqiyaat maaloom the, Kutub Tawaareekh Parhi
thin, is taraf un ko Mut'taw'waj'jah (Muttawwajah) kiya gaya, HUZOOR (ALEH SALAAM) ne na kisi Kitab
se Parha na Kutub Tawaaareekh ka Muta'alla Farmaya, aur na kisi Moorkh ki sohbat main rahey, na
Taaleem Yaafta Qoam main Parwarish Paai, ab AAP ko Behez-Noor-E-NABUWWAT Alm ka Zariyah kiya
tha..
Ayat 16:
Ayat 17:
"Aur Bola Wo Jiske Paas Kitab Ka Elm Tha,Ke My Takht e Bilqees Apke Paas Ley Aaunga, Apke Palak
Jhapakny Se Pehly"
(Namal Ayat 40)
Hazrat Sulaiman Alahissalam Ke Wazir Asif Bin Barkhya (Kitab Ke Aalim Aur Wali) Mulk e Shaam My Hain
Aur Bilqees Ka Takht Yaman My. Aur Wo Foran Laney Ki Khabar Dy Rahy Hain. Sakht Pehron My Mojud
Wo Wazani Takht Wahan Jaye Bagair Lana Na Mumkin Hy Lihaza Malum Hua Wo Is Takht Ko Yahan Sy
Dekh Rahy hain.
Ayat 18:
"To (Moosa Ne) Hamary Bandon My Sy Ek Banda (Khizar) Ko Paaya,Jisey Hum Ne Apny Paas Sy Rehmat Di
Aur Isy Apna Ilm e Ladunni Ataa Kya"
(Kahaf Ayat 65)
Jab Khizar Ilme Ladunni Sy Makhlooq Ka IlmRakhte Hain To Khizar Ke Bi Aaqa Kya Kuch Ilm Na Rakhte
Honge?
Ayat 19:
"Issa Ne Farmaya Ke My Tumhe Khabar Deta Hun Iski Jo Tum Apny Gharon My Khaaty Ho Aur Jama Karty
Ho"
(Aale Imran Ayat 49)
Hazrat Issa Ki Quwwat e Nazar Ki Shaan Bayan Hui
Ayat 20:
"Yousuf Ne Kaha Jo Khana Tumhe Mila Karta Hy Wo Tumhary Paas Na Aany Paega Ke My Uski Ta'beer Us
Sy Pehly Tumhe Bata Dunga"
(Yousuf Ayat 37)
Page | 370
Hazrat Yousuf Ka Guzishta w Ayenda Ke Poshida Ki Khaber Dena
Ayat 21,22:
"Wo Iblees Aur Iska Qabila Tum Sabko Dekhtay Hain Jahan Sy Tum Inko Nahi Dekhty"
(Aaraf Ayat 27)
"Tum Sabko Mout Ka Farishta Mout Dega Jo Tum Par Muqarrar Kya Gaya Hy"
(Sajda Ayat 4)
Shaitan Aur Uski Zurriyat Ko (Gumrah Karny Ke Lye), Malakul Mout Ko (Jaan Nikalny Ke Lye) Ye Taaqat Di
Ke Wo Har Jaandar Ko Dekh Letey Hain To Anbiya Ko Hidayet Ke Lye Aalam Ki Khabar Hona Lazim
Ayat 23:
Ayat 24,25:
"Ek Chiyunti Boli,Aye Chiyuntiyon! Apny Ghar My Chali Jao, TumHain Kuchal Na Dey Suleman w Inka
Lashkar BeKhabri My, To Suleman Is Chiyunti Ki Aawaz Sun Kar Muskuraye"
(Namal Ayat 18,19)
Hazrat Suleman Ne Meelon Faasly Se Chiyuntiyon Ko Dekha w Inki Aawaz Suni Ye Chand Aayaat Theen
Jin Par Fuqah, Muhaddisin w Mufassirin Ke Beshumar Aqwaal Dalaalat Karty Hain Ke AAQA HAZIR NAZIR
Hain. Ye Khalf w Salf Ka Muttafiqa w Musallama Aqeeda Hy.
Hadees Shareef Se Daleel: (Yeha pe Hadees repeat hue hai jin ki scan pages
previous topic me hai. Jo hadees waha nahi hai unke scan pages idhar diye hai)
Hadees 01:
"Huzoor Karim Ne Zaid, Jaffer Or Ibne Rawaha Ki Mout Sy Qabl Inki Mout Ki Khabar Logoun Ko Dy Kar
Farmaya Ab Jhanda ALLAH Ki Talwar Khalid Bin Waleed Ne Lya Ta Aan Ke ALLAH Ne Inko Fatah Dy Di"
(Bukhari V 2 P 611)
Mota Jo Madina Sy Koson Door Wahan K Halaat Aaqa Madine Sy Dekhty Hain
Hadees 02:
Page | 371
"Nakeerain Mayyat Sy Poochty Hain Tum In (Huzur Karim) Ke Barey My Kya Kehty Ho?"
(Muslim V 4 H 2870)
Ye Qabar (Chahey Ek Waqt My Hazaron Murday Dafan Hon) My Zahir Zuhoor Apki Zaat Ko Karty Hain Is
Tarah Ke Huzoor Ka Wujood e Misaali Mojud Kar Daity Hain.
(Ashi'atul Lam'aat V 1 P 115)
Hadees 03:
"Ek Shab Huzoor ﷺGhabraye Huwey Baidaar Huwey, Farmaya; Subhanallah, Is Raat My Kis Qadar
Khazaney Aur Kis Qadar Fitney Utary Gaye Hain"
(Miskhat - Babut Tehreed Ala Qayamil Lail P 109)
Malum Huwa Ayenda Honey Waley Fitnon Ko Bachashm Mulahiza Farma Rahey Hain. Hazir Nazir
Hadees 04:
Page | 372
"ALLAH Ki Qasam,Mujh Par Tumhara Khushu o Ruku Poshida Nahi. Main TumHain Apni Pusht Sy Bhi
Dekhta Hun"
(Bukhari V1 Kitabus Salaat)
Hadees 05:
"Tumhari Mulaqat Ki Jagah Houz e Kousar Hy, May Isko Isi Jagah Sey Dekh Raha Hun"
(Mishkat - Baab Wafatun Nabi P 547)
Hadees 06:
"Huzoor Ne Ek Pahari Par Khary Hokar Sahaba Sy Pucha, Ke My Jo Kuch Dekh Raha Hun Kya Tum Bhi
Dekhtey Ho?
Arz Ki; Nahi Farmaya; May Tumhary Gharon My Fitney Girtay Dekhta Hun"
(Mishkat -Kitabul Fitan P 462)
Hadees 07:
"ALLAH Ta'ala Ny Apna Daste Qudrat Mery Seenay Par Rakha Jiski Thandak Apny Seeney My Mehsoos Ki,
Pas My Ne Un Tamam Cheezon Ko Jaan Lya Jo Zameen o Aasman My Hain"
(Tirmizi - Kitabut Tafsir H 3246)
Ye Hadees Hasan Sahi Hy
Hadees 08:
"ALLAH Ta'ala Ney Mery Saamny Saari Dunya Ko Paish Farma Dya, Pas Main Is Dunya Ko Aur Jo Kuch Is
Mey Qayamat Tak Hony Wala Hy Is Tarah Wazeh Dekh Raha Hun Jesey Apny Haath Ki Hatheli Ko Dekhta
Hun"
(Khasaisul Kubra V2 P 185)
(Mawahibul Ladunya V3 P 95)
(Majmuaz Zawaid V8 P 290)
(Kanzul Ummal V11 P 378-420)
(Jam'ul Jawame'a H 4849)
(Jaami ul Kabeer H 4849)
(Sharh Allama Zurqani V7 P 204)
(At Targheeb Wat Tarheeb V2 P 211)
Hadees 09:
"ALLAH Ney Merey Lye Zameen Samait Di, Pas Main Ne Zameen Ke Mashriqon Aur Magribon Ko Dekh
Lya"
(Muslim H 2889)
(Tirmizi H 2182)
(Ibne Maaja H 3952)
Page | 373
(Abu Dawood H 4252)
(Nisaai H 1637)
Hadees 10:
"Hum Ko Huzoor Ny Is Haal Par Chor Ke koi Parinda Apnay Par Bhi Nahi Hilata Magar Iska Humko Ilm Bata
Dya"
(Musnad Ahmed V5 H 21399)
(Al Moajjam Kabir Imam Tibrani V2 H 1647)
(Masnad Abu Ya'la V9 H 5109)
(Majmual Zawaid V8 P 264)
Hadees 11:
"Huzoor Karim 2 Qabron Par Guzrey, Jin Par Azaab Ho Raha Tha, Farmaya; In 2 Shakhson Ko Azaab Ho
Raha Hy,nIn My Sy 1 Paishab Ke Cheenton Sy Na Bachta, Dusra Chugli Kya Karta Tha. Phir Aap Ny 1 Tarr
Shaakh Lekar Uske 2 Tukrey Kar Ke Donu Qabar Par 1,1 Ghaar Dya Aur Farmaya; Jab Tak Ye Tukrey
Khushk Na Honge Donu Ke Azaab My Kami Ki Jayegi"
(Bukhari V1 P 211)
(Muslim V1 P 141)
Hadees 12:
"Huzoor Ne Khaiber Ke Din Farmaya Ke My Kal Aisey Shakhs Ko Jhanda Dunga Jo ALLAH Aur Iske Rasool
Ka Mehboob Hy Aur Jiske Haath Par ALLAH Khaiber Fatah Farma Dega"
(Bukhari V3 H 3499)
(Muslim V4 H 2407)
Hadees 13:
"Huzoor Karim Ne Farmaya; Ye Fulaan Shakhs Ke Girnay Ki Jagah Hy. Aur Apny Dast Mubarak Ko Idhar
Udhar Zameen Par Rakhte They. Raawi Ne Kaha Ke Maqtooleen My Sy Koi Bhi Huzur AlaihisSalam Ke
Haath Ki Jaga Sy Zarra Barabar Bhi Na Hata"
(Muslim V2 -Kitabul Jihad - Baab Ghazwa e Badar)
Hadees 14:
"Nahi Chora Huzoor Ne Kisi Fitna Chalany Waly Ko Dunya Ke Khatam Hony Tak Jinki Ta'dad 300 Sy Zyada
Tk Puhnchy Gi Magar Humko Iska Name, Baap Ka Naam, Iske Qabiley Ka Naam Bata Dya"
(Mishkat - Babul Fitan P 463)
Hadees 15:
"Hum In (Dajjal Sy Jihad Ki Tayyari Karny Walon) Ke Naam Inke Baap Dadaon Ke Naam, Inke Ghoron Ke
Rang Tak Pehchanty Hain. Wo Roo e Zamin Par Behtreen Suwar Hain"
Page | 374
(Muslim -Kitabul Fitan V2 P 392)
(Musnad e Ahmed V1 P 385)
Hadees 16:
"Shikari Ne Kaha My Ne Aaj Ki Tarah Kabhi Na Dekha Ke Bheriya Baaten Kar Raha Hy, To Bheriya Bola Ke
Is Sy Ajeeb Baat Ye Hy Ke Ek Sahab (Nabi Karim) 2 Medano Ke Darmiyani Nakhlistan (Madina Pak) My
Hain Aur Tumko Guzishta w Ayenda Ki Khabren Dy Rahy Hain"
(Musnade Ahmed V3 H 11809)
(Mishkat Al Masibah V3 H 5927)
Hadees 17:
"Hazrat Umer Ne 1 Lashkar Ka Sardar Bana Kar Sarya Ko Nahawend Bheja, Hazrat Umer Madiney Paak
My Khutba Parhty Huey Pukarny Lagy, Aye Saarya! Paahar Ko Lo"
(Mishkat - Baab Wafatun Nabi P 546)
Page | 375
Abu Naeem,Bahiqi,Kanz,Tabqatul Kubra Wagera Main Isi Hadees Ke Tehat Likha Hy Ke Fatiheen Ne
Wapis Aakar Bataya Ke Ain Jummah Ke Khutbey Ke Waqt Hum Ne Ye Aawaz Suni Jo Fatah Ka Sabab Bani
HalanKe Hum Madina Pak Sy Ek Maah Ke Faasly Par They.
Hadees 18:
Hadees 19:
Huzoor Ne Farmaya;
"Main Apny Bandey Ke Us Yaqeen Ke Saath Hun Jo Wo Mujh Se Rakhta Hy Aur Jab Wo Mera Zikr Karta
Hy, Main UsKe Paas Hota Hun"
(Mishkaat V1 P 196)
Hadees 20:
"Sooraj Girhan Ke Waqt Nabi Karim Ny Khuda Ki Hamd o Sana Bayan Ki Aur Farmaya Ke Jo Cheez (Ab Tak)
Mujhy Na Dikhayi Gayi Thi Usy My Ne (Is Waqt) Apni Is Jagah Se Kharey Kharey Dekh Lya Yahan Tak Ke
Jannato o Dozakh Ko Bhi"
(Bukhari V1 - Kitabul Ilm)
Hadees 21:
Huzoor Ne Farmaya;
"Jo Mujh Par Salam Bhejey Magar ALLAH Paak Meri Rooh Ko Mujh Par Lota Deta Hy Yahan Tak Ke My
Uske Salam Ka Jawab Deta Hun"
(Abu Dawood)
(Musnad Imam Ahmed)
(Baheqi)
Hadees 22:
Huzoor Ne Farmaya;
Jummah Ke Din Durood Ki Kasrat Karo, Ke Mujh Par Ye Pesh Kya Jata Hy Sahaba Ne Arz Ki; Hamara
Durood Ap Par Kesey Pesh Kya Jayega? Farmaya;
ALLAH Ney Zameen Par Haraam Kya Ke Wo Nabiyon Ke Jism Ko Khaye
(Abu Dawood)
Page | 376
(Baheqi)
Hadees 23:
"Huzur Raat ki Taareeki My Bhi Wesey Hi Dekhty Thy Jesey Din ki Roshni My"
(Bukhari)
(Baheqi)
Hadees 24:
Hadees 25:
Page | 377
3).My Hazrat Moosa Ko Dekh Raha Hun, Kaano My Ungliyan Rakhy Ba Aawaz e Buland Talbiya Parhty
Pahaar Sy Utar Rahy Hain
4). Mujhy Anbiyae Kiram Dikhaye Gaye, My Ny Dekha Hazrat Moosa Qabila Shanwa Ke Aadmiyon Ki
Tarah Hain.
5). Jab 6th Aasman Par Puhncha To Meri Mulaqat Hazrat Moosa se Huwi Hazir Nazir.
Hadees 26:
Sarkar Kareem Ka Farman; Main Har Mo'min Ki Jaan Sey Bhi Zyada Qareeb Hun
(Nisaai)
Page | 378
Hadees 27:
"Hazrat Abu Bakar (Radi-ALLAHO-Anhu) Apne Ghar Ka Tamam MaaL HUZOOR (AlyHiSALAM) Ki Khidmat
Mai Le Aye, To HUZOOR Ne Farmaya K Abu Bakar tu Ne Apne Aehel K Waste Kia Chora" Abu Bakar Ne
Kaha K "Ghar K Waste ALLAH Or Uske RASOOL Ko Chhor Aya Hon"
(Abu Dawood J1 P243)
Siddiq-E-Akbar Bhi RASOOL'ALLAH Ko HAZIR-O-NAZIR Jante the Or HUZOOR Ne Bhi Aqida Sahi Hone Ki
Bina Pe Aisa Kehne Se Na Roka
Hadees 28:
Hazrat Salma Farmati Hain, "Mai Um-E-Salma Ki Khidmat Mai Hazir Hoi Wo Ro Rahi thi, Maine Pucha AAP
Kyun Ro Rahi Hain? Unho Ne Farmaya K "HUZOOR Ko Khuwab Mai Dekha APKI Daarhi Or Sir Anwar Gard-
Alud the, Maine Arz Ki HUZOOR Kya Baat Hai? AAP NE Farmaya, "Abhi Hussain Ki Shahadat Mai Sharik
Hua Hon"
(Tirmizi J2 P731)
Page | 379
Is RIWAYAT Se Baad Az'Wafaat Sahaabiyah Ka Aqida Bhi Maloom Ho Gaya.
6).Imam Ghazali:
"Rasool Ko Sahaba Ke Sath Aalam e Dunya Me Ghoomny Ka Ikhtyar Haasil Hy, Aksar Auliya Ne Nabi Ko
Dekha"
(Roohul Bayan-Sura Mulk)
7).Imam Qustalani:
"Ualma Ne Farmaya Ke Rasool Ki Wafat Aur Zindagi Me Koi Farq Nahi, Ye Apni Ummat Ko Dekhty Aur
UnKe Ahwaal o Azaaim, InKe Iradon Ko Janty Hain Aur Ye Baat Aap Ke Nazdeek Bilkul Wazeh Hey Is Men
Kuch Posheeda Nahi
(Mawahibul Ladunya V2 - Baab Ziyarat Qabar Shariff)
13).Deobandio Ke Guru Ashraf Thanvi Ne Apne Par Daada FAREED Ke Muta'alliq Likha:
Daada Ji Ek Baraat Me Ja Rahy Thy, DaketonKe Hamle Me Maary Gaye Saathiyon Ne Waheen Dafanaya
Raat Hui To Fareed (Murda Daada) Mithayi Ka Dabba Le Kar Apny Ghar Aaye, Biwi Se Farmaya
(Jo Bewa Hochuki) Agar Kisi Ko Nahi Batao Gi To Rozana Aunga Mithayi Laun Ga. Biwi Ki Qismat Kharab
Ke Souch Me Parh Gayi Ke Logo Ko Malum Hoga Ke Rozana Mithayi Aati Hy Tou Kya KaHain Gy
ChunaChey Bata Dya Aur Faizan Band Ho Ga
(Ashraf ul Sawaneh)
Dada Ji Marny Ke Baad Bi Faiz Den Magar Sarkar Ko Hazir Nazir Man'na QuboolNahi
Hawala 01:
Hazrat Noman Bin Bashir (R.A) Se Riwayat Hai Ke Jab Hazrat Usman (R.A) Ghar Me Mehsoor (Qaid)
Hogaye To Roze Se Rehne Lage Ek Din Iftaar Ka Waqt Aaya To Unhon Ne Bulwaaiyon (Us Waqt Ke
Wahabi) Se Iftaar Ke Liye Shireeni Aur Paani Manga Magar Zalimo Ne Paani Dene Se Inkaar Kar Diya
Hazrat Usman (R.A) Ne Tashnagi Ke Aalam Main Raat Ghuzari Phir Jab Saher Ka Waqt Aaya To Aap Ne
Farmaya Ke Rasool Allah ﷺIs Chat Se Ronaq Afroz Huwe Aur Rasool Allah ﷺKe Saath Paani Ka Dol
(Bowl) Tha Rasool Allah ﷺNe Farmaya Aye Usman (R.A) Paani Piyo To Mene Paani Piya Yahan Tak Ke
Main Seraab Hogaya Phir Farmaya Aur Ziyadah Piyo To Mene Aur Piya Yahan Tak Ke Main Ser Hogaya"
Allahu'akbar'kabira
(Khasais ul Kubra; Vol 2; Page 209)
Ye Waqia Hazrat Usman (R.A) Ke Saath Jo Hua Wo Huzoor ﷺKe Duniya Se Parda (Wisaal) Farmane Ke
25 Saal Baad Hua
To Pta Chala Ke Aaqa ﷺHamare Allah ﷻKi Ata Se Hazir Nazir Bhi Hai Jaha Chaye Ja Sakte Hai Aur Jiski
Madad Chahe Uski Madad Bhi Karte Hain Aur Ye Bhi Jantay Hain Ke Kaun Kis Haal Me Hai Apne Gulamo
Ki Pyas Tak Ki Khabr Hamare Aaqa ﷺKo Rehti Hai Jabi Tu Hazrat Usman Ke Liye Paani Saath Me Laye
Kyunke Aaqa ﷺDekh Rahe The Ke Wo Pyase Hai
Page | 382
Hawala 02:
Hazrat Imam Hussain Bin Mas’ood Al Baghawi Al Mutawaffah 516 Hijri Likhte Hain
Rasool Allah ﷺHazir Nazir Bhi Hain Rasool Allah ﷺKo ilm e Gaib Bhi Hai Rasool Allah ﷺMukhtar
Aur Ikhtiyar Wale Bhi Hain.
(al Anwar fi Shamail al Nabi al Mukhtar; Safa 11)
Page | 383
Alhamdulilah 1000 Saal Pehle Ke Imam e Mufassir e Quran Ka Jo Aqeeda Tha Wahi Hum Sunni Barelvi
Musalmano Ka Hai
Hawala 03:
Hawala 04:
Hazrat Imam Sibt ibn al-Jawzi Al Mutawaffah 654 Hijri Likhte Hain
Hazrat Sultan Nooruddin Zangi Al Mutawaffah 569 Hijri (R.A) Egypt Ke ilaqay Me Kuffar Se Jihad Me
Lad Rahe Thay Hazrat Nooruddin 20 Din Roze Se Rahe Aur Sirf Pani Se Iftar Karte Jiski Wajah Se Aap
Page | 384
Kafi Kamzoor Ho Gaye Lekin Aapke Rob (Jalal) Ki Wajeh Se Kisi Ko Bhi Aapse Baat Karne Ki Himmat Na Hui
Namaz Padhane Ke Liye Mukar'rar Hazrat Imam Yahya Ne Khuwab Me Rasool Allah ﷺKi Ziyarat Ki Aur
Rasool Allah ﷺNe Farmaya Aye Yahya Hazrat Nooruddin Ko Damyat Me Kafiro Ki Shikhast Ki
Khush'khabri Suna Do To Hazrat Imam Yahya Ne Arz Kiya Ya Rasool Allah ﷺWo Meri Tasdik Kaise
Karege To Subha Jab Hazrat Sultan Nooruddin Zangi (R.A) Namaz Se Farigh Hone Ke Baad Tashreef Laye
Tu Hazrat Imam Yahya Ne Unko Mukhatib Kiya To Hazrat Nooruddin (R.A) Ne Imam Yahya Se Kaha Ki Aap
Mujhe Bataye Ge Ki Me Khud Aapko Bataon Ki Kal Aapne Rasool Allah ﷺKi Khuwab Me Ziyarat Hui
Phir Hazrat Sultan Nooruddin Zangi (R.A) Ne Sara Khuwab Hazrat Imam Yahya Ke Kehne Se Pehle Hi Unke
Samne Bayan Kar Diya Aur Phir Waisa Hi Hua Jaise Huzoor ﷺNe Khuwab Me Kafiro Par Fatah Hone Ki
Basha'rat Di Thi
(Mariyat al-Zaman fi-Tawarikh al-Aeyan [Published Dar al-Resalah Syria]; Vol 21; Page 215)
Yani Hazrat Nooruddin Zangi Ko Hazrat Imam Yahya Ke Khuwab Ki Pehle Hi Khabar Thi Aur Huzoor ﷺ
Ka ilm e Gaib Aur Hazir Nazir Dekho Ki Aapko Ilm Hai Ki Meri Ummat Mese Kaun Kis Jagah Kisse Lad Raha
Hai Aur Kaun Fateh Hoga Ye Sab Huzoor ﷺJantay Hain
Page | 385
Hawala 05:
Page | 386
Hawala 06:
Hazrat Imam Nuruddin Al Haythami Al Mutawaffah 807 Hijri Hadith Code Karte Hain
Hazrat Abdullah Bin Mas’ood (R.A) Se Rivayat Hai Rasool Allah ﷺNe Irshad Farmaya Meri Wiladat Bhi
Tumhare Liye Rehmat Hai Aur Mera Wisaal Duniya Se Tashreef Le Jana Bhi Rehmat Hai Tumhare Aa'maal
Meri Bargah Me Pesh Kiye Jate Hai Agar Wo Nek Acche Aa'maal Hote Hai Tu Me Allah ﷻKi Hamd o Sana
Karta Hon Aur Agar Gunah Khata Hoti Hai Tu Me Allah ﷻSe Uski Bakh'shish Ki Dua Karta Hon.
(Majma ul Zawa'id; Vol 8; Hadees 14250)
Page | 387
Yani Huzoor ﷺKhud Irshad Farma Rahe Hai Ki Unki Milad Bhi Rehmat Hai Aur Duniya Se Parda Karna
Bhi Isi Liye Hum Musalman 12 Rabiul Awwal Ko Khushi Manate Hai Aur Iblees Ke Shagird Matam
Hawala 07:
Ibn Taymiya Jo Wahabiyon Deobandiyo Ahle' hadeeso Saudi Najdiyo Ka Sabse Bada Guru Ghantal Hai
Jiski Taqleed Har Chota Bada Najdi Karta Hai Wo Bhi Uske Bid'ati Aqaid Me
Wo Likhta Hai "Bahot Se Log Auliya Unhe Samjhte Hai Jiske Haath Par Khark e Aadat Cheez Ka Hona Ho
Aur Usse Kashf Ka Hona Ho Ya Usse Ba'az Khark e Aadat Tasarrufaat Ka Hona Ho
Maslan Auliya Kisi Ki Taraf Ishara Kare To Wo Mar Jaye Ya Wo Hawa Me Ud'kar Makkah Ya Kisi Aur
Shaher Pahunch Jaaye Ya Wo Paani Par Chale Ya Hawa Se Lotey Ko Bhar De Ya Uske Paas Ba'zahir Kuch
Nahi Magar Wo Gaib Se Kharch Kerta Hai Ya Wo Nigaho Se Gayab Ho Jata Hai Ya Jab Koi Usko Madad Ke
Liye Pukare Us Auliya Se Madad Chahta Hai Aur Wo Uske Paas Nahi Hai Ya Phir Wo Apni Qabr Me Hai To
Wo Auliya Apni Qabr Se Us Madad Mangne Waale Ke Paas Aata Hai Aur Uski Madad Kerta Hai Ya Chori
Hue Maal Ki Khabar Deta Hai Ya Gayab Aadmi Ke Haal Batla Deta Hai Ya Marz Ke Ahwaal Se Aagah Kar
Deta Hai"In Jaisi Cheezo Ka Zuhur Kabhi ALLAH Ke Waliyon Se Hota Hai
(Hawala Note Wahabiyon Ki Authentic Book; Majmaul Fatawa; Jild 11; Safa 213:214)
Hawala 08:
Hazrat Imam Shajri Al Jarjani Al Mutawaffah 499 Hijri Rehmatullahay'alaih Ek Long Hadees Likhte Hai
Huzoor ﷺKi Shafa'at Aur Unpar Durood e Salaam Padhne Ka Tarika Phir Huzoor ﷺKe Hazir Nazir
Par Likhte Hai Namazi Jab Namaz Me Rasool Allah ﷺPar Salam Padhte Hai To Ye Nabi ﷺKe Hazir
Page | 388
Nazir Ka Bhi Saboot Hai Kyunke Namaz Wala Jab Namaz Me Salaam Karta Hai To Nabi ﷺMaujud Hai
Ye Nabi Ke Hazir Nazir Ka Saboot Hai Yani Namazi Namaz Me Jab Kehta Hai Ki Aye Allah Ke Nabi ﷺAap
Par Salaam Aur Ye Mukhatibat Karke Salaam Hazir Nazir Ke Liye Hi Hote Hai Aur Agar Ye Na Mana Jaye To
Tamam Saari Namaze Fasid Bekar Hai.
(Kitab al Ma'ali; Vol 1; Raqam 611)
Yani Ahle'hadeeso Wahabiyon Deobandiyo Gair Muqallid Najdiyo Ki Namaz e Fasid Hoti Hai Kyunke Inke
Nasdik Huzoor ﷺHazir Nazir Nahi
Hawala 09:
Yani Huzoor ﷺMadinah Shareef Se Baghdad Shareef Me Tashreef Farma Hai Aur Ye Bhi Jantay Hain Ki
Meri Ummat Ka Ek Shakhs Baghdad Me Rehta Hai Aur Uska Naam Khatib Hai Aur Uski Kitab Tareekh
Baghdad Hai Yani Pta Chala Ke Huzoor ﷺApni Qabr e Aqdas Me Zinda Hain Aur Jahan Chahe Wahan Ja
Sakte Hai Aur Apni Ummat Ke Logo Ko Bhi Jantay Hai Aur Bukhari Muslim Book of Dream Me Hadith
Maujud Hai Ki Huzoor ﷺNe Farmaya Jisne Mujhe Khuwab Me Dekha Usne Mujhko Hi Dekha.
Aur Agar Yahi Baat Kisi Barelvi Alim Ne Likhi Hoto Kisi Aur Imam Ya Wali Ke Bare Me Tu Yahi Wahabi
Ahle'hadees Gair Muqallid Najdi Kutte Usko Gustakhi Aur Uska Inkar Karte Ki Ye Mumkin Nahi
Page | 390
Hawala 10:
Wahabi Ahle'hadees Dharam Me Nabi ﷺSe Madad Lena Shirk But Mulla Se Lena Jais
Wahabi Ahle'hadees Gair Muqallid Ke Bani Nawab Siddiq Hasan Khan Ko Jab Koi Mushkil Pesh Aati
Toh Wo Tarah Madad Maanga Karta Tha
“Aye Mere Deen Ke Qible Madad Kar Aye Kaba e Imaan Madad Kar Ya Ibne Qayyim Madad Kar Ya Qazi
Shawkani Madad Kar (Maaz'Allah)
(Hawala Note Wahabi Book; Hadiyatul Mehdi; Jild 2 Safa 23 (Print Mtbu’a Shaukatul islam Bangalore
India))
Dekha Is Wahabiyon Ahle'hadeeso Ke Akabir Mulla Aur Bani e Gair Muqallid Ki Agar Koi Musalman Apne
Nabi ﷺKo Aur Hazrat Ali Ghaus e Azam Ko Madad Le Aur Unko Ya Se Pukare To Yahi Wahabi
Ahle'hadees Najdi Musalmano Ko Mushrik Kahege Aur Khud Inka Mulla Nawab Bhopali India Se Ibn e
Qayyim Jo Syria Me Markar Mitti Me Mil Chuka Aur Dusra Mulla Shawkani Jo Yemen Me Markar Mitti
Me Mil Chuka Ko Ya Kehkar Pukar Bhi Raha Aur Madad Bhi Le Raha
Page | 391
Hawala 11:
Deobandi Tablighi Jamati Dharam Me Nabi ﷺTo Mar Kar Mitti Me... Lekin Deobandi Mulla Zinda Hai
Aur Hazir Nazir Bhi
India Me Wahabiyat Ki Buniyad Rakhne Wala Laila e Najd Ismaeel Qateel Dehelvi عليه للا لعنةNe Hamare
Nabi ﷺKe Bare Me Kya Bakwas Ki Thi Ye Aapko Pta Hai Ab Aaiye Isi Laila e Najd Ke Bakht Deobandiyo
Ko Dekhe
Dekha Aapne Deobandiyo Jamatiyo Ki Saaf Munafiqat Ki Mulla Nanautvi Deobandi Jisko Mare Hue Us
Waqt 25 Saal Ho Chuke The Apne Jism Ke Saath Deoband Aa Gaya Aur Usko Ye Bhi Pata Ho Gaya Qabr Ke
Page | 392
Andar Ki 2 Deobandi Mullao Me Jhagda Ho Gaya Hai Aur Us Jhagre Me Mulla Mehmud Deobandi Bhi Pad
Gaya Hai
Aur Yahi Deobandi Mulla Logo Ko Kehte Hai Ki Nabi Mar Kar Mitti Me.... Nabi Hazir Nazir Nahi Nabi Ko
Diwaar Ke Piche Ka ilm Nahi Maaz'Allah Summa Maaz'Allah
Kya Abbhi In Salibi Deobandiyo Ko Ye Janne Ke Baad Musalman Samjhe Ga Koi???
Hawala 12:
Aetraaz 01:
Page | 393
Qur'an Me To Hukum Hy, Nabi Ki Aawaz Se Apni Aawaaz Oonchi To Phir Zour Zour Se Durood o Salam
Aur Naat Kyun Parhty Hain?
Jawab:
Jisy Aetraz He, Us Ne Shayad Hazir Nazir Ka Mafhoom Nahi Samja Agar Ye Sary Sms Wasee Qalbi Se Parh
Lye Jaen To Zehan Is Aetraaz Sy Paak Hojaye. Hum Huzoor Ko Bashariyat e Mutahira Ke Saath Hargiz
Hazir Nahi Tasleem Karty Bulke Nooraniyat o Ruhaniyat Aur Haqiqat e Mubarka Ke Sath Huzoor Ko Hazir
Nazir Manty Hain Ayat e Karima
"La Tarfaoo" Sy Hazir Nazir Ke Mas'aly Par Aetraz Ajeeb Baat Hy Ek Musalman Bacha Bhi Is Haqiqat Ko
Samajh Sakta Hy Ke Buland Awaaz Sy Bolny My Agar Huzur Ke Takleef Paney Ya Be Adabi Ka Koi
Tasawwur Na Ho To Wo Rafe'a Sout Is Mumaniyat Ke Tehat Nahi Aata.
Huzur Ki Hayat e Zahiri My Huzur Ke Samny Aisa Rafa e Sout Ahadees My Warid Hy. Jo Huzur Ke Takleef
Paney Aur Be Adabi Ke Shaibey Sy Paak Tha. Jab HAyat e Zahiri My Is Qisam Ka Rafa e Sout Jaiz To Baad
Az Wafat Zahiri Kis Tarah Najaiz Hua?
Pas Jahan Koi Cheez Be Adabi Ya Takleef Paney Ke Takhayyul Ka Mojab Ho Saky Masalan Huzur Ke Roza e
Athar Ke Qareeb Hona, Hadees Sharif Ki Qir'at Ka Mouqa Etc. To Aisi Soorat My Rafa e Sout NaJaiz Hoga
"La Tarfa'oo" Nazil Hui To Sabit Bin Qais Jinki Aawaz Buhat Buland Thi Ghar My Beth Gaye. Puchny Par
Kaha Ke Tum Janty Ho My Tum Sab My Zyada HuzoorKi Aawaz Par Aawaz Buland Karny Wala Hun. Is Lye
Aayet Ki Ru Sy My Ahl e Naar Sy Hun Huzoor Ny Iske Jawab My Inke Haq My Farmaya Ke Wo Ahl e Naar
Sy Nahi
Bulke Ahl e Jannat Sy Hain
(Bukhari - Muslim)
ChunKe Sahabi Ka Bulandi e Aawaz Be Adabi o Ta'azzi Sy Paak Tha Is Lye Huzoor Ki Zahiri Hayaat My Bhi
Bey Adabi Qarar Na Paya. Ba'Aenihi, Huzoor Ki Mojudgi My Azaan, Takbeerat e Tashriq Aur Jang o Juloos
My
Na'aron Ki Amsaal Mojud Hain Hazir Nazir.
(Roohul Muani 26/124) Par Hy Jisey Shabbir Usmani Dewbandi ne Bhi (Fathul Mulhim 1/270) Par Naqal
Kya.
"Phir Jehar (Buland Aawazi) Ki Baaz Wo Soorten (Jin My Huzoor Ki Bey Adabi Aur Ta'azzi Ka Khayal Tak
Paida Na Ho) Jinko Nahee Qur'an Bil Ittifaq Shamil Nahi.
Hadees:
Hazrat Abbas Sy Huzoor Ny Farmaya; As'hab e Sumra Yani Bait e Rizwan Ko Aawaz Do To Aap Ny Bari
Oonchi Aawaz Sy Farmaya, Kahan Hain As'hab e Sumra? Ap Barey Buland Aawaz They, Isi Tarah Ek Dafa
Kuch Lutairey Aa Parey To Aap Ney "Ya Sabahah" Keh Kar Pukara To Inki Shiddat e Aawaz Ke Sabab
Aurton Ke Hamal Saaqit Ho Gaye.
Aetraaz 02:
Jab Huzur Hazir Nazir Hain To Madine Kyun Jaaty Ho Aur Nabi Ne Hijrat Kyun Ki?
Jawab:
Iska Tafseeli Jawab Dya Chuka, Aur Hazir Nazir Ka Mafhum Samajhny Sy Hi Ye Saari Baat Wazeh Hojati
Page | 394
Hy. Ye Aetraaz Goya Zaat e Ilahi Par Hy Ke; ALLAH Har Jaga Mojud, To Nabi Ko Meraj Pe Kun Bulaya?
Hazir Nazir
Aetraaz 03:
Jawab:
Kis Ayat Ya Hadees Me Hy Ke Huzoor Ki Mojudgi Me Koi Aur Namaz Na Parhaye? Siddiqu e Akber Ne
Aapki Mojudgi Me 17 Namazen Parhayin Imam Ka Nazar Aana Bi Zaruri Hy Aap To Hamen Dekhty Hain
Magar Hum Aapko Nahi Dekhty
Aetraaz 04:
Aaqa Ne Farmaya Door Sy Parha Jany Wala Durud Mujhy Puhnchaya Jata Hy, Aap Hazir Hoty To Durood
Kyun Puhnchaya Jata?
Jawab:
Hadees Me Ye Kahan Hy Ke Me Door Walon Ko Sunta Hi Nahi, Farishty Bi To ALLAH Ki Bargah My Hamary
A'maal Le Jaaty Hain, Kya ALLAH Ke Elm Par Bi Aetraaz Hy?
"Hazir Nazir " Ke Muta'lliq Hum Ne Jaana Tamam Suwalat Iska Mafhum Na SamajhnyKi Waja Se Paida
Hoty Hain. Mera Mashwara Ye Hey Ke Sunniyon Ko Chahye Ke SMS Ya Net Par JahilExtremists Ko Jawab
De Kar Apna Waqt Zayaa Na Karen Bulke Kisi Ilm e Deen Ki Mehfil My Shirket Karen Kyunke Hum HAQ
Par Hain
Is Me Koi Shakk Nahi Aur Hum Sarkar Ke Is Farman Par Amal Karenge "Jaahil Ki Baat Par Khamoshi Bhi Ek
Jawab Hy"
Aap dekhiye ki jab Wahabiyo se hum koi sawal karte hain to wo hume jawab dene ke bajay apne kaam
me lage rehte hai, jabki wo batil hai, bas wo hum logo ko uljhana chahte hain.
Aitraaz 05:
Agr HUZOOR Hazir Bhi Hain Or NOOR Bhi to Chahiye K Raat Mai Kabhi Andhera Na Ho Magar Har Jaga
Andhera Hota Hai Lehaza Ya to HUZOOR NOOR Nhi Ya NOOR Hain to HAZIR Nhi.
Jawab
QURAN NOOR Hai Or Har Ghar Mai Bhi, Farishte NOOR Hain Or Har Insan K Sath Bhi, ALLAH NOOR Hai Or
Har Ek K Sath Bhi, Phr Bhi Raat Ko Andhera Hota Hai Lehaza ya to Farishte, Quran, Khuda NOOR Nhi Ya
HAZIR Nhi??
Page | 395
Eid e Miladunnabi ﷺQuran shareef se saabit
Ayat 01:
“A Zakariya hum tumko ek ladke ki basharat dete hai jiska naam yahya hai,isse pehle humne is naam ka
koi shaks paida nahi kiya”
(Surah Maryam , Aayat # 7 (19:7))
Ayat 02:
“Aur salamati hai us per jis din paida hua aur jis din marega aur jis din zinda uthaya jayega”
(Surah Maryam , Aayat # 15 (19:15))
Ayat 03:
Ayat 04:
“ Aur wahi salamati mujh per,Jis din me paids hua aur jis din me maruga aur jis din zinda uthaya jauga”
Yaani Hazrat Isa alaiihissalam kay bare hai.
(Surah Maryam , Aayat # 33 (19:33))
Page | 396
Ayat 05:
“Aur kitab me,Ibrahim ko yaad karo beshak woh siddique,tha Ghaib ki khabre batata”
(Surah Maryam , Aayat # 41 (19:41))
Ayat 06:
“Aur kitab me Moosa ko yaad karo beshak woh chuna hua tha aur rasool tha Ghaib ki khabre batane
wala”
(Surah Maryam , Aayat # 51 (19:51))
Ayat 07:
“Aur kitab me Ismail ko yaad karo ,beshak woh waade ka saccha tha,aur rasool Ghaib ki khabre batata”
(Surah Maryam, Aayat # 54 (19:54))
Ayat 08:
“Aur kitab me Idrees ko yaad karo,beshak woh siddique tha Ghaib ki khabre deta”
(Surah Maryam ,Aayat # 56 (19:56))
Ayat 09:
“Aur yaad karo jab ALLAH ne paigambaro se unka ahad liya,jo me tumko kitaab aur hikmat du phir
tashreef laaye tumhare paas woh rasool , kay tumhari kitabo ki tasdeek farmaye,toh tum zarur zarur us
per imaan laana aur zarur zarur uski madad karna farmaya kyu tumne iqrar kiya aur is per mera bhari
nama liya sabne arz ki humne iqrar kiya farmaya toh ek dusre per gawah hojao aur me aap tumhare
saath gawah me hu”
(Surah Al Imran,Aayat # 81 (3:81))
Yaha per ALLAH taala aalam e arwah me Paigambaro se ahad le raha hai,NABI Sallallahualaihiwasallam
kay duniya me aane per.
Ayat 10:
“Isa ibn maryam ne arz ki a ALLAH a rab hum per aasman se ek khwaan utaar kay woh humare liye eid
ho,humare agle pichlo ki,aur teri taraf se nishani,aur hume rizq de aur tu sabse behter rozi dene wala
hai”
(Surah Maida,Aayat # 114 (5:114))
Isse maalum hua kay jis roz ALLAH taala ki khaas rehmat naazil ho us din ko EID banana aur khushiya
manana,shukr e ilaahi baja laana tarika e saleheen hai aur kuch shak nahi kay sayed e aalam
Sallallahualaihiwasallam ki tashreef awari ALLAH taala ki azeem tareen nemat aur buzurg tareen rehmat
hai,isliye huzur Sallallahualaihiwasallam ki wiladat Mubarak kay din EID manana aur milad shareef
Page | 397
padhkar shukr e ilaahi baja laana Mehmood aur ALLAH kay maqbul bando ka tarika hai.
Conclusion:
Humne padha ki Quran ne Kin ambya e kram ka Milad ka zikr kiya aur yeh bhi padha ki Milad ka din ko
EID kyu kaha jaye,ab agar koi kahe ki NABI Sallallahualaihiwasallam ALLAH taala ki azeem nemat nahi
(Maz ALLAH) woh apna thikana jahannam me talash kare kyukay ALLAH taala ne apne NABI
Sallallahualaihiwasallam ko rehmatalillaalameen banakar bheja hai Subhan ALLAH.
EID e Miladunnabi Sallallahualaihiwasallam per fatwa lagane walo kay lamha e fikr hai yeh warna lagao
hukum Quran shareef per jo khud Milaad ka zikr karraha hai aur Qayamat tak karta rahega,na koi ise
badal sakta hai na koi ise Badal payega,iska zimma khud rabbul aalameen ne liya.
Page | 398
Milad Shareef Hadees Aur Deegar Kitaabon Se
Wahabi Ahle'hadees Deobandi Najdi Chillate Hai Ki Tum Barelvi Log Apne Nabi Muhammad ﷺKe
Milad Wiladat Ka Zikr Tazkira Karte Ho Ye Bid'at Haram Hai.
Hadees 01:
Momino Ki Maa Hazrat Sayyeda Ayesha Siddiqa (R.A) Farmati Hai Mere Samne Rasool Allah ﷺKi
Milad Shareef Ka Zikr Bayan Hua Aur Phir Hazrat Sayyidina Abu Bakr Siddiq (R.A) Ki Wiladat Ka Zikr Hua Ki
Huzoor ﷺKi Zahiri Omr (Age) 63 Saal Hui Aur Hazrat Abu Bakr Siddiq (R.A) Ki Bhi Age 63 Saal Ki Hui
(Al Maujjam ul-Kabeer; Vol 1; Hadees 28)
Narration of Hadith is Good
Yani Pta Chala Ki Sahaba e Karaam Rasool Allah ﷺKe Milad Shareef Zikr Aur Tazkira Yani Bayan Karte
Thay Aur Musalmano Ki Maa Milad Shareef Ko Sunti Thi
Page | 399
Huzoor ﷺKi Milad Ki Khushi Karne Par Ek Kafir Ko Dozakh Ke Azab Me Kami:
Hadees 02:
Hazrat Urwa (R.A) Bayan Karte Hain Abu Lahab Ki Ek Gulam Laundi Sobiya Ne Jab Abu Lahab Se Kaha Ki
Tumhare Ghar Bhatija Hua Hai Is Khushi Me Abu Lahab Ne Apni Us Laundi Ko Ungli Ke Ishare Se Aazad
Kiya Tha “Pas Jab Abu-Lahab Mar Gaya To Uske Baad Uske Rishtay'daro Ne Use Khuwab Mein Buri Haalat
Mein Dekha To Usse Puchha “Tera Kiya Haal Hai To Abu-Lahab Ne Kaha Maine Tumhare Baad Koi
Bhalaa’ee Nahi Payi Lekin Mujhe Us Ungli Se Paani Diya Jata Hai Jis Ungli Ke ishare Se Maine Hazrat
Muhammad ﷺKe Milad (Wiladat) Ki Khushi Mein Apni Gulam Laundi Sobiya Ko Aazad Kiya Tha.
(Sahih Al-Bukhari; Vol 7; Page 38)
Yani Abu Laheb Ne Huzoor ﷺKo Allah Ka Nabi Maankar Uski Khushi Me Azad Nahi Kiya Balke Ek
Bhatije Ki Wiladat Ki Khushi Me Kya To Usko Jahennam Me Allah Azab Me Kami Kare To Jo Huzoor ﷺ
Ka Ummati Unko Akhiri Nabi Manta Ho To Wo Allah Nabi Rasool Mankar Milad Ki Khushi Manaye To
Uspar Allah Kitni Rehmat Karege
Page | 400
Huzoor ﷺKi Milad Par Pathar Bhi Salam Padhte Hai:
Hadees 03:
Hazrat Jabir Bin Samurah (R.A) Se Riwayat Hai Rasool Allah ﷺNe Farmaya Makkah Me Ek Pathar Hai
Jo
Mujhe Un Raato Me Jinme Me Mabb'ous Kiya Gaya Tha Mujhpar Salam Padha Karta Tha Us Pattar Ko Me
Aaj Bhi Pehchanta Hon
Subhan'Allah
(Jame at Tirmizi [Published Saudi Najd Riyadh]; Vol 6; Hadees 3624)
Yani Ek Pathar Jo Huzoor ﷺKe Milad Shareef Ke Waqt Salam Padta Tha Huzoor ﷺUsko Bhi Jantay
Hai To Jo Unka Ummati Subho Shaam Apne Aaqa ﷺPar Durood o Salam Padhte Hai Unki Izzat Huzoor
ﷺKi Bargah Me Kya Hogi
Page | 401
Sahaba Mehfil e Milad Karte Aur Allah Unpar Fakhr Karta:
Hadees 04:
Hazrat Sayyidina Ameer Muawiya (R.A) Ne Farmaya Ke Nabi Kareem ﷺBahar Nikal Kar Apne Sahaba
Ki Jamaat Ke Paas Tashreef Laye Aur Irshad Farmaya Tum Yahan Kis Wajeh Se Baithe Hoo? Sahaba Ne Arz
Kiya Hum Allah ﷻKa Zikr Kar Rahe Hai Aur Shukr Aada Kar Rahe Hai Ke Usne Apna Deen e Islam Humko
Batlaya Aur Hampar Ahsan Kiya Aap ﷺKo Bhejkar Rasool Allah ﷺNe Farmaya Kya Tum Allah Ki
Kasam Kha Kar Kehte Ho Ki Tum Yaha Sirf Isi Wajeh Se Baithe Ho? Sahaba e Karaam Ne Arz Kiya Haa Allah
Ki Kasam Hum Yaha Sirf Isi Wajeh Se Baithe Jama Hain Rasool Allah ﷺFarmaya Mene Tumko Is Liye
Kasam Nahi Di Ke Jhoota Samjha Balke Hazrat Jibraeel (R.A) Mere Paas Aaye Aur Mujhse Kaha Ke Allah
ﷻTum Logo Se Farishto Par Fakhr Kar Raha Hai
(Subhan'Allah)
(Sahih Muslim; Vol 7; Page 75)
Isi Ko To Mehfil e Milad Kehte Hai Ek Jagah Jama Hokar Allah Ka Shukr Ada Karna Ki Usne Hame Apna
Habib Rasool ﷺAta Kiya Yani Pta Chala Ke Sahaba Bhi Milad Ki Mehfil Sajate Thay Aur Hum Bhi Sajate
Hai But Us Waqt Ka Munafiq Nahi Karta Tha Aur Aaj Ka Munafiq Yani Wahabi Deobandi Bhi Nahi Karta
Page | 402
Huzoor ﷺNe Khud Apna Milad Bayan Kiya Aur Apne Ko Noor Farmaya:
Hadees 05:
Hazrat Abu Umama (R.A) Se Riwayat Hai Ke Ek Martaba Me Nabi Kareem ﷺKi Bargah e Aqdas Me Arz
Kiya Ya Rasool Allah ﷺAapka Aaghaz Milad Kya Hai? To Rasool Allah ﷺNe Farmaya Mere Baap
Hazrat Ibrahim (R.A) Ki Dua Hon Aur Hazrat Isa (R.A) Ki Basharat Hon Aur Meri Walida Hazrat Sayyeda
Amina (R.A) Ne Dekha Ki Unse Meri Wiladat Ke Waqt Ek Noor Nikla Jisse Shaam (Syria) Ke Mahellaat
Roshan Ho Gaye
Subhan'Allah
(Musnad Ahmad [Published Saudi Najdi]; Hadees no; 22261)
Hadees 06:
Page | 403
Wahabi Deobandi Ahle'hadees Najdi Apne Makroh Muh Se Potty Karte Hue Ye Bhi Kehte Hai Ki Tum
Barelvi Log Martaba Ya Rasool Allah ﷺKe Nare Lagate Ho Ye Sirrak Haram Hai Mulla G Hawala Wahabi
Said 1884
Jab Rasool Allah ﷺMadinah Munawwarah Tashreef Laye To Mard Aur Aurte Gharo Ki Chatto Par
Chadh Gaye Aur Gulam Rasto Par Fail Gaye Wo Sab Pukar Pukar Kar Keh Rahe Thay Ya Muhammad ﷺ
Ya Rasool Allah ﷺMarhaba Ya Muhammad ﷺYa Rasool Allah ﷺMarhaba
Subhan'Allah
(Sahih Muslim; Vol 7; Hadees 7522)
(REF THIS HADEES IN TOPIC “YA RASOOLALLAH ﷺKEHNA”)
Hadees 07:
Hazrat Jabir Bin Samurah (R.A) Se Riwayat Hai Rasool Allah ﷺNe Farmaya Makkah Me Ek Pathar Hai
Jo Mujhe Un Raato Me Jinme Me Mabb'ous Kiya Gaya Tha Mujhpar Salam Padha Karta Tha Us Pattar
Page | 404
Ko Me Aaj Bhi Pehchanta Hon
Subhan'Allah
(Jame at Tirmizi [Published Saudi Najd Riyadh]; Vol 6; Hadees 3624)
(Ref This Hadees Even In Duroode O Salaam)
Yani Ek Pathar Jo Huzoor ﷺKe Milad Shareef Ke Waqt Salam Padta Tha Huzoor ﷺUsko Bhi Jantay
Hai To Jo Unka Ummati Subho Shaam Apne Aaqa ﷺPar Durood o Salam Padhte Hai Unki Izzat Huzoor
ﷺKi Bargah Me Kya Hogi.
Fiqah Hanfi Ke Bahut Bade Imam Ibn e Abideen Shaami Al Mutawaffah 1252 Hijri Likhte Hain
Raato Mai Se Afzal Tareen Shab e Milad Rasool ﷺKi Raat Hai Phir Shab e Qadr (Ramzan)
Page | 405
Phir Shab e Asra wal-Meraj un Nabi ﷺKi Raat,Phir Shab e Arfah (Hajj) Phir Shab e Juma, Phir Sabaan Ki
15vi Shab Aur Phir Shab e Eid Ki Raat Hai.
Subhan'Allah
(Rad ul-Muhtar; Vol 3 Page 528-&-29)
Hazrat Imam Abul Abbas Qastalani Al Mutawaffah 923 Hijri Likhte Hain:
Jab Ye Kaha Jata Hai Ki Nabi ﷺRaat Ke Waqt Tashreef Laye To Ye Sawal Oth'ta Hai Ki Dono Raato
Mese Kaun Raat Afzal Hai Milad Shareef Ki Ya Lailatul Qadr Ki?
Milad-e-Mustafa ﷺKi Raat Lailatul Qadr Ki Raat Se Afzal Hai Uski 3 Wajeh Hain.
1).Isme Nabi Kareem ﷺTashreef Laye Jab Ki Lailatul Qadr Apko Baad Me Ata Ki Gayi. To Nabi ﷺKi
Tashreef Aa'wari Zyada Afzal Hui Isse Jo Kuch Apko Ata Kiya Gaya. Is Tarah Mawlid-e-Mustafa ﷺKi
Raat Zyada Afzal Hui.
2).Agar Lailatul Qadr Afzal Hai Ki is Raat Me Farishte Nazil Hote Hain To Milad-e-Mustafa ﷺKi Raat
Kahin Zyada Afzal Hai Ki isme Sare Aalam Ke Rasool ﷺNazil Hue. Aur Rasool Allah ﷺTamam
Farishto Se Afzal Hain Isliye Ye Raat Bhi Lailatul Qadr Se Afzal Hui
Page | 406
3).Lailatul Qadr Se is Ummat Ko Fazilat Mili Jab Ki Milad-e-Mustafa ﷺKi Raat Se Tamam Jahano Ko
Fazilat
Mili Jaisa Ki ALLAH Ne Farmaya Ki Humne Aapko Tamam Jahan Ke Liye Rehmat Banakar Bheja.
(Quran 21:107)
(Mawahib Al-Deeniyyah;Vol 1; Page 145)
Is Tarah Ye Milad un Nabi ﷺKi Raat Sabke Liye Mubarak Aur Afzal.Iske Baad Hazrat Imam Qastalani
Aagay Likhte Hain ALLAH Un Sab Par Rehmat Farmaye Jo Milad-e-Mustafa ﷺKi Raat Ko Jashn Manate
Hain un Logo Ke Dard Ko Kam Karne Ke Liye Jinke Dil Bimar Hai
Famous The Science of Biographies of Hadith of Chain (Asma ur-Rijaal) Ke Bahut Bade
Imam Hazrat Imam Ibn e Hajar Asqalani Al Mutawaffah 852 Hijri Likhte Hain:
Allah Ke Mehboob Hamare Nabi Kareem ﷺSe Badi Nemat Kya Hogi Ki 12 Rabiul Aawwal Ke Din
Rematullil'alameen Aaqa Muhammad Mustafa ﷺTashreef Laye Is Wajah Se Zarori Hai Ki Is Muaiyyan
Din Ko Milad Manaya Jaye Taki Yaume Ashurah Ke Hawale Se Hazrat Musa (R.A) Ke Waqeye Ki
Page | 407
Mutabiqat Ho Jaye. Aur Agar Koi Is Chiz Ko Malhuz Na Rakhe To Milad-E-Musatafa ﷺKo Maah
(Month) Ke Kisi Bhi Din Manane Me Koi Harj Nahi Balki Baaz Ne Isey Yahan Tak Wasee Kiya Hai Ki Saal Me
Koi Bhi Din Milad Shareef Mana Liya Jaye, Bas Yehi Hai Jo Ki Mawlid Ki Asal Se Mutalliq Hai.
(Husn Al-Maqsad Fi Amal Al-Mawlid;Page 63-&-64)
Page | 408
Milad Shareef Ka Munkir Kafir Hai By Allama Ahle'hadees:
Wahabiyon Ahle'hadeeso Gair Muqallido Najdiyo Ka Sabse Bada Allama Nawab Siddiq Hasan Bhopali
Likhta Hai:
Jise Huzoor ﷺKe Milad Ka Haal Sunkar Aur Huzoor ﷺKi Milad Ki Khushi Na Ho Wo Musalman Nahi
Kafir Hai
Allahu'Akbar'Kabira
(Wahabi Authentic Book; Ash Shamatul Anbriya; Safa 12)
Yani Bechare Aaj Ke Jitne Wahabi Ahle'hadees Gair Muqallid Najdi Hai Sab Apne Akabir Nawab Bhopali
Ke Fatwe Ke According Kafir
Hazrat Imam Abu Faraz Ibn e Jawzi Al Mutawaffah 597 Hijri Likhte:
Yaad Rahe Milad Shareef Ka Bayan Aur Uski Targhib Me Khaas Barkat Hasil Hoti Hai Aur Ye Amal Makkah
Madinah Munawwarah Misr (Egypt) Shaam (Syria Iraq Palestine Jordan Lebanon) Yaman Aur Mashrik wa
Maghrib Me Hamesha Se Jari Hai Aur Milad Shareef Ki Mehfil Hoti Hai Log Jama Hokar Naate Padhte Hai
Mahe Rabiul Awwal Ka Chand Tuloh Hote Hi Musalmano Me Khushiyon Ki Ek Laher Dawd Jati Hai Log
Ghusl Karte Hai Acche Libas Pahente Hai Unke ilaqe Itar Aur Gulab Se Mahek Jate Hai Aur Bahut
Khushiyan Manate Hai Maal o Daulat Khoob Kharch Kiye Jate Hai Milad Shareef Ki Mehfil Bahut Zawk
Shawk Se Hoti Hai Aur Log Izhar e Muhabbat Karke Khoob Sawab Kamate Hai Mehfil e Milad Ki Barkato
Page | 409
Mese Ye Tajurbah Shudah Baat Ye Hai Ke Jis Saal Kisi Ghar Me Rasool Allah ﷺKa Milad Hua Us Saal
Khoob Khair o Barkat Hoti Hai Salamati Wa Aafiyat Me Hota Hai Aur Is Saal Ghar Me Sukoon Rehta Hai
Subhan'Allah
(Milad un Nabi Bayan wa Barkat [Urdu]; Safa 40-&-41)
Yani 900 Saal Pehle Ki Baat Imam Bayan Kar Rahe Hai Jo Unke Waqt Me Hota Tha To Pta Chala Ke Ye
Milad Shareef Manana Aaj Se Nahi Balke 1400 Saal Se Chala Aa Raha Hai Kya 900 Saal Pehle Bhi Sab
Barelvi Thay �
Makkah Me 500 Saal Pehle Milad un Nabi ﷺPar Kya Hota Tha:
Hazrat Imam Yusuf Sawleh Shaami Al Mutawaffah 942 Hijri Likhte Hain:
Makkah Mukarrama Me Musalman Nabi Kareem ﷺKa Milad Manate Aur Sadka o Khayrat Karte The
Khushiyan Manate Aur Nabi Kareem ﷺKa Milad Bayan Karte
(Subul Hudi Wal Rashad Fi Sirat Khayrul Aabad; Page 439)
Page | 411
700 Saal Pehle Makkah Shareef Me Jashn e Milad:
Famous Geographer Explorer Scholar Ibn e Battuta Al Mutawaffah 768 Hijri Jinhone All Around Tha
World 117,000/km Ka Safar (Travel) Kiya Wo Apne Makkah Ke Safar Ke Bare Me Likhte Hain:
Huzoor ﷺKe Milad Yani (Wiladat e Sa'adat) Wale Din Hum Loog Ahle Makkah Jama Hokar Huzoor
ﷺKa Milad Manate Zikr Karte Uske Baad Makkah Mukarrama Ke Shaykh Najm Al-Din Muhammad ibn
al-Imam Muhyi al-Din al-Tabari Kabe Sharif Ka Darwaza Kholte Uske Baad Sab Mil Kar Huzoor ﷺPar
Durood o Salaam Padhte Aur Gharibo Muskino Ko Khana Khilate
Subhan'Allah
(Hazra Ibn al-Battuta; Page 92)
Yani Ibn e Battuta Bhi Barelvi Thay Aur 700 Saal Pehle Makkah Wale Bhi Barelvi Hi Thay
Page | 412
Kafir Aur Milad Un Nabi ﷺ
Bukhari Ki Sharah (Explanations) Irshad us-Sari Fi al-Sharah Bukhari Ke Writer Aur Bahut
Bade Muhaddith Scholar Hazrat Imam Qastallani Al Mutawaffah 923 Hijri Likhte Hain:
Page | 413
Iman Walon Ko Chahiye Ki Tum Milad-e-Mustafa ﷺKo Eid Ke Taur Par Manaya Karo. Allah ﷻApna
Fazl Aur Ehsan Kare Un Logo Par Jo Rabi-ul-Awwal Ki Raato’n Ko Eid Ke Taur Par Manate Hain Kyunki Iss
Mahine Ko Eid Ke Taur Par Manane Se Un Logo Ke Dilo’n Ko Takleef Hoti Hai Jinke Dilo’n Mein Bughz Aur
Munafiqat Ki Bimari Hai.”
Subhan'Allah
(Mawahib al-Deeniyyah; Vol 1; Page 148)
Yani Pta Chala Ke Wahabiyon Deobandiyo Ahle'hadeeso Aur Abde Albani & Company Walo Ko Kyun Itni
Problem Hai Milad Aur Uske Fazail Se Kyunke Inke Dilo Me Bughz e Nabi Jo Hai
12 Rabiul Aawwal Ka Chand Nazar Aate Hi Musalman Khushi Manata Hai Kyun Na Manaye Agar Ye
Mahina Na Hota To Kuch Bhi Na Hota Lekin Jab Hum Dusri Taraf Dekhte Hai To Ek Bid'ati Firqa Jisko
Wahabi Ahle'hadees Deobandi Gair Muqallid Najdi Saudi Kaha Jata Hai Wo Gham Aur Matam Manana
Shuro Kar Dete Hai Aur Logo Ko Bhi Matam Karne Ke Liye Majbor Karte Hai Akhir Ye Aisa Kyun Karte Hai
Page | 414
2). Jab Usay Jannat Se Nikal Bahar Kiya Gaya
3). Jab Sureh Fatiha Ayat Utri
4). Baar Jab Tha Last Prophet Muhammad Mustafa ﷺKi Wiladat e Paak Hui To Shaitan Sabse Zyada
Roya Kitna Roya Ki Uska Bhura Haal Ho Gaya
(Deobandiyo & Wahabiyon Ki Most Authentic Book; Al Bidaya wan Nihaya Jild 3 Safa 391)
Accha Ab Samjh Me Aaya Isi Liye Wahabi Ahle'hadees Deobandi Najdi Matam Aur Gham Manate Hai
Kyunke In Sabka Ruhani Baap Jadde Akbar Iblees Jo Roya Tha
Saudiyo Wahabiyon Ahle'hadeeso Ka Mufti Aur Bahut Bada Mulla Ibn e Uthay'min Najdi Jo 2001 isvi
Me Jeddah Me Markar Mitti Me Mil Gaya Likhta Hai:
Ibn e Abdul Wahab Najdi (Lanatullahalai) Ka Hafte (Weekly) Me Ek Baar Birthday Celebrate Karna Jais Hai
Yani Khud Apne Wahabi Najdi Dharam Ke Founder Ka Har Hafte Birthday Manao To Jais Bid'at Nahi
(Saudi Wahabiyon Ki Authentic Book Fatawa al Aqidat)
Page | 415
Aur Barelvi Musalman Apne Tha Last Prophet Muhammad Mustafa ﷺKa Milad (Birthday) Celebration
Kare To Bid'at?
Kya Abhi Koi Inko Musalmano Manega?
Munafiqat Nahi To Aur Kya Hai.
Page | 416
12 Rabi Ul Awwal Huzoor ﷺKi
Yaum E Wiladat Hai
Mukhalifeen Dushman E Deen Jab Puri Tarah Se Meelad Un Nabi ﷺkay haraam O Nazaiz hona Saabit
naa kar sake to hamesha ki tarah yaha waha ki makkari chal kapat karne lage ab ye 02 ahem fitne awaam
me sawal ki shakl me failaye gaye awwal to ye kahte hai 12 rabi Ul Awwal Huzoor ﷺki Tareekh E
Wiladat Nahi Hai
Dusra Huzoor ﷺka Yaum E Wisaal bhi wohi din huwa jab wiladat huwi yaani 12 ko ek jagah kahte hai
us din wiladat nahi huwi phir kehte hai ussi din huwe yaani ye khud confuse hai is masle me.
Lekin hamara bhola bhala Sunni inki baaton me aajata hai ALLAH hum Sabke Imaan Ki Hifazat farmaye.
Aamin
Hadees 01 :
Imam Abu Baqr Ibn Abi Shayba Rahmatullah Alaih (Al Mutwaffa 235 Hizri) Apni Musannaf Me Sahi Sanad
Se Hadees Likhte Hai Jisko Wahabiyo kay Imam Hafiz Ibn Kathir Ne Apni Kutoob E Sirat Me Nakl Kiya
“Hazrat Affan Ne Hazrat Saeed ibn Meena Se Rivayat Kiya Wo Farmate Hai Maine Hazrat Abdullah Ibn
Abbas Aur Hazrat Jabir Ibn Abdullah Radi Allaho Taala Anhuma Azmayeen Se Suna Wo Dono Farmate The
Huzoor Rehmat E Aalam Ki Wiladat Peer K Din 12 Rabi Ul Awwal ko Huwi”
(Hafiz Ibn Kathir Al Sira Al Nabawiyya Vol : 01, Pg : 142)
(Al Badaya Wal Nihaya Vol : 02, Pg : 160)
Sanad Pe Ek Nazar:
Hazrat Abu Baqr Ibn Abi Shayba → Hazrat Affan → Hazrat Saeed Ibn Meena → Hazrat Abbas Aur Hazrat
Jabir Ibn Abdullah 01) Imam Abu Baqr Ibn Abi Shayba Rahmatullah Alaih Ye Ustaad Hai Imam Bukhari Aur
Imam Muslim Kay.
Qutoob E Siha Me Inse Kaafi Hadees Muhadiseen Ne Nakl Ki Hai Jinki tadaad Kuch Is tarah Hai.
Sahi Bukhari : 22, Sahi Muslim : 1528, Imam Nasai : 02, Imam Abu Dawood : 60 Aur Imam Ibn Majah :
1152 Hadees Inse Rivayat Ki.
“Babe Bade Aimma E Muhadiseen Ne Abu Baqr Ibn Abi Shayba Ko Siqqa Kaha”
(Hafiz Ibn Hajar Asqalani Tahzeeb Ut Tahzeeb Vol : 06, Pg : 03)
Lihaja Inki Siqqahat Par Koi Sawal Hi Nahi Hai.
02) Hazrat Affan Jo Bade Imam Aur Jabardast Hafizul Hadees They.
“Imam Aajili Ne Inko Siqqa Aur Sunnat Par Amal Karne Waala Bayan Kiya”
(Khulasa Tul Tahzeeb Pg : 268)
“Imam Yahya Ibn Moeen Ne Inhe Bahot Bada Aalim Aur Hadeeso Ka Jaankar Likha Farmaya”
(Hafiz Ibn Hajar Asqalani Tahzeeb Ut Tahzeeb Vol : 07, Pg : 231) Imam Ibn Saeed Ne Farmaya Woh Siqqa
Hai Aur Hadees Me Huzzat Hai. Imam Ibn Kharash ne Inhe Siqqa Min Khayr Il Muslimeen Farmaya. Imam
Ibn Qaane Aur Imam Ibn Hibban Ne Ne Inhe Siqqa Farmaya
Page | 417
(Hafiz Ibn Hajar Asqalani Tahzeeb Ut Tahzeeb Vol : 07, Pg : 234)
Imam Zahbi Rahmatullah Alaih Farmate Hai Hazrat Affan Shaykul Islam Hai Aur Bahot Se Muhadiseen k
Ustad Rahe, Imam Ibn Moeen Ne Inhe 05 Bade Muhadeesin Me Shamil Kiya, Imam ibn Haatim Farmate
Hai Ye Siqqa Hai, Narm Dil The (Humble) Aur Bahot Allah Ka Khauf rakhne waale the”
(Al Meezan Ul Aitedaal Vol : 03, Pg : 82)
Ye bhi Siqaa Aur bade Muhadis huwe.
Hadees 02 :
“Hazrat Saeed Ibn Zubair Ne Hazrat Abdullah ibn Abbas Radi Allaho Anho Se Rivayat Kiya K Unhone
Farmaya Huzoor Nabi E Akram ﷺKi Wiladat ‘Aamul Fil’ K saal Peer K Din 12 Rabi ul Awwal Ko
Huwi” (Imam Hakim Al Mustadraq Vol : 02, Pg : 125)
Hadees 03 :
Imam Bayhaqi Rahmatullah Alaih (Al Mutwaffa 458 Hizri) Sahi Sanad Se Likhte Hai
“Rasool Allah ﷺPeer k Din paida Huwe They Aamn Ul Fil (Jis Saal Abrahah Badshah Ne Haathiyon Ke
Saath Kaa’be Par Hamla Kiya Tha) Jab Maah E Rabi Ul Awwal kee barah 12 Raatein Guzar Chuki Thi”
(Dalail Un Nabuwah Vol : 01, Pg : 74)
Allah Taala Jaane ye Kaise Ahlul Hadees Hai Jab Koi Dalail Do to kahnege hume tarikh Nahi Hadees dikhao
par jab baat hadees ki aati hai to fauran yaha waha bhagte hai Ye Ahle Hadees Nahi Hai ye ahle Nafs Hai
apne nafs ki pairvi karne waale.
1). Imam Ibn Ishaq (Al Mutwaffa 150 Hizri) Tareekh E Islam Par Sabse Pehli Kitab Likhi Jo Seerat E Ibn
Ishaq k naam se jaani jaati hai:
“Huzoor ﷺKi Wiladat 12 Rabi Awwal peer K Din Aamul Feel Waale Saal Huwi, Hazrat Qays bin
Makramah Farmate Hai Mai Aur Huzoor Nabi E Karim ﷺAamul Feel k Saal Paida Huwe”
(Seerat Rasool Allah Lil ibn Ishaq Pg : 69, Print : Mas Printer Pakistan Karachi, Oxford University Press)
2). Abu Muhammad ibn Abdul Malik ibn Hissham (Al Mutwaffa 212 Hizri) Me Yehi Kaul Likha
(Seerat Un Nabwiyah Lil Hissham Pg : 21, Print : Al Falah Foundation Year 2000)
Page | 418
3). Imam Ibn Jareer Tabri Likhte Hai
“Rasool Allah ﷺKi Wiladat 12 Rabi Ul Awwal Peer k Din Aam Ul Feel K Saal Huwi”
(Tareekh Tabri Vol :02, Pg : 125)
6). Imam Ul Hafeez Abul Fateh Al Shafai Andulusi Rahmatullah Alaih (Al Mutwaffa 734 Hizri)
(Uyoonul Asr Vol : 01, Pg : 26)
13). Imam Abul Hasan Ali Ibn Muhammad Mawardi Rahmatullah Alaih
(Elaam Un Nabuwat Vol : 01, Pg : 270)
Page | 419
16). Imam Zahbi Rahmatullah Alaih
(Seeratun Nabwiya Vol : 01, pg : 07)
24). Allama Mueen Al Wa’eez Al Harwi Al Farahi Rahmatullah Alaih Farmate Hai
“Aap Hazrat ﷺKee Alaamaat E Nubuwwat Me Se Ek Yeh Tha Aur Mash’hoor Yeh Hai Ki Rabi’ul-Awwal
Ke Mahine Aap Hazrat ﷺAalam E Wujood Me Aaye Aur Aksar Ka Khayaal Yeh Hai Ki Rabi’ul-Awwal
Kee Baarah Tarikh Thi. Aur Jamhoor Muhadiseen Aur Arbab-E-Sirat Wa Taarikh Ne Shab E Do Shanba
Mu’ayyin Kee Hai.”
(Ma’arij Un Nubuwwah, Vol : 02, Pg : 84)
Humne Ummat E Muslima Ka Ispe Izma Saabit Kiya Par Ab Kuch Wahabi Khwarij ne Kuch Saal Kabl se
naya fitna laaya aur kaha Maulana Ahmad Raza Khan Barelvi Ne Huzoor Ki Tareekh E Wiladat 08 Rabi Ul
Awwal Likhi Hai Aur Tum 12 Ko Manate Ho ?
Awwal Chiz To Ye K bil Farz Bil Farz Ye maan bhi lo k Ahmad Raza Khan Barelvi Rahmatullah Alaih Ne
Yaum E Wiladat 08 Likhi Ho halanki ye jhoot hai jo aage hum saabit karenge to Bhi is se Milad Un Nabi
Manana Kaise Nazayaz hogaya ?
Kisi Amal Kaa naa karna kya Is baat ki dalil hai k usme Tareekh k ektelaf hai Lihaja wo Amal Ab Nazaiz Aur
Haraam Hogaya Hai ?
25).Ahmad Raza Khan Barelvi Rahmatullah Alaih Ne Maan Lo 08 Likhi To Hamara Sawal Hai un
Khabeeso se Iblees k Shagirdo se kay kya 08 Rabi Ul Awwal Ko Phir Kya Milad Un Nabi manana Jaiz
Page | 420
Hojayga ?
Hum Jaante Hai Tum Hargiz jawab naa doge baat dar asal ye hai k Musalmano ko Nek Amal Karne se
rokne k liye ye naye naaye aitraaz laakar awaam k dimaag k saath khela jaata hai aur confuse kar diya
jaata hai bhaiyo Tareekh k ektelaf koi bhi ho Lekin Eid Milad Un Nabi Manana kisi bhi surat me haraam
nazaiz biddat nahi hogi ye yaad rakhle.
Ab Aaye Wo Puri Ibarat Kya Hai Jo Aala Hazrat Ne Fatawa Razaviya me bayan Ki hai
Aala Hazrat Ne Tamam Aqwaal ko Shumar Kiya ki
“Wiladat Par 02, 08, 10, 12, 17,22 Tarikh k Aqwaal bhi Mauzood Hai Phir Iske Baad Al Muwahibul
Ladunya k Hawale Se 12 Rabi Ul Awwal ko Hi Mashoor Aur Sahi Qarar Diya Hai”
(Fatawa E Razviya Vol : 26, Pg : 411)
Ye Hai Wo Puri Ibarat Adhuri baat li baaki chod di, Ahle Sunnat Ko bhi chahye k Wahabio k Fareb Makr Se
Khud ko bachaye.
1). Gair Mukallideen Ahle Hadees Ka Shaykul Kul Feel Kul Nawab Siddique Hasan Khan Bhopali Likhte Hai
“Nabi Ki Wiladat 12 Rabi Ul Awwal Peer K Roz Makkah Tul Mukarrama Me Fazr K Shuruwati wakt Me
Aamul Feel Me Huwi, Yehi Kaul Motebar Fuqaha Ka Hai Aur Ibn Jauzi Farmate Hai Ispe Izma Hai”
(Al Shumamat Ul Aanbria Min Moolid E Khair Il Bariah, Pg : 07)
2). Suleman Nadvi Jinhe Ahle Hadees Wahabi aur Devband Dono Maante Hai
“Huzoor Nabi E Karim ki Wiladat 12 Rabi Ul Awwal Peer K Din, Hazrat Isaa Alaihsalam ki Wiladat k 571
Saal Baad Huwi”
(Rehmat E Aalam Pg : 13, Print : Dar E Arqam)
4). Abu Aala Maudoodi Devbandi Baani E Jamat E Islami Kehte Hai Ispe Ektelaf Hai
“Lekin ibn Abi Shaeba Ne Hazrat Jaabir Aur Abbas Se Rivayat Ki Hai k Huzoor Ki Wiladat 12 Rabi Ul Awwal
Peer K Deen hai Aur Yehi Kaul ko Ibn Ishaq ne Liya Hai Issi Pe Ummat K Bahot Se Fuqaha Ulema Ka Izma
Hai”
(Seerat E Sarwar E Aalam Vol : 01, Pg : 93)
5) Qari Muhammad Tayyab Deobandi
“12 Rabi Ul Awwal Huzoor Ki Wiladat Hai”
(Khutbaat E Hakimul Ummat Vol : 02 Pg : 14)
“The Life Of Prophet Muhammad, pg : 13 Published Islam House Publication”
Alhamdullilah Itne Hawale Kaul Pesh kar diye k haq parast k liye ye kaafi hai jinke dilo
me Kina hai wo hargiz hazaro dalail pe bhi raazi nahi honge..
Page | 421
12 Rabi Ul Awwal Huzoor Rehmat E Aalam ﷺKa Yaum E
Wisaal Nahi Hai
Musalmano ko 12 Rabi Awwal Milad Un Nabi ﷺManane Se Rokne K liye Kaum E Wahabiya Aur Inke
Tamam Hum Khayal Firqe ab tak puri tarah bebas hochuke hai bas unke pass sirf fareb dhoka makkari k
elawa kuch baaki nahi raha.
Ahle Sunnat Wa Jamaat Ne Milad Un Nabi ﷺk jawaz par jitne dalail pesh kiya phir chahe wo Quran
Sahi Hadees se ho ya Aimma Fuqaha k kitab se ya khud Kaum E Wahabiya k Aqabireen ki kitab aur fatawo
se ho hakikat yehi rahi k wahabi unka jawab naa la sake kabhi.
To ab Milad se rokne k liye ek naya aitraaz laaya gaya wo ye k 12 Rabi Awwal Sharif k din Huzoor Nabi E
Karim ﷺKa Yaum E Wisal Huwa Sahaba Gamgeen the us din khusi to Dushmane Islam ne manayi thi
aur tum bhi manate ho ye aitraaz kar ek aam Musalman ko confuse kiya jaata hai.
Aaye Ab Hadees Aur Tareekh ki kitabo me Is Talluk se Kya Likha Hai k Huzoor Rehmat E Aalam ﷺKa
Yaum E Wisaal Kab Huwa ?
Iske Talluk se hume jo milta hai wo yaha pesh karte hai.
12 Rabi Ul Awwal :
Ye kaul Umool Momineen Sayeeda Tahira Ayesha Siddiqa Radi Allaho Anha Aur Hazrat Abdullah ibn
Abbas Radi Allaho Anho ki Taraf Mansoob hai.
(Ibn Kathir Al Badaya Wan Nahaya Vol : 05, Pg : 256)
Ye Rivayat Jo 12 Rabi Awwal ki hai is rivayat me Ravi Hai “Imam Muhammad Ibn Umar Al Waqidi Aur
“Muhammad ibn Ali Ibn Subarrah” jinpe Muhadiseen ki kaafi jirah Hai ye dono raavi Sayyida Ayesha Radi
Allaho Anha k rivayat me hai.
Imam Ali bin Al Madeeni, Imam Abu Hatim Razi, Imam Yahya Ibn Moeen Rizwanullahi Azmayeen ne kaha
Imam Waqidi Siqaah Nahi Hai.
Imam Ahmad Ibn Hambal ne Kaha Imam Waqidi Hadees gadte hai.
Imam Hatim Aur Imam Bukhari Ne Kaha Imam Waqidi Masrooq Hai Yaani Rejected.
Imam Murrah Kahte Hai Imam Waqidi Se Koi Hadees naa le.
Imam ibn Aadi Ne Kaha Imam Waqidi Par Aimma Ki Jiraah hai.
Yaha Ye Bhi Kaha Jaa Sakta Hai k Baaj Muhadiseen Ne Imam Waqidi ko Bhi Siqaah Karar Diya Hai Ye baat
Bhi Sahi Hai Lekin Agar Yaha Imam Waqidi Ko Siqaah bhi maane uske baad bhi Ye rivayat 12 Rabi Ul
Awwal Ki Motebar Nahi saabit hosakti kyuki Is Rivayat karne me ek dusra raavi bhi hai jispar bhi
Muhadiseen ki khoob jirah hai wo hai
“Muhammad ibn Ali Ibn Suburrah” inke baare me Imam Ahmad Ibn Hambal kahte hai Ye Hadees Gadte
The.
(Al Mizan Ul Aitedaal Fi Naqd Ul Rijaal Vol : 02, Pg : 397)
Page | 422
Dusri Rivayat Hai Hazrat Abbas Radi Allaho Anho Ki Usme Ek Raavi Hai Ibrahim ibn Yazeed Jo Imam
Waqidi K Shaykh Hai Wo Bhi Zaeef Raavi Hai aur dusri wajah ye bhi hai k Khud Ibn Abbas Se 02 03 Kaul Is
talluk se mauzood hai mukhtalif rivayat me ye to rahi Muhadisaana baat lkin kisi ko Jiddh hai k nahi nahi
12 hi hai tab bhi hum iske aakhri hisse me Sahi Hadees Se Ye Proof karenge k 12 Rabi Ul Awaal
Huzoor ﷺKa Yaum E Wisaal Nahi Hai jo sabse aakhri me aayga aur is risale ka sabse extensive
research hai jiske jawab koi maa kaa laal nahi laa sakta In Sha Allah Taala.
10 Rabi Ul Awwal:
Ye Rivayat Bhi Hazrat Abdullah ibn Abbas Radi Allaho Anho ki taraf mansoob hai.
(Ibn Kathir Al Badaya Wan Nahaya Vol : 05, Pg : 256)
Is rivayat Me bhi 02 Raavi hai Ek “Saif Ibn Umar” Jo Zaeef Raavi Hai Aur Dusre “Muhammad ibn
Ubaidullah Al Aazmi” Jo Masrook Hai.
(Hafiz Imam Ibn Hajar Asqalani Takreeb Ut Tahzeeb Pg : 142 And 203)
15 Rabi Ul Awwal:
Ye Kaul Hazrat Asma bint Abu Baqr Siddiq Radi Allaho Anha ki jaanib Mansoob Hai.
Kutoob E Hadees Me Iska Koi Hawala Nahi Hai.
11 Rabi Ul Awwal :
Ye Kaul Hazrat Abdullah ibn Masood Radi Allaho Anho ki taraf Mansoob hai iska bhi koi hawala qutoob e
hadees me nahi milta.
(Imam Samhoodi Al Wafa Ul Wafa Vol : 01, Pg :318)
2 Rabi Ul Awwal :
* Ye Kaul Bahot Se Sahaba Tabaein Se Aaya Hai jinme Hazrat Abdullah ibn Abbas Radi Allaho Anho
(Imam Tabri Tafseer E Jamai Ul Bayan Vol : 06,Pg : 51)
* Hazrat Anas ibn Malik Radi Allaho Anho Aur Unke Shagirdo Se.
(Imam Tabri Tareekh Ul Umaam Wal Mooluk Vol : 03, Pg : 197)
* Hazrat Saeed Ibn Zubair Radi Allaho Anho
(Al Itqaan Fi Uloom Ul Quran Vol : 01, Pg : 27)
* Imran Suleman Turkal Al Taeemi Radi Allaho Anho
(Dalailun Nabuwwah Lil Bayhaqi Vol : 07, Pg : 234)
* Antara bin Abdul Rehman Shaibani Radi Allaho Anho
(Maalim Ul Tanzeel Lil Bayhaqi Vol : 02, Pg : 10)
* Saaad ibn Ibrahim Al Zuhri ,Muhammad Ibn Kais Al Madani , Imam Muhammad Baqir Ibn Imam Zainul
Aabedin, Hazrat Urwa Ibn Zubair , Hazrat Moosa Ibn Uqba , Imam Ibn Shahabudin Zuhri , Imam Lais Ibn
Saad, Imam Abu Noem Al Fazl ibn Dukhain Rizwanullahi Azmayeen.
(Ibn Kathir Al Badaya Wan Nahaya Vol : 05, Pg : 255)
Page | 423
Nahi Karti Ye Ek Galat Fehmi Hai k 12 Rabi Ul Awal Yaum E Wisaal Hai.
(Fathul Baari Shara E Sahi Bukhari Vol : 08, Pg :130)
Ulema E Deoband K Nazdeeq Motebar Shaksiyat Shaykh Shibli Nomani Sahab Ne Huzoor E Akram ﷺ
Ka Yaum E Wisaal 01 Rabi Ul Awwal Likha Hai.
(Seeratun Nabi Lil Shibli Vol : 02, Pg : 160)
Muhammad ibn Abdul Wahab Nazdi Shaykh ul Fil Kul E Wahabiya unke Bete Shaykh Abdullah Nazdi Ne
Apni Kitab Muktasar Seerat Ul Rasool Allah Pg : 09 Pe Huzoor Ka Yaum E Wisaal 08 Rabi Ul Awaal Likha
Hai Aur Issi Kitab Me Milad Un Nabi ﷺka Jaiz Hona Likha Hai.
Yaha Humne Sabke Kaul Likh diye k 12 Rabi Ul Awwal Yaum E Wisal Nahi Hai Par Agar kuch log koi abhi
bhi galat fehmi ya hat dharma me lage hai to ye hamare is risale ka aakhri hissa hai jis se wajah taur pe
Hadees E Sahi Se Saabit hojayga k 12 Rabi Ul Awwal Huzoor Rehmat E Aalam ﷺKa Yaum E Wisal Nahi
Hai aur koi maa kaa laal Ahle hadees khud ko kahne waala iska jawab nahi laa sakta. In Sha Allah Taala
Hadees 01:
“Hazrat Umar Ibn Khattab Radi Allaho Anho Se Rivayat Hai Farmate hai Ek Yahudi Ne Mujhse Kaha Aye
Ameerul Momineen Ek Aayat Aap Hazrat Apni Kitab (Quran) Me Padhte Hai Agar Wo Hum Par Nazil Hoti
To Hum Us Din Ko Eid Bana Lete.
Umar Ibn Khattab Ne Pucha Wo Konsi Aayat Hai ?
Yahudi Ne Kaha (Surah Maida Ayat 03) ”
Hazrat Umar Ne Irshad Farmaya Isme Koi Shak Nahi Hum Jaante Hain Kab Aur Kaha Ye Aayat E Karima
Huzoor Rehmat E Aalam Par Naazil Huwi Aur Wo Juma Ka Din Tha Nabi E Akram Arafat Me The (Yaani
Hajj ka Din)”
(Sahi Bukhari Vol : 01, Pg : 45, Kitabul Imaan, Baab : Imaan Ka Zyada Aur Kam Hona,Hadees : 45)
(Sahi Bukhari Vol :06, Pg :106. Kitabut Tafseer, Hadees : 4606)
(Sahi Bukhari Vol : 09,Pg : 231, Hadees : 7268)
(Sahi Muslim Vol : 07, Pg :418 - 420 Kitabut Tafseer, Hadees : 7523, 7524, 7525, 7526,7527)
(Sunan Nasai Vol : 03, Pg : 605, Kitabul Hajj, Hadees : 3005)
(Sunan Nasai Vol : 06, Pg : 31, Kitabul Imaan, Hadees : 5012)
(Jamai Tirmizi Vol :06, Pg :357, Kitabut Tafseer, Hadees : 3043 “Arabic Hadees No : 3317”)
Page | 424
Hadees 02 :
Page | 425
(Imam Ibn Jarir Tabri Tafseer Al Tabri Vol : 06, Pg :82)
(Ibn Katir Tafseer Ul Quran Vol : 02, Pg : 30)
(Mishkat Al Masabih Vol :01, Kitabus Salat, Baab : Juma Ka Bayan, Hadees : 1288)
In Hadees E Paak Se Maloom Huwa K Jis Din Surah Maida Ayat 03 Nazil Huwi Wo Din Yaum E Arafat Ka
Din Tha Yaani 09 Zil Hajja, Juma Ka Din Tha Aur 10 Hizri Thi Ye Ek Chiz Mil Gayi.
Hadees 03:
“Hazrat Anas Ibn Malik Radi Allaho Anho Se Rivayat Hai Huzoor Nabi E Karim ﷺK Marjul Maut k wakt
Hazrat Abu Baqr Siddique Radi Allaho Anho Namaz padhate the Wo Peer Ka Din Tha Jab Log Namaz Me
Saff Bandhe Khade Huwe The To Huzoor Rehmat E Aalam ﷺNe Apne Huzre E Mubarak Se Parda
hataya aur Hamari Taraf Dekh Rahe The Aapka Chahre Mubarak Goya Mushaaf Ka Waraq Tha Huzoor
Nabi E Karim ﷺMuskura Rahe The Hume Itni Khusi Huwi k Khatra Hogaya k Kaheen Hum Sab Aap
Nabi E Akram ﷺKo Dekhne Me Hi Naa Mashgul Hojaye Aur Namaz Tod De, Hazrat Abu Bakr Piche
Hatke Saaf k Saath Aa Milna Chahte The Wo Samjhe Huzoor Rehmat E Aalam ﷺNamaz K Liye Tashrif
Laa Rahe Hai Lekin Huzoor Rehmat E Aalam Ne Ishara Kiya K Namaz Puri Karlo phir Huzoor Nabi E
Akram ﷺNe Parda daal Diya Aur Ussi Din Aap ki Wafat huwi”
(Sahi Bukhari Vol : 01, Pg : 386, Kitabul Azaan, Hadees : 680)
(Sahi Muslim, Vol : 01, Pg : 534, Kitabus Salat, Hadees : 944, ‘Online No : 419’)
Page | 426
Hadees 04 :
“Anas Bin Malik Radi Allaho Anho Se Marvi Hai Jab Hazrat Abu Baqr Siddique Peer K Din Subah K wakt
Namaz Ki Imamat Farma Rahe The To Huzoor Nabi E Akram ﷺNe Huzra E Ayesha Se Parda hataya aur
Dekha k Log Saffo Me Khade The Aur Muskuraya.
Hazrat Abu Bakr Saff Se Piche Hatne Lage k Huzoor ﷺNamaz k Liye Aana Chahte Ho. Musalmano Ka
Khayal Namaz Se Hatke Huzoor ﷺKi Taraf Hogaya. Huzoor Nabi E Akram ﷺNe Ishare Se Farmaya
Namaz Mukammal Kare Aur Phir Huzoor ﷺApne Huzre Me Chale Gaye Aur Parda Gira Diya, Aur Ussi
Din Huzoor ﷺUssi Din Wisaal Huwa.
(Sahi Bukhari Vol : 02, Pg :177, Kitaab Aamal Fi Salat, Hadees : 1205)
Page | 427
Hadees 05 :
“Hazrat Anas Farmate Hai Aakhri Baar Maine Rasool Allah ﷺka Deedar Kiya Jab Allah K Nabi ﷺNe
Parda Hatake Dekha To Log Saff Me Abu Baqr Siddique K Piche The Aur Abu Baqr piche aana Chahte the
lekin Huzoor ﷺNe Ishara Farmaya k tahre raho aur parda gira diya pass Ussi Din Huzoor ﷺKa
Wisaal Huwa Aur Wo Din Peer Ka Tha”
(Sunan Nasai Vol :03, Pg : 23, Kitabuz Janaiz “Peer K Deen Wisaal Ka Bayan”Hadees : 1832)
(Sunan ibn Majah, Hadees : 1624 me Bhi is tarah ki rivayat hai)
In Sahi Rivayato Se 02 Chiz Mil Gayi Ek To jab Yaum E Arafat Ka Din Tha
1). 10 Zil Hajj Yaum E Arafat Jo Huzoor E Karim ﷺKa Aakhri Hajj farmaya wo din Juma ka tha.
2). 11 Hizri Rabi Ul Awwal Me Huzoor ﷺK Wisaal Ka Din Peer Monday tha.
3). Islami mahino Me Zil Hajja 12 wa Aur Saal Ka Aakhri Mahina Hai Uske Baad Naya Saala Naya Mahina
Muharrama Ul Haraam, Safar, Rabi Un Awwal yaani Zil Hajja Yaum E Arafat k din kay baad Huzoor Nabi E
Akram Ki hayat kul Muharram, Safar aur Rabi Ul Awwal Rahi aur Phir Peer K Din Wisaal Huwa yaha hum
pura calculation karke chart me dikhaynge k Peer K deen Rabi Ul Awwal k Maah Me 12 tarikh aati hi nahi.
4) Kabil E Gaur Baat Hai Yaha K Islami Mahine Yaa To 29 Din K Hote Hai Yaa Phir 30 Din K hote hai Naa to
ye 28 Din K Honge Naa To 31 din honge.
Condition 01 : Mathematical Chart 02 month of 29 Days And 1 Month of 30 DaysAgar 02 Mahine Hum 29
Days K Le Aur 1 Din 30 Din Ka le to bhi 12 Rabi Ul Awwal Jumah K Din aata Hai Naaki Peer K Din.
Day Zil Hajja 10 Hizri Muharram 11 Hizri Safar 11 Hizri Rabi Awwal 11
(Month of 29 Days) (Month of 30 Days) (Month of 29 Days) Hizri
Friday 09 Z H Yaum E 01 M -- --
Arafat
Sunday 11 Z H 03 M 01 S --
Monday 12 Z H 04 M 02 S 01 R A
Tuesday 13 Z H 05 M 03 S 02 R A
Wednesday 14 Z H 06 M 04 S 03 R A
Thursday 15 Z H 07 M 05 S 04 R A
Friday 16 Z H 08 M 06 S 05 R A
Saturday 17 Z H 09 M 07 S 06 R A
Sunday 18 Z H 10 M 08 S 07 R A
Monday 19 Z H 11 M 09 S 08 R A
Tuesday 20 Z H 12 M 10 S 09 R A
Wednesday 21 Z H 13 M 11 S 10 R A
Thursday 22 Z H 14 M 12 S 11 R A
Friday 23 Z H 15 M 13 S 12 R A
Saturday 24 Z H 16 M 14 S 13 R A
Sunday 25 Z H 17 M 15 S 14 R A
Monday 26 Z H 18 M 16 S 15 R A
Tuesday 27 Z H 19 M 17 S 16 R A
Wednesday 28 Z H 20 M 18 S 17 R A
Thursday 29 Z H 21 M 19 S 18 R A
Friday -- 22 M 20 S 19 R A
Saturday -- 23 M 21 S 20 R A
Page | 429
Sunday -- 24 M 22 S 21 R A
Monday -- 25 M 23 S 22 R A
Tuesday -- 26 M 24 S 23 R A
Wednesday -- 27 M 25 S 24 R A
Thursday -- 28 M 26 S 25 R A
Friday -- 29 M 27 S 26 R A
Saturday -- 30 M 28 S 27 R A
Sunday -- -- 29 S 28 R A
Monday -- -- -- 29 R A
Condition No 02:
02 Months 30 Days kay aur 01 Month 29 Days Ka Usme Dekhe Konsa Din 12 Rabi Ul Awwal.
Zil Hajja 10 Hizri Muharram 11 Hizri Safar 11 Hizri (Month Rabi Awwal 11
Day (Month of 30) (Month of 29) of 30) Hizri
Friday 09 Z H Yaum E Arafat -- -- --
Saturday 10 Z H EID UL AZHA 01 M -- --
Sunday 11 Z H 02 M 01 S --
Monday 12 Z H 03 M 02 S --
Tuesday 13 Z H 04 M 03 S 01 R A
Wednesday 14 Z H 05 M 04 S 02 R A
Thursday 15 Z H 06 M 05 S 03 R A
Friday 16 Z H 07 M 06 S 04 R A
Saturday 17 Z H 08 M 07 S 05 R A
Sunday 18 Z H 09 M 08 S 06 R A
Monday 19 Z H 10 M 09 S 07 R A
Tuesday 20 Z H 11 M 10 S 08 R A
Wednesday 21 Z H 12 M 11 S 09 R A
Thursday 22 Z H 13 M 12 S 10 R A
Friday 23 Z H 14 M 13 S 11 R A
Saturday 24 Z H 15 M 14 S 12 R A
Sunday 25 Z H 16 M 15 S 13 R A
Monday 26 Z H 17 M 16 S 14 R A
Page | 430
Tuesday 27 Z H 18 M 17 S 15 R A
Wednesday 28 Z H 19 M 18 S 16 R A
Thursday 29 Z H 20 M 19 S 17 R A
Friday 30 Z H 21 M 20 S 18 R A
Saturday -- 22 M 21 S 19 R A
Sunday -- 23 M 22 S 20 R A
Monday -- 24 M 23 S 21 R A
Tuesday -- 25 M 24 S 22 R A
Wednesday -- 26 M 25 S 23 R A
Thursday -- 27 M 26 S 24 R A
Friday -- 28 M 27 S 25 R A
Saturday -- 29 M 28 S 26 R A
Sunday -- -- 29 S 27 R A
Monday -- -- 30 S 28 R A
Agar 02 Mahine 29 Days Ka Le Aur Ek Mahina 29 Days Ka To Bhi 12 Rabi Ul Awwal Saturday ko aaya.
Condition No 03 :
Agar teeno Mahine 30 Days Kay le to bhi 12 Rabi Ul Awwal ko Din Sunday Aata hai.
Condition No 04 :
Agar Teeno Mahine 29 Days Kay Le To 12 Rabi Ul Awwal Aata Hai Thursday Kay Din.
Conclusion
Yaha Humne Har Possibilities Ko Hadees Sahi se Bata Diya k Rabi Ul Awwal Peer k Din Nahi Aata To Ye
Baatein Failake Awam ko Subahat Me Daalna Milad Ko Rokna ye Sab Galat Tarika Hai Allah Aise fitno se
Hum Musalamano Ki Hifazat Farmaye.
Page | 431
FAZAIL E DUROOD O SALAM - VIRTUES OF
SENDING BLESSING ON PROPHET ﷺ
"Beshak Allah Aur Uske Farishte Darood Bhejte Hai Us Gaib Batane Waale Nabi Par, Aye Imaan Waalo
Unpar Durood Aur Khoob Salam Bhejo"
(Al Quran Surah Al Ahzaab Ayat : 56)
Aayat e Mubaraka k Nuzool ka pasmanzar ye hai k kuffar aur Munafikeen ki toli Huzoor Nabi E Karim
ﷺki Dil aazari karte the jiske baad Allah ne ye aayaat e Mubaraka Nuzool karke Mehmool e Rabbil
Aalimeen ﷺko wo makam o martaba ata kiya aur kaha k agarche ye chand log hai jo Aap ﷺki dil
aazari karte hai jo dardnaak aazab k mustahik hai par Huzoor e Akram ﷺki shan o azmat to khud unka
Paak Parwardigar bayan farma raha hai uske farishto ko mukkarrar kar rakha hai jo Huzoor ﷺki Shan
e Akdas me Durood o salam padhte hai kayamat tak aane waale Musalmano par bhi laazim kar diya k
uske Mehmboob par Durood o salam bheja karo.
Chunanche Allama Ismail Hakki Al Hanfi (R.A) ne apni tafseer Ruhool Bayan me likha hai Is aayat e karima
k nuzool k baad Huzoor ﷺk chehra e Mubarak Noor ki kirane lootane laga aur farmaya
“Mujhe Mubarakbaad Pesh Karo Kyuki Mujhe Wo aayat e Mubaraka ata Ki gayi hai jo Mujhe Dunya Wa
Maafiha (yaani jo kuch dunya aur isme hai) sabse zyada Mehboob hai”
(Tafseer E Roohul Bayan, Vol : 07, Pg : 223, para 22 Surah Ahzab Ayat 56)
Is aayat e Karima me Allah ka Durood Bhejna bhi hai aur Farishto k saath saath Hum Musalmano ko bhi
durood bhejna hai Agarche Lafz Allah Farishto Aur Imaan waalo k liye ek hi istemal kiya gaya hai par iske
maane Mukhtalif honge ye yaad rahe.
Imam Baghawi Ash Shafai (R.A) iske maane ko bayan farmate hai
“Allah k durood bhejna hai REHMAT naazil farmana Jabki Farishto aur Hamara Durood Dua E Rehmat
Karna Hai”
(As Shara Us Sunnah, Vol : 02, Kitabus Salat, Baab : As Salat Alan Nabi , Pg : 280)
Shaikul Islam Allama Ibn Hajar Al Asqalani (R.A) Allah k Durood bhejne k maane ko bayan farmate hai
“Allah Buzurg Wa Bartar Aap ﷺki Tarif Aur Azmat bayan Farmata Hai”
(Futuhool Bari Shara E Sahi Bukhari,Kitabu Dawaatt, Baab : As Salat Alan Nabi ﷺ, Pg : 131/132,
Hadees : 6358)
Allama Mufti Muhammad Amzad Ali Khan Sadrusharia (R.A) likhte hai
"Umr Me Ek baar Durood Sharif padhna farz hai aur har jalsa e zikr me ek baar durood sharif padhna
wajib hai"
Page | 432
(Bahar e Shariat Vol : 01, Pg : 533)
Hadees 01:
Hazrat Abu Hurraira (R.A) se rivayat hai k Rasool E Karim ﷺNe Irshad farmaya Jis Ne Mujhe Par Ek
Baar
Durood Bheja Allah Uspar 10 Rehmatein Bhejta Hai"
(Sahi Muslim Vol : 01, Kitab No 04 - Kitabus Salat,Baab No 17, Pg : 216, Hadees : 408)
(Jamai Tirmizi Vol 02, Pg:28,Kitab No 03 - Kitabul Witr, Hadees : 485)
Hadees 02 :
Asim bin Ubaidullah (R.A) bayan famate hai hai Unhone Abdullah ibn Amir (R.A) se suna k unhone unke
walid se suna k Rasool Allah ﷺNe Farmaya -
"Jo Mujh Par Darood Bhejta Hai To Jab Tak Wo Mujhe Pe Durood Bhejte Rehta Hai Farishte Uske Liye
Page | 433
Duaye Rehmat Karte Hai Ab Bande Ki Marzi Hai Kam Padhe ya Zyada"
(Sunan ibn Maj ah, Vol : 01, Pg : 490, Kitab No 05 - Kitab Ikamat Al Salat Wa Sunnat, Hadees : 907)
Hadees 03:
Hazrat Abdullah ibn Masood (R.A) se rivayat hai k Rasool E Karim ﷺne Irshad farmaya Baroze
Kayamat Logo Me Se Mere Karib Tar Wo Hoga Jo Mujhpe Sabse Zyada Durood Padhe Honge "
(Jamai Tirmizi Vol 02, Pg:28,Kitab No 03 - Kitabul Witr, Hadees : 484)
Page | 434
(Sahi Ibn Hibban Vol : 03. Pg : 192, Hadees : 911)
(Imam Bayhaqi Shoebul Imaan Vol : 02. Pg : 212, Hadees : 1563)
(Imam Daylami Al Musnadul Firduas Vol : 01, Pg : 81, Hadees : 250)
(Imam Bukhari ne Tareekh Ul Kabeer, Vol : 05, Pg : 177, Hadees : 559)
(Khateeb Tabrezi ne Mishkatul Masabeeh Vol : 01, Pg : 278, Kitab us Salat, Baab No : 16, Hadees : 293)
Hadees 04:
Hazrat Anas Bin Malik (R.A) Se rivayat hai Nabi E Akram ﷺne Irshad farmaya Jis Ne Mujhe Par Ek
Baar
Durood e Paak Padha Allah Uspar 10 Rehmatein Nazil Farmata, 10 Gunaah Mitata Hai aur 10 Darjaat
Buland Farmata Hai"
(Sunan Nasai Vol 03,Pg :222, Kitab No 13 - Kitabus Sauh, Baab No 55 Huzoor Nabi E Karim ﷺPar Salat
O Salam Bhejne K Fazail, Hadis :1297)
( Imam Bukhari ne Al Adabul Mufrad Vol: 01, Pg : 225, Hadees : 643)
(Imam Bayhaqi Shoebul Imaan Vol : 02, Pg : 210, Hadees : 1554)
Page | 435
Hadees 05:
Hadees 06:
Rasool E Karim ﷺne Farmane Aalishan hai "Mujh Par Durood Sharif Padh Kar Apni Majalis Aaraasta
Karo K Tumhara Durood E Paak Padhna
Baroze Kayamat Tumhare Liye Noor Hoga"
(Firdosul Akhbar Vol : 01, Pg : 422, Hadees : 3149)
436 | P a g e
Hadees 07:
Ummool Momineen Ayesha Siddika Tahira Radi Allaho Anha Farmati Hai
"Apni Majlis Ko Nabi E Karim ﷺPar Durood E Paak Padhke Aarasta Karo"
(Khatib Bagdadi ne Tarikh E Baghdad Vol : 07, Pg :216)
Isliye hum ahle sunnat ka ye riwaz hai k hum durood e mubaraka ki majalis sazate hai aur Allah ki
hamd ko sana aur Rasool E karim ﷺPar Durood e Mubaraka padhte hai. Alhamdullilah ab kuch logo
k yaha to Durood ki mazalis munnakid karna hi haram o shirk o biddat hai khair aise badnasimo ka ilaaz
bhi nahi hai.
Hadees 08:
437 | P a g e
Hadees 09:
Hadees 10 :
Huzoor E Akram ﷺne Irshad farmaya “Shabe Juma Aur Roz E Juma Mujh Par Kasrat Se Durood
Padho Kyuki Tumhara Durood E Paak Mujh Par Pesh Kiya Jaata Hai”
(Imam Tabrani Al Majmaul Ausat Vol : 01, Pg 86, Hadees : 231)
438 | P a g e
Hadees 11 :
“Hazart Aws Bin Aws (R.A) Se Rivayat Hai Ki Huzoor Nabi E Akram ﷺNe Farmaya Beshak Tumhare
Dino
Me Afzal Tarin Din Jum’a Ka Din Hai. Isi Din Hazrat Aadam Alaihissalam Paida Hue Aur Isi Din Unhone
Wafaat Paaee Aur Isi Din Soor Foonka Jaaega Aur Isi Din Sakht Aawaaz Zaahir Hogi.
Pas Is Din Mujh Par Kasrat Se Durood Bheja Karo Kyun Ki Tumhara Durood Mujh Par Pesh Kiya Jaata
Hai”
(Sunan Abu Dawood Vol : 01,Kitabus Salat,Baab Fazle Youme Jumaat, Pg : 443, Hadees : 1047)
(Sunan Nasai, Book : As Salah Jild : 2 Pg : 101 Hadis: 1374)
(Imam Tabrani, Ma'jam Al Kabeer Vol:1 Pg: 216-217 Hadis: 589)
(Al Musannif Ibn e Abi Shaibah Vol 06, Book : As Salah Chapter : 795 Pg : 40,Hadis: 8789)
(Imam Darimi, Sunan Darmi, Book : As Salah Chapter : Fee Fadl Yaum Al Jumu'ah Jild : 1 pg : 445 Hadis:
1572, Darmi As-Sunan, Jild-01, Pg-445, Hadith-1572)
(Imam Majah, Sunan Ibn Majah, Book : As Salah wa Sunnah feeha Baab : Fadl yaum Al Jumu'ah Jild : 1
Pg : 345 Hadis: 1085)
(Musnad e Imam Ahmad Bin Hambal, Vol:26 Pg:84 Hadis: 16162)
(Imam Bayhaqi, Sunan Al Kubra, Book : Al Juma'ah Chapter : 105 Jild : 3 Pg : 353 Hadis: 5993)
439 | P a g e
Hadees 12 :
“Hazrat Abu Darda (R.A) Riwayat Karte Hain Ki Huzoor Nabi E Akram ﷺNe Farmaya Jum’a Ke Din
Mujh Par Nihaayat Kasrat Se Durood Bheja Karo, Yah Youm-E-Mas’hood (Yaani Meri Bargah Me
Farishton Ki Khusoosi Haaziri Ka Din) Hai. Is Din Farishte (Khusoosi Taur Par Kasrat Se Meri Bargah Me)
Haazir Hote Hain, Jab Koii Shakhs Mujh Par Durood Bhejta Hai To Us Ke Faarig Hone Tak Us Ka Durood
Mere Saamne Pesh Kar Diya Jaata Hai. Hazrat Aboo Darda RadiyAllahu Ta’ala Anhu Bayan Karte Hain Ki
Meine Arz Kiya (Ya RasoolAllah Sal Allahu Alaihi Wassalam!) Aur Aap Ke Wisaal Ke Baad (Kya Hoga)?
Aap SallAllahu Ta’ala Alaihi Wa Aalehi Wa Sallam Ne Farmaya :
Haa (Meri Zaahiri) Wafaat Ke Baad Bhi (Mere Saamne Isi Tarah Pesh Kiya Jaaega Kyun Ki) Allah Ta’ala
Ne Zameen Ke Lie Ambiya-E-Kiram Alaihimussalam Ke Jismon Ka Khaana Haraam Kar Diya Hai.
Phir Allah Ta’ala Ka Nabi Zinda Hota Hai Aur Use Rizq Bhi Ata Kiya Jaata Hai.”
(Sunan Ibn Maajah, Vol -01 , Pg-524, Kitab No 06 - Kitab Al Janaiz,Hadith-1637)
Hadees 13:
“Hazrat Abu Hurairah (R.A) Se Marwi Hai Ki Huzoor Nabi-E-Akram ﷺNe Farmaya :
“Jo Shakhs Bhi Mujh Par Salam Bhejta Hai To Beshak Allah Ta’ala Ne Mujh Par Meri Rooh Lauta Dee
Huee Hai.
(Aur Meri Tawajjoh Us Ki Taraf Mabzool Farmata Hai) Yahaan Tak Ki Us Ke Salam Ka Jawab Deta Hoon”
(Sunan Abu Dawood, Jild-02, Pg-218, Kitab No 11 - Kitab Al Manasik Wa Al Hajj, Baab – Ziyarate
440 | P a g e
Kaboor,Hadith-2041)
Albani ne bhi is Hadees ko Hasan likha hai.
(Ahmad Bin Hanbal Al-Musnad, Jild-02, Pg-527, Hadith-10767)
(Imam Tabarani Al-Muajam-ul-Awsat, Jild-03, Pg-262, Hadith-3092, 9329)
(Bayhaqi As-Sunan-ul-Kubra, Jild-05, Pg-245, Hadith-10050, &
Shuab-ul-Iman, Jild-02, Pg-217, Hadith-5181, 4161)
(Ibn Rahawayh, Al-Musnad, Jild-01, Pg-453, Hadith-526)
(Mundhiri At-Targhib Wat-Tarhib, Jild-02, Pg-326, Hadith-2573) (Haythami Majma-uz-Zawa'id, Jild-10,
Pg-162)
Aksar Ahle Sunnah Wa Jamaat Sunni Hazrat Shab e Juma ko Mehfil e Durood Munakkid karte hai ye is
wajah se hai k aam dino k mukable Juma k din Hadees e paak me Durood e paak ki fazilat sabse zyada
hai ab koi shask aise nek majlis munakkid karna haram o biddat kahe to aiso ka koi ilaaz nahi bugz e
Nabi ﷺse Sina bhara hai inka ALLAH nek hidayat de aiso ko.
441 | P a g e
Hadees 14:
“Hazrat Nabeeh Bin Wahab (R.A) se marvi hai ki Hazrat Kaaab Abhaar Radiallaha anho Ummul
Momineen Hazrat Ayesha Siddika Radi Allaho Anha ki khidmat me haazir hue aur unhone Huzur e
Akram ﷺka zikr kiya.
Hazrat Kaaab Abhaar (R.A) ne kaha
“Jab bhi din nikalta hai 70000 hazar farishte utarte hai aur wo Huzur e Akram ﷺki kabr e Akdas ko
gher lete hai aur Kabr e Akdas pe apna par maarte hai (yaani paro se jhaado dete hai) aur Huzur ﷺk
Roze e akdas me sham hote hee wapas aasmano par chale jaate hai aur itne hi mazid utarte hai wo bhi
wo amal dohrate hai jo pehle k faristo ne kiya hatta k jab qabr e Mubarak shak hogi to Huzur ﷺ
70000 farishto k jhurmut me (maidan e hashr me) tashreef laaynge.
(Imam Darmi ne Sunan Darmi jild 01 , pg : 57 , Hadis : 94)
(Abu Nuayam ne Hilyatul Aulia jild : 5 , pg : 390)
(Imam Bahyaki ne Shuabul Imaan jild 03, pg : 1018, Hadis :537)
(Ibn kathir ne Tafseer ul Quran al azeem Tafseer ibn kathir me Jild 05 pg : 518)
(Jala al Afham Fi Fadhl Salati Ala Khayral Anam Pg : 60, Musannif Ibn Kayyim Jauziya)
Hadees 15 :
442 | P a g e
Ameerul Momineen Farooque E Aazam (R.A) hai “Dua Aasman Aur Zameen k Darmiyan Muallak (Ruki)
Rehti Hai Jab Tak Tu Apne Nabi ﷺPar Durood Na Bheje”
(Sunan Tirmizi, Vol : 02, Kitab No 03 - Kitabul Witr, Baab 21: Maa Ja'aa Fi Salatun Alan Nabi ﷺPg :
29, Hadees : 486)
Hadees 16 :
Hadees 17 :
“Hazrat Fadalah Bin Ubayd (R.A) Se Marwi Hai Ek Martaba Nabi E Akram ﷺHamare Darmiyan
Tashrif Farma They Ki Achanak Ek Shakhs Aaya Aur Us Ne Namaz Ada Kee Aur Ye Dua Maangi “Aye
Allah ! Mujhe Bakhs De Aur Mujh Par Raham Farma.” To Huzoor Nabi E Akram ﷺNe Farmaya :
Aye Namazi !
Tune Jaldi Kee, Jab Namaz Padh Chuke To Phir Sukoon Se Baith Jaao, Phir Allah Ta’ala Kee Shayan-
EShan Us Kee Hamdo Sana Karo, Aur Phir Mujh Par Durood-o-Salam Bhejo Aur Phir Duaa Maango.
Raawi Bayan Karte Hain Ki Phir Ek Aur Shakhs Ne Namaz Ada Kee, To Us Ne Allah Ta’ala Kee Hamd-
oSana Bayan Kee, Aur Huzoor Nabi-E-Akram ﷺPar Durood-o-Salam Bheja To Huzoor Nabi-E-Akram
SallAllahu Ta’ala Alaihi Wa Aalehi Wa Sallam Ne Farmaya :
Aye Namazi ! (Apne Rab) Se Maango Tumhein Ata Kiya Jaayega.”
(Sunan Nasai, Vol : 03, Pg : 44, Kitab No 13 - Kitab As Sauh, Baab No 47 Nabi Pe Durood Bhejne K Fazail
Ka Bayan, Hadees : 1284)
Imam Nasai ne Is Hadees ko Sahi kaha Hai.
(Imam Nasai Al Sunan Al Kubra, Vol : 01, Pg : 380, Hadees : 1207)
443 | P a g e
(Jamai Tirmizi, Vol : 05, Pg : 516, Kitab No 48 - Kitab ud Dua, Baab No 64, Hadees : 3476)
(Sahi ibn Khuzaima Vol : 01, Pg : 351, Hadees : 709)
Kuch Log aise mardood bhi milenge jo kehte hai k namaz me Durood padh liya hai ab alag se Durood
padhne kya hajaat ye hadees un na ahel aur kam jarf ilm logo k liye khuli nishani hai k tumhara sirf
namaz padhlena bhi kaafi nahi hai jab tak Habeeb e Rabbil Aalameen ﷺpe Durood na padho
tumhari sdua Rab Tak Nahi jaati aaj ye jaahil na ahel log Waseela e Mustafa ﷺko Nauzuibillah Shirk
ka naam dete hai phir bataye wo kam zarf log k dua me is durood ka kya matlab bana ?
Hadees 18:
Hazrat Jaabir bin Abdullah (R.A) se rivayat hai k Rasool E Karim ﷺNe Farmaya
"Jisne Maahe Ramzan ko Paaya aur Iske Roze Na Rakhe wo Shaks Shaki (Yaani Badbakt) Hai, Jisne Apne
Walidain Ya Unme Se Kisi Ek Ko Paaya aur Unke Saath Accha Sulook Na Kiya wo Shaks Shaki (Yaani
Badbakt) Hai, Jiske Pass Mera Zikr Hua Aur Usne Mujh Par Durood Na Padha wo Shaks Shaki (Yaani
Badbakt) Hai,"
(Majma Ul Zawaid - Vol 03, Pg : 340, Kitab-us-Saum,Hadees : 4773)
Hadees 19:
Hazrat Abu Hurraira (R.A) se rivayat hai k Rasool E Karim ﷺNe Farmaya
444 | P a g e
"Halaak Ho Wo Shaks Jiske Pass Mera Zikr Hua Aur Usne Mujh Par Durood Na Padha, Halaak Ho Wo
Shaks Jisne Maahe Ramzan ko Paaya Aur Apni Magfirat Na Karwali, Halaak Ho Wo Shaks isne Apne
Walidain Ya Unme Se Kisi Ek Ko Paaya Aur Unki Khidmaat kar Jannat Na Paa Li”
(Jamai Tirmizi, Vol : 05, Pg : 551, Kitab No 48 - Kitab-ut-Duwaat, Hadees : 3545)
Hadees 20:
"Jo Log Apni Majlis Me Allah Ka Zikr Kare Aur Nabi E Paak ﷺPar Bina Durood Padhe Uth Gaye To Wo
Badbudar Murdaad Se Uthe"
(Imam Bayhaqi - Vol 02 Pg : 210 Hadees : 1070)
Hadees 21:
Hazrat Abdullah ibn Abbas (R.A) Se rivayat hai k Rasool Allah ﷺne Irshad farmaya “Jo Mujhpe
Durood Padha Bhool Gaya Usne Jannat Ka Rasta Chod Diya"
445 | P a g e
(Sunan Ibn Majah, Vol : 01, Pg : 294, Kitab Iqamat-Us-Salat Was-Sunnah Fiha Hadees : 908)
Hadees 22:
"Nabi E Karim ﷺNe irshad farmaya Jiske Pass Mera Zikr Hua Aur Usne Mujhpe Durood Na Padha
Usne
Jannat Ka Rasta Chod Diya"
(Imam Tabrani Al Majmual Kabeer, Vol : 03, Pg : 128, Hadees : 2887)
Hadees 23:
Hazrat Ali ibn Abu Talib (R.A) se rivayat hai k Rasool E Karim ﷺNe Farmaya Bakhil Hai Wo Shaks
Jiske Saamne Mera Zikr Hua Aur Usne Mujhpe Durood Na Padha”
(Jamai Tirmizi, Vol : 05, Pg : 551, Kitab No 48 - Kitab-ut-Duwaat, Hadees : 3546)
446 | P a g e
Nabi E Karim ﷺKo Salam Kahne Wala Patthar
Hadees 24:
"Hazrat Jabir ibn Samurah Radiallahu Anhu Se Marvi Hai Nabi E Karim ﷺNe Irshad Farmaya Mai
Makkah Me Us Patthar ko acchi tarah se pahchanta hoon, jo Besat Se pahle mujhe Salam kiya karta
tha, bila Subah Mai us patthar ko ab bhi acchi tarah se pahchanta hoon"
(Sahih Muslim, Kiatabul Fazail, Hadees : 5653)
(Jamai Tirmizi, Kitabul Manaqib, Hadees : 3624)
Alhamdullilah Hum ahle Sunnat ki har majalis me durood e paak ki kasrat hoti hai isliye hamare ulema
apni takreero me bhi Durood e paak padhate hai aur wo jinke yaha puri takreer bas shirk biddat pe
447 | P a g e
khatm hojati hai unke dil itne adawat me gande hogaye hai k unhe durood padhna bhi ab galat lagne
laga hai.
ALLAH SE DUA HAI K HUME APNI HABEEB K MUHIBEEN ME SHAMIL KARLE AUR
DUROOD E PAAK KI KASRAT KARNE WAALO ME SHAMIL KARE.
AAMIN.
448 | P a g e
Nabi E Paak ( )ﷺPar Salaam Padhna
(Bhejna). Kya Ye Shirk hai?
Yahudi Nasaniyo Ke Tukdo Par Palne Waale Wahabi Najdi Ahlehadees Deobandi Tablighi Jamat Waale
Kehte hai Ke Pyare Aaqa ( )ﷺPar Salam Padhna (Bhejna) Shirk hai Haram hai Bid'at Hai (Maz’Allah)),
Ye
Khabis Yahudi Nasaniyo se Itna Paisa Khaate hai Ke Inko Na to Quran Sharif Me Aur Na Hi Hadees Sharif
Me Dikhta hai Quran o Hadees Sharif se Saabit hai Pyare Aaqa ( )ﷺPar Salaam Padhna Jaiz hai, Aur
Allah
Khud Quran Sharif Me Apne Nabiyo Par Salam Bhejraha hai, Aur Hadees Sharif se Ye Bhi Saabit hai Ke
Bejaan Chiz Bhi Pyare Aaqa ( )ﷺPar Salam Bhejti hai (SubhanAllah), Lekin Yahudi Nasaniyo ki Najaiz
Aulaad Shirk Aur Bidat Kehti hai (Maz’Allah)), Allah Ki Laanat Ho Inn Buro Par,
Isliye Mere Aala Hazrat Imam e Ahlesunnat Imam Ahmad Raza Khan Fazile Bareilly (R.A) Farmate hai:
"Shirk Thehre Jisme Taazeem e Habib Uss Bure Mazhab Par Laanat Kijiye"
Allah Apne Habib e Paak ( )ﷺKe Sadqe Hamare Imaan o Aqide Ki Hifazat Farmaye Aur Hum Sab Ko
Saccha
Pakka Aashiqe Rasool ( )ﷺBanaye, Sunniyat Me Rakhe Aur Sunniyat Me Maut Ataa Farmaye Maslake
Aala Hazrat Par Qayem Aur Dayem Farmaye Aur Gustakho Ko Tabah O Barbad Kare Nisto Naabud Kare.
Ayat 1,2,3,4,5,6:
Ayat 07:
Ayat 07:
449 | P a g e
Beshaq Allah Aur Uske Farishte Durood Bhejte Hain Uss Gaib Batane Wale Nabi ﷺAay Iman Walon
Unpar Durood Aur Khoob Salam Bhejo
(Sur'an Sureh Ahzab; Ayat 56)
Hazrat Imam Qazi Ayaz Maliki Al Mutawaffah *544* Hijri Likhte Hain
Hazrat Abu Baqar Bin Bukair Ne Farmaya Ki Ye Ayat Nabi Kareem ﷺPar Utri To Allah Ta'ala Ne Hukm
Diya Sahaba e Karaam Ko Ki Wo Rasool Allah ﷺPar Salàam Padhe Aur Aise Hi Unke Baad Aane Wale
Ahle Iman Ko Hukm Diya Gaya Ki Wo Salam Padhe Huzoor ﷺKi Qabr e Aqdas Ke Pass
(Al Salat Alal Nabi; Safa 17)
To Pta Chala Ki Huzoor ﷺPar Durood o Salam Iman Wale Padhte Hai Kafir Nahi Isi Liye Wahabi
Deobandi
Ahle'hadees Saudi Najdi Itna Durood o Salam Se Chidte Hai Aur Hum Barelvi Log Iman Wale Hai Isi Liye
Subho Sham Har Namaz Ke Baad Huzoor ﷺPar Salam Padhte Hai
Hadees 01:
450 | P a g e
Suna Ke Unhone Unke Walid Se Suna Rasool Allah ﷺNe Irshad Farmaya
"Jo Mujh Pae Durood Bhejta Hai To Jab Tak Wo Mujh Pe Durood Bhejta Rehta Hai Toh. Farishte Bhi
uske Liye Duaye Rehmat Karte Hai Ab Bande Ki Marzi Hai Kam Padhe Ya Zyada"
(Sunan Ibn Majah [Published Dar al-Resalah Syria] ; Hadees 907)
Hadith Status is Hasan (Good )
Hadees 02:
451 | P a g e
Hadees 03:
452 | P a g e
Hadees 04:
453 | P a g e
Hadees 05:
Hazrat Abdullah Bin Mas’ood (R.A) Se Riwayat Hai Rasool Allah ﷺNe Farmaya Zameen Me Allah Ke
Kuch Farishte Ghumte Phirte Hai Aur Meri Ummat (Barelviyon) Ka Salam Mujhe Pauchate Hai
Subhan'Allah
(Musnad Ahmad Bin Hambal; Vol; 3 Hadees 3666)
Huzoor ﷺTo Farma Rahe Hai Ki Mujhpar Salam Padho Aur Tumhara Salam Farishte Lekar Meri Bargh
Me Aate Hai . Aur Wahab i Deobandi Jamati Molvi urf Polvi Kehta Hai Salam Padhna Sirrak Haram
(Maaz'Allah )
Hadees 06:
Wahabi Deobande Ahle'hadees Yahudiyo Ke Muqallid Yani Gair Muqallid Selfie Najdi Log Kehte Hai Ki
Tum Barelvi Log Huzoor ﷺPar Salam Padhte Hoo To Samjh Me Aata Hai. Par Ghaus e Azam Khuwaja
454 | P a g e
Garib Nawaz Aur Alahazrat Par Kyun Aur Kaha Se Sabit Hai
Hazrat Ubaydullah Bin Buraydah Apne Waalid Hazrat Buraydah (R.A) Se Riwaayat Karte Hain Ki Huzoor
Nabiyye e Akram ﷺNe Irshad Farmaya : Aye Buraydah ! Jab Tum Apni Namaaz Padhne Baitho To
Tashahhud Aur Mujh Par Durood Bhejna Kabhi Tark Na Karna, Woh Namaaz Ki Zakaat Hai. Aur Allah Ke
Tamaam Ambiya’ Aur Rasoolo’n Par Aur Us Ke Nek Bando’n Par Bhi Salaam Bheja Karo.”
(Imam Daylami Al Mutawaffah; 509 Hijri Fi Musnad-ul-Firdaws; Vol 5 Hadees 8527)
Isi Liye Hamare Ulma e Karaam Kehte Hai Ki. Wahabi Deobandi Ahle'hadees Hone Ke Liye Jahil Banna
Shart e Aawwal Hai
1). Hazrat Imam Bayhaqi Al Mutawaffah 458 Hijri Hadith Code Karte Hain
455 | P a g e
Tarah Ki
Me Samjha Shayd Qibla Ki Taraf Karke Namaz Shuro Kardi Hai Lekin Wo Namaz Nahi Balke Huzoor ﷺ
Ki Bargah e Aqdas Me Salam Padh Rahe Thay
(Shu'aib ul-Iman Vol 3 Hadees 4164)
Yani Sahabi e Rasool ﷺKi Sonheri Jaliyon Ke Samne Aise Adab Tazeem Se Apna Sar Jhuka Kar Khade
Hote
Ki Lagta Ki Namaz Padh Rahe Ho. To Pta Chala Ki Hum Barelvi Log Jab Hazir Hote Hai Tu Sahabi Ki
Sunnat (Tarike) Par Amal Karte. Aur Bechara Wahabi Najdi Kutta Apne Aaqa Israel Ke Tarike Par Amal
Karta Hue Mana Karta Hai
Hazrat Abdullah Bin Dinaar Se Riwayat Hai Ki Mene Hazrat Abdullah Bin Umar (R.A) Ko Dekha Jab Aap
Kisi Safar Se Wapas Aate To Masjid e Nabawi Shareef To Dakhil Hote Aur Yun Salam Arz Karte Asslamu
Alaika Ya Rasool Allah ﷺAsslamu Alaika Ya Abu Bakr Siddiq Asslamu Alaika Ya Walid Umar Iske Baad
2 Raqat Namaz Ada Farmate
456 | P a g e
Subhan'Allah
Aur Asma o Rijaal Ke Bahut Bade Imam Ibn e Hajar Asqalani Al Mutawaffah 852 Hijri Apni Kitab Al
Matalib al-Aliya Ki Jild 7 Raqam 1320 Par Yahi Hadith Likhte Hai Aur Iski Sanad Ko Sahih Karar Dete Hai
(Al Matalib al-Aliya)
To Maloom Hua Ke Ya Kehkar Rasool Allah ﷺKo Pukarna Sirf Huzoor ﷺKo Jais Nahi Balke Hazrat
Abu Bakr Siddiq Aur Hazrat Umar Ko Bhi Jais Hai Aur Sahabi Ki Sunnat Hai
3).Hazrat Imam Ibn e Hajar Makki Al Mutawaffah 974 Hijri Likhte Hain
Huzoor ﷺKe Pairo'kar (Ita'at) Karne Wale Har Jagah Se Har Waqt Rasool Allah ﷺPar Salam Bhejte
Hain (An Nematul al Kubra Page 14)
Yani Pta Chala Ke Salam Wahi Log Padte Hai Jo Huzoor ﷺKi ita'at Karne Wale Hai Aur Jo Salam Nahi
Padte Wo Ita'at Karne Wale Nahi. Aur Jo Huzoor ﷺKi ita'at Na Kare Wo Islam Se Kharij Hai By Qur'an
457 | P a g e
4).Hazrat Imam Ibn e Hajar Makki Al Mutawaffah 974 Hijri Likhte Hain
Jab Allah Ne Hazrat Adam (Alaihisalaam) Ki Left Rib (Pasli) Se Hazrat Sayyeda Hawwa (R.A) اKo Paida
Kiya Tu Jab Hazrat Adam (Alaihisalaam) Ne Unko Dekha Aur Unko Chohne Chaha Tu Farishto Ne Aapko
Rok Diya Aur Kaha Ke.Pehle Aap Rasool Allah ﷺPar 3 Martaba Ek Riwayat Me Hai 20 Martaba Salam
Padhe
(Al Nematul Al Kubra [English] Page 18)
458 | P a g e
To Pta Chala Ke Salam Padhna Huzoor ﷺPar Ye Hazrat Adam (Alaihisalaam) Ki Sunnat Hai Ab Ye
Mat Kehna Ke Hazrat Adam Bhi Barelvi Thay
Bukhari Muslim Ki Hadith Hai."Huzoor ﷺNe Khud Irshad Farmaya Jisne Mujhe Khuwab Me Dekha
Usne Mujhe Hi Dekha Kyunke Shaitan Meri Surat Nahi Bana Sakta Meri Shakl Me Nahi Aa Sakta
6).Hazrat Imam Qazi Ayaz Maliki Al Mutawaffah 544 Hijri Rehmatullahay'alaih Farmate
Hain
459 | P a g e
Jab Koi Shakhs Apne Ghar Me Dakhil Enter Ho To Wo Yon Kahe As'salam Ala Al Nabi Wa Rehmatullahe
Wa Baraqatahu As'salam Alaina Wa Ala Abdullahe Al Swaliheen As'salam Ala Ahle'bayth Wa
Rehmatullahe Wa Baraqatahu
(Al Shifa (Arabic - Urdu); Sharah Al Shifa)
Iski Sharah Commentary Me Hazrat Mulla Ali Qari Hanfi Al Mutawaffah 1014 Hijri Rehmatullahay'alaih
Likhte Hai.Jab Khali Ghar Me Dakhil Ho To Huzoor ﷺPar Salam Padho Kyunke Har Musalman Ke
Gharo Me Huzoor ﷺKi Roohe Paak Hazir Hoti Hai
7).
460 | P a g e
Khade Ho Kar Salaam Padhna(Upar Ayat 07 ki tehat mein):
AAQA kareem ﷺper beyinteha durood-o-salam bheja jai, ab aap khud he dekhiyay ALLAH ney koi
qiad nahi lagai, k khary ho ker nahi perhna, beith ker nahi perhna, tou jub ALLAH ney koi qaid nahi lagai
tou kisi badmazhab ki kya majaal k wo qaid lagai. Ager yeh aetraz kerty hain k kharey ho ker perhna
kahan sey sabit hai tou inhain kahiyay, masjid per GUMBAD banana kis SAHABI sey sabit hai, Masjid
main Aoqat makhsoos kerna kis sahabi sey SABIT hai. Yeh billa waja aetrazaat hain, jo kerta hai kerta
rahy, hamara KAAM AAQA kareem ﷺper durood perhna hai wo hum kerty rahain gey, khary ho ker
bhi perh sakty hain kyun k adub yehi hai.
461 | P a g e
List of Known Mujaddids from the First Century
Mujaddid use kehte hai ki jab Finah zyada ho jaate hai tab who Sunnato ko thame rehta hai aur jo
Sunnate mita di gayi hai unhe wapas zinda (ijad) karta hai.
Yani who Deen ko fitno se bachata hai. Ek Mujaddid ka maqam bahut bada hai. Har Sadi (100 years) me
ek baar ek mujaddid paida hota hai.
Ek Mujaddid ko 100 shaheed ke barabab ka sawab diya jaata hai.
Hadees:
(Sunan Abu Dawood Vol 4; Hadees 4291)
1st century:
a. Sayyiduna Imam Umar bin Abdul Aziz
b. Imam-e-Aazam Abu Haneefa
2nd century:
a. Imam Hassan Basri,
462 | P a g e
b. Imam Muhammad bin Hassan Shaibani
c. Imam Maalik bin Anas
d. Imam Abdullah bin Idrees Shafi
3rd century:
a. Imam Abul Hassan bin Umar,
b. Imam Ahmad bin Hambal
4th century:
a. Imam Tahtaawi,
b. Imam Isma’eel bin Hamaad Ja’fari,
c. Imam Abu Jaafar bin Jareer Tibri,
d. Imam Abu Haatim Raazi
5th century:
a. Imam Abu Naeem Isfahani,
b. Imam Abul Hussain Ahmad bin Muhammad Abi Bakr-il-Qaadir,
c. Imam Hussain bin Raaghib,
d. Imam Muhammad bin Muhammad Ghazali
6th century:
a. Imam Abul Fadhl Umar Raazi,
b. Allamah Imam Umar Nasfi,
c. Imam Qaazi Fakhrud’Deen Hassan Mansoor,
d. Imam Abu Muhammad Hussain bin Mas’ood Fara’a
7th century:
a. Allamah Imam Abul Fadhl Jamaaluddeen Muhammad bin Afriqi Misri,
b. Imam Sheikh Shahbuddin Suharwardi,
c. Khwaja Muhi’yuddeen Chishti Ajmeri,
d. Imam Abul Hassan Uz’zuddeen Ali bin Muhammad Ibn Atheer,
e. Imam Sheikh Akbar Muhi’yuddeen Muhammad ibn Arabi
8th century:
a. Imam Taaj’uddeen bin Ata’ullah Sikandari,
b. Khwaja Nizamuddin Awliyah Mahboob-e-Ilahi,
c. Imam Umar bin Mas’ood Taftazaani
9th century:
a. Imam Hafiz Jallaluddeen Abu Bakr Abdur Rahmaan Suyuti,
b. Imam Nooruddin bin Ahmad Misri,
c. Imam Muhammad bin Yusuf Karmani,
d. Imam Shamsuddin Abul Kheyr Muhammad bin Abdur Rahmaan Sakhawi,
e. Allamah Imam Sayed Sharif Ali bin Muhammad Jarmaani
463 | P a g e
10th century:
a. Imam Shahabuddin Abu Bakr Ahmad bin Muhammad Khatib Qistalaani,
b. Imam Muhammad Sharbini,
c. Allamah Sheikh Muhammad Taahir Muhaddith
11th century:
a. Imam Ali bin Sultaan Qaari,
b. Imam Sheikh Ahmad Sarhindi Mujaddid-e-Alf Thaani,
c. Sultaanul Arifeen Imam Muhammad Baahu
12th century:
a. Allamah Mawlana Imam Abul Hassan Muhammad bin Abdul Haadi Sindhi,
b. Imam Abdul Ghani Taablisi,
c. Sheikh Ahmad Mullah Jeewan
13th century:
a. Imam Abdul Ali Luckhnowi,
b. Imam Sheikh Ahmad Saadi Maaliki,
c. Allamah Imam Ahmad bin Ismaeel Tahtaawi,
d. Allamah Shah Abdul Azeez Muhaddith-e-Delhwi
14th CENTURY:
Imam-e-Ahle Sunnah, Qami-e-Bid’at, Mujaddid-e-Azam, Ala Hazrat, Ash Shah Imam Ahmed Raza Khan
464 | P a g e
Shan E Auliya
Pesh E Lafz
Tamam Tarif Allah Taa’la k Liye k jisne hume Nabi E Akram ﷺka Ummati banaya Sahih Aqeeda Sunni
Musalman kay ghar paida farmaya.
Durood Wa Salam ho Nabi E Akram ﷺPar Ahle Bayt Par tamam Sahaba Auliya Allah Par Allah Taala
Ne Humare dilo me Apne Mehboob Bando Ki Muhabbat daali yehi wo Muhabbat hai jo Nizaat ka jariya
bhi hai Muhabbat E Auliya ahle bayt Nahi to Ibadat bhi kaam nahi aaygi Ibadat Aur Muhabbat E Auliya
jab ek bande me ijtema karle to yakinan ye raah e nizat hai par ab kuch gumraah firqe wajood me hai
jinhone firqa e mutazila ki tarj par azmat auliya karamat e auliya kay munkir hai aur har wakt bas daur e
pur fitan me Musalmano ko in Auliya Allah se dur karne ki koshish karte hai balki itne tez jaban hai kay
Allah paak kay in mukaddas bando ko babi kahke chidate hai aur inko ALLAH muqable khada kardete
hai yaani jo Allah kay dost hai unhe hi Allah pak ka dushman batane lagte hai, aur apni kam ilmi ya bugz
hasad ki bina par in mukaddas buzurgo ki shaksiyat pe hamla karte hai,
Lihaja hamari is risale me mukhtasar si koshish hai k Shaan Azmat E Auliya Allah Yaha Quran E Karim
Aur Hadees E Paak Se Jama Kare Hai taaki jo Auliya Allah k Makam, Darjaat unke Karamat k Munkir hai
wo padh k samajh jaaye aur apni Akhirat Inki Gustakhi Kar barbaad naa kare.
Gair Janib Daar Hokar padhe to In Sha Allah Taala Yaha Se Haq Jarur Mil jayga.
1) Wilayat Allah Tabarakwa’taala Se Bande Kay Ek Khas Kurb Ka Naam Hai Jo Allah Taala Apne
Buzurgeeda Bando ko Apne Fazl Aur Karam Se Ata karta Hai.
2) Wilayat Koi Aisi Cheez Nahi Jo Aadmi bahot Zyada Mehnat karke Hasil karle Balki Wilayat Allah Pak Ki
Den hai, Albatta Amaal E Hasna Allah Taala Ki Is Den Ka Zariya Hote Hain, Aur Kuch Logo Ko Wilayat
Pahle Se Hi Mil Jaati Hai.
3) Wilayat Be Ilm Ko Nahi Milti, Ilm Do tarah kay hai Ek wo jo jaahiri taur par haasil kiye jaaye aur dusre
wo uloom jo wilayat k martabe par pahuchne se pehle hi Allah Taala us par Uloom kay darwaje khol
deta hai.
4) Tamam Agle Pichle Waliyo Me Se Huzoor ﷺki ummat k Auliya Sabme Afzal Hai
5) Shariat tarikat ki manafi nahi hai balki tarikat shariat ka batini hissa hai, kuch bane huwe jaahil sufi ye
kah diya karte hai tarikat aur hai shariat aur haiye mahez gumrahi hai aur is baatil khayal ki wajah se
Apne Aapko Shariat se zyada(Uncha) samajhna khula huwa kufr aur ilhaad hai.
6) Koi Kitna hi bada Wali kyu naa hojaye Shariat k Ahkam Se Chutkara nahi paa sakta.
(Shadrusharia Allama Amzad Ali Aazmi, Bahar E Shariat, Hissa Awwal, Wilayat Ka Bayan, Pg : 264/65/66)
465 | P a g e
466 | P a g e
7) Koi Wali Kisi Martabe Ka Ho Kisi Sahabi Kay Rutbe Ko Nahi Pahuch Sakta.
(Shadrusharia Allama Amzad Ali Aazmi, Bahar E Shariat, Hissa Awwal, Imamat Ka Bayan, Pg : 253)
Chunache Allama Saadudin Masood bin Umar Taftazani Rahmatullah Alaih likhte Hai
“Wali Us Shaks Ko Kahte hai Jo Mumkin Hadh Tak ALLAH Aur uski Sifaat Ki Marifat (Yani Pahchan)
Rakhta Ho Ibadat Ki Pabandi Karta Ho Aur Har Kism Kay Gunaho Lajjat Aur Shahwat Se bachta Ho”
(Shara E Aqaid, Karamat E Auliya Pg : 316-17)
467 | P a g e
Wali Masoom To Nahi Hote Imkaan E Khata Unse Bhi Mumkin Hai Lekin Allah Pak Ki Ye Shaan Hai k
Apne In Mukaddas bando Ko Gunaah E Kabira Se Mehfooz Rakhta Hai Aur Chote Gunaah Bhi Ho To
Baar Baar Wo Unse Hote Nahi Aur Allah Ki Bargaah Me Huma Wakt Jhuke Huwe Tauba Go Hote Hai.
Wali Arabic Me Singular/Wahid k liye Aur Jab Plural Ek Se Zyada K liye to Waha Lafz Auliya ka
istemal hota hai.
Wali k Lugati maana hai “Dost”, ”Madadgaar”. English Me : “supporter”, “guardian” or “protector” Jis
tarah hum Kahte hai Auliya Allah yaani Allah kay dost kay hote hai aur inki shaan is qadr buland hai kay
jis cheez ki ye qasam utha le to ALLAH usko puri farma deta hai.
Ayat 01 :
“Tumhare Dost Nahi Magar Allah Aur Uska Rasool Aur Imaan Waale Ki Namaz Kayam Rakhte Hai Aur
Zakat Dete Hain Aur Allah k Huzoor Jhuke Huwe Hai”
(Surah Maida Ayat 55)
468 | P a g e
Ayat 02 :
“Allah Wali Hai Musalmano Ka Unhe Andheriyo Se Noor Ki Taraf Nikalta Hai Aur Kafiro K Himayati
Shaitan Hain Wo Unhe Noor Se Andheriyo Ki Taraf Nikalte Hai Yahin Log Dozakh Waale Hai, Unhe
Hamesha Usme Rehna”
(Surah Baqrah Ayat 257)
Quran E karim Ki Aur ek bahot Mashoor Aayat E karima Jisko Aksar Ulema Bayan me Auliya Allah ki
Shaan Aur Azmat par bataur E Dalil Padte hai wo ye Hai.
Ayat 03 :
Ayat 04 :
Wali Wo Azeem Martabat Jaat Hai Jo Allah Taa'la K Nazdeek Bahot Badi Kurbiyat aur makam rakhte hai,
Awliya E Kiram ka Zikr to Quran E Karim Se saabit hai aur issi tarah Awliya ki karamatein bhi Quran me
hai ab koi kahe kay ye Wali auliya kuch nahi hote karamat nahi hoti to aisa shaksh kaafir hai.
Hazrat Abdullah Ibn Abbas (R.A) se rivayat hai Farmate hai k Rasool Allah ﷺse Sawal kiya gaya k
AULIA ki Tarif kya hai -
Nabi E Karim ﷺne Irshad Farmaya Jaan lo K Allah k Aulia wo hai jinhe dekho to tumhe Khuda ka Zikr
yaad aajaye.”
(Imam Nasai Sunan Kubra Vol : 06 ,pg : 362 Ayat of Surah Yunus 62, Hadees : 11233)
(Abdullah Ibn Mubarak -kitabut Zohad Vol : 01 Pg: 72, Hadees:217)
(Imam Hakim Al Tirmizi - Nawadirul usool Vol :02 Pg: 35)
(Imam Haythami Al Makki Shafai - Majma Uz Zawaid Vol:10 Pg : 78)
Hadees 02:
Hazrat Abdullah Bin Abbas (R.A) Se Riwayat Hai Ke Arz Kiya Gaya : Ya RasoolAllah ﷺHamarey
469 | P a g e
Behtareen Hum nasheen Kaun Log Hain ? Aap ﷺNey Farmaya : Aisa Hum nasheen Jis Ka Dekhna
Tumhe Allah Ta’ala Ki Yaad Dilaye Aur Jis Ki Guftgu Tumhare ilm Mey Izaafa Kare Aur Jis Ka Amal
Tumhey Aakhirat Ki Yaad Dilaaye.”
(Imam Abu Yaala Al Musnad Vol : 04, Pg :326, Hadees : 2437)
(Imam Abd bin Humayd Al Musnad Vol : 01 Pg: 213,Hadees : 631)
(Imam Abu Nuaym Al Hilyat ul Awliya, Vol : 07, Pg :46)
(Imam Ibn Mubarak Kitab Az Zuhad, Vol : 01 Pg : 121, Hadees : 355)
(Imam Ibn Abi Duniya Kitab-ul-Awliya Pg : 17, Hadees : 25)
(Imam Mundhiri At-Targhib Wat-Tarhib Vol: 01 Pg : 63, Hadees : 163,
(Imam Hussamul Hindi Al Kanz-ul-Ummal, Vol : 09,Pg :28, 37, Hadees : 24764, 24820)
(Imam Abdul Bakir Zurqani Shara E Muwahibul Laduniya, Vol :04 Pg : 553)
470 | P a g e
Is talluk se kaafi hadees e paak hai humne 02 bayan ki maloom huwa kay awliya swalaheen ki nishani ye
hai kay unko dekh kar bande ko Allah Pak ki yaad aajaye to bila shuba wo dhongi peer kaise wali ho
sakte hai jo aapko Allah pak ki ibadat se agar mana kare namaz roze shariat pe amal se roke ? Jinhe
dekh kar aapko Allah Taa'la to nahi balki charas afim yaad aajaye yaad rakhe aise peer dhongi hote hai
aur aapke liye nuqsan sabit honge duniya me bhi aur aakhirat me bhi.
Ek aitraaz karne wale jo bahut shatir hote hai wo karte hai dekho Awliya to hote hai magar jo tum log
ye Bayazid Bustami, Ibrahim Ibn Adham, Moinudin Hasan Sanjari, Sultan Bahuddin Naqshbandi
Rahmatullah Alaihim Azmayeen jaise buzurgo ko wali kahte ho to aapko kisne bata diya ye Awliya me
se hai ? Iske Kayi jawab hai hum do bayan karte hai ek hadees e paak se padhiye
Hadees 03:
Hazrat Abu Hurairah (R.A) Riwayat Karte Hain Ke Huzoor Nabi E Akram ﷺNey Farmaya :
Jab Allah Ta’ala Kisi Bande Se Muhabbat Karta Hai To Hazrat Jibra’il Alihissalaam Ko Aawaaz Deta Hai
Ke Allah Ta’ala Fula’n Bandey Se Muhabbat Rakhta Hey, Lihaaza Tum Bhi Us Sey Muhabbat Karo Phir
Hazrat Jibra’il Alihissalaam Us Sey Muhabbat Karta Hain.
471 | P a g e
Phir Hazrat Jibra’il Alihissalaam Aasmaani Makhlooq Mey Nida (Aawaaz) Detey Hain Ke Allah Ta’ala
Fula’n Bandey Sey Muhabbat Karta Hey. Lihaaza Tum Bhi Us Sey Muhabbat Karo. Pas Aasmaan Waaley
Bhi Us Sey Muhabbat Karney Lagtey Hey. Phir Zameen Waalon (Key Dilon) Mey Us Ki Maqbooliyat Rakh
Dee Jaati Hey.”
(Sahih Bukhari, Kitabul Adab, Baab : Al Mikati Minalihi Taala, Hadees : 5693)
Note : ye hadees aqsar nuskho me #6040 par darj hai (Sahih Bukhari,Vol :09, Pg : 351, Kitab No 97
Kitabut Tawheed, Hadees : 7485)
(Sahih Bukhari,Vol : 04, Pg : 276 Kitab No 59 Kitab Baadil Khalk, Hadees : 3209)
(Sahih Muslim, Vol :06, Pg : 496, Kitab No 45 Kitabul Birr Walsala Wal Adab, Baab : Hadees : 2637) (Al
Muwatta Imam Malik, Vol : 02, Pg : 953, Hadees : 1747)
(Jamai Tirmizi, Kitab Tafseer, Baab Surah Mariam Hadees :3161 )
(Musnad E Ahmad Vol : 02, Pg : 509, Hadees : 10623)
(Imam Abu Nua’ym Hilyatul Aulia Vol : 07, Pg :141)
(Imam Bayhaqi Shoebul Imaan Kitabuz Zuhad, Vol :02 pg:301 Hadees :805)
(Imam Nawawi - Riyadusalaheen Vol : 01, Pg : 525, Kitab No : 01, Kitab Al Mukadama, Hadees : 387)
(Imam Nawawi 40 Hadees E Qudsi, Pg : 65, Hadees No : 24)
Allah Tabarkwatala Aise bando k liye Jibrail E Ameen Alaihsalam ko Mukhatib Karke Unse Farmata hai
Mai Is Se Muhabbat Karta hoon Tum Bhi karo, Farsihto Me bhi Ailan Karo k inse Muhabbat Kare Aur Sirf
Farishte hi nahi balki Jameen Me Musalmano k Dilo me bhi inki muhabbat ko daal dete hai pata chala
jinke dilo me wo azmat e Auliya Muhabbat E Auliya Daal di gayi hai wo hi Musalman hai aur jo sina Us
Layak hi nahi hai wo mehroom reh gaya. Dusra jawab ye wo buzurg shaksiyat hai jinke wali hone kisi
firqe ka ektelaf nahi chahe Deobandi ho ya Ahle hadees sab inhe apna buzurg peshwa mante hai Ahle
472 | P a g e
hadeeso kay to bade bade aalimo ne inki khoob tarif tak ki hai, aur ye wo buzurg hai jinhe Aimma E
muhadiseen Aimma e jirah wa tadeel ne bhi Sultanul Arifeen jaise alqabat se nawaza hai, woto aajke
Wahabi hai jo inki shaksiyat par hamla kar rahe hai aur apni hi laa ilmi ko ek ilm ka naam diya huwa Ilmi
kitabi halanki sirf selected urdu tarjuma aur apne matlab ki hadees wo bhi galat maane me padhte hai.
Hadees 04:
Banda ALLAH ka Qurb Kab Hasil Karta hai Allah kay Wali Ka Ekteyar Aur Unse Dushmani Bugz Hasad
Karne Ka Nuqsan
Hazrat Abu Hurraira Radi Allahu Anhu Se Marvi Hai Huzoor Nabi E Karim ﷺNe Farmaya Allah Taala
Farmata Hai Jo Merey Kisi Wali Sey Dushmani Rakhey Mey Us Sey Eilan E Jung Karta Hoon Aur Mera
Banda Aise Kisi Cheez Kay Zariye Mera Qurb Nahin Paata Jo Mujhe Farzon Sey Zyada Mehboob Ho Aur
Mera Banda Nafli Ibadat Key Zariye Barabar Mera Qurb Haasil Karta Rahta Hai.
Yahan Tak Ke Main Us Se Muhabbat Karne Lagta Hoon Aur Jab Mein Usse Muhabbat Karta Hoon To
Mein Us Ka Kaan Ban Jaata Hoon Jis Se Woh Sunta Hai Aur Uski Aankh Ban Jaata Hoon Jisse Woh
Dekhta Hai Aur Uska Haath Ban Jaata Hoon Jisse Woh Pakarta Hai Aur Uska Paanw Ban Jaata Hoon Jise
Woh Chalta Hai.
Agar Woh Mujh Sey Sawal Karta Hai To Main Usse Zaroor Ata Karta Hoon Aur Agar Woh Meri Panaah
Mangta Hai To Mein Zaroor Usse Panaah Deta Hoon.
Mein Ne Jo Kaam Karna Hota Hai Usme Kabhi Is Tarah Mutardid (Fikramand) Nahin Hota jaise Banda-E-
Momin Ki Jaan Leney Mey Hota Hoo’n, Usse Mout Pasand Nahi Aur Mujhey Us Ki Takleef Pasand Nahin.
(Sahih Bukhari Pg : 2384/85, kitab ar Riqak, baab : 38, Hadees : 6137) Arabic Nuskha
(Sahih Bukhari Vol : 08, Pg :275, Kitab Ar Riqak,Hadees : 6502)
Yehi Rivayat bahot se Sahaba rizwanullaheem Azmayeen se aayi hai mukhtalif alfaaz k saath.
(Sahih Ibn Hibban Vol : 02, Pg : 58, Hadees : 347)
(Imam Bayhaqi Sunan Ul Kubra, Kitab Uz Zuhad Al Kabir, Vol :02, pg : 269, Hadees : 696)
(Imam Tabrani Al Mu’jam Al Kabir Vol : 08, Pg : 221, Hadees : 7880 & Vol 12, Pg : 145, Hadees : 12719)
(Imam Tabrani Al Mu’jam Al Awsat Vol : 1 Pg :192, Hadees : 609, Vol 09, Pg : 139, Hadees : 9352)
(Imam Abdul Razzaq Al Mussanaf Vol : 11, Pg : 192-93)
(Imam Ibn Abi Dunya Kitab Al Awliya Vol : 01, Hadees : 45 Rivayat Hazrat Anas)
(Imam Abu Nauym Al Hilyatul Awliya 01/5, 8/318)
(Imam Qushayri Risala E Qushairiya Pg : 292)
(Imam Bazzar Al Mazma Uz Zawaid Vol : 04, Pg: 241-42)
(Imam Abu Yaala Al Musnad Vol : 12, Pg : 520 Rivayat Hazrat Maymuna)
(Imam Hakim Tirmizi Nawadir Al Usul, Hadees : 75,162,228)
(Imam Daylami Al Musnad Firdaws Vol :03, Pg : 215, Hadees : 4472, 4475)
Hadees E Mustafvi ﷺSe Awliya Allah ki Ahem pehchan maloom huwi k Banda Allah ki bargaah me
makbool aur martaba tab paata hai jab Sabr ko Ekteyar karle aur khoob Nafl ki pabandi kare.
473 | P a g e
Ek Jaruri Wajhahat Nafl ka makam Farz, Wajibat, Sunnat k baad hai yehi wajah rahi k jitne Auliya Allah
guzre Imam Hasan Basri, Imam Zafar Sadiq, Imam E Aazam Abu Hanifa, Gaus E Aazam, Baba Farid,
Khwaja Moinudin Chisri Ajmeri, Makdhoom E Ashraf Simnani wagairah inki puri zindagi Farz Wajibat
Sunnat ki khoob kasrat to hoti aur uske elawa raat raat Nafl ibadat me guzar dete par aaj k kuch kam
ilm Musalman Aise Aise logo ko apna peer aur wali maante nazar aate hai jo mureedin k saath raat bhar
Qawwali bajate nazar aate hai kuch to itne aage hai raat bhar khud nasha charas peete hai aur
mureedin ko bhi pilate hai Nafl to dur Faraiz tak ada nahi hote Subah Fazr k wakt aate hi Sote nazar
aate hai aise peero se ALLAH Taala Hume bachne ki taufeek de 02 04 Quran ki aayat ka galat mafoom
bayan kar apne mureedo ko gumraah karte hain.
Phir Aage Farmaya Wo Jo maange usse ata karta hoon uski baat raddh nahi hoti Allah Taala Uska Haath
Ban Jaata Hai Unki Aankh ban jaata hai
Harkat banda karta hai par usme wo tamam Power Allah ka hota hai jo ALLAH Unhe ata karta hai
Banda hota Ek Makam par hai par dekhta puri dunya ko saamne dekhta hai
Aur Jo Wali Ki Tauheen karte hai wo hakikat me Imaan waale to hargiz nhi wo Allah Se hi jung karte hai
Hadees 05:
474 | P a g e
Awliya Ko Dekh kar Ambiya Shohada Bhi Rashq Karenge
Hazrat Abu Hurraira Radiallahu Anhu Rivayat Karte Hain Ke Huzoor Nabi E Akram ﷺNe
Farmaya Allah Ta’ala Kay Kuch Bande Aise Hain Jo Ambiya Nahin Lekin Ambiya-E-Kiram Aur Shohada
Bhi Us Par Rashk Karenge. Arz Kiya Gaya (Ya RasoolAllah )ﷺWoh Kaun Log Hain ? (Hamey Un Ki
Sifaat Bata’iye) Taake Hum Bhi Un Sey Muhabbat Kare
Aap ﷺNe Farmaya :
Woh Aise Bande Hain Jo Aapas Me Beghair Kisi Qaraabatdari Aur Waste Key Mahaz Allah Ta’ala Ki
Khaatir Muhabbat Karte Hain Unke Chahre Purnoor Hongey Aur Woh Noor Key Mimbaron Par Jalwa
Afroz Honge. Unhey Koi Khauf Nahin Hoga, Jab Log Khauf Zada Ho’n Gey Aur Unhey Koi Gham Na Hoga
Jab Log Ghamzada Ho’n Gey. Phir Aap ﷺNey Yeh Aayat Tilaawat Farmayi, “Sunn Lo Beshak Allah k
Waliyo Par Na Kuch Khauf hai Na Gum”(Surah Yunus Ayat 62)
(Imam Ibn Hibban Sahih, Vol : 02, Pg : 332, Hadees :573)
(Imam Abu Yala Al Musnad, Vol : 10, Pg : 495, Hadees : 61100
(Imam Bayhaqi Shuab-ul-Iman, Vol : 06, Pg : 485, Hadees : 8997, 8999)
Issi tarah Ki Rivayat Hazrat Umar Ibn Khattab Radiallahu Anhu Se marvi hai
(Imam Abu Dawood Sunan, 03/288, Hadees :3527)
(Imam Nasai Sunan ul Kubra, Vol : 06, Pg : 362, Hadees : 11236)
(Imam Bayhaqi Shuab-ul-Iman, Vol : 06, Pg : 486, Hadees : 8998)
475 | P a g e
Hadees 06:
70000 Auliya Bina Hisab Wa Kitab Jannat Me Jayenge Aur Har Ek Kay Saath 70000 Honge
"Hazrat Abu Umama Radiallahu Anhu Se Marvi Hai Nabi E Karim ﷺko farmate Huwe Suna Mere rab
ne mujhse wada farmaya kay meri ummat me se 70000 logo ko jannat me dakhil karega unka naa hisab
hoga aur na koi unpe azab hoga, Aur phir Hazar kay saath 70000 Hazar honge"
(Imam Tirmizi, Sunan Kitab Al Kiyama Wa Ar Raqaiq Wa Al Wara, Hadees : 2437)
Imam Tirmizi farmate hai Ye hadees Hasan hai
(Imam Ibn Majah Sunan, Kitabuz Zuhd, Hadees : 4286)
Hadees 07:
"Hazrat Abu Hurraira Radiallahu Anhu Se marvi Hai Nabi E Karim ﷺNe irshad farmaya Meri ummat
kay 70000 afraad bila hisab wa kitab jannat me dakhil honge, jinke chahre chaudhwi raat ki chand ki
476 | P a g e
manind chamakte honge"
(Imam Muslim Sahih, Kitabul Iman, Baab 94 Bila Hisab wa kitab Jannat me Jaane Wale Giroh Jinpar Koi
Azab Nahi, Hadees : 217)
Karamat E Auliya
477 | P a g e
AFTER READING THE ABOVE TOPIC, IN THE FOLLOWING PAGES ARE THE IMAGES
OF SCHOLARS FROM BOTH AHLE SUNNAH WAL JAM’AT AND SCHOLARS FROM
OTHER FIRQA.
KEEPING IN MIND THE ABOVE HADEES WITH YOUR FULL HEART AND SOUL SEE
TO WHOM DOES YOUR HEART GO TO AND TELLS THAT THEY ARE THE BELOVED’S
OF ALLAH ALMIGHTY.
ALL THE IMAGES HAVE BEEN TAKEN FROM THE INTERNET. IF NOT SATISFIED YOU
CAN TYPE THEIR NAMES AND SEARCH IT YOURSELF.
(Please search the name of HUZUR TAJUSHARIYA on the internet as well. We
have not shown his photo over here as he had prohibited us from doing so)
ITS NOT ABOUT BEING FAIR OR DARK. ITS NOT ABOUT BEING A RACIST.
THOSE WHO ARE THE BELOVED’S OF ALLAH AMIGHTY THEY SHINE WITH ALL
GLORY BECAUSE THEY CONSIDER OUR NABI ﷺNOOR AND THAT’S WHY THEY
SHINE WHICH SHOWS THEY ARE THE BELOVEDS OF ALLAH ALMIGHTY
478 | P a g e
SCHOLARS OF AHLE SUNNAH WAL JAM’AT (SAHAB)
Shaykh Mahmud Effendi Sayyed Muhammad Sobah Al Jilani Sayyed Sabahuddin Jilani
Shaykh Abdullah Fa’iz ad-Daghestani Shaykh Nazim Al Haqqani Shaykh Mehmet Adil
Shaykh Hisham Kabban Shaykh Adil Kabbani Shaykh Abdul Kerim al-Qubrusi
479 | P a g e
Syakh Abdul Aziz Al Khateeb Shaykh Nurjahan Mirahmadi Shaykh Hashimuddil Al Gaylani
Shaykh Sayyed Mohammad Abdul Shaykh Syyed Habib Ali Zain Sayyed Mohammad Mukhtar Ashraf
Allama Tauseef Raza Khan Sayyed Madani Miyan Sayyed Hashmi Miyan
Pir Mohammad Allauddin Siddiqui Allama Khadim Hussain Rizvi Allama Kokab Noorani
480 | P a g e
Sayyed Turab Ul Haq Qadri Sayyed Mohammad Ashraf Kichhouchwi Sayyed Ameen Miyan Qadri
Sayyed Noorani Miyan Mohammad Ashraf Asif Jalali Sayyed Kausar Rabbani
Mohammad Sakir Ali Noori Sayyed Moin Miya Sayyed Aminul Qadri
Sayyed
481 | P a g e
Sayyed Muzaffar Shah Mufti Amjad Raza Qadri Maulana Imran Attari
Maulana Abdul Rauf Rufi Allama Owais Raza Qadri Allama Qamruddin Azmi
Mufti Akmal
483 | P a g e
Tauseef Ur Rehman Engineer Mirza Tariq Masood
Grand Mufti of Saudi Arabia(Both)
Abdul Wahab Najdi Shaykh Bin Baz Mufti Abdul Aziz
484 | P a g e
Nasiruddin Albani Bilal Phlips Ilyas Ghumman
Juned Jamshed Mirza Qadyani Asim Al Hakeem
485 | P a g e
Muzaffar Bihari(Laal rumaal wahabi) Qari Khalil Ur Rehman Louis Farrakhan
Muhammad Ishaq Anees Ur Rehman Iqbal Salafi
486 | P a g e
Maulvi Waseem Javed Ahmed Ghamdi Taqi Usmani
AFTER YOU’VE SEEN THE ABOVE SCHOLARES. I ASK YOU A SIMPLE QUESTION.
TAKE A DEEP BREATH AND ASK YOUR HEART TO WHOM WILL IT GO.
REMEMBER!!!!
* THOSE WHO ARE THE BELOVEDS OF ALLAH, THEY NEVER DISOBEY THE
MESSENGER OF ALLAH ﷺ, NOR DO THEY EVER DOUBT IN THE IML E GHAIB OF
OUT NABI ﷺ..
* THEY RESPECT ALL THE MESSENGERS OF ALLAH, THE SAHABA, THE AHLE BAIT,
THE TABAEI, THE TABE-TABEI, THE AWLIYA, THE IMAAM, THE SHUHADA, THE
SAD’AT……
* THEY DO NOT CONSIDER THEM GOD NOT DO THEY CONSIDER THEM LIKE GOD.
IT IS ALLAH ALMIGHTY WHO HAS ELEVATED THEIR STATUS AND THEY BRING
IMAAN ON THEM ALL.
487 | P a g e
Hadees E Abdal
Daur E haazir me hamare jamane me ek aisa firqa wajood me hai jisne apna
naam to Wahabi se Ahle hadees Aur Musalman Mumalik me khud ko SALAFI rakha par naa to kabhi
hadees padhi hai naa hi unke aqaid aur amal hai hadees kay mutabik hai na salaf kay.
Is Firqe ki ek badi nishani hai kay ye ummat ko Allah Paak kay waliyo se dur karne ka har mumkin kaam
jo kar sakte hai karte hai phir ye khauf bhi nahi karte kay unki gustakhi karke Allah Taala Se jung le rahe
hai unka inkaar karke munkireen e hadees bhi ban rahe hai par chunki ummat me tafarka daalna
maksad hai unka amal mission badastur chalu hai.
Awliya Allah k Makam Aur Martabe k Lihaj se phir unme bhi Darje hote hai ye bande Allah Taala k
nazdik wo kurbiyat paate hai jo aam farishto ko bhi nahi mil paati aur unhe wo ata kiya jaata hai jo aam
insaan kay samajh soch o fikr se bhi baa’la tar hai.
Ye jamat hakiki maayne me Jameen par Allah Taala kay khulfa hote hai.
Wahabi Shaykho Ne Yaha Badi Chalaki dikhayi aur awaam k dil dimag me ye baat daalne ki har wakt
koshish ki hai k kisi tarah saabit karde k Auliya Allah k jo ye darje hai Gaus,Abdal,Qutoob wagairah ye
tamam chiz Brahmano Se Unani falsafo se aayi hai jinka talluk Islam se Nahi hai balki jhooth ki inteha
hai kahte hai iski izaad Ahmad Raza Khan Aala Hazrat Alaihrehma ne ki hai.
Ye fakat jhoot aur galat afwaah faila kar Musalmano ko in Auliya Allah se dur karne ka ek tarika hai yaha
hum saabit karenge k Auliya k ye darje hai Gaus,Abdal Maan na ye chiz koi aaj k India Pakistan se aayi
balki Hadees e Paak me iska zikr hai.
Par Aaye pahle ek bunyaadi Chiz Dekhe Kya Har Musalman Ek Darje kay hai yaa unme bhi Ek Musalman
Dusre Musalman se darje me alag hai baaj ko baaj par makam aur martabe k lihaj se fazilat hai.
Quran Me Awliya Allah Ka kaafi Zikr hai jisme ek mashoor ayat e karima hai
Ayat :
Chunache yaha hum unke darjaat k lihaj se naam aur hadees se inke wajood (existence) ko likh rahe
hai.
* Gaus (Madadgaar)
* Qutoob (Pole)
* Nuqaba (Chiefs)
* Awtaad (Pegs)/Aqtab (Poles)
* Abraar (Pious)
* Abdal (Substitutes)
* Akhyaar (Chosen)
Imam Jalaluddin Suyuti Alaihrehma (Al Mutwaffa 911 Hizri) ne is unwaan pe apne Fatawa Al Hawi me
baab kayam kiya Baab no 70 me naam rakha
488 | P a g e
“Al-Khabarud Dal ala Wujudi’l Qutubi wa’l Awtadi wa’n Nujabayi wa’l Abdal” Aur apne Fatawa Al Hawi
Lil Fatawi me likhte hai
“Ye Baat Mujh Tak Pahuchi k kuch log jinhe kuch ilm nahi wo is baat ka inkar karte hai Jo Auliya me hoti
hai jinhe Abdaal, Nujaba, Awtaad Aur Aqtaab hai halanki unke wajood par bahot si hadisey aur rivayat
mauzood hai, Lihaja Ispe maine is kitab me rivayat jama ki hai jo nafa degi aur jaan le k jo munkir hai
iske unhe koi ahemiyat na de”
Iske aage Imam Suyuti ne Un Sahaba kay naam likhe jinse unhone in rivayato ko naql kiya hai Hazrat
Umar ibn Khattab, Hazrat Ali ibn Abu Talib, Hazrat Anas ibn Malik, Hazrat Huzaifa Ibn Yaman, Hazrat
Ubada Ibn Saamit, Hazrat Abdullah Ibn Abbas, Abdullah ibn Amr, Hazrat Abdullah Ibn Masood, Hazrat
Auf ibn Malik, Hazrat Wasela ibn Aski, Hazrat Maaz Ibn Jabal, Hazrat Abu Saeed Khudri, Hazrat Abu
Darda, Hazrat Abu Hurraira, Ummul Momineen Umme Salamah Radiallahu Anhuma Azmayeen.
(Al Hawi Lil Fatawi Vol : 02, Pg : 229 - 230, Chapter 70 Al Khabaru Dal Ala Wujudi'l Wa'l Awtadi Wa'n
Nujabayi Wa Al Abdaal)
489 | P a g e
Uske Baad Imam Suyuti Alaihrehma Ne Agle 15 Safo Tak 50 Rivayat Jama Ki Hai Iske wajood par yahan
hum kuch hadees e paak Abdal kay wajood pe saath jama kar rahe hai jisme baaj Zaeef hai to baaj
hadees Sihat se sahih hai jisko padhne kay baad aapka dil wa dimaag yakini taur pe khush hojayga Aur
Imaan Taaza Hojayga.
Hadees Shareef:
Hadees 01:
Shurai Ubaid radiallahu Anhu Se Rivayat Hai Hazrat Ali Radi Allahu Anhu Jab Iraq Me They To Unki
Mauzoodgi Me Ahle Shaam Kay logo Ka Zikr Kiya gaya. Logo Ne Kaha Aye Ameerul Momineen Ahle
Shaam Par Lanaat Karein, Hazrat Ali Radiallahu Anhu Ne Farmaya Nahi Mai Un Par Lanaat Nahi karunga,
Maine Rasool Allah ﷺSe Suna Hai Shaam Me Abdaal Raha karte Hai Jinki Tadad 40 Hai. Jab Unme Se
Koi Ek Intekal Farmata hai to Allah Taala Uski Jagah Dusre Ko Mukarrar kar deta hai Aur Unhi Kay Sadqe
tum par barish hoti hai Unhi Kay Sadqe Rizk Ata Kiya Jaata Hai Tum Dushmano Par Fateh paate Ho
Aur tumse Musibat Taali Jaati Hai”
(Musnad Ahmad Ibn Hanbal Vol : 01, Pg : 438, Hadees : 896)
(Hafiz Ibn Kathir, Jami Al Masaneed Wa Sunan , Vol : 01, Pg : 230/231, Hadees :2920)
(Mishkat Al Masabih , Baab Zikr E Yamani ,Hadees : 6015)
(Imam Tabrani Al Majma Ul Kabeer Vol : 10, Pg : 181, Hadees : 10390)
(Imam Haythami Mazma Uz Zawaid, Vol : 10, Pg : 63)
490 | P a g e
Hadees 02 :
“Hazrat Anas ibn Malik Radiallahu Anhu Se Rivayat hai Nabi E Akram ﷺNe Irshaad Farmaya Jamin un
40 shakhs se Khali naa hogi jinka Qalb Hazrat Ibrahim Alaihsalam kay qalb pe hoga unhi kay waseele se
Allah fateh aur barish dega unme jab bhi kisi ka inteqal hota hai ALLAH Taala Uske jagah kisi dusre ko
mussallat kar deta hai”
Hazrat Qatada Kahte hai hume is par koi Shak nahi kay Hazrat Hasan Basari unme se ek hai”
References :
(Imam Tabarani Al Mujam Al Awsat Vol : 04, Pg :247, Hadees : 4101)
(Imam Tabarani Al Mujam Al Kabir Vol : 10,Pg : 224, Hadees : 10390)
(Imam Abu Nu’aym Asfahani Marifat As Sahaba, Hadees : 4013)
(Imam Ibn Asaqir Tareekh Vol : 01, Pg : 298)
(Imam Haythami Majma Az Zawaid Vol : 10, pg : 63 , Hadees : 16675 , Farmaya Ye hadees Hasan hai)
Issi tarah ki ek hadees Imam Ibn Hibban ne Tarikh me Hazrat Abu Hurrairah Radiallahu Anhu Se Naql ki
Hadees 03:
“Hazrat Abdullah Ibn Jarir Radiallahu Se Rivayat hai Wo Kahte Hai Maine Hazrat Ali Radiallahu ko ye
Farmate huwe Suna Aye Logo Ahle Shaam Par Lanaat Naa Kare Kyuki Unme Abdaal Rahte Hai, Haan
Unhe Bura Kaho Jo unme Jaalim Hai”
(Imam Hakim Al Mustadraq Vol : 04, Pg : 596, Hadees : 8658)
491 | P a g e
(Imam Ahmad Fada’il as-Sahaba Vol : 02, Pg : 905)
(Imam Abdur Razzaq Al Musannaf, Vol : 11, Pg : 249 Hadees : 20455)
(Imam Tabarani Al Mu’ajul Awsat, Vol : 04, Pg : 176 , Hadees : 3905)
(Imam Ibn Abi Dunya Kitab Al Awliya’, Hadees : 70)
(Imam Bayhaqi Dala’il Un Nubuwwa, Vol : 6 Pg : 449)
(Imam Haythami Mazma Uz Zawaid, Vol : 07 Pg : 317 )
(Imam Ziya Al-Maqdisi Ahadees Al Mukhtara, Vol :02, Pg : 111- 12)
Imam Ziya kisi hadees ko al Mukhtara me naql karna gair muqalideen kay nazdeek kam az kam wo
hadees ka hasan hona saabit hai.
(Imam Ishaq ibn Rahawayh Kitabul Matalib, Vol : 03, Pg : 377)
(Imam Nu’aym ibn Hammad , Kitabul Fitan Hadees : 651 Sahih Sanad),
(Imam Ibn ‘Asakir, Tareekh Vol :01, Pg :296-97)
(Imam Busiri Vol : 10, Pg : 332, Hadees : 7930)
Hadees 04 :
492 | P a g e
Hazrat Abdullah ibn Masood Radiallahu Anhu Nabi E Karim ﷺNe Irshad Farmaya Meri Ummat me 40
log aise rahenge jinke dil Hazrat Ibrahim Alaihisalam Kay Qalb ki tarah hai inke wajah se Allah Jameen
se azaab ko taal deta hai inhe Abdaal Kaha jaata hai.
(Imam Tabarani Al Mujam Ul Kabeer Vol : 10, Pg : 224, Hadees :10390)
(Imam Abu Nuayam Hilyatul Awliya Vol : 07, 173)
(Imam Haythami Al Majma Uz Zawaid, Vol : 10, Pg : 63)
Aisi kam az kam 50 Rivayat khud Imam Suyuti Rahmatullah Alaih ne apne Al Hawi lil Fatawa me naql ki
hai deegar sahaba aur tabain se zyada tafseel kay liye usse refer karen ab yahan itni hadees e paak se
ye to saaf wajeh hai kay ABDAL ka wajood hai to gair muqallid firqa e wahabiya iska khul kay inkaar
karta hai mumkin ho in hadees ko padhke koi wahabi apna ye mantik laa de kay bhai ye to us waqt kay
they sahaba kay baad koi nahi raha. Lihaja yahan hum 02 hadees pesh kar rahe hai jo is masle me naaki
puri wajahat karegi balki
493 | P a g e
Haq jamaat jannati jamaat ki nishani bhi saamne rakhdegi. Imam Bukhari kay dada ustad Imam Ibn Abi
Shayba apni hadees ki kitab Al Musannaf me hadees likhte hai
Hadees 05:
“Hazrat Ummul Momineen Umme Salama Radiallahu Anha Riwayat Karti Hain Ke
Rasoolullah ﷺNey Farmaya Meri Ummat Key Ek Shakhs (Mahdi) Ki Rookn Aur Maqaame Ibrahim Key
Darmiyan Ahle Badr Ki Tadad (313 Afraad) Ki Misl Bayt Ki Jaayegi. Is Key Baad Us Imam Key Paas Iraq
Key Awliya Aur Shaam Key ABDAAL (Bayt Key Liye) Aayenge.
(Imam Ibn Abi Shaybah Al Musannaf, Vol : 07 Pg : 460, Hadees : 37223)
(Imam Hakim Al Mustadrak, Vol : 04, Pg : 478, Hadees : 8328)
(Imam Tabarani Al Mujam ul Kabir Vol : 23, Pg : 296,390, Hadees : 656, 930)
(Imam Manawi Fayd-ul-Qadir Vol : 6, Pg : 277)
(Imam Hussamul Hindi, Kanz-ul-Ummal Vol : 04, Pg : 271, 272, Hadees : 38696)
(Imam Jalaludin Suyuti Tafseer Durr Al Mansoor Vol : 5, Pg :241)
494 | P a g e
Hadees 06:
Hazrat Umme Salama RadiAllahu Anha Rivayat Karti hai RasoolAllah ﷺka Irshad naqal Karti hain ke
ek khalifa ke wafaat ke baad (naye khalifa keintekhaab par Madina ke musalamano me) ikhtelaf hoga.
Ek shakhs (yaani Mahdi is khayal se kahi log mujhe na khalifa bana den) Madina se chale jaenge. Makka
ke kuch log (jo Unhe ba-haysiyat-e-Mahdi pehchan lenge) Unke paas aaenge aur unhe (makaan) se
baahar nikaalkar Hajr-eAswad wa Maqam-e-Ibrahim ke darmiyan Unse Baiyat (-e-Khilafat) karlenge.
(Jab Unki khilafat ki ki khabar aam hogi) to Mulk-e-Shaam se ek lashkar unse jang keliye rawana hoga
(jo Aap tak pahunchne se pehle he) Makkah wa Madina ke darmiyan Baida (chatiyal maidan) me
zameen ke andar dhansa diya jayega. (Is ibrat khez halakat ke baad) Shaam ke Abdal aur Iraq ke
Aulia aakar Aapse Baiyat-e-Khilafat karenge.
READ THE CAUTION POINT IN THE IMAGE!!!!!
(Sunan Abu Dawood, Kitabal Mahdi, Pg : 467 Hadees : 4286)
(Imam Ahmad Ibn Hanbal Al Musnad Vol : 06, Pg : 316)
(Imam Ibn Abi Shayba Al Musannaf Vol: 08, Pg : 609)
(Imam Abdur Razzaq Al Musanna Vol : 11, Pg : 371, Hadees : 20769)
(Imam Tabarani Al Mujam Al Awsat Vol : 02, Pg : 35, Hadees : 1153)
(Imam Ibn Hibban As Sahih Vol : 15, Pg : 158-59)
(Imam Abu Yaala Al Musnad Vol : 12, Pg : 370, Hadees : 6940)
(Imam Ibn Asakir Tarikh E Damish Vol : 01, Pg :292 - 93)
(Imam Hakim Al Mustadraq Vol : 04, pg : 431)
(Imam Haythami Mazma Uz Zawaid Vol : 07, Pg : 315)
(Imam Khatib Tabrezi Mishkat Al Masabih Vol :03, pg : 171, Kitabul Fitan, Hadees : 5456)
(Imam Hussamudin Hindi Kanjul Ummal Vol :14, Pg : 265, Hadees : 38668)
495 | P a g e
Ye hadees e paak se wajeh huwa k Abdaal is ummat me hamesha honge yahan tak kay Imam Mahdi
Radiallahu Anhu kay haath jo Giroh unko pahchanega wo koi Aam Musalman nahi balki Abdaal hi honge
jo sabse pahle Imam Mahndi Radiallahu Anhu kay haath me bayt karenge.
Ab yahan jo sabse ahem nuqta hai har firqa khud ko haq pe hone ka dawa karta hai par ye bhi sab
maante hai kay Imam Mahndi kay giroh me jo hoga wo haq pe hoga ab yahan in hadees ko padhne kay
baad saaf saaf maloom hota hai kay jo jamaat Imam Mahndi Radiallahu Anhu ki aakhri jamane me
shinakt karegi unke haath pe bayt karenge wo jamaat khud Abdaal ki hogi to jo asal me wo Abdaal ka hi
inkaar kare wo Imam Mahndi Radiallahu Anhu ka iqraar kaise karega ?
Wahabi to Abdaal maan na hi Shirk Biddat kah rahe hai aur hadees to aakhri jamane me Imaan ki
496 | P a g e
shinakt hi Abdal kay jariye karwa rahi hai Aur Jo unki mukhalifat kare wo dajjal ka saathi banega isliye
ye munafik wahabi ye mission dar asal hume Abdal se hatane kay liye nahi balki wo future me Haq se
Imam Mahndi Radiallahu Anhu Se hi hatane kay liye hai taaki inke Saudi Aaka jo Yahud kay gulaam hai
khush hojaye aur Dajjal ko jagah mile Munafik to saath hi honge uske, To Jo Allah Kay Wali Abdaalo ko
manega wohi Imam Mahndi kay haath me unke lashkar me shamil hoga unse bayt karke unko Khalifa
tasleem karega asal masla ye hai hum jaante hai hum aam Wahabi to is baat ko janta nahi par farmaya
hai Na Rasoolullah ne Musnad Ahmad ki rivayat Gumraah Ulema Se bhi is ummat ko khatra hai Ibn
Kathir likhte hai kay Is Ummat pe Quran ka bhi khatra hai kay iske padhane waale Munafik bhi honge
Aaj Wohi Horaha hai log aise logo se Deen Sikh Rahe hai jinhe Court Pant English Stage ko dekh kay
muttasir hojate hai kay kitne padhe likhe hai hawale dete hai.
Ab Mumkin ho yahan ye ek sawal leke aajaye Munafik kay agar Wajood E Abdaal Itna ahem tha to
Imam Bukhari ne is tarah ki hadees kyun naa likhi ? Siha Sitta me humne hadees no 06 Sunan Abu
Dawood me iska ek hawala diya hai aur Khud Imam Bukhari se bhi bade Aimma Imam Ahmad Ibn
Hanbal aur Imam Bukhari Aur Imam Muslim kay ustaad dada ustaad ki kitab kay hawale bhi jagah diye
kay wo bhi in hadees ko apni kitab me naql karke bata rahe hai,
Ab yahan hum aur kuch aisi dalil de rahe hai jo koi wahabi inkaar nahi kar sakta balki Imam Ibn Majah,
Imam Abu Dawood Aur Imam Bukhari kay nazariye ki bhi wajahat hojaygi.
Proof 01 :
Proof 02 :
Imam Abu Dawood Aur Imam Abu Jafar ka Aqeeda Hadees naql karte huwe Sanad bayan karte Imam
Abu Dawood Hadees naql karte huwe likhte hai Hadees ki Sanad me
Muhammad bin Isaa → Ambasa ibn Abdul Wahid Al Qurahi ko Abdaal Jaante They.
(Sunan Abu Dawood Vol : 03, Pg : 492 Kitabul Kharaj,Wai Fai Wal Amararah , Hadees : 2990)
Yaani Imam Abu Dawood ye Likh kay apna nazariya pesh kar rahe hain
Proof 03 :
Imam Bukhari Ka Abdaal Kay Talluk Se Nazariya apni kitab Tareekh Ul Kabeer me likhte hai
“Logo ko Isme koi Shak Nahi Tha Kay Farwa ibn Mujalid Abdaal Hain”
(Imam Bukhari Tarikh Ul Kabeer Vol : 07, Pg : 127)
Proof 04 :
Ab Aakhri me Ek hawala us Azeem Hasti Ka jo tamam Sunniyo ki Dili dhadkan hai Syed Peeran E Peer
Meera Dastageer Shaykh Mohiuddin Abdul Qadir Al Gilani Gaus E Aazam Radiallahu Anhu ka us baare
me nazariya Apni mashoor kitab me Tarbiyat kay baab me Jab Hazrat Adam Alaihisalam ka Aur Huzoor
ﷺka Apne Sahaba unke tabain kay tarbiyat peer muridi kay ahkaam likhte huwe likhte hai
497 | P a g e
“Tamam AULIYA ALLAH Aur ABDAAL Aur Siddiquen Ka Silsila bhi is tarah chalta aaya hai koi ustaad
huwa koi shagird”
(Gunyatutalibeen Fi Tarikhul Haq pg : 449 Baab 25)
Ab itne saare dalail humne yahan wajah scan kay saath likhe hai aise aur bhi hai par jo haq parast hai
unke liye itna kaafi hai aur jinke dil me hasad hai waliyo se unhe hazaro bhi kaafi nahi hai.
Huzoor ﷺKay Farmaan Se Leke Sahabi Tabain Aimma Muhadiseen Salaf sabka aqeeda yehi tha jo aaj
hamara hai inme se koi samjha kay Abdaal kaa wajood tasleem karna shirk hai biddat hai aaj 1400 saal
baad naam nihad Ahle Hadees ko wo samajh aaya hai ?
Aur wo apne fatwa factory ki machine se kis kisko mushrik kah rahe hai biddati kah rahe hai ?
Gaur O Fikr Karne ka makam hai unke liye.
Sochne ki baat hai jo Ahle Sunnat logo ko Quran Wa Hadees Salafus Salaheen ka mazhab maslak dikha
rhi hai aaj usiko Mushrik Aur Biddati kaha jaa raha hai aur jo firqa nayi nayi biddat nikal kay har cheez
ko hi inkaar kar raha hai wo haq par hone ka gurur kar raha hai.
498 | P a g e
"YA Gaus" Pukarna Sahaba E Karam
(R.A) Se Saabit Hai
Wahabi Deobandiyo k Aitraz me yeh ek Aitraaz b hai k Gairullah ko Ya Gaus kehkar pukarna shirk , bidat
, Najayz o Haram hai aur yeh koi dhaki chupi baat nai k is per daleel di jaye lekin hum in sha ALLAH taalais per
daleel pesh karege k YA GAUS kehna bilkul durust o Jayaz hai aur In sha ALLAH taala Sahaba e Kram k hawaley
se pesh karege.
Issye Qably aap yeh Jaanley k GAUS ka maana kya hota hai ?
Al Kamoos ul Jadees : Yeh luighat ki kitab hai isme Gaus ka maana : Imdad , madad , releif , Faryad ,Madad ki
Darkhwast k aaya hai.
Toh lughat se GAUS ka maana wazeh hogaya. Ab aaye me apni daleel pesh karta hu.
Hadees :
Khilafat-e-Faaroqui me ek bar Madeena Tayyeba me qehet-e-Azeem pada, Us saal ka naam halakat, tabahi
jaan-o-maal ka saal rakha gaya. Ameerul Mumineen ne Amru bin Aaz radiAllaho Ta'aala Anhu koMisr me
farman bheja. Bandah-e-Khuda Umar Ameerul Mumineen ki taraf se Ibn Aaz ke naam: “Salaam ke baad
wazeh ho, mujhe apni jaan ki
qasam, Aye Amru jab tum aur tumhare mulkk wale sair hon tab tumhen kuch parwah
nahin ki mai aur mere mulk wale halaak ho jayen, “Ya Ghaus””
Amru bin Aas radiAllaho Ta'aala Anhu ne jawab hazir kiya: ye Arzi Bandahe-Khuda Ameerul Mumineenko
Amr bin Aas ki taraf se hai.
“Baad salaam ke ma’rooz, Huzur meai bar bar khidmat ko hazir humaine Huzur me wo kaarwan rawanakiya hai
jiska awwal huzur
ke paas hoga aur akhir mere paas aur Huzur par salam ho aur ALLAH Azzuwaal ki rehmaten aur barkatenho.”
Amru bin Aas radiAllaho Ta'aala Anhu ne aisa hi kaarwan hazir kiya ki Madeena Tayyeba se Misr tak
tamam manzil door daraz oonton se bhari hui thi.
Yahan se wahan tak ek Qatar bani hui thi jiska pehla Oont Madeena Tayyeba me tha aur pichla Misr me.Sab par
anaaj tha. Ameerul Mumineen ne wo tamam oont taqseem farma diye. Har ghar ko ek ek oont ata hua ki Anaaj
khao aur is oot ko zibah karke iska gosht khao. Khaal ke joote banao. Jis kapde me anaajbandha hua tha, uska
lihaaf waghairah banao.
499 | P a g e
(Imam Hakim ki al Mustadarak Jild 1 Safa 563 Hadees No 1471)
Imam Hakim ne is riwayat ko Saheeh Bukhari aur
Saheeh Muslim ki shart par Saheeh qarar diya.
(Saheeh Ibn Khuzaima jild 4 Pg.68):
Isme is hadees ki sanad ko HASAN kaha hai.
(Kanzul Ummal jild 12,Pg.610, )
(Tabqaat-e-Kubra Jild 3
pg.288)(Sunan Qubra jild 3
Pg.577)
500 | P a g e
Gyarvi Sharif Manana
Ahle Sunnat Wa Jamaat Puri Dunya Me Buzurgan E Deen k Khas yaad Me Din Manate Hai khwah
Sayyidna Gaus Us Saqlain Shaikh Abdul Qadir Jilani Al Baghdadi Alaih Rehma ki 11 vi Manate Hai,
Sultanul Hind Khwaja Moinudin Hasan Sanjari Chisti Alaihrehma Ki Chatti, Aala Hazrat Imam Ahle
Sunnat Ahmad Raza Khan ki 25vi Manate Hai aur isi tarah aur bhi Buzurgan E Deen k Uroos Sharif
manate Hai In Tamam Ka Talluk Isaal E Sawab Se Hai aur unka Zikr Kar unhe Yaad karna hai unki talimat
ko aam karna hai.
Jisme Khiraj E Aqeedat Buzurgan E Deen Ki Bargaah Me Hadiya Tohfa E Sawab Pesh Karte Hai Khwah
Quran Khwani, Takseem E Langar, Tazkira E Auliya Buzurgan E Deen ki Halat Bayan Kar Ijtemat
Munakkid kiye jaate hai.
Ye Bhi Badmazhab Wahabiyo ko Hazam Nahi Hota Aur Isko Bhi Biddat Kahte Hai Shirk Kahte Hai Aur
Aam Musalmano se Dalil Maangte Hai k iska Saboot Pesh karo Quran Aur Hadees Se 11Vi Sabit Karo
etc.
Aam Musalman Direct Dalil k chakkar me ulajh jaata hai Islam Me Kuch Bunyadi Usool Hai jinka Jaan Na
Har ek Musalman ko jaruri hai warna hoga ye k har Bunyaad foundation hi Kori khokhli ho to phir aisa
banda aata hai aur ummat par Fatwa E Biddat Shirk lagata hai.
Note : Ahle Sunnat Wa Jamaat k Maan ne waale yaani Sunnio ko bhi chahye wo jo amal karte hai uski
us amal k mutabik Haisiyat Shariat me us amal ka kya mansab darja hai us tak kare aur uski dalil rakhe
us mutabik amal kare aisa naa ho k bas kar rahe hai aur khud ko naa pata k is amal ka darja Shariat me
kya hai aur Jo amal Mustahab hai usko Mustahab tak rakhe farziat wajibat tak naa le jaaye.
Ye Wo Azeem Shaksiyat hai Jo kisi k Muhtaaz E tarruf nahi siwaye Allah Tabarakwatala Aur uske Rasool
ﷺk inka tazkira karna khud hamare gunaaho ka Kaffara hai Chunki Zikr E Auliya Karna Dar Asal
Quran Se Saabit hai Aur Alhamdullilah Hum Ahle Sunnat Wa Jamaat k hisse ye sadaat aayi hai.
Yehi Wo Azeem jaatein hai jinke baare me Allah Quran Me Farmata Hai
“Sun Lo Beshak Allah K Waliyo Par Naa Kuch Khauf hai Na Kuch Gam”
(Surah Yunus Ayat 62)
Sayyidna Shaykh Abdul Qadir Jilani Alaihrehma ki Tarikh E Wiladat 1 Ramzan Sharif 470.
Hasab Wa Nasab :
Aap Rahmatullah Alaih Walid ki Janib Se Hasani Sayyad hai Aur Walida Ki Janib Se Hussaini Sayyad Hai.
Sayyidna Shaykh Mohiyudin Abdul Qadir Jilani → Sayyad Abu Saaleh Moosa Jungi Dost → Sayyad
501 | P a g e
Abdullah → Sayyad Yahya → Sayyad Daud → Sayyad Moosa Saani → Sayyad Abdullah Sayyad
Musanna Joon → Sayyad Abdullah Mahaz → Sayyad Imam Hasan Musanna → Sayyidna Sardar E Jannat
Imam Hasan E Mujtaba → Sayyidna Khalifatul Muslimeen Maula Ali Karmallahu Wajuhal Karim
Rizwanullahi Azmayeen
Sayyad Muhiyudin Abu Muhammad Abdul Qadir → Ummatool Jabbar Ummatul Khair Sayyida Fatima
Bint E Sayyad Abdullah Sumai → Sayyad Abu Jamaludin Muhammad → Sayyad Jawwad → Imam Sayyad
Ali Raza → Imam Sayyad Moosa Kaazim → Imam Sayyidna Zafar Sadiq → Imam Sayyidna Baqar → Imam
Sayyidna Ali Zainul Aabeedin → Sayyidna Sardar E Jannat Imam Hussain Shaheed E Azam → Sayyidna
Khalifatul Muslimeen Maula Ali Karmallahu Wajuhal Karim Rizwanullahi Azmayeen
Lakab :
Aap Rahmatullah Alaih k Ilmi, Akhlaki Aur Roohani Ausaaf Aur Khasail Par Ulma E Izaam Ne Bade bade
Alkabat Se Yaad Kiya hai, Chand Ek Darj hai.
“Zul Bayanin, Karimul Jaydai’n Wat’tarfain, Sahibul Burhaneen, Wa’sultaneen, Imamul Fariqain
Watariqain, Ju’sirajeen Wal Minhajeen, Gaus Us Saqlain, Gaus E Aazam Wagairah”
References :
(Imam Muhammad Yahya Tazafi Al Qalaidul Jawahir Fi Manakib E Shaykh Abdul Qadir Jilani Pg : 05)
(Imam Mullah Ali Qari Hanfi Al Mutwaffa 1014 Hizri “Nuzhatul Khatir Al Fatir Fi Manakib E Shayk Abdul
Qadir Jilani Pg : 30”)
Chunki Gaus E Aazam Radi Allaho Anho Kay muttalik Na Kamyaab Koshish ki Jaa rhi hai Lihaja Fitna
Failaya jaa raha hai k Gaus E Aazam Ahle Hadees The Aur ahle Hadees se In Wahabi gair Mukallideen ki
murad hoti hai k Sayidna Gaus E Aazam Rahmatullah Alaih ka Aqeeda Aur In Maloon Khabiso ka Aqeeda
ek hai lihaja bahot jald tehreeran iski bhi poll kholenge aur bataynge k Sarkar Ka Manhaj Aur Aqeeda
wo hai nahi jo Wahabio ka hai balki iske khilaf wahabio k aqaid fatwo k mutallik to Sayyidna Gaus E
Aazam to Musalman hi nahi bachte Nauzubillah Min Jaleek
Mazhab :
Hazrat Sayyidna Shaykh Abdul Qadir Jilani Al Baghdadi Rahmatullahu Alaih, Imam Ahmad Ibn Hambal
Rahimullah k Mukallid The Aur Unke Mazhab Ki Taqleed karte The Lihaja Aap Mukallid The Aimma E
Arba me Se Ek Ki Taqleed karte the wo Gair Mukallid Nhi the.
Aqeeda :
Aap Rahmatullah Alaih Aqaid me Ahle Sunnat Wa Jaamat k Azeem Muballig The Aur Badmazhabiyat ka
khoob raddh karte the wo koi Ahle Hadees Nahi the jaisa k Aaj k Ahle Yazeedo ka Aqeeda hai Gaus E
Aazam Rahmutallah Alaih ka Dur Dur Tak wo aqeeda naa the Aap AHLE SUNNAT WA JAMAAT k Azeem
Fard the.
502 | P a g e
11 Vi Sharif Kya Hai
11 vi Sharif Dar hakikat Hazrat Sarkar Mehboob Subhani Kutbe Rabbani Gaus E Aazam Rahmatullah
Alaih Ki Rooh E Aqdas par Isaal E Sawab Karna Hai Jo Quran Sahi Hadees Se Saabit hai.
Lafz 11 Gyara : English Me Eleven, Urdu me Gyara, Arabi me Idaa Ash, Farsi Me Yazdaham Kaha Jaata
Hai.
11 tarikh K Muttalik Ulema k Alag Alag aqwal hai baaj ka Kahna hai Sayyidna Gaus E Aazam 11 Tarikh ko
Huzoor Nabi E Akram k janib Khiraj E Akeedat me khoob Khoob Isaal E Sawab Nazr karte the lihaja Aap
k baad Az Wisal bhi ye tarika Aapke Khulfam Shagirdeen Murideen Se Jaari raha aur Aaj Tak Jaari hai,
baaj Rivayato Me Milta Hai k Huzoor Gaus E Aazam Alaihrehma Huzoor Nabi E karim Sal Allahu
Alaihiwasalam ki 12vi me khoob khiraz E Aqeedat pesh karte the lihaja Huzoor Rehmat E Aalam Sal
Allahu Alaihiwasalam ne Aap Radi Allaho Anho ko ye Basaharat Di k Aapko 11vi Se yaad kiya Jayga ya
Charach Hoga.
Lekin Jo Bunyaad hai wo hai Is Din Ka Isaal E Sawab Mustahab Amal ye bunyaad hai hamesha yaad
rakhe kabhi wahabi aapko gumraah nahi kar sakte. In Sha Allah Taala
Ab Yaha Jab Iski Asl Isaal E Sawab ki dalil wajeh hogayi to mumkin hai wahabi gumraah firka ye kahe k
ye sab to thik hai lekin ye jo aap Sunni log Din Days Mukarir karte ho ye biddat hai lihaja din mukarir
karna k muttalik dalil padhe.
Hadees 01:
503 | P a g e
Hadees 02:
504 | P a g e
Hadees 03:
“Hazrat Kaab bin Malik Radi Allaho Anho Se Marvi Hai k Nabi E Akram ﷺJumeraat k Din Ghazwa E
Tabook k liye nikle Aur Nabi E Akram ﷺJumeraat k roz hi Safar Karne ko Pasand Farmate the”
Reference :
(Sahi Bukhari Vol : 03, pg : 98, Kitabuz Jihad, Hadees : 2950)
In Hadees E Sahi Se Saabit Hota hai k Mehfil E Milad Sharif Mehfil E Gausiya 11vi Sharif Razzab Sharif
wagirah k liye Din Mukarar karna Jaiz O Mustahab Amal Hai Jo hargiz biddat Aur Gunaah nahi balki
Waaj K liye to Din Mukarar Karna Jalilul Qadr Sahabi Ibn Masood Radi Allaho Anho ki Sunnat Aur Tarika
Hai lihaja Din Mukarar Karna Urs wagairah yaa Deegar nek kaam k liye ye Is hadees Se uska jawaz saabit
hai aur Iski Asl Sunnat Se bhi mili hai.
Yaha Humne 03 Hadees E Sahi bataur E Istedlaal Pesh ki hai aur iske bahot se example diye jaa sakte hai
505 | P a g e
jo log In Aamal ko biddat kahte hai wo khud Wakt Mukarar karte hai jaise Devband me tableegi Jamaat
03 Din 10 Din 40 Din ka wakt Mukarar karte hai, Gair Mukallid k yahan bhi yehi haal hai 40 Days
English Course aur Salana jalse k liye Stage Date fix karke lagana etc. Shadi Waleema Ya deegar Phir
Buzurgan E Deen k liye ye tamam Amal Haram Biddat kyu kar hogaya ?
Ek ahem Baat Ahle Sunnat Ka Mazhab bilkul Clear karle k 11vi Manana bas Isaal E Sawab hai Jab Aapka
Dil Chahe tab kare koi aisa masla nahi hai k 11 Rabi Ul Aakhir Ko Jo naa kare ya naa kar sake wo sunni hi
nahi Ye Ek Mustahab Amal hai Naa To Farz naa Wajib ye Ahle Sunnat Ka Maslak hai is talluk se yaa phir
koi aur bhi Buzurgan E Din K naam se mansoob karda din ho.
Bahot Se Aise aqeedat mand hai jo Is amal ko Mustahab Jaiz Maante hai par kuch wajah se 11vi k din
Isaal E Sawab nahi kar paate mehfil e Khatme Qadriya Mehfil E Gausiya Wagairah nahi kar paate to kya
Ahle Sunnat Nahi hai ?
506 | P a g e
Kafi jagah hota tarikh to koi aur hoti hai wo bhi Mehfil e Gausiya k naam se hoti hai Jalse hote hai wo
bhi alag din me bhi hote hai.
Ye baat saabit kar deti hai k ye Amal Mustahab k darja rakhta hai lekin problem tab aati hai jab
badmazhab wahabi firqa in amal ko Shirk Haraam biddat kahte hai jo Ahkaam E Deen k bunyaad se bhi
khali hai bas fatwa baaj mullah aur unke awara kide makode Google mukallid.
Jo Amal Musalamano k Nazdeek Accha Hai lihaja wo Allah ki bargaah me bhi makbool hai chunache
Hadees E Paak Mulahiza Kare.
Hadees 04:
“Hazrat Abdullah bin Mas’ood Radi Allaho Anho Se Riwayat Hai Ki Unhone Farmaya :
Jis (Amal) Ko Koi (Aik) Momin Achchha Jaane Woh (Amal) Allah Ta’ala Ke Nazdeek Bhi Achchha Hai Aur
Jis Amal Ko Momineen Bura Jaane Woh Khuda Ke Nazdeek Bhi Bura Hai.”
References :
(Musnad Ahmad Ibn Hambal Vol : 02, Pg : 513, Musnad Abdullah Ibn Abbas, Hadees : 3600)
Gair Mukallideen K yaha bhi English me jo 03 Volume me Musnad Aati hai uska reference
(Musnad Ahmad ibn Hambal Vol : 03, Pg : 284, Hadees : 3600 Print Darusalam English Translation)
Hadees Classified As Hasan.
(Imam Hakim Al Mustadraq Vol :03, Pg 83, Hadees : 4465)
(Imam Tabrani Al Mujam Ul Kabir Vol : 09, Pg : 112, Hadees : 8583)
(Imam Bazzar Al Musnad Vol : 05, Pg : 212, Hadees : 1816)
507 | P a g e
Is hadees E paak se wajeh huwa k Musalman is amal ko accha jaan karte hai lihaja jo isko biddat kahe
wo kaisa nira jaahil bunyaadi ahkamat e shariat se khali hai.
Magar kuch log nahi manege aur kahenge k biddat hai haraam hai lihaja iski bhi Dalil padhle
Hadees 05:
“Hazrat Jareer Bin Abdullah RadiyAllahu Ta’ala Anhu Se Riwayat Hai Ki Huzoor Nabi E Akram ﷺNe
Farmaya :
Jis Ne Koi Achchha Tareeqa Jaari Kiya Phir Us Par Amal Kiya Gaya To Us Ke Liye Apana Sawaab Bhi Hai
Aur Use Amal Karne Waalon Ke Baraabar Sawaab Bhi Milega.
Jab Ki Un Ke Sawaab Me Koi Kamee (Bhi) Na Hogi Aur Jis Ne Koi Bura Tareeka Jaari Kiya.
Phir Woh Tareeqa Apnaaya Gaya To Us Ke Liye Apana Gunaah Bhi Hai Aur Logon Ke Gunaah Ke
Baraabar Bhi Jo Us Par Amal Paira Huwe. Baghair Us Ke Ki Un Ke Gunahon Me Kuchh Kamee Ho.”
(Jamai Tirmizi Vol : 05, Pg : 71, Kitabul Ilm, Baab : Hadees : 2675)
Imam Abu Isaa Tirmizi Farmate Hai Ye Hadees Hasan Sahi Hai
(Sunan Ibn Majah Vol :01, Pg :210, Kitab Al Sunnah, Baab : Wo Shaks Jo Acchi ya Bura Amal Izaad kare,
Hadees : 203 )
Wahabi Darusalam Ye Hadees Sahi Hai Takreej Zuber Ali Zai
Vol : 03,Pg :275, Kitabul Zakat, Hadees :2555)
(Hafiz Ibn Hajar Asqalani Fath Ul Baari Vol : 05, Pg : 43, Hadees : 2675)
508 | P a g e
Is hadees se wajeh huwa jo koi kisi nek acche amal ko jaari kare to uske liye bhi sawab hai aur jab tak
amal hoga to sabke barabar bhi sawab hai aur hadees k dusre alfaz me hai k jo bura kaam izaad kare wo
gunaah hai aur uska gunaah izaad karne waale k sar bhi hoga aur jisne izaad kiya uske bhi.
To yaha kabil E gaur baat ye hai k kya Mehfil E Gausiya Munakkid karna Auliya Allah Ka tazkira karna kya
gunaah hai bura amal hai agar koi wahabi apni maa ka halali ho to saabit karke dikhade.
Quran E Karim Me Rab Taala Ne Bahot Se Makamat pe Auliya Allah Ka Tazkira Farmaya Hai Chunache
yaha hum Kuch ka Bayan karte hai
“Sun Lo Beshak Allah K Waliyo Par Naa Kuch Khauf hai Na Kuch Gam”
(Surah Yunus Ayat 62)
Hadees 06:
Hazrat Abu Hurairah (R.A) Riwayat Karte Hain Ke Huzoor Nabi E Akram ﷺNey Farmaya :
Jab Allah Ta’ala Kisi Bandey Sey Muhabbat Karta Hai To Hazrat Jibra’il (Alaihissalam) Ko Aawaaz Deyta
Hey Ke Allah Ta’ala Fula’n Bandey Se Muhabbat Rakhta Hey, Lihaaza Tum Bhi Us Sey Muhabbat Karo
Phir Hazrat Jibra’il (Alaihissalam) Us Sey Muhabbat Karta Hain.
Phir Hazrat Jibra’il (Alaihissalam) Aasmaani Makhlooq Mey Nida (Aawaaz) Detey Hain Ke Allah Ta’ala
Fula’n Bandey Sey Muhabbat Karta Hey.
Lihaaza Tum Bhi Us Sey Muhabbat Karo.
Pas Aasmaan Waaley Bhi Us Sey Muhabbat Karney Lagtey Hey.
Phir Zameen Waalon (Key Dilon) Mey Us Ki Maqbooliyat Rakh Dee Jaati Hey.”
References :
(Al Muwatta Imam Malik, Vol : 02, Pg : 953, Kitab No 51, Saher (Hair), Hadees : 1747 “English : Book 51,
Hadees : 15”)
(Sahi Bukhari, Vol : 08, Pg : 78, Kitab No :78 Kitabul Adab, Baab : Al Mikati Minalihi Taala, Hadees :
6040)
(Sahi Bukhari,Vol :09, Pg : 351, Kitab No 97 Kitabut Tawheed, Hadees : 7485)
(Sahi Bukhari,Vol : 04, Pg : 276 Kitab No 59 Kitab Baadil Khalk, Hadees : 3209)
509 | P a g e
(Sahi Muslim, Vol :06, Pg : 496, Kitab No 45 Kitabul Birr Walsala Wal Adab, Baab : Hadees : 2637 ,
“English : Book 45,Hadees : 201”)
(Musnad E Ahmad Vol : 02, Pg : 509, Hadees : 10623)
(Imam Abu Noem Hilyatul Aulia Vol : 07, Pg :141)
(Imam Bayhaqi Shoebul Imaan Kitabuz Zuhad, Vol :02 pg:301 Hadees :805)
(Jamai Tirmiz, Kitabul Tafseer, baab Surah Mariam Hadees :3161 )
(Imam Nawawi - Riyadusalaheen Vol : 01, Pg : 525, Kitab No : 01, Kitab Al Mukadama, Hadees : 387)
(40 Hadees E Qudsi, Pg : 65, Hadees No : 24)
Allah Tabarkwatala Aise bando k liye Jibril E Ameen ko Mukhatib Karke Unse Farmata hai Mai Is Se
Muhabbat Karta hoon Tum Bhi karo Farsihto Me bhi Ailan Karo k inse Muhabbat Kare Aur Sirf Farishte
hi nahi balki Jameen Me Musalmano k Dilo me bhi inki muhabbat ko daal dete hai pata chala jinke dilo
me wo azmat e Auliya Muhabbat E Auliya Daal di gayi hai wo hi Musalman hai aur jo sina Us Layak hi
nahi hai wo mehroom reh gaya.
Mubarak ho sunni tujhe k ALLAH Taala Ne Apne Mehboob bando ki Muhabbat Tere Dil Me Daal Di isliye
hum jinse muhabbat karte hai unka tazkira karte hai aur khush hote hai.
510 | P a g e
Auliya Allah ki Karamat Bayan Karne Ka Saboot
Hazrat Asaf bin Barkhiya Jo Hazrat Suleman Alaihsalam k ummat kay Kitab k aalim they unki Karamat ko
Quran bayan karta Hai
“Usne Arz Ki kay Jiske Pass Kitab Ka Ilm Tha Ki Mai Usse Huzoor Me Hazir Kar Dunga Ek Pal Maarne Se
Pahle Phir Jab Suleman Ne Takht Ko Apne pass Rakha Dekha Kaha Ye Mere Rab k Fazl Se Hai Taaki
Mujhe Aazmaye Mai Shukri Karta Hoon Ya Nashukri Aur Jo Shukr Kare Wo Apne bhale ko shukr karta
hai aur jo naa shukri kare to mera Rab Be Parwaah Hai Sab Khoobiyo Waala”
(Surah Naml Ayat 40)
Yaha Karamat E Auliya nass e Quran Se Saabit hogayi jo Hazrat Suleman Alaihsalam ki ummat k wali hai
jo kitab k aalim the unka aalam ye hai k palak jhapakne se pahle takht e Bilkis jo hazaro Mills duri pe hai
apne makam me rehte huwe wo takht hazir kar diye aaj Koi Ahle Sunnat K Ulema Haqiki Ummat E
Muhammadiya k Auliya ki Karamat aisi bayan karde to wahabi Shaykh Chilli isko Kissa kahani bolte
nazar Aate hai yakinan in badmazhab ne Quran ko padha hi nahi hai aur padha to khawarij k
Dastarkwhan se padha hai.
Mankabat Auliya Allah Ki Shaan me padha Jaata Hai Ab Dekhe Quran E Karim Me Kitni Shan E Auliya
Khud Rab Taala Ne Bayan Ki Hai
Puri ki puri Surah Kahaf utar di un Hazrat Isaa Alaihsalam Ki Ummat k Auliya k shaan Me Yaha tak k
unke Kutte ka bhi Tazkira Kiya wo sote kaise the karwat kaise lete the Aur Wo ALLAH ki Nishaniya the.
Surah Mariam Sayyida Mariam Radi Allaho Anho k Naam Se Jo Auliya E Kamila thi.
Hazrat Khizr Alaihsalam ka Tazkira, Sayyida Asiya tazkira ka Surah Tehrim Ayat 11 me
Ye Kya hai Un Auliya Allah ki Shan Fazail Manakib Hi to hai ab Auliya Allah Ka tazkira biddat kaise
huwa ?
Musalman Khiraj E Aqeedat Me Logo ko Khana Khilate hai aur us khilane ka Sawab Un Auliya Allah ki
bargaah e Aqdas me Hadiya tan pesh karte hai wahabi Shaykh Chilli isko bhi biddat kahte hai.
Hadees 07:
Hazrat Abdullah Ibn Amr (R.A) ne farmaya Nabi E Rehmat ﷺse Poocha Gaya Konsa Islam Behtar
Hai ?
Nabi E Rehmat ﷺne farmaya Logon Ko KHANA KHILAO Aur Jisse Jaante Ho Jise Na Jaante Ho Sabko
Salaam Karo”
References :
(Sahi Bukhari, Vol : 01, Kitab No 02 Kitab Al Imaan, Hadees : 27)
(Sahi Bukhari Hadees : 6236)
511 | P a g e
(Imam Bukhari Al Adabul Mufrad Vol : 01, Kitab No 42 Kitabus Salam, Hadees : 1013) Albani ne bhi is
hadees ko sahi likha hai.
(Jamae Tirmizi, Vol 02, Baab : Khana Khilane Ki Fazilat Ka Bayan, Hadees : 1855)
To Pata chala Logo ko Khana Khilane Ki Asl bhi Hadees E Sahi Se paayi gayi to ab ek saath hazaro
Musalmano ko Khana Khila Diya jaaye aur aqeeda ye ho k khana khilane ka sawab Buzurgan E Deen ki
Arwaah E Mukaddasa Ko pahuchega jisko Langar kaha jaata hai kya ye haraam hogaya ?
Allah Taala Aql de.
Hazrat Shaykh Abdul Muhadis Dahelvi Bukhari Rahmatullah Alaih (Al Mutwaffa 1052 Hizri) Inko Teeno
Maktab E Fiqr maante hai Chahe Ahle Hadees Ho Devbandi Ho Yaa Ahle Sunnat ho Wo kya Kahte hai is
baare me
* “Beshak hamare Mulk Me Aaj Kal (Urs Paak Gaus E Aazam yaani Gyarvi Sharif ki) Gyarvi Tareekh
Mashoor Hai Aur ye Tarikh aapki Hindi Aulad Wa Mashaikh Me Mutarif hai isi tarah Hamare Shaykh
Abul Mahani Sayyad Shaikh Moosa Al Hussaini Ne Karke Likha Hai Shaikh Abdul Haq Kay Ustad Aur
Peer Imam Abdul Wahab Muttaki Makki Alaihrehma bhi Isi Tareekh Ko Gyarvi Sharif Ka Khatm Dilaya
512 | P a g e
karte The Aur Unke Mashaikh Bhi”
(Maa Sabata Min As Sunnah Pg : 124)
* Shah Waliullah Muhadis Dahelvi (Al Mutwaffa ) Jinhe Ahle hadees kahte hai wo hamare the Aur bahot
maante hai unko Unke Maktoobat Ka Mazmua usme unhone ek lamba waqya Gyarvi Sharif K Jawaz Pe
Likha Hai jiska mafoom yaha hum bayan kar rahe hai
“Maktoobat Hazrat Mirza Mazhar Jaane Alaihrehma k ek maktoobat me hai unhone khwab dekha
Bahot Se Auliya Halka Bandh k murakbe me hai Aur Ussi Mehfil Me Maula Ali Karmallahu Wajhual
Karim tashreef farma huwe Aur Saath Me Owais Al Qarni bhi the Sab Ek Huzre Sharif me Daakhil huwe
jaha noor ki barish horahi thi Jab Wajah Daryaft ki to ek shaks ne kaha Aaj Gaus Us Saqlain Ka urs gyarvi
hai urs paak ki takrib par tashreef le gaye hai”
(Kalimat E Tayyabat Farsi Pg : 78, Matbooa Delhi)
* Hazrat Aurangzeb Alaihrehma k Ustad Mulla Ali Jeevan Alaihrehma k Sahabzaade Wa Jijuseerat Me
* Allama Gulam Sarwar Lahori Alaihrehma ne Khazinatul Asfiya Vol : 01 pg 99
* Hazrat Daaro Shiko Ne Safinatul Auliya Pg : 72
* Shaykh Abdul Haq Muhadis Dahelvi ne Akbarul Akhyar pg : 24
* Shah Abul Mauli Alaihrehma Tohfa E Qadriya pg : 90 me
* Aap Alaihrehma K 11vi Sharif K Inakad k jawaz K Mutallik Likha Hai.
* Shah Ismail Dahelvi Sahab Jinko Wahabi Devbandi Dono Maante hai jinhe baani e Wahabiyat Al Hind
bhi kaha jaata hai wo Fatiha Isaal E Sawab K Mutallik Farmate hai
Pehla Ifada
“Taalib ko chahye k pehle baa waju 02 jaanu bethke is tarah k buzurgo me jaise Moinudin Sanjari,
Khwaja Bakhtiyar Kaki wagairah hazrat kay naam ka Fatiha padhke bargaah e khudawandi me In
buzurgo se tawasut aur waseele se ilteza kare niya aur niyaz aur beandaz aur jaari beshumari k saath
apne kaam ka fateh k liye dua kare”
(Seerat E Mustakim Pg : 215)
* Khud Ulema E Devband K Peer O Murshid Haji Imdadullah Muhazir Makki Sahab Apni Kitab Me Likhte
Hai
“Yeh Hayyate Murwazza Isaal E Sawab Kisi Kaum K Saath Makhsoos Nahi Aur Gyarvi Sharif Hazrat Gaus
E Paak Rehmatullah Alaih Ki Aur Duswa, Beeswa, Chehloom, Shashmahi, Salana (urs) Wagairah Aur
Tosha Hazrat Shaykh Ahmad Abdul Haq Rudaulvi Rahmatullah Alaih Aur Sah Mani Hazrat Shah Boo Ali
Kalandar Rahmatullah Alaih Wa Halwa E Shabe Baraat Wa Deegar Tarika Isaal E Sawab k Isi Kayde par
Mabni Hai”
(Faisla Hafte Masla Pg : 08)
* Jamiat E Ahle Hadees K bahot Bade Aalim maane jaane wale Shyakh Sanaullah Amritsari Sahab jinko
ye log Sher E Punjab, Munazir E Aazam kahte Hai Wo unke rasail ko jama kiya gaya usme wo farmate
hai unse sawal huwa
513 | P a g e
Sawal Gyarvi Barwi Karna Kaisa ?
Jawab :
“Dar Asal Isme Do Giroh Hai Jo Gyarwi Manane Waale hai Kayleen hai Aur Jo Inkaar Karne waale hai
Manay’en Hai (mana Karne Waale) hai.
Jo Manayeen hai Wo Isko usme Shamil karte hai aur kahte hai nazr o niyaz sirf ALLAH k liye tumne
Gairullah ko Khuda Bana Diya Aur jo Kayleen Hai wo kahte hai humne Khuda Nahi Banaya unko sawab
pahuchane k liye banaya hai.
Agar Baat Sirf itni ho K Sawab Buzurgo ko pahuche Khana Naa Pahuche Khana Hum Khai to ittefak
hosakta hai Lekin Ye Gyarvi Aur Barwi Naam Quran Aur Sunnat Me Nahi Likha”
(Fatawa Sanaya Vol :02, Pg : 71 )
Ab yaha Sanaullah Sahab ne bhi iska jawaz likha yaha tak hum muttafik hai lekin unhone fitrat k
mutabik ek teer choda k naam Quran Aur Sunnat me nahi aaya lihaja 11vi Kahna Jaiz Nahi ?
Hamara Ek Chota Sa Sawal hai khud in logo se Kya Bukhari Muslim Ye hadees ki kitab Jo padte ho Naam
QURAN AUR SUNNAT me aaya hai ?
Fatawa Sanaiya Ye Naam Khud Quran Sunnat me aaya hai ?
Apni jamaat ka naam Ahle Hadees rakhna ye naam Quran Sunnat me aaya hai ?
To Jawab denge ye to tarruf hai to janab e Wahabiya 11vi Gaus E Aaazam Ka Tarruf hai Chatti Sharif
Khwaja Moinudin Chisti ka tarruf hai.
Kya 11vi Sharif Sirf Hindustan Aur Pakistan Me Manayi Jaati Hai ?
Shah Abdul Aziz Muhadis Dahelvi Rahmatullah Alaih (Al Mutwaffa 1239 Hizri) jo Hazrat Shah Waliullah K
bete Bhi Hai Aur Wahabiyo k Aaka Aur Maula Shah Ismail Dahelvi k Chacha bhi
Wo khud Apne wakt ki baat Farmate Hai k 11 vi Sharif Sarkari taur pe Manayi jaati thi
“Farmate Hai ki Hazrat Gaus Aazam Radi Allaho Anho k Rauz E Mubarak Par Gyarvi Tareekh Ko
Badhshah Wagaira Shaher k Aqabeerin Jama Hote Namaz E Asr K Baad Magrib Tak Kalamullah k baad
Sazzada Nasheen Darmiyan Me Tashrif Farma Hote Aur Unke Ird Gird Mureedin Aur Halka bagosh Baith
Kar Jikr Jehar Karte Isi Halaat me baaj Par Wazdani Kaifiyat Taari Hojati Uske Tamam Shirni Jo Niyaz
tayyar Ki Hoti Taksim Ki jaati Aur Namaz E Isha padhke Log Rukhsat Hote”
(Malfoozat E Azizya pg : 62 Farsi)
Ye Us wakt k muhadiseen ka kahna hai jab Aala Hazrat Alaihrehma ki wiladat bhi nhi huwi thi to ye amal
ko Bareli Me Aala Hazrat ne izaad nahi kiya balki Muhadeesin ka Manhaj bhi yehi tha.
Aitraaz 01:
Aapne Dalil Pesh ki k jo amal musalman Accha samjhe wo Allah k nazdeek accha hai aur aage likha hai
jo Musalman bura samjhe wo bura hai to hum is amal ko bura samajhte hai lihaja ye bura hai ?
Al Jawab :
Awwal to ye k aapke samajhne se wo bura nahi hota k jo aapka dil chahe aap samjhe aur bura kahde.
Bura hone ki dalil deni padti hai dusra ye k ye amal accha hai ye aqwal Jamhoor muhadiseen ka hai aur
514 | P a g e
unke tarike pe hum hai.
Lihaja ye kahna k Hum bura samajhte hai to bura hogaya aisa nahi hota balki is amal ko Muhadiseen ne
Fukaha Auliya ne Accha Samjha hai.
Aitraaz 02:
Bahot se jagah khurrafat hoti hai Lihaja Us Bina Pe Gyarvi Jaiz Nahi Hai ?
Al Jawab:
Jo Koi Aise nek amal me khurrafat kare to iska jimma khud uske sar hai naaki Ahle Sunnat Wa Jamaat
iske liye jimmedar hai.
Jo Amal Koi galat kare to us amal ki mazzamat ki jaati hai naaki uski asl ko khatm kiya jaata hai.
Aapki kaum e wahabiya ka haal ye hai bimari khatm nahi karti wo mariz ko hi khatm kar rahi hai.
Aaj Musalman kahlane waale aqsar logo k yaha Shadi me kya hota hai gair sharai Rasmaat gar kar chuki
hai DJ gaana Bajana Be pardgi Khilaf E Sunnat kaam bilkul aam hai Is baat ka inkaar koi Wahabi ka
Shaykh nahi kar sakta kya koi Wahabi Shaykh Chilli kahega k chunki ab Khurrafat horhai hai lihaja Shadi
karna band kardo ?
Yaa ye kahega k Shadi Nikaah to nahi band hoga lekin Khurrafat ki mazzamat kar us amal se kaum ko
roka jayga naaki Asl ko hi band karne ka kaam kiya jayga Aur Koi Wahabi yaha ye nahi kah sakta k ye
Dunyawi maamlaat hai balki shadi ka talluk deen se hai jo Sawab ki niyat se hoti hai warna wahabio ki
badi purani chor raste se nikalne ki aadat hai wo ye kahte hai isko Deen Samajh k nahi karte ?
Matlab ye hai kya ? k Koi Musalman Kisi amal ko Deen Samajh k kare to ALLAH Gunaah Dega Saza Dega
aur agar Dunya Samajh kar kare to nahi dega ?
Galat kaam goya Deen Samajh k karo to bhi Saza Hai Dunya Samajh kar karo to bhi.
Allah Taala Hume Auliya Ki Muhabbat Me Zinda Rakhe Aur Ussi Me Maut Ata
Farmaye Ahle Sunnat K Sacche Maslak Pe Kayam Rakhe!!!!
515 | P a g e
Auliya Karam Ke Naam Par Jaanwar Paalna
Auliya Ke Naam Par Jaalwar Paalna Jaiz hai, Wahabi Ahlehadees Deobandi Ise Najaiz o Haram Shirk O
Bidat Kehte hai.
Allah Apne Habib e Paak ( )ﷺKe Sadqe Hamare Imaan o Aqide Ki Hifazat Farmaye Aur Hame
Badmazhabo Ke Fitno se Bachaye (Ameen)
516 | P a g e
517 | P a g e
518 | P a g e
Peer Banana (Bai’t Karna)
Bai’t ka Maana:
Bait ka lughwi maana hai “Bik Jaana”. Goya ki apne aap ko Allah ke kisi nek Bande ke haaton se bech
diya. Ab aap par khud aap ka bhi ikhtiyaar na raha. Ab aap ko khareedar ke hisab se apni zindagi guzarni
hai jo wadah jo muahida aapne unke haaton mein haath de kar kiya hai use har haal mein ibhana
padega.
Yakeen janiye ki agar aap ne apne aap ko bika huwa samajh liya to aap ka kharidaar kabhi bhi aap ki
faramosh nahi kargea aur hum jaise badkaaro ke liye to bait hona goya Nijaat ka zariya hai.
Ayat No 01:
"Jis din hum har jam’at ko uske Imam ke saath bulaenge to joh apne naama dayen haath mein diya
gaya yeh log apna naama padhenge aur taage bhar unka hak na diya jaega"
(Surah Al-Isra; Ayat 71)
Ayat No 02:
“Aur Ae Mehmoob tum suraj ko dekhoge ki jab nikalta hai to unke gaar se dahini taraf bach jaata hai
aur jab dubta hai to unse se bain tarak karta jaata hai. Haalanki wo us gaar ke khule maidan mein hai.Ye
Allah ki nishaaniyon se hai. Juse Allah raah de to wahi raah par hai aur jise gumrah kare to hargis uska
koi himayati raah dikhane waala na payega”
(Sura Kahaf; Ayat 17)
Yeha lafz MURSHID hai. Lihaaza jo log gumrah hai unka koi murshad nahi. Isse Wazih hojata hai ki ji ka
Peer hai woh sahi raah par hai..
Lihaza Sahihul Aqida Namazi, Parhezgar Aur Kaamil Shakhs K Hath Pr Bait Krke Uske Hukum Par Chalna
Chahye
Ayat No 03:
“Woh Jo tumhare Bait karte hai woh toh Allah hi se Bait katre hai unke haaton par Allah ka haath hai.To
jisne Ahad toda usne apne bade Ahad ko toda. Aur Jisne pura kiya woh ahad jo usne Allah se kiya to
bahut jald Allah use bada sawab dega”.
(Surah Al-Fath; Ayat 10)
519 | P a g e
Ayat 04:
“Beshak Allah razi hua Imaan walon se jab woh us ped ke niche tumhari Bait karte the toh Allah ne
jaana jo unke dilon mein hai to un par itminaan utara aur unhe jald aane wali fatah ka inaam diya”
(Surah Al-Fath; Ayat 18)
Hadeeon Se Daleel:
Hadees 01:
Jange Bara Mein Sahabi (R.A) ka Humare Nabi( )ﷺse Bait karna.
(Sahih Bukhari Vol 1; Hadees no 18)
Hadees 02:
Hazrate Jarir ka humare Nabi( )ﷺse Bait karna.
(Sahih Bukhari Vol 1; Hadees no 524)
520 | P a g e
Hadees 03:
Hadees 04:
Aurton ka Hmare Nabi( )ﷺse Bait karna – “Aurten Parda Me Zubani Ehad Karen”
(Sunan Abu Dawood; Hadees no 2941)
Jo Shakhs Is Haalat Mey Maraa Ke Iski Garden Mey Kisi Ki Bait Nahi Wo Jahaalat Ki Mout Mara
(Mishkat P#320)
521 | P a g e
Peer Me 4 Sharait Hona Laazmi Hen:
2). Us Key Paas Fiqah Ka Itna Ilm Ho Key Apni Zarurat Key Tamaam Masaail Jaanta Ho Aur Koi Masail e
Jadeeda Paish Aaye To Iska Hukum Khud Kitaab Se Nikaal Sakey.
3).Uska Silsila Syedul Ambiya Se Lekar Is Tak Key Tamam Buzurgon Ka Suboot Ho, Beech Me Koi Gayab
Na Ho.
Main 3 Silsila hai jinse deegar shaak jaise Chistya, Rizvi, Ashrafi, etc ayi hai:
4). Koi Aelaniya Gunaah Na Karta Ho Aur Koi Sagheera Gunaah Ho Jaye To Foran Touba Kary.
(Fatawa Razavia Qadem V#9 P#114)
Jiska Koi Peer Nahi Kya Uska Peer Shaitan Hota Hai ?
Hazrat Hakim Ul Ummat Allama Mufti Ahmad Yar Khan Naimi Sahab Rehamtullah Allay Apni Ma'arikat
522 | P a g e
Ul Ala Tasnif''Shaan E Habib Ur Rehmaan" Me Irshad Farmate Hai Ke
Jiska Koi Peer Nahi Uska Peer Shiatan Hota Hai. To Kya Jo Kisi Ka Murid Nahi Uska Hashr Shaitaan Ke
Sath Hoga ?
AL Jawaab
Sultaan Ul Aarifin Hazrat Bayazid Bustami Radiallahu Anho Ka Yeh Qaul Hai. Iska Matlab Yeh Hai Ke Jo
Shakhs Raah E Suluk Me Qadam Rakhe Aur Uska Koi Peer Na Ho To Shaitaann Usko Le Jaakar Gira
Sakta Hai. Yeh Matlab Nahi Ke Jiska Koi Peer Na Ho Uska Hashr Shaitaan Ke Saath Hoga.
Muhakkike Ahle Ma’rifat Billah Hazrath Ahmad Zarook (Rahmatullah Alai) farmate hai ki
Woh kasrat se Duroode Pak padhe ki kal Kayaamat mein uska Durood hi uska Peer banega.
(Kurbe Mustafa; Safa no 120)
523 | P a g e
Kuch Ahem Baatein:
1). Ghuase Pak (R.A) to paidaishi wali hai baliki waliyon ke wali hai, peeron ke bhi peer hai to phir kyu
aap mureed hue Hazrath Shaikh Abu Saeed Makhzoomi(R.A) se.
2). Ataye Rasool Khwaja Gareeb Nawaz (R.A) to Hindh ke Wali hai. Phir kyu aap mureed hue Hazrath
Kwaja Usmaan Harooni (R.A) se.
3). Ala Hazrath (R.A) to Mujaddide Azam hai phir kyu Aap mureed hue Hazrath Sayidina Shah Ale
Rasool Marharvi (R.A) se.
4). Haazrath Imam Fakhruddin Razi (R.A) ka jab nazah ka waqt aya to iblees pahuncha aur kehne laga
tumne umr bhar Munazro, Mubahaso mein guzati. Kya Khuda ko bhi pehchana?
Aap ne farmaya Beshak khuda ek hai. Usne kaha Daleel do aap ne Daleel pesh farmayi. Wah khabees
Muallimul Malakut reh chuka hai. Usne wah daleel tod di. Aap ne doosri Daleel di usne wah bhi tod
diya. Is tarah aap ne 360 daleele farmayi aur usne ek ek karke sab tod di. Ab aap sakht pareshaan hue.
Imaam Razi ke peero Murshid Hazrath Najmuddin Kubra (R.A) kahi door daraaz maqaam par Wuzu
farmare the. Jab aap ne apni Mureed ka yeh haal dekha to wahi se farmaya “Ae Razzi, Dalilon ke
chakaar mein pad gaya. Are keh de ki main ne Khuda ko bina Daleel ke ek Mana”. Imam Razi ne keh
diya aur aap ki ruh kabz ho gayi.
(Al Malfooz Hissa 4; Safa no 48)
Dekhiye kis tarah ek Murside Haq ne apne Mureed ke Imaan ki Hifaazat farmayi. Sochiye jab Imam
Raazi jaise jaleekul kadr Imam ko murshid ki zaroorat thi toh hum aur aap kis ginti mein hai. Lihaaza
Mureed hona bahut hi nehtar hai. Haan magar Peer ba Sharah hona cahiye.
524 | P a g e
Mazar Ko Sajdah Karna
Sabse pahle to yeh jaan lena zaruri hai ke tamam ibadaten sirf ALLAH Subhanahu Ta'ala hi ke liye
hai. ALLAH ke siwa koi bhi ibadat ke layeq nahi. Usi tarah sharait-e-Muhammadi ﷺme SAJDAH bhi
sirf aur sirf ALLAH Ta'ala ke liye hai.
Musalmanon ka aur khas kar Ahl-e-Sunnat Wal Jama'at ka yehi aqeedah hai.
Imam Ahl-e-Sunnat Ala Hazrat alaihe rahma ghair ALLAH ko sajdah ke muta'alik irshad farmate hain ke.
"Sajdah ALLAH ke siwa kisi ke liye nahi. Gairullah ko Sajda-e-Ibadat Shirk Aur Sajda-e-Ta’azimi Haraam
hai."
(Azzubdatuz Zakiyya, Safa -5)
Wahabi firqa jo 200 saal pahle yahoodiyon aur nasraniyon ke zariya wajood me aya, najdi ilzam lagate
hain ke Musalman mazar par jakar ghair ALLAH ko sajdah karte hain aur is tarah shirk karte hain?
Kiya waqai musalman mazar par sajda-e-ibadat kar shirk karte hain?
Hadees 01:
Aqa ﷺjante the ke kuch log musalmanon par shirk ka ilzam lagayenge is liye bilkul saaf kar diya ke
ummat shirk nahi kar sakti.
2). Sajday-e-taazeemi:
Pichli shari'aton me jayez tha par is shariat me haraam hai.
1). Niyat:
Kisi bhi kaam ko karne me niyat ka dakhal hai k koi kis niyat se koi kaam kar raha hai.
Hadees 02:
“Amal ka daromadar niyat par hai'
525 | P a g e
(Sahi Bukhari,jild 1,Hadees 1)
7 haddiyan ye hain:
* Peshani aur Naak
* (dono) Haath,
* (dono) Ghutne aur
* (dono) Paon.
(Sahih Muslim-Hadees no 995)
(Sahi Bukhari,Jild 1,Hadees no 773)
Yeh khas sharaiton me se hain.
Wahabiyon (pakodao) ki bimari hai ke kisi ko jhukte dekhanahi k shirk shirk chillana shru kar diya bhale
hi koi jhuk kar apni car thik karraha ho ya koi mazar par chadar ko bosa de raha ho. Koi bhi musalman
jise deen ki samajh boojh hai woh mazar par sajdah nahi karta. Agar logon me koi ek jahil aysa karta
hua dikhta bhi hai to bhi hum bina tehqeeq kiye, bina uski niyat jane uspe shirk ka ilzam nahi laga sakte.
Sabse pahle to usse puchna padega ke woh kiya kar raha tha?
Agar kahe ke sajdah to phir pucha jayega ke taazeemi ya ibadat ke liye? Agar woh kahe ke taazeemi to
use samjhaya jayega ke yeh Islam me haram hai aysa na karen.
Ab bhi is par shirk ka fatwah nahi lagega. Aur Sajdah ibadat musalaman sirf aur sirf ALLAH Ta'ala ko
karta hai. Beghair tehqeeq kiye ya kisi ki niyyat jane sirf jhukta dekh kar ya zameen ko bosa deta dekh
kar kisi ko kafir-o-mushrik kehna sakht jahalat hai aur aysa karne wala khud kafir-o-mushrik ho jata
hai....
Hadees 04:
Rasool Allah ﷺne irshad farmaya ke
“Agar koi apne musalman bhai ko kafir kahe to dono me koi ek zarur kafir hoga. Jispar ilzam lagaya gaya
agar woh kafir nahi to kufr ilzam lagane wale par laut jayega.
(Sahee Muslim,Hadees-117)
Is hadees ki roshni me agar kisi ne mehaz mazar par bosa dene ya jhukne ke amal ko dekh kar kisi
musalman ko kafir o mushrik kaha to woh khud kafir o mushrik ho jayega.
Is liye badgumani se bachen aur musalmano par shirk ka ilzam lagane se baaz aa jayen...
526 | P a g e
Gairullah Se Madad Maangna
ALLAH K BANDO KA ALLAH KI ATA SE MADADGAAR HONA :
llah Taala ne Khud Apne bando ko Apni Madad Ka Mazhar Banaya hai jo Nas e Quran se saabit hai Ab
Jin Ahmak Jahilo ko Ibadat Aur Madadgaar Hone Me Fark nahi Pata wo hi jaahil hai jo Shirk k fatwe
thokte hai kitna FARK hai MADAD aur IBADAT me soche to saaf saaf samajh aajayga.
MADAD Iske liye arabi lafz hai ISTEGHASA aur ISTIANAT ye dono lafz Quran me mauzood hai.
Wahabi Mullah Gair Mukkalid Dev k pujari dono ye jitne baatil firqe hai Sabka Ahle Sunnat Wa Jaamat k
khilaf ek jhoota Propoganda hota hai jisme awaam ko hamesha uljhate hai ye wo kahenge Dekho Jo
ALLAH se direct maangta hai usko tum Kafir gustakh bolte ho hamara Jurm ye hai k Hum ALLAH se
mangte hai tum Gair ullah se maangte ho.
Ye Sadi ka sabse bada jhoot hai hamari kisi Motebar Aalim e Deen ne ya hamari kisi motebar kutoob me
ye nahi likha hai k JO ALLAH se Direct Maange wo Gustakh hai yaa kaafir hai balki Wahabi Kaafir isliye
huwe hai k inke Mullao ne ALLAH AUR RASOOL ki sakht Gustakhi ki hai ye khabis apni gustakhi ko
chupane k liye unwaan badal dete hai.
Aap direct maango wo bhi jaiz hai ALLAH waalo ko mazhar samajh k maango to bhi jaiz hai. Hamesha
yaad rakhe direct ALLAH se maangne pe kisi ka Ektelaf hai hi nahi.
Ayat 01:
“Aye Imaan Waalo Allah k Deen K Madadgaar Raho Jaise Isaa Maryam K Bete Ne Hawariyo Se Kaha Tha
527 | P a g e
Kon Hai Jo ALLAH ki Taraf Hoke Meri Madad Kare Hawari Bole Hum Khuda K Deen K Madadgaar Hai To
Bani Israel K Ek Giroh Ne Imaan Laaya aur ek Giroh Ne Kufr Kiya To Humne Imaan Waalo Ko Unke
Dushmano Par Madad Di TO Gaalib Hogaye ”
(Surah No 61 Surah Saff Ayat 14)
Ayat 02:
“Aye Imaan Waalo Agar Tum Khuda k Deen Ki Madad Karoge Allah Tumhari Madad Karega”
(Al Quran Surah 47 Muhammad Ayat : 07)
Is Aayat me Mauzood hai Hazrat Isaa Alaihi Salam ne apne Hawario se madad maangi hai halanki k
khud Nabi hai ALLAH ne to aayat bhejni thi naa k Isaa Ye Kya tu Nabi Hoke Gairullah se madad le raha
Hai par iske Khilaf Quran me mauzood hai k ALLAH ne Aisa nahi farmaya balki us madad pe Fakr kiya hai
aur Musalmaano ko bhi taakeed ki k Tum Bhi Us Trah deen ki madad karo jaise Isa Alaihi Salam k
Hawario ne ki hai
Kya Allah Taala Khud Apne Deen Ki Madad Nahi Kar Sakta hai Jo Bando Se keh Raha Hai ?
Kya Matlab Huwa ALLAH k Izan k bina koi lakh koshish karle kuch nahi kar sakta kya akeeda banega
Hakiki Madad to ALLAH hi karta hai bande bas Mazhar hai aur unke yaha to madadgaar hona hi shirk
hai phir ye kya Shirk Huwa.
Ayat 03:
“Phir Tashrif Laaye Tumhare Pass Wo Rasool To Tum Zaroor Zaroor Unpar Imaan Laana Aur Zaroor
Zaroor Unki Madad Karna”
(Surah 03 Al Imraan Ayat 81)
Ye Aayat e Mubaraka Us wakya ki tashreeh hai jab Dunya me Insaano ko bheja nahi gaya tha us wakt
Tamam Insaano ki Rooh ko AALAM E ARWAAH me jama kiya gaya aur baad me fakat unki Rooh e
Aqdas ko rakha gaya jo Nabiyo me Shamil hai us wakt ALLAH taala ne Tamam Nabiyo se ye waada liya k
Jab Kabhi Agar Tumhare Darmiyan Nabi E KARIM ﷺtashreef le aaye to unpar Imaan Laana Unka
Kalima padhna aur UNKI MADAD KARNA to yaha MADAD kyu karne ko kaha ?
Ayat 04,05,06,07:
Hazrat Moosa Alaihi Salam Ka Hazrat Haroon Alaihi Salam Ko Apna Wazir Aur Madadgaar Banwana
“Aur Mere Liye Mere Ghar Waalo Me Se Ek Wazir Karde - 29
Woh Kaun Mera Bhai Haroon - 30
Usse Meri Kamar Mazboot Kar - 31”
(Surah 20 Surah Taha Ayat 29 - 30 -31)
Allah taala ne to ye bol dena wahabi nukte nazar se Moosa Alaihi Salam Tujhe Kalimullah Banaya Tujhe
Mujhpe Tawakko na rhi jo apni madad k liye apne bhai ko intekhab kar liya Kya bharosa naa raha Apne
528 | P a g e
Rab pe tune Gairullah se Madad ki maang kar li kyu naa ye farmaya Kya Moosa Alaihi Salam ko bhi
tauheed nahi yaad thi ?
Balki Quran Me Allah Taala Ne Is Darkhawast k baare me kya kaha hai padhe Quran
Ayat 02,08:
“Aye Imaan Waalo Agar Tum Khuda k Deen Ki Madad Karoge Allah Tumhari Madad Karega aur
Tumhare Kadam Jama Dega”
(Al Quran Surah 47 Muhammad Ayat : 07)
“Jab Aye Mehboob, Tumhara Rab Farishte Ko Wahi Bhejta Tha Ki Mai Tumhare Saath Hoon Tum
Musalmano ko Sabit Kadam Rakho”
(Al Quran Surah 08 Anfal Ayat : 12)
Allah Taala ne Musalmano se kaha k tum ALLAH k deen ki madad karo ALLAH Taala Tumko sabit kadam
rakhega Saabit Kadam rakhega ab sabit kadam rakhna ye madad hai Mushkil Kushai hai Hazaat Ravayi
hai ab ye unke mutabik Me’aar e uluoohiyat madadgaar hona hai agr Rab k siwa kisi pe ye maan le to
shirk aajayga.
Pehli Aayat me Farmaya Saabit Kadam Mai Rakhta Hoon Uske Baad Surah Anfal me Farmaya FARISHTO
Tum Saabit Kadam Rakho Kyu ?
Jab ALLAH Taala Ne Khud Saabit kadam Rakh diya to phir Farishto ko Kyu Bheja ?
Kya Rab Taala K Paas Koi Kami thi Kya ALLAH TAALA Ki khud ki madad kaafi nahi thi jo Farishto Ko
Darmiyan me laaya ?
Kabhi Ek Lamhe k liye bhi gaur o fikr kiya hai khwarijeen wahabiyo ne ?
Ayat 09:
“Tum Farmao Jo Gumraahi Me Ho To Use Rehmaan Ne Khoob Dheel De, Yaha Tak ki Jab Wo Dekhe Wo
Cheez Jiska Unhe Waada Diya Jaata Hai Yaa To Aazab Yaa Kayamat To Ab Jaan Lenge Ki Kis Ka Bura
Darjaa Aur Kiski Fauz Kamzor”
(Surah No. 19 Surah Maryaam Ayat 75)
Allah Taala ne aayat nuzool kar waada liya tha Kuffaro se k wo wakt aayga jab Kafiro tum jaan loge k
kaun khasare nuksaan me hai aur Kiski Fauz Zyada takatwaar hai.
جندً اlafz Bahot se k liye Istemaaal hota hai wo kon the Bahot log Wo ALLAH k bheja Farishto ki baat hai
jo Maidan e Badr Me Madad K liye aaye the jinka waada tha ek aur aayat dekhe.
529 | P a g e
Ayat 10:
“Jab Tum Apne Rab Se Faryaad Karte The To Usne Tumhari Sunli Ki Main Tumhe Madad Dene Waala
Hoon Hazaro Farishto Ki Kaatar Se”
(Surah 08 Surah Anfaal Ayat 09)
Upar ek Sawal tha ALLAH QAADIR hai k chahta to direct hi sab kar deta yaha FARISHTO ko darmiyan me
laana aur hazaro ko bhej Badr k maidan me madad karana Musalmano ki kyu bheja ?
Point : Rab ne Farishto ko ye kyu kaha ? Kya Rab ko koi kami thi farishto ko kyu laaya ?
Allah Chahta Kaafir ghar se nikalne se phle mar jaate raat ko soye the subah koi uth naa paate mar jaate
Talwaar liye the talwaar gir jaati Talwaar utha liye chala na paate.
Jab ALLAh khud rakh sakta to farishto pe wo sifaat kyu bayan ki darmiyan me laaya kafiro se ye kaha tab
maloom hoga kiske madadgaar zyada takatwaar hai
Rab Taala bata raha tha k jinki madad ki aas me tum kuffaro ne jung e ladi hai yaani wo buth itne
kamzor hai k Mere Bheje gaye BANDE yaani Farishto ka Mukabla nahi sakte hai aur tum un butho ko
mera sharik banaye bethe ho dusra k hakiki madad to ALLAH Taala ne ki hai par Madad k mazhar apne
Bando ko bheja aur banaya taaki koi ALLAH K BANDO ko MADAD gaar maan ne pe SHIRK naa bhoke
Me’aar e ULOOHIYAT na banale warna bataye k Kya Jarurat aan padi jo badr me Farishte aagye ?
ALLAH TAALA Madadgaar HAI USKE BANDE BHI USKI ATA SE MADADGAAR HAI :
Ayat 11,12,13:
“Beshak Allah Tumhara Maula Hai aur Sabse Badkar Madadgaar Hai”
(Al Imraan Ayat 150)
“Yeh Isliye k Musalmano Ka Maula (Madadgaar) Allah Hai Aur Kaafiro ka Koi (Maula) Madadgaar Nahi ”
(Al Quran Surah 47 Muhammad Ayat : 11)
Pehle aayat me farmya ALLAH Sabse badkar madadgaar hai aur beshak ispe hi hum sabka akeeda hai
phir dusre makam me jo bayan huwa farmaya ALLAH TAALA Musalmano ka to madadgaar hai par
Kaafiro ka koi madadgaar nahi hai par Musalmano k liye kya farmaya
“Beshak Allah Unka Madadgaar Hai Aur Zibril Aur Nek Momineen Madadgaar Hai”
(Al Quran Surah 66 At Tehrim Ayat : 04)
Ab Is aayat me Farmya ALLAH MADADGAAR HAI Musalmano ka Jibrail Alaihi Salam bhi aur Nek Momin
bhi Madadgaar hai ek dusre k kya taabir aaygi iski ? ?
Is main Tatbee yun Qaem hogi, k ALLAH Haqeeqi madadgaar hai, Aur Jibrael AlaihSalam, aur Auliya E
Karam, ALLAH TA'ALA ki Ata se madadgaar hain, jo Zaat-E-Baari TA'ALA Ata farma rahi hai, us main
aur jis ko Ata kiya ja raha hai, un Hazraat main barabri ka Tassawwur bhi nahin kiya jasakta, aur jab
530 | P a g e
barabri nahin to SHIRK kahaan se hoga??
Aur ye farmaya k KAFIRO Ka Koi Madadgaar Nahi hai kyu ? Pata chala k Madadgaar hona yeto ALLAH
waalo k liye hai Musalmano k liye ab jin logo ne madadgaar ko hi Me’aar bana liya hai wo kon hai ??
Faisla to Quran ne kar diya ab hum kya kahe.
Conclusion :
In tamam guftgu ka jo khulasa hai wo ye k Me’aar e Uloohiyat aaj awaam ko jo bataya gaya k aapne
Sifaat dedi Shirk hogaya Madadgaar maan liya shirk hogya to humne ayat e Qurani se saabit kiya k
Me’aar ye nahi hai ab koi shaks Madadgaar ko bataur e Dalil pesh kare to aap fauran pakadle k ye
Me’aar nahi hai jo tum bayan karte ho.
Badmazhabon ke aitraaz :
Aitraaz 01 :
Aapne Jo Dalail Qurani Aayat Pesh ki hai is se bas ye saabit huwa k Zindo se Madad Maang Sakte Hai
Murdo Se Nahi.
Al Jawab :
Awwal to is se saabit nahi huwa k Murdo se maanga to SHIRK hai ya zindo se maango to
Tauheed.
Maangna hargiz me’aar nahi hai Kya Aap Zindo ko ALLAH ka Sharik Maante ho ?
Wo tilmila jayga yaha Chand Istelahi baat yaad rakhe kaam aaygi
i) Jo SHIRK Hai wo hamesha SHIRK HAI aisa nahi hai k Zindo k liye Tauheed ho aur Murdo k liye SHIRK
hojaye ? Kya Aisa Hai ?
ii) Kisi Shaks Ne Zinda ko Mabood banaya Wo Mushrik hai SHIRK huwa Kisi shaks ne Murde ko maabood
bnaya Wo Bhi Mushrik huwa kyu kyki Shirk hone me ZInda aur murda ye paimana hai hi nahi.
Aitraaz 02 :
Tum ALLAH ko Chod k Gairullah ko Pukarte ho Lihaja Shirk Paaya Gaya ?
Al Jawab :
Shirk hai to kyu ? Aur Kis Tarah Ka Shirk Hai ? Kis Category me jaayga ? Tumhare bol dene se shirk nahi
hota hai. Kya Pukardene se shirk hojata hai ?
Pehle Tum Ye Decide Karo Gairullah me Zinde aur murde ki kaid hai ya dono gairullah hai ya dono alag
hai ?
Allah Taala K Elawa Tamam Makhlook jisko wajood baksha hai chahye Ambiya Alaihsalam ho Auliya ho
Jinn Farishte Insaan haiwanat al garz har cheez ka shumar gairullah me hota hai. To Gairullah ko tum
bhi pukarte ho tum khud mushrik huwe ho.
Lihaja Pukarnaa to shirk naa huwa PUJNA shirk hota hai. PUKARNA AUR PUJNA Dono me fark hai Aur
Pukarne se banda mushrik hota to daily insaan kisi na kisi ko pukarta hai woto sab gaye phir. Ye Chand
baatein hai jo Spoon ki trah saamne rakhi hai jab bhi in khabiso se bahes ho usool k mutabik samjhaye
ye baat jab bahes hoti hai to wo karte hai lihaja isliye bayan kar diya awaal to awaam ko bahes karna
531 | P a g e
nahi chahye kyuki uske liye bahot ilm chahye agar kabhi aise naubaat aajaye koi khabees saamne mil
jaaye bahes baaji karte to usoolan step wise samjhaye wo lajawab hojayga IN SHA ALLAH Taala
Hazrat Abdullah ibn Jaabir Radi Allaho Anho Ka Khwarijeen Se Bahes O Mubahisa Jarur Padhna aur
Dekho
Hadees :
“ Hazrat Yazid Al Faqir Kehte Hai Mujhe Kharjiat k Nazariat Pasand Aagye Mai Kharji Hogaya Tha. Hum
Jamaat Ki Shakl Me Hajj K Liye Nikle Phir Waha Se Logo Ko Kharjiat Ki Tableeg karne Chal Pade.
Unhone Kaha Hum Madina se Gujre Aur Dekha Hazrat Jabir Bin Abdullah Logo ko Masjid E Nabvi ﷺ
Me Hadees e Rasool ﷺKa Dars De Rahe The.
Jab Unhone Jahannam Ka Zikr Kiya Aur Kaha Nabi Chullu Bharenge Aur Logo Ko Jahannam Se Leke
Jannat Me Le Jaaynge. (Yaani Shafat E Rasool Ka Bayan)
Maine Kaha Aye Sahabi e Rasool ye Tum Kya Bayan Kar Rahe Ho ?
Jabki Quran Me Allah Farmata Hai
“Aye Rab Hamare Beshak Jise Tu Dozakh Me Le Jaaye Use Jarur Tune Ruswayi Di Aur Jaalimo ka Koi
Madadgaar Nahi
(Surah Al Imraan Ayat 192)”
Phir Ek Aur Aayat Padhi
“Rahe Wo Jo Behukm Hain Unka Theekana Aag Hai, Jab Kabhi Usme (Jahannam) Se Nikalna Chahenge
Phir Usi Me Gira Diye Jaynge -
(Surah Sajdaah Ayat 20)”
Quran ye Kehte aur Tum Kya Kehte Ho ?
Hum Tumhari Maane Ya Quran Ko Maane ?
Jabir bin Abdullah Radi Allaho ne Farmaya itminaan se pucha Kya Tumne Quran padha Hai ?
Yazid Al Faqir Kehte Hai Haa Humne Padhi Hai Quran (Bahot Josh me Aake Kaha)
Jabir bin Abdullah ne Farmaya Kya Tumne Usme MAKAM E MEHMOOD K baare Me Kuch Padha hai ?
{*// “Karib Hai Ki Tumhe Tumhara Rab Aisi Jagah Khada Karen Jahan Sab Tumhari Hamd Kare” (Surah
Bani Israel/Isra Ayat 79) }
Yazid Al Faqir Kehte hai HAA Humne Padha Hai.
Jabir bin Abdullah Farmate Hai Padha Hai To Bas Aise Hi Padha Hai. Aage Farmate Hai Makam E
Mehmood Wo Makam Hai Jo Allah Ne Apne Mehboob ﷺKo Ata Kiya Hai Jisko Chahenge Jahannam
Se Aazad Kara denge.
Phir Uske baad Ek Pool (Bridge) Ka Zirk Kiya Jiske Upar Se Log Guzrenge Aur Kaha Mujhe Aur Zyada Yaad
Nahi lekin itna mere jahen me hai log Jahannam se Nikale jaynge aur kaha is tarah syaah (kaale) honge
(yaani Jahannam ki aag se jalke).
Phir Unhe Jannat Ki Naher me daala Jayga waha se jab niklenge bilkul Safed Kagaz (White Ppr) ki trah
hojaynge.
Yazeed Al Fakeer Kehte Hai Unki Guftgu Sun ne K baad Phir Hum Waha Se Nikle Aur Apne Ustado k Pass
pahuche unhone Humse Sabab Pucha Lautne Ka.
532 | P a g e
Saara Mazra Bayan Kiya Wo Hum Pe Naraz
Huwe Phir Maine Kaha Dil Nahi Maanta k
Aise Noorani Chehre Waala Bhi Jhut Bol
Sakta Hai Aur Hum Sabne Khwarijat
Se Tauba Karli Jo Jo Gaye The Siwaye Ek k.
(Sahi Muslim Vol : 01, Kitabul Imaan
Hadees : 191, ‘English : Book 01, Hadees : 381
, 371’)
(Imam Abu Naoem Al Hilyatul Awliya)
533 | P a g e
Is Hadees Pe Ab Kuch Lamha E Fiqriya Guftgu Bahot se log padh k gujar jaate hai
par samajhte nahi hai lihaja iska khulasa jaruri hai.
3) JARURI NAHI HAR QURAN KI AAYAT PADHNE WAALA HAWALE DENE WAALA SACCHA HO:
Aaj Ye bhi fitna failaya jaa raha hai k dekho hum QURAN ki aayat pesh karte hai aur tum hume
bura bolte ho ab andaza lagao Musalmano dekho SAHABA k aage bhi SAHI aayat padhi gayi Sahi Hawale
wo bhi QURAN hi se de raha tha na par Us aayat se Aqeeda aur Matlab galat bayan kiya jaa raha tha.
5)Hazrat Abdullah ibn Jaabir Radi Allaho Anho Dars Kya De Rahe The ?
Huzoor Nabi E KARIM ﷺki SHAFAT ka AAKA KARIM ﷺki Shan o Azmat Ka Huzoor ﷺKi
Hazaat Rawayi Ka Jahannam se Aazad karana kitni badi Hazaat Rawayi Dastagiri hai Huzoor ﷺK
FAIDE KA Inkaar kisne kiya ?
Khwarijeen ne pata chala Nasl Kaha se aayi hai ? Nishaniyaa aaj bhi mauzood hai.
534 | P a g e
Aayat konsi padhi wo aayat jinka Talluk Kafiro se tha aur us aayat se raddh kar rhe kiska Huzoor
Nabi E KARIM k Faide ka to jo KAFIRO K talluk se aayi thi aayat k wo Jahannam se nikalna chahenge
dobara palta diye jaaynge unko koi nahi bacha sakta us aayat ko chispaan kiya Musalmano pe balki
Musalmano k Liye SHAFAT E NABI ﷺhai.
Pata Chala KAFIRO Ki AAYAT MUSALMANO PE CHISPAAN kar dena ye koi aaj ki baat nahi SAHABA k
saamne bhi ye Khwarijeen k shakl me the NISHANI aaj bhi bas Naam aur Chehre badadlte hai.
Kitne sawalo ka jawab hai is hadees me hosakta hai aksariat majority awaam ne kabhi ye hadees naa
suni ho na padhi ho aur unke jalso me to ye bayan hi nahi hogi Hadees kis kitab me hai jiska raat din
naam lete MUSLIM Sharif kyu nahi batate ye hadees jaante hai unke sazre khul jaaynge.
Jo Shirk Naa Tha Usko Bhi Shirk Declare Kiya Wahabiyo Ka Kabool Naama:
Ulma e devband Ashraf Ali Thanvi Ki Kalam se Khud Ismail Dahelvi Ka Kabool Nama k Taqviyatul Imaan
me Usne Khayanat ki Hai likhte hai
“Mai Jaanta Hoon Isme Baaj Jagah Jara Tez Alfaaz Aagaye Hai aur Baaj Jagah Tassadud Bhi Aagaye
hai Maslan Un Umur Ko Jo Shirk e Khafi The Shirk E Jali Likh Diya Gaya.
In Wajoo Se Mujhe Andesha Hai k iski ishaat se Shoras jaroor hogi agar mai yaha rehta to is mazameen
ko 8 10 baras me bayan karta lekin is wakt mera irada hajj ka hai aur waha se wapse k baad jihad ka hai
aur isliye mai is kaam se maazor hogaya hai aur dusra is bhaar ko uthayga nahi isliye maine ye kitab likh
di hai magar tawakko hai k log lad bhid k thek hojaynge ”
(Hikayatul Auliya / Arwaah E Salasa Pg : 74 By Ashraf Ali Thanvi)
Ye Angrezi Agent Ismail Dahelvi k jumle likha hai Thanvi ne likha Kitab Takviyatul Imaan k baare me
khud kabool kiya hai Ismail ne k maine is kitab me khayanat ki hai wo umoor jo shirk nahi the usko bhi
shirk likha lafz itne tez likhe istemal kiye k log ladenge khud bol rha hai kabool khud kar liya k ladai hogi
magar phir bhi print kar diya aur kehte log ladenge Musalman is kitab ko maanenge nahi jhagde honge
aapas me par ummid hai log ladenge phir sab thek hojayga ye koi chota jurm hai jo Shirk nahi usko shirk
bolo aur sabko kaafir boldo
Andaaza lgao us daur me angrezo ki sazish kya thi Musalmano ko aapas me ladana tha tum hi ne
535 | P a g e
unke makasid ko pura kiya aur fatwa khud galat diya khud kabool kiya jurm tumne kiya aur ilzaam
musalmano pe laga rhe ho. MUNAFIK E JAMANA
536 | P a g e
The first three images are from one book. The 4th image is of the same book but a different
publisher.(Page 67)
“Hamare Baaj Bhaiyo Ne Masla E Shirk k Andar Badi Shiddat Ekteyaar Ki Aur Islaam K Dayre Ko
Mehdood Kar Diya”
(Hadiyatul Mehdi Pg : 26 by Gair Mukkalid Nawab Wahiduzama)
Tumhara baap khud kabool kar rha hai k humne khurrafat ki jhut tauheed bayan ki masla e shirk me
khayanat dikhayi aur Islam ko mehdood kar diya kayamat tak iska jawab nhi denge haa baap badal
jaynge inke bolenge hum nhi maante isko Saudi Arab se Urdu Bukhari ka Tarjuma kiska print hota hai
wo yehi baap hai tumhara.
Pata chala Ummat ne Jurm Nahi kiya balki Tumne Galti ki galat fatwa likha galat kitab
likhi aur Ummat ne Nabi Ko ALLAH WALI KO NAbi nahi banaya balki Tumne khud
ALLAH ki shaan ko bande se milane ki koshish ki, kar nahi sakte par aaj pure unke
awaara bete isi me lage hai k kis trah logo ko mushrik banaye.
537 | P a g e
Waseela - Tawwasul – Intercession (PART-01)
Ahlesunnat wal Jamaat ka aqeeda
Beshak ALLAH TA'ALA kisi Waseele ka mohtaj to nahi wo chahe to bagair waseele ke bhi jo kuch chahe
ata kar sakta hai. Lekin fir bhi usne Qainat ka jo nizam chalaya wo waseele se chalaya to pata chalta hai
ki ALLAH TA'ALA ko waseela pasand hai, isiliye hum Ahlesunnat wal jamaat apni duaao ke liye ALLAH ki
bargah me waseela pesh karte hain..
Misal ke taur pe aaiye dekhte hain ki ALLAH TA'ALA ne Hazrat Adam Alaih Salam ko jab paida kiya, to
bagair Maa Baap ke paida kiya aur jab chaha to duniya me bhej diya, to ALLAH ne ye zahir kar diya ki wo
kisi Waseele ka mohtaj nahi hai, wo chahe to bagair waseele bagair maa bap ke bhi kisi ko paida farma
sakta hai aur usey khila pila sakta hai haajat rawai kar sakta hai lekin fir ALLAH ne Hazrat Adam Alaihe
salam ke baad se kisi ko bhi wagair waseela, bagair maa baap ke duniya me nahi bheja, balki sabko maa
baap ke zariye, sari naslo ko Hazrat Adam Alaihe Salam ke waseele se duniya ka nizam qayem kar dia,
taki duniya wale ye bhi dekh len ki ALLAH ko Waseela hi pasand hai.
Waseele Ka Maane
"Jiske Jariye Kisi Tak Pahucha Jaaye Aur Uska Kurb Hasil Kiya Jaaye"
(Imam E Lughat Ibn Manjur Lihsansul Arab Vol : 11 Pg : 725)
“Jiske Jariye Kisi Se Kurb Aur Nazdiki Haasil Ki Jaaye Usko Waseela Kehte Hai”
538 | P a g e
(Al Tarifaat Pg : 225)
Waseela ALLAH ka Qurb haasil karna hai, Ahle Sunnat wal jamaat me Waseela kay taluq me Hayat o
wafat ka paimana hi nahi Balki Qurbiyat dekhi jaati hai kay ALLAH ne kise shafi banaya, kise qurbiyat
ataa ki hai aur inhi ka waseela talash karne ka hukum bhi aaya hai Quran me. Lekin Wahabi kehte hai
Baad wafat Waseela Jayaz nahi toh is per hum ilzami sawaal karte hai ki Jab NABI( )ﷺzahiri duniya
me maujud the toh waseela Jayaz tha aur beshak ALLAH ne aapko who qurbiyat ataa ki kay aapki dua
kabhi radd nahi hosakti toh Wahbiyon ko chahiye ki aisi dalil pesh kare kay jisse yeh saabit ho ki Zahiri
duniya me Qurb tha aur wafat baad Qurbiyat khatam hojaati hai.
Ayat No 01:
"Aye Imaan Waalo, Allah Se Daro Aur Uski Taraf Waseela Talash Karo Aur Uski Raah Me Zihad Karo, Is
Ummid Par Ki Tum Falaah Paao"
(Surah Al Maida Ayat 35)
Quran e Pak ki aayat se ye wajah hua k Waseela ka saaf hukm Quran me mauzood hai ab iska direct hi
inkaar karne waala kaafir hoga ye shirk to ho hi nahi sakta agar Waseela Shirk hai to kya Quran me Allah
khud hi iska hukm de sakta hai ?? hargiz nahi lekin Sawal ye hai k waseela kis ka jaiz hai kiska nahi hai
zaahir si baat hai Allah Subhanawta'la uska hi waseela pakadne ko pasand karega jo Allah ki bargaah me
makbool ho aur Allah un chizo ko Qurbiyat o Makbooliyat Di ho
YAHOOD WASEELE E MUSTAFA SAL ALLAHU ALAIHI WASSALAM SE MUSHRIKEEN K KHILAF FATEH KI
DUA MAANGTE THE.
Hadees 01:
Rawi kehty hain: Pas Jab bhi wo dushman k samny ay to unhoun nain yehe dua mangi aur Ghatfaan
(Qabeela) ko shikast di. Laykin jab HUZUR NABI AKRAM ( )ﷺmab'us huay to unhoun ne AAP ()ﷺka
inkar kiya.
539 | P a g e
Is par ALLAH Ta'ala nain yeh ayat utari:
“Aur Jab Unke Pass Allah Ki Kitab (Quran) Aayi Jo Unke Saath Waali Kitab (Toraat) Ki Tasdeek armati Aur
Isse Pehle Wo Isi Nabi K Waseele Se Kafiro Par Fatah Maangte The To Jab Tashrif Laaya Unke Pass Who
Jaana Pehchana, Us Se Inkaar Kar Bethe To Allah Ki Lanaat Inkaar Karne Waalo Par”
(Al Quran Surah Al Baqraah Ayat 89)
'Halnky is say pehly wo khud Ay Muhammad ( ! )ﷺap k waseelay say kaafiron par Fatah-yaabi ki dua
mangty thy.'"
1).Imam Haakim Al Mustadrak Vol : 2 Pg : 316, Hadith number : 3101
540 | P a g e
Hadees 01 - A
Hazrat Abdullah Bin Abbas (R.A) se rivayat hai wo bayan karte hai Yahud Huzur e Akram ﷺk
waseele se Kuffar o Mushrikeen par fateh ki dua karte the aur fateh paate the par jab Aaka ﷺjaahir
hue to wo munkir hogye, ek martaba Hazrat Muadh Bin Jabal aur Bashar Bin Barra Bin Maroor Razi
allaho Anho azmain ne Yahudio se kaha Aye yahud Allah se daro hum
'Ay Yahood ! ALLAH say daro aur Islam lay ao, Jab hum Ahl-e-Shirk thy to tum Naam e
Muhammad ﷺk sath hum par fatah manga karty thy, AAP ﷺk be'sat aur seerat ko hum par
paish karty thy.'
Yeh sun kar Salam bin Mishkam (Yahoodi) nain kaha:
'Yeh wo NABI nahi jis ka zikar hum karty thy aur jo sifaat hum bayan karty thy, wo is main nahi.
Is par ALLAH nain yeh ayat utari Surah Baqraah ayat 89
Is Hadees se pata chala k jab Ahle Yahood bhi Aaka ﷺk waseele se kuffar o mushrikeen se fateh
paane ki dua karte to ALLAH unki duao ko bhi kabool kar liya karte Qurban Jao Musalmano Khatiman
Nabiyeen ﷺpar k Allah unke waseele se dua kabool kar liya karta hai aur Alhamdullilah Hum to
musalman hai hamari duaye kyu na kabool ho wo to jalwagiri k pehle ka aalam tha to ab bhala ye kaise
shirk hosakta hai ??
Hadees 02:
541 | P a g e
[Tabarani Mu'jam Al-Ausat Vol: 06, Pg No. 313-314, Hadees : 6502]
[ Al Majmua Fatawa Ibn Taymiyya , Vol. 2, page 150
[ Ta'rikh Ibn Kathir , chapter on 'Story of Adam']
[Shifa-us-siqam fi ziyarat khayr-il-anam Page No. 120-121]
[Imam Bulqini ne apne fatwe me is hadees ko Sahee karar diya. Hafiz Ibn Taymiyya, ke balawa bhi is
riwayat ko Dusre Muhaddesin Hafiz Imam Suyuti, al-Bayhaqi aur Tabrani, ne bhi Saheeh sanad ke sath
naqal farmaya hai.
Masla :
1) Jab Huzoor E Akram ﷺk waseele se Adam Alaihi Salam ki dua Allah Rabbul Izzat me Makbool hui
halanki us wakt to Huzur Sal Allahu Alaihi Wassalam is dunya me Paida bhi na hue us wakt bhi Sarkar E
Do Alam ﷺka waseela Allah عزوجلki bargah me liya jaata tha to aaj bhala ye lena kyukar Nazaiz o
shirk hoga ?
2) Hazrat Adam Alaihi Salam ne Dua me Mustafa ﷺka waseela leke ye jahen diya mai Nabi hoke
waseela talab kar raha hu to tum to ummati ho tumhe khud kitna waseela lena chahye.
3) Is masle me Shiddat pasand maulvi ibne Taimya tak Ahlus Sunnah se muttafik hua hai halanki bahot
masle me Ibn Taimya ne iktelaf kiya hai Izma k khilaf par yaha ibn Taimya ne bhi ikraar kiya k ye Hadees
sahi hai aur waseela e Mustafa ﷺbhi haq hai.
4) Jab Wiladat se kabl waseela jaiz tha to abto Kainat me sirf aur sirf Huzoor ﷺk hi ummati honge
542 | P a g e
Aaka ﷺki hi shariyat chalegi to ab kyukar waseela haram shirk hoga ??
Pata Chala Waseela Talab karna Nabi e Karim ﷺka khud Ambiya Alaihi Salam ki sunnat hai.
Hadees 03 :
Huzoor ﷺki Hayat E Tayyaba me Waseele Ka Saboot :
Hazrat Usman Bin Hunaif (R.A) se riwayat hai,ki ek Naa-beena(Andha ) shaks Nabi ﷺki bargah m
hazir hua aur bola, 'Aap mere liye dua kijiye ki ALLAH mujhe shifa ata farmaye,'
to Aap ﷺne farmaya: 'Agar tum sabr karo, to ye tumhare liye zyada behtar hoga, aur agar tum
chaho to mai tumhare liye dua karu' To usne kaha 'Aap Dua kijiye,' Aap alaihe salam ne farmaya: jao,
achhi tarah wuzu karo, aur fir 2 Rakat namaz padho, aur fir is tarah Dua karo,
"Allahumma lnni as'aluka wa atawajjahu ilaikabimuhamma din nabiyyir-rahma. Ya Muhammadu inni
qad tawajjahtu bika ila rabbi fi hajati hadhihi lituqda. Allahumma fashaffi’hu fiya.
Aye ALLAH! mai tujhse sawal karta hu, aur teri taraf rukh karta hu, aur Muahmmed ﷺNabi-e-
Rehmat ﷺke waseele se tujhse dua karta hu, Aye Mohammed ﷺ, Maine apni hajat ke liye apke
Waseele se ALLAH ki taraf rukh kiya, aye ALLAH! Ye Waseela qubul farma'
[Tirmidhi As-Sunan, Vol-05, Page-569, Hadith-3578]
[Imam Hakim Al Mustadrak Vol : 01, Pg : 313, Hadees : 519]
[Ibn Majah As-Sunan, Volume-01, Page-197, Kitab : Iqamat Al Salat Wa Sunnat, Hadith-1385] [Nasa’i -
Amal Al Yawm Wal Layla Pg : 417, Hadees -658,659]
543 | P a g e
Imam Tirmizi ne Is Hadees ko Hasan Karar diya Imam Hakim ne Sahi Likha hai
Qazi Shawkani Jinhe Gair Mukallideen Ahle Hadees Jamat k nazdik bahot Motebar maana jaata hai Apni
kitab Tuhfatuz Zakireen me Isi Hadees k hawale se likhte hai "Aur Is Hadees e paak se Huzoor Sal Allahu
Alaihi Wassalam k Waseela Lene Ka Saboot Milta hai Lekin Ye Akeeda Ho k ALLAH HI ATA KARTA HAI
WO HI LETA HAI JO ALLAH CHAHE JO NA CHAHE WO HI HONA HAI"
SubhanALLAH Haq hai Sar Chad k Bolega ...
Is Hadees e Mubaraka se wajeh hua k Sahaba e Kiram Rizwanullahi Azmain ka bhi Mamoor Tha k wo
Aaka ﷺk Waseele se dua manga karte the aur Aaka ﷺne kabhi khud k waseele ko bhi inkaar
nahi kiya agar Huzoor ka waseela Jaiz na hota to us naabeena sahabi ko saaf inkar kardete k tu mera
waseela na talab kar direct Allah se dua maang mujhe tere aur Rab k bich me na la magar aisa na kiya
aur sahaba bhi chahte to Allah se hi dua maang lete magar Huzur ﷺk pass Aake wo ye akeeda de
rahe hai beshak dene waala to Allah Rabbul Izzat hi hai par Huzoor ﷺk sadke se hi dega Subhan
Allah
Note :
Kuch Hazrat Ye kehte milenge k yaha Waseela Sirf us wakt tak jaiz tha jab tak Huzoor Sal Allahu Alaihi
Wassalam Ba Hayat the ab waseela shirk hoga. MaazAllah
Hum yaha niche hi kuch aisi hadeese bhi pesh kar rahe hai jis se wajeh hojayga k Waseela har wakt jaiz
hai.
Hadees 04 :
Huzoor ﷺk Baad Az Wisal Waseele Ka Saboot :
Ek shaks kai bar Hazrat Usman Bin Affan radialla taala anhu ke paas apni hajat rawai ke liye aata, lekin
Hazrat Usman radialla taala anhu ne uspar tawajjoh nahi diya,
tab wo Hazrat Usman Bin Hunaif radialla taala anhu ke paas gaya aur maamle ki shikayat ki.
To Hazrat Usman Bin Hunaif radialla taala anhu ne farmaya:
Jaao, achhi tarah wuzu karo, aur fir Masjid me aakar 2 rakat Namaz ada karo, aur fir is tarah kaho,
''Aye ALLAH! mai tujhse sawal karta hu, aur teri taraf rukh karta hu, aur Muahmmed allallaho alaihe
wasallam Nabi-e-Rehmat ke waseele se tujhse dua karta hu, Aye Mohammed sallallaho alaihe
wasallam, Maine apni hajat ke liye apke Waseele se ALLAH ki taraf rukh kiya, aye ALLAH! Ye Waseela
qubul farma''
aur fir apni Haajat pesh karo, aur fir mai tumhare sath Hazrat Usman radialla taala anhu ke paas chalta
hu.
To us shaks ne waisa hi kiya, jaisa ki use karne ke liye kaha gaya tha,
fir iske baad wo Hazrat Usman radialla taala anhu ki bargah me hazir hua, Darwaze wale ne is shaks ka
hath pakda aur Hazrat Usman radialla taala anhu ke paas le jaakar bitha diya,
Hazrat Usman radialla taala anhu ne pucha, 'Tumhe kya chahiye?'
544 | P a g e
to us Shaks ne apni Hajat pesh kiya, jo kuch use zarurat thi, tab Hazrat Usman radialla taala anhu ne use
ata farma diya.
[Imam Tabrani ne Ma'jam As Sagheer Vol : 01 Pg : 306-307,Hadees : 508]
[Imam Tabrani ne Ma'jam Al Kabeer Vol : 09 pg : 17-19, Hadees : 8311]
[Imam Haytami Ne Majma Az Zawaid Vol: 02, Baab : Salat Al Hajah, Hadees : 3668,]
[Imam al-Mundhiri ne At-Targheeb wa Tarheeb, Page No. 242, Baab : Salat Al Hajah]
[Imam Bayhaqi ne Dalail An nubuwwah Volume : 6 Page : 167-168]
[Imam Taqi ud Din Subki ne Shia As Siqam Vol : 1 Pg : 370-372, Baab : Baad Az Wisal Un Nabi Sal Allahu
Alaihi Wassalam]
[Ibn Taymiyyah ne is hadees ko “Sahih” likha Qa'ida al Jaleela fit Tawassul wal Waseela Page No. 156]
[Imam Muhammad bin Yusuf al-Salihi Al Haadi ne Sabl al Hadi, Vol :12,Baab 05 : Waseela E Mustafa Sal
Allahu Alahi Wassalam Baad Az Wisal, Pg : 407]
Aur bhi bahot se hai jo is hadees k sahi hone me gawahi dete hai ye do kaafi hai aur mazid dusri bhi
hadees e paak hai jo yaha upload karni hai aur Imam Muhammad bin Yusuf al-Salihi Al Haadi ne Sabl al
Hadi me baab ka naam hi rakha hai Waseela Bad Aj Wisal aur us baab me ye hadees nakal ki hai sahi
isnaad.
1) Baad az wisal Usman Bin Hunaif Radi Allaho Anho khud dusre shaks ko ye amal de rahe hai k jao aur
usi trah dua karo jo nabeena sahabi ne kiya tha agar baad az wisal waseela nazaiz hota to bhala kyu
hukm dete aur phr Hazrat Usmam Gani Razi Allaho anho ne bhi hazat puri ki hai aur akeeda diya hai k
ye kaam hargiz shirk nahi hai.
Hadees No 05:
[Musannaf Ibn Abi Shaybah Vol: 09, Hadees: 32665]
545 | P a g e
Hadees 06:
“Aur Humne Koi Rasul Na Bheja Magarisliye Kay ALLAH Kay Hukum Se Uski Itaat Ki Jaaye Aur Agar
Jab Who Apni Jaano Per Zulm Kare Toh A Mehbub Tumhare Huzur Haazir Ho Aur Phir ALLAH Se Maafi
Chahe Aur Rasul Unki Shafa’at Farmaye Toh Zarur ALLAH Ko Bahut Tauba Qabul Karne Wala
Maherbaan Paye”
(Surah Nisa Ayat 64)
References :
1) [Imam Ibn Kathir ne Tafseer Al Quran Al Azim Vol : 04 Pg : 140, 4:64]sar per daali aur arz karne laga
ya rasul ALLAH jo apne farmaya humne suna aur jo aap per naazil
546 | P a g e
Note:
In the above urdu translation of Tafseer Ibn Kathir its mentioned that Nabi( )ﷺcame in dream and
then told that the person is forgiven. This is the reason why both the arabic and urdu versions have
been given above. May be these ghair muqallid have themselves added. Also its mentioned that this
incident is not mentioned in any hadees. But other imams have definitely written this incident in their
books. So how can we believe them leaving the Imams ?
Also its mentioned a hadees from Sahih muslim to prove this incident wrong.
If at all this incident did not take take place as u believe then why did you write it in your book at first
place ?
Other References:
2) [Imam Qurtabi ne Tafseer Al Jami Al Ehkaam Al Quran Vol : 06, Pg:439, 4 :64]
3) [Bahyaqi ne Shoebul Iman Vol : 03, Pg : 495-496, Hadees : 4178]
4) [Ibn Qudamah Al Mugni ne Kitab Al Haj, Baab : Wa Yustahabbu Ziyarat Qabr An Nabi Vol : 05, Pg:
465]
5] [Imam Jalaluddin Suyuti ne Tafseer e Durre Mansoor Surah 4 Ayat 64]
6] [Imam Nawawi ne Kitab Al Azkaar, Pg : 179, Print Darool Marifah Beirut]
7] [Imam Nawawi ne Al Majmua vol : 08, Pg :202/203]
8] [Ibn Hajar Haythami ne Al Jawhar Ul Munnazam Pg : 51]
Imam Qurtabi Rahmatullahi Alaihi ne Hazrat Ali Radi Allaho ne farmaya Huzoor E Akram Sal Allahu
Alaihi Wassalam k Wisaal k 3 baad ek baddu aaya aur dua ki Allah Taala ne uski tauba kabool ki.
Shirk Hamesha Shirk hi rahega wo ek pal bhi tauheed nahi banega.
547 | P a g e
bahot se Mufasireen ne is wakay ko likha kisi ek ne bhi ye guman nahi kiya k ye shirk hai biddat hai ye
kaisa shirk hai jab tak banda hayat ho tab to tauheed ho aur wisal baad shirk hojaye ?
Hadees 07 :
Abu-Al-Jawaza Aws Bin Abdullah radialla taala anhu se Imam Darimi riwayat karte hain ki, Madina ke
log ek bar sukha padne ki waja se pareshan ho gaye,
woh Hazrat Ayesha Siddiqa radialla taala anha ke pas apni shikayat lekar pahuche,
Aapne farmaya ki Rasoolullah alaihe salam ki Qabr ke paas jaao, aur unke Rauze aur asman ke darmiyan
upar ek khidki khol do, taki Rauza-e-Aqdas aur Asman ke darmiyan koi parda na reh jaye,
raawi farmate hain ki humne aisa kiya to bahot zor se barish shuru ho gayi, hari bhari ghaas nikal aayin,
aur hamare oont mote ho gaye, ki lagta tha zyada khane ki waja se phoot padenge.
So is saal ka naam Hariyali wala saal rakha gaya.
[Sunan Darmi Vol:001, Page 227, Hadees:93]
[Al Wafa Bi Ahwal Lil Mustafa Baab 39: Huzoor Ki Kabr E Mubarak K Tawassul Se Barish Ka Bayan
Vol:02, Pg:817-818]
[Khatib Tabrizi Mishkat Ul Masabih Vol-04,Pg:400, Hadees : 5950]
[Imam Qastalani Al Muwahib Ul Laduniyah Vol-04, Pg:276]
[Sharah Zurqani Vol:11, Pg:150]
[Imam Taqyudin Subki Shifa us Siqaam Fi Ziyarat Khayril Anam Vol:01 Pg:128]
Note :
After the translation these people have given some bogus explanation trying to prove that you cannot
ask after the Prophet ( )ﷺis not physically present or much better to say that our eyes are not that
good to see him.
548 | P a g e
Hadees 08:
FAROOQUE E AAZAM RAZI ALLAHO ANHO KA HAZRAT ABBAS RAZI ALLAHU ANHO KA WASEELA LENA
Hazrat Anas Bin Malik Radi Allaho Ta'ala Anho Farmate Hai Jab Qahat Padta To Hazrat Umar Radi
Allaho Ta'ala Anho Hazrat Abbas Bin Abdul Muttalib Radi Allaho Ta'ala Anho k Waseele Se Dua Karte
Farmate "AAI ALLAH Hum Teri Bargah Me Apne NABI-E-PAK Sallallaho Alaihe Wasallam Ka Waseelah
Diya karte The To Tu Hume Seraab Kr Diya karta Tha To Ab Hum Apne NABI-E-PAK Sallallaho Alaihe
Wasallam k CHACHA HAZRAT ABBAS Radi Allaho Ta'ala Anho Ko Teri Bargah Me Waseelah Banate Hain
k Hum Per Barish Barsa ToIn Per Barish Barsa Di Jati ".
References :
[1.SAHIH BUKHARI, KITAB : ISTASQA, Baab : Suaal An Nas Al Imam Alistasqa Iza Qahatu Pg: 245 Hadees :
1010]
[2. Sahih Bukhari Kitab:Fadail e Ashaab An NABI Sal Allahu Alaihi Wassalam, Baab : Zikr Al Abbas Bin
Abdul Muttalib Radi Allahu Anho Pg :914 Hadees : 3710]
[3.Imam Ibn e Hibban, Sahi ibn e Hibban, Kitab : As Salah, Baab : Salat Al Istasqa Vol :07, Pg :110-111,
Hadees: 2861]
[4. Imam Tabrani ne Mu'jam Al Ausath Vol : 03, Pg : 49, Hadees : 2437]
549 | P a g e
[5.Ibn e Khuzimah , Sahih Ibn e Khuzimah, Book: As Salah, Baab : Istihbaab Al istasqa Bi Ba'd Qarabat An
NABI Vol:02 Pg: 337-338 Hadees : 1421]
Wahabi k Points
1) Daur E Farooque E Aazam Radi Allahu Anho me dekhiye Barish na hui to Hazrat Umar ne Hazrat
Abbas Bin Abu Muttalib Ka Waseela liya is se ye baat saabit hoti hai k Huzoor ka Waseela Jaiz Nahi Agar
Jaiz Hota to Hazrat Umar Hazrat Abbas Ka waseela Na lete.
2) Is se ye bhi Pata chala k Waseela sirf Hayat Yaani Zaahiran Zinda Shaks ka hi waseela lena hai baaki
Wisal Kar gaye logo ka Waseela Nazaiz o Shirk hai.
3)Hazrat Umar Radi Allaho Anho ka bhi akeeda tha k Waseela ab Huzoor E Akram Sal Allahu Alaihi
Wassalam ka Jaiz Nahi Agar Jaiz Hota to Huzoor Alaihi Salam ka waseela liya hota.
Yehi Bayan kiye gaye 3 ahem points wahabi ye hadees pesh karke awaam me bayan karte hai aur is
baat se awaam me galat baat badgumani failate hai k dekho ab waseela zaij nahi hai.
Yaha se bahot gaur se padhe : Tarikhe Islam me piche 1400 saalo se leke aaj tak jitni Aetemad
(Bharosemand) Shara e Bukhari likhi kisi ek Muhaddis ne Sharaain ne ye hadees se ye maana nahi liya k
baad az wisal ab Huzoor E Akram Alaihi salam ka waseela nazaiz hai. Sabse Pehle Is Akeede ko tarashne
waala shaks Gair Mukkalideen ka Allama Ibn Taimya tha usne Is hadees se ye naya masla akhaz kiya aur
uske baad bhi kisi muhaddis ne Ibn E Taimya se ittefak na kiya.
Ye Naya akeeda aur khud ki soch paida karke deen me jabardasti daali jaa rahi hai jo Khud me ek
biddat e sayya hai. Is puri hadees me kaheen ek jagah bhi ye nahi likha k Huzoor E Akram Alaihi Salam
ka waseela Ab Nazaiz o Haram hogaya hai ye khud ki soch ko hadeeso ki shara banayi jaa rahi hai jo
cheez ye wahabi k dimag me nahi samati to usko haram shirk declare kardete hai.
Ab hum yaha Motebar Shara E Bukhari se Jinhe ye wahabi bhi bahot maante hai unki kitabo se is
hadees ki shara bayan karenge k un muhadiseen ne is hadees se kya masla likha hai balki khud isi
hadees me WASEELA E MUSTAFA SAL ALLAHU ALAIHI WASSALAM Saabit bhi hai..
Ab Is Hadees pe aasan lafzo me tehkeeki guftgu jo hum step wise bayan kar rahe hai taaki samajhne me
kaafi aasani ho ye hadees ko Insha Allah Mukammal Samajh li to waseele pe kisi aur dalil ki hazaat na
hogi..
1)Hazrat Umar Razi Allaho Anho ka Huzoor Sal Allahu Alaihi Wassalam Ka Jhubba
Zebtan Karna
Imam Jalaludin Suyuti Rahmatullah Alaih Farmate Hain k....
“17 Hijri Me Hazrat Umar Radi Allaho Ta'ala Anho Ne Masjid-e-Nabuwi Ko Wasi (Badhaya) Kiya Us Saal
Hijaz Me Qahat Pada Gaya Tha
Hazrat Umar Radi Allaho Ta'ala Anho Ne Barish k Liye Dua Hazrat Abbas Radi Allaho Ta'ala Anho k
Waste Se Mangi
Hazrat Ibn Sa'ad Radi Allaho Ta'ala Anho Sahabi-e-Rasool Hazrat Niyar Al Aslami Radi Allaho Ta'ala Anho
Se Rewayat Karte Hain k Jab Hazrat Umar Radi Allaho Ta'ala Anho Barish k Liye Dua Karne k Liye Bahar
550 | P a g e
Tashreef Laye Tab Unho Ne RASOOL ALLAH Ka Jubba (Perahan/Kurta) Pahna Huwa Tha
Hazrat Ibn Awn Radi Allaho Ta'ala Anho Rewayat Karte Hain k Hazrat Umar Radi Allaho Ta'ala Anho Ne
Hazrat Abbas Radi Allaho Ta'ala Anho Ka Haath Liya Or Use Utha Kar Kaha " YA ALLAH Hum Aap Se Dua
Mangte Hain AAP K RASOOL K CHACHA k Zariye k Humare Yahan Se Qahat Ko Hata De Or Barish Ata
Kar De''
(Ref : IMAM JALALUDIN SUYUTI, TARIKH-UL-KHULFA, Pg : 140)
Agar Koi Kahe k Yeh Waseelah Hazrat Abbas Radi Allaho Ta'ala Anho Ka Hi Tha To Fir Woh Bataye k
Hazrat Umar Radi Allaho Ta'ala Anho Ne NABI-E-PAK Sallallaho Alaihe Wasallam Ka Jubba (Perahan)
Kyu Zebtan Kya...??? Iska jwab Gair Mukallideen de ?
Pata chala k Ambiya Alaihi Salam k tabbarukat bhi dar asal me waseela hai .
2)Hazrat Umar Razi Allaho Anho ne Aakhir Hazrat Abbas Razi Allahu Anho ka
waseela hi kyu pakda ??
Hazrat Abbas Bin Muttalib Razi Allahu Anho na to KHULFA E RASHEEDEEN me hai , na to ASHRA E
MUBASSHIRA me shamil hai aur na hi MUHAZEERIN me se hai.
Jabki Makam o Martaba k Lihaz se bhi Farooque E Aazam Radi Allaho Anho Hazrat Abbas Bin Muttalib
Se Afzal hai ispe mukhalifeen ka bhi ikhtelaf nahi hai, Ashra E Mubasshara me hai Muhazireen hai
Khulfa e Rasheedin bhi hai phir aakhir wajah kya thi ??
i)Hazrat Abbas Razi Allaho Anho ko isliye aage kiya Kyuki SALATUL ISTISQA padhani thi.
ii)Hazrat Abbas Razi Allahu Anho ki NISBAT E TAKADUSS HUZUR E KARIM SAL ALLAHU ALAIHI
WASSALAM Se thi ye sabse aham wajah thi jiska zikr hadees me aaya hai.
Iska Jawab Shaikul Islam Allama Ibn Hazar Askalani Rehmatullah Alaihi Ne Fatahul Baari Shara E Sahi
Bukhari me diya hai
“Hazrat Abbas Radi Allaho Ta'ala Anho Ne Dua Kiya " YA ALLAH Beshak Musibatein Nazil Hoti Hai
Humare Gunahon Ki Wajah Se Or Humare Astaghfar (Tuaba) Ki Wajah Se Utha Li Jati Hai
Yeh Log Mere Pass Dua Ki Darkhast Le Kar Aaye Hain KYUN K MERI QURBAT TERE RASOOL SE HAI Or
Humare Haath Dua k Liye Uthe Hain Humare Gunahon Ko Na Dekh Or Humare Liye Barish Ata Kar De Or
APANE RASOOL K CHACHA KI IZZAT Rakh Le....!
Huzoor Alaihi Salam Hazrat Abbas Radi Allaho Anho se aisa sulook karte jaise Beta apne baap se, Farook
E Aazam aage farmate hai Aye Logo inki tazeem o taukeer me tum Huzoor Sal Allahu Alaihi Wassalam ki
Pairvi karo aur inhe Allah ki bargaah me waseela banao".
(IBN HAJAR Asqalani , FATAHUL BARI Shara E Sahi Bukhari, Vol: 02, Pg: 577)
Hadees k Alfaz Hain APNE NABI-E-PAK K CHACHA K WASEELE SE.....Yahan Rishta Zahir Karne Ki Kya
Zaroot Thi...
Agar Hazrat Abbas Ka Hi Waseelah Lena Tha To Unhi Ka Naam Sirf Le Lena Kafi Tha keh dete k ALLAH
ABBAS BIN ABU MUTTALIB KA WASEELA Magar "APNE NABI K CHACHA" Kah Kar RAB Se Waseela Kyu
Liya Gaya...???
Kyun k Hazrat Abbas Radi Allaho Ta'ala Anho Ki Nisbat/Qurbat NABI-E-PAK Sallallaho Alaihe Wasallam
551 | P a g e
Se Thi maloom hua yaha bhi dar asal Hazrat Abbas Razi Allaho Anho ka nahi balki HUZOOR E AKRAM
SAL ALLAHU ALAIHI WASSALAM SE HAZRAT ABBAS KI NISBAT E TAKADDUS KA HI WASEELA LIYA hai.
Phir Farooque E Aazam Radi Allahu anho mimber me Sahaba se farmate hai k Hazrat Abbas Bin Abu
Muttalib ka waseela pakdo.
Wo kyu kykui Huzoor Sal Allahu Alaihi Wassalam se Nisbat e Takkabdus aur Huzoor Alaihi Salam ka
Hazrat Abbas Radi Allaho Anho se Apne waalid ki tarah muhabbat Tazeem o taukeer karna.
Ek Bat Zehan Nashee'n Kar Len k SAHABA-E-RASOOL Ka Amal, Un Ka Qaul, Un Ka Fa'il Sab AINA-E-
RASOOL Hai....
Goya k Maloom Huwa k Hazrat Umar Radi Allaho Ta'ala Anho Ne Ummatiyon Ko Zehan De Diya Logo
Main Ne Hazrat Abbas Radi Allaho Ta'ala Anho Ka Waseelah Liya Jo Un k CHACHA Hain Tumhara Bhi
Waqt Aayega To Tum Bhi AULAD-E-RASOOL (SALEHEEN) Ka Waseelah Lena....
Ab Aisa Waseelah Lena Sunnat-e-Sahaba Bhi Ho Gaya...Is Per Jo Amal Kare Woh Sahaba Ki Sunnat Per
Amal Karne Se Sawab Ka Bhi Haqdar Ho Jayega...
2)HAZRAT ABBAS RAZI ALLAHO ANHO SE SALATO ISTISQA PADHANA THA ISLIYE UNHE AAGE KIYA GAYA NAMAZ
PADHANE K IMAM CHAHYE.
3)HAZRAT UMAR RAZI ALLAHO ANHO NE JHUBBA SHARIF PAHEN K IS BAAT KO BHI WAJEH KIYA K HUZOOR
ALAIHI SALAM SE NISBAT RAKHNE WAALE TABBARUKAT BHI DAR ASAL ME WASEELA HAI.
4) WASEELA SIRF AMBIYA ALAIHI SALAM KA NA REH JAAYE UMMAT E MUHAMMADIYA SAL ALLAHU ALAIHI
WASSALAM KA SWALEHEEN BHI WASEELA BAN SAKTE HAI.
5)HUZOOR ALAIHI SALAM KI AHLE BAIT KA WASEELA KHUD SUNNAT E SAHABA HO GAYA.
Hadees 09 :
552 | P a g e
(DUA ME DUROOD E PAAK KA WASILA)
Is Hadees e Paak k Tahet Hakimul Ummat Mufti Ahmad Yaar Khan Naemi Alaihi Rehma Is Hadees ki
Shara me likhte hai
“Durood Dua Ki Kabooliyat Balki Bargaahe Ilahi Me Pesh Hone Ka Jariya Hai”
(Ref : Miratul Manajih Vol : 02, Pg : 108)
Agar Huzoor E Akram Alaihi Salam ka waseela na hota to ye dua k darmiyan Hazrat Umar Razi Allahu
Anho Durood e Paak bhejne ko kyu kahte ??
Ye Durood kya hai dar asal duao ka waseela hi to hai..
553 | P a g e
TABBARUKAT - MUKKADDAS MAKAMAT SE TAWASSUL OR
BARKAT KA BAYAN
[Waseela Part-02]
Ayat No 01,02 :
"Mera Yeh Kurta Le Jao Ise Mere Baap k Muuh par Daalo Unki Aankh Khul Jaygi Aur Apne Sab Ghar
Waalo Ko Mere Pass Le Aao"
(Surah Yusuf Ayat 93)
Hazrat Yusuf Alaihi salam apne Bhaiyo se kehte hai mera Kurta le jaao aur Mere Baap Yakoob Alaihi
salam k chehre pe daalo wajah kya thi Yakoob Alaihi Salam ki aankhe gume Yusuf Alaihi Salam ki jhudai
me khoob roya karte the jis se aakho ki binayi bhi jaati rahi the uske baad aage kya hua Quran ne iske
aage ka zikr kiya k wo kurte se hua kya –
"Phir Jab Khushi Sunane Waala Aaya Usne Woh Kurta Yakoob K Muuh Par Daala Ussi Wakt Uski
Aankh Phir Aayi"
(Surah Yusuf Ayat 96)
Hazrat Yakoob Alaihi Salam bhi Nabi hai Yusuf Alaihi Salam bhi Nabi kya Nabio se badhkar Allah ki
Tauheed ko koi samajh sakta hai Yakoob Alaihi salam chahte Dua karte Allah aankhe Ata kardeta Yusuf
Alaihi Salam khud Apne Walid k haq me Misr(Egypt) se dua kardete Allah Aankho ki Binayi Ata kar deta
magar Apna Kurta Mubarak deke ye Akeeda de rahe hai k Allah Waalo Se Judi Chize bhi Waseela hoti
hai agar ye akeeda galat hota Allah ne Aayat nuzool kar dena tha Yusuf ye shirk hai Kurte se aankh Sahi
nahi hogi magar jiski Nisbat Allah Waalo se hojaye wo bhi Allah k Nazdeek Makbool Hojati hai aur ye
Shirk nahi Quran ki batayi tauheed hai .. Subhan Allah
Sabit hua k Allah Waalo se Nisbat waali chizo ko bhi Allah ne Waseela Madadgaar hona banaya hai
warna apna Kurta dene ka matlab kya banta tha ??
Isi lihaj se aaj Sunni Hazraat Buzurgo se jude Tabarukkat ki tazeem o taukeer karte hai aur unhe
waseela banate hai apni duao me jo kisi haal me shirk nahi hai .
Ayat No 03:
"Aur Usse Zakaria Ki Nigahbani Me Diya Jab Zakaria Uske Pass Uski Namaz Padhne Ki Jagah Jaate
Uske Pass Naya Rizk Paate, Kaha Aye Maryam Ye Tere Pass Kaha Se Aaya Boli Allah K Pass Se Beshak
Allah Jise Chahe Be Ginti De" - (37 ayat)
"Yaha Pukara Zakaria Ne Apne Rab Ko Bola Aye Mere Rab Mujhe Apne Pass Se De Suthri Aulad
Beshak Tu Hi Hai Dua Sun Ne Waala" - (38 ayat)
554 | P a g e
"To Farishte Ne Usse Awaaz Di Aur Wo Usse Apni Namaz Ki Jagah Khada Namaz Padh Raha Tha
Beshak Allah Aapko Muzda Deta Hai Yahya ka Jo Allah ki Taraf Se Ek Kalime Ki Tasdeek Karega Aur
Sardaar Aur Hamesha k Liye Auraton Se Bachne Waala Aur Nabi Hamara Khasho'n Me Se " - (39 ayat)
(Surah Al Imran Ayat 37 to 39)
Hazrat Maryam Radi Allahu Anha Allah ki makbool Waliya hai Hazrat Essa Alaihisalam ki Walida
maazida hai Baitul Mukkadas me Hazrat Zakariya Alaihi Salam ki nigehbaani me rahi waha ek khas jagah
mukarir thi jaha Hazrat Maryam Radi Allahu Anha Namaz padhti jo Mehraab e Maryam hai aur Allah ki
jaanib se us mehrab me naya naya rizk aata thand me garmi k fal garmi me thand aur bhi tarah tarah ki
karamatein nazar aati.
Chand baatein jo kabile gaur hai Hazrat Zakariya Alaihi salam Nabi Alaihi Salam hai is se pehle bhi Baitul
Mukkadas me baar baar dua maangte rahe par duaye kabool na hoti jab ye dekha k Mehrab e Maryam
Radi Allahu Anha ka makaam Allah k nazdik kabool o makbool hai to Khas Mehrab E Maryam Radi
Allaho Anha me jaake namaz padhi aur dua ki hai tab Allah ne dua kabool farmayi Farishte se muzda
sunaya , paak aur nek aulad ki basharat farishte ko bhej sunayi k jo Nabiyo me hoga jinhe Hazrat Yahya
Alaihi Salam kehte hai pata chala us khas makam me hi dua kabool hui jo Mehraab e Maryam hai.
Jin Makamat ko bhi Allah waalo se nisbat hojaye wo makam (place) bhi Ambiya Alaihi Salam ka
wasila banti nazar aati hai. Ye faisla Quran ka hai ye koi aaj k mangadant akeeda nahi hai ye Quran hai
k Allah waalo se nisbat rakhne waale Makam ko bhi Allah Qurb deke apni bargaah ka Waseela bana
deta hai.
Subhan Allah
Jaha'n Allah k Nek bande Aur Bandiya Chand din Beth jaaye wo jagah bhi itni kabool aur makbool
hojati hai to jaha Allah ka wali apne jism k saath aaram farma ho un mazarat pe jaake unke tawassul
ko lena kyu kar shirk hoga.
Ayat No 04:
"Aur Unse Unke Nabi Ne Farmaya Uski Badhshahi Ki Nishani Yeh Hai k Aaye Tumhare Pass Taboot
(Sakeena) Jisme Tumhare Rab Ki Taraf Se Dilo'n Ka Chain Hai Aur Kuch Bachi Hui Chize Hain Muazzaz
Moosa Muazzaz Haroon k Tarke ki, Uthate Laynge Usse Farishte Beshak Usme Badi Nishani Hai Agar
Imaan Rakhte Ho"
(Surah Al Baqrah Ayat : 248)
Is Taboot Sandook e Sakina me the kya ??
"Is Mukkadas Sandook me Hazrat Moosa Alaihi Salam ka Aasa Aur Unki Mubarak Jhootiya (Footwear)
Thi Hazrat Haroon Alaihi Salam Ka Imama Sharif Suleman Alaihi Salam ki Anghooti, Tauraat k Takhtiyo k
Chand Tukde Aur Mann Wa Salwa, Iske Elawa Ambiya e Kiram Alaihumusalam k tasweer wagairah
saman the"
(Ref : Tafseer E Roohul Bayan Vol : 01, Pg : 382 Para 02 Surah Baqrah Ayat 248)
(Ref : Tafseer E Saavi Vol 01, Pg : 209)
(Ref : Tafseer E Jalalain Under Surah Baqrah Ayat 248)
"Bani Israel Is Sandook Ko Apne Aage Rakh K Waseela banake dua maanga karte the to inki duaye
makbool hoti thi Aur Is sandook ki barkaat se balaye musibat tal jaaya karti thi, Al garaz yeh sandook
555 | P a g e
Bani Israel k liye Rehmat o barkat ka khazeena, Nusrat e khudawandi k Nuzool ka Nihayat hi Mukaddas
Behtareen Zariya Tha"
(Ref : Tafseer E Roohul Bayan Vol : 01, Pg : 382 Para 02 Surah Baqrah Ayat 248)
(Ref : Tafseer E Saavi Vol 01, Pg : 209)
1) Maloom hua k Ambiya alaihi salam k tabbarukat ki kitni shan o azmat hoti hai jab Moosa Alaihi salam
Haroon Alaihi salam se jude tabbaruk aur bhi bahot se tabbarukat ki azmaat o makbooliyat itni zyada
hai k Allah ne unka saaf tazkira khud apne Kalam Quran e paak me bayan farmaya un tabburakat se
kitni barkat li jaati hai ye bhi bayan hua to aaj hum Sarkare e Do Aalam k jude tabbaruk ka waseela le le
ya unse khair o barkat ki ummed rakhe to fauran baddeen wahabi SHIRK ka fatwa lagate hai Allah o
Akbar
2) In Tabbarukat ka makam itna buland hua k Allah k Masoom Farishte is sandook ko apne kandho me
uthake Hazrat Shamweel Alaihisalam k darbare Nabuwat pe leke pahoonchte hai Is mubarak sandook
me Allah ne un Tabarukat k liye farmaya isme DILO KA SUKOON HAI MOMINO K LIYE, aur jaha ye
mubarak tabarukat ho waha rehmate Ilahi ka nuzool bhi hota hai isliye Ahle Sunnah ki mazliso me
tabbarukat ki jiyarat bhi rakhte hai taake Rehmat e Ilahi ki barish hojaye. Subhan Allah
3) Jis Mubarak Sandook me Ambiya Alaihi salam ki istemal karda chiz hai wo sandook to waseela ban
jaaye rehmat o barkat ka jariya ban jaaye to jaha khud Sarkar E Aalam jism e jahiri k saath tashrif farma
ho to us mubarak makam Roza e Rasool me kitni khair o barkat or duaye makbool hogi..Subhan
Allahpata chala ye akeeda kisi haal me haram kufr o shirk ka nahi hai balki ye to Qurani faisla hai Allah
ki batayi Tauheed hai.
Hadees se daleel:
Hadees 01:
Huzoor Akram Sal Allahu Alaihi Wassalam k Pasina E Mubarak Se Tawwasul Barkat :
Hazrat Anas Bin Malik Radi Allahu Anho Farmate hai k Nabi E Kareem ﷺHazrat Umme Sulaim Radi
Allaho Anha k ghar tashreef laate aur unke bistar par so jaate or wo waha na hoti Ek Din
Huzoor ﷺtashreef laaye aur unke bistar per so gaye..
Wo aayi to logo ne kaha Huzoor ﷺaapke ghar tashrif laaye hain or aap k bistar pe so rahe hai
Yeh Sun kar wo aayi to dekha Nabi e pak ﷺko pasina e mubarak aa raha hai or pasina e mubarak
chamde k bistar per jama hogaya hai.
Hazrat Umme Sulaim Radi Allaho Anha ne apni Shishi Nikali aur Paseena e Mubarak usme daalni
lagi.Nabi e pak ﷺbedar hue aur farmaya aye Umme Sulaim ye kya karti ho ?
Umme Sulaim ne arz kiya Ya Rasool Allah ﷺhum apne baccho k liye aapke 'Aarka' e Mubarak k
ummidwar hai Nabi e pak ﷺne Farmaya Tune Sach kaha
Sahaba Huzur k aarka mubarak ko badan me mal liya karte the tamam Balao se mehfooz raha karte
the"
References :
556 | P a g e
(Sahi Muslim, Kitabul Fazail, Baab - Tibbe Araqun Nabi Sal Allahu Alaihi Wassalam Baab No.204, Hadees
:1346)
(Sunan Nasai Vol. 08, Pg : 218, Hadees : 5371)
(Musnad E Abu Yaala Vol : 06, Pg : 409, Hadees : 3769)
(Sahi Ibn E Khuzaimah Vol : 01, Pg : 142, Hadees : 281)
(Sahi Ibn E Hibban Vol : 10, Pg : 387, Hadees : 4528)
(Fathul Baari Shara E Sahi Bukhari - Imam Ibn Hazar Asqalani Vol : 06, Pg :573)
Masla :
Hadees e Paak Se Sahaba e Kiram ka akeeda pata chalta hai k wo Nabi e Karim Alaihi salam k tabarukat
ko jama karte aur unse Shifa ki ummid bhi rakhte the Nabi E Karim Alaihi salam ne bhi unke is amal ko
pasand farmaya.
Hazrat Anas Bin Malik Radi Allahu Anho ne Apni Wafat k Wakt Wasiyat bhi ki thi Mere Kafan me Wohi
Khusbhu Lagayi Jaaye jisme Nabi e Akram Alaihi Salam ka Mubarak Paseena Mila ho.
Hadees 02,03,04:
557 | P a g e
Wassalam k Baal (GESU - HAIR) E Mubarak Se Tawwasul Barkat
Hazrat ibn Seerin Radi Allahu Ta'ala Anhu Farmate Hai Ki Maine Hazrat Ubaida Se Kaha "Hamare Pass
Huzoor ﷺk Kuch Moo-E-(Hair) Mubarak Hain Jise Humne Hazrat Anas Radi Allahu Anho Ya Unke
Ghar Waalo Haasil Kiya Hai.
Hazrat Ubaida Radi Allahu Anho Ne Farmaya - Agar Unme Se EK Moo-E-Mubarak Bhi Mere Pass Hota To
Wo Duniya Aur Jo Kuch Is Dunya me Hai Un sab se kahin Zyada Mehboob Hota”
[Sahi Bukhari Vol:01, Book : 4 Kitab Al Waju, Pg : 75, Hadees : 171]
[Imam Bayhaqi - Sunan Al Kubra Vol:07,Pg:107, Hadees : 13410]
Hadees 03:
Hazrat Anas Bin Malik Radi Allahu Anhu ne Bayan kiya ki maine Dekha Hajjam(Barbar) Huzoor ﷺSar
Mubarak ki Hajamat Bana Raha Tha Aur Huzoor ﷺK Sahaba Kiram Radiallahu Anho Azmaeen
558 | P a g e
Aap ﷺk Ird Gird Ghoom rahe the aur unme se har ek ki yeh koshish thi ki Huzoor ﷺKa koi ek Baal
Mubarak Bhi Zameen Par Girne Na Paaye Balki Unme Se kisi na kisi k Haath Me Aajayen"
References :
[Sahi Muslim, Vol:04, Pg : 1812, Kitab No 43 : Kitab Al Fazail, Baab No 19 : Huzoor ﷺki logon se
Karibi aur Huzoor ﷺk Tabbarukat Se Barkat, Hadees : 2325]
[Musnad E Ahmad Ibn Hambal Vol:19, Pg:363, Hadees : 12363]
[Abd bin Humaid Vol:01,Pg:380, Hadees : 1273]
[Imam Bayhaqi Sunan Al Kubra Vol : 07, Pg:108, Hadees : 13411]
Hadees 04 :
Israel Radi Allaho Anho Se Rivayat Hai Usman bin Abdullah Bin Muhab ne Kahan Mere Aadmiyo ne
Mujhe Paani Katora(BOWL) leke Um Salama Radi Allaho Anha k Pass Bheja Hazrat Israel ne 3 ungli
(choti ungli se ishara kiya Jisme Huzoor E Akram Alaihi Salam k kuch Baal Mubarak the) Usman Radi bin
559 | P a g e
Abdullah Radi Allaho Anho Bayan karte hai agar koi shaks Buri Nazar ya Dusri Bimariyo me mubtela
hota to Pani ka katora leke Um Salama Radi Allaho Anha k paas jata.Um Salama k pass Huzoor k Kuch
Baal The aur Usme kuch Baal Laal Red the.
[Sahi Bukhari, Book 77 : Kitab Al Libas, Baab 66 , Hadees 5957]
560 | P a g e
[As Shifa Bi Tareef Huqooq Ul Mustafa Vol:02, Pg : 57]
3) Allama Badrudin Aini Alaih Rehma ne Shara e Bukhari me likha hai is hadees ki shara me k Hazrat
Anas Radi allaho anho ne Huzoor e Akram alaihi salam k Paseena e Mubarak me Mili hui Khushboo ko
apne kafan me lagane ki wasiyat isliye ki thi k unka akeeda tha ki iski wajah se wo tamam takalif se
mehfooz rahenge.
4) Khud Sahaba e Kiram ka mamoor raha k wo Huzoor Alaihi salam k Baal Mubarak ko Bimario se shifa
dena ka waseela samajhte the warna kya jarurat thi Um Salama Radi Allaho Anha k pass jaane ki Bimar
the chahte to dawa ilaaz karte Allah Se dua karte par Nabi Alaihi Salam k Moo e Mubarak ko Shifa aur
Barkat ka bais samajhna Sahaba ka Akeeda hai Shifa Allah hi deta hai beshak magar wo Qadir hai bina
waseela bhi de de aur chahe to waseela se dede.
Imam Qastalani alaih rehma ne Irshadul Qari Shara e Sahi Bukhari me likhte hai "log Huzoor Alaih
salam k Moo e Mubarak ko Paani me daalte aur us paani ko is tarah se shifa hasil karte kabhi us
paani se gusl kar lete kabhi pee liya karte"
pata chala k sahaba k akeeda bhi yehi tha k wo Tabbarukat ko barkat o waseela banate the.
Subhan Allah
Hadees 05:
Huzoor Akram Sal Allahu Alaihi Wassalam k JHUBBE Mubarak Se Tawwasul Barkat :
“Hazrat Asma Binte Aboo Bakar RadiyAllahu Ta’ala Anha Ke Ghulaam Hazrat Abdullah Ek Taweel
Riwayat Me Bayan Karte Hain Ki Mujhe Hazrate Asma RadiyAllahu Ta’ala Anha Ne Huzoor Nabi-E-Akram
SallAllahu Ta’ala Alaihi Wa Aalehi Wa Sallam Ke Jubba Mubarak Ke Mut’allik Bataaya Aur Farmaya :
Yah Huzoor Nabi-E-Akram SallAllahu Ta’ala Alaihi Wa Aalehi Wa Sallam Ka Jubba Mubarak Hai Aur Phir
Unhone Ek Jubba Nikaal Kar Dikhaaya Jo Mota Dhaareedaar Kisarwaani (Kisra Ke Badshah Ki Taraf
Mansoob Hai) Jubba Thaa Jis Ka Girebaan Deebaaz (Qeemti Kapde) Ka Thaa Aur Us Ke Daamanon Par
Deebaaz Ke Sinjaaf (Qeemti Kapade Ki Jhaalar) The Hazrat Asma RadiyAllahu Ta’ala Anha Ne Farmaya :
Yah Mubarak Jubba Hazrat Aaisha RadiyAllahu Ta’ala Anha Ke Paas Un Ki Wafaat Tak Mahfooz Raha,
Jab Un Ki Wafaat Huee To Yah Meine Le Liya.
Yahi Wo Mubarak Jubba Hai Jise Huzoor Nabi-E-Akram SallAllahu Ta’ala Alaihi Wa Aalehi Wa Sallam
Pahante The.
To Ham Use Dho Kar Us Ka Paani Bimaaron Ko Pilaate Hain Aur Us Ke Zareeye Shifa Talab Ki Jaati Hai.”
[Sahih Al-Muslim, Vol-03, kitabul Libas Wa Zeenah , Page-801-802 Hadees-2069]
[Aboo Dawood As-Sunan, Vol-04, Pg-49, Hadees-4054]
561 | P a g e
[Bayhaqi As-Sunan-ul-Kubra, Vol-02, Pg-423, Hadees-4010]
1) Huzoor Alaihi salam k jism se Mas hojaye jo kapda Sahaba e Kiram Alaihi Rizwanullahi Alaihim
Azmai us jhubba mubarak ko bhi Allah ki bargaah me barkat or waseela samajhte the.
2) Pata Chala k Allah k Nabi Alaihi Salam k jism e Mubarak se nisbat rakhne waali chiz bhi bando ko
Shifa deti nazar aati hai.
3) Aaj jo Nam e Mustafa Sal Allahu Alaihi Wassalam k Munkir hai kya unhe Bukhari or Muslim ki ye
hadeese nazar nahi aati.
Kisi Shayar ne khoob kaha hai
JO ISHK E NABI CHODH PADHTE HAI BUKHARI
AATA HAI BUKHAR UNHE BUKHARI NAHI AATI
562 | P a g e
Isaal E Sawab Ki Sharai Haisiyat (Part 01)
HUM AHLE SUNNAT WA JAMAAT KA MAUKOOF ISAL E SAWAB (SAWAB
BAKSHNA YA PAHUCHANE) K MUTTALIK KYA HAI ??
Isaal e Sawab Kisi Yaani Quran e Mukaddas ki tilawat, Nafli Ibadat, Kalima Sharif, Zikr o Wazaif, Durood
o Salam, Ya Nafli Namaz ka Sawab, Ya Badni Ya Maali Ibadat Ka Sawab Dusro ko pahuchana ZAIJ hai aur
isiko Isaale E Sawab FATIHA ek aam jaban me kehte hai.
Isaal e Sawab ka bunyaadi tassawur ye hai k Kya kisi zinda shaks k koi amal se jo wo khud kare ya koi
jaiz amal par kharch kare uska sawab fautshuda ko ya hayat shaks ko milta hai ya nahi ?
Kya iska saboot Quran aur Hadees e paak se milti hai k kisi zinda shaks se kisi faut shuda ko nafa mile ?
Ya Bas jo amal us marhoomeen ne dunya me rah kr kar diya us amal k aage uske naam e aamal me koi
badhotri ho sakti hai ya nahi ?
Yakinan Iska Saboot QURAN AUR HADEES, FIQH AUR AKAID ki kitab me mauzood hai maslan SHARA E
HIDAYA aur Akaid e Nasfiya me iska bayan mauzood hai isko biddat aur Nazaiz kahna fakat jahalat aur
hatdharmi hai.
Faut Shuda Guzar Gaye Musalmaano ko sawab pahuchana ALHMADULLILAH QURAN SUNNAT FUKAHA
Se saabit hai jiski daleel hum yaha denge jisko padh k aap mutmayeen hojaynge.
Insha Allah
Isal e Sawab karna MUSTAHAB amal hai kiya to sawab nahi karne pe gunaah nahi iska munkir
gumraah hai.
Isaal E Sawab k lafzi maa’na hai “SAWAB PAHUCHANA” isko “Sawab Bakshna” bhi kehte hai magar
buzurgo k liye Sawab Bakshna kehna Munasib nahi “SAWAB NAZR” karna kahna adab k zyada kareeb hai.
Imam Ahmad Raza Aala Hazrat(R.A)
“Huzoor E Akdas ﷺkhwaah Nabi ya Wali ko sawab bakshna kehna Beadabi hai bakshna bade ki taraf se
chote ko hota hai balki nazr karna ya hadiya (tohfa) kahen ”
(Fatawa E Razviya vol : 26, Pg : 609)
Pehle k Jamane me FIRKA E Motezala aur ab Firka e WAHABIYA k Nazdeek Esaal e Sawab Fatiha ka koi
tassawur nahi hai ek baar insaan faut hua ab wahabi ideology k hisab se wo shaks amal me koi neki nahi
aaygi chahe koi isaal e sawab kare ya dunya me wo kuch chode jo kuch ek musalmaan dunya me amal karta
raha bas wo amal hi uske kaam ayenge baaki ab koi dusra shaks kuch kare uske naam se Isaal e Sawab kare
wo tamam chiz kaam na aaygi ye tassawur hai wahabiat ka Isaal k mutallik aur inme bhi phir jitne so called
563 | P a g e
preachers mullah hai utni baatein kuch kabhi kabhi baaz amal e Isaal k Jaiz kehte hai baaj nazayaz hattha k
koi ek paimana hai hi nahi jitne muballig utni baatein.
Hadees 01 :
“Hazrat Umar Bin Khattab (R.A) Se Marwi Hai Ki Huzoor Nabi-E-Akram ﷺNe Farmaya
Aamaal Ka Daaromadaar Niyyat Par Hai Aur Har Shakhs Ke Liye Wahi Hai Jis Kee Us Ne Niyyat Kee,
Reference :
(Sahi Al Bukhari, Vol : 01,Kitab Ul Imaan, Hadees : 54)
Hadees 02 :
“Nabi E Karim ﷺne Irshad Farmaya Musalmaan Ki Niyat Uske Amal Se Behtar Hai”
(Al Majmaul Kabir Lil Tabrani Vol : 06, Pg : 180, Hadees : 5942)
564 | P a g e
Hadees 03 :
“Huzoor E Akram ﷺka farmaan e Aalishan hai Acchi Niyat Bande ko Jannat Me Daakhil Kar Deti
Hai”
(Imam Suyuti Al Jaaame Sageer ,vol : 01, Pg : 800, Hadees : 1326, Darool kitab Beirut)
Hadees e paak se wajeh hua k Musalmaan ki niyat har kaam k liye hona jaruri k insaan ko niyat k
mutabik hi azr o sawab milega aur nekiyo me izafa bhi hoga isliye har musalmaan ki niyat sadkaat se
leke dua karne tak ye niyat rakhni chahye k hum nazr o isaal kar rahe hai INSHA ALLAH Tabarakwa’tala
hume bhi fayda hoga dusre ko bhi fayda hoga.
KUCH ZAROORI MASLE KIN CHEEZO SE ISAAL E SAWAB KIYA JAA SAKTA HAI
1) Har Jaiz cheez se Isaal e Sawab kiya jaa sakta hai jaise Namaz, Tilawat e Quran padhke Sawab Nazr
karna, Hajj, Umraah karke uska sawab Marhoomeen ko bakshna, Izmai taur pe mehfil munakid karna,
Zikr o durood e paak ko padhke bakshna etc.
3) Masajid, Madaris me chanda deke ya dusri jaruriat ki chizo se sawab e nazr kiya jaa sakta hai.
4) Ek Din k bachhe ka ho uska Isaal e Sawab bhi Jaiz hai aur Zinda Shaks ka bhi Isaal E Sawab Jaiz hai.
5) Isi tarah Deeni Kitab takseem Karna Masajid me Quran e Mukaddas dena, tasbih wa dusre akhrajat
me rakam dena ba niyat e isaal e sawab wo bhi inme shamil hai.
6)Teeja, Duswa, Chaliswa, Buzurgane Deen k Uroos ye tamam chize bhi Isaal e sawab ki hi shaakein hai.
Isaal e Sawab Sirf Musalman ko kiya jaayga kisi kaafir ya phr badmazhab wahabi deobandi qadiyani shia
ya deegar batil firke se talluk rakhne waalo k liye Isaal e sawab karna nazaiz hai o haram hai.
Ayat 01
“Aur Wo Jo unke baad Aaye Arz Karte Hai Aye Hamare Rab ! Hume Baksh De Aur Hamare Bhaiyo Ko Jo
Hum Se Pehle Imaan Laaye Aur Hamare Imaan Waalo Ki Taraf Se Keena Na Rakh, Aye Rab Hamare !
Beshak To Hi Bahot Meharbaan Rahem Waala Hai”
(Surah Al Hashr Ayat 10)
565 | P a g e
Ayat 02
“Aye Hamare Rab Mujhe Baksh De Aur Mere Maa Baap Ko Aur Sab Musalmaan Ko Jis Din Hisab Kayam
Hoga”
(Surah Ibrahim Ayat 41)
Is aayat me Allah ne Musalmano k is dua ko bataur e tareef bayan farama raha jo Musalman apne
guzre huwe Musalman Bhaiyo k liye duway bakshish o magfirat maag rahe hai. Agar wisal karke logo
ko zindo se koi nafa na pahuchta to Quran Hargeez usko bataur tareef o istehsan bayan na karta dua to
ek shaks ne maanga par iska faida sabko pahuch khwah wo zindo ho ya murda.
566 | P a g e
(Sunan Abu Dawood, Vol : 03, Kitab No 18 - Kitab Al Wasaya, Pg : 117, Hadees : 2880)
(Imam Bukhari ne Al Adab Ul Mufrad, Vol : 01, Pg : 28, Baab No 19 - Barril Walidain Baadl Mautameen,
Hadees : 38)
Is hadees se kuch logo ne galat istedlal kiya aur isi tarah k la ilm kaum e wahabiya k muballig ne hume
ye hadees bhejke kaha k tum log kya kya khane pine ki cheez pe isaal e sawab karte ho jabki. Hadees
me sirf ye 3 amal ka zikr hai Sadqa, Ilm aur Aulad ki dua. Maut k baad Insaan khud to amal nahi kar
sakta par uske badle me koi agar khud amal kare aur uska sawab us faut shuda ko nazr kare to sawab us
tak pahuchta hai ye maana hai. Uska jawab me humne jab usko bahot si wo hadees pesh ki k inke elawa
bhi chizo se Isaal e Sawab hota hai to wo khamosh hogaye jo hum yaha bhi niche pesh kar rahe hai.
Hadees 02 :
Umool Momineen Hazrat Ayesha Siddiqua Tahira Radi Allaho Anha se rivayat hai k Ek Shaks Nabi E
Karim ﷺkee Bargaah Me Haajir Huwa Aur Arz Kiya :
Meri Walida Achanak Faut Hogyi hai Aur Mera Khayal Hai ki Agar wo (Bawakte Naz’a) Guftgoo Kar sakti
To Sadke (kee Adaygi ka hukm) Karti,
Agar Mein Us kee taraf se khairat Karoo’n To Kya Use Sawab pahuchega ?? Nabi E Karim ﷺne
farmaya ‘Haan’
(Sahi Bukhari Vol : 03, Kitab 55 - Kitabul Wasaya, Baab No 19 - Sadakat k Sawab ka Shudagan Tak
Pahuchne, Hadees : 2760)
567 | P a g e
(Sahi Muslim Vol : 02, Kitab 12 : Al Zakat, Baab No 15 : Sadakat k Sawab ka Shudagan Tak Pahuchna,
Hadees : 1004)
(Sunan Abu Dawood, Vol : 03, Kitab No 18 : Kitabul Wasaya, Baab No : 1068 Pg : 118, Hadees : 2881)
Albani ne bhi isko sahi likha hai
(Sunan Nasai, Vol : 06, Kitab No 30 : Kitabul Wasaya, Baab No : 07 Kisi shaks ki maut par uske ghar
waalo k sadke karne ka bayan, Pg : 250, Hadees : 3649)
(Imam Nasai Sunan Al Kubra, Vol 04, Pg : 109, Hadees - 6476)
Kuch logo ne yaha pe bhi ek mantik saamne laaya aur kaha yaha puchne waale ko shak tha k unki
walida kuch wasiyat karti jo na kar saki isliye izazat mili hai halanki ye fakat khud sakhta soch hai hadees
ka maana nahi hai aur ye khayal fakat jahalat la ilmi aur Isaal se gumraah karne ka rasta hai. Chahe
wasiyat ho ya na ho chahe wasiyat ka gumaan ho na ho har aitbaar se Isaal kiya jaa sakta hai.
Chunanche Shara e Sahi Muslim
568 | P a g e
(Sunan Al Kubra Vol : 02, Pg : 322, Hadees : 3612)
(Imam Tabrani Al Muajamul Kabir, Vol : 12, Pg : 50, Hadees : 12443)
Imam Nasai ne Sunan Nasai , Kitabul Hajj me is tarah ki kaafi rivayat jama ki hai.
Pata chala k Faut shuda k haq me haj bhi kiya jaa sakta hai.
Hadees 04 :
“Hazrat Abu Hurrairah (R.A)Riwayat Karte Hain Ki Huzoor Nabi-E-Akram ﷺKee Khidmat Me Ek
Shakhs Ne Arz Kiya :
Ya Rasool Allah ! ﷺMera Baap Fawt Ho Gaya Hai Aur Us Ne Maal Chhoda Hai Aur Waseeyat Bhi
Nahin Kee Agar Mein Us Kee Taraf Se Sadqa Karoo’n To Kya Yah (Sadqa) Us Ke Gunaahon Ka Qaffara Ho
Jaayega?
Aap ﷺNe Farmaya : Haa’n.”
(Sahi Muslim Vol : 03, Pg : 1254, Kitab No 25 - Al Wasayiat, Baab No 02 - Sadakat k Sawab ka Shudagan
Tak Pahuchna, Hadees : 1630)
(Sunan Nasai, Vol : 06, Pg : 251, kitab 30 Kitabul Wasaya, Baab No 02, Shudagan k badle Sadkat Karne K
Fazail, Hadees : 3625)
(Sunan Ibn Majah, Vol : 02, Pg : 206, Kitab No 22 - Kitab Al Wasaya, Hadees : 2716)
569 | P a g e
Hadees 05 :
“Hazrat Abdullah Bin Abbas (R.A) Se Riwayat Hai Ki Ek Shakhs Ne Bargah-E-Risalat ﷺMe Arz Kiya :
Ya RasoolAllah !ﷺ
Meri Waalida Fawt Ho Chuki Hai Agar Mein Us Kee Taraf Se Sadqa Doo’n To Kya Woh Use Koi Nafa
Dega?
Aap ﷺNe Farmaya : Ha’n ! Us Ne Arz Kiya :
Mere Paas Ek Baag(Garden) Hai Aap Gawaah Rahein Mein Ne Yah Baag Us Kee Taraf Se Sadqa Kar
Diya.”
References :
(Sunan Tirmizi, Vol : 02, Pg : 56, Kitab Az Zakat, Baab No 33, Hadees : 669)
(Sunan Abu Dawood, Vol : 03, Pg : 118, Kitab No 18 - Kitabal Wasaya, Hadees : 2882)
Note : Albani ne bhi Abu Dawood ki hadees ko sahi kaha hai.
(Sunan Nasai Vol : 06, Pg : 252, kitab No 30 Kitab Al Wasaya, Baab No 07, Hadees : 3655)
(Imam Nasai Sunan Al Kubra Vol : 04, Pg : 110, Hadees : 6482)
Is hadees e paak se wajeh hua k yaha na to wasiyat ka gumaan tha na hi kuch aur sawal karne ne waale
ne fakat Bargaah e Risalat ﷺse masla ka jawab maanga aur mila.
In tamam hadees e paak se humne wajeh kiya k sirf sadqa,ilm aur aulad ki dua hi nahi balki agar
fautshuda k haq me Hajj kare to bhi kabool hai,Yaha tak k unke haq me baag(garden) bhi sadka kar diya
ab jab jab log baag se nafa uthate honge sawab milta rahega. Subhan Allah
570 | P a g e
Khaane Peena aur Digar Cheezon se Isaal E Sawaab
(Part 02)
Paani Se Isaal e Sawab
Hadees 01:
571 | P a g e
Hadees 01 (A):
“Hazrat Sa’d Bin Ubaada (R.A) Riwayat Karte Hain Ki Un Kee Waalida Fawt Ho Gayi. Unhone Arz Kiya :
Ya Rasool Allah ! ﷺ
Meri Waalida Fawt Ho Gayi Hain, Kya Mein Us Kee Taraf Se Sadqa Kar Sakta Hoo’n ? Aap ﷺNe
Farmaya : Ha’n Unhone Arz Kiya : To Koun Sa Sadqa Behtar Rahega? Aap ﷺNe Farmaya : Paani
Pilaana.
(To Unhone Aik Kuwa’n Kharid Kar Musalmanon Ke Liye Waqf Kar Diya) Phir Yah Kuwa’n Madinah
Munawwarah Me Sa’d Ya Aale Sa’d Ke Paani Kee Sabeel (Ke Naam Se Mash’hoor Tha).”
References :
(Imam Nasai , Sunan Nasai Vol : 06, Pg : 255, Kitab No 30 - Kitab Al Wasaya, Baab No 9 :Zikreel Ektelafi
Ala Sufyan, Hadees : 2666)
(Imam Nasai, Sunan Al Kubra Vol : 04, pg : 112, Hadees : 6491)
(Musnad E Ahmad Ibn Hambal Vol : 05, Pg : 284, Hadees : 22512)
(Imam Tabrani Majmaul Kabir Vol : 06, Pg : 20, 5379)
572 | P a g e
Pata chala k Sirf wo amal jaise Haj roza sadkat se hi nahi balki dusre amal jaise paani k jariye bhi Isaal
kiya jaa sakta hai aur aakhir us wakt Paani ka intekhab kyu dusre Sahaba e Kiram Radi Allaho Anho ko
alag alag amal bataya Hazrat Saad bin Ubada Radiallahu anho ko ye kyu ? Unhe bhi koi amal Haj roza
sadkaat bataya jaa sakta tha na ?
Maazra ye tha us wakt Madina e Munawarra me Paani ki killat thi lihaja hukm huwa Paani ka kuwa
khudwao aur phir logo ko paani mila ab jab jab log us paani k kuwe se sairaab hote hai sabka Sawab
Hazrat Saad ibn Ubada Radi Allaho anho ki walida mazida ko pahuchta hai.
Is hadees e paak se bahot se masle hal huwe jinme chand hum yaha bhi likh rhe hai jaise Jarurat k ain ki
cheez Isaal kare chunki us wakt paani ki killat thi to paani ka hukm huwa aur hum aaj dekhe to aaj bhi
bahot si jagah paani ki killat hai aaj Ummat e Muslima ko acche Hospitals, education, Deeni Madaris ki
jarurat hai to in sabko banake apne buzurgo k naam se mansoob karna phir jab tak usse Musalmaan
fayda uthayga un marhoomeen aur buzurgo ko bhi iska nafa hoga.
Dusri ek baat pata chali baaj jahil khawarij wahabi ye bhi kahte hai k kisi khane peene ki cheez ko kisi k
naam se mansoob kar dena ye shirk hai.
Is hadees e paak se ye bhi subaha khatm huwa k kisi k naam se mansoob kardena katayi nazaiz o shirk
biddat nahi balki KHUD NABI E KARIM ﷺne KUWE ko Hazrat Saad Ibn Ubada radi allaho ki walida k
naam se mansoob kiya hai agar ye nazaiz o shirk biddat hota to hargiz ye amal sabit na hota.
Is Hadees ki shara me Imam Aini Likhte hai Hazrat Abu Hurraira Radi Allaho anho farmate hai Hum
Sahaba e Kiram ki aadat thi k hum jaate aur ussi kuwe ka paani pite taaki saad ibn Ubada ki walida
mazida ko iska mazeed nafa pahuche”
Isi trah Musalmaan jaha jagah hoti hai permanent Sabil e Imam Hussain Radi Allaho Anho k naam se
banayi jaati jis se log paani pite hai aur wahi jaha jagah ki killat hoti hai log Muharram k mahine me
Sabil E Hussain Radi Allahu Anho kayam karte hai lihaja ye amal kahi se nazaiz nhi lkin bugz e ahle bait
ne kya se kya bana diya in khabiso ko.
Hadees 02 :
Hazrat Anas (R.A) farmate hai jab Nabi e Paak ﷺne Hazrat Zainab Radi Allaho Anha Se Nikah Kiya To
Meri Walda Hazrat Umme Sulaim Radi Allaho Anha Ne Hais (Sattu,Ghee, Or Khazoor Se Bana Huwa
Khana) Bana Kar Ek Tabaq me Rakha Or Mujhe Kaha Ise Nabi e Karim ﷺKi Khidmat e Aqdas Me Le
Jao Main Khidmat e Aqdas ﷺMe Hazir Huwa To Nabi E Karim ﷺNe Farmaya Jao Or Musalmano
Me Se Tumhe Jo Mile Usse Bula Lao Mujhe Jo Mila Bula Laaya or Nabi e Akram ﷺNe Dua Padha or
Jo Kuch Rab Ko Manzoor Tha wo Aap ne Dua Me Padha Phir Log Ghar Me Dakhil Hote Khana Khate Aur
Nikal Jaate Sab Ne Sair Hokar Khaya Or Chale Gaye Kuch Log Baithe Rahe Unho Ne Lambi Baatein Shuru
573 | P a g e
Kardi Nabi E Karim ﷺUnhe Kuch Kehne Se Haya Karte The Nabi E Paak ﷺGhar Se Bahar Tashrif
Le Gaye Magar Woh Log Wahin Bethe Rahe.
Us Wakt Allah Ta’ala Ne ye Aayat Nazil Farmaya.
Aye Imaan Waalo Nabi e Pak ﷺK Ghar Me Begair Izazat Dakhil Na Huwa Karo, Na Khane K Wakt
Taktey Raha Karo Haa Agar Tumhe Khane Pe Bulaya Jao To Jarur Aao Lekin Khana Khane K Baad Chale
Jaya Karo Baatein Karne Me Na Lage Raho Tumhari Ye Harkatein Nabi e Karim ﷺKo Taklif Deti Hai
Magar wo Sharm Ki Wajah Se Tumhe Kuch Nahi Kehte Or Allah Taala Haq Baat Kehne Me Sharm Nahi
Karta (Surah Ahzaab Ayat 53)
Reference :
(Sahi Muslim Vol : 02 , Kitab No 16 Kitabun Nikah, Baab : Ummul Momineen Zainab Bint Jahsh k Nikah
Ka Bayan aur Hizab k Mutaalik Nuzool e Wahi Ka Bayan, Hadees : 1428)
(Jamai Tirmizi Kitab No 47 Kitabut Tafseer, Hadees : 3524)
Is Hadees e paak se wajeh huwa k Nabi e Karim ﷺKhane pe Dua padhte the aur Khane pe Quran
padhna ye hargiz haraam nahi hai agr wo mukhalif maante hai to unko yakini taur pe apna saboot pesh
karna chahye ALLAH Taala Quran e Karim me farmata hai
574 | P a g e
Mitha Halwa Pakana Kyu ? Halwa Banana Kaisa ? Halwa Banana Hadees E Paak
se saabit
Hadees 03 :
Kaum e Wahabiya ko Halwe se badi nafrat hai ab kyu hai ye to wohi jaane lkin Hum Ahle Sunnat Ko
Halwa kyu Pasand Hai aaye Hadees e paak se dikhate hai aur jinhe nafrat hai unhe bhi padhna chahye
“Umool Momineen Hazrat Ayesha Siddiqua Tahira Radi Allaho Anha se rivayat hai k Nabi E
Karim ﷺHalwa (Sheerni) Aur Shahed (Honey) Pasand Farmate The”
Refernces :
(Sahi Bukhari, Vol : 02 ,Kitab No 76 Al Tibb,Hadees :5682)
(Sahi Bukhari, Vol : 02 ,Kitab No 74 AL Taam’at (Food),Hadees : 5431/5599)
(Sunan Ibn Majah, Kitab No 29 AL Taam’at (Food),Hadees : 3448)
(Imam Tirmizi ne Shama’il E Muhammadiya Kitab No 26, Hadees : 163)
Pata chala Halwa to Khud Huzoor Nabi E Karim ﷺko pasand tha isliye Ahle Sunnat khoob khate hai
575 | P a g e
ab khud faisla karlo jo cheez Aaka ﷺko pasand hai tum uska mazaak udhao to tum kaun ho ? ?
Aur Ab Tumhe Kawwe Gadho pe pyaar aaya hai to hum kya kare ?? aur ek ahem baat halwa khana
haraam shirk biddat bolte hai jarur par khane pehle aate hai ye isliye hamara Imam Aala Hazrat
Rahimullah bol chuke
Is unwaan pe bhi kaum e wahabiya bahot shor o gul macha ti hai k Quran padhne Isaal e Sawab nhi kiya
jaa sakta hai halanki ye bas unka apna faisla hai shariat ka hukm nahi hai apni soch se aqaid nazariat
kayam kar bethe hai agar wakayi wo haq pe sacche hai apne kaul me to ek SAHI mustanad Dalil Hadees
e paak se wajeh karde k kaha Quran padhke Isaal e Sawab karna mana hai ? ye hum unpe chodte hai
Hadees 04:
“Jo Kabristan me 11 martaba Surah Ekhlaas padhke tamam Ahle Kaboor ko ISAL E SAWAB karde to
sabke barabar Isal e sawab karne ka azr karne waale ko Milega”
(Jami' Jawami' Al-Suyuti, Vol 08 Pg : 280, Hadees : 23102)
Hazrat Ali Radi Allaho Farmate Hai Ki Huzoor Nabi E Karim ﷺne Farmaya Jo Shaksh Kabristan K Pass
Se Guzre Aur Surah Ekhlaas 11 Martaba Padhe Phir Uska Sawab Murdo Ko Bakhs De To Usko Murdo Ki
Tadad K Barabar Azro Sawab Milega”
(Durre Mukhtar)
“Jo shaks Juma k Din Apne Walidain ya inme se kisi ek ki kabr ki ziyarat kare aur uske pass SURAH
YASEEN padhe baksh diya jaaye”
(Imam Abi Adi ne AL Kamil Vol : 06, Pg : 260)
To pata chala Quran padhke bhi Isaal karna ye koi aaj ka amal nhi hai balki jamhoor ulma mashaikh
ka amal raha hai. Ispe aur Shariat ne bhi isko mana nahi farmaya hai to hum in mashaikh fukaha ko
maane ? yaa aaj k tum angrezi paidawar ko ?
Agr tumhe wakayi takleef hai to option khula hai tum apne murdo k liye isaal naa karo hum Musalmaan
to karnge. Now Choice is Yours. Aur is masle me mazeed detail k liye Imam Suyuti ki Ash
Sharausudoor k aakhri hisse ko padhle kaafi doubts clear hojynge. In Sha Allah Taala.
576 | P a g e
Qabr Par Azaan Dene Ki Tehkeek
Musalman Mayyat Ko Qabr Me Dafn Karke Azaan Dena Ahlesunnat Ke Nazdik Jaiz Hai, Magar Wahabi, Deobandi, Isko
Bid'at Haram, Shirk Aur Na Malum Kya Kya Kehte hai, Qabr Par Baad Dafan Azaan Dena Jaiz hai Ahadees Aur Fiqh
Ibarat Se Iska Sabut hai.
Allah Apne Habib e Paak ( )ﷺKe Sadqe Hamare Imaan o Aqide Ki Hifazat Farmaye Aur Hame Badmazhabo ke Fitno
se Bachaye (Ameen)
577 | P a g e
578 | P a g e
579 | P a g e
580 | P a g e
581 | P a g e
ALLAH Walon Ki Qabro (Mazar-Dargah) Par Jana Aur Wahan
Dua Karna
Kya Murde Qabr Me Nahi Sunte?
Wahabi Ahle'hadees Saudi Najdi Najdi Jahil Mulli Kehti Hai Ke Qabr Me Tumhare Auliya Nahi Sunte Hai
Kyunke Murde Nahi Sun Sakte Hai Barelvi Said Hawala Dege Saudi Riyal Khoor Kutawwa Sahab? Wahabi
Said Facebook Google YouTube. Ibn e Tayymia Jo Wahabi Ahle'hadeeso Saudi Najdiyo Ka Shaikh Chilli
Hai Sara Dharam Inka Isi Par Tika Hai Wo Likhta Hai
Lekin Murda Apni Qabr Me Janta Hai Ke Ek Zinda Shakhs Uski Qabr Par Aaya Hai Aur Usko Salam Karta
Hai
Phir Iski Ta'eed Me Ek Hadith Code Ki Hazrat Ibn e Abbas (R.A) Se Riwayat Hai Rasool Allah ﷺNe
Farmaya Jab Koi Shakhs Apne Momin Bhai Ki Qabr Se Ghuzarta Hai To Wo Usko Janta Dekhta Hai Aur
Agar Wo Us Qabr Wale Ko Salam Karega To Wo Uske Salam Ka Jawab Bhi Deta Hai
(Majma ul Fatawa; Jild 24; Safa 185)
Huzoor ﷺQabr Ke Andar Dafan Murde Se Bhi Baatein Karte Aur Uski Sunte:
582 | P a g e
Hazrat Imam Jalaluddin Suyuti Al Mutawaffah 911 Hijri Hadith Code Karte Hain:
Hazrat Ubaidullah Bin Marzuk Se Riwayat Hai Ek Aurat Masjid e Nabawi Shareef Ki Safai Karti Thi Jab
Uska Wisaal Ho Gaya Phir Huzoor ﷺUski Qabr Par Tashreef Le Gaye Aur Uski Namaz e Janaza Padhi
Aur Phir Usse Mukhatib Hokar Farmaya Tunay Kaun Sa Amal Behtar Paya Tu Sahaba e Karaam Ne Arz Ki
Kya Ya Rasool Allah ﷺYe Sun Sakti Hai? Tu Huzoor ﷺNe Farmaya Ye Tumse Zyada Sunti Hai Phir
Huzoor ﷺNe Farmaya Isnay Jawab Diya Hai Ki Me Masjid e Nabawi Ki Safai Suttrai Karti Thi
(Sharhus Sudoor; Page 207)
Isse Pta Chala Ke Allah Ta'ala Ke Khaas Bande Aur Bandi Apni Qabr Me Zinda Hain Aur Kalam Bhi Karte
Hain
Hai Koi Duniya Me Koi Wahabi Deobandi Ahle'hadees Saudi Lal Dupatte Wali Naji Mulla'in Jo Apne
Murda Qabr Me Dafan Se Baat Kare Aur Uski Aawaz Sune
Wahabi Deobandi Ahle'hadees Najdi Mulla'in Chillati Tum Barelvi Log Apne Nabiyo Waliyon Se Madad
Talab Karte Ho Ye Sirrak Hai Hawala
583 | P a g e
Hazrat Imām Shihāb al-Dīn al-Ramli Al Mutawaffah 957 Hijri Likhte Hain
Ambiya Rasool Auliya Aur Imamo Se Madad Talab Karna Jais Hai Maslan (Istighātha) Ya Rasool Allah
ﷺPukarna Ya Shaykh Kehna Aur Rasool Ambiya Auliya o Saliheen Ke Wisaal Ke Baad Bhi Madad
Karte Hain Ambiya Ke Mojizaat Aur Auliya Ki Karamat Wisaal Ke Baad Rokti Ya Khatam Nahi Hoti Jab Ke
Ambiya e Karaam To Apni Apni Qabro (Mazaro) Me Zinda Hain Aur Namaz Padte Hain Jab Unhe Khabar
Milti Hai Kisi Ke Istighātha (Madad-o-Fariyad) To Wo Madad Karte Hain Jaisa Ki Nabiyo Ka Mojiza
Subhan'Allah
(Fatawa al-Ramli; Vol 4; Page 382)
Yani 500 Saal Pehle Ke Kitne Bade Shaykh Imam Ka Bhi Yahi Aqeeda Tha Jo Aaj Hum Sunni Barelvi
Musalmano Ka Hai Aur Kamal Ki Baat Hai Ki 500 Saal Pehle Tu Ye Shirk Nahi Tha Lekin 1884-&-1924 Ke
Baad Yahudiyo Ke Dalal Wahabiyon Ne Isko Aaj Shirk Bana Diya
Wahabi Deobandi Ahle'hadees Saudi Najdi Kehte Hai Ke Tum Apne Nabi ﷺKi Qabr Ki Ziyarat Ke Liye
Safar Karte Ho Ye Haram Bid'at Hai Kisi Ne Nahi Kiya Barelvi Said Accha Ahle Victorian Urf Ahle'hadees
Najdi G Koi Hawala Dege Ha Hai Kya? YouTube Facebook Aur Ibn e Tayymia Ki Taqleed
584 | P a g e
Hazrat Imam As-Sabuni Al Mutawaffah 449 Hijri (R.A) Likhte Hain
Ke Mene Hijaz Ka Safar Huzoor Akram ﷺKi Qabr e Aqdas Ki Ziyarat Karne Ki Niyat Se Kiya
Jab Ye Aqeeda Imam Sabuni Ka Padha To Sare Wahabiyon Saudi Najdiyo Ke Dharam Me Zalzala Aa Gaya
Kyunke Ye Aaj Ke Imam Nahi Balke 1100 Saal Pehle Ke Hain Aur Hum Inko Shaykhul Islam Mante Hai To
Ab Kya Kare To Sare Wahabi Najdiyo Ne Apna Ganja Sar Ek Dusre Se Mila Kar Socha Ke Imam Ka Aqeeda
To Nahi Badal Sakte Hai Kyun Na Ibarat Hi Badal De To Wahabi Saudi Najdiyo Ne Isme Qabr Ko Nikal Kar
Masjid Kar Diya Aur Aage New Edition Me To Safar Aur Qabr Ko Bhi Hata Kar Fabricate Kar Diya
Aqidatu Salaf wa As'hab-ul Hadith [Manuscript]
Lekin Alhamdulilah Imam Sahab Ki Originally Manuscript Nuskha Maujud Hai Usme Saaf Wahi Likha Hai
Hazrat Imam Ibn e Abdul Barr Al Mutawaffah 463 Hijri Likhte Hain
585 | P a g e
Hazrat Hashim Bin Adi (R.A) Se Riwayat Hai Banu Amir Qabila e Nabigha Jaadi Bashre Me Kheto Me
Bhed Bakri Charaya Karte The Hazrat Usman e Ghani (R.A) Ne Hazrat Abu Musa Ashari (R.A) Ko Un
Qabile Walon Ko Talab Karne Bheja Un Qabile Walon Ne Hazrat Abu Musa Ashari (R.A) Dekhte Hi Kyun
Kaha Aye Aal e Amir Ye Sunkar Sahabi e Rasool Hazrat Nabigha Jaadi (R.A) Bhi Apni Qawm Ke Saath
Nikle To Hazrat Abu Musa Ashari (R.A) Ne Unse Pucha Ke Aap Kis Wajah Se Nikle Hain? Hazrat Nabigha
(R.A) Ne Jawab Diya Mene Apni Qawm Ki Dawat Qubool Ki Hai Ispar Hazrat Abu Musa Ashari (R.A) Ne
Hazrat Nabigha (R.A) Ko Tazyane Lage To Hazrat Nabigha (R.A) Ne Ye Ash'aar Kahe
Ya Qabr al Nabi. Ya Abu Bakr al Siddiq. Ya Umar al Khattab Ya Ghawsh Ana
Translate
Ya Rasool Allah ﷺYa Abu Bakr Ya Umar Hamari Fariyad Sunne Wale Beshaq Zaror Aap Sune
Subhan'Allah
(Al istiyab fi Mariyatil As'hab; Page 738)
Yani Pta Chala Ke Jab Sahabi Par Koi Mushkil Preshani Aati To Wo Huzoor ﷺKi Qabr e Aqdas Ko
Madad Ke Liye Pukarte Aur Saath Hi Siddiq e Akbar Aur Farooq e Azam Ko Bhi Madad Ke Liye Pukarte
Ye Waqia Hazrat Usman e Ghani (R.A) Ki Khilafat Ke Waqt Ka Hai Almost Huzoor ﷺKo Duniya Se
Parda (Wisaal) Kiye Hue 30 Saal Hu Chuke Thay Alhamdulilah Hum Sunni Barelvi Sahabi Ke Tarike Par
Chalte Hai
Hazrat Umar Ka Huzoor ﷺKi Qabr e Aqdas Se Faiz o Barkat Lene Ke Liye
Masjid e Aqsa Se Madina Aana
586 | P a g e
Hazrat Imam Waqidi Al Mutawaffah 207 Hijri Likhte Hain
Hazrat Ka’ab Bin Ahbar (R.A) Ke Qubool e Islam Ke Baad Hazrat Umar e Farooq (R.A) Ne Unse Kaha
“Kya Aap Huzoor Nabi e Kareem ﷺKe Roze Aqdas Ki Ziyarat Aur Fuyozo Barkaat Haasil Karne Ke Liye
Mere Saath Madina Munawwara Chalege? To Hazrat Kaab Ne Kaha Ji Han Ameerul Momineen.”
Phir Jab Hazrat Ka’ab ul Ahbar (R.A) Hazrat Umar (R.A) Ke Saath Madina Munawwara Aaye To Sabse
Pehle Baargah e Risalat ﷺMe Haziri Di Aur Salaam Arz Kiya. Phir Hazrat Abu Bakr Siddique (R.A) Ki
Bargah Me Khade Hokar Unko Salaam Arz Kiya Aur Phir 2 Rakat Namaz Ada Ki
Subhan'Allah
(Futuhat e Shaam; Page 405-406)
Yani Hazrat Umar Palestine Se Chalkar Huzoor ﷺKi Qabr e Aqdas Se Faiz o Barkat Lene Aaye Aur
Saath Hi Musalman Hone Wale Hazrat Kaab Ko Bhi Liya Aur Madina Shareef Pauchkar Unse Ye Nahi
Kaha Ki Ab Aap Kalma Padh Chuke Masjid e Nabawi Me Jake Namaz Pade Balke Sabse Pehle Aaqa ﷺ
Ki Bargah Me Aaye Aur Salam Arz Kiya Phir Namaz Padi Bata Diya Apna Aqeeda Ki Jinke Sadqay Kalma
Aur Namaz Mili Pehle Unko Salam Arz Karo
587 | P a g e
Tabai Ka Huzoor ﷺKe Roze Par Akar Madad Mangna
Hazrat Imam Abu Ibn e Jawzi Al Mutawaffah 597 Hijri Authentic Narration of Chain Ke Saath Likhte
Hain
Hazrat Abu Hatim Ansari Al-Qazwini Jo Ke al-Faqih Aur Saliheen Mese Thay 77 Hijri
Me Hajj Par Tashreef Le Gaye Aur Makkah Mukarrama Me Aapka Beta Aapse Juda Ho Gaya To
Hazrat Abu Hatim Ansari Madina Shareef Tashreef Laye Aur Masjid Nabawi Shareef Me Dakhil Hue Aur
Phir Huzoor ﷺKi Se Apne Bete Se Pane Ke Liye Huzoor ﷺSe Madad Talab Ki Aur Unke Aaas Paas
Log Maujud Hain Hazrat Abu Hatim Ansari Wo Keh Rahe Thay Ya Rasool Allah ﷺMe Aapke Paas
Bahut Dor Se Aaya Hon Mera Beta Khoh Gaya Hai Me Wapas Nahi Jaunga Yahan Tak Ki Aap ﷺMera
Bete Se Mujhe Mila Yahi Alfaz Bar Bar Keh Rahe Thay Ki Unka Beta Masjid Ke Darwaze Se Nikal Aaya Ye
Dekh Kar Log Cheekh Pade Aur Wo Dono Gale Mile
Subhan'Allah
(Al-Muntazam fi al-Tareekh)
Yani Pta Chala Ke 1300 Saal Pehle Bhi Musalmano Ka Yahi Aqeeda Aur Tarika Tha Ki Har Mushkil Waqt
Me Wo Apne Aaqa ﷺSe Fariyad Aur Madad Magte Thay Aur Yahi Aqeeda Hum Barelvi Sunni
Musalmano Ka Hai
588 | P a g e
Tabaeen Ka qabre Rasool ﷺSE madad hasil kane Ka saboot
Hazrate Imam Mohammad Bin Munqadir (R.A) ye bahot bade tabaeen hai
Hazrate Umar (R.A)
Hazrate abbas (R.A)
Hazrate aaysha (R.A)
Ke sagird hai
Imam zahbi ko to wahabi Ahle hadees Ka bachha bachha janta Hoga kyo k wahabi Ahle hadees imam
zahbi Ka itna bada mukallid hai k imam zahbi jis hadish ko zaeef kah de wahabi Ahle hadees use bagair
tahkik aankhe band kr ke hi zaeef maan lete hai
589 | P a g e
Allah Ta'ala Ke Sache Waliyon Ki Qabro Se Barkat Lena
Yani Imam Shafai (R.A) Ne Khud Imam Musa (R.A) Ki Qabr Mubarak Se Barkat Hasil Ki Tabhi To Aapne
Farmaya Ke Ye Baat Azmai Hui Tajurbah Shudah Hai Kya Itne Bade Ummat e Muhammadiya Ke 3rd
Imam e Mujtahid Bhi Barelvi Thay
590 | P a g e
Hazrate ayyub Ansari (R.A) ki qabr ke waseele se baaris talab krna:
Ibne kasir or imam zahbi ko wahabde Ahle hadees aise mante hai ke inhone Jo likhh Diya wahi Deen
hai to imam zahbi or ibne kasir ka hi hawala dete hai
Hazrate ayyub Ansari (R.A) jab Jung me shaheed ho Gaye to unke wasiyat ke mutabik Kustuntuniya ke
karib dafan kiya gaya or uspr mazar banayi gayi. Ek roomi aaye or kaha ye kis ki qabr hai Yaha to Raat
bada ajib waqiya dekha to logo ne kaha ye sahabiye Rasool ﷺki qbar hai jab kabhi is ilaqe me kahat
padta hai to log darwaje kholkr apki jiyart krte hai fir apki qabr ke waseele se baris talab krte hai to
Allah unki barkat se Baris ataa farma deta hai
Aage imam zahbi farmate hai k is waqiye ko huzur ke badri sahaba ki ek jamat ne bayan farmayi hai
591 | P a g e
2).Ibne kasir; albidaya Wal nihaya; jild 7; safa 82/83
592 | P a g e
4).Imam Hakim Al mustadrak; Hadees 5929
4).Allama Ayni 855 hijri; Umdatul qari Sarah Bukhari jild 2; safa no 420
593 | P a g e
5).Nematul Bari Sarah Bukhari; jild 1; safa 532
Hazrat Imam Abu Tahir al-Isfahani Al Mutawaffah 576 Hijri Likhte Hain
Hazrat Shaykh Imam Abu Ja'far al-Khuldi Al Mutawaffah 348 Aap Farmate Hai Hai Mere Jism Me Ek
Bimari Ho Gai To Me Hazrat Imam Hussain (R.A) Ke Roze Par Hazir Hua Aur Imam Ki Qabr Mubarak Ki
Mitti Apne Jism Par Mali Aur So Gaya Jab Bedaar Hua To Dekha Mera Jism Par Koi Bimari Nahi Thi
Subhan'Allah
594 | P a g e
Ref: Tareekh Al-Baghdad Jild 2 Safa 619
3). (Al-Khuldi Abu Muhammad Ja`far Ibn Muhammad Ibn Nusayr) Siqah al-Shaykh al-Imam al-Hadith
Ref: Siyar A'lam al-Nubala Jild 15 Safa 558 & Tareekh Al-Baghdad Jild 8 Safa 145
(Al-Tuyuriyat; Vol 3; Page 912; Raqam 847)
Muhammad bin Ahmad Imam Dhahabi or Imam Jahabi 673 Hizri 748:
Imam Dhahabi Shagird Ibn Taymiya Samarkand ka Ek Wakya Naqal kiya hai aapne aur kaha Imam
Bukhari (R.A) kay kabr Par Jaakar Waseela talab kare Aur Bilkul logo ne aisa hi kiya, Imam Bukhari
(R.A) Ki Kabr Par Pahuche waseela talab kiya tab usi wakt Allah Taa'la ne barish kay badalo'n ko
bhejdiya.
(As Siyar Al Alam An Nabula Vol : 12, Pg : 469)
595 | P a g e
Wahabi Ahle hadeeso imam zahbi par musrik Ka fatwa kyo nhi lagate Har rah gujar pe samma jalana
hai Mera kaam
Auliya Apni Qabro Me Zinda Hote Hain Aur Logo Ko Bhi Dekhte Aur Jante Hain
Hazrat Imam Abu Nu'aim Asfahani Al Mutawaffah 430 Hijri Likhte Hain
Hazrat Abul Tayyah Farmate Hai Ke Hazrat Mutaraf Bin Abdullah Jangal Me Rehte Thay Aur Har Jume
Raat Ko Ghode Par Sawaar Hokar Qabristan Jate Thay Basa Aukat Inka Ghoda Raat Me Roshni Me
Chamakne Lagta Tha Ek Martaba Jab Aap Qabristan Pauche To Hazrat Mutaraf Kehte Hain Mene Dekha
Ke Har Qabr Wala Apni Qabr Par Baitha Hai Jab Unhone Mujhe Dekha To Kehne Lage Ke Ye Mutaraf
Hain Jo Har Jume Raat Ko Aate Hain To Mene Unse Pucha Kya Aapko Jume Ke Din Ka Bhi ilm Hota Hai?
To Unhone Farmaya Haa. Aur Is Din Parinde (Birds) Kya Kehte Hai Iska Bhi ilm Hota Hai Phir Maine
Pucha Ke Parinde Kya Kehte Hai? To Unhone Jawab Diya Ke Parinde Kehte Hai Salam Salam Min Yaum e
Saleh
(Hilyat-ul-Awliya; Vol 2; Page 205)
To Pta Chala Ke Allah Ta'ala Ke Wali Apni Qabro Me Zinda Hote Hain Aur Logo Ko Bhi Dekhte Aur Jante
Hain Aur Jise Chahe Nazar Aate Hai Aur Kalam Bhi Karte Hai Aur Parindo Ka Bhi ilm Hai Ke Wo Kya
596 | P a g e
Kehte Hai Aur Isse Ye Bhi Pta Chala Ke Jo Sunni Musalman Har Jume Raat Ko Allah Ke Waliyon Ki
Mazaro Par Jate Hai Ye Koi 100 Saal Pehle Se Nahi Balke 1200 Saal Pehle Se Chala Aa Raha Hai
Isi Chiz Ko Wahabiyon Ahle'hadeeso Najdiyo Ke Dady Allama Zehbi Sahab Ne Apni Kitab Siyar Alammul
Nubula Me Jild 4 Safa 193 Par Bhi Code Kiya Aur Is Waqia Ko Sahih Karar Diya
597 | P a g e
Ibn e Kaseer (Student of Ibn e Tayymia) Likhta Hai:
```People Respect Umme Haraam Blessed Grave And Seek Rain Through it And Say It is a Pious
Woman’s Grave.```
Log Sahabiya Hazrat Umme Haram (R.A) Ki Qabr Mubarak Ki Tazeem Karte Hain Aur Unki Qabr Par
Jakar Unke Wasile Se Barish Ki Dua Karte Aur Kehte Hai Ki Ye Ek Muttaqi (Pious) Aurat Ki Qabr Hai
```Yani Pta Chala Ke 1400 Saal Se Musalmano Ka Tarika Amal Chala Aa Raha Hai Ki Wo Log ALLAH Walon
Ki Qabr Par Jate Unki Tazeem Karte Aur Musibat Ke Waqt Unke Wasile Se Dua Karte ALLAH Se Barish
Mangte```
(Wahabi Authentic Book; Al Bidaya wan-Nihaya [Published Dar Hajr Oman];Jild 10 Safa 229)
Hazrat Umme Haram (R.A) Ye Ek Bahut Hi Famous Sahabiya Hai Aap Cyprus Me Jang e Jihad Ke Mauke
Par Shaheed Hui Aur Apki Mazar Shareef Wahi Par Bani Hai
598 | P a g e
Auliya Ki Qabr (Mazar) Par Dua Qubool Hoti Hai By Imam Zehbi
Allama Zehbi Jinko Wahabi Deobandi Apna Imam Manta Hai Aur Jis Hadith Ko Ya Raawi Hazrat Sahih
Aur Siqah Kahe Sara Wahabi Deobandi Najdi Usko Sahih Aur Siqah Manta Hai Aur Jisko Zaeef Kahe Usko
Zaeef Ye Martaba Hai Allama Zehbi Sahab Ka Wahabiyon Deobandiyo Ke Waha
Hazrat Shaykh Saleh Bin Yunus Abu Shu'aib al-Wasity Al Mutawaffah 281 Hijri Jo Ek Sufi (Wali) Thay
Jinhone Sone Me Allah Ki Ziyarat Ki Aur 70 Bar Paidal Hajj Kiya Unki Qabr (Mazar) Par Dua'ye Qubool
Hoti Hai
(Tareekh al-Islam lil Zehb; Vol 6; Page 759)
599 | P a g e
Auliya Ki Qabro (Mazaro) Par Jana Unse Faiz o Barkat Lena Jais Hai By Wahabi
Allama
Wahiduzzama Azmi Gair Muqallid Ahle'hadeeso Ka Allama Likhta Hai
Mai Kehta Hu Ke Isse Wo Shuba (Doubt) Dur Hota Hai Jo Baaz Kamaql Hazraat Ki Taraf Se Saamne Aata
Hai Ke Sulahaa (Auliya) Ki Quboor Ki Ziyaaraat Karke Unki Ruho Se Faiz Aur Baraakaat Aur Anwaar Ka
Husool Kaise Mumkin H“.
Yani Bechare Aaj Ke Wahabi Ahle'hadees Najdiyo Ke According Unka Allama Mushrik Sabit Hua Aur
Wahiduzzama Ko Apna Imam Allama Akabir Mankar Aaj Ke Wahabi Ahle'hadees Mushrik Sabit Hue
600 | P a g e
Kabron Ko Pakki Karne ki Daleel
Masla:
Qabron ko kacchi zameel se banana cahiye. Banane par woh zameen se na zyada unchi aur na zameen
ke barabar honi cahiye.
Ab dusri baat yeh hai ki upar se Qabr ko puhkta kar sakte hai, taaki Log yeh samajh jaien ki Yeh Allah ke
kisi nek bande ki Kabr Hai. Lihaza Allah Ke nek Bando ki kabre andar se kacchi aur upar se pukhta ki jati
hai.
Ise pehli do hadeeson se samajh sakte hai
Hadees 01:
“Hazrate Sufyan (R.A) se rivayat hai ki Rasulullah ﷺka Roze shareef unth ki pohan numa thi”
Yeha se wazih huwa ki Humare Nabi ﷺki Roze Anwar na zameen se zyada unchi aur na Zameen ke
barabar thi.
(Sahih Bukhari Vol 2; Hadees no 2250)
601 | P a g e
Hadees 02:
Hazrat Kaseer Bin Zaid Al Madni (R.A) Ne Hazrat Muttalib (R.A ) Se Riwayat Kiya Hai Ke Unhone Kaha
“Jab Hazrat Usman Bin Mazz'oon (R.A) Ka Wisaal Hua Aur Aapka Janaza Le'jaya Gaya Aur Phir Unhe
Dafn Kar Diya Gaya Toh Huzoor ﷺNe Ek Shakhs Ko Irshad Farmaya Ke Wo Aapke Paas Falah
Pat'thar Utha'kar Laye Lekin Wo Shakhs Us Pat'thar Ko Na Utha Saka Toh Phir Khud Rasool Allah ﷺ
Us Pat'thar Ko Uthane Ke Liye Tashreef Le Gaye Aur Huzoor ﷺNe Apne Bazo'on Se Aastine Upar
Kari Hazrat Kaseer Ne Kaha Ki Hazrat Muttalib Ne Kaha Mene Rasool Allah ﷺKe Bazo'on e Mubarak
Ki Safedi (Whiteness) Dekh Raha Hon Jab Aapne Us Pat'thar Ko Uthane Ke Liye Aastine Chadai Phir
Rasool Allah ﷺNe Us Pat'thar Ko Utha'ya Aur Hazrat Usman Bin Mazz'oon (R.A) Ki Qabr Mubarak
Ke Sar Ki Janib Rakh Diya Aur Farmaya Me Is Pat'thar Ki Wajeh Se Apne Bhai Ki Qabr Ko Pehchan Lon'ga
Aur Jo Meri Ahle'bayth Se Wisaal Hoga Usko Inki Qabr Ke Paas Dafn Karon'ga”.
(Sunan Abu Dawood Vol 3; Hadees 3206)
(Sunan bn Majah Vol 2; Hadees 1561)
Yani Huzoor ﷺNe Qabr Ke Nishan Baki Rehne Aur Pehchan Ke Liye Sahabi Ki Qabr Par Pat'thar
602 | P a g e
Karte ? Isi Liye Hamare Auliya Ki Qabre Pakki Bani Hui Hai Taki Ek Pehchan Ho Sake Ki Ye Qabr Kisi Aam
Musalman Ki Nahi Balke Kisi Allah Ke Wali Auliya Ki Hai.
Maloom Hua Ke Jo Allah Wale Hai Unki Qabr Aur Aam Musalman Ki Qabr Ek Tarah Na Lage Isi Liye Unki
Qabro Par Nishan Banaya Jata Hai Us Waqt Pathar Se Nishan Banaya Jata Tha Aur Aaj Ke Waqt Me Eeet
Simet Se Banai Jati Hai. Take Maloom Ho Sake Ke Ye Allah Ke Kisi Wali Ki Qabr Hai Na Ke Kisi Aam
Musalman K. Jaise Masjid Jab Banai Jati Hai To Uspar Minaar Is Liye Banaya Jata Hai Take Ghar Aur
Masjid Me Fark Ho Sake Ke Ye Aam Ghar Ki Tarah Nahi Hai
Hadees 03:
Masjid Ke Paas Pakki Qabre Aur Huzoor ﷺKa Waha Namaz Padhna
Hazrat Abdullah Bin Umar (R.A) Se Riwayat Nabi Kareem ﷺNe Maqam e Aaraj Se Aage Ek Bade
Pahad Ki Masjid Me Namaz Padhi Hai Aaraj Ki Taraf Jate Hue Ye Masjid 5 Meel Ki Duri Par Waqay Hai
Aur Us Masjid Ke Kareeb 2 Ya 3 Qabre Bhi Hai Aur Un Qabro Par Bahut Bade Pathar Bhi Rakhay Hue Hai
Ye Jagah Raste Me Sidhe (Right) Janib Aai Hai Aur Hazrat Abdullah Bin Umar (R.A) Us Masjid Me Pahuch
Kar Zuhar Ki Namaz Padte Thay.
(Musnad Ahmad Bin Hambal Vol 4; Hadees no 5598)
Yani Maloom Hua Ke Allah Walo Ki Qabro Ko Pakki Banana Unpar Nishani Lagana Jais Hai Warna Aaqa
ﷺUn Qabro Ko Aisa Nahi Rehne Dete Aur Na Us Masjid Me Namaz Padte
603 | P a g e
Ulemai Karaam Ki Kitaabon Se Daleel:
1). Hazrat Imam *Muhammad Bin Hasan* Al-Shaybani Al Mutawaffah 189 Hijri Likhte Hain
Hum Aur Hamare Ah'naf Ke Nasdik *Qabr Par Nishan Banana Aur Saath Khaas Tile (Yani Zameen Se
Unchi Karna Jais Hai)
(Kitab al-Athar; Page 266; Raqam 254)
Yani Pta Chala Ke Ahnaf Ke Nasdik Allah Walo Ki Qabro Par Nishan Lagana Aur Zameen Se Unchi Banana
Barelviyo Ka Tarika Nahi Balke Imam e Azam Ke Student Aur Ahnaf Ka Tarika Hai
2). Hazrat Imam Abu Faraz *Ibn Jawzi* Al Mutawaffah 597 Hijri Likhte Hain
Hazrat Ibrahim Bin Bishar (R.A) Farmate Hai Ek Baar Me Hazrat Ibrahim Bin Adham Al Mutawaffah 165
Hijri (R.A) Ke Saath Tha Hum Ek Sehra (Desert) Me Pauche Waha Ek Unchi Qabr Thi Hazrat Sayyidina
Ibrahim Bin Adham (R.A) Us Qabr (Mazar) Ko Dekh Kar Rone Lage Maine Pucha Shaykh Ye Kiski Qabr
604 | P a g e
Hai? Hazrat Ne Farmaya Ye Hazrat Hamid Bin Jabir Ki Qabr Hain Jo Ke In Tamam Shehro Ke Hakim Thay
Pehle Ye Duniyabi Mamle Me Thay Phir Allah Ta'ala Ne Inko Hidayat Di To Ye Allah Ke Nek Bando Me
Shamil Hokar Wali Ban Gaye.
(Uyunul Hikayat Page 51)
To Maloom Hua Ke Allah Walo Ki Qabro Ko Uncha Banana Ye Aaj Se Nahi Balke 1300 Saal Pehle Se
Chala Aa Raha Hai Kya Itne Bade Taba'tabai Ko Nahi Maloom Tha Ki Qabr Ko Uncha Banana Bid'at
Haram Hai?
605 | P a g e
Kabro Ya Mazarat Par Shake’ein Ya Phool Daalna?
(ii) Kabr pe phool dalna goya ye gumaan karna hai k Murdo Ko Azaab horaha hai aur ye badgumani hai jo jaiz
nahi hai.
(iii) Aur Tum Log Buzurgo ko bhi Gunahgaar samajhte ho jo phool daalte ho.
Aage janab e wahabiya kahte hai ye wo log hai namaz nahi padte namaz k masle nahi maloom bas ye
sab biddat karte hai.
Kabr Pe Phool daalna Shakein Lagana Ulma Ahle Sunnat Ka Iske muttalik farmaan hai k Phool Har
Musalman Ki Kabr Par Daalna Jaiz Hai Khwaah Ulma Ho, awaam me se ho ya AULIA FUKAHA me se ho.
Maslak Ahle Sunnat Ye hai k ye amal koi Farz Waajib Nahi hai par jis haisiyat me hai uski dalil hamare
pass mauzood hai.
Aala Hazrat As Shah Ahmad Raza Khan Rahimulluh Apne Fatawa Razviya me farmate hai
“Kabro Par Gulaab Aur Phoolo Ka Rakhna Accha hai”
(Fatawa Razviya ‘Mutarzim’ Vol : 01, pg : 105 aur 136)
Hadees:
Hazrat Abdullah ibn Abbas Radi Allaho Anho Se rivayat Hai Huzoor Sayadul Mursaleen ﷺKa Guzar 02
Kabro k paas Se Huwa To Aap ﷺne farmaya inko Kisi badi Galti ki Wajah Se Aazab Nahi Horaha hai,
balki inme se ek peshab ki Cheent(boond) se nahi bachta Tha Aur Dusra Chugal Khori Kiya Karta Tha.
Huzoor ﷺne jab un dono kabro me aazab dekha to Aapne Khazoor Ki Ek Sabz Shaak Lekar Uske 02
Tukde Farmaye Aur Dono Kabro par eke k Gaad Diya.
Sahaba E Kiram Rizwanallahu azmain ne jab Aap k is amal ko dekha to arz kiya YA RASOOL ALLAH ﷺ
Aapne Aisa Kyu Kiya ?
606 | P a g e
Is Par Sarkar E Do Aalam ﷺne farmaya Jab Tak Ye Shake Khusk Na Hogi Un Par aazab me Takhfeef
Rahegi.
(Sahi Bukhari, Vol : 02,Pg :255, Kitab No 23 Kitabuz Janaiz, Baab : Kabr Par Shakein Lagana, Hadees :
1361)
(Sahi Bukhari, Vol 01, Pg : 172, Kitab No 05 Kitabul Waju, Hadees : 216)
(sahi Bukhari, Vol : 08, Pg : 54, Kitabl Adab, Hadees : 6055)
(Sunan Nasai, Vol : 03, Pg :, Kitab No 21, Kitabuz Janaiz, Baab : Waz’al Jaridha Alal Kabre, Hadees :
2070/2071)
(Sunan Nasai, Vol : 01, Pg : 28, Kitabut Tahara, Hadees : 31)
(Mishkat Al Masabih, vol :01, Baab : Adabil Khala,Pg : 43)
607 | P a g e
Imam Ibn Hajar Asqalani Futoohul Baari Shara E Sahi Bukhari kya likhte hai.
Iska Maana Ye Hai k Jab Tak Shake’in Taaza Rahengi Ye Tasbeeh Karengi Aur USKI BARKAT se Azaab
Me Takfeef Rahegi.
Is Se Ye Bhi Maloom Huwa k wo har chiz jo taaza rahe jisme Taazgi ho Ped Paudo (Trees/Plant) Me
Daala Jaaye To Azaab ki kami ka baaes hoga.
Isi Tarah ‘Har Wo Cheez Jis Se Barkat e Zikr Aur Quran Ka padhna is se Afzal Hai.”
(Imam Ibn Hajar Asqalani Fatuhool Baari Shara E Sahi Bukhari Vol : 01. Pg : 426)
2)Nigahe Nabuwat ( )ﷺKa Aalam Kya Hai (Power of Seeing of Beloved Prophet
()ﷺ:
Huzoor Rehmat E Aalam ( )ﷺKi Nigaah Dekho Kabr Hai Kya Andar Kya Horha hai Ye bhi Dekh Rahe
hai aur tum kahte ho hamari tarah hai.
608 | P a g e
“JO BE ISHQ E MUHAMMAD ( )ﷺPADHTE HAI BUKHARI
AATA HAI BUKHAR UNHE BUKHARI NAHI AATI”
6) Is hadees se ye bhi wajeh huwa k Sabz Shak jab tak sukhti (Khushk) nahi hoti wo ALLAH Taala Ki
Hamd O Sana Karti Hai lihaja Uski Tasbeeh karne k wajah se Kabr me Madfoon Mayyat k ajaab me
narmi hoti hai to pata chala sirf rahaat dua se hi nahi balki in amal se bhi hoti hai aur yehi hadees se
Aimma Fukaha ne Farmaya hai k Kabr Me SHAK aur Phool Daalna MUSTAHAB AUR BARKAT WAALA
Amal hai.
(Imam Hasan Bin Mansoor Qazi Khan Al Mutwaffa 592 Hizri ne Fatawa Qazi Khan Vol : 01, Pg : 195,
Baab : Ahkaamil Janaiz)
(Fatawa Hindiya Vol : 02, Pg : 471, Al Baabusani Ashar Firubabaat)
(Imam Shami Raddul Mohtar Vol : 01, Pg : 606, Baab : Salatul Janaiz, Matbua : Idaratutaba’til Misriya,
Cairo Egypt)
(Fatawa E Razviya ’Mutarzim’ Vol : 09, Pg : 443 & 757)
Pata chala Jab tak ye cheez taazi hoti hai to kabr pe rahat ka sabab banti hai dusra Jikr e Islahi kari hai
Deegar Fatawa aur kutoob Me Bhi ye mauzood Hai.
Imam Qazi Khan Hizri 592 Apne Fatawa Khaniya
Imam Muhammad Ibn Shihaab ibn Bajjaj Ne “Fatawa E Bajjajiya”
609 | P a g e
Imam Sharanbalali Hizri 1069 Apni Tasneef “Nurool Izaah” , “Marakiyul Falaah” Aur “Imdadul Fatah”
Allama Abu Saood “Hashiya e Murraqi”
Fazil e Jalil Allama Tahtavi “Hashiya Marikuyul Falaah”
Imam ibn Abideen Shami “Raddhul Mukhtar Hashiya Durre Mukhtar” Aur “Khazanatur Rivayaat me
Fatawa E Kubra K Hawale Se Likha”
Shaykul Islam ne Apni Kitab “Kashfool Gheta” me likha hai.
Shaikh Abdul Haqq Muhaddis Dahelvi Rahmatullah Alaih ne Ashiatul’amaat Shara E Mishkat me Is
hadees k tahet likhte hai ki
“IS HADEES SE EK JAAMAT DALIL PAKADTI HAI K KABRO PE SABZI PHOOL AUR KHUSHBOO DALNA JAYAZ
HAI”
Wakt Ka Mujadid Muhadis Jaiz Likh Raha Hai aur ye aajke Nau umr jaahil Dawa hai ek haath me Quran
ek haath Me Hadees ka lekin mablage ilm siwaye logo k gumraah karne k kuch nahi hai.
“Gulab wagairah k phool kabro par daalna accha hai jab tak taaza rahenge tasbeeh e ilahi karenge aur
unki tasbeeh se mayyat ko uns (rahat - fayda) haasil hoga”
(Fatawa E Aalamgiri, Vol : 05, Kitabul Karahiyaat, Baab : Baabusaadis Ashra Ziyaratil Kaboor, Pg :351)
(Raddul Mohtaar Vol :01, Pg :307)
(Fatawa Razvia ‘Mutarzim’ Vol : 09, Pg : 760)
“Jamaiul Barkaat” Me Kitab “Matalibul Mumineen” K hawale Se Aur “Kanjul Ubbad” Aur “Fatawa e
Garaib” kitab me bhi hai ye masla aur ye dono kitab “Matalibul Mumineen” Aur “Jamaiul Barkaat” Firqa
e wahabiya k nazdeek Mutebar Authentic Mustanad Maani jaati Hai.
Gair Mukallid Maulvi Ishaaq Dahelvi Ne Apni Kitab “Mi’aata Masail” Aur Maulvi Muttakallim Kannauji
Ne Apne Kitabo me inse masle istedlaal kiya hai. Imam Mullah Ali Qari Al Hanfi Rahmatullah Alaih
1) Hadees me aaya hai k unlogo ki kabr me aazab horaha tha unke gunah k sabab Kya tum Walio ko
bhi aisa samajhte ho jo unki kabr me phool daate ho ?
Subhahat :
Devbandi Mujadid Ashraf Ali Thanvi Sahab ne apni kitab ISLAAH’OORUSOOM yaani rasmo ki islaah me
ye likha hai Phool wagaira fasik fazir ki kabro pe daalna chahye naaki AULIA ki kabro pe unke mazarat
pe to azaab hi nahi hai jiski phool wagaira se kami ki jaaye.
Thanvi sahab ne isko likha lihaja ab har 40 din k chille se aane waala 40 days english course karne waala
yehi kahtah hai aur awaam ko shak o subahat me daalta hai aur aapne khud suna dekha hoga wo puri
jamaat yehi kahti hai.
Al Jawab :
610 | P a g e
Musalmaano k apne amal k lihaaj se darje hote hai baaj Swaleeheen aur baaz fasik o fazir hote hai Jo
amal Fasik o fazir k gunaah maaf karne me kaam aata hai wohi amal Swaleeheen k darje badhata hai.
Example : Ek Gunaahgaar Fasik Masjid ki taraf Namaz o Zikr e Ilahi k liye jaata hai to uska chalna gunaho
ko dhota hai lekin jab koi Nek Swaleheen banda chale to wo gunaah nahi dhota balki us bande k darjaat
ALLAH k Nazdik uski Qurbiyat ko badhata hai.
Ek Fasik O Fazir zirk o Istegfaar karta hai uska gunaah mit ta hai par jab salaheen banda karta hai wo aur
darje me bulani paata hai amal to ek hai dono ka par shaksiyat k darje badle uska natiza badal gaya.
Agar tumhare kanoon ko maana jaaye to phir to Saleeheen bande Tauba Istegfaar hi naa kare kyu ? wo
to gunaah hi nahi karte to tauba ka kya matlab ? Tumhare Formula se to phir Salaheen ka Istegfaar
karna hi durust nahi hoga.
2)Azaab E Kabr me Kami Huzoor Nabi E Karim ( )ﷺKi Dua se dur huwi naaki Shakho k wajah se ?
Al Jawab :
i) Awaal to ye mahez awaam ko dhoka dena hai k mahez dua se azaab dur huwa agar sirf Dua ka
maamla hota to bina shaak tehni lagaye dua kar dete azaab kayamat tak dur hojata magar Tehni kyu
lagayi ?
ii)Aur phir Yaha ye hadees me qaid kyu lagayi gayi k jab tak wo Tehni taaza hogi azaab me kami karegi ?
Ye kyu farma balki ye kahdete k bas tehni lagi hai par dua hi asal hai tehni ka koi faida nahi, Maloom
huwa k tum makkari farebkaari me dube huwe ho.
3) Kya Tum Nabi E Karim ( )ﷺKi Dua Ko Kamzor Samajhte Ho Jo Tehni aur phool daalte ho ?
Al Jawab :
Beshak Nabi E KARIM ki dua kaynaat me sabse buland makam rakhti hai jisko ALLAH TAALA Raddh nahi
karta.
Agar Nabi E Karim ( )ﷺye dua karte k AYE ALLAH KAYAMAT TAK AANE WAALI UMMAT SE AZAAB E
KABR KI NIZAAD DEDE aur kabool hoti to natiza ye nikalta logo ko Kabr k azaab ka khauf hi naa hota k
abto bas kuch bhi karo kabr me koi azaab hi nahi hai us wakt waha un do kabr waalo k liye Dua kar dete
azaab dur hojata par baad k jamane waalo ka kya ? bahot se aise Musalmaan bhi huwa aur aage bhi
honge jo is haal me kabr me jaaynge ham aap dua kare kabool ho naa ho guarantee nahi hai hum bas
dua kar sakte hai par Nabi E KARIM RAUF O RAHEEM hai apni ummat pe to ummat ko kabr se nizaad k
liye ek aisa amal bata diya jisko amal karo tumhari dua ki guarantee nahi hai lekin wo tehni taaza phool
jab tak sukh naa jaaye unki guarantee hai k wo ZIKR E ILAHI karnge to jab tak kabr k azaab se rahaat
milegi wajah ye hai par afsoos hai tumhari soch pe har chiz ko ulta hi samajhte ho tumhari khopdi me
baat kaha aati hai.
Al Jawab :
Yeh bhi bas hawai firing aur ek jhoot hai Fukaah E Ahnaaf ne ya dusre mazhab k fukah ne bhi
isko Nazaiz Nahi kaha Hai agar sacche to saabit karo Quran Me Rab Taala Farmata hai
”Lao Apni Dalil Agar Sacche Ho”
(Surah Al Baqraah Ayat 111)
611 | P a g e
Balki kuch Fuqaha ne Is Amal ko Sunnat Kaha hai isliye baaj fuqaha ne SUNNAT hone ka raddh kiya hai
naaki is Amal ko Nazaiz o Haram likha Hai.
Chunache is Subahat ka jawab Imam Tahtavi Rahimullah ne diya hai mulahiza farmaye.
“Hamare Kuch Muttakhireen Ashaab Ne Is Hadees ki wajah Se Fatwa ) Diya ki khushboo Aur Phool
Chadane Ki Jo Aadat hai Wo Sunnat Hai.
In Ibarato Me jo farmaya K Kuch Ne Fatwa Diya Iska Matlab ye Nahi kuch Ulma Isko Nazaiz Bhi kahte hai
balki matlab ye hai k Kuch Ne Isko SUNNAT maana Hai, JAIZ TO SAB HEE KAHTE HAIN SUNNAT HONE
ME EKTELAF HAI”
(Imam Tahtavi Ala Muraki’ul Fala Pg : 364)
To Pata Chala Ektelaf Fukaha E Kiram me is baat ko leke hai k Phool Aur Deegar Chiz Daalna Sunnat hai
yaa Nahi balki Jaiz to Sabne kaha hai aaj tum jaahil 1400 saal baad aaye sab biddat biddat karne.
Ab aaye Jara Inke Ghar k Logo ki Kabr Ki Jhalak Dekhle Kya Haal Hai
Ye Gair Mukallideen k Nawab Sahab Siddik Hasan Bhopali Phool Pe Jhagda karte
ho Puri kabr me Full Jhaad Hi Ugaa Diya kyu ? Janab Kab Lagega Fatwa ?
612 | P a g e
Mazarat Pe Chadar Chadana Kaisa
Badmazhabon ke aitraazat:
1).Kabr Pe Chadar Chadane k Mutallik kehte hai Ye ALLAH KI IBADAT Me sharik karna Mushrikeen ka
tarika hai.
2). Baaj Maulvi Kahte Hai inke k ye biddat hai haraam hai Naa Sahabi Ne Kiya Hai Naa Quran Hadees me
iska Zikr hai.
3).Kuch to Mazarat pe chadar chadane ko Hinduo ka tarika batake kehte hai wo Murti Butho Pe Chunri
Chadate hai aap Kabr pe Chadar lihaja Bazahir Similarities k bina pe shirk hai.
Astagrfirullah Bas Kaum E Wahabiya Biddat Haram Shirk ye teen alfaaz me har masail ko daal dete hai
yehi hota hai aapne bhi dekha suna hoga.
Hamare Kuch sunni jo aqaid to durust hote hai par sahi masail k sahi ilme deen na hone ki wajah se sahi
aqeede par hone ke bawajood sahi amal nahi karte aur khilafe shariat amal karte hain, Jis se bad
mazhabo ko ye kehne ka mauqa milta hai ke Sunni Shirk biddat karte hain aur bina padhe jaane Apni
Takfeer ka Nishana bas Tassub Me Imam E Ahle Sunnat Aala Hazrat Fazil E Barelvi Alaih Rehman pe
karte hai halanki is masail me bhi ye jahil wahabi har masail ko padte nahi bas suni sunayi baat pe
tassubi Takfeer karte hai.
Mazarat E Auliya Pe chadar Chadana Naa To Farziat me Se hai naa ye Wajibat hai k Jab bhi Aap Kisi
Sahib E Mazar K pass jaaye to chadar chadaye aisa jaruri nahi hai yaad rakhe wahabi dhoka dete hai k
tum farz samajhte ho hamare kisi Akabir Mufti Fukaha ne ye naa likha hai naa kaha hai.
Musalman baa jahiran 02 kism k hai ek awaam, dusre Buzurgane Deen jinhe aam jaban me Auliya
Kahte Hai.
Mazarat E Auliya Pe Chadar Chadana Ulema Saaleh ki Kabr Pe Chadar Chadana Ahle Sunnat k Nazdik
JAIZ Aur Mahmood hai aur Awaam Muslemin ki Kabr pe Chadar Chadana Nazaiz iska koi faida nahi
hai.
613 | P a g e
Wiladat se approximately 400 yaa 500 saal pehle yaani aaj 2015 se 2500 saal k pehle Taba Awwal
Hamiri Ne jab Khana e Kaaba Ko girane ka faisla kiya aur phir jo alag tarah se bimaar huwa us wakt isne
apne irade ko us daur k Ulema par jaahir kiya aur phir un ulema k batane k baad irade ko tarq kiya aur
theek hogaya. Chunki KHANA E KAABA Baitullah hai Aur Awaam k ghar se imtiyaz rakhne k liye isne
KHANA E KAABA PAR GILAAF CHADAYA taaki Aam ghar aur BAITULLAH me fark wajeh hojaye iski azmat
aur buzurgi awaam ki nazr me aaye is maksad se usne bhi KHANA E KAABA PAR GILAAF CHADAYA jab
gilaaf chadaya tha us wakt wo badshah Aag ka Pujari buth parast Mushrik tha phir baad me jaisa k
kutoob e seerat me hai k isne Huzoor Nabi E Rehmat Alaihisalam par gaibana imaan laaya. Is badhshah
k amal ko Nabi E Karim Sal Allahu AlaihWassalam ne pasand hi nahi kiya balki fateh Makkah k baad bhi
isko kayam rakha aur wo aaj tak Mauzooda Nazdi hukumat bhi kayam rakhe huwe hai.
Isliye Mazarat E AULIYA me bhi Gilaaaf chadaya jaata hai taaki Sahibe kabr ki Azmaat Waqaar ka
izhar hojaye aur pata chale ye koi aam kabr nahi balki Auliya ki Kabr Hai.
“Aur Jo Allah Ki Nishaniyo Ki Tazeem Kare To Ye Dilo Ki Parhejgaari Se Hai” (Surah 22 Al Hajj Ayat 32)
Aur Jo Allah Ki Hurmato Ki Taazim Kare To Wo Uske Liye Rab k Yaha Bhala Hai”
(Surah 22 Al Hajj Ayat 30)
In do aayat e Karima se pata chala k jo ALLAH k Deen Nishaniya hai unki tazeem baza laana hum pe
laazim hai.
Chunki Mazarat E Auliya Shaʿāʾira llāh Hai aur uski Taazeem jaruri hai Isliye Mazarat E Auliya pe chadar
chadayi jaati hai taaki ek Musalman ki Kabr Aur Auliya Ki Kabr Me Fark wajeh hojaye k Jinki Kabr pe
Chadar Chadi hai wo Auliya Ulema me se hai.
Muhammad Amin Ibn Abideen Ash Shami Rahmatullah Alaih (Al Mutwaffa 1252 Hizri )
Famous Name : Imam Ibn Aabideen Ash Shami Rahmatullah Alaih Apne Fatawa me likhte Hai
“Buzurgan E Deen aur Auliya Wa Saalaheen k Mazarate Tayyabat Par Gilaaf Dalna Jaiz Hai Jabki Ye
Maksood Ho Ki Sahibe Mazar ki Waka’at (yaani Izzat Wa Azmat) Awaam ki nazar me paida Ho Inka Adab
kare, Inki Barkaat Hasil Kare”
(Radd Al Muhtar Ala Al Dur Al Mukhtar Vol :01, Pg : 499)
Hazrat Shah Waliullah Muhaddis Dahelvi Alaihrehma k dada ustad Aarif Billah Allama Abdul Gani bin
Ismail bin Abdul Gani Nabilisi Hanfi rahmatullah alaih (Al Mutwaffah 1143 Hizri) irshad farmate hai
“Jo Biddat Hasna Shariyat k Makasid k Muwakif Ho Wo Sunnat hai, Pas Uema E Kiram, Auliya E Jawil
Ahteram Aur Sulaha E Izaam ki Kuboor Par Kubba Banana Aur Kabr Posh Yaani GILAAF ‘Chadar’ Daalna
Amr Jaiz hai. Jabki Maksood is se Awaam Ki nazro Me Sahibe Kabr Ki Tazeem Wa Taukeer Paida
614 | P a g e
Karna Ho, Taaki Wo Sahibe Kabr Ki Tahkeer Wa Tauheen Naa Kare Aur Isi Tarah Auliya Wa Sulaha Ki
Kuboor K Pass Chiraag Roshan Karna Baab Taazeem Wa Takreem Se Hai
Imam Hafiz ibn Abdul Barr (Al Mutwaffa 487 Hizri) Hazrat Abu Ayyub Ansari Radi Allaho Anho Ka Zikr
karte Huwe Likhte Hai “Wo Qastuntunya Me Unki Kabr Shaher K Deewar Par hai Log Uski Tazeem Karte
Hai Aur Jab Barish Nahi Hoti Thi To Upar Se Kapda (chadar) Uthake Kabr Khol Dete The Aur Jab Bhi
Unki Kabr Pe Jaake Dua Maangte The Dua Kabool Hojati Thi”
(Al Isti'ab Fi Ma'rifat Al Ashab)
Imam E Ahle Sunnat Aala Hazrat Fazil E Barelvi Rahimullah Farmate Hai
“Aur Jab Chadar Mauzud ho Aur Woh Abhi Purani Yaa Kharab Naa Huwi ki Badalne Ki Haajat Hoto
Chadar Chadana Fuzool Hai Balki Jo Daam (rakam) Isme Kharch Kare Wali ALLAH k Rooh E Mubarak Ko
Isaal E Sawab k liye Mohtaaz Ko Dein, Haa Jahan Maamool Ho Ki Chadai Huwi Chadar Jab Hazrat Se
Zayid Ho khuddam Masakin Hazatmand Le Lete Hai Aur Is Niyat Se Daale To Koi Baat Nahi Ki Yeh Bhi
Sadqa Ho Gaya”
(Ahkaam E Shariat Vol : 01, Pg : 72)
Baaj Log Mannat Maangte Hai Dua Kabool Hojaye To Hum Fala Fala Keemat ki Chadar Chadaynge
Kya Ye Mannat Jaiz Hai ?
“Aur Agar Aisi Jagah Jahan Pahle Se Chadar mauzood ho Aur Woh Bosida Aur Kharab Naa Huwi To
Chadar Chadane Ki Mannat Maani Ho To Us Mannat Ko Pura Karna Jaruri Nahi Aur Aisi Mannat Maan
Na Bhi Nahi Chahye”
(Ba Hawala kitab Galat Fehmi aur Uski Islaah Pg : 67, Maulana Tat’heer Ahmad Barelvi)
Ahle Sunnat Wa Jamaat k awaam ko chahye ki jis amal ki jo sahi haisiyat hai usko wohi hadh tak
maane behtar hai jab jaaye Mazarat E Auliya pe Jaha Pahle Se Chadar Mauzood Ho to humne
Akabireen k fatwe se bataya k Chadar ki asl kya hai to karna ye chahye Chadar Naa Kharide balki Us
chadar k itni rakam nikal k Sadqa Khairat Kar ke Buzurgaan E Din ki Arwaah ko Sawab Nazr karde yaa
phir jaruratat Madaris, Masjid, yaa koi dusri jaiz jagah pe kharch kare.
ALLAH Taala Huzoor Rehmat E Aalam Sal Allahu Alaihi Wassalam K Sadqe se
hume Sahi Ilm E Din Hasil kar Amal ki taufeek de...
615 | P a g e
Gumbad Banana
Hadees 01:
“Walid Bin Abdul Maalik ke daur mein jab diwaare gir gayi”
(Sahih Bukhari; Kitabul Janaiz; Hadees no 1390)
Ab agar Wahabi bad mazhad is hadees shareef ko le kar yeh kahe ki Nahi sirf dewaar bani thi chat nahi
tha to ab niche dusri Hadees Shareef ko kaise inkaar karenge.
Hadees 02:
Jab Madeena Shareef Mein kehet padi tab Hazrate Aisha (R.A) ne surak karne ke liye kaha taaki Roza
Anwar aur Aasman ke darmiyaan kuch na rahe
(Sunan Darmi Shareef; Hadees no 93)
616 | P a g e
Yeha se saabit hai ki chat thi. Agar na hoti tab surakh karne ka kya matlab tha ?
Hazrat Umar (R.A) Ne Hazrat Sayyeda Zaynab Bint Ja’hash (Huzoor ﷺKi Jauza) Ki Qabr (Mazar) Par Ek
Gumbad (Qubba) Tameer Kiya, Hazrat Ayesha Siddiqa (R.A) Ne Apne Bhai Ki Qabr Par Ek Gumbad
Banwaya, Hazrat Imam Muhammad Bin Hanfiya Son of Maula Ali (R.A) Ne Hazrat Abdullah Bin Abbas
(R.A) Ki Qabr Shareef Par Ek Gumbad Banaya
(Umdatul Qari Fi Sharah Sahih Al Bukhari [Published : idarat al-Ittabah al-Muniriya Qahira Egypt]
Vol 8; Page 134)
Tu Pta Chala Ke ALLAH Walon Ki Qabro Par Unki Shan o Azmat Ke Liye Gumbad Banana Barelvi Ne Nahi
Balke Un Hastiyon Ne Kiya Hai Jo Ambiya Aur Siddiq e Akbar (R.A) Ke Baad Sabse Afzal-o-Ala Hai Maula
Umar (R.A)
617 | P a g e
Daleel 02:
*Hazrat Imam Sakhawi* Al Mutawaffah 902 Hijri Likhte Hain
Hazrat Hamza Bin Abdul Muttalib (R.A) Aur Hazrat Abdullah Bin Jash (R.A) Ki Qabr Mubarak Par Qubbah
(Gumbad) Banaya Gaya Iski Ziyarat Ki Jati Hai Aur Isse Barkat Haasil Ki Jati Hai
(Tuhfatul Latifah fi Tarikhul Madinah al Sharifa Vol 1 Page 532)
618 | P a g e
To Pta Chala Ki Allah Walon Ki Qabro Ki Shan Ke Liye Unki Nishani Ke Liye Gumbad Banana Ye Shuro Se
Chala Aa Raha Hai
Daleel 03:
*Hazrat Imam Ibn e Shabbah Al Mutawaffah* 262 Hijri Hijri Likhte Hain
Hazrat Saeed Bin Zubair Bin Muttim (R.A) Se Riwayat Hai Ke Rasool Allah ﷺKe Shehzade Hazrat
Ibrahim (R.A) Ko Al Zowrah Me Dafnaya Hai Madfoon Ki Jagah Baqi Shareef Ki Hadd Taaro Se Left Side
Hazrat Muhammad Bin Zaid Bin Ali Ke Ghar Me Hai Hazrat Saeed Bin Zubair Bin Muttim (R.A) Kehte
Hain Mene Rasool Allah ﷺKe Bete Hazrat Ibrahim (R.A) Ki Qabr Mubarak Ko Al Zowrah Me Dekha
Hai
(Tareekh Madinatul Munawwarah Vol 1 Page 99)
Yani Pta Chala Ki Huzoor ﷺKe Shehzade Hazrat Ibrahim (R.A) Ki Qabr Mubarak Bhi Ek Makan
Building Ke Andar Banai Gai Taki Uska Nishan Baki Rahe Azmat Shan Ke Liye Jis Tarah Aaj Allah Ke
Waliyon Ki Mazare Dargah Hum Dekh Rahe Hai
Daleel 04:
*Hazrat Imam Faqih Muhammad Al Ibn e Tameem Al Haraani* Al Mutawaffah 675 Hijri
Rehmatullahay'alaih Likhte Hain
619 | P a g e
Hazrat Abu Abdullah Bin Imam Ahmad Bin Hambal Rehmatullahay'alaih Ke Nasdik Qabro Par Qubba
(Gumbad - Dome) Bana Kuch Galat Nahi Hai
(Mukhtar Ibn e Tayymia)
Ab Agar Aale Yahudi Saudi Halali Hai Toh Imam Ahmad Bin Hambal Par Kya Fatwa Lagaye Ge
Upar Diye Gaye Daleelon se Saabit Hota Hai ki Gumbad Banana aaj ki ejad ki hui nahi hai
Balki pehle se Ulemai Karam ise Jaiz maante the.
Aaj ka mulla wahabi ise inkar kar raha hai.
Allah Hum Ahle Sunnat Wal Jam’at ko aise fitno se Bachaye.
Ameen.
620 | P a g e
Surah Nahl Ayat 20 & 21 Aur Wahabiyon Ahle'hadeeso Saudi
Najdiyo Ka Fareb Expose
Aur Khuda Ke Alawa Jinki Ye Log Iba'dat Karte Hai We Kisi Chiz Ko Paida Nahi Kar Sakte Aur We Khud Hi
Makhlok (Paida Kiye Hue Hai)
621 | P a g e
1). Ibn e Kaseer Ab Iski Tafsir Me Likhta Hai:
Jin Batil Aur Jhoote Ma'budo Se Log Apni Hajat Talab Karte Hai We Kisi Chiz Ke Khaliq Nahi Balke We
Khud Makhlok Hai. Jaisa Ke Hazrat Ibrahim (Alaihissalaam)Ne Apni Qaum Se Farmaya Tha
Tum Unhe Pojte Ho Jinhe Tum Khud Banate Ho Dar Haqiqat Tumhara Aur Tumhare Kamo Ka Khaliq Sirf
Allah ﷻHi Hai. Balke Tumhare Ma'bood Jo Khuda Ke Alawa Hai Be'jan Chiz Hai Be'ruh Chiz Hai Sunne
Aur Dekhne Ka Shu'oor Nahi Rakhte Unhe To Ye Bhi Maloom Nahi Ki Qayamat Kab Hogi To Unse Fayde
Aur Sawab Ki Umeed Kaise Rakhte Ho? Ye Sab Chize To Us Khuda Se Hona Chahiye Jo Har Chiz Ka Alim
Janne Wala Hai Aur Sari Kainaat Ka Khaliq Hai
Yani Ye Ayat Mushriko Kafiro Ke Bare Me Hai Lekin Wahabiyon Ahle'hadeeso Deobandiyo Saudi Najdiyo
Ne Musalmano Se Dushmani Rakhte Hue Unpar Fit Karke Unko Mushrik Kafir Kehna Shuro Kar Diya
Sach Farmaya Tha Hazrat Umar (R.A) Ke Shehzade Hazrat Abdullah Bin Umar (R.A) Ne Farmaya Kharji
Ye Duniya Ki Sabse Badtareen Makhlok Hai Kyunke Ye Wo Ayate Quran Ki Musalmano Par Fit Karte Hai
Jo Mushrikeen Kafiro Ke Bare Me Hai
(Ref Sahih Bukhari Arabic Safa No 1714)
Beshaq Shehzade e Farooq e Azam (R.A) Ne Haq Farmaya Tha Aaj Yahi Kharji Hai Hamare Beech
Hamari Society Ke Andar Bas Farq Itna Hai Ke 1400 Saal Pehle Kharji Keh Laye Aaj Wahabi Ahle'hadees
Deobandi Saudi Najdi Kaha Jata Hai Ye Log Nabiyo Waliyon Aur Musalmano Par Wo Ayat Fit Karte Hai Jo
Mushriko Kafiro Ke Bare Me Hai
Tafsir ibne Kaseer (Hindi)
622 | P a g e
2). Hazrat Imam Jalauddin al-Mahalli Al Mutawaffah 864 Hijri & Hazrat Imam
Jalauddin As'suyuti Al Mutawaffah 911 Hijri Is Ayat Ki Tafsir Me Likhte Hain:
Yaani Tadʿuna Se Murad Yaduna Hai Ke Wo Log Jo Allah Ke Siwa Jiski ibadat Karte Hai Aur Aage
Amwaad Se Murad Budto (Mortiyon) Ki Maut Hai Yani Allah Farma Raha Hai Ki Tum Jin Buto Ki ibadat
Karte Ho Wo To Murda Hai Jinko Tumne Ala Bana Rakha Hai Wo To Zinda Hi Nahi Hai Aur Unko To Iska
Bhi ilm Nahi Ki Kab Wo Mortiyan Uthai Jayegi To Aise Buto Ki Ibadat Poja Kaise Ki Ja Sakti Hai Jinko
Khabar Hi Nahi
Tafsir e Jalalayn [English]
3). Hazrat Imam Hussain Al Baghvi Al Mutawaffah 516 Hijri Is Ayat Ki Tafsir Me
Likhte Hain:
Murda Hai Zinda Nahi Aur Kab Uthaye Jayege Se Murad But (Mortiyan) Hain.
Yani Is Ayat Me Allah Ne Jhoote Ma'boodo Ka Radd Kiya Hain Lekin Wahabiyon Ahle'hadeeso Saudi
Najdiyo Ne Ye Ayat Ambiya Auliya Par Fit Karke Duniya Ki Sabse Badtareen Makhlok Certificate Apne
Naam Kar Liya.
623 | P a g e
(Tafsir e Baghvi; Page 707)
4). Hazrat Imam Ibn Jarir Tabri Al Mutawaffah 310 Hijri Is Ayat Ki Tafsir Me Likhte
Hain:
Aur Allah Ke Siwa Jinko Tum Pukarte Ho We Murda Hai Zinda Nahi Unhe To Ye Bhi Maloom Ki Kab
Uthaye Jayege Is Se Murad Butt (Mortiyan) Hai Jinko Mushriko Ne Apna Ma'bood Bana Rakha Tha
Aur Is Ayat Ki Tafseer Har Mufassireen e Qur'an Ne Yahi Ki Hai Ki Is Ayat Ka Nuzool Mushrik Kafiro Ke
Jhoote Ma'boodo Par Hai Jinki Kafir Log Poja Iba'dat Kiya Karte The Apna Ma'bood Samjhkar Unko
Pukarte Aur Dua Karte
624 | P a g e
(Tafsir e Tabri; Page 510-&-511)
Allah Ta’ala Hum Ahle Sunnat Wal Jam’at Ko Aise Fitno Se Bachaye
Ameen!!!!!
625 | P a g e
Woh Hadees Shareef Jo Bad Mazhab Galat Matlab Pesh
Karke Kaum ko Gumrah Karte Hain
Buzurgo ki Qabro ko awam se mumtaz rakhne afzal hai aur Sahaba wa Auliya ki Qabro se tabarruk hasil karne
jaez hai.
Unki taraf Shiddar-e-Haal, yani safar karna bhi jaez hai, Unki ziyarat bhi baais-e-ajr, neez unko deegar qabro se
mumtaz karne ke liye unpar Qubba banana bhi jaez hai.
Ye fatwa aaj ka nahi balki Salaf-e-Salehin se manqul hai.
Aur jo log mulk-e-Shaam, Iraq, Filisteen aur Misr ka safar karte hain wo apne sar ki ankho se un fatwo par amal
mehsus shakl me mulahiza farmate hain.
Goya salaf se lekar Khalaf tak is baat par Ijma amali hai. Khud hejaz Muqaddas me Ibne Saud ki hukumat se qabl
Ummul Momineen Syyedah Khadijatul Kubrah (R.A) ke mazar par qubba tha jisko zalim Saudi Saudi hukumat ne
Shahid kiya.
Syedush Shuhada Hazrath Ameer Hamzah (R.A) ke mazar par Qubba bana hua tha, Jisko baad me shaheed kiya
gaya.
Ek nahi, Hazaro misale maujud hain ki buzurgan-e-deen ki qabr par Ahle Salaf qubba banana jaez jante the,
magar Najdi aur uske mutbein ko ye kaam shirk lagta hai.
Aur unhone Sawad-e-Azam aur Ulama-e-Jamhoor ki parwah kiye bagair un sare qubbo ko dhaha diya,
unchi qabro ko buldozer se raund dala, kisi Shaherah ke beech me aane wali tarikh masajid ko mismar kar diya.
DALAIL:
Sahaba-e-kiram aur Tabaeen ke zamane se Khawas ki qabro par zarurat ke pesh-e-Nazar Qubba banane par
Aimma-e-Ummat ka ijma amali hai. Aur isi se gumbad banane ka jawaz sabit hai. Albatta Hadees paak me Bila
Zarurat ta’mir ki mumaniat aayi hai.
Hazrath Mulla Ali Qari(R.A) ne bhi isi dalil ko naqal kiya hai, ki mumaniat wali Hadees bila zarurat Ta’mir par
mehmool hai. Jaisa likhte hain:
SHARAH-E-HADEES:
Jab Qabr par Khema kisi faide ke pesh-e-nazar lagaya jaye, maslan: iske zer saaya Qaari baithkar Quran ki tilawat
kare, to uski Mumaniat nahi Isi tarah Salaf-e-Salehin ne mashaikh aur mashahir Ulama ke liye maqabir ta’mir
karne ko jaez kaha hai. Taki log inki ziyarat karen aur unhe koi taklif na ho.
(Mirqat Sharah Mishkaat, J-4, S-69, Maktaba Imdadiya, Multan, 1392 Hijri)
Qubba jab bhi ta’mir hota hai to kisi buzurg kisi wali Kisi Aalim-e-Deen, kisi paband-e-Shara aur kisi Khadim-e-
Deen ki Qabr par hi qubba hota hai.
Magar afsos ye andhe Najdi is Hadees ke hi akhri tukde par amal nahi karte, aur Mukhalefin zad wa enaad me
qabro ko buldoser se munhadam karte hain. Qabro par qubba na banane ke silsile me jo Ahadees warid hain,
Unka Shaafi jawab aur Sahih Taaweel aur Tatbeeq jo zer nazar kitab me pesh ki gayi hai, Wo Qabil-e-Mutaala
hain.
626 | P a g e
WAHABI QABRO PAR QUBBA NA BANANE KI JO HADEESE PESH KARTE HAIN, PEHLE
HUM APKE SANE WO HADEESE PESH KARTE HAIN, FIR INKE BAAD INKE MAANE PAR
BEHES KARENGE, TAKI HAQ WAZEH HO JAYE.
Aitraz HADEES#2:
Rasoolullah alaihe salam ne Abro ki ziyarat karne wali aurto aur unpar Masjid banane wale aur charag rakhne
walo par laanat famayi.
(Abu Dawood, 2/560)
627 | P a g e
Aitraz HADEES#3:
Abu Hayaj Aasadi se riwayat hai ki mujhse Ali Murtaza ne farmaya ”kya mai tujhe is kaam par na bheju jis par
Mujhe Rasoolullah alaihesalam ne bheja tha. Wo ye ki tu kisi taswir ko be-mitaye na chhode aur na kisi Qabr
buland ko be barabar kiye.
(Muslim, 1/380,
Abu Dawood, 2/557)
628 | P a g e
Aitraz HADEES#4:
Jundub se marwi hai kaha, Maine Nabi alaihesalam s se suna, Farmate the ki Khabardar! Jo log tumse pehle the
wo apne Ambiya aur Salehin ki qabro ko masjid bana liya karte the. Khabardar! Tum Qabro ko majid na banana,
mai tumko mana farmata hu.
(Muslim, 1/213-214)
Aitraz HADEES#5:
H.Ayesha r.a se marwi hai ki Umme Habibab aur Umme Salma r.a ne ek kuneesa ka zikr kiya, jo unhone Habshah
me dekha tha. Isme taswiren hain to Huzur se ye zikr kiya,Huzur ne farmaya, Un logo ki ye halat thi ki jab unme
koi Mard Saleh inteqal farmata, Iski qabr par masjid bana lete, aur usme Taswiren banate,wo Allah ke nazdik roz-
e-Qayamat bad-tarin khalq honge.
(Fath-ul-Bari, 4/341, 2/272)
(Muslim, 1/213)
629 | P a g e
Aitraz HADEES #6:
Ibne Yasara se riwayat hai ki Nabi alaihesalam ne farmaya:
Ilahi meri Qabr ko butt(murti) na banana ki Pooji jaye, Allah ka ghazab us qaum par bahot sakht hai jisne apne
Ambiya ki Qabro ki masjid bana liya.
(Muatta Imam Malik, Kitab Qasrus Salaat, S-57,Mishkatul Masabih, 3/72)
Aitraz HADEES#7:
Huzur alaihesalam ne mana farmaya ki Qabro par gajj kiya jaye aur unpar kitabat ki jaye, aur woh paa maal ki
jayen.
(Tirmizi, 1/282,
Nasai, 1/332,
Mishkatul Masabih, Fasl Saani, S-148-149)
630 | P a g e
Masturah baala Ahadees aur unke hum na’ane khwah aur bhi kitni bhi ho, Bas yehi sarmaya hai jis par Muftiyan-
e-Kiram, Jami-il-Ulama, Jaamia Milay waghairah ko etmad hai, aur jiske bharose par wo Akabir Islam ke mazart
manhedam karne ka fatwa dete hain, Baaqi tamam ibaarat jo unhone naqal ki hain, unme bhi unhi Hadeeso se
tamassik kiya gaya hai.
Lehaza ab hume ye tehqiq karni hai ki aaya Ahadees mazkurah baala se ye natija
Ukhaz karna Sahih hai ya nahi??
* Hadees 1, 2, 4, 5, 6 me Yahud-o-Nasara par Ambiya aur Saleha ki qabro ko Masjid banane ki waja se
laanat farmayi gayi hai.
631 | P a g e
Sawal:
In Ahadees ko buzurgan-e-Deen aur Saleha wa Ambiya ke Qub’haye mazar se kya talluq? Itna to Urdu
janne wala bhi mehez Tarjume se samajh sakta hai.
Jawab:
Yahudo Nasara par Ambiya Saleha ki Qabro ko masjid bana lene se jo lanat famayi gayi, Uski waja kya hai?
Is Hadees se ye malum hua ki unka Qubur-e-Ambiya par masjid banana, un Qubur ya taswir ki Ibadat ke liye tha.
Aur ye beshak Mustahiq-e-Lanat hai.
Is Hadees ne bata diya ki Qabro ko masjid banane ke ye ma’ane hain ki Unki Ibadat ki jaye, ya kam az kam unhe
Qibla banakr unki taraf Namaz padhi jaye, jaisa ki Abu Mursad Ghanwi ki Hadees me hai ki Huzur ne farmaya,
“Qabro par na baitho, na unki taraf Namaze ada karo”
(Sahih Muslim, 1/380,
Tirmizi, 1/282,
Abu Dawood, 2/559)
632 | P a g e
Isse khas Qabr ke upar Namaz mamnoo hui ki isme Juloos-e-Alal-Quboor hoga.Aur Qabr Haq Maqboor hai aur isi
waja se Huzur ne Yahud-o-Nasara par lanat farmayi aur isse apni Ummat ko baaz rehne par mutanba farmaya, ye
har musalman ka eiman hai,aur Har Momin Qabr ki ibadat ko shirk janta hai.
Khulasa ye hai ki in Hadee so se Qubbe ki hurmat to kya sabit hoti?Jiska zikr tak inme nahi hai, aur Masjid ki
hurmat bhi sabit nahi hoti jo Qabr ke qarib Allah ki ibadat ke liye banai gayi ho.Aimma aur Muhaddesin ne bhi in
Hadeeso ka yegi matlab likha hai.
Sheikh-ul-Asra wahdul Huffaz Qaziul Quzza Allama Abul Fazl Shahabuddin Ibne
Hajar Asqalani Shafai r.a, Fath-ul-Baari Sharah Bukhari me likhte hain:
SHARAH HADEES 1:
“Baizavi ne kaha, jabki Yahud-o-Nasara Ambiya alaihesalam ki qabro ko ba-niyat-e-tazim Sajdah karte the.
Aur unki Qabr ko Qibla banakar, Namaz me unki taraf muh karte the. Aur unhe butt banakar poojte the”
To Allah aur Rasool ne unpar lanat farmayi, aur Musalmano ko aisa karne se mana farmaya.
Lekin jis Shaks ne kisi Saleh ki mazar ke qarib ba-qasd tabarruk Masjid banayi aur, ba-niyat-e-Tazim namaz me
iski taraf muh na kiya to wo is waeed me dakhil nahi hai”
(Fath-ul-Baari Sharah Bukhari, Kitabus Salaat, Baab-Hal Tanbish Quboor, J-2,S-275)
SHARAH HADEES 2:
Wajah ta’leel ye hai ki ye waeed un logo ko shamil hai jinhone Ambiya wa Salehin ki Qabro ko ta’zeeman Masjid
banaya, jaisa ki Ahle Jaahiliyat ka amal tha. Jisme badhte badhte wo unki Ibadat hi karne lage. Aur ye Waeed
unko bh Shamil hai jo Salehin ki Qabrein ukhadkar unki jagah Masjiden banai. Ye Mumaniat Ambiya aur unke
Tabaeen ke sath khas hai. Kuffar ki Qabren khodne me harj nahi, kyunki unki Ehanat me harj nahi.
(Fath-ul-Baari, Sharah Bukhari, Kitabus Salaat, 2/273-274)
SHARAH HADEES 3:
Qabro me Namaz ki karahat jab hai ki jab Namaz Qabr ke upar padhi jaye, ya Qabr ki taraf, ya 2 Qabro ke
darmiyan waaqe ho. Aur is masle me Abu Mursad Ghanvi ki Hadees Imam Muslim ne riwayat ki hai ke
Rasoolullah alaihe salam ne farmaya:
Qabro par na baitho, unki taraf ya unke upar Namaz na padho.
(Fath-ul-Baari, Sharah Bukhari, 2/273-274)
Imam Ibne Hajar Asqalani farmate hain, ye Hadees Bukhari ki shart par nahi. Isliye tarjuma me uski taraf isharah
kiya, aur iske sath HazrateUmar (r.a) ka asar warid kiya, jo dalalat karta hai ki ye manadi Namaz ke fasad ki
muqtazi nahi.
* Aisa hi Imam Badruddin Abu Muhammad Mehmood Bin Ahmed Ainy ne Umdatul Qari Sharah Nukhari me
famaya.
* Aur aisa hi H.Mulla Ali Qari ne Mirqatul Mafatih Sharah Mishkatul Masabih me tehreer farmaya.
633 | P a g e
SHARAH HADEES 4:
Huzur sallallaho alaihe wasallam ne un logo par lanat farmayi jo Qabro ke upar masjid banate hain. Isse wo log
murad hain jo Qabr ki taraf ba-tazim Sajda karen.
(Ash’atul Lamaat, S-266)
1). Yeh ki khas Qabro ko sajda kiya jaye aur unki ibadat maqsud ho, jaise but parast karte hain.
2). Yeh ki maqsud to Ibadat-e-Ilahi ho lekin etiqad ye ho ki namaz Ibadat me us Quboor ki taraf muh karna Qurb
Ilahi ka maujib hai.
Aur Allah ke nazdeek iska bada martaba hai. Kyunki ye Allah ki ibadat aur Ambiya ki ghayat ta’zim par mushtamil
hain ye dono tariqe na-pasandida aur na-jaez hain, pehla Shirk-e-Jali aur Kufr Khalis hai, aur Dusra Shirk-e-Khafi
par mushtamil hai. Aur unme se har taqdeer par la’an mutawajja hai.
Aur Ambiya wa Salehin ki Qabro ki tarafa’zim wa tabarruk ke irade se Namaz padhna haram hai, aur Ulama me
se kisi ko isme khilaf nahi, lekin agar unki Qabr ke nazdik agar Namaz ke liye koi Masjid banai jaye, bagair is niyat
ke ki Namaz me un Qabro ki taraf muh kiya jaye, isliye ki wo jaga jo unke Jisd mutahair ka madfan hain.
Uski Barkat se aur unki Ruhaniyat wa Nooraniyat ki Imdad se hamari Ibadat kamil aur Maqbool ho.
To Isme Koi Harj aur koi muzaiqa nahi.
(Madarijun Nabuwwa, 2/4474)
In Riwayaat se malum hua ki Muftiyan-e-Jidat taraz ne jo matlab Ahadees se nikalna chaha, wo Sahi nahi, aur
Unhe us Hadees se istedlal nahi pahuchta.
(C) Hadees 3rd me, Jisme H.Ali r.a ki us riwayat ka bayan kiya gaya hai ki Huzur alaihesalam ne mujhe hukm diya
ki mai jo Tawir paaun, unhe mahu kar du aur jo Qabr bulan paaun, usko barabar kar du. Is Hadees se dalil dene
se pehle Wahabi Mufti par lazim hai ki wo pehle kuch sawaal wahabi kaum se:
1). Kya wo Qabr musalman ki thi jinhe todne ka hukm diya tha?
2). Barabar karne se kya murad hai? Aaya bilkul zamin se hamwaar kar dena ki nishan bhi na rahe, to ye Sunnat-
e-Mutawatirsa ke khilaf hai.
3).ye ki taswiro ka zikr Qabr ke sath kya talluq se hai? Jab in maslo ko wazeh karte, tab un Wahabiyo ko is Hadees
ki Dalil dene ki gunjaish thi.
Ye baat to har Momin ke liye yaqini hai ki Rasoolullah ke zamane me jo bhi Qabrein bani, wo Huzur alaihesalam
ke Ilm aur Ijazat se, ki Huzur ki Aada sharif thi ki Dafn me shirkat karte the. Aur apne Niyaz mando ko apni shirkat
se mehroom nahi farmate the.
To jis qadar Quboor Zamana-e-Aqdas me bani, Sahaba ne banai, Huzur ki maujudgi me banai, aur agar Maujudsi
na bhi hoti to Sahaba koi bagair puche kab karte the?
Wo kaunse Musalmano ki Qabrein thi jo na-jaez taur par unchi ban gayin thi aur fir unko mitane ka hukm diya??
Ye baat bilkul Aql se bahar hai, Albatta kuffar ki abrein bahot bahot unchi banayi jati thi. Jaisa ki ab bh Nasara ki
634 | P a g e
qabren dekhi jati hain.
Huzur ne unhi ko Dhahane ka hukm diya, Kama Fis Sihah, aur Kuffar ki Qabr dhahana jaez bhi hai. Musalmano
ki qabr dhahana tauheen hai.
SHARAH HADEES 5:
Huzur ne Mushrekin ki Qabro ke liye hukm farmaya, wo ukhad di gayin.
(Fath-ul-Baari Sharah Bukhari, Kitabus Salaat, 2/273)
SHARAH HADEES 6:
Baab, iska ke kya jahiliyat ke mushrekin ki Qabre ukhad di jayen, yani Ambiya aur Tabaeen ki Qabro ke alawash,
kyunki isme unki ehanat hai, bas mushrekin ki, ki unki koi izzat nahi.
(Fath-ul-Baari Sharah Bukhari, Kitabus Salaat, Baab-Hal Tambish, Quboor Mushriki Jahiliyya, 2/273)
SHARAH HADEES 7:
Aur Hadees me Baiy aur hiba ke zariye mamluka maqbarah me tasarruf karna jaez hai, aur boseedah Qabro ko
ukhadna jaez hai jabki ba-izzat na ho.
(Marje Sabiq, 2/272)
Kya mushrekin Jahiliyat ki quboor ukhad di jayen, ye jaez hai?Unwan Baab ye tha Allama farmate hain yani siva
Ambiya aur unke Tabaeen ke kyuki unki Qabrein dhahane me unki ehanat hai. Ba-khalif mushrekin ke unki koi
hurmat nahi. Yani Hadees me dalil hai ispar ki jo maqbarah hiba wa baiy se milk me aa gaya ho, usme tasarruf
kiya jaye. Aur purani bosidah qabrein ukhad di jayen, basharte ki Mohtarma na ho.
In Ibarat se malum hua ki musalman ki Qabr mohtaram hain, Unko dhahana, Unme tasarruf karna, na-jaez aur
unki ehanat hai. Qabrein ukhadne ka hukm mushrekin ki Qabro ke liye hai.
Eint aur lakdi se qabr banana makrooh hai, aur aise hi patthar aur gach se, lekin jab zameen narm ho jaye, to jaez
hai. Aur aise hi Qabr ko unchi karna mustahab hai. Gair chipti, ek balisht unchi aur usme zyadti jaez hai, gach eint
aur lakdi se ta’mir karna Allah ke Rasool sallallaho alaihe wasallam ke irshad ke mutabiq ki hawaao ka chalna aur
barish ka qatrah momin ki qabr par iske gunaho ka kaffara hai, lekin Mukhtar mazhab ye hai ki pukhta karna
durust hai. Aur Isam bin Yusuf, Madina ke ird gird pukhta karte the aur veeran qabro ko tamir karte the,
Abdullah Ibn Masood r.a ka jabTaaef me inteqal huato Muhammad Ibne Hanfiya ne Namaz-e-Janazah padhai aur
apki Qabr ko uncha rakha aur ispar khema lagaya”
635 | P a g e
4).Jawahirul Ikhlati me hai:
5).Kifaya me hai:
Aur agar Qabr par mitti daal di gayi ho to patthar aur eint rakhne me harj nahi, aise hi agar kuch likhne ki hajat
ho to harj nahi, Jaisa ki Jaame Sagheer me hai ki kuch Qabr par kuch likhne aur is par alamat ke taur par patthar
rakhne me harj nahi.
Khas Qubbo ke mutalliq to Imam Ibne Hajar Makki ne Nass farma di hai ki Ghari masla me Ulama aur Auliya wa
Saleha ki mazarat-e-Tayyaba par Qubba banana Qurbat hai.
* Qabr par khema jab kisi nek maqsad se ho to sahi hai. Jaise ki zindo ke liye dhoop se saya karne ke liye, na ki
mayyat ke liye.
* Jab Qabr par khema kisi nek maqsad se ho to durust hai, lekin fakhr ke liye na ho.
Dono Imamo, H.Ibne Hajar Asqalani aur Ibne Hajar Makki ne to un muh zoro ke muh me patthar de diya.
Ye Mutbaeen Sheikh Najdi jis Illat se Qubbo aur Mazaro ke Qile Qame ke darpe hain, Ulama-e-Kiram usi Illat se
unke jawaz, balki istehbab ka fatwa dete hain.
Mehbuban-e-Ilahi wa Maqbulan-e-Bargah-e-Risalat panahi se jalne wale isiliye to mana karte hain ki isme unki
tazim hai. Aur Ulama unhe isiliye jaez balki qurbat kehte hain.
Ulama, Auliya aur Salehin ki Qabro par Qubba banana jaez hai, jab isse awam ki nigah me izat dilana maqsud ho,
taki log is qabr wale ko haqir na jaane.
Ye Namaz Janaza, Mayyat ki tazim ke liye padhi jati hai. Isiliye jiski ehanat wajib hai. Maslan: Baaghi, Kafir, aur
Daaku ki namaz Janaza jaez nahi.
Ye dushman-e-Deen-o-Eiman jo aaj is ta’zim Mehbuban-e-Khuda ki waja se inki mazarat tayyaba khode dalte
hain
aur unka Hadam wajib thehrate hain. Khairiat hui ki unhe ab tak ye malum hua ki Namaz-e-Janaza me bhi
Tazimiyat hai. Aur wo isiliye mashroo hui hai, isi waste Kafir wa Baaghi wa Qitaa-ul-Tariq, jinki ehanat lazim hai,
unke Janaze ki namaz nahi hoti, agar us taraf unhone tawajjo ki to ye farz-e-Kifaya, Namaz-e-Janaza ko bhi shirk,
Haram keh denge.
636 | P a g e
Taweez Jayaz Hone Ka Sabot
Hadees:
Huzoor Irshad Faramate Hain Jab Koi Tum Mein Say Neend Mein chaunk Pade kahe “ اعوذsay يحزرونTak
Yani Main Allah puri Bataun Ki Panah Mein Aata Hun Uskay gazab Say Aur Azab Say Aur Uskay Bandun
Kay Fasad Say Aur Waswasaun say Shaitan Kay Aur us Say Kay wo hamare pas Aayen So Wo Khawab
use Zarar na Kare ga Abdullah Bin Umro Sikhate Thay Usko Jo Balig Hota Tha Unki Aulad say Aur Jo Na
Baligh Hota Tha Us Kay Galey Mein Latka Detay Thy
637 | P a g e
Mishkat Shareef (Vol 2 Hadees no: 2477)
Huzoor Irshad Faramate Hain Jab Koi Tum Mein Say Neend Mein chaunk Pade kahe “ اعوذsay يحزرونTak
Yani Main Allah puri Bataun Ki Panah Mein Aata Hun Uskay gazab Say Aur Azab Say Aur Uskay Bandun
Kay Fasad Say Aur Waswasaun say Shaitan Kay Aur us Say Kay wo hamare pas Aayen So Wo Khawab
use Zarar na Kare ga Abdullah Bin Umro Sikhate Thay Usko Jo Balig Hota Tha Unki Aulad say Aur Jo Na
Baligh Hota Tha Us Kay Galey Mein Latka Detay Thy
*Tirmizi Ki isi Hadees Kay tahat Hazrat Mulla Ali Qari Likhtay Hain “Jin Tawizat Mein Allah Kay Amaa
Hun Unko latkane Kay Liye Ye Hadees Asal hai*
638 | P a g e
Imam Malik Kay Nazdik Taweez Jayaz Hai
Imam Ibne Abdul bar Likhtay Hain Kay Hazrat imam Malik Nay Kaha “Jab Taweez Latkane Say Ye Irada
Na Ho kay is say Nazar Nahi Lage Gee Ya Koi Bimaari Nahi Hogi Tu Taweez {Galy Mein} Latkana Jayaz
Hai Kisi Bhi Tandrust Aadmi Kay Galay Mein Taweez Latkana Jayz Nahi hai Aur Kisi Musibat Kay Nazil
Hone Kay Baad Galay Mein Taweez Latkana Jayaz hai jab Kay is Taweez Mein Allah Tala kay Asma Likhe
Howe Hun Aur Is Tawakko Per Taweez Latkaya Jaye Kay is Sa Musibat Tal Jaye Gi Aur Shifa Hasil Hogi
639 | P a g e
Imam ibne Hajar Kay Nazdeek Taweez Jayaz Hai
Hazrat Imam Ibne Hujar Hasqalani Likhtay hain “Wo Tamaim {taweez} Jismein Quran Aur Zikr Ullah Kay
Alfaz Hun Un Kay Istemal Mein Koi Harj Nahi hai Kiyun Kay Wo Tabarruk Kay Manind hai Aur Un Taweez
Mein Allah Ka Naam Aur Zikr Hota Hai
640 | P a g e
Hazrat Imam Malik Kay Nazdik Taweez Jayaz Hai
Hazrat Imam Malik Faramate Hain “is Baat Mein Koi Harj Nahi kay Hayez Aurten Ya Bachchun Kay Galay
Mein Taweez Latkaya jaaye bashrat Ye ki Taweez Kisi Lohe Ya Cahamde Mein Band Ho
641 | P a g e
Hazrat Imam bagwi
Likhtay Hain “ Sa,eid Bin Musaiyab SaySawal Pocha Gaya kay Aurtun Aur Chotay Bachon Kay Galay Main
Aisay Taweez Latkana Jin Mein Quran Majid Likha Howa Ho Tu iska Kiya Humkam Hai? Hazrat Sa,eid Bin
Musaiyab Nay Farmaya Jab Taweez Chamde Mein Bandha Howa Ho Ya Lohe Ki Dibiya Mein Ho Tu Koi
Harj Nahi hai
642 | P a g e
Hazrat Imam Shami Kay Nazdil Taweez jayaz Hai
Hazrat Imam Shami Likhtay Hain “Logon Kay Aamal is {Taweez} Kay Jawaz Per Hai kay Junbi Ya Haeez
{Na Paaki Ki Halat } Kay Bazoo Per Taweez Bandha Howa Ho Aur Wo Kisi Cheez Mein Lipta Howa Ho Tu
Koi Harj Nahi
643 | P a g e
Hazrat Imam Shafai Kay Nazdik Taweez Jayaz Hai
Allama Zarkashi Likhaty Hain “Hazrat Imam shafai Ki Khidmat Mein Ek Shaks Nay Ashobe Chashm Ki
Shikayat Ki Tu Aap Nay Ek kagaz Per Usse Ye Taweez Likh Kar Bheja حديد اليوم فبصرک غطاءک عنک فکشفناus
Shaks Nay Wo Taweez Pehna Tu uski Bimari Door Hogai “
644 | P a g e
Hadees:
ﷺkay Paas Tashrif Laaye Aur Arz karnay Lagay Ya rasool Allah ﷺMere
Liye Allah kay Huzoor Shahadat ki Dua Farmayen Huzoor ﷺNay Farmaya Mere Paas Khuch Baal
Lawo
Hitawo Sahabi farmatay Hain Huzoor Nay Wo Baal Unakay Baazo Per Bandh Diye Phir Unmein Phonk
Maar Kar Farmaya Aye Allah Saalba Ka Khoon Mushrikin Aur Munafiqeen Kay Liye Haram Farma Day
645 | P a g e
Ghair muqallid wahabi molvi ishaq bhatti likhta hai
“Molana Muhammad Khan Tilli Kay Shadid Dard Mein Mubtila Hogaye ilaj Karaya Ifaqa Na Howa Dam
Aur Dua Kay liye Sufi Sahab kay Pas Gaye (Wahabi)Sufi Sahab Uswaqat Kisi Kay Liye Taweez Likh Rahe
Thy Unaho Nay Sufi Sahab Say Apni Taqleef Ka Zikar Kiya Tu Sufi Sahab Nay Kagaz Pakda Us Kay Wast
Mein Gol Dayera Banaya Us Dayere Mein Gol Nishan lagaya Aur Likha “Tilli Ka Dard Kahatam Hoaye
Molana Mohamad Hussain Khan Say Farmaya Ye kagaz Tilli Per Bandh Layen Unahon Nay Kagaz Tilli Per
Bandh Liya Aur Dard Khatam Hogay
*Sufi Mohammad Abdullah Halaat khidmat Aasar page 404*
646 | P a g e
Note:
Jamat e Wahabia Kay molvi Tausif Ur Rahman Meraj Rabbani Wa Zakar naik Aur inki parastish mein
Mubtala wahabi Awam Ahle sunnat per Taweez kay Taluk Say Shirk kufar kay Fatwe Lagate Hain Kiya
Aisa koi wahabi Hai jo Apne is molvi ko Musrik wa Kafir Hone ka Fatwa Day Sakay
is waaiye mein chand chizen Qabile Gaur Hain
1). Wahabi molvi Bimar Hone ka Baad Allah Say Maddad Nahi Manga
2). Apni Bimari ki Mushkil Kushai kay liye Wo wahabi Molvi kay Paas Taweez Lene Per Majboor Hogay
3).Sufi Abdullah wahabi Sufi Taweez Banata tha Matlab wahabi Dharm Kay Hisab say Shirk Mein
Mubtila Tha
4). Wahabi molvi Apne sufi ko Muskhil Khusha Samjhta Tha Tabhi tu wo Allah Say Madad Mangbe Kay
Bajaye Wahabi sufi Kay Paas Chala gaya.
Kiya Allah wahabi ko shifa Nahi De sakta tha?
Kya wahabi molvi nay Sufi Abdullah Say madad Mang kar uski Hajat Rawa Muskhil Kusha Nahi Samjha?
Agar ye shirk Nahi tu shirk phir kis ko Kehtay hain
5). Wahabi sufi nay Taweez mein Na Quran Ki aayat Likha Aur Na Hadees sahih wali Dua likha likha tu
kiya likha Apna Qaul.
Quran wa Hadees mein Kahan likha Hai ki is tarah ki Taweez pehni jaye?Kiya Ye Wahabion Ki biddat
Nahi Hai?
6).Wahabi kay Taweez dayne Aur Molvi kay Taweez bandne per Usko Shifa mil gai.
Kya Allah Kay Alawa Bhi wahabi Mazhab mein Koi illah Hai jo Wahabion ko shifa Deta Hai?
647 | P a g e
Wahabi Molvi Nazir Hussain Ghair Muqallid Kay Nazdik Taweez Jayaz Hai
Ghair Muqallid imam Nazir Husain dehlvi taweez kay Jayaz hone ka fatwa dete howe likhta Hai “Taweez
likh Kar Gale Mein Dalna Jayaz hai Koi Harj Nahi HaiTabain Nay asmein ikhtelaf Kiya Hai Lekin Sahih Yahi
Hai Kay Jayaz Hai Quran Sharif Ka Taweez Karne Mein ikhtelaf Hai Maslan Bimar Ya Dase Howe per
Padh Kar Dam Dam Kare Ya Kagaz Per Likh Kar Gale Mein Daalay Ya Kisi Thal Mein Likh Kar Mareez Ko
Pilaye Tu Ata Mujahid Abu Quaba isko Jayaz Kehty hain Aur Nakhai Aur Basri Makro Galay Mein Taweez
Latkane Mein Koi Harj Nahi hai Albatta Qazaye Hajat Kay Waqat Isko Utar Dey”
648 | P a g e
Taweez Kay Jayaz Hone Per Wahabi Ghair Muqallid Molvi Sana ullah Amritasari
Ka Fatwa
Sana ullah Amritsari Ghair Muqallid Wahabi Likhta hai “Masla Taweez Mein Ikhtelaf Hai Rajeeh Ye Hai
Kay Aayat Ya Kalimat Sahihya Duaiya Jo Sabit Hun Unka Taweez Banana jayaz Hai Hindu Ho Ya
Musalman Sahaba Kiram Nay Ek Bimaar Per Sureh Fateha Padh kar Dam Kiya Tha”
Hokasta Wahabi Jan Bachane Kay Liye Kahe Ki Hum is Fatwe ko nahi Mante Janab jab nahi mante Tu
Fatwa Kitab Chape kiyun? Aur Apne Wahabi Molvi Ko Abhi Tak mushrik Hone Ka Fatwa Kiyun Nahi Diya
Kiyun is kitab Ko Raddi Ki Tokri Mein Abhi Tak nahi dala gaya? Jawab hai Tumhare Paas
649 | P a g e
Wahabi molvi Abdullah Ropadi likhta Hai
“Quran Majid Ki Aayat Ka Taweez Adab karne Wale Namazi ko Likh Kar deny Mein Koi Harj Nahi Muda
Liya Jaaye parda Mein Rahe Peshab Hambistari kay Waqat Utar Liya Jaye
650 | P a g e
Ishaq Bhatti wahabi Ghair Muqallid apni Kitab Mein likhtay hain
Ek Din Moin uddin {Ghair muqallid wahabi Molvi} say Milnay Ko Ji Chaha Tu Lahor Say Awkaday
pahunchGaya Wo Taweez Likh Rahe Thay Aur ird Gird Hujoom E Aashiqan Tha phir Aage Likhtay Hain
“Ek Din Batay Kay Ek Shaks Un Kay Paas Kisi Mariz Ko lay Kar Aaya Us kay Liye Taweez Likh dain
651 | P a g e
Ibne Tamiya Taweez pahenta Tha
Ibne Tamiya Kay Marne kay Baad Jab Usse Nehlaya Jaa Raha Tha Tu Us Kay Galya Say Paare wala
Taweez Nikla jo Usnr Joween Ko Bhaghane Kay liye Bandh Rakha Tha
Ye baat ibne Kasir Jo ibne Tamiya Ka Shagird Hai Usnay Likhi Hai lihaza wahabi is Riwayat Ko Mauzo zaif
Kehkar Picha Churane Ki Koshish Hargiz Na karen.
Mumkin Hai wahabk Ye bhi Keh Dain Kya Hum ibne Taimiya Kay Muqallid Nahi Hain Jo uskay is Amal Ko
Maan leyen
Tu janab wahabio
Agar Aap ibne Taimiya Kay is Amal Ko nahi Mantay tu Ye Bhi Fatws Tamiya Per Laga dijiye ki Wo
Mushrik Tha is liye kay usnay Taweez ko Mushkil Kusha Mana Tha Aur Ye Uskay Marnay Tak Ka Amal
Raha Hai
652 | P a g e
Taraweeh Ki 20 Rakaat Ka Bayan
Ramzanul Mubarak Karib Aate Hi Daur e Haajir Ka Fitna E Azeem Wahabi Gair Mukallid ne Pichle chand
saalo se Ek Fitna Choda hai ye barsaati mendak Seasonal hote hai har maah koi na koi kalabaji ka show
inka shuru hi rhta hai jaise season ho waise aitraaz karte hai.
Ramzanul Mubarak aate hi ek fitna choda jaata hai wo TARAWEEH ki rakat ko leke fitna failaya jaata hai
aur awaam ko shak o subahat me daala jaata hai k jo 20 RAKAT TARAWEEH padhi jaa rhi hai ye khilaf e
Sunnat hai Biddat hai etc. Aur Social Network me Chahe Facebook watsapp ya other applications me
fitna badi tezi se failaya jaata hai.
20 Raka’at Taraweeh Padhna Sunnat E Rasool Allah ﷺSunnat e Sahaba Sunnat Aamatul Muslimeen
Hai
8 Rakaat Taraweeh Khilaf e Sunnat Hai aur jo Log ye Dawa karte hai 8 Rakat Taraweeh Hone Ki unke
pass dalail k naam pe kuch nahi hai fakat akal k ghode hai baat darasl ye hai Ibadat inko bhoj lgti hai ye
apni nafs k gulam hai har mahine kuch na kuch Shosha Chodte hai.
Hadees 01 :
Hazrat Saeb Bin Yazeed (R.A) say marwi hai unhone bayan kiya k "Hazrat Umar Bin Khattab (R.A) k
'Ehad (door e Khilafat) main Sahaba E Kiram Radi ALLAH T'ala Anhuma Azmain maah-e-Ramzan main
bees (20) rakat taraweeh parhty they aur un main soo (100) ayaat wali soortain parhty thy aur Hazrat
Uthman (R.A) k 'Ehad (Door e Khilafat) main shiddat e Qayam ki waja say wo apni laathiyun say tayk
lagaty they."
(Imam Bayhaqi As Sunan Al Kubra Vol : 02, Pg : 498/99, Hadees : 4617)
(Ibn e Hasan Faryabi ,Kitab As Siym Vol : 01, Pg : 131, Hadees : 176)
(Ibn e Ja'd Al Musnad Vol : 01, Pg : 413, Hadees : 2825)
Imam Badrudin Ayni Rahmatullah Alaih Ne bhi Isko Sahih Qarar Diya Hai (Umdatul Qari Shara E Sahi
Bukhari Vol : 05, Pg : 264, Print Darul Fikr Berut)
Gair Mukallideen k Famous Scholor Mubarkpuri likhte hai Ye Hadees Sahi Hai
(Mubarakpuri, Thofat ul Ahwazi, Vol: 03, Pg : 453)
Is Hadith ko Imam Bayhaqi, Imam Faryabi aur Ibn e ja'd nain rawayat nain kiya. Aur Imam Faryabi nain
farmaya k is hadith k Rijaal thiqah hain.
653 | P a g e
Hadees 02 :
Yahya ne Malik Radiallahu Anhu se mujhko khabar di unhone Yazeed bin Ruman (R.A) se riwayat kiya ki
wo farmate hain “Log Hazrat Umar Farooq (R.A) ke zamane me 23 rakat ke liye qiyam karte the”
(Muwatta Imam Malik, Kitabus Salat, Baab : Ma Ja-a Fi Qayam E Ramzan Volume : 1 Page : 159 Hadith
number : 380)
Is se 02 Baat Maloom Huwi ek ye k Taraweeh 20 Rakaat Hai aur Witr 03 Rakaat Hai.
Hadees 03 :
“Hazrat Abdullah ibn Abbas Radiallahu Anhu farmate hai Nabi E Karim ﷺRamzan Me Witr K Elava 20
Rakaat Taraweeh Padte The”
(Imam Ibn Abi Shaeba Al Musannaf Vol : 02, Pg : 163, Hadees : 7692)
(Imam Tabrani Al Ma’jmaul Ausaat , Vol : 01, Pg : 243, Hadees :798)
(Imam Tabrani Al Ma’jmaul Ausaat , Vol : 05, Pg : 342, Hadees : 5440)
654 | P a g e
(Imam Tabrani Al Ma’jmaul Kabeer , Vol : 11, Pg : 393, Hadees : 1210)
(Imam Bayhaqi Al Sunan Al Kubra, Vol : 02, Pg : 496, Hadees : 4391)
Is Hadees e Nabvi Se Pata chala k Khud Nabi E Karim ﷺBees 20 Rakat Taraweeh Padhte The.
Hadees 04 :
655 | P a g e
(Ibn e Qudamah Al Mughana Vol : 01, Pg : 456)
Hadees 05:
Waki (R.A) se marwi hai unhone Naafe bin Umar (R.A) se riwayat kiya wo farmate hain ki Ibn Abi
Mulaika (R.A) hume ramzan me 20 rakat padhate the.
[Musannaf Ibn Abi Shaybah Vol 05, Pg : 223, Hadees : 7765]
Hadees 06 :
Abdul Aziz bin Rafi (R.A) se marwi hai ki Ubay bin Ka’ab (R.A) logo Ramzan me Madina Munawwara me
20 rakat padhate the aur 3 witr.
(Musannaf Ibn Abi Shaybah Volume 05. Page No. 224, Hadith Number 7766)
Hadees 07:
Hazrat Haris (R.A) riwayat karte hain ki wo Ramzan me 20 rakat padhte the aur 3 rakat witr padhte the
aur Ruku se pehle Qunut padhte the.
Musannaf Ibn Abi Shaybah Vol : 05, Pg : 224, Hadees : 7767]
656 | P a g e
Hadees 08 :
Hazrat Hasan Basri (R.A) farmate hain ki Hazrat Umar farooq (R.A) ne Ubay bin Ka’ab (R.A) ke piche
logon ko Jama kiya aur 20 rakat padhi.
(Siyar al A'lam wa al Nubalah Volume 001, Page No. 400-1, Seerat Ubayy Ibn Kab)
Imam al-Nawawi ne kaha: 'Iski sanad Sahih hai'.
[Al-Khulasa al-Ahkam, Hadith Number 1961]
Hadees 09:
Abdul rehman Sulami (R.A) farmate hain ki Hazrat Ali (R.A) ne Quran ke qari’een ko bulaya aur unme
se ek ko 20 rakat padhane ka hukm diya. Jabki Hazrat Ali (R.A) khud bhi 20 rakat padhte the.
(Bayhaqi Sunan al-Kubra Vol 02, Pg . 699, Hadees : 4620)
657 | P a g e
Hadees 10 :
Ahle-Ilm ki ek Jamat 20 rakat padhne par muttafiq hai, jaisa ki ye Hazrat Usman (R.A) Hazrat Ali (R.A)
aur RasoolALLAH ﷺke dusre sahaba se marwi hai. Sufiyan Sawri, Abdullah ibn Mubarak aur Imam
shafaii Rahimullah Azmain ne bhi yehi kaha hai. Imam Sahafaii (R.A) farmate hain ki Unhone Makka ke
logon ko 20 rakat padhte hue dekha hai..
(Sunan Tirmizi, Kitabus Sawm, Baab : Kiyam E Ramazan Vol : 03 Pg No. 169 Hadith No. 806)
Aitraaz 01:
Yahya (R.A) ne hume khabar di Malik (R.A) se riwayat kiya unhone MUHAMMAD BIN YUSUF se riwayat
kiya ki Saaib bin Yazeed (R.A) ne kaha ki Umar Farooque (R.A) ne Ubay bin Ka’ab (R.A) ko hukm diya ki
658 | P a g e
wo 11 rakat namaz padhaye.
Qari 100-100 rakat wali Sureh padhaye hatta ki hum log lakdiyon ke sahare khade hone lagen. Aur hum
na chhoden yahan tak ki fajr ho jaye”
(Al Muwatta Imam Malik, Vol : 01, Book No 06 Salati Fi Ramadan, Hadees : 250, ‘English Version : Book
06 Hadees 02’)
Is Hadees ko Kaum e Wahabiya Bataur e Dalil Pesh Karti hai aur dawa karti hai dekho Hadees me aaya
hai K Nabi E Karim ﷺ11 Rakaat padhte the 08 taraweeh hogyi baaki witr par ye sirf unko bata sakte
hai jo inki kabaliyat se wakif nahi hai.
Jawaab:
Pehli baat ye dalil Khud Gair Mukallid Wahabi k Amal aur uske usool k khilaf hai. Uski bahot Wajah hai
aur bhi hum aage Is hadees ki haisiyat iske status ka khulasa karenge
(A). Ye Hadees Usool e Wahabiya k Khilaf Hai Ji Haa Aaye Dekhe Kyu ?
Gair Mukkalideen is hadees ko bataur e dalil pesh nahi kar sakte kyuki unke yaha Sahabi ka Kaul Huzzat
hi nahi hai unke yaha Sirf ALLAH aur RASOOL ka Kaul hi hujjat hai.
Proof 01 :
Ghair Muqallideen ke Shaikhul kul Fi Kul Shaykh Nazeer Hussain Dehelwi Likhte hai ke “Sahabi ka Qaul
Hujjat Nahi Hai.”
(Fatawa E Naziriya Vol : 01, Pg : 340)
Proof 02 :
Gair Mukkalid k ALLAMA SHAWKANI likhte hai
ke Sahaba e Ikraam Radiallaho anhuma azmain Ke Af’aal aur unke Aqwal Hujjat nahi hai.
(Nail ul Autaar Vol : 07, Pg : 365)
Proof 03 :
Gair Muqalideen ke Ustaad ul Ulama Muhaddis Yahiya Gondalwi Likhte hai “Tabain ke Aqwaal
Balke Sahaba Ke Aqwal Ikhtelaafi Umoor me Hujjat Nahi Hote.
(Khair ul Kalaam , Pg : 249)
Aur bhi bahot hai itne se pata chala k tumhare nazdik Sahaba ka Kaul huzzat hi nahi maante balki biddat
qarar dete hai to phir tumhare liye ye aqwaal kaise huzzat k taur pesh kar sakte hai.
(B). Inke yaha bada masla hai WITR ki rakaat ko leke wo ye k ye KAUM WITR bhi 1 Rakat padhti hai ji
haa ye WITR 01 Rakaat padhte hai ab is hadees ko pesh kiye hai jo khud unke khilaf hai.
1). Is Hadees me Aaya 11 Rakaat 4 + 4 = 8 Taraweeh hogayi baaki bachi 03 wo witr to ab tum to 03 witr
k munkir ho agar is hadees ko sach me sahi maante ho to 08 Taraweeh aur 03 Witr padho witr kyu khaa
gaye ? agr tumhare akeede se mel khati to 09 Rakat hona Tha 11 kyu huwi ?
Kyu Hadees k ek part ko maano baaki chod do ye MUNAFIKAT hai wahabio.
Dekhte hai hum tum 03 kab pdhte ho ye padhke aap samajh gye honge ktna dhoka dete hai ye wahabi
ye ek basic baat hai wo is baat ka hi jawab nhi de paaynge haa bhagenge yaha waha par jawab nhi
aayga.
659 | P a g e
Apni munafikat tum un bholi bhali awaam k saamne to kar sakte ho jo tumhare Nautanki waale chehra
dekh muttasir hojaye jo Jirah Tadeel Aur Asma Ur Rizal naa janti ho par ahle ilm k aage nhi.
Ab inhi MUHAMMAD BIN YUSUF se rivayat dusri hadees padhe usme kya hai
Musannaf Abdur Razzaq me bhi same Hadees isi Sanad se hai lekin uske alfaz hain
MUHAMMAD BIN YUSUF se riwayat hai unhone saaib bin Yazeed se riwayat kiya ki Umar Farooque
(R.A) ne ramzan me logon ko Ubay bin Ka’ab ke piche jama kiya aur unhone logon ko 21 Rakat Padhai.
[Musannaf Abdur Razzaq, Volume No. 4, Page No. 260, Hadith No. 7730]
Ussi tarah ek Rivayat Imam Muhammad Ibn Nasar Maruzi (R.A) se inki 13 Rakaat Taraweeh ki Rivata
Nakl Hai.
Pata Chala K MUHAMMAD BIN YUSUF jo raavi hai inki rivayato me Sakht Iztiraab Hai lihaja inki rivayat
motebar nahi agar tum Muwatta Imam Malik ko apni nafs se follow karte ho to Musanif ibn Abdur
Razzak ki hadees aur Ibn Nasar ki rivayat karta hadees kyu chod bethe ?
660 | P a g e
Jab baat apne matlab ki aayi to hazam kar bethe jab baat dusre ki aaye to fauran tumhare yaha k Paan
Chai bechne waale bhi keh denge Hadees Zaif hai aakhir kab tak Dhoka doge kaum ko hadeeso k naam
pe ? Magar Ussi Muwatta Imam Malik me 20 Rakaat Ki Saaf Hadees uske baad hi mauzood hai wo bina
Dakar k hazam kar bethe kyu ? ye kab dikhaoge awaam ko ?
* “Hazrat Yazeed Bin Rumaan Ne Bayan Kiya Ki Hazrat Umar Bin Khattab RadiyAllahu Ta’ala Anhu Ke
Daur Me Log (Ba-Shumool-Witr) 23 Rak’aat Padhte They.”
(Al Muwatta Imam Malik, Vol : 01, Book No 06 Salati Fi Ramadan, Hadees : 251, ‘English Version : Book
06 Hadees 05’)
* “Hazrat Maalik Ne Daaud Bin Husain Se Riwayat Kiya, Unhone Hazrat A’raj Ko Farmate Huwe Suna Ki
Mein Ne Logon Ko Is Haal Me Paaya Ki Woh Ramdan Me Kafiron Par Laanat Kiya Karte They Unhone
Farmaya (Namaz-E-Tarawih Me) Qaari Soorah Baqrah Ko Aanth-08 Rak’aton Me Padhta Aur Ab Baaqi
Baarah-12 Rak’atein Padhi Jaati To Log Dekhte Ki Imam Inhein Halki (Mukhtasar) Kar Deta.”
(Al Muwatta Imam Malik, Vol : 01, Book No 06 Salati Fi Ramadan, Hadees : 252, ‘English Version : Book
06 Hadees 06’)
To Muwatta Imam Malik ki wo hadees bhi taraweeh ki 8 rakat ko sabit nahi karti jabki 20 rakat upar ki
hadees se sabit hai.
Ab Salafiyon naam nihad ahle hadees firka e Victoria jo awaam ko gumraah kar amal se rokte hai unke
paas ek bhi Hadees Khulafa-e-rashideen ki nahi hai jisme 8 rakat taraweeh ho, aur Muwatta Imam
Malik me maujud wo wahid hadees muztarib hai, aur MUZTARIB hadees kabhi dalil ke liye pesh nahi ki
jati.
Khud inke Shaykul Islam Ibn Taimya ne maana hai Taraweeh k 20 Hone ko jiske fatwe k bina wahabi
chalte nahi hai.
Aitraaz 3A:
Sahi Bukhari Umool Momineen Ayesha Siddiqa Radi Allaho Anha ki Bayan karda Hadees Par Wahabi
Gair Mukallideen Ko Jawab
Hazrat Abu Salma Bin Abdur Rahmaan Se Riwayaat Hai Ke Inhone Hazraat Ayesha Radhi Allahu Anha Se
Pucha Ke Rasool E Akram ﷺKi Namaz Ramzaan Ul Mubarak Me Kaise Hoti Thi ?Aap Ne Farmaaya
Rasoolullah ﷺRAMZAAN AUR GAIR RAMZAAN 11 RAKAAT SE ZYADA NAHI PADHTE The Aap 4 Rakaat
Padhte Na Pucho Ke Wo Kaisi Haseen Aur Kitni Daraaz Hoti Thi ,
Phir Aap 4 Rakaat Padhte Na Pucho Ke Wo Kaisi Haseen Aur Kitni Daraaz Hoti Thi
661 | P a g e
PHIR AAP 3 RAKAAT AADA FARMAATE ,
HAZRAT AYESHA RADHI ALLAHU ANHAA FARMAATI HAI MAI NE ARZ KIYA AYE ALLAH KE RASOOL ﷺ
WITR PADHNE SE PEHLE SOJAATE HAI ? AAP ﷺNE FARMAAYA AYE AYESHA MERI AANKH SOTI HAI
MERA DIL NAHI SOTA.
(Sahi Bukhari, Vol : 01, Kitab No 31 Kitab Assalato Taraweeh, Baab : Fazl E Man Qiyaam E Ramzaan
,Hadees : 2013)
Jawaab:
Ye Hadees bahot se makam par Muhadiseen Ne Likhi hai hum yaha kaafi reference bayan karnge jo
khud padhne k baad samajh aajayga Is Hadees ko Wahabi Sabse Zyada Motebar Dalil Banake Awaam K
Saamne Pesh karte hai aur kehte hai dekho Nabi e Karim ﷺRamzan me 08 Taraweeh padhte the
Chunki Imam Bukhari Rahimullah ta’ala ne Isko SALAT O TARAWEEH me Kiyam e Ramzaan me likha hai
to wahabi ye bolte hai k dekho SAHI Hadees hai ye Taraweeh ki awaam phir inke dhoke me aajati hai.
Magar hakeekat bahot alag hai is se jo yaha hum almost khulasa kar denge dhyan se padhe phir gair
mukallid na nigal sakenge na ugal sakenge aur yaha bahot shara e hadees bhi aage bayan karnge taaki
koi wahabi ye na kahe k khud se hadees ki shara kardi.
662 | P a g e
ne jawab Ramzan ki taraweeh ka dena tha Par Jawab diya RAMZAN AUR GAIR RAMZAN matlab Nabi e
Rehmat Ramzan me bhi aur dusre mahine jaise Shawwal, Jilhajja, Rajjab etc me bhi is trah hi kayam
karte hai agr sawal Taraweeh ka hota to gair Ramzan ka zikr hi na hota kyuki Taraweeh Gair Ramzaan
me padhi hi nahi jaati Kya Wahabi Ramzan k Elava bhi dusre Mahino me Taraveeh padhte hai ?
2). Yaha Sawal karne waale ko puchna maksad ye tha chunke Ramzan me Nabi E Karim Taraweeh 20
Rakaat padhte hai phir Tahajjud kaise ada karte hai kahin tark to nhi karte the aur yehi jawab Umool
Momineen ne diya hai agr wo iska yehi maana samajhti jo wahabio ne samjha hai k yaha Taraweeh ki
namaz hai to jarur Jawab sirf Ramzan ka deti naaki gair ramzan ko shamil karti.
3). Ye Hadees se fil farz maan bhi le k Taraweeh hai tab bhi ye hadees aapke favour me nhi jaati hai
kyuki Hadees me hai 4 + 4 Rakaat bahot lambi aur taweel padte uske baad 03 Rakaat yaani witr ek
saath padte to pata chala yaha witr 03 Rakaat saaf sabit hogayi hai aur wo Ramzan aur Gair Ramzaan
dono k liye saabit hai to Tum to 03 witr padhne ko biddat tak bakte ho aur 01 rakaat witr maante ho to
yaha dalil tumhare kaam ki nahi hai.
4). Hadees k aakhri hisse me padhe to pata chalta hai k Ummol Momineen ne Nabi e Karim se pucha k
aap WITR padhe sojate hai to jawab diya MAI SOTA HOON MERA DIL JHAGTA HAI aur ye 11 namaz ek
saath padte the aur kon apni ammi ka accha baccha wahabi hai jo Isha padh sojata hai aur raat me
uthke Taraweeh padhte hai ? balki saare wahabi Taraweeh Sone se pehle hi padte hai to ye dalil
tumhare kaam ki nahi hai.
Chunki Taraweeh ko Sone se pahle padhna hota hai aur Tahajjud ko sone k baad to pata chala ye
hadees Taraweeh ki nahi balki Tahajud ki hai yaha tak k is hadees me TARAWEEH lafz tak nahi hai bila
wajah isko Taraweeh banana ki koshish ki jaa rhi hai halanki ye Namaz e Tahajud hai.
Ab aaye Iski is Hadees ki kuch shara dekh le yu to bahot hai par kuch hi yaha likh rahe hai ye
utne me hi inke haath pair thande padh jaynge In Sha Allah Taa’la
* Imam Shamsuddin Kirmaani Rehmatullah alaih Shaareh Bukhaari Is Hadees Me Farmaate Hai:
Is Hadees Se Muraad Witr (Tahajjud) Ki Namaz Hai Aur (Hazrat Ayesha Radi allaho anha ) se Sawaal Aur
(Unka) Jawaab Tahajjud Ke Mutalliq Tha.
(Al Kaukab Dur-ri Sharah Bukhari Vol : 01, Pg : 155)
* Imam Abu Bakr Ibn Arabi Radi allaho anho Shaareh Tirmizi Farmaate Hai :
Nabi ﷺRamzaan Aur Ghair Ramzaan Me 11 Rakaat Se Zyaada Nahi Padhte The.Yeh Nabi e Karim ki
Namaz Qiyaam E Lail (Tahajjud) Thi.Pas Waajib Hai Ke Is Me Aap Sal allahu alaihi wassalam Ki Iqtedaa Ki
Jaaye.
(Aarizatul hauzi Sharah Tirmizi, Vol: 04, Pg: 19)
* Imam Ibn Hajar Asqalaani Rahmatullah alaihi Sharah Bukhari Is Riwayat E Ayesha Radiallaho anha
Ko Tahajjud Se Mutalliq Qaraar Dekar 11 Rakaat (Tahajjud Ma’a Witr) Ki Hikmat Yeh Bayaan
Farmaate Hai:
Mere Liye Zaahir Huwa Ke 11 Rakaat Se Zyaad Rakaat Na Hone Ki Hikmat Yeh Hai Ke Tahajjud Aur Witr
Raat Ki Namaz Ke Saat Khaas Hai Aur Din Ke Faraaiz 11 Hai. Zohar Ke 4 Farz , Asar Ke 4 Farz Aur Maghrib
663 | P a g e
Ke 3 Farz Jo Din Ke Witr Hai Pas Munaasib Huwa Ke Raat Ki Namaz Bhi Ajmal Aur Tafseel Dono Me Din
Ki Namaz Ke Mushaabe Hojaaye.
(Fathul Baari Sharah Bukhari Vol : 03, Pg : 21)
5. Hazrat Shaik Abdul Haq Muhaddis Dehelwi Rahimullah Is Hadees Ke Mutalliq Likhte Hai :
Saheeh Yeh Hai Ke Nabi e Karim Sal allahu alahi wassalam Jo 11 Rakaat Padhte The Wo Tahajjud Ki
Namaz Thi.
(Ashiatul Lamaat, Vol : 1, Pg : 269)
In tamam upar bayan karda dalail ne Gair Mukallideen k Bhagne k saare raste band kar diye aur bhi
bahot hai yaha tak k inke ghar k sanad bhi pass me hai k yaha Tahajjud Murad hai par ye mauzuda
khwarij apni akabir k bhi baagi hai itni dalil dene k baad bhi ye kaum ek dhoka deti hai wo ye hai k.
Aitraaz 3B:
IMAM BUKHARI ne is Hadees ko Salato Taraweeh Kayam e Ramzan me likha hai is se proof huwa k ye
Taraweeh hai ye aakhir hathyaar hai wo bhi ab fuski hojayga yaha
Jawab :
Imam Bukhari ka Is Hadees ko Salato o Taraweeh me laana kuch wajah se tha aur ye unka apna ijtehad
hai aur sabse ahem cheez baab hadees nahi hota ye Muhadiseen ka apna faisla hai wo hadees ko jaha
chahe jis baab me chahe likhe jo aage aur khulasa hoga.Jin jahilo ko baab aur hadees me fark nahi pata
wo aaj khud ko ahle hadees keh rhe hai.
1). Imam Bukhari Rahimullah ka isko Salato taraweeh me Kayam e Ramzan me likhne ka matlab ye nhi
wo is hadees ko Taraweeh samajhte the balki wo batana chahte the k Tahajjud Ramzaan me bhi
padhna hai aur gair e Ramzan me bhi matlab ye hai.
2). Imam Bukhari Isko us baab me laake Ramzan ki Fazail bata rahe hai Yahi Wajeh Hai Ke Inhone Baab
Ka Naam “Baab Fazl E Man Qiyaam E Ramzaan “ (Fazail E Qiyaam E Ramzaan ) Rakha Hai. Agar Imam
Bukhari Rahimullah Ka Maqsad Taraveh Ki Rakaat Batanaa Hota Jaisa Ke Ghair Muqallideen Ka Dawa
Hai Toh Aap Is Baab Ka Naam “ Baab Adad e Qiyaam e Ramzan “(Yaani Baab E Tadaad E Qiyaam E
Ramzaan) Rakhte.Lekin unhone Aisa Nahi Kiya ye khud me ek dalil hai k ye namaz e Taraweeh na thi.
3). Agar bakaul tumhare (wahabio) Imam Bukhari ka kisi hadees ko baab me laana hi uski taraweeh
hone ki dalil hai to Khud Imam Bukhari Rahimullah ne bukhari sharif me ek hi hadees ko kaafi alag alag
baab me laaya hai wo kyu nahi maante?
4). Agar Imam Bukhari k khud ka Ijtehad ya soch ye hoti k is se murad Taraweeh hai to wo kabhi is
664 | P a g e
hadees ko dusre baab me naa laate balki Sawal karne waale ne ye sawal kiya Ramzan k talluk se to
Imam Bukhari ne waha bhi bayan kardi balki Imam Bukhari ne khud is hadees ko Salato Taraweeh k
elawa apni hi Sahi Bukhari me aur bhi jagah likhi hai jo ye hai hawale
Imam Bukhari ne khud is hadees ko 02 aur alag jagah laaya alag baab me laaya kya wo huzzat nahi ?
* (Sahi Bukhari, Vol : 02, Kitab No. 61 Manakib e Nabi Wa Ashabun Nabi , Baab : Nabi ki aankh Soti Hai
par Dil Jhagta Hai, Hadees : 3569)
* (Sahi Bukhari, Vol : 01, Kitab No. 19 Kitab At Tahazzud, Baab : Kiyameen Nabi Bil Lailee Fi Ramjaan Wa
Gairihi, Nabi e Karim K Raat Me Kayam Karne Ka Bayan Ramzaan aur Gair E Ramjan Me, Hadees : 1147)
Imam bukhari ne isko Tahajjud me bhi laaya hai wo kyu nhi maante ? apne matlab ka hazam baaki chod
diya halanki imam Bukhari ka akeeda bhi taraweeh ko leke 08 rakaat ka naa tha balki khud unhone apni
kitab Al Kuna me Taraweeeh k 20 rakaat hone ki hadees likhi hai.
Abu Al Khusaib Radi allaho anho Farmaate Hai Ke Suwaid Bin Ghafalah Radi allaho anho Ramzaan Me
20 Rakaat Taraveh Padhaate The.
(Al-Kuna : Vol : 2 ,Pg : 234)
Pata chala k Imam Bukhari khud 20 Rakaat Taraweeh k kayal the aur bil farz baab me laana hi tum dalil
maante ho to bas ek Sawal kya tum Siha Sitta k dusre Imamo ko Imam Muslim, Imam Nasai, Imam Abu
665 | P a g e
Dawood, Imam Tirmizi Rahimullah azmain ko nahi maante ho ?
Kya Unke Kayam karda baab huzzat nahi hai ?
Kya Imam Malik Rahimullah ko Nahi maante Unke Kayam Karda Baab Huzzat nahi ?
Un sabne is hadees ko Kayam e Lail Tahajjud me laaya hai kya karoge iska ?? Pata Chala Muhadiseen ka
Baab me laana wo nahi hai jo tumne tehkeek kar nikala hai niche reference mauzood hai dekhlo
1). Imam Maalik ne Al Muwatta Imam Malik Vol : 01, Kitab No 07 Assalatul Lail ‘Tahajjud’, Hadees :
263 {English Version : Book : 07, Hadees : 09}
2). Sahi Muslim, Vol : 01, Kitab No 06, Kitabu Salat Al Musafiree’n Wa Kasrihi, Hadees : 738, ‘English -
1607’.
3). Sunan Tirmizi, Vol : 01, Kitab No 02 Kitabus Salat, Baab : Maa Zaa’a Fihi Wasafi Salateen Nabi ﷺ
Bil Laili) - ye Rivayat Hai Saeed bin Abi Saeed Al Maqburi Se Unhone Hazrat Abu Salma Bin Abdur
Rahmaan se Suna.
4). Sunan Abu Dawood, Vol : 01, Kitab No 05 Kitab التطوع كتاب, Baab : Fi Salatil Lail, Hadees : 1341).
5). Sunan Nasai, Vol : 01, Kitab No 20 Kayam Al Lail, Baab : Kaifa Witr Bi Salat, Hadees : 1697) .
Yaha se saaf maloom huwa k Majority Muhadiseen ne is hadees ko Tahajuud hi bayan kiya hai aur shara
me bhi wohi hai aur khud Imam Bukhari bhi Tahazzud hi maante the. Agar Is Namaz se Murad
Taraweeh hota KASAM ALLAH RABBUL IZZAT ki jab Baa Jamat Taraweeh Daur e Umar bin Khattab Radi
allaho anho ne shuru karwaayi to Umool Momineen bolti k Taraweeh 08 hai balki wo khamosh rhi
sahaba ki majority ne 20 padhi hai baa jamaat padhi hai kya kisi ko nhi samjha k taraweeh 08 hai balki
sabne 20 hi likhi hai aur amal 1400 saal se itne muhadiseen ne bayan kiya taraweeh k 20 hone ki kya
tamam musalman ye biddati the aur tum padhe likhe hogye ho akal k naakhoon lo aur hosh me aao kin
jahilo k piche chal pade ho
Ab bhi koi aankh me patti bandhe apni hi khud sakhta tehkeek ko leke aage badhe apna dimaag lagaye
aur awaam ko gumraah khud gumraah ho aiso ko samajhna chahye k kaha jaa rahe hai.
Allah se Dua hai k Tamam Musalmano ko is daur k fitna e azeem gair mukallideen k
maker o fareb se mehfooz rakhe.
666 | P a g e
Shab-E-Barat
Mauzooda daur me kuch roshan khayali naam nihad ahle hadees jo Hai Wahabi ye Firqa Ummat e
Muslima me har mahina kuch na kuch fitna chodta hai har us amal ko shirk biddat haram kehte hai jiska
talluk aqaid or maamlaat E ISLAMIYA se hai aaj se kuch saal phle aapne kisi ko bhi SHABAN ki fazilat aur
ki 15wi shab jisko Shab E Baraat kaha Jaata Hai us raat jaag kar Namaz Roza Tilawat Karne ka Inkaar
karte nahi dekha hoga par ab ek aisa firqa wajood me hai Ibadat us firqe par bhoj hai hama waqt
bahane talashte hai k kisi tarah ummat e muslimah ko gumraah kare Amal Se roke.
Unka kehna hai Shaban ki asal hadees se saabit nahi hai balki jo rivayat hai sab mauzu hai jaeef hai
halanki ye unki Laa ilmi hai jo aise jumle nikalte hai. Bahot Si rivayat is talluk se SAHIH hai jo aage dalail
aaynge aap samajh jaynge aur kuch ahadees zaif hai lekin jo zaif hai wo bhi aisa nahi hai kay usko raddh
kar diya jayega balki Zaeef hadees agar Shawaheed kay saath ho alag alag sanado se aaye to wo HASAN
darje ki hoti hai. Aur maan lo jaeef hadees bhi ho tab bhi aimma ka usool yehi hai k amal o fazail me jaif
hadees kabool ki jaati hai aur uspe amal hoga ab uske khilaf bolne waalo ko chahye k saaf saaf alfaz
waali sahi hadees leke aaye jisme saaf mauzood ho k 15 shaban ko kayam aur roza na rakho aur agar
nahi la sakte hai to unhe sochna chahye wo kya kar rahe hai.
Hadeeson Se Daleel :
Hadees 01 :
Maahe Shabaan Naam E Aamal Allah Taala Ki Taraf Uthaye Jaate Hai
Hazrat Sayyidna Usama bin Zaid Radiallahuanhu Farmate Hai Maine Arz Ki Yaa Rasool Allah ﷺMai
Dekhta Hoon Jis Tarah Aap Shaban Me Roza Rakhte Hai Is Tarah Kisi Bhi Maheene Me Nahi Rakhte ?
Farmaya Razzab aur Ramzan Kay darmiyan Me Mahina Hai Log Is Se Gaafil Hain, Log Is Se Gaafil Hai
Isme Logo Kay aamal Allah Rabbul Aalameen Ki Taraf Uthaye Jaate Hai Aur Mujhe Ye Mahboob Hai Kay
Mere Aamal Is Haal me uthaya jaaye ki mai rozadaar hoon”
Reference :
(Sunan Nasai Pg : 267, kitabus Sawm, Baab 70 : Nabi Kay Roze Rakhne Ka Bayan, Hadees : 2358)
Hadees E Paak Se maloom huwa Ye Mubarak mahine Me Hamare Naam E Amal Allah Ki Janib Uthaye
Jaate Hai Aur Jab Naam E Amal Uthaye jaye to Khud Rasoolullah ﷺFarmate hai Kay Mahboob hai
ROZADAR hoon.
To Ab Yahan Wo Waqt Din Konsa hai Jab Shabaan Me Naam E Amal Uthaye Jaate Hai ? Iski Rehnumai
Bhi Hadees E Paak Se Milti Hai.
667 | P a g e
Hadees 02 :
Hazrat Ma’az Bin Jabal Raziallah anhu Nabi E Karim ﷺSe Riwayat Karte Hai Ke Aap ﷺNe
Farmaaya Allah Tala Sha’abaan Ki 15 Vi Shab Apni Makhlooq Ki Taraf Nazar E Rehmat Farmaakar
Tamaam Maqlooq Ki Maghfirat Farmaa Dete Hai Siwaaye Mushrik Aur Kina Rakhne Waale Ki.
(Sahih ibn Hibban 12, Pg : 479, Hadees : 5665)
Shaykh Arnaut Likhte Hai Ye Hadees Shawaheed ki bunyaad Pe SAHIH hai.
(Imam Tabarani Al Mu’jam Al Kabeer Vol :20, Pg : 108, Hadees :215)
(Imam Tabarani Al Mu’jam Al Awsat Vol : 07, Pg : 36, Hadees :6776) (Imam Tabarani Al Musnad
Shamiyeen Vol :01, Pg : 128, Hadees : 203)
(Imam Darqutni, Nuzool Vol : 01, Pg :58, Hadees : 77)
(Imam Bayhaqi Shoebul Imaan, Vol : 09, Pg :24, Hadees : 6204 )
(Imam Bayhaqi Fazail Al Awqaat Vol :01, Pg 22, Hadees : 22 )
(Imam Abu Nauym Asfahani Hilyatul Awliya Vol : 05, Pg : 191)
Ahle Hadees Maqtab Kay Sabse Bade Muhadis Shaykh Naseerudin Albani
668 | P a g e
(Silsila Al Ahadees Al Sahih Vol 03, Pg : 135, Hadees : 1144)
Imam Ibn Hibban Ne Yahan sarahat Kay ek saath Baab Kayam Kiya SHABAN KI 15wi Shab ALLAH Taala
Ka Bando Ko Maaf Karne Ka Bayan .
Imam Ibn Hajar Haythami Shafai Rahmatullah Alaih Likhte Hai
“Imam Tabarani ne jo Ye Rivayat naql ki hai Mujam Al Kabeer Aur Mujam Al Awsat Me Ye Dono Rivayat
kay raavi SIQAH hai”
(Majma Uz Zawaid, 08, Pg : 126, Hadees : 12860)
(Imam ibn Rajjab Hambali Lataif Al Marif Vol :01, Pg : 224)
Isko Sahih Kahte Hai.
Hadees 03 :
“Abdullah ibn Amr ibn Al Aas Radiallah Anhu rivayat karte hai k Nabi ﷺne Farmaya ALLAH Taala 15th
Shaban ki Shab Par Nazre Karam Karta Hai Aur Apne Bando Ko Baksh Deta hai siwaye keena parwar aur
naahaq qatl karne waalon ke
(Musnad Ahmad Vol : 06, Hadees : 197 - 98, Hadees : 6642)
Ahmad Shakir SAHIH.
669 | P a g e
(Imam Hasan Al Khallal, Al Majalis Al Ashrah Vol : 01, Pg : 18, Hadees :02)
(Yahya Al Shajiri, Tarteeb Amali Al Khamesiyyah, Vol : 02, Pg : 48, Hadees : 1539)
(Naseerudin Albani Silsila Al Hadees Al Sahihah Vol :03, Pg : 136)
Al Bazzar ne is hadees ko riyayat kiya aur hasan kaha Shaykh Shuayb Arnaut Ne Hasan Li Ghairih
(Imam Haythami Mazma Uz Zawaid, Vol : 08, Pg: 65)
Hadees 04 :
“Hazrat Abu Baqar Siddique Radiallahu Se Rivayat Hai Nabi E Karim ﷺNe Farmaya Jab Nisf E Shaban
Ki Raat Aati Hai Allah Taala Aasman E Awwal Me Istawa Karta hai Aur Apne Bando Ki Magfirat Karta hai
Siwaye Mushrik Aur Dilo Me Bugz Nafrat Rakhne Waalo Kay”
References :
(Imam Asim As Sunnah Vol : 01, Pg : 222, Hadees : 509)
670 | P a g e
(Imam Ibn Khuzayma Kitabut Tawheed Vol : 01, Pg :325, Hadees : 48) (Imam Ibn Abi Dunya Fazail E
Shahar Ramzan Hadees : 02)
(Imam Fakihi Al Akhbar Makkah Vol :03, Pg : 66, Hadees :1838)
(Imam Darqutni Al Nuzool Vol : 01, Pg :155, Hadees :75)
(Imam Bazzar Al Musnad Vol :01, Pg : 157, Hadees :80 )
(Imam Maruzi Musnad Abu Baqr Siddique Vol : 01, Pg :171, Hadees :104)
(Imam Bayhaqi Shoebul Imaan Vol : 05, Pg : 357, Hadees : 3546)
(Imam Ibn Hazar Haythami Mazma Uz Zawaid Vol : 01, Pg : 125, Hadees : 12957)
Is Hadees Ko Hasan Kaha.
(Imam Ibn Hajar Asqalani Amal Al Mutlaqah Vol : 01, Pg :122)
Isko Hasan kaha.
671 | P a g e
Hadees 05 :
Hazrat Abdullah Ibn Umar Radiallahu anhu Se Riwayat Hai Ke Aap ﷺNe Farmaaya 5
Raatein Aisi Hai Jinme Dua Radd Nahi Hoti Aur Wo Juma’a Ki Raat , Rajab Ki Pehli Raat ,
Shabaan Ki 15vi Raat Aur Eidain Ki Dono Raatein Hai.
Reference :
(Musannaf Abdur Razzak Vol : 04, Pg : 317, Hadees: 7927)
(Imam Bayhaqi Sunan Al Kubra, Hadees : 6386 and Shu’ab, 3:342 #3711, 3713),
Issi Rivayat Ko Hazrat Abu Umama Radiallahu Anhu Se Imam Ibn Asakir Ne Naql Kiya.
(Imam Daylami Musnad Al-Firdaws Vol :2 Pg : 311 Hadees : 2797 )
672 | P a g e
Hadees 06 :
Imam Muhammad Ibn Idrees Shafai Rahmatullah Alaih Apni Kitab Ul Umm Me Likhte Hai
“05 Raat hai Jinme Duaye Kabool Hoti Hai Jumaah Ki Raat, Eid Ul Fitr Ki Raat, Eid Ul Azhaa Ki Raat,
Razzab Ki Pahli Raat, NISF SHABAN (yaani 15wi raat)”
(Kitab Ul Umm Vol : 02, Pg :485, Hadees : 482)
Imam Shafai Ek Baab Kayam Karte Hai LAYLATUL EIDAIN
(Imam Nawawi Ash Shafai Kitab Al Majmua Vol : 05, Pg : 50)
Me Likh Kay Is Raat Kayam Karne Ko Durust Farmaya. Aaj Log Kahte Hai EID bas Do hai Imam Shafai 05
05 Raat Ko EID kah rahe hain.
In Upar Karda SAHIH hadeeso Se ye maloom huwa Kay NISF SHABAN ki raat jisko Bakshish Magfirat
Ki raat kahte hai SHABE BARAAT ki raat ALLAH Taala Apne Bando ki duaye Kabool karta hai magfirat
673 | P a g e
karta hai Lihaja Ye raat Khaskar kay Kayam Karna Dua Karna Ibadat Me guzarna Kaise Biddat Hogaya?
Isko Biddat Siwaye Kam Ilm Jaahil Insaan kay koi Musalman nahi kah sakta.
Hadees 07 :
Ummul Momineen Ayesha Siddika Radi Allaho Anha farmati hai k Rasool Allah ﷺko Farmate Huwe
Suna Hai ALLAH Tabarakwa'tala 04 raato me Khas Kar Bhalai Ka Darwaja Khol Deta Hai
1). Eid Ul Fitr
2). Eid Ul Azha
03.) Shaban ki 15wi Raat Jisme Marne waalo K Naam Hai Karne Waalo K Naam Logo K Rizk Likhe Jaate
Hai.
4). Yaum E Arfa Ki raat (Yaani 08 Aur 09 Zilhajja Ki Raat Se Fazr Tak)
(Imam Jalaludin Suyuti Tafseer E Durre Mansoor Vol : 07, Pg : 302 print Darul Fikr Beirut)
Aur Is Tarah Ki Fazail E Shaban Aur Uski Darmiyani Raat Yaani NISF SHABAN Al Maroof Shabe Baraat Ki
Rivayat Kam Az Kam 15 Sahaba E Kiram Se Marvi Hai Jo naa sirf is raat ki fazilat jaahir karti hai balki is
hadees ko bhi MUTAWATIR tak pahuchati hai Aur Mutwatir Wo Rivayat Hoti hai jisko bade se bada
Muhadis Aalim raddh nahi kar sakta. In tamam Rivayato Se Humne Saaf Saaf SHABAN KI 15wi Raat Ki
Fazilat Saabit Ki Hai Aur Is raat ki fazilat kay tahet jo hadees e paak me aayi hai us lihajse Puri dunya kay
Musalman raat ibadat me guzarte hai ab koi shaks sirf Apne So Called Saudi Yaa India Kay Wahabi Aalim
Jo khud Ahle hadees kahe unhe Sune Aur In tamam Ahadees Ka Khula Raddh kare aur phir dawa ye
kare kay wo sirf QURAN SAHIH hadees ko maanta hai amal karta hai, kisi Imam Ki nahi maanta Taqleed
nahi karta to aap khud padhke faisla karen kay ye dawa uska sacch hai ye kitna bada jhooth hai aur
musalmano ko gumraah karne ka kaisa tarika hai.
674 | P a g e
Imam Daynuri Rahmatullah Alaih Ne Mazalisa Me Rivayat Ki Nabi E Karim ﷺNe Farmaya ki Nisf
Shabaan Ki Raat Me Allah Taala Farishte Ko Wohi Karta hai js Nafs ko Is saal kabz Karna hai karle.
Hadees 08:
Imam Abdul Razzaq Rahmatullah Alaih Apni Musannaf Me Ek Baab Kayam Karte hai BAAB NISF MIN
SHABAAN. Is baab kay Tahet Imam Abdul Razzaq Ne iske Fazail Me bhi kayi hadees jama ki jo khud
Imam Abdul Razzaq ka bhi nazariya jaahir karti hai.
Hazrat Aata Bin Yasaar Radiallahu anhu Se Marvi Hai ke 15vi shanbaan maut likhi jaati hai yaha tak ke
aadmi, safar me nikalta hai halaanke zindo se murdo me wo likha jaa chuka hota hai aur aadmi nikah
karta hai halaanke zindo se nikaal kar murdo, me likaa jaachuka hota hai
(Musannaf Abdul Razzaq Vol : 04, Pg : 317, Hadees : 7925)
675 | P a g e
Hadees 09:
Ummol Momineen Ayesha Siddika Radi Allaho Anha farmati hai k Rasool Allah ﷺne farmaya
"Mere pass Zibril Alaihsalam Aaye ye Shaban ki 15wi raat hai isme ALLAH Rabbul Izzat itno ko aaazad
karta hai jitne BANI KALB ki Bakriyo k baal hai siwaye
1) Kafir Mushrik
2) Adawat waale,
3) Maa baap k nafarmaan
4) Sharabi Inki taraf Nazre Rehmat nahi farmata hai
Imam Ahmad ibn Ahmal Radi allaho anha ki Musnad me aur aaya Kapda latkane waale (takkabur ki
bunyaad pe jo kapde latkate hai wo) Katil katl Karne waale .
(Imam Bayhaqi Shuyabul Imaan Vol : 03, Pg : 384, Hadees : 3837)
Arabic
676 | P a g e
Hadees 10:
“Hazrat Abu Moosa Ashari Se Marvi Hai Nabi E Akram ﷺNe Farmaya ALLAH Taala 15wi Shab Ko
Zuhoor Farmata Hai Aur Mushrik Aur Chugul Khor Kay Elawa Sabki Bakshish Farma Deti Hai”
(Sunan Ibn Majah, Pg : 247, Kitab Iqaamah Assalah Wasunnah Fiha, Baab Maa Jaa Fee Lailatul Nisfi
Shaban, Hadees : 1390)
(Imam Ahmad Ibn Hanbal #6353)
(Imam Bayhaqi Shuabul Imaan Vol : 02, Pg : 121, Hadees : 3672)
(Imam Tabarani Mujam Al Kabeer Vol :02, Pg : 109)
(Imam Abu Nauyam Hilyatul Awliya 05, Pg : 191)
(Musannaf Abdur Razzaq, Vol :4, Pg : 317, Hadees :7923)
(Khatib Tabrezi Mishkat Al Masabih Pg : 409, Hadees : 1306)
(Naseerudin Albani Sahih Abu Dawood, Hadees : 1563, 1144)
Abu Moosa Ashari Se Yehi Rivayat Dusri Sanad Se Bhi marwi Hai Jiske Raavi Hazrat Abu Hurraira Hai Jo
677 | P a g e
Mishkat Hadees : 1706 Me marvi Hai.
Lihaja Wo Is Rivayat ko Hasan Darje Tak Pahucha Deti Hai.
Imam Bayhaqi Shafai Unhone ek kitab likhi Fazailul Awkaat jisme Pahla Baab Kayam Kiya Fazail E
Razzab, Dusra baab Naam Rakha FAZAIL E SHABAAN, Teesra Baab FAZAIL LAILAT NISF MIN SHABAN
Yaani 15 wi Shaaban ki raat kay Fazail Uske Tahet Hadees naql Karte Hai.
Hadees 11:
Nabi E Karim ﷺNe Farmaya 6 Aadmiy’on Ki Is Raat Bhi Bakhsish Nahi Hogi i) Sharab Kaa Aadi (ii) Maa
Baap Ka Naa Farmaan (iii) Badkari Ka Aadi (iv) Kata’ye Talluk Karne Waala (v) Tasweer Banane Waala
Aur (vi)Chugul Khor.
(Imam Bayhaqi Fazailul Awkaat Vol : 01, Pg : 130, Hadees : 27)
Ghair Mukallideen Kay Nazdeek Ek Aur Bahot Bade Aalim Jinko Ye Wahabi Bahot maante Hai Shaykh
678 | P a g e
Mubarkpuri Unhone Jamai Tirmizi Sharif Ki Shara likhi Jisme 15wi Shabaan Kay Fazail Pe Hadees Naql Ki
Hazrat Ali, Hazrat Ayesha, Hazrat Abdullah ibn Umar, Hazrat Maaz Bin Jabal, Hazrat Kaseer bin Murrah
Rizwanullahi Taala Azmayeen Se Phir Aage Apna Faisla Sunate Hai.
“To Ye Ahaadees Majmooi taur par HUJJAT hain Un logo ke KHILAAF jo ye dawa karte hain ke koi baat
15 Shaban ki fazeelat me Saabit nahi, Wallahu Ta’ala Alam.”
(Abdul Rehman Mubarkpuri Tohfatul Ahwazi Shara Tirmizi Pg : 442)
Humne Albani Se Kaafi Saboot pesh kiye Jisne Shaban, Shabe Baraat Kay Fazail Pe Ahadees ko Sahi Kaha
hai, Ghair Mukallideen kay apne ulema kay hawale diye aur sabse badi baat SAHI hadees pesh ki lekin
phir bhi koi apni akal ko bunyaad banake hadeeso ka raddh kar 1400 Saal se chale aarahe is amal ko hi
biddat kahe to bhala iska hamare pass kya ilaaz ho sakta hai ?
Aaj Jo Gair Mukallideen Wahabi Salafi Kahte hai Shaban Ki Koi Fazilat nahi hai Shab E Baraat Laylatul
Barrah Nisf E Shabaan ki koi Asal nahi hai kya in Muhadiseen ko ye baat nahi pata thi ?
Khamakah Tamam Muhadiseen Ne Shaban Kay Fazail Kay Abwaab Kayam kar diye hai ?
Aajke Naam Nihad Gair Muqallideen Wahabi Saudi Return ko malum padi Hai ? Yakinan Unke Liye Ye
lamha e fiqriya hai kay kaise logo ko wo sunn rahe hai aur unki andhi takleed karte hai par kahte hai
hum takleed nahi karte.
1). MUSHRIK - Jo Allah Taala Kay Saath Apne Butho ki parashtish me mullawis hai.
2). DIL ME BUGZ KINA HASAD RAKHNE WAALA
3). Naa Haq Kisi Insaan Ka Katl Karne Waala
679 | P a g e
4). Sharabi
5). Maa Baap Ka Nafarmaan
6). Takubbar Me Kapda Latkana Waala
7). Chugulkhor - Geebat Karne Waala.
8). Tasweer Banane Waala
9). Badkaar - Badkaari Karne Waala
10). Kata’ye Talluk Karne Waala - Yaani Woh Jo Rishtedaro Se Rishta Todne Waala.
11) Jadugar - wo insaan jo kaala Jaadu kare,
12) Haatho Ki Lakeer Dekh Kay Mustakbil Batane Ka Dawa Karne Waala.
Hadees 12:
“Huzoor ﷺNe Farmaya Shabaan Mera Mahina Hai Aur Ramzan Allah Ka Mahina Hai”
(Imam Suyuti Jame Us Sageer, Vol : Pg :301, Hadees : 4889)
Hadees 13 :
“Hazrat Abdullah ibn Abi Qays Radi Allahu Anho Se Marvi Hai Kay Unhone Ummul Momineen Sayyida
Ayesha Siddiqa Radi Allahu Anha Se Suna Huzoor Nabi E Karim ﷺKa Pasandida Maheena Shabaanul
Muazzam Tha Ki Isme Roza Rakha Karte Phir Usse Ramzanul Mubarak Se Mila Dete”
(Sunan Nasai, Vol : 03, Pg : 267, Kitabul Sawm, Baab : Huzoor Kay Roze Ka Bayan, Hadees : 2352)
(Sunan Abu Dawood, Vol : 03, Pg : 163, Kitabus Sawm, Baab : Shabaan Me Roza Rakhne Ka Bayan,
Hadees : 2425)
680 | P a g e
Aaka ﷺKarim Shabaan Kay Aqsar Roza Rakhte The
Hadees 14 :
“Hazrat Ayesha Siddiqa Radiallahu Anha Farmati Hai Rasool Allah ﷺShabaan Se Zyada Kisi Mahine
Me Roza Naa Rakha Karte Balki Pura Shabaan hi Roza Rakh Liya karte the Aur farmaya Karte Apni
Istitaat Kay mutabik Amal karo ki Allah Us wakt Apna Fazl Nahi rokhta Jab Tak tum Uqta naa jao”
(Sahi Bukhari Vol :03, Pg :118, Kitabus Sawm, Baab : Shaban Kay Roze Ka Bayan, Hadees :1970)
Hadees 15:
“Hazrat Ayesha Siddiqa Radiallaho Anha Farmati Hai Rasool Allah ﷺRamzaan kay baad sabse zyada
Roza Kisi Maah Me rahte to wo Shaban Ka Maahina Tha”
(Sahi Bukhari Vol :03, Pg :117, Kitabus Sawm, Baab : Shaban Kay Roze Ka Bayan, Hadees :1969)
Ye Hadees E Sahi Se saabit hai kay Huzoor Nabi E Akram ﷺko sabse zyada pasandida mahina
Shaban ka tha aur ye wo maah hai jispe Roza ummat pe Ramzan Ul Mubarak ki tarah Farz nahi hai lekin
681 | P a g e
Aaka Is Maah Sabse zyada Roza Rakha karte the Ramzan Kay baad phir bhi koi anpadh laa ilm bas bugz
me Is mahine ki fazilat ka inkaar kare to bhala iske zimmedar hum Ahle Sunnat Kaise hai ?
Kisi Kay ilm me nahi yaa ilm se yatim ho aur dawa ahle hadees ka to aise shaks ki apni ilmi kami ko dur
karna chahye naa ki ummat pe biddat kay fatwe maarna chahye.
Hadees 16:
682 | P a g e
Hadees 17 :
Shab E Baraat Aur Ziyarat E Quboor
“Ummool Momineen Sayyida Ayesha Siddiqa Radi Allahu Anha Se Farmati Hai Maine EK Raat Sarwar E
Kaynaat Shah E Mauzoodat ﷺKo Naa Dekha To Baki E Paak Me Mujhe Mil Gaye, Aap Ne Mujh Se
Farmaya Kya Tumhe Is Baat Ka Darr Tha Ki Aur Uska Rasool Tumhari Haq Talafi Karenge ?
Maine Arz Kiya Yaa Rasool Allah ﷺMaine Khayal Kiya Tha Ki Shayad Aap Azwaz E Mutahirat Me Se
Kisi Kay Pass Tashreef Legaye Honge ? To Farmaya Beshaq Allah Taala Shaban ki 15vi Raat Aasmaan E
Dunya Par Tazalli Farmata Hai, Pas Kabila E Bani Qalb Ki Bakriyo’n Kay Baalo Se Bhi Ziyada Gunahgaro
Ko Baksh Deta Hai”
(Jamai Tirmizi, Vol : 02,Pg :179, Kitabus Sawm, Baab 39 : Shaban Kay Mahine Me Darmiyani (15vi Shab)
Kay bare me bayan, Hadees : 739)
(Sunan Ibn Majah Vol : 02, Pg : 334, Kitabul Iqamah Wa Sunnah, Baab : Baab : Maa Jaa Fi Lailatul Min
Nisf Shabaan,,Hadees : 1389)
683 | P a g e
Yaha Imam Tirmizi Imam Ibn Majah Rahmatullah Alaiheem azmayeen ne pure baab hi Nisf E Shaban kay
naam se kayam kiye hai unhe bhi nahi maloom tha kay aisi koi cheez hi nahi hai ye biddat hai aaj 1400
saal baad ek jahil giroh nikal pada hai dawa Quran Hadees magar naa to talluk Quran se Hai naa hadees
ka fahem hai.
Hadees 18:
684 | P a g e
(Sunan Ibn Majah Vol : 02, Pg :334, Kitab Iqamusalat Wasunnat, Baab : Maa Jaa Fi Lailatul Min Nisf
Shabaan, Hadees : 1388)
(Khatib Tazrezi Mishkat Al Masabih )
(Imam Munziri Attargeeb Wattarheeb Vol : 02,Pg : 52)
Note:
Bilkul bhi Ahle Sunnat ko in munafik Wahabi Ahle hadeeso kay makr aur fareb me aane ki jarurat nahi
hai ye jamaat kaahil hai ibadat se bhagti hai har ahle hadees ka baccha ye kahega kay Shab E Qadr me
jaagna chahye isme nhi ibadat kay liye inse pucho puri dunya me kitne Wahabi Taak Raato me jaagte
hai Shab E Qadr Talash karte huwe ?
Kitni Ahle Hadees Masjid Khuli hoti hai yaha tak kay jo jaagne kay liye kahega wo khud Sota Milega Ye
badi ahem baat hai.
ye Kaum Ibadat se jaan chudati hai isliye itne hile bahane inke mullah karte hai kay bas kaum Amal se hi
dur rahe.
Yahan humne Mukhtasar andaaz me hawalo kay saath chand rivayat pesh ki hai aur bhi kutoob e
hadees me iski asl mauzood hai jo ahmak is raat me kayam ko biddat kahe wo khud hi ye ganda aqaid
tarash karke biddati ban raha hai
aise jhola chaap wahabiyo ko chahye kay hadees ki kitab usool e muhadiseen phir buzurgan e deen ka
amal dekhe aur phir jaban khole.
685 | P a g e
Aurato Ka Masjid Me Jaana Kaisa
Is Masle Me Ahle Sunnah Wa Jamaat Hanfi, Maliki, Shafai Aur Hambali charo Mazhab Ka Ittefaq Hai k
Auratein Masajid naa jaaye Ghar me hi Namaz Ada kare aur aisa hi hadees me aaya hai jo aage hum pesh
karenge jo unke liye behtar hai zyada fazilat aur azr waala kaam hai aur Aurato k Masajid Me Jaane par
manahi Daur E Sahaba Me Hi laga di gayi aur 1400 saal se Ummat me is masle me kabhi is hadh tak kisi ne
jor nahi diya na aurato ko masjid lejaye.
Par Ab is Pur fitan daur me Kaum E Wahabiya Urf Naam Nihad Ahle Hadees gair Mukallideen firqa Aurato ko
Masajid me laane k liye is hadh tak jor lagaya huwe hai k iska andaza lagaya nahi jaa sakta aur abto inke
Fazilatus Shaykh log openly isko promote kar rahe hai.
Ye baat bilkul ayne mirror ki manind saaf hai kay hindustan ki kaafir hukumat kabhi Musalmano kay bhale ka
kaam nahi karegi balki Musalmano me kis tarah fitna khada kiyaa jaaye uske liye kaam karti nazar aati hai
phir chahe wo Talaq E Salasa ka masla ho yaa Masjid Me aurato ki jaane ki baat ho har jagah apna dakhal
deke ye batane ki koshish karte hai kay hum MUSLIM WOMEN’s RIGHT kay liye kaam kar rahe hai jo Islam
ne nahi diya.
LAMHA E FIKRIYA
Bhala Kya Hamari Muslim Maa Bahen Sach me ye samajhti hai kay Islam ne unhe Haq Naa diya hai aur ye
Kaafir RSS Sangh unhe Haq dila rahe hai ?
Mere Khayal hai sab sawal se samajh gaye honge kay jawab naa me hoga Jinka Apna hindu dharm aurato
kay baare me kya kya bakwas karta hai hume batane ki shayad jarurat nahi hai khud Hindustan kay hindu
family kay ghar ka haal dekhe to aqsar Hindu Auratein gharelu masail Zahez se leke sharab tak me apne ghar
kay mardo kay haath rozana maari jaa rahi hai wahan inhe women’s right nazar nahi aata par chunki
Musalmano me ektelaf aur Fitna daalna hai lihaja ye MEDIA house me Aurato kay Masjid me jaane kay
masle ko DEBATE ka mauzu banaya jaa raha hai.
Maksad MUSLIM Women Right nahi balki MUSALMANO ko unke deen se dur karke galat kaam me uljhana
aur mentally pressure karna hai.
Ab agar koi Hindu Organization ye baat karegi to jaahir hai Musalman unko mukammal nazar andaz karenge
lihaja kuch naam ki muslim aurato ko paisa deke kharida jaata hai jo shuru se liberal kism ki hoti hai Deen se
matlab nahi sirf apni dunya ko sawarna maksad e khaas hota hai aisi kuch auratein saamne aati hai.
SHAISTA AMBER : All India Muslim Women Personal Law Board AIMWPB ki founder hai mohtarma naam
rakha Muslim Women Law Board kaam pure karti hai Kaafiro ko Khush karne waale inhone India me ek
Masjid Taamir ki khas aurato kay liye.
686 | P a g e
Jab koi Musalman masjid banata hai to inaugaration me yaa kisi acche kaam k liye bulata kisko hai ? Jaahir
hai kaum kay rehbar Ulema Mashaikh Sufiya ko magar ye Mohtarma ne Invite kiya RSS CHIEF MOHAN
BHAGWAT ko yaani Masjid Ki Sang E Bunyaad bhi RSS Chief Mohan Bhagwat kar rahe hai jahir hai inko fund
wahin se milta hai ab aap andaza laga kay sazish ka taar kahan tak faila huwa hai.
HUM YAHAN IS MASLE KO STEP WISE BAYAN KARENGE TAAKI PADHNE WAALE HAMARE TAMAM CHEEZ KO
ACCHE SE SAMAJH SAKE.
In Sha Allah Taala isko Padhke aapke Kayi Sawal kay jawab mil jayenge
Jitni ibadat ki kisme hai Allah Taala Usme Sabse zyada kisi ibadat ko pasand farmaya hai to wo hai
Namaz ko ada karna chahe mard ho yaa aurat isliye Quran E Karim Hadees E PAak me jagah Jagah
Namaz ki takeed ki gayi hai aur chodne waalo ko tambeeh azaab e ilahi ka mustahik bataya gaya hai.
Namaz talluk hai bande ka khuda se isme Mard aurat ki barabri ka koi masla nahi dono ko Allah taala
Ne wohi cheez ka hukm diya hai aisa to hai nahi kay mard pe 05 waqt farz hai to aurat pe 04 balki dono
kay liye har rakat waqt wahin farz hai.
Mard ko jitna sawab Masjid me jakar milta hai aurat ko bhi ghar me namaz ada karne pe wohi azar
milta hai jo aage hum hadees e paak se bataynge.
Hadees 01:
“Hazrat Abdullah ibn Umar Se marvi hai Nabi ﷺne Farmaya Agar Auratein Masjid Me Jaane ki Izazat
maange to unhe jaane do”
References :
(Sahih Bukhari, Kitabul Azaan, Hadees : 865, Baab 162 : وج باب َِ ج َِد إِلَى ال ِّن َسا َِء هخ هر ِ ْل ا ْل َم َسا َِ َ) َوا ْل َغل
َِ س ِباللَّي
َِ ج َِد إِ َلى ال ِّن َسا َِء هخ هر
(Sahih Muslim, Kitabul Salat, Baab 30 :وج باب ْ َ َ
ِ ج لََ َوأ َّن َها فِ ْت َنةَ َعلَ ْي َِه َي َت َر َّتبَْ لَ َْم إِذا ال َم َساَ هم َط َّي َبةَ َت ْخره ه, Hadees
: 886 - 887)
(Sunan Abu Dawood, Kitabus Salat, Hadees : 866)
Ye Hadees padhke Wahabi Ahle hadees firqe kay Ulema Se leke inki lady’s preacher tak aurato kay aage
awaam kay saamne baat karte hai jaahir hai ab awaam chunki is masle pe zyada kuch jaanti nahi to samajh
leti hai kay Aurato ko to masjid me jaana chahiye aur aaj hume roka jaata hai aur Ulema kay khilaf dil me
badgumani daalne ki koshish Aur apne firqe ki tableeg aur ahadees kay maane ko alag andaaz me pesh
karne ka.
Magar sirf ek hadees padh dene se ye pura masla samajh aajaye aisa nahi hai balki is talluk se kayi aur
rivayat hai jisko padhne kay baad aapko saaf saaf samajh aajayga ye farmaan Farziat kay liye nahi tha balki
Khud Nabi ﷺne apne waqt me hi ispe pabandi ka silsila shuru kiya aur daur e Farooque E Azam Radiallahu
anhu me tamam Sahaba sahabiyat Ummol Momineen Rizwanullahim Azmayeen tak is baat pe raazi hochuke
they kay khwateen ko masjid naa jaane diya jaaye jo aage hum dalil se saabit karnge.
687 | P a g e
Hadees 02:
“Hazrat Ibn Umar se marvi Nabi ﷺNe Farmaya Aurato ko raat kay waqt Masjid jaane do”
(Sahih Bukhari,Kitabul Jumaah, Hadees : 899)
Pahli hadees ko dekhe to hukm maloom hota hai kay jaane ki izazat maange to dedo par dusri rivayat me
izazat ka hukm hai wo bhi raat kay andhere taaki ye pahchan naa hosake kay kon aaya aur kon gaya aur issi
pe sahabiyat ka amal tha magar kya aaj kay daur me ye mumkin hai ?
688 | P a g e
Hadees 03 :
KUCH SAHABIYA AATI AUR RAAT KAY ANDHERE ME HI WAPAS CHALI JAATI
“Ummul Momineen Ayesha Siddiqa Radiallahu Anha Farmati hai Jab Nabi ﷺSubah (Fazr) ki namaz padha
lete to auratein Chadar Lapet Kar (Apne Gharo ko) wapas hojati andhere me unki pehchan naa ho sakti”
(Sahih Bukhari, Kitabul Azaan Baab : 167 Hadees : 867)
Is hadees se ye baat bhi maloom hogayi kay auratein aati to jarur thi Daur e Risalat ﷺme lekin wo kab sirf
raat ki namaz yaani jab namaz andhere kay waqt hoti jaise Fazr, Isha kay waqt Zohar Asr me bhi nahi aati
kay us waqt chahre pahchane jaate hai aur maloom padta hai kon aaya aur kon gaya.
Kya aaj aise halaat hai kay koi Aurat aaye aur uski pahchan naa hosake charo taraf light Camere lage hai har
mard pahchan sakta hai kay falan kisi bahen hai biwi hai maa hai yahan ek aur hadees mulahiza karen.
689 | P a g e
Hadees 04 :
Hazrat Umm Salama Radiallahu Anhu Farmati Nabi E Karim ﷺjab salam pherte to aapke Salam pherte
hee auratein jaane kay liye uth jaati aur Aap thoda der tahre rahte khade naa hote
Imam Zuhri Farmate hai Hum Ye Samajhte hai aage Allah jaane ye isliye taaki auratein nikal jaaye
(Sahih Bukhari, Kitabul Azaan, #870 #875)
Is hadees se maloom huwa kay andhere kay waqt sahabiyat jaati jarur thi magar bas itne waqt kay liye jaise
hai Aap ﷺSalam pherte Sahabiyat uth kar ghar ko chali jaati intezar bhi naa karti.
690 | P a g e
Hadees 05:
“Hazrat Abu Hurraira Radiallahu Anhu Se Marvi Hai Nabi ﷺNe Farmaya Jis Aurat ne bhi KHUSHBOO ki
Dhund Li ho, Toh Wo hamare Saath Isha ki Jamaat me haazir naa ho”
References :
(Sahih Muslim, Kitab As Salat, baab 31 , Hadees : 444)
(Sunan Nasai, Kitab Al Zeenat, Baab 37, Hadees : 5138)
(Sunan Abu Dawood, Kitab Al Tarajjul, Hadees : 4175)
691 | P a g e
Hadees 06:
“Zaynab Al Thaqafiya Jauza Abdullah ibn Masood Radiallahu Anhu Rivayat Karti hai Nabi ﷺNe Farmaya
Agar Aurat Namaz E Isha Kay liye Bahar Jana Chahe to Khushbu ka Istemal naa karen”
References :
(Sahih Muslim, Kitab As Salat, Baab :30, Hadees : 443 (A))
(Sunan Nasai, Kitab Al Zeenat, Baab 37, Hadees : 5129, 5130, 5132,5133)
Bushr Ibn Said Radiallahu Anhu Se Yehi Marvi Hai
(Imam Malik Al Muwatta, Kitab Al Qibla, Hadees : 13)
Raat kay waqt jaane ki izazat di gayi jisme Andhera ho log pahchan naa sake amal aisa kay Salam hote hi
Masjid Se nikal jaati apne gharo ko aur usme bhi khushbu lagakar jaane ki izazat naa thi.
Aaj kitni auratein hai jo aisa karengi balki Un Hamari maa bahno kay liye bhi lamha e fiqriya hai jo Mazarat
E Auliya par Saz Sawar kar jaati hai yaad rakhe Jab Namaz kay liye Masjid me khud ko aarasta karke jaane
ki izazat nahi to Dargaah par is tarah jaane ki izazat kaise hogi ?
Allah Taala Samajh Ata Farmaye
692 | P a g e
Hadees 07:
“Hazrat Musa ibn Yaser Radiallahu Anhu Se marvi Hai Hazrat Abu Hurairah Radiallahu Anhu ke Qareeb
se Ek Aurat Guzri aur Khushbo Uske Kapdo se Mehak rahi thi.
Hazrat Abu Hurairah Radiallahu Anhu ne Pucha ke Aye Khuda E Jabbar ki Bandi, Kaha ka Iraada hai ?
Usne Kaha : Masjid ka !
Abu Hurairah Radiallahu Anhu ne Pucha Tumne Khushbo Laga rakhi hai ?
Usne Kaha : Haan !
Hazrat Abu Hurairah Radiallahu Anhu ne Kaha Laut Jaa aur Use Dho-daal, Kyunke Maine Rasoolullah ﷺ
se Suna hai ke Allah tala Kisi Aurat ki Namaz Qubool nahi karta, Jo Is Halaat me Masjid ke liye Nikle, ke
Khusbo Uske Kapdo se Mehak rahi ho”
(Saheeh Ibn Khuzaima Vol :03, Pg : 92, #1682, wal Hadeesuhu SAHEEH)
693 | P a g e
Hadees 08:
AURATO KAY LIYE MASJID SE ZYADA BAHTAR JAGAH GHAR HAI
Hazrat Abdullah Ibn Umar se marvi hai Nabi ﷺne Farmaya Aurato ko Masjid me aane se naa roko lekin
ghar unke liye behtar hai.
References :
(Sunan Abu Dawood, Kitabus Salat, baab 203, Hadees 567)
(Imam Hakim Al Mustadrak Vol : 01, Pg : 327, Hadees : 755)
Imam Hakim Farmate hai Ye hadees Imam Bukhari Wa Muslim Ki shart par Sahih hai.
Imam Zahbi Ne bhi isko Talkhees Me Shaikhen Ki Shart Pe Sahi Qarar diya
Is se maloom huwa kay Nabi ﷺne Masjid me aane ki izazat to di thi lekin phir farmaya kay AURATO kay liye
unka ghar bahter hai yaani kay ab jaise jaise Islam fail raha tha hukm me tabdeeli aane lagi kay ye ishara tha
kay ghar me hi ab namaz ada karen.
694 | P a g e
Hadees 09:
URATO KAY LIYE MASJID SE ZYADA AFZAL HAI GHAR ME NAMAZ ADA KARNA
“Hazrat Abdullah Ibn Masood Radiallahu Anhu Se Marvi hai Nabi ﷺne irshad Farmaya Aurat ki Ghar ke
Andar ki Namaz, Ghar ke Sehan ki Namaz se afzal hai aur Uski Ghar ki (Andruni) Kotri ki Namaz, Ghar ki
Namaz se Behtar hai”
References :
(Imam Hakim Al Mustadrak Vol : 01, Pg : 328, Hadees : 757)
Imam Hakim Farmate hai Ye hadees Imam Bukhari Wa Muslim Ki shart par Sahih hai.
(Imam Tabarani Al Mujam Al Kabeer Vol : 09, Pg : 299)
Imam Zahbi Ne bhi isko Talkhees Me Shaikhen Ki Shart Pe Sahi Qarar diya.
(Sunan Abu Dawood, Kitabus Salat, #570) (Jamai Tirmizi, #1173) (Naseerudin Albani Muhadis E Azam
Saudiya, Sahih Attargeeb Wal'tarheeb, Vol :01, Pg : 136)
695 | P a g e
Hadees 10:
Hazrat Umme Salamah radiallahu anha Se marvi hai Huzur ﷺne Farmaaya ke Aurat ki Apni Kotri ki
Namaz Behtar hai, Uske Bade Kamre ki Namaz se aur Uske Bade Kamre ki Namaz Behtar hai, Ghar ke
Sehan ki Namaz se aur Uske Sehan ki Namaz, Masjid ki Namaz se Behtar hai.
References :
(Imam Munziri At Targheeb Wat Tarheeb Vol : 01, Pg : 141, #03) Imam Munziri ne isko Imam Tabarani
Kay Hawale Se Naql kiya aur farmaya Iski Sanad Jayyad Hai
696 | P a g e
Arabic:
Namaz Bande aur Allah kay darmiyan ek rabta hai jiski kabooliyat ussi tarah hogi jo tarika Nabi ﷺne bayan
kiya aur hamare tamam Aslaaf uski pairwi karte rahe.
Hadeeso Se maloom huwa aurato kay liye bahtar Afzal namaz unke ghar me hai naaki masjid me aur jo afzal
behtar hai uska azr sawab bhi zyada hai lihaja Muslim khwateen ko chahiye kay sahih deen samjhe uspe
amal karen naaki munafiqeen k maqr fareb me aaye. Ab Hattdharmi karke koi liberal type ladies khadi ho
aur jisko thik se naa gusl aata ho naa namaz kay ehkaam pata ho aur media kay aage khud ko Muslim
society ki numainda banakar pesh kare to aap samajh sakte hai aisi khatoon ek kafiro ki taraf se mohra hai
aur kuch nahi.
697 | P a g e
Hadees 11:
AURATO KAY LIYE GHAR ME NAMAZ ADA KARNA MASJID ME NAMAZ PADHNE SE ZYADA SAWAB HAI
AUR ALLAH KI QURBIYAT BHI ZYADA HOTI HAI
Aap ﷺne Farmaaya ke Aurat Allah se Sabse Zyaada Qareeb us Waqt hoti hai, Jab ke wo Apne Ghar me Hoti
hai”
References :
(Imam Tabarani Al Mujam Ul Ausat Vol :03, Pg : 189, Hadees : 2890)
(Imam Munziri Attargeeb Wa Tarheeb Vol : 01, Pg : 141 )
(Imam Haythami Mazma Uz Zawaid Vol : 07, Pg : 612, Hadees : 7671)
Farmate hai Iske Rizaal Sahihain kay Rizaal hai.
698 | P a g e
Hadees 12:
Allah ke Nazdeek Sabse Zyaada Mehboob Aurat ki wo Namaz hai, Jo Taarik tar Kotri me ho. (Yaani
Sabse Zyaada Poshida Jagaah par ho).
References :
(Sahih Ibn Khuzayma Vol :03, Pg : 95-96, #1691)
Imam Ibn Khuzayma Is hadees ko sahih kahte hai.
(Imam Haythami Mazma uz Zawaid Vol : Pg :120 Hadees : 2115)
(Imam Manawi At Taiseer Vol : 2, Pg : 352)
(Imam Munziri At-Targheeb wat Tarheeb Vol : 01, Pg :136
Hadees 13:
“Syeda Ayesha Siddiqa Radiallahu Anhu Farmati Hai Aaj Aurato’n Me Jo baatein paida hogayi hai agar
Rasool E Karim Ne Dekh liya hota to aaj unko Masjid Me Aane Se Rok Dete Jis Tarah Bani Israel Ki
Auratein Ko Rok Diya Gaya Tha,
Raavi Ne Pucha Kya Bani Israel Ki Auraton Ko Rok Diya Gaya Tha,
Ummul Momineen Ayesha Siddiqa Radiallahu Anha Ne Farmaya Haan”
(Sahih Bukhari, Kitabul Azaan, Hadees : 869)
699 | P a g e
(Sahih Muslim, Kitabul Asalat, Baab 30, hadees 895)
(Sahih Muslim, Kitab As Salat, baab 31 , Hadees : 445 - (446 Rivayat Yahya ibn Saad)
(Imam Malik Al Muwatta, Kitabul Qibla, Hadees : 472)
(Sunan Abu Dawood, Kitabus Salat, Baab 204, Hadees : 569)
Note:
In the above english translation of ghair muqallid its mentioned “If Allah’s Messenger( )ﷺhad known”.
Its nothing to do with the Ilme Ghaib. The translation is betraying. Hazrate Ayesha(R.A) has told this
hadees after our Nabi( )ﷺis not physically visible by our eyes.
It just means to say that if our Nabi( )ﷺwould have been present at this particular time even he
would have prohibited women from entering the mosque seeing what they were doing.
700 | P a g e
Hadees 14:
Ummul Momineen Ayesha Siddiqa Radiallahu Anha Se Marvi Hai Huzur Nabi E Karim ﷺne Farmaya ke
Allah ke Bandiyo ko Allah ki Masaajid se na Roko aur wo Gharo se is Halaat me Nikle, ke Unke Kapdo se
Buh aati ho.
Hazrat Ayesha Radiallahu Anha Aage Bayaan karti hai ke Agar Huzur ﷺaaj ke Halaat Dekh-lete (ke
Aurtein Kharaab Kapdo ko Chor-kar, Kaise Zeenat Waale Libaas aur Zeenat waali Cheeze Istemaal Kar
rahi hai), Toh Aap ﷺAurto ko Masjid Aane se Rok dete”
(Imam Ahmad Ibn Hanbal, Al Musnad Vol : 40, Pg : 468-69, #24406)
Tehkeek Shuayab Al Arnaut wa Isnaaduhu SAHEEH wa Rijaaluhu Kulluhum Siqaatun
Arabic:
Hadees 15:
Nabi ﷺNe Khud Sharait Ki Khilaf Arzi Karne Ki Wajah Se Aurato Ko Aane Se Roka
“Hazrat Syeda Ayesha Siddiqa Radiallahu Anha Bayan Farmati hai Nabi ﷺMasjid me tashreef farma
they kay Qabeele Muzaina Ki ek khatoon Khoobsurat Kapdo me Mazeen Naaz o Nakhoot kay saath
701 | P a g e
Masjid Me daakhil huwi (Uski ye na pasandida Kaifiyat Dekh Kar), Nabi ﷺne Irshad Farmaya AYE
LOGO Apni Aurato ko Zeenat Se aarasta hokar aur khush raftari kay saath Masjid me aane Se rooko,
Bani Israel ussi waqt Maloon kiye gaye, Jab Unki Auratein Saj Dhaj kar naaz o nakhoot se Masjido me
aane lagi”
Hadees 16:
Nabi ﷺNe Khud Sahabiya Ko Ghar Me Namaz Padhne Ka Hukm Diya Masjid E Nabwi Me Apni Iqteda
Me Nahi
“Umm Humayd Jauza Abu Humayd Al Saeedi Nabi E Akram ﷺ ﷺKi Khidmat Me Haazir huwi aur Arz kiya
: Aye Allah ke Rasool ﷺ ﷺMai Aapki Iqtedaa me Namaaz Pardne ki Khwahish Rakhti hu.Aap ﷺ ﷺne
Farmaaya ke Mai Jaanta hu ke Tu Mere Saat Namaaz Pardne ko Pasand karti hai, Lekin Teri Ghar ki
(Andruni) Kotri ki Namaaz Bade Kamre ki Namaaz se Behtar hai.
Aur Teri Bade Kamre ki Namaaz Sehan ki Namaaz se Behtar hai. Aur Teri Sehan ki Namaaz Mahelle ki
Masjid ki Namaaz se Behtar hai aur Mahelle ki Masjid ki Namaaz Meri Masjid ki Namaaz se BEHTAR hai.
Umme Humaid Radiallahu Anha (Huzur ﷺ ﷺke Mansha ko Samajh-kar, Unhone) ne Apne Ghar waalo
(Ghar ke Andar) Masjid Banaane ka Hukum diya, Chunaanche Ghar ki Taarikh-tar Kotri me Unke liye
702 | P a g e
Masjid Banaayi gayi aur wo Usi me Namaaz Pardti rahi Yaha tak ke Allah se Jaali mili”
References :
(Imam Ahmad Ibn Hanbal Al Musnad Vol : 45, Pg : 37, #27090)Tehkeek Shaykh Arnaut Hadees E Hasan.
(Imam Ibn Khuzaimay, Sahih Ibn Khuzaima Vol : 03, Pg : 95, #1689)Hadee Sahih
(Imam Tabarani Al Mujam Al Kabeer Vol : 25, Pg : 148, #356)
(Imam Haythami Mazma Uz Zawaid, Vol :02, Pg :33, #2106)
(Imam Ibn Hajar Asqalani Fathul Baari Vol : 02, Pg : 349)
Hasan Hadees
(Imam Ibn Hibban As Sahih, Vol : 05, Pg : 595)
Sanad Qawi
(Wahabi Muhadis Saudia Arabi Albani, Sahih Attargeeb Wa Tarheeb, Vol : 01, Pg : 135)
Jaisa kay upar dalil kay taur pe do hadees se saabit hai kay jab Bani Israel ki aurato ne zeenat ko arasta
karke Masjid me jaana Shuru kiya unhe unke daur me rok diya gaya aur phir bhi log baaz naa aaye to ye
bhi unke barbaadi aur lanaat ka sabab bani yehi sazish log aaj kaum e Muslim kay saath kar rahe hai ab
bazaar to waise bhi fehesh goyi ka adda bepardgi ka adda ban chuka hai koshish kafiro ki yehi hai kay
jaisa unke Mandir barbaad huwa hai aur yehi sab kaam wahan ho rahe hai Musalmano ki ibadat khano
ko bhi ussi tarah behayi ka adda bana diya jaaye aur Musalmano ko aur zyada ruswayi ka samna karna
pade.
703 | P a g e
Hadees 17 :
Sahaba Aur Tabayin ka Amal
Hazrat Abdullah bin Masood Radiallahu Anhu Farmaate hai ke Bani Israael ke Mardo wa Aurtein
Ekhatta Namaaz Padha karte they, Jab Kisi Aurat ka Koi Aashna hota, Toh Khadawan Pahen leti thi, Jisse
wo Lambi Hojaati Apne Aashna ko Dekhne ke liye (Toh Unki is na-Zeba Harkat par Ba-taur Sazaa ke)
Unpar Haiz Musallat Kardiya gaya (Yaani Haiz ki Muddat Daraaz kardi gayi aur Is Halaat me Masjid me
Unka Aana Haraam Kardiya gaya,
Hazrat Abdullah bin Masood Radiallahu Anhu isko Bayaan karne ke baad Farmaate they ke In Aurto ko
Nikaalo Jaha se Allah ne Inko Nikaala hai.
References :
(Imam Ibn Khuzaima As Sahih, Vol:03, Pg :99, #1700)
Sanad Sahih
(Imam Ibn Hajar Asqalani Futhul Baari Shara Sahih Bukhari, Vol : 02, Pg : 350)
(Imam Haythami Al Mazma Uz Zawaid, #2120)
Is hadees Kay Rijaal Ko Sahih Qarar Diya Hai
704 | P a g e
Hadees 18:
Juma Aur Eidan Ka Masla Aur Sahaba Ka Amal
Imam ul Mufassireen Abdullah bin Abbas Radiallahu Anhu Al Mutawaffa 68 Hijri ka Fatwa Aurato Kay
Jumah Ki Namaz Kay Baare Me Hazrat Abdullah bin Abbas Radiallahu Anhu se riwayat hai ke
Ek Aurat ne Jume ki Namaz Masjid padhne ke bare me Unse pucha, Hazrat Ibn Abbas Radiallahu Anhu
ne Jawaab me Unhe Ijaazat Dene ke Ba-jaaye Farmaaya Teri Kotri ki Namaz, Tang Kamre ki Namaz se
Behtar hai, Tere Tang Kamre ki Namaz, Khule Kamre ki Namaz se Behtar hai aur Teri Khule Kamre ki
Namaz Masjid ki Namaz se Behtar hai.
Hadees 19:
Imam Naafe Rahmatullah Alaih Al Mutawaffa 117 Hijri Farmaate hai ke
“Hazrat Abdullah Ibn Umar Radiallahu Anhu Apni Aurto ko Eidain me Nahi Lejaate the”.
(Musannaf Ibn Abi Shayba Vol : 03, Pg : 40 Hadees :5850)
705 | P a g e
Hadees 20:
Imam Abdur Rehman Radiallahu Anhu Al Mutawaffa 126 Hijri Farmaate hai ke
Imam Qaasim bin Muhammed bin Abu Bakr Siddique Radiallahu Anhu Al Mutawaffa 106 Hijri Jawaan
Aurto ke bare me Saqth they, wo Unko Eid ul Fitr aur Eid ul Azha ke liye Nahi Nikaalne dete the.
(Musannaf Ibn Abi Shayba Vol : 03, Pg : 41 Hadees:5852)
Hadees 21 :
Imam, al Hafiz, Al Mujtahid Ibrahim an Nakh’ii Radiallahu Anhu Al Mutawaffa 96 Hijri Farmaate hai ke
Jawaan Lardkiyo aur Aurto ka Eidain ke liye Nikalna Makrooh hai. (Musannaf Ibn Abi Shayba Vol : 03, Pg
: 41,Hadees : 5853)
Hadees 22 :
Imam Hasan Al Basri Radiallahu Anhu Al Mutwaffa 110 Hijri se Pucha gaya ke
Ek Aurat ke bare me ke Jisne Yeh Nazar Maangi Rakhi thi ke Agar Uska Shohar ko Jail se Rihaayi mil-
jaaye, Toh wo Basra ki Har us Masjid me 2 Rakaat Nafil Padhegi, Jisme Ba-jamaat Namaz hoti hai.
706 | P a g e
Hazrat Hasan al Basri Radiallahu Anhu ne Farmaaya ke wo Apne Mahelle ki Masjid me 2 Rakaatein Aada
karke Apni Nazar puri kare, Kyunke Basra ki Har Masjid me Jaakar Namaz pardne ki (Sharan) Taaqat
Nahi, Neez Hasan Al Basri Radiallahu Anhu Farmaate hai ke Agar Umar bin Khattab Rdh. Is (Nazar
Maangne waali) Aurat ko Paalete, Toh Usko Zaroor Saza Dete.
(Musannaf Ibn Abi Shayba Vol : 03, pg : 342, Hadees : 7701)
Hadees 23 :
AZAN SUNKAR MARD KO MASJID JANE KA HUKM AURAT KO NAHI
Imam Ibn Juraij Radiallahu Anhu Al Mutawaffa 150 Hijri Farmaate hai ke
Maine Imam Aata bin Abi Rabaah Radiallahu Anhu Al Mutawaffa 114 Hijri se pucha hai ke Jaise Mardo
ke liye Yeh Haq Saabit hai ke Jab wo Azaan Sune, Toh Masjid me Haazir ho, Kya Aurto ke liye bhi Yeh
Saabit hai ?
Imam Aata Radiallahu Anhu ne QASAM UTHAAKAR Farmaaya ke Unke Liye Saabit Nahi.
(Imam Abdur Razzaq Al Musannaf Vol : 03, Pg : 147, Hadees: 5106
707 | P a g e
EK AHEM HIKMAT:
Jaisa kay hum sab is baat ko bakhubi jante samajhte hai kay Aurato kay kuch ayyam e makhsoos hote
hai jisme unpar koi namaz farz nahi hoti jisko MC Period ka waqt bhi kaha jaata hai ye wo cheez hai
jisko aqsar auratein apne shohar tak se chupa kar rakhti hai ab bilfarz maan le koi aurat lagatar namaz
ada karne kay liye Masjid aarahi ho aur achanak wo aana band karde 04 05 din isse kya hoga wo Raaz
awaam me khul jayga kay falan khatoon apne ayyam e makhsoos me hai.
In tamam Hadees E Paak Se Tabain Se Leke Sahaba tak kay Fatwe aur Sahaba Ka Farman Kay Nabi ﷺ
kay Jamane me agar aise halat hote to Aap ﷺbhi Aurato ko masjid me aane ki izazat na dete ab koi hatt
dharmi karke is masle ko ek fitne kay sabab udhaye aur muslim khwateeno ko gumrah kare to yakin
jaane wo chupa huwa munafiq hai.
708 | P a g e
Pant Fold Karkay Namaz Padhna Kaisa Aur Kapde Samet Ke
Namaz Padhna Kaisa?
Mauzooda Daur me ye bhi ek bahes o mubahisa ka unwaan ban gaya hai aur ye masle masjid me
dekhne milte hai k log PANT AASTIN ko fold karlete hai aur Namaz padhna shuru karte hai par jab unko
kaha jaaye k Pant ka Sameta Huwa Hissa kholdo Aastin Na Chadao,Namaz Makrooh e Tehrimi Hai
Dohrani padegi to wo maante nahi behas karte hai aur apni kam ilmi ko Ilm saabit karne lagte hai ye
maamlaat hamesha awaam me bahes ka mauzu hota hai kyuki pant shirt wohi pehnte hai Ulema
Muballigeen k Libas to ALHAMDULLILAH Sunnat k mutabik hote hai aur is jahilo k firqo ko badi galat
fehmi ye hogyi hai k Ahle Sunnat bas kisse kahani sunate hai dalil aur hawale nhi dete apne har aqaid
me phir wo Hazrat Farooque Khan Razvi Sahab k bayanat ho ya hamare written ho humne koi baat bina
dalil pesh hi nahi ki har ek k saboot me dalilo k ambaar laga diye hai aur usme bhi zyada tar hawala Siha
Sitta se hi quote hote hai ALHAMDULLILAH to ye galat fehmi dil se nikal do to accha hai.
Khair Jo Dalil bataur Apni baat ko sahi saabit karne k wo badmazhab pesh karte hai is masle k talluk se
wo ek hadees hai Bukhari Sharif Ki mulahiza kare.
Hadees 01:
Hazrat Abu Hurraira (R.A) se rivayat hai
NABI e karim ﷺne farmaya Jiska libas Niche Latke Woh Jahannam Me.
(Sahih Bukhari, Vol 03, Kitab No 77, Kitab Al Libas, Baab : Kapde Ka Wo Hissa Jo Takhne Se Niche Ho Wo
Jahannam Me , Hadees : 5787 Arabic)
(Sahih Bukhari, Vol : 07, Book 72 , Hadith : 678 English)
Ye hadees wo batate hai kehte hai Takhna Dikhna Sunnat hai lihaja Namaz me dikhna jaruri hai ye log
khud to uljhe hai aur awaam ko bhi uljha dete hai par ek hadees ko padhke saare masail nhi nikale jaate
709 | P a g e
uske liye mazid mutalle ki jarurat hoti hai Halanki ye hadees se murad wo nahi hai jo direct maane
inlogo ne liye hai pehle iska thoda pasmanjar bata de taaki sab aasani se samajh aajaye iska talluk
Takkabur se hai iski tafseel mulahiza ho phr hadees bhi bayan ki jaygi is talluk se.
Aur iski tafseel yeh hai ,
Iska pasmanzar padhe ki jab shuru me log islam me dakhil hue us waqt unme bahut saare log gareeb
the ,gurba pehle islam me aaye,toh unke paas libas tha nahi thik se ,baaz musalmaan ka yeh haal tha ki
tehband pehna hai toh pait khula hai pait dhakne jaaye toh sharam gaah khul jaye aur woh b itne chote
libas hote the ki takno se upar ghutno tak hote the woh ,gurbat ka yeh aalam tha, tab abu jahal ne yeh
kiya ek bahut bada jhubba tayar kiya ,jisko 3-4 log uska jhubba pakad kar chalte the saath me , Abu
jahal wa deegar kuffaro musalmano ko taana diya krte aye musalmaano dekha tum jis rab ka qalma
padhte ho us rab ne tumhe kya diya siwaye muflisi k gurbat k ?? aur dekho mere hubal ne mujhe kitna
nawaza hai tab ALLAH k Nabi ﷺne farmaya jo libas taqabbur ki niyat se takno niche hai woh
jahannami hai
Aur hum apni taraf se nahi kehrahe hai balki puri hadees badmazhab sunate nahi,inko jo accha lagta hai
woh tukda uthate hai kisi kam ilm ya lailm ko sunadete hai aur apni taraf ma’eel karte hai. Is hadees ka
talluk takabur ghamand se hai jiska saboot hum pesh kar rhe hai hadees e sahi se mulahiza ho.
Ab aaye kuch hadees aur dekhte hai jis se saabit hoga is hadees ka khulasa k yaha taqabbur ki wajah se
woh libas jahannam me hai naaki saare libas.
Hadees 02 :
710 | P a g e
Hadees 03 :
Hazrat Abu Juraye Jabir Bin Salim Al Huzaimi se Rivayat Hai Nabi e Karim ﷺne Farmaya
“Takhne se niche libas latkane se khabardar hona, kyuki ye Ghamand hai aur Allah ghamand ko
pasand nahi karta”
(Sunan Abu Dawood, Kitab No : 34, Kitab Al Libas, Hadees : 4084)
Hadees e paak se wajeh huwa k wo libas k baare me kaha gaya hai jo libas takabur k niyat se latkaya
jaaye aur jisko takkabur na ho unke liye kya ye bhi ek hadees me mulahiza kare.
Hadees 04 :
Hazrat Abdullah ibn Umar (R.A) se rivayat hai NABI ﷺne farmaya jo libas taqabbur ki wajah se
latkaye khuda uski taraf dekhega bhi nahi,Is par Hazrat Abu Bakr (R.A) ne kaha ki mera libas niche
latakta hai,NABI ﷺne farmaya ki yeh tumhare liye nahi k tumhe taqabbur nahi.
(Sahih Bukhari, Vol 03, Kitab No 77, Kitab Al Libas,Hadees : 5784)
(Sahih Bukhari, Vol : 07, Book 72 , Hadith : 675 English)
(Sahi Bukhari, Vol 03, Kitab No 78, Kitab AL Adab, Hadees : 6062)
(Sunan Nasai, Kitab No 48 Kitabul Zeenat, Baab : Isbaal e Izar, Hadees : 5355)
711 | P a g e
Sayyidna Siddiq e Akbar ka sawal karna Ummat k liye rahat ka intezam hogya Sayyidna e Siddiq e Akbar
Abu Bakr (R.A) ka libas bhi niche latakta tha chunki Aap (R.A) me takkabur na tha to ye wahid unpar
nahi lagti jis se maloom huwa is maamle me Musalmaan ki niyat sabse ahem chiz hai. Niyat pe ek
Hadees mulahiza kare
Hadees 05 :
“Hazrat Umar Bin Khattab (R.A)Se Marwi Hai Ki Huzoor Nabi-E-Akram ﷺNe Farmaya
Aamaal Ka Daaromadaar Niyyat Par Hai Aur Har Shakhs Ke Liye Wahi Hai Jis Kee Us Ne Niyyat Kee.
(Sahih Al Bukhari, Vol : 01,Kitab Ul Imaan, Hadees : 54)
In motebar hadees e sahi se kuch baata ka khulasa huwa jo yaha likh rhe hai hum
1) Wo Libas Jahannam me Jayga jo Takabur k Bina Jameen me ragadte jaaye Takno se niche ho unke
liye ye hukm hai.
2) Agar Niyat Takabur ki naa ho phir bhi niche jaaye to wo libaas par ye hukm nahi lagta.
3) Musalmaan ki Niyat Sabse Ahem hai ALLAH behtar Hamare Dilo k halaat ko janta hai.
4) Sabse Ahem ye hukm k kapde upar ho takno se ye sirf aur sirf namaz k liye nhi hai balki hamesha k
712 | P a g e
liye chahe namaz ho yaa gair e namaz me par ye aisa jahil tola group hai Namaz k bahar to pura
izar/pant etc jameen me ragadte jaate hai par Namaz me fold kar lete hai ye azib dimaag hai inka balki
wo hukm hmesa k liye hai to chahye k Namaz k bahar bhi amal kare.
Hadees 06 :
Hazrat Abdullah ibn Abbas (R.A)Se rivayat Hai Nabi e Rehmat ﷺne farmaya “Hume Hukm Huwa k
07 haddiyo Pe Sazda Karu aur Kapdo Ko Na Sametu aur Baalo Se Na kehlu”
(Sahih Bukhari, Vol : 01, Kitab no 10 Kitabul Azaan, Baab : 7 Haddiyo Pe Sazde Ka Bayan, Hadees : 810
‘English No : 774’)
(Sahih Bukhari, Vol : 01, Kitab no 10 Kitabul Azaan, Hadees : 815 & 816, ‘English No : 779 & 780 )
(Sahih Muslim, Vol : 01, Kitab No 04, Kitab US’salat, Hadees : 490, ‘English No : 993)
(Sunan Nasai, Kitab No : 12 Kitab At Tatbik, Hadees : 1093,1113 & 1115)
(Sunan Abu Dawood, Kitab No : 02 Kitabus Salat, Hadees : 889, ‘English No : 888)
(Jamai Tirmiz, Vol : 01, Kitab No : 02 Kitabus Salat, Hadees : 273)
(Sunan Ibn Majah, Vol : 01, Kitab No :05, Kitabus Ikamat e Salat wa Sunnat, Hadees : 933 & 934)
Hadees 07 :
713 | P a g e
Hazrat Abdullah ibn Abbas (R.A) Se rivayat Hai Nabi e Rehmat ﷺne farmaya “Hume Hukm Huwa k
07 haddiyo Pe Sazda Karu aur Kapdo Ko Na Sametu aur Baalo Se Na kehlu Dauran e Namaz Me, Wo
Hissa Hai 02 Haath, 02 Pair, 2 Ghutne, 1 Naak aur Peshani”
(Sahih Bukhari, Vol : 01, Kitabul Azaan, Baab : 7 Haddiyo Pe Sazde Ka Bayan, Hadees : 809 ‘English No :
773’)
(Sahih Muslim, Vol : 01, Kitab No 04, Kitab US’salat, Hadees : 490, ‘English No : 995)
(Sunan Nasai, Kitab No : 12 Kitab At Tatbik, Hadees : 1096,1097,)
ALLAH Taala ne Apne Mehboob ﷺko 03 chizo ka hukum diya aur taqeed ki baar
baar k aap in 3 chizon per sakhti per amal kare wo ye hai.
1. Namaz ki Halaat Me Apne Baalo Se Naa Khelo
2. Jab Sazda Karo To 07 Chizon (parts) Par Sazda karo.
* 2 haath
* 2 pair
* 2 ghutne
* 1 naak aur peshani (indono ko ek hi me shumar kiya gaya)
3. Namaz Padhne Me KAPDO KO NAA SAMETO.
Toh jab aap kapde fold karte ho yaani aap kapde samatte ho toh aapki namaz na hui balke aapko
namaz dauhraani hai Namaz Makrooh e Tehrimi hai Namaz Dohrana Padega.
714 | P a g e
Ibn Al Mundhir riwayat karte hai ki jo aisa karta hai to use apni namaz dohrani chahye aur unhone ye
raae Imam Hasan Al Basri se riwayat ki hai.
(Imam Ibn Hajar Al Haythami Tuhfat al-Minhaaj, Vol : 02 ,Pg :161-162)
Agar Ba Niyat e Sunnat Libas Takno se upar pahne to Sawab ka mustahik hai.
Walla hu Aalam summa Rasulo Aalam ﷺ
Ek Aur Ahem Topic mai isme add kardu libas takno se upar pehan na ka matlab kuch akal parast
wahabiyo ne ye banaya liya k Takno se wo apna Pyjama Izaar itna upar pahnte hai k lagta hai pyjama
nhi ye ¾ ya Bermuda pahna huwa hai aur itne me wo bada fakr karte hai k sunnat pe amal hogaya
halanki ye khud ka mazak banana hai jo khawarijeen ki nishaniya hai k wo itna uncha pyjama pahente
the Sunnat ka maana ye hai k Takno se thoda upar ho jaise 1 inch wo durast hai par inme aksar 5 6 inch
upar pahente hai.
Hadees 08:
Hazrat Abu Saeed Khudari (R.A) Farmaatey Hain Ke Hazrat Ali KarramAllahu Ta’ala Waj’hahul Kareem
(R.A) Ney Yaman Sey Rasoolullah ﷺKi Khidmat Mey Chamrey Key Thailey Mey Bhar Kar Kuchh Sona
Bheja, Jis Sey Abhi Tak Mitti Bhi Saaf Nahin Kee Gayi Thi.
Huzoor Nabi E Akram ﷺNe Woh Sona Chaar Aadmiyon Uyaina Bin Badar, Aqra’a Bin Haabis Aur Zaid
Bin Khail Aur Chauthe Alaqma Ya Aamir Bin Tufail Key Darmiyan Taqseem Farma Diya. Is Par Aap ﷺ
Key As’hab Mey Sey Kisee Ney Kaha : Un Logon Sey To Hum Zyada Haquedar They. Jab Yeh Baat Huzoor
Nabi E Akram ﷺTak Pahunchi To Aap ﷺNe Farmaya :
Kya Tum Mujhey Amanatdar Shumaar Nahin Kartey ? Haalaanki Aasmaan Waalon Key Nazdeek To Mein
Aameen Hoo’n. Is Ki Khabarein To Merey Paas Subah Wa Shaam Aatee Rahti Hain. Raawi Ka Bayan Hey
Ke Phir Ek Aadami Khara Ho Gaya Jis Ki Aankhey Andar Ko Dhansee Huwi, Rukhsaaron Ki Haddiyan
Ubhari Huwi, Oonchee Peshaani, Ghani Daarhi, Sar Munda Huwa Tha Aur WOH OONCHA TEHBAND
BANDHEY HUWEY THA Woh Kahney Laga : Aye Muhammad ! ﷺ
Khuda Sey Darey, Aap ﷺNey Farmaya :
Too Halaak Ho, Kya Mein Tamam Ahley Zameen Sey Zyada Khuda Sey Darney Ka Mustahique Nahin
Hoo’n? Phir Jab Woh Aadami Jaaney Key Liye Mura To Hazrat Khalid Bin Walid RadiyAllahu Ta’ala Anhu
Ney Arz Kiya, Ya RasoolAllah ! ﷺMein Us Kee Gardan Na Ura Doo’n?
Aap ﷺNey Farmaya :
Aisa Na Karo, Shayad Yeh Namazi Ho, Hazrat Khalid RadiyAllahu Ta’ala Anhu Ney Arz Kiya :
Bahut Sey Aisey Namazi Bhi To Hain Ke Jo Kuchh Un Ki Zubaan Par Hey Woh Dil Mey Nahin Hota.
Rasoolullah SallAllahu Ta’ala Alaihi Wa Aalehi Wa Sallam Ney Farmaya :
Mujhey Yeh Hukm Nahin Diya Gaya Ke Logon Key Dilon Mey Naqab (Sendh) Lagaoo’n Aur Un Key Pait
Chaak Karoo’n. Raawi Ka Bayan Hey Ke Woh Palta To Aap ﷺNey Phir Us Ki Jaanib Dekha To Farmaya:
715 | P a g e
Us Ki Pusht Sey Aisey Log Paida Hongey Jo Allah Ta’ala Ki Kitab Ki Tilawat Sey Zubaan Tar Rakheingey,
Lekin Qur’an Un Key Halak Sey Neechey Nahin Utarega.Deen Sey Is Tarah Nikal Jaeingey Jaisey Teer
Shikaar Sey Paar Nikal Jaata Hai. Mera Khyaal Hain Ke Aap ﷺNey Yeh Bhi Farmaya Ke Agar Mein Un
Logon Ko Paoo’n To Qaumey Samood Ki Tarah Unhey Qatl Kar Doo’n.”
(Sahih Bukhari, Vol : 03, Kitab No 64 Kitabul Magazi, Hadees : 4351)
(Sahih Muslim, Vol : 02, Kitab No 12 Kitabuz Zakat, Hadees : 1064)
(Sahih Ibn Hibban Vol : 01 , Pg :205, Hadees : 25)
Is hadees e paak ne Khawarijeen ki sifat bhi batayi SAR MUNDA, PYJAMA BAHOT UNHCA, NAMAZ
QURAN TO KHOOB PADHNGE PAR IMAN HALAK SE NICHE NAHI UTREGA. Inki pusht se kaum niklegi ye
saari baatein wohi bata sakta hai jisko ALLAH ne GAIB KA ilm diya ho jinka akeeda ye hai k kal ki khabar
nhi de sakte deewar k piche ki khabar nhi NAUZUBILLAH wo ye hadees kaise bayan karnge ? ye kal ki
deewar ki baatein le bethe arre kayamat tak aane waali saari baatein to bata di phir bhi akal nhi aayi
tumko is hadees ye bhi wajah huwa k sirf QURAN accha padhna bahot zyada Namaze padhlena hi kaafi
nhi hai aaj jo ibadat k naam le leke dhoka diya jaa raha hai kaum ko samajhna chahye.
ALLAH SE DUA HAI K IN MUNAFIKEEN K MUNAFIKAT SE AHLE SUNNAT KO B
716 | P a g e
Sahih Muslim Hone Kay Liye Kya Zaruri hai?
Sahih maano me ek aql mand aur jahenshin shaksh wo hai jo us talluk se aane waali tamam hadeeso ko
pahle apne saamne rakhe aur phir uske baad sab par gaur o fiqr karke ek result conclusion par aaye
warna aaj jo halat hai ek aayat ya ek hadees ko base banakar uske bina par logo ko kaafir mushrik
biddati bola jaa raha hai sabse badi khayanat aaj yehi hai.
Quran E Karim
Ayat 01 :
"Hume Sidhe Raste par Chala, Unlogo kay raste par jinpar tune ehsan kiya aur naa ki unlogo k raspe par
jinpar tera ghazab huwa aur na unke jo bahke huwe hai"
(Surah Fatiha, Ayat 06 - 07)
Quran E Muqaddas Ki aayat e karima pe dekhe to ye aayat har banda padhta hai Hume Unke Raste pe
chala jo jin par ehsan huwa inaam huwa aur naa unke jo bahqe huwe hai to wo kaunsa giroh hai jispe
ALLAH paak ne Inaam kiya hai uska zikr bhi Quran E Muqaddas me hai
Ayat 02 :
"Aur Jo Allah Aur Rasool ki Itaat kare to wo unlogo kay saath hoga jinpar Allah ne fazal kiya yaani Anbiya
Aur Siddiqeen Aur Shohda Aur Salaheen Aur ye Kitne Acche Saathi hai"
(Surah Al Nisa Ayat 69)
Yaani Nabi E Akram ﷺki itaat farmabardari ka hukm Quran ki nass se hai to ab sawal ye hai Nabi
ﷺki itaat kaise ho to uski rehnumai beshumar hadees e paak se hoti hai jo is baab me hum aage
pesh karenge taaki samajh aaye haq aur sacche mazhab par kayam rehne k liye kya kya jaruri hai.
Ayat 03 :
Hadees 01 :
"Hazrat Abu Hurraira Radiallahu Anhu Se Marvi Hai Rasool E Akram ﷺNe Irshad Farmaya Allah Taa'la
Farmata hai Jisne Meri Kisi Wali Se Dushmani ki mai usse Ailan E Jung Karta Hoon"
717 | P a g e
(Sahih Bukhari Kitabur Riqak, Hadees : 6502)
Maloom huwa kay waliyo ko bhi hume maan na hai ab jo log kahte hai ye wali baba logo ko maan ne ki
inki tazeem karne ki kya jarurat hai wo Itaat E Rasool ﷺka matlab hi nahi samjhe hai balki unhone
bas Namaz Me rafayden ko hi itaat samajh liya hai.(Ref Under Shan-E-Auliya)
Hadees 02 :
Quran Aur Sunnat Ka Daman Thamo
“Hazrat Malik Ibn Anas Radiallahu Anhu Se Marvi Hai Nabi E Akram ﷺNe Farmaya Mai Tumhare
Darmiyan Do Chize’n Chode Jaa Raha Hoon Jab Tak Inhe Thame rahoge Kabhi Gumraah naa Hoge, Ek
Kitabullah (Quran) Aur Ek Meri Sunnat”
(Imam Malik Al Muwatta, Pg : 688, Kitab Al Qadr, Hadees : 1718)
(Imam Bayhaqi Sunan Al Kubra, Vol : 10, Pg : 114 Hadees E Ibn Abbas Radiallahu Anhu)
(Imam ibn Abdul Barr Maliki At Tamheed, Vol : 24, Pg :331 hadees Sahih)
Hadees 02 :
718 | P a g e
(Jamai Tirmizi Vol :06, Pg : 435,Kitabul Manakib,Hadees : 3786)
(Imam Tabrani Al Mujam Ul Awsat Vol : 05, Pg : 89, Hadees : 4757)
(Imam Tabrani Al Mujam Ul Kabir Vol : 03, Pg :66, Hadees : 2680)
(Ibn Kathir Tafseer Ibn Kathir Vol : 04, Pg : 114)
Hadees 03 :
719 | P a g e
Aap ﷺNey Farmaya :
Mein Tumhey Parhezgaari Aur Sun Ney Aur Maan Ney Ki Waseeyat Karta Hoo’n, Chaahey Tumhaara
Haakim Habashi Ghulam Hee Kyun Na Ho.
Is Liye Ke Tum Mey Sey Jo Zinda Rahey Ga Woh Bahut Sey Ikhtilaf Dekhey Ga Khabardaar (Shariat Key
Khilaaf) Baaton Sey Bachana Kyun Ke Yeh Gumraahi Ka Raasta Hey.
Lihaaza Tum Mey Sey Jo Shakhs Ye Zamana Paaye Usey Chaahiye Key Meri Aur Merey Hidayat Yaafta
Khulafa Ki Sunnat Ikhtiyar Karey, Tum Log Usey (Sunnat Ko) Daanton Sey Mazbooti Sey Pakar Leyna.”
(Sunan Abu Dawood , Kitabul Sunnah, Baab : Sunnat Pe Amal Karne Ka Bayan, Pg : 832,Hadees : 4607)
(Jamai Tirmizi Vol :05, Pg : 44, Kitabul Ilm, Hadees : 2676)
(Sunan Ibn Majah Vol : 01 Pg : 32,Kitabul Mukadamah, Hadees : 42)
(Imam Hakim Al Mustadraq Vol : 01, Pg : 174, Hadees : 329)
Hadees 04:
SAHABA TABAIN AUR TABE TABAIN KI PAIRWI KA HUKM
720 | P a g e
Hazrat Abdullah Ibn Umar Radiallahu Anhu Se Rivayat hai Kay Wo Farmate hai Mere Walid Hazrat Umar
Radiallah Anhu Makam Al Jabiyah Me Hamare Darmiyan Khutba Dene Khade huwe Aur farmaya Nabi E
Karim ﷺNe Irshad Farmaya Aye Logo Main Tumko Apne Sahaba Ki Pairwi Karne Ki wasiyat karta
hoon Phir Unke baad aane waalo ki (yaani tabain) aur phir unke baad aane waalo ki (Yaani tabe
tabain)
(Jamai Tirmizi, Pg : 489, Kitabul Fitan, Hadees : 2165)
Hadees 05:
721 | P a g e
(Sunan Tirmizi, Pg :659 Kitabut Tafseer Ul Quran,Hadees : 2950)
Imam Tirmizi Farmate Hai :
Ye hadees Hasan Sahih hai. (Khatib Tabrezi Mishkat Al Masabih, Kitabul Ilm, Hadees : 234)
Hadees 06 :
"Hazrat Jundub Ibn Abdullah Radiallahu Se Rivayat hai Nabi E Karim Ne Irshad Farmaya Jo Shaksh
Quran Kay baare me apni rai se kuch kahe aur agar wo durust bhi ho tab bhi usne galti ki"
(Sunan Tirmizi, Pg :660 Kitabut Tafseer Ul Quran,Hadees : 2952)
(Imam Abu Dawood, Sunan Abu Dawood, Kitabul Ilm, Hadees : 3652)
(Khatib Tabrezi Mishkat Al Masabih, Kitabul Ilm, Hadees : 235)
Maloom huwa kay khud kay mutabik urdu English tarjuma karke Musalmano pe fatwa lagana shuru
kare khud ayat ko select karke us aayat ko base bana le aur tamam dusri aayat uski tafseer hadees sab
chodke fatwa lagana shuru kare to gumraah khud hoga dusro ko gumrah karega aur jahannam ka
indhan banega.
722 | P a g e
Hadees 07 :
Har Sadi Me Mujadideen Ka Aana
"Hazrat Abu Hurraira Radiallahu Anhu Rivayat Karte Hai Nabi E Pak ﷺNe Farmaya Allah Taa'la Is
Ummat kay liye har Sadee Kay Aakhir Me Kisi Aise Shaksh (ya ashakhas) ko paida farmayega Jo
us(ummat) kay liye uske deen ki tajdeed karega"
(Sunan Abu Dawood, Pg : Kitabul Malahim, Hadees : 4291)
(Imam Hakim Al Mustadraq Vol : 04, Pg : 567, Hadees : 8592) (Imam Tabarani Al Mujam Ul Awsat Vol :
06, Pg : 223, Hadees : 6527)
723 | P a g e
Conclusion:
Upar bayan karda in ayat e karima hadees e pak se wajah hai kay hume hidayat kay liye sabse aham
Musalmano me uska daman pakadna hai jo Silsile se saabit hai
1). Quran
2). Hadees (Sunnat)
3). Ahle Bayt
724 | P a g e
7). Tabe Tabain
Jo tabka Sirf Quran Ahle Bayt ki baat kare baaki ko naa maane gumrah hoga dekh le
Shia ko Jo tabka sirf Quran aur Sahaba ki baat kare gumrah hoga dekh le Deobandio ko
Jo tabka sirf Quran Hadees Quran Hadees ki ratt lagaye gumrah hoga dekhlen Ahle
hadeeso gair muqallideen ko Lihaja hum par jaruri hai kay Quran kay saath in tamam
ko maane inke aqaid ko maane jo tarike pe ye giroh hai unke saath rahe taaki hidayat
pe rahe inse dur huwe to hidayat ki rassi bhi chut jaygi ALLAH Taala Se Dua Hai hume
har fitne se mehfuz rakhe aur hamara khatma bil khair farmaye
725 | P a g e
Munkareen E Hadees Inkar E Hadees Ka Fitna
Jahannam Me Le Jayega
Ek aisa fitna aaj manzar e aam hai wo hai munkireen e hadees ka baaj aise gumrah hai jo khud ko bade
padhe likhe aur researcher kahte hai Gulam Ahmad Parvej, Shaykh Muhammad, Rashad Misri wagairah
jinhone apne naam Ahle Quran rakh liya hai, halanki ahle ilm bakhubi jante hai Ahle Quran un Aimma E
Mufassireen ko kaha jata hai jinhone Qurani tafseer me bahut kaam kiya wo Mufassireen ko kaha jata
hai aur na to wo hadees kay munkir they, magar humesha jo bhi firqa bana hai usme naam aise rakhe
hai kay log muttasir hojaye, Is gumrah munkireen e hadees firqe ka kaam hadees ka inkar karna aur
Quran ko bhi apne nafs kay mutabik bayan karna hai halanki inhe naa to Quran kay ahkam ka ilm hai
aur na maane mafoom ka ye English Urdu tarjume me depend hote hai, Inka dawa hai kay Quran
chunki Kitabullah hai aur Hadees Insaano ki likhi hai lihaja hadees ko kabool na kiya jaayega aaye
dekhte hai inka dawa khud Quran kay bataye Ahkam aur Usool par khada utarta hai ya ye bas
munafiqeen hai jinke bare me Nabi E Karim ﷺNe hume bata diya tha.
Yeh Baat bilkul zahir hai kay Shariat ki tamam baato ka pahla sarchasma Quran E Karim Hai ki wo Allah
Pak ki kitab hai, Aur Ussi Quran ne Hume Nabi E Karim ﷺki pairwi farmabardari ka hukm diya hai aur
wo har musalman kay liye jaruri hai uske bina Allah kay hukm ki tafseel nahi jaani jaa sakti hai aur naa
Quran ki ayat ka maane mafoom maksad samjha jaa sakta hai, Hadees E Paak Is wajah se Shariat kay
hukm ki jadd (root) Iske bina Nabi E Karim Kay hukm, Kaam, Aur Quran ki ayat ka matlab nahi jana jaa
sakta.
Ayat 01 :
Ayat 02 :
“Aur Allah Aur Rasool Ki Farmabardari Karte Raho Taki Tum Par Rahem Kiya Jaye.”
(Surah Al Imran Ayat 132)
Ayat 03 :
”Aur Jo Allah Aur Rasool Ki Ita'at kare To Wo Inlogo Ke Saath Hoga Jinpar Allah Ne Fazal Kiya ”
(Surah Nisa Ayat 69)
726 | P a g e
Ayat 04:
“Ye Allah Ki Haden Hain Aur Jo Allah Aur Allah Ke Rasool Ki Ita'at To Allah Use Jannati'yon Me Dakhil
Farmayega Jinke Niche Nehren Beh Rahi Hai Hamesha Inme Rahenge,Aur Yahi Badi Kaamyabi Hai.”
(Surah Nisa Ayat 13)
Ayat 05 :
“Aur Jo Allah Aur Iske Rasool Ki Nafarmani Kare Aur Iski (Tamaam)Hadon Se Guzar Jaye To Allah Use
Aage Me Dakhil Karega Jisme(Wo) Hamesha Rahega Àur Uske Liye Ruswakun Azab Hai”
(Surah Nisa Ayat 14)
Ayat 06 :
“Allah Tumhare Aamal Tumhare Liye Sanwar Dega Aur Tumhare Gunah Bakhsh Dega Aur Jo Allah Aur
Iske Rasool Ki Farmabardari Kare Isne Badi Kamyabi Payi.”
(Surah Ahzab Ayat 71)
Ayat 07 :
“Namaz Qayam Rakho Aur Zakat Do Aur Allah Aur Uske Rasool Ka Hukum Mano.”
(Surah Al Ahzab Ayat 33)
Ayat 08 :
“Aur Musalman Mard Aur Musalman Aurten Ek Dosre Ke Rafique Hain,Bhalai Ka Hukum Dete Hain Aur
Burai Se Mana Karten Hain Aur Namaz Qayam Karten Hain Aur Zakat Dete Hain Aur Allah Aur Iske
Rasool Ka Hukum Mante Hain.Ye Wo Log Hain Jinpar Unqarib Allah Reham Farmayega.Beshak Allah
Galib Hikmat Wala Hai. ”
(Surah Tauba Ayat 71)
In Ayatein Karima Se Maloom Huwa Kay Hukm Itaat Farmabardari karni hai Allah Taa'la Ki Aur uske
Pyare Habib ﷺKi to Rab Taa'la Ki Pairwi Quran Kay hukm Se hogi aur Nabi E Karim ﷺKi Pairwi ka
Hukm Diya Aur ye Pairwi Kaise Hogi uske liye jo jariya hai wo Hadees E Nabwi ﷺHai.
Ayat 09 :
“Jisne Rasool Ka Hukum Mana Beshak Isne Allah Ka Hukum Mana Aur Jisne Muh Mooda To Hum Ne
Tumhe Inhe Bachane Ke Liye Nahi Bheja.”
(Surah Nisa Ayat 80)
727 | P a g e
Ayat 10 :
"Aur Hamne Koi Rasool Na Bejha Magar Isliye Ki Allah Ke Hukum Se Iski Ita'at Ki Jaye”
(Surah Nisa Ayat 64)
Ayat 11:
“Aye Habib! Farma Do Ke Aye Logon! Agar Tum Allah Se Muhabbat Rakhte Karte Ho To Mere
Farmabardar Ban Jao Allah Tumse Muhabbat Farmayega Aur Tumhare Gunah Bakhsh Dega Aur Allah
Bakhshne Wala Meharban Hai.”
(Surah Al Imran Ayat 31)
Ayat 12:
“Aur Agar Rasool Ki Farmadari Karoge Raah Paoge Aur Rasool k Jimme Nahi Magar Saaf Pahucha Dena”
(Surah Noor Ayat 54)
Ayat 13 :
“Àur Rasool Jo Kuch Tumhe Ata Farmayen Wo Lelo Aur Jis Se tumhe Mana Farmayen To Tum Baaz Raho
Aur Allah Se Daro Beshak Allah Sakht Azab Dene Wala Hai”
(Surah Hashr Ayat 07)
Ayat 14 :
“To Ate Habib!Tumhare Rabb Ki Qasame Log Musalman Na Honge Jabtak Apne Apas Ke Jhagde Me
Tumhe Hakim Na Banaleyn Phir Jo Kuch Tum Hukum Farma Do Apne Dilon Me Isse Koi Rukawat Na
payen Aur Achi Tarah Dil Se Maan Leyn.”
(Surah Nisa Ayat 65)
Ayat 15 :
“Beshak Tumhe Allah k Rasool Ki Pairvi Behtar Hai Uske Liye Ki Allah Aur Din ki Ummid Rakhta Ho”
(Surah Al Azhaab Ayat 21)
Ayat 16:
“Aur Beshak Tumhara Rabb Rehman Hai To Meri Pervi Karo Aur Mere Hukum Ki Ita'at Karo”
(Surah Taha Ayat 90)
Ayat 17:
“Aur Namaz Kayam Rakho Aur Zakat Do Aur Rasool Ki Farmabardri Karo Is Ummid Par Ki Tum Par
Reham
728 | P a g e
Ho”
(Surah An Noor Ayat 56)
In Aayatein karima me Dekhe to Allah Pak ne Musalmano ko Nabi E Karim ﷺKi Pairwi Aur Itaat ka
hukm diya hai ab ye Itaat kaise ki jayegi munkireen e hadees bataye ?
Quran E Karim Me Allah, Nabi E Karim ﷺAur Hukm Walo Ki Pairwi Ka Hukm
Ayat 18:
“Aye Imaan walon! Allah Ki Ita'at Karo Aur Rasool Ki Ita'at Karo Aur Inki Jo Tum Mese Hukm Wale Hain”
(Surah Nisa Ayat 59)
Yaha Kabil E Gaur baat hai اَطِ ْيع ْهواka hukum lafz Allah ke baad Rasool E Karim ﷺke liye dobaara aaya
hai jab ke ْالَ ْم َِر اهولِىke lie iska takraar nahi hua. Iska matlab ye hai ke itaat jis tarha Allah Taala ke lie
mustakil aur mutlaq hai ussi tarha Rasool E Khuda ﷺke lie bhi mustakil aur mutlaq hai magar "wa-
ʾulī l-ʾamri minkum" ke lie itaat na mustakil hai na mutlaq balke aarji aur mashroot hai agar inka hukum
Allah aur Rasool ﷺke aehqaam ke tabeh ho toh unki itaat wajib hai agar Allah aur Rasool ﷺki
nafarmani par mabni ho toh unki itaat jaez nahi.
Nabi E Karim ﷺKi Itaat Wa Farmabardari Se Muh Ferne Wale Kaafir Munafiq Hai
Ayat 19 :
“Aur Jab Inse Kaha Jaye Ke Allah Ki Utari Huyi Kitaab Aur Rasool Ki Taraf Aao To Tum Dekhoge Munafiq
Tumse Muh Mood Kar Phir Jate Hain”
(Surah Nisa Ayat 61)
Ayat 20 :
“Tum Farma Do Ke Allah Aur Rasool Ki Farmabardari Karo Phir Agar Wo Muh Pheren To Allah Kafiron Ko
Pasand Nahi Karta.”
(Surah Al Imran Ayat 32)
Ayat 21:
“Aur Kehte Hain Imaan Laaye ALLAH AUR RASOOL PAR aur HUKM MAANA Phir Kuch Unme k Uske Baad
Phir Jaate Hai Aur Wo Musalmaan Nahi”
(Surah Noor Ayat 47)
Ayat 22 :
729 | P a g e
“Aur Jab Bulaye Jaaye Allah Aur Uske Rasool Ki Taraf Unme Faisla Farmayga To Jabhi Unka Ek Farik
Muuh Pher Jaata Hai”
(Surah Noor Ayat 48)
Ayat 23 :
“Jis Din Inke Chehre Aag Me Baar Baar Ulte Jayenge To Kehten Honge:Haaye!Aye Kaash! Humne Allah
Ka Hukum Mana Hota Aur Rasool Ka Hukum Mana Hota.”
(Surah Al Ahzab Ayat 66)
Aayat 19 se 23 tak ka maloom huwa jo log asl me Munkireen hai Hadees kay yaa ye munafik yaa kafir
hai aur inke liye kayamat kay din dardnaak anjam hai.
Ayat 24 :
"Beshak tumhare liye Allah kay Rasool hi behtareen namuna mauzud hai iske liye Jo Allah Aur Aakhirat
ki Din ki ummid Rakhte hai Aur Allah ko bahut yaad karte hai"
(Surah Al Ahzab Ayat 21)
Is aayatein Karima Me Nabi E Karim ﷺKi Seerat E Pak ko Musalmano Kay Liye bahtareen namuna
bataya gaya jispe amal karne ki targeeb Rab Taala ne Di hai munkireen e hadees bataye kay Nabi E
Karim ﷺki Seerat ko apne liye namuna kaise banayenge Kya unhe Nabi ﷺKi Seerat Quran me Mil
jayegi ? Ya Hadees Ki Aur Seerat E Nabwi ﷺKi jarurat padegi ?
Hadees Shareef:
Nabi E Karim ﷺNe Aise Gumrah Logo Ka Zikr Pahle Hi Kar Diya Tha
Hadees 01:
"Hazrat Miqdad Bin Ma'di Radiallahu Anhu Bayan Karte Hain Ke Rasool Kareem ﷺNe Farmaya,"Sun
Lo Mujhe Quran Aur Iske Saath Iski Misl Ata Ki Gayi Hai,Sun Lo,Kareeb Hai Ke Koi Shikkam Ser Shakhs
Apni Masnad Par Yun Kahe:Tum Is Quran Ko Lazim Pakdo Pas Tum Jo Chiz Isme Halal Pao Ise Halal
Samjho Aur Tum Jo Chiz Isme Haram Pao Ise Haram Samjho,Halanki Allah Ke Rasool ﷺNe Jis Chiz
Ko Haram Qarar Diya Hai,Wo Aise Hi Hai Jaise Allah Ne Haram Qarar Diya Hai,Sun Lo Paltu
Gadhe,Kachli Wale Darinde Aur Zimmi Ki Giri Padi Koi Chiz,Ila Ye Ke Wo Khud Isse Be Niyaz Hojaye,
730 | P a g e
Tumhare Liye Halal Nahi,Aur Jo Shakhs Kisi Qom Ke Yahan Padhao Dale To Inlogo Par Lazim Hai Ke Wo
Iski Ziyafat Kare,Aur Agar Wo Iski Ziyafat Na Kare,To Phir Ise Haq Hasil Hai Ke Wo Apni Ziyafat Ke
Barabar Inse Wusool Kare"
(Sunan Abu Dawood, Vol : 05, Kitab Al Sunnah, Pg :578,Hadees : 4604)
(Imam Tirmizi Sunan, Kitabul Ilm, Hadees : 2664)
Imam Tirmizi Rahmatullah Alaih Farmate hai Ye hadees Hasan Gharib hai
(Imam Ibn Majah Sunan,Vol : 01, Kitab Al Sunnah, Hadees : 12)
(Imam Darmi Sunan, Vol :01, Pg : 144, Hadees : 592)
(Imam Ibn Hibban Sahih, Vol : 01, Hadees 97)
(Khatib Tabrezi Mishkat Al Masabih, Vol : 01, Kitabul Ilm, Baab Al Aitesaam, Hadees : 163)
Hadees E Pak Me Quran Ki Misl jo cheez di gayi wo kya hai ? wo yehi hadees e paak hai, aise fitne kay
bare me hi Nabi E Karim ﷺne farmaya kay wo tumse kahega kay Haram halal bas wo hai jo Quran
me hai uske elawa nahi yaani wo ye dawa karega sirf Quran maano aur Farmaan e Rasool ﷺNa
mano aur aaj munkireen e hadees ki shakl me ye fitna hamare darmiyan aagaya hai.
731 | P a g e
Nabi E Karim ﷺNe Quran Aur Sunnat Ki Pairwi Ka Hukm Diya
Hadees 02 :
“Hazrat Malik Ibn Anas Radiallahu Anhu Se Marvi Hai Nabi E Akram ﷺNe Farmaya Mai Tumhare
Darmiyan Do Chize’n Chode Jaa Raha Hoon Jab Tak Inhe Thame rahoge Kabhi Gumraah naa Hoge, Ek
Kitabullah (Quran) Aur Ek Meri Sunnat”
(Imam Malik Al Muwatta, Pg : 688, Kitab Al Qadr, Hadees : 1718)
(Imam Bayhaqi Sunan Al Kubra, Vol : 10, Pg : 114 Hadees E Ibn Abbas Radiallahu Anhu)
(Imam ibn Abdul Barr Maliki At Tamheed, Vol : 24, Pg :331 hadees Sahih)
Munkireen E Hadees Se Kuch Sawalat Jiska Jawab Sirf Quran Ki Sari Ayat E Karima Se De Tafseer Aur
Hadees Ka Sahara Na Len kyuki Aap Usko Mante Nahi
1. Qur'an ki Jo ye surat hai Inke naam jaise Surah Baqrah Surah Nisa wagairah Rakhna, Qurani Surah ki
tarteeb jaise 1 Fatiha 2 Baqrah 3 Imran, Ayat E karima kahan shuru hoti hai kahan khatm, phir Usme
Ayat E Karima Ki tarteeb, Jabki Sabse Pahli Wahi E Ilahi to Iqra thi Aur Quran Ki Pahli Ayat to
Alhamdullilahi hai wagairah ye chiz Qur'an me kahan hai aapko kaise maloom huwa ?
2. Aap Quran kay Arabic Matan padh rahe hai wo Zer, Zabar, Hamza, Pesh wagairah to baad Me lagaya
gaya hai Aapko kaise pata kay jo aap padh rahe hai wo sahih hai ?
3. Quran me Namaz Ada karne ka hukm kaafi jagah hai, Namaz kay liye Quran me waqt kahan hai ?
Konsi namaz kab Ada hogi kab kaza hogi kaise padhi jayegi iska Zikr Quran se Dikhade Aur Namaz Ka
Kayi mana hai aapne wohi maana kaise liye jo tamam Musalman lete hai ?
4. Quran me Zakat ada karne ka Zikr hai Zakat Kitni Deni hai kaise deni hai kis chiz pe deni hai ye kaise
pata ?
5. Quran me halal haram ki takira bata den aap jo daal, Ice cream wagairah khate hai Ye Haram hai ya
halal Quran Se saabit karen.
In Sha Allah Taala Isse Kaafi Subhat ka izala hogaya hoga koi kitna hi bada khud ko munkireen e
hadees kahe ya dawa kare inka jawab naa la sakega albatta ye kahega iska ilm lughat se huwa ya
hadees se huwa magar sahih jawab na deke baat ghumayga.
732 | P a g e
Gustakhe Rasool ﷺ
Gustakhe Rasool ﷺQur’an Ki Ayaton se:
Ayat 01:
“Aye Mehboob Beshaq Humne Tumhe Bheja Hazir Wa Nazir Aur Khushi Aur Darr Sunata Taaki Aye Logo
Tum ALLAH Aur Uske Rasool ﷺPar Imaan Laao Aur Rasool ﷺKi Tazim Wa Taukir Karo Aur Subah
ShaamALLAH Ki Paaki Bolo”.
(Surah Fatah; Para - 26, Ayat 8-9; Ruku -1 )
Seculer Charsh Funkne Wale Asaduddin Owaisi Jahalat Ka Ilaaj To Kuchh Nahi Uski Aqli tanazul Ka Ilaaj
Karwana Chahye Jishne Allah Uske Rasooll Ke Huqm Ka Inkaar Karte Huwe France Ke Khinzeer Ki Taid Ki
Aur Ghazi e Islam ko Antakwadi Kaha Sath kaha Ki Gustakh Nabi Ko Qatal karna Nabi Ki Taleem Nahi Ye
Kehna Bahot Bara Zurm Aur islam Se Baghwat Ka Paigam Ye Jaheel Dene Ki Kosish Me Laga hain Kheir
Ab Khud Nabi e Pak Ne Gustakh ke Qatal ka Huqm Farmaya Aur Sahaba Ne Bhi Gustakh e Nabi Ko Qatal
Karne Ka Huqm diya Aur Qatal Karke Wasile Jahanum Kya Uski Muh Bolty Daleel Is Jaheel Seculer Ko
Hum Dikhana Chahte Hain Ki Chamaron Bhangion Ka Juth Khane Wale Nabi Ke Farman Se Dhoka Dene
Ki Kosish Me Laga Hain Hadees Mubarak ko Dekhen Aur Ye Bauroopi Se Bache Agar Ye apne Byaan Par
Kayem hain To Iski Islam Me Munafiqat Ki Hesiyat Hain Aur Ye Munafiqat Hain Chunke Khud nabi E Pak
Ka Irsaad hain Gustakh Ko Qatal kardiya jaaye
Ayat 02:
“To Ay Mehboob Tumhary Rabb Ki Qasam Wo Musalmaan Na Hongy Jab Tak Apny Aapas Ky Jhagray
Mein Tumhain Haakim Na Banain..!”
(Surah Nisa; Ayat 65)
Ayat 03:
“Aye Mahbbub Apke Hath Me Nahi Zalim Ko Hidayat Dena Allahi Ke Dast e Qudrat Main He Yaa To Allah
Unhe Touba ki Toufiq De de Yaa Azab De Behsaq Wo Zalimin Me Se Hain”
(Surah Aale; Imran Ayyat 128)
Hadees 01:
733 | P a g e
HuaWo Madine Se Makkah Gaya Aur Waha Jakar Isne Badr Me Marne Wale Quresh Ke Marsiya Kahe,
Phir Wapas Aakar Isne Ek Sahabia Khatoon Umme Afzal Bint Harish Aur Degar Muslim Khwateen Ke
MutaliqIshqia (Gande) Ashaar Kahe.
To Phir Huzoor ﷺNe Irshad Farmaya Kaun Hai Jo Kaab Bin Ashraf Ko Jahennam Raseed Karega ?
Hazrat Muhammed Bin Muslima (R.A) Ansari Ne Arz Kiya Ya Rasool Allah ﷺMain Isey Qatl Karunga
Huzoor ﷺFarmaya Mujhe Ispar Khushi Hai Aur Inko Kaab Bin Ashraf Ko Qatl Karne Ki Ijazat Dedi.
Hazrat Muhammed Bin Muslima (R.A) Ne Is Kaam Ki Fikr Me Khana Peena Chor'diya Toh Rasool Allah
ﷺNe Inhey Bulakar Pucha Aye Muhammed Bin Muslima Kya 'Tumne Khana Peena Tark Kar Diya
Hai? UnhoneArz Kiya, Ya Rasool Allah ﷺMaine Aap Ke Saath Jo Waada Kiya Hai Iskey Qabil Hoon Ya
Nahi Aap ﷺNe Farmaya Tum Per Sirf Koshish Karna Farz Hai
Jis Raat Kaab Bin Ashraf Ko Qatl Kiya Gaya RASOOL ALLAH ﷺIs Raat Halat e Qiyaam Me Rahe Aur
Namaz Ada Farmate Rahe Subah Jab Aap ﷺNe Naare Takbeer Ki Sada'ye Suni Ki Kaab Al Ashraf Ko
QatlKar'diya Gaya Hai. Aur Wo Log Jab Wapas Pahuche To Unhone Huzoor ﷺKo Masjid e Nabawi Ke
Darwaze Par Jalwa Afrooz Paaya Aur Unhone Huzoor ﷺKo Kaab Bin Ashraf Ke Qatl Me Kamyabi Ki
Khush'khabri Sunai.
(Sahih Bukhari Published Dar al-Rashd Saudi; Page 549; Hadees 4037)
734 | P a g e
Hadees 02:
Aur Jis Din Hum Sunni Barelviyo Ki Hukumat Hogai Makkah Shareef Me Toh Dekhna Aise Hi Har Saudi
Najdi Wahabi Ko Kaat Kaat Ke Jahennam Raseed Karege Insha'Allah
735 | P a g e
Hadees 03:
Is Ibrat'naak Waqiye Se Pta Chala Ki Chahe Koi Kitna Bhi Azeez Ho Agar Wo Huzoor ﷺKa Gustakh HaiMard Wo
Ya Aurat To Uski Saza Sirf o Sirf Qatl Hai.
Hadees 04:
737 | P a g e
Huzoor ﷺNe Khud Apne Gustakh Ko Qatl Karwaya
Ek Mushrik Shakhs Rasool Allah ﷺKi Shan Me Gustakhiyan Kiya Karta Tha “Toh Rasool Allah ﷺNe
Farmaya Kaun Hai Jo Mere Dushman Ki Khabr Le? To Hazrat Zubair Bin Awwam (R.A) Ne Labbaik Kaha
Ya Rasool Allah ﷺMein Hazir Hon Aur Phir Aapne Us Gustakh Shakhs Ko Qatl KarDiya Aur Rasool
Allah ﷺNe Unko Us Shakhs Ka Saman Ata Kar Diya"
(Musanaf Abi Razzaq Vol 5; Hadees 9477)
Yani Gustakh e Rasool Ko Qatl Karna Sahaba Ki Sunnat Hai Gustakh e Rasool Ki Bas Sirf Ek Hi Saza SarTan
Se Juda.
Hadees 05:
738 | P a g e
(Musanaf Abi Razzaq; Vol 5; Hadees 9705)
Hadees 06:
Hazrat Abu Barzah Al Aslami (R.A) Se Riwayat Hai Ki Ek (Bad'bakht) Shaks Ne Hazrat Abu Bakr Siddiq
(R.A) Ki Shan Me Gustakhana Al'faaz Bole? Tu Hazrat Abu Barzah (R.A) Kehte Hai Mene Arz Kiya Kya Me
Isko Qatl Kardo? Tu Hazrat Abu Bakr Siddiq (R.A) Ne Mana Farmaya Aur Irshad Farmaya Qatl (Jaan Se
Marne) Ka Hukm Tu Rasool Allah ﷺKe Gustakh Liye Hai..!
(Sunan Nasai; Hadees No 4073)
Seculer Asaduddin Owaisi Wo Be'Wakoofi Aur Buzdili Ka Muzahira Naa Kare Balke Sahi Mane Me Huqm
Ko Pehle parhe Ki Gustakh Nabi Ki Saza Qatal hain Qatal hain Qatal hain Aur Jo Usne Kaha Ki Nabi Ki
Taleem Nahi Ke Gustakhi Karne Wale Ko Qatal Kya Jaye To Ye Bahot Bara Juth Aur Dhoka dene Ka Kam
Kar Raha hain..!
739 | P a g e
Hadees 07:
Ek Martaba Jibraeel (AlaihisSalaam) Huzoor ﷺKi Bargah E Aqdas Me Tashreef Laye Tu Nabi Kareem ﷺNe
Unke Bare Me Bataya Aur Waleed Ko Dikha Diya To Jibraeel (AlaihisSalaam) Ne Uske Pair Ki Ragh Ki Taraf Ishara
Kiya Aur Hazrat Jibraeel (AlaihisSalaam) Ne Arz Kiya Ke Aap ﷺIske Shar Se Mehfooz Ho Gaye Phir Huzoor ﷺ
Ne Aswad Ko Dikhaya To Hazrat Jibraeel (AlaihisSalaam) Ne AswadKi Aankho Ki Taraf Ishara Kiya Aur Hazrat
Jibraeel (AlaihisSalaam) Ne Arz Kiya Ke Aap ﷺIske Shar Se Bhi Mehfooz Ho Gaye Phir Nabi Kareem ﷺNe
Hazrat Jibraeel (AlaihisSalaam) Ko Abu Zamah Ko Dikhaya To Hazrat Jibraeel (AlaihisSalaam) Ne Uske Sar Ki Taraf
Ishara Kiya Aur Hazrat Jibraeel
(AlaihisSalaam) Ne Arz Ki Aap ﷺIske Shar Se Bhi Mehfooz Ho Gaye Phir Huzoor ﷺNe Haris Ko
Dikhaya To Hazrat Jibraeel (AlaihisSalaam) Ne Uske Sar Ya Pet Ki Taraf Ishara Kiya Aur Arz Ki Aap ﷺIske Shar
Se Bhi Mehfooz Ho Gaye Phir Nabi Kareem ﷺKe Paas Se Aas Ghuzra Nabi Kareem ﷺNe Uski Taraf Ishara
Karke Bataya To Hazrat Jibraeel (AlaihisSalaam) Ne Uske Pair Ki Ek Side Ishara Kiya Aur Farmaya Ab Aap ﷺIske
Shar Se Bhi Mehfooz Ho Gaye Hai Iske Baad Waleed Qabile Khaza Ke Ek Admi Ke
Paas Se Ghuzra Jo Apne Teer Me Par Laga Raha Tha To Teer Uske Pair Me Lag Gaya Aur Ragh Kat Gai AurAswad
Andha Ho Gaya Aur Abu Uzma Ke Sar Ke Andar Zakham Paida Ho Gaye Jisse Wo Mar Gaya Aur Haris Ke Pet Me
Ganda Pani Jama Ho Gaya Yahan Tak Ke Uske Muh Se Pakhana (Toilets) Nikalne Lagaa ur Usse Wo Mar Gaya Aur
740 | P a g e
Aas Ke Sar Me Kata Lag Gaya To Sar Me Peep Bhar Gai Aur Usse WoJahennam Raseed Hua.
Ek Riwayat Me Hai Ke Wo Taif Ki Taraf Apni Sawari Ghade (Donkey) Par Sawaar Hokar Rawana Hua ToEk
Jagah Ut'tarte Waqt Pair Me Kata Laga Aur Usse Wo Jahennam Raseed Hua
(Al Maujam ul-Awsaat; Vol 5; Hadees 4986)
741 | P a g e
Jab Huzoor ﷺNe Un 5 Khinzeero Ke Bare Me Hazrat Jibraeel (AlaihisSalaam) Ko Bataya To Unhone
YeNahi Kaha Ki Aap ﷺUnke Liye Hidayat Ki Dua Kare Balke Khud Jibraeel (AlaihisSalaam) Ne
Gustakhi Ka Badla Liya Boycott Kare Fake Bappa Peero Ka Agar Apni Aane Wali Naslo Ko Hijda Nahi
Banana Hai
Hadees 08:
Hazrat Sa'ad Bin Abi Waqas (R.A) Farmate Hain Ohad Wale Din Jab Me Dushman e Nabi Pe Teer Chala
Raha Tha Us Dohran Mere Liye Nabi e Pak (R.A) Ne Farmaya Aye Sa'ad Teer Par Teer Chalao DushmanKo
Javab Do Aye Sa'ad Mere Maa Bap Tum Par Qurbaan Ho..!
(Sahih Bukhari; Hadees No 4055)
Is Hadees E Pak Se Bahot Khub Maloom hota Hain Ki Dushman E Khuda Wa Rasooll (R.A) Ko Zalil O
Ruswa Karna Unpe Hamla Karna Unko Qatal Karna Khud Nabi e Pak ka Huqm Hain Agar Ye Taleemat
Naa Hoty Nabi e Pak Ki To kya Nabi e Pak Hazrat Sa'ad Ke Liye Ye Kehte Mere Maa Aur Baap Tujhpe
Qurbaan ? Balke Hazrat Ali Shere Khuda Fatahe Kheibar Moula e Muskil Kusha (R.A) Farmate Hain Allah
ke HabibRahat e Tabib Ne Jo Hazrat Sa'ad Bin Abi Waqas (R.A) Ke Liye Jo Farmaya Mere Maa bap
Tujhpe Qurbaan Aye Saad Ye Baat Dobara Kisi ke Liye nahi Farmai Ye Hazrat Sa'ad Ke Liye Khususiyat
Hain HainKe Sirf Unhi Ke Liye Ye Farmaya Lekeen Makrooh Chehre Fasiq Seculer Tahir Ul Minhaji Aur
Asaduddin Owaisi Wageira Ki AQal Se Pareh Hain Ki Dushman e Nabi Ko Javab Bhi Aise Diya Jata Hain
Jaise Hazrat Sa'ad Ne Ohad Me Dushman Ko Diya Jishe Dekh Kar Nabi e Pak (R.A) Khus Ho Gaye The
Balke Mouta Imam Malik Me Hadees Mubarak Hain Jiska Zikr Aghe Chal kar Ayega Khud Nabi e Pak Ne
Apne Liye Farmaya Me Jang o Wala Nabi Hoon Phir Ye Buzdili Bhare Zumle Kafiron Yahood O nasara Ko
Khush Karne Ke Liye Kaha Jaye Ki Gsutakh Ko Qatal karna Ya kuffar Se Jang Karna Ye talimat Nahi Nabi
ki To Ye bahot bari Khayanat Aur kizb Byaani SeKam Liya jata hain Sirf Wa Sirf Kuffar Ke khof Se Yaa
Kufar ko Khush Karne Ke liye To Awwal To Aisa Sakhs Zarooriyat e Din ka Munkir Aur Allah uske Rasooll
Pe Juth Bandh Ne Wala hain Aise Ka Thikana SirfJahanum hain Jishne Islam Ki tasreeh Ko Galat anzad
Yaa Rang Dene Ki koshis ki..!
742 | P a g e
Hadees 09:
Hazrat Abdur Rahman Bin Awf (R.A) Farmate hain Mera Makka Me Umaya Bin Khalf Ke Sath MeMuhaida
(Agreement) Huwa Tha Ki Makka Me Wo Mere Khandan Wale Aur Mere Maal Doulat Ki Khayal Rakhega
Aur Mera Use Wadaa Tha Ki Madina Me Uski Aur Uske Ladke Ki Hifazat
Karoonga Lekeen Jab Hazrat Bilal (R.A) Ne Umaya Bin Khalf Ko Dekha To Farmaya Bilal Ke Hoty Huwe Ye
Khuda Wa Rasooll Ka Dushman Bach Kaise Sakta Hain?
(Bukhari Hadees No 3971)
Chunache Riwayat Main Aata Hain Hazrat Bilal Aur Kuchh Ansari Sahaba Ne Usko Qatal Karne Ke Liye
Maidan me Aaye To Hazrat Abdur Rahman Bin Awf (R.A) Ne Umaya Bin khalf Aur Uske Ladke ko Bachane
Ki Kosish Ki Magar Hazrat Bilal ne Usko Pair Se Gaseet Kar Bahar Nikal kar Us Khabis Ko QatalKar Diya..!
Agar Ye Dehsartgardi Hain To Tahir Minhaji Asaduddin Owaisi Jaise Fasiq Ye Jan Lein Ki Ye Desartgardi
Page | 743
Har muslaman Karega Har Lamha Karega Chunke Ye Hume Islam Ki Awwal Jang Se Nabi e Pak (R.A) ka
Paigam hain Aur Musalman Ko Allah Uske Rasooll Ke Farman Pe Hi Amal Karna Hain Kisi Kafir Yahoodi Ke
Gulam Ke Bataye Huwe Buzdili Wali Naseehat Pe Nahi..!
Hadees 10:
Hazrat Zuber Bin Awwam (R.A) Farmate Hain Uhad Wale Din Nabi e Kareem Rauf O Raheem (R.A) KoJab
Zakhm Pohcha Sir Muqadus Pe To Ek Chatan Ki Taraf Charhne Lage Hazrat Talha (R.A) Nabi e Pak Ke
Samne Baith Gaye Aur Nabi Kareem (R.A) Hazrat Talha Ke Kandho Par Sawar Ho Kar Pahad Ki Us Chatan
Par Charh Gaye Us Waqt Nabi e Pak (R.A) Ne Hazrat Talha Ke Liye Irsaad Farmaya Talha Ne Apne Pe
Jannat Ko Wajeeb Kar Liya Hain..!
(Tirmizi Kitab Ul Jihaad Hadees No 1692)
Dono Riwayat Se Sabit Hota Hain Allah Uske Rasooll (R.A) ka Dusman Zalim hainAur Allah Uske Rasool
(R.A) Ita'at Wa Hifazat karne Wala Jannati hain..!
Page | 744
Aaj Seculer Qism Ke Log Jo Kafiron Ke Tyohar Wageira Bhi Manate Hain Aur Ahkam e Sari'at Ko Jutlate
He Aur Kafiron Ko Apna Bhai Behn Maa Banaye Ghumte Hain Aise Logon Ke Samne Jab Nabi e Pak (R.A)
Ke Dushman Ke Liye Agar Koi Qadam Sakht Uthaya Jaaye Gustakh Nabi Ka Sir Qalam Kya Jaaye To To
Yahi Log Sahi Ul Akida Musalman Ko Siddat Pasand Kehte Hain Aur Unki Mukhalifat Karte HuweJang O
Jihaad Ko Jutla Dete Hain Sirf Wa Sirf Kaffar Laa Atbar Se Apni Sasti Sohrat Ke Mohtaji Main
Chuncha Aise Sunni Sahi Ul Akida Musalman Ko To Khush Haal Rehna Chahye Aur Dushman e Khuda Wa
Rasooll (R.A) Se Qiyammat tak Jang Rahegi Baaz Aukat Kuchh Jaheel Librel Kehte Hain Jang Masle Ka Hal
Nahi To Hum Use Kehte Hain Kan Khol Kar Sunne Jang Hi Masle Ka Hal Hain Kafir Yahood O Nasara
Mazrat Khana Alfaz Nahi Talwar Se Samjte Hain
Hadees 11:
Hazrat Ameer Muavya (R.A) Se Riwayat Hain RasoollAllah (R.A) Ne Farmaya Meri Ummat Main Se Ek
Giroh Hamesha HaQ Par Ragega Allah Subhana Wa Ta Aala Ke Qaboon Ahkam e Sari'at Par Qayem
Rahega Usko jhooth lane Wale Aur Mukhalifeen Koi Nuqsan Nahi pahucha sakenge yaha tak ki Allah ka
hukm (Qayamat) Aa jayegi Aur Wo isee haal mein honge Muaaz Bin Jabal (R.A) Ne Farmaya ki Wo giroh
Mulk e Sham Mein hoga.
Page | 745
Hadees 12:
Hazrat Bara Bin Azeem (R.A) byaan Farmate Hain Nabi e Paak Syede Alam (R.A) Chand Ansari Sahaba Ko
Abu Rafe Yahoodi Ko Qatal Karne Ke Liye Bheja Hazrat Abullah Bin Atik (R.A) Ko Inka Ameer Muqarar
Kya Abu Rafe Yahoodi Ka Hizaz Me Ek Qilaa Tha Usi Qile Me Ye Khabis Rehta Tha Ansari SahabaAur
Abdullah Bin Atiq Farmate Hain Ke Jab Hum Iske Qile Ke Qarib Huwe To Raat Ho Chuki Thi Aur Log Apne
Garon Main Dakhi Ho Chuke The Tab Mene Un Ansari Sahaba Se Wahin Ruqne Ko Kaha Khud Us
Yahoodi Ke Qile Me Jata Hoon Aur Darbaan me Koi Tadbeer Karoonga Ho Sakta Hain Me Qamyab Ho
Jaun Chuncahe Apne Khud ko Apne Kapdo main Is tarha Chhupa Liya Ki Jaise Koi Kaza e Hajjat kar raha
Ho Jaise Hi Qile Ke Tamam Admi Andar Dakhil Ho Chuke The Darbaan ne Awaaz Di Aye khuda Ke Bande
Andar Anaa hain to jaldi Aaja Me Darwaja Bandh karne laga Hoon Hazrat abdullah bin atik Farmate Hain
Me Us Yahoodi Ke Qile Main Dakhil ho Gaya Aur Chhup kar uski Harkat Saknat ko Dekhne Laga Jab Me
Dakhil ho Gaya to Darwaja Bandh Kar diya Gata Hazrat Abdullah bin Atiq Farmate hain mene Us
darwaje ki Chabi ka Guncha Lekar Darwaja Dobara Khol diya Jab Mene Abu Rafe Ko uske darwbar Qile
Me Dekha To Uske Samne Kuchh Dastan Aur Kahani Sunai Jaty thi Jab Raat Kafi huy to log uske Pase
Apne Apne Thikane Jane Lage Aur Me Abu Rafe Ki taraf Jaane Laga Har darwaje Ko Kholta Dakhil hony
ke bad Wo Darwaja Bandh kar leta Is liye ki Agar Qile me Kisi Ko iska ilm ho jaye to Mujh tak Jaldi Pohch
naa paye Tab Tak Me Is Yahoodi Ko Qatal kardun Chunache Me Us Bahot Kosish ke Baad Us Yahoodi
Abu rafe Tak Pohch hi Gaya Wo Apne Ahl O Ayyal ke Sath So Raha tha Mujhe Kuchh Andaza Naa Ho
Sakta ki Wo Kahan Soya Hain Lekeen Mene Awaaz lagai Abu Rafe ko usne Kaha Koun hain? Jaise Usne
Awwaz di Usi Dohran mene Talwar Ki Ek Zarb Lagai Lekeen Use Qatal Naa kar paya Aur Bahar Agaya Phir
Me Dobara Andar Dakhil huwa Aur Awwaz Badal kar puchha Abu rafe Ye Awwaz Kaisi Thi?
Usne Samne Se bad kalami Ki Aur Kaha Teri Maa Garat ho Abi Abhi Mujhpe Kisine Talwar Se Hamla kya
Hain Aur Mene Usi Tarha uske Awwaz ke Zarye Us Tak Pohch kar Dobara talwar ki Zarb Lagai To Use
Puri tarha Zakhmi kar Chuka Tha Lekeen Wo Puri Tarha Mara Nahi Tha Phir Mene Apni talwar ki Nok
Uske Pet Rakh kar Aur Dabai To Us Paar Nikal Gai Mujhe Phir Yakeen Ho Gaya Ki Ise Me Qatal kar Chuka
hoon Chunache Mene Ek Ek Qile Ke Darwaje Kholne Suru kar Diye Aur Mujhe Aisa Laga Ki Me bahar
pohch Chuka hoon Aur Lekeen Me Wahan Se Gir Gaya To Meri Pindli Zakhmi Ho Gai Mene Bil akhir
Darwaje Ke Kinare Baith Gaya Is liye ke Me Jab Tak Ye Malum Naa karlun Ke Ye Qatal Ho Chuka hain Aur
mar Chuka hain Utne Me Subha Ek Awwaz Dene Wale ne AwwAz di Logon Hizaz Ke Tazir Abu Rafe Ki
Mout Ka Ailaan Karta hoon jab Mene Ye Suna to Me Apne Sathi Ansari Sahaba ke Pas Aaya Aur Kaha
Jaldi Karo Allah Subhana Wa Ta Aala Ne Mere Hatho Abu Rafe Yahoodi Ko Mere Hatho Qatal karwa Diya
hain Aur Humlog Hamrah Sathi Nabi e Pak (R.A) Ke Darbar Me Hazeer huwe Aur Allah ke Rasooll (R.A)
Ko Abu Rafe Yahoodi Ki Qatal ki khush kabri Di Us Dohran Nabi e Pak (R.A) Ne Meri Pindli ki Taraf Dekha
To Mene Farmaya Ki Meri Pindli Tut Chuki hain Chunache Allah ke habib Rahat e Tabib (R.A) Ne Farmaya
Tum Apni Pindli Ko Meri Taraf karo Mene Apna paun Pindli ki Taraf Se Nabi e pak Taraf kya apne Apna
Dast e Mubarak Mere Pindli Pe Phair diya to Meri Pindli Aise ho Gai Jaise Kuchh Huwa hi Nahi Tha
(Sahih Bukhari; Hadees No 4039)
Ye Abu Rafe Yahoodi Wo Khabis Tha Jo Nabi e Pak Ki Gustakhi karta Aur Galat Ashar Ke zarye Toheen
karta tha Isi Khabis Ke Qatal ke Liye Huzoor ne khud Sahaba Ko bheja Tha
Yaani Franche Me Ghazi Abdullah Zishan ne jo Kam Kya hain Is Kam Ko Nabi e Pak (R.A) ke Huqm Pe
Hazrat Abdullah bin Atik Aur Ansari Sahaba (R.A) Ko Bheja Tha
Page | 746
Page | 747
Hazrat Sahl Bin Hanzaliyyah (R.A) Farmate Hain Hunein Wale Din Allah ke Habib Nabi E Kareem (R.A)
Bahot Taweel Safar Kiye Itna Taweel ke Ap Chalte Rahe Chalte Rahe Yahan tak Ke Shaam Ho Gai Mene
Magrib Ki Namaz Nabi Kareem Rauf O Raheem Ke Pichhe Parhi Jab Huzoor Syede Alam Ne Sallam Phaira
To Ek Sahabi Agaye Arz Kyaa Yaa RasoollAllah (R.A) Mene Apke Mubarak Laskar Se Goura (Hours) Doura
Diya Aur Me Aghe Nikal Gaya Me Fala Fala Pahad Ke Upar Charha To Mene Dekha Qabila e Hawazar
Wale Puri Tyaari Ke Sath Aah Rahe Hain Yaa RasoollAllah (R.A) Wo Bakriya Bhi Laa Rahe Hain Apni
Chopaiya Bhi La Rahe Hain Apne Bache Aurtein Bhi Laa Raha hain Apne Abba O Azdad Ke Purane Kuwein
The Uski Charkhiya Bhi Ukhed Kar Laa Rahe Hain Yaa RasoollAllah Wo Jang Ki Niyat O Nazar Se Saaz O
Saman Ke Sath Aah Rahe Hain Yaa RasoollAllah (R.A) Mene Bahot Azeeb Manzar Dekha Jab Ye Baat
Rasooll e Pak (R.A) Ne Suni To Nabi e Paak Mushkuraye Aur Farmaya Wo Log Jo Lekar Aah Rahe Hain In
Sha Allah Wa Rahman Sara Maal Hamare Pas Aajayega Lekeen Aaj Raat Hamara Pairah Koun Dega?
Hazrat Anas ibn Abu Marshad Al-Ghanawi (R.A) Aghe Barhe Aur Farmaya Me Apka Sath Aur Pehra Dene
Ke Liye Tyaar Hoon Yaa RasoollAllah (R.A) Nabi e Pak Ne Farmaya Jau Savar Ho Kar Aao Aap GayeAur
Goure Pe Savar Ho Kar Talwar Lekar Aaye To Nabi E Pak (R.A) Ne Farmaya Ye Talwar Savari Lekar Pahadi
Gaty Ke Kareem Chale Jao Aur Raat Ke Waqt Kisi Bhi Jagah Se Hamla Naa Ho Paaye Chunache Hazrat
Sahl Bin Hanzaliyyah (R.A) Farmate Hain Subha Ka Waqt Ho Gaya Aur Allah ke Rasooll (R.A) Namaz Ke
Liye Apne Kheme Se Bahar Tasreef Laye Jahan Hazaaron Sahaba Ki Namaz Ke Liye Ek Jagah Banai thi
Wahan Tasreef Le Aaye Aur Do² Sunnat Namaz Adaa Farmai Aur Farma Rahe Hain Wo Shah Savar Abhi
Tak Nahi Aaya Sahaba Se Puchha Uska Koi Atta Pata Yaa Khabar Aai Sahaba (R.A) Farmaya Yaa
RasoollAllah us Shah Savar ka Koi Atta pata Nahi Hain Utne Me Hazrat Bilal (R.A) Takbeer E Tahrima
Kahi Huzoor Fazar Ki Farz Namaz Ke Liye Aghe Barhe Aur Farz Namaz Parhana Suru Kardi Sahaba (R.A)
Farma Rahe hain Huzoor Fazar Ki Farz Namaz Bhi Parha Rahe Hain Aur Dohran e Namaz Samne Wali
Waadi ki Taraf Dekh Kar Ye Keh Bi Rahe Hain Mera Gulam Abhi Tak Nahi Aaya Jab RasoollAllah (R.A) Ne
Namaz Khatam Farmai Aur Salam Pheira Sallam Ke Baad Sahaba Se Farmaya Khush Khabri Ho Wo Gulam
Shah Savar Aah Raha hain Sahaba (R.A) farmate Hain hum Bhi Idhar UdharDekhne Lage Kabhi Pair
(Sazar) Ki Taraf Dekh Rahe hain Lekeen Wo Hume Nazar Naa Aata tha Uthe Me Wo Hamare Paas Agaye
Humne Dekha To Wo Hazrat Anas ibn Abu Marshad Al-Ghanawi (R.A) Hi The Apne Goure Ko Aird Lagate
Huwe Talwar Hawaon Me Lehrate Huwe Hamre Paas Aah Pohche Jab Wo Hamare Pas Aaye To Nabi e
Paak Se Mukhatib Ho Kar Farmaya Yaa RasoollAllah (R.A) Apne Mujhe Jahan Jahan Pehre Ka Huqm Diya
Tha Yaa RasoollAllah (R.A) me Wahan Wahan Puri Raat Pehra Dete Raha Yaa RasoollAllah (R.A) Jab
Subha huwi To Me Do Pahadon ke Darmian Charh Gaya Jab Mene Nazar ki To Yaa RasoollAllah Mujhe
Koi Banda Nazar Nahi Aaya Jahan tak Apne Mujhe Huqm Diya Tha Wahan tak Mene Sab dhund Mara
Lekeen Koi Nazar nahi Aaya Ye bat Sun kar Nabi e Pak (R.A) Ne Us sahabi Se Farmaya Aap Rat me So
Gaye The?
Farmaya Yaa RasoollAllah (R.A) Nahi Jab Apne huqm Diya Tha ki Kisi Jagah Se Hamla Naa ho Paye Me
puri Raat apka Pehra Deta Raha Me So kaise Sakta Hoon Haan Sirf Me Namaz Ke Liye Apni Savari Se Utra
tha Jab Ye Saari Baat Allah ke Habib Ne Hazrat Anas ibn Abu MarShad Al-Ghanawi (R.A) Suni To Farmaya
Aaj Raat Jo Tune Apne Nabi Ka Pehra Diya Hain Tune Jannat Ko Chhink Kar Apni Taraf Lee Aaya..!
(Abu Dawood Hadees No 2501)
Page | 748
Page | 749
Hadees 13:
Hazrat Ali Ul Murtaza Shere Khuda (R.A) Farmate Hain Badar Ke Maidan Main Uthba Bin Rabih ApneBhai Aur Bete
Ke Sath Sour Machana Suru Kya Koun Hain Jo Hamare Muqabla Kare ?
Anasari Sahaba Uske Muqable Me Gaye To Usne Kaha Tum Koun ho?
Ansari Sahaba Ne Arz Kya Hum Ansar Hain To Uthba Bin Rabih Kehne Laga Tum Hamare Jor Ke Nahi Uthba Ne
Nabi E Pak Se Farmaya Aye Muhammad (R.A) Ye Log Humare Jod ke Nahi hai Ashrafe Quraish ko Ladne ke liye
Medan Me Bhejiye Huzur (R.A) Ne Hazrate Ameer Hamza (R.A) Wa Hazrate Moula Ali Shere Khuda (R.A) Wa
Hazrate Ubaida (R.A) Ko Huqm diya ki Aap Log In Teeno ke Muqableke liye Nikle
Chunache Ye Teeno Bahaddurane Islam Medan Me Nikle Chuki Ye Teeno Hazraat Ser Khoud Pehne hue the Jisse
unkd Chehre Chup Gae the Isi liye Utba Ne In Hazrat ko Pucha Ki tum log Koun ho Teeno ne Apna naam Wa Nasab
Batae To utba ne Kaha ki Haan Ab Humara Jod hai Jab Un logo me Jung Shuru huiTo Hazrate Ameer Hamza (R.A)
Wa Hazrate Ali Shere Khuda Wa Hazrate Ubaida (R.A) Ne Apne Shuja'at ka Esa Mujahra kiya ki Badr ki Zameen
Dahal gai Aur Kuffar ke Dil Tharra Gae Aur unki Jung ka Anjam Ye hua ki Hazrate Hamza (R.A) Ne Apni Talwar ke
Waar Maar-Maar Kar Utba Ko Zameen Par Dher Kar diya Waleed ne Hazrate Ali (R.A) Se jung ki Dono Ne Ek Dusre
par Qateelana Hamla kiya Aur Khoob Lade Lekin Asadullahil Galeeb Ki Zulfiqar ne Waleed ko Maar Giraya Aur Wo
Zillat ke Sath Qatl Kar diya Gaya Aur Hazrat Ubaida (R.A) bahot Zakhmi Ho Gaye The Zakhm Ki Taab Naa Laa Sake
Ap Wahin Zamin Par Baith Gaye
(Sunan Abu Dawud; Hadees No 2665)
Page | 750
Imamon Ke Kitaabon Se Gustakhe Rasool ﷺKe Bare Mein:
1a). Hazrat Imam Qazi Ayaz Maliki Al Mutawaffah *544* Hijri (R.A) Likhte Hain
Hazrat Habib Ibn e ar-Rabi Al Mutawaffah *221* Hijri Farmate Hai Ki Gustakhi Wale Lafzi izhar Ki Taweel
Qubool Nahi Hai Kyunke Usme Huzoor ﷺKi Tauheen (Gustakhi) Aur Rasool Allah ﷺKi Shan Me Kami
HaiAur Aise Shakhs Ka Khoon Halal Hai Yani Usay Fauran Qatl Kar Dena Chahiye
Yani Pta Chala Ki Jisne Huzoor ﷺKi Shan Ms Gustakhi Ke Alfaaz Apni Na'pak Zuban Ya Apni Badnam
Kitab Me Likhe Baad Me Uski Taweel Kare Ki Mera Ye Matlab Tha Aisa Tha Waisa Tha Wagera Tu Ye
UskiBatil Taweel Qubool Nahi Aur Usay Fauran Jahennam Raseed Kar Diya Jayega
(Al Shifa; Vol 1; Page 430)
1b).Hazrat Imam Muhammad Ibn Sahnun Al Mutawaffah *240* Hijri Farmate Hai Jab Koi Koi Alim
Huzoor ﷺKi Shan Me Gustakhi Karta Hai Aur Phir Wo Us Gustakhi Se Tauba Rujoh Karta Hai To Ye
UskiTauba Usko Qatl Hone Se Nahi Bacha Sakti
Yani Pta Chala Sirf Khule Hue Gustakh Kafir Hi Ki Tauba Qubool Nahi Balke Jo Apne Ko Alim Mulla Kehta
Ho Wo Agar Gustakhi Kare Tu Uski Bhi Tauba Qubool Nahi Aur Usay Qatl Kar Diya Jayega
(Al Shifa; Vol 1; Page 456)
Page | 751
1c).Is Baat Par Ijma Hai Ki Jo Shakhs Nabiyon (Prophet’s) Ki Tauheen Karta Hai To Uski Bin Tauba
Qubool Kiye Beghair Hi Qatl Kar Dena Chahiye Is Baat Par Kisi Ka ikhtilaf Nahi Hai
In Sab Chizo Ke Padhne Ke Baad Pta Chalta Hai Ke Namoos e Risalat Ka Masls Kitna Zyada Has'saas Hai
Isi Liye Baki Har Chiz Ke Gunaho Ki Tauba Qubool Par Gustakh Ki Tauba Qubool Nahi Uska Qatl Farz e
Aain Hai
(Al Shifa; Vol 1; Page 430)
Page | 752
1d).Hazrat Imam Malik Al Mutawaffah *179* Hijri (R.A) Farmate Hai Jo Bhi Musalman Huzoor ﷺKi
Shan Me Gustakhi Kare To Uski Bina Tauba Qubool Kiye Hi Qatl Kiya Jayega.
Yani Jab Koi Kalma Padhne Wala Hamare Aaqa Ki Shan Me Gustakhi Kare To Wo Kafir Ho Jata Hai Aur
Wajibul Qatl Hai Aur Uski Tauba Bhi Qubool Nahi Isi Liye Wahabi Deobandi Ahle'hadeesSaudi Najdi
Mulla'in Kafir Hai Aur Agar Islamic Hukumat Ho Jaye Tu Inko Kabe Ke Andar Bhi Qatl Kar Diya Jayega.
Aur Insha'Allah Wo Din Phir Se Zaror Aayega Jaise Wahabiyon Deobandiyo Ke Ruhani Baap Ibn e Battal
Ko Kabe Ke Andar Jahennam Raseed Kiya Tha Sahaba Ne #Bukhari
(Al Shifa; Vol 1; Page 429)
1e). Hazrat Imam Malik Al Mutawaffah 179 (R.A) Farmate Hai Jisne Rasool Allah ﷺKi Shan Me Kami
Talash Karne Ki Niyat Se Ye Kaha Ki Huzoor ﷺKa Libas Ya Chadar Mubarak Ganda Tha To Aise
Shakhs KoQatl Kar Dena Chahiye
Agar Libas Mubarak Ke Bare Aisa Kehne Wale Ka Ye Hukm Hai Ki Usko Mar Diya Jaye To Wahabiyon
Deobandiyo Ahle'hadeeso Najdiyo Ne Tu Apni Kitabo Me Ye Likha Hai Ke Unka ilm Pagalo Ki Tarah
UnkaKhayal Namaz Me Janwar Se Bhi Badtar Hai (Maaz'Allah Summa Maaz'Allah) #Hifzul Iman Safa 8
To Aisi Gustakhi Karne Wale Aur Uska Difa Karne Walon Ka Kya Anjaam Hoga?
(Al Shifa; Vol 1; Page 430)
Page | 753
2).Hazrat Imam Abu Talib al-Makki Al Mutawaffah *387* Hijri Likhte Hain
Hazrat Umar Farooq e Azam (R.A) Ke Daur e Khilafat Me Ek Imam e Masjid Ka Ye Mamool Tha Ke Wo
Aksar Fajar Ki Namaz Me Yahi Surat Padhta Aur Dil Me Ye Kefiyat Murad Leta Ki Ye Wo Surat
Hai JismeALLAH Ne Huzoor ﷺKo Tambih (Warning) Farmai Hai.
(Maaz'Allah)
Jab Ye baat Hazrat Umar Farooq (R.A) Tak Pahonchi Ki Ek Shaks Apni Qaum Ki Imamat Karata Hai Wo
Ba'jamaat Namaz Me Sureh " " Hi Padhta Hai Aapne Usay Bul'waya Aur Ba'ghair Mazeed
Tehqeeq Ke Us Gustakh Imam Ki Gardan Uda Di
Subhan'Allah
Yani Ba'zahir To Usne Qur'an Ki Ayat Padhi Magar Dil Me Bughz e Rasool ﷺTha Is Liye Ayat Ka Galat
Matlab (Meaning) Nikala Taki Huzoor ﷺKi Shan Ko Kam Kara Jaye Halake Direct Koi Gustakhi Wala
Word Use Nahi Kiya To Hazrat Umar (R.A) Ne Uska Ye Anjaam Kiya Aur Uska Qur'an Padhna Masjid Ka
Imam Hona Kuch Kam Na Aaya Aur Aaj Usi Gustakh Imam Ki Ruhani Aulad Wahabi Deobandi
Ahle'hadeesNajdi Apne Usi Baap Se 10 Qadam Aage Nikal Chuke Hai Usne Dil Me Bughz Rakha Aur
Gustakhi Kari Aur Ye Log Apni Kitabo Aur Bhashado Me Khule Aam Gustakhi Karte Hai Aur Quran Ki
KuchAyat Ka Galat Meaning Nikal Kar Huzoor ﷺKi Shan Ko Ghatane Ki Nakam Koshish Kar Rahe Hai
(Qūt al-Qulūb Vol 1;Page 197)
Page | 754
3). Khalifa Hazrat Haroon Rasheed Al Mutawaffah *193* Hijri Ne Hazrat Imam Malik Al
Mutawaffah *179* (R.A) Se Pucha
Ki Agar Duniya Me Kisi Jagah Huzoor ﷺKi Shan Me Gustakhi Ho Jaye To Huzoor ﷺKi Ummat Ki
KyaZim'medari Hai?
Hazrat Imam Malik (R.A) Ne Farmaya To Ummat e Muslima Badla Le (Yani Us Gustakh Ka Sar Tan Se
Juda Karde) To Khalifa Haroon Rasheed Ne Pucha Agar Wo Ummat e Muslima Aisa Na Kare To Phir?
Hazrat Imam Malik (R.A) Ne Farmaya Phir Ye Sari Ummat Mar Jaye Isko Jine Ka Bhi Koi Haq Nahi
Ya Allah Is Ummat e Muslima Ko Itni Takat De Apne Sher Ali Murtaza (R.A) Ke Sadqe Ki Is Waqt India Me
Jitne Bhi Suwar RSS Gande Nale Me Phir Rahe Hai Unko Jahennam Raseed Kar Sake
(Al Meyar al-Mua'rrab [Published Andalusia Morocco]Vol 2; Page 356)
Page | 755
4). Ibn e Tayymia Wahabiyon Deobandiyo Ka Shaykh ul Islam Likhta Hai
Gustakh e Rasool ﷺMusalman Ho Ya Kafir Mushrik Wajibul Qatl Hai Ye Jamhoor Ulama e Islam Ka
IjamAur Mazhab Hai Aur
Hazrat Imam Malik Al Mutawaffah *179* Hijri (R.A)
Hazrat Imam Lais Ibn Saad Al Mutawaffah *175* Hijri (R.A) Imam Ahmad Bin Hambal Al Mutawaffah
*241* Hijri (R.A) Hazrat Imam Ishaq Al Mutawaffah *151* Hijri (R.A)
Aur Hazrat Imam Shafai Al Mutawaffah *204* Hijri (R.A)
In Sab Aima e Kiram Ka Yahi Mawqif Mazhab Hai
Aur Isi Liye 150 Saal Pehle Ulama e Makkah Shareef Aur Ulama e Madinah Shareef Aur Hind o Pak Ke
Bade Ulama Ne In Wahabiyon Deobandiyo Ke Bade Mullao Ki Gustakhiya Jo Unki Kitabo Me Aaj Bhi
LikhiHui Hai Aur Usko Ye Log Print Kar Rahe Hai Sab Ne Kafir Karar Diya Aur Jo Unki Gustakhiya Janne
Ke Baad Bhi Unko Musalman Samjhe Wo Bhi Kafir Hai
(Sarim al-Maslul 'ala Shatim al-Rasul Safa No 32 )
Page | 756
GUSTAKHE RASOOL ( )ﷺKI EK SAZA
Page | 757
Bad Mazhabon Ki Gustakhiyan Aur Kufriya Aqide
1).Deobandi Dharam Me Allah Jhoota Hai (Astagfirullah):
Deobandi Tablighi Jamati Din Raat Allah Ta'ala Ka Naam Lekar Apne Ko Allah Wala Hone Ka Dhool Bajate
Hai But Inkq Aqeeda Allah Ke Bare Me Kya Hai Aaj Apko Batata Hon
Rasheed Ahmak Gangohi Deobandi Jo Sare Deobandiyo Tablighi Jamatiyo Ka Peer Aur Sabse Bada Mulla
Tha Wo Apni Badman Zamana Kitab Fatawa Rashidiya (Rishi) Ke Safa no 237 Par Likhta Hai
Kizb (Jhoot) Dakhil Qudrat Baari Ta'ala Hai Yani Jhoot Allah Ta'ala Ki Zaat Sifaat Me Shamil Hai Allah
Ta'ala Jhoot Bhi Bol Sakta Hai ( Maaz'Allah Summa Maaz'Allah)
Aur Islam Ka Ye Buniyadi Aqeeda (Beliefs) Hai Ki Allah Ta'ala Har Aaib Jhoot Fareb Se Paak Hai
(Tafsir al-Qur'an lil Imam Raazi; Pg 166)
Kya Aisa Kufriya Aqeeda Rakhne Wala Musalman Ho Sakta Hai? Kya Is Kitab Ko Likhne Wala Aur Isko
Print Karne Wala Musalman Ho Sakta Hai? Hargiz Nahi But Deobandi Jamati Isko Apne Akabir Peer
Mante Hai Din Raat Iska Naam Lete Nahi Thak'tay Aur Har Saal Deoband Se Ye Kitab Print Hoti Hai
Kya Abhi Koi Deobandiyo Ko Musalman Samjhe Ga Kya Inke Piche Namaz Padega? Ahle Hadees
Musalman To Nahi Padega Ha Munafiq Zaror Padega
Page | 758
2).Deobnadi Jamatiyon Ke Nasdik Allah ﷻBe'khabar Usko ilm Nahi
Thanvi Deobandi AurvDEOBANDI FATEH JALANDHARI Ne Tarjuma e Quran SUREH AAL-E-IMRAN, AYAT-
142"
Kiya
⬇
"Hala'n Ki Abhi KHUDA Ne Tum May Jihaad Karnay Walo'n Ko To Achchi Tarah Maalom Kiya Hi Nahi Aur
Yah Ki WOH Sabit Qadam Rehnay Walo'n Ko Maalom Karay'n"�
Maaz'allah
Yani Deobandi Jamati Ke Tarjume Ke According Allah ﷻLogo Se Be Khabar Hai Yani Usko Pata Hi Nahi
Kuch
"JO "KHUDATA'ALA" Ke ILM KI QADEEM NA MANAY WOH KAAFIR HAY"
(FATAWA ALAMGIRI, JILD-2, PAGE-262)
Page | 759
3). Allah Ta'ala Mach'char Par Bait Sakta Hai By Ibn e Tayymia
Wahabi Ahle'hadeeso Deobandiyo Saudi Najdiyo Ka Aaqa Aur Dada Sheikh Chilli Ibn e Tayymia Urf Ibn
Chamiya Jiski Taqleed Aur Bakhti Aaj Sara Wahabi Ahle'hadees Saudi Najdi Dharam Ka Manne Wala
Karta Hai Wo Kya Likhta Hai Aaiye Pade
Ibn e Tayymia Likhta Hai Allah Ta'ala Mach'char (Mosquito) Ki Peeth Par Sawaar Ho Sakta Hai Kyunke
Allah Ta'ala Ka Wazan (Weight) Itna Kam Hai Ki Ek Mach'char Bhi Allah Ta'ala Ko Utha Sakta Hai
(Maaz'Allah Summa Maaz'Allah)
(Bayan Talbis al-Jahmiyyah; Jild 3; Safa 796)
Page | 760
4).Wahabiyon Ahle'hadeeso Gair Muqallido Najdiyo Ka Allama Wahiduzzama
Azmi Najdi Likhta Hai
Allah Ki Sifaat Hai Tajjub Karna Utarna Chadna Aana Jana Maskhari (Hasi Mazak) Wa Makar (Jhoot
Dagha) Chalna Baghna Allah Ta'ala Ki Sifat Hai Aur Allah Ta'ala Jis Surat Me Chahe Zahir Ho Sakta Hai
Astagfirullah Nauzbillah Maaz'Allah
(Hadiyatul Mahdi; Safa 23)
Page | 761
5).Wahabiyon Aur Deobandiyo Ka Baap Laila e Najd Ismaeel Dehelvi
(La’natullah) Aisa Bid'ati Aur Gumrahi Wala Aqeeda Likhta Hai Jo 1400 Saal Me
Kisi Imam Ne Bhi Apni Kitab Me Nahi Likha
Ulema e Deoband Ki Woh Kaunsi Gustaakhiyaa'n Thi Jinki Wajah Se Un Par Imaam e Ahle Sunnat Sayyidi
Alahazrat Rehmatullah Alaih Aur 33 Ulema e Harmain Ne Kufr Ka Fatwa Diya
Aayiye Hum Aapko Un 4 Ulema e Deobandi Ki Gustaakhiyaa'n Bataate Hai'n Jin Par Kufr Ka Fatwa Diya
Page | 762
Gaya Aur Jo Unke Kufr Me'n Shak Kare Un Par Bhi Kufr Ka Fatwa Diya Gaya.
(1) Rashid Ahmad Gangohi Ne Apni Kitaab Me'n Likha Ke "Allah Ta'ala Jhoot Bol Sakta Hai". Ma'az Allah
(Fataawa e Rashidiya, Jild No.1, Safha No.20) - See Above.
(2) Ashraf Ali Thanvi Ne Apni Kitaab Me'n Likha Ke "Nabi e Kareem ﷺKe Ataayi Ilm e Gaib Jaisa Ilm To
Bachcho'n, Paagalo'n Aur Jaanwaro'n Ko Bhi Hai". Ma'az Allah
(Hifzul Imaan, Safha No.8)
(3) Qaasim Naanotvi Ne Apni Kitaab Me'n Likha Ke "Agar Mohammad ﷺKe Ba'ad Bhi Koi Nabi
Aajaaye To Rasoolullah ﷺKi Khatme Nabuwwat Me'n Koi Farq Nahi Padega". Ma'az Allah
(Tehzeerunnaas, Safha No.24)
(4) Khaleel Ahmad Ambethvi Ne Apni Kitaab Me'n Likha Ke "Nabi e Kareem ﷺSe Zyaadah Ilm
Shaitaan Aur Malakul Maut Farishte Ko Hai". Ma'az Allah
(Baraahin e Qaate'a, Safha No.51/52)
Page | 763
Page | 764
In Gustaakhiyo'n Ki Wajah Se Ulema e Harmain Ne (1903) Me'n Yeh Fatwa Diya Tha Ke Yeh 4 Gustaakh
Kaafir Hai'n Aur Inke Kufr Me'n Shak Karne Waale Bhi Kaafir Hai'n
Hindustaan Aur Arab Ke Qull 265 Ulema e Kiraam Ne In 4 Deobandi Molvio Par Kufr Ka Fatwa Diya Tha
Page | 765
(Jin Ulema Ne In 4 Deobandi Gustaakh Akaabiro'n Par Kufr Ka Fatwa Diya Tha Unke Fatwe Unki Mohar
Ke Saath "Hussaamul Harmain" Kitaab Me'n Maujood Hai'n)
Jo Sachcha Pakka Musalmaan Hoga Aur Jiske Dil Me'n Allah Ta'ala Aur Rasoolullah ﷺKi Mohabbat
Hogi Woh In 4 Deobandi Gustaakh Molvio'n Ko Kaafir Maanega, Kyu'n Ke Sachcha Musalmaan Kabhi Bhi
Allah Wa Rasool Ke Gustaakho'n Ko Musalmaan Nahi Maan Sakta
Wahabiyon Deobandiyo Ahle'hadeeso Najdiyo Ke Shaikh Ibn e Tayymia Ke Bare Me Likha Hai
Sheikh Muqri Kehta Hai Me Sheikh Chilli Ibn e Tayymia Ke Paas Gaya Aur Mere Paas Us Waqt Kharcha
Pani Tha Bas Me Ibn e Tayymia Ko Salam Kiya Aur Ibn e Tayymia Ne Mujhe Salam Ka Jawab Diya Aur
Welcome Bola Aur Mujhe Apne Kareeb Kiya Lekin Mujhse Ye Nahi Pucha Ki Mere Paas Kharcha Hai Ki
Nahi Uske Kuch Dino Baad Mere Paas Kharcha Pani Khatm Hogaya Mene Aur Logo Ke Saath Ibn e
Tayymia Ke Piche Namaz Padhi Aur Fauran Ibn e Tayymia Ke Paas Se Nikal Ne Ka Irada Kiya To Bas
Mujhe Ibn e Tayymia Ne Rok Diya Aur Mujhe Bitha Diya Jab Log Chale Gaye To Mujhe Kuch Dirham De
Diye Aur Kaha Ki Ab Tere Paas Kharcha Nahi Hai Ye Sunkar Me Bahut Heran Ho Gaya Aur Mujhe Pta Chal
Gaya Ki Ibn e Tayymia Ne Pehle Meri Halat Ka ilm Ho Gaya Jab Mere Paas Kharcha Tha Aur Jab Mere
Paas Kharcha Khatm Ho Gaya To Ye Bhi Ibn e Tayymia Ko Pta Chal Gaya
(Manaqib Ibn Taymiyya; Safa 56)
Page | 766
Dekha Aapne In Dajjali Wahabiyon Ahle'hadeeso Saudi Najdiyo Ki Munafiqat Ki Ibn e Tayymia Ko Logo
Ke Halat Bhi Janta Tha Ki Kiske Paas Paise Hai Kiske Paas Nahi (Aur Yahi Log Din Raat Facebook
WhatsApp YouTube Par Hamare Aur Tumhare Nabi ﷺKe Ilm Ke Bare Me Bakwas Karte Hai Ki Unko
To Diwaar Ke Piche Ka ilm Bhi ilm Nahi Hai.Kya Abhi Inko Musalman Manoge
Ibn e Tayymia Tamam Ambiya Wa Rasool Se Afzal Hai Aur Uske Salaf Ambiya Aur Nabiyo Ke Ghar Walo
Se Afzal Hai
Maaz'Allah
(Al'uqud al'duriya; Safa 197)
Yani Wahabiyon Ahle'hadeeso Saudi Najdiyo Ka Ye Qadyanio Se Badtar Aqeeda Hai Kya Abhi In
Wahabiyon Saudi Najdiyo Ko Musalman Manoge?
Page | 767
9). Ahle'hadeeso Gair Muqallido Najdiyo Ki Sahaba Ki Shan Me Gustakhi
Wahabi Shia Bhai Bhai
Ek Khula Gustakh Ek Chupa Gustakh Bas Chupe Hue Khule Hue Rafzi Ko Shia Kehte Hai Aur Chupe Hue
Rafzi Ko Wahabi
Wahiduzzama Azmi Gair Muqallid Ahle'hadees Najdi Hazrat Ameer Muawiya (R.A) Se Likhta Hai Ke Inke
Walid Hazrat Abu Sufiyan (R.A) Thay Jo Rasool Allah ﷺSe Barabar Jang Karte Rahe Akhir Me Majbor
Hokar Musalman Hue Aur Hazrat Muawiya (R.A) 60 Hijri Me Damishq Me Mare (Maaz'Allah)
(Tayseer-ul-Bari [Publisher Taj Company Pakistan; Jild 5 Safa 90)
Kya Wahabi Ahle'hadees Khinzeer Apne Baap Ibn e Abdul Wahab Najdi Ke Bare Me Kahege Ki Wo 1792
Ad Diriyah Saudi Arabia Me Mara? Wahabiyon Ahle'hadeeso Agar Tum Waqia Randi Ki Najais Aulad Nahi
Hoto Sabit Kardo Kisi Zaeef Riwayat Ya Kisi Mujtahid Imam Ke Qawl Se Ki Hazrat Sayyidina Abu Sufiyan
(R.A) Majbori Me Musalman Hue
Page | 768
10).Thanvi Deobandi Kafir Ki Hazrat Sayyeda Paak Radi'Allahu'Anhna Ki Shan Me
Badtareen Gustakhi
24 September 1924 Me Al Saud Aur Sheikh Najdi Ki Aulado Ne Musalmano Ko Qatl Karle Makkah
Madinah Par Yahudiyo Ki Madad Se Kabza Kiya Usi Din Se Aaj Tak In Saudi Wahabiyon Ne Sirf Islam Aur
Musalmano Se Dushmani Hi Dikhai Hai Aur Apne Palto Riyali Kutto Se Sirf Islam Me Fitna Paida Kiya Aur
Kar Rahe Hai
Page | 769
Saudi Ke Shaher Riyadh (Najd) Aur Al Hasah Me Ek Road Street Ka Naam Musaylma Ke Naam Par Rakha
Ye Wo Kazzab Tha Jisne Sabse Pehle Jhoote Nabi Hone Ka Elan Kiya Jisko Hazrat Abu Bakr Siddiq (R.A)
Ne Qatl Karwaya Tha
Abrahah Al Habshy Ye Wo Shaitan Tha Jo Kabe� Ko Ghirane Ke Liye Ek Lashkar Laya Tha Jisko Allah Ne
Ababeelo Ko Bhej Kar Unko Qatl Karwaya Jiska Zikr Sureh Feel Me Hai
Maaz'Allah Aise Dushman e Rasool Aur Dushman e Kabe Ke Naam Par Saudi Wahabiyon Ne Naam
Rakhay Kya Ye Khuli Hui Islam Dushmani Nahi? Kya Aabhi Koi Halali Inko Musalman Samjhe Ga?
Proof Dekhe
Page | 770
12).Saudi Wahabi Mulla Shahiq Bin Shafeeq Ka Fatwa:
Agar Yahi Baat Koi RSS Ya Yahudi Likhe To Bawal Karege Aur Wahabi Kutta Likhe Tu Sulehkulli Apne Bil
Se Nahi Niklege
Kya Aabhi Koi In Chamar Se Zyada Neech Wahabiyon Ahle'hadeeso Saudi Najdiyo Ko Musalman
Manega�
Kya Aabhi Koi In Chamar Se Zyada Neech Wahabiyon Ahle'hadeeso Saudi Najdiyo Ko Musalman Manega
Aur Inke Piche Namaz Barbad Karega
Page | 771
14).Deobandiyo Ke Nazdik Muharram Ka Sharbat Peena Haram O Najaiz Hai Lekin
Diwali Ki Mithayi Khana Jaiz hai (Maz’Allah)
Dekhe Inlogo Ko Imam Husain (R.A) Se Itna Bugz hai Ke Unke Naam Ki Sabeel se Paani Aur Sharbat
Peena Bhi Inhe Gawara nahi Aur Hinduo se Itni Muhabbat Ki Unke Sood Ke Paiso se Piyao se Paani Bhi
Inhe Gawara hai Aur Diwali Holi Ki Mithayi bhi, Aakhir Itni Nafrat Kyu..? Ye Bugz E Husain (R.A) Nahi To
Aur Kya hai.?? Ye Hindu Nawazi Nahi To Aur Kya hai.?
Page | 772
Page | 773
15). Najdi ahle hadeeso ki yazeed se mohabbat
Yazeed Jiska Naam Sunte Hi Hindu Bhi Nafrat Ka izhar Karte Hue Usko Bura Kehte Hai But Hamare India
Aur Pakistan Me Ek Aisi Qawm Hai Jo Yazeed Ka Naam Sunte Hi Khush Ho Jati Hai Jisko
Deobandi.Tablighi Jamat Kaha Jata Hai Ek Taraf To Ye Jis Nabi ﷺKa Kalma Padti Hai Usi Nabi ﷺKe
Nawaso Ke Qatil Aur Dushman e Ahle'bayth Yazeed Se Muhabbat Karti Hai But Khul Ke Apni Yazidiyat Ka
Elan Nahi Kar Pati
Hamare Deoband Ke Shaikhul Quran Aur Sare Deobandiyo Ka Yahi Aqeeda Hai Ki Yazeed (La’natullah)
Hamara Sardar Hai Magar Majbori Ki Wajeh Se Zahir Nahi Karte Na Jane Ye Majbori Kab Tak Chalegi
Page | 774
(B).Deobnadiyo Aur Wahabiyon Ka Mulla Bhatt Likhta Hai:
Dekha Deobandiyo Ke Dharam Me Yazeed (La’natullah) Ameerul Mom Bhi Hai Aur Razi'allah Bhi
Kya Abhi Inko Koi Musalman Manega? Siwaye Munafiq Ke Koi Nahi
(C). Deobnadiyo Jamatiyo Ka Bahut Bada Mulla Manzur Usmani Deobandi Likhta Hai
Page | 776
(E). Deobandi Mulla Aur Wahabi Mulla Likhte Hai
Yazeed Razi'allah Par Durood Bhejo Yazeed Hamara Sardar Aur Ameer Hai
Maaz'Allah Astagfirullah
(Rashid Ibn Rashid; Safa 17)
(F)Yazeed Ko Bachane Ke Liye Yani Ahle'hadees Wahabiyon Najdiyo Ne Ek Jhooti Riwayat Gadh Dali
Harami Kifatullah Sanabili Yazidi Aur Uske Muqallid Jaise Ke Haider Ahmed Butt. Nadeem Khan Hasan Ali
İsrar Yazidi Jalauddin Qasim Wagera Bhi Apni Maa Se Zina Bil Jabr Karke Pesh Karte Hai
Page | 777
Sahi Hadees Ka Nara Lagane Wala Firqa Ahle'hadees Aaj Apne Abba Yazeed Ko Bachane Ke Liye
Mangadat Riwayaat Par Chalte Hai Kaise Bhi Karke Ahle'hadees Wahabiyon Ka Abba Yazeed Bach Jaye
Are Yazidiyo Jab Tumhara Rohani Baap Yazeed Aur Uski 22 Hazaar Hijde Mere Imam Hussain
Radi'Allahu'Anhu Ki Talwar Se Na Bach Sake To Aaj Israel Aur Qadyan Me Paida Hone Wale Ahle'hadees
Wahabi Gair Muqallid Najdi Kaise Hum Hussainiyo Se Bach Sakte Hai⚔
Hussaini Ka Jawab:
Yazeedi Kifayatullah Sanabli Ne Ye Mangadat Baat "BILAZRI" Ke "ANSAABUL ASHRAAF" Ke Hawale Se
Likhi Hai.
Pehla Raavi
1.Balazari Ke Bare Me
Hazrat Imam Khairuddin Zarkali Kehte Hai Balazari Ko Junoon Ki Bimari Hogayi Thi Pagal Hogaya Tha Yeh
Admi
(Al Aylaam Vol 1; Pg 267)
Page | 778
2).Hazrat Imam Safadi Al Mutawaffah 764 Hijri Is Raawi Ke Bare Me Likhte Hai
Balazari Sharab Peeta Aur Nashe Mein Rehta Sharab Peete Peete Uska Dimag Kharab Hoga Pagal Ho
Gaya Aur Wo Logo Ki Ghibaat Burai Karta Tha
(Al Waafi Bil Wafiyat; Vol 8; Page 158)
4).Aur Hazrat Imam Ibn e Hajar Asqalani Al Mutawaffah 852 Hijri Farmate Hai
Mujallid Bin Saeed Hamdani Ye Gair Siqah Hai Jhoota Raawi Hai.
(Tehzeeb ul Tehzeeb; Vol 10; Pg 39)
Maloom Hua Ke Ye Mawzu (Manghadat) Riwayat Hai Joke Ahle'hadees Yazeediyo Ne Red Light Area
Me Paida Ki
Hadees:
“Hazrat Abdullah Bin Buraydah (R.A) Se Riwayat Rasool Allah ﷺNe Irshad Farmaya Tum Log
Munafiq Ko Syed Mat Kaho Agar Wo Sardar Hua To Tumne Apne Rab Ko Naraz Kiya”
(Sunan Abu Dawud; Vol 5; Hadees 4977)
To Pta Chala Ke Wahabi Ahle'hagees Deobandi Shia Rafzi Aur Mutah Mujawar And Company Walo
Me Jo Apne Ko Syed Kehte Aur Title Lagate Hai Unko Syed Kehna Allah Ta'ala Ko Naraz Karna Hai.
SANAD SAHI HAI LEIKIN BADMAZHABON NEIN ZAIF LIKH DIYA. AISE HI AUR BHI JAGAH IN LOGO NE
ZAIF KEH KAR TAAL DIYA.
Page | 780
Page | 781
THE CORRUPT BELIEFS OF THE QADIANI SECT
Qadiani refer to those who follow Mirza Ghulam Ahmed Qadiani. Mirza Ghulam Ahmed Qadiani is
the founder of this sect. He claimed to be a Prophet and uttered blasphemy against the Ambia-e-
Kiraam علﻴهﻢ الﺴالم, particularly against Hazrat Esa (Alaihissalaam) and his respected, chaste, pure and
truthful mother, Bibi Maryam. He has made such insolent statements against Hazrat Esa
(Alaihissalaam) and Bibi Maryam that listening to it will cause the heart of the Muslims to shudder.
However, the current alarming condition has made it necessary and thereby compelled me quote his
blasphemous words. Just the claim of Prophethood by is itself kufr and sufficient to have one cast into
hell for all eternity, as it is to entirely oppose the Holy Qur’an and to reject the Finality of Khaatamun
Nabiyeen ﷺ, yet he did not stop at this but instead he continued to make derogatory statements
against other Prophets of Allah. Thereby burdening himself with the curse of being a blasphemy, which
consisted of hundreds of kufr.
The Shariah declares that the ‘Tauheen’ (insult) to any Nabi is confirmed kufr, even if the blasphemer
acknowledges all the other Prophets and the other Essential Fundamental Principles of Deen. To reject
the words of any one Nabi is to reject the words of all the Nabis. Hence, the Holy Qur’an declares:
1). He says that, ‘In the Barahine Ahmadiya, Allah has described this humble servant as Ummati and
also as Nabi’. [Izala’e-Awham pg 533]
2). He claims that Allah has said, ‘O Ahmed your name will appear even before my name’. [Anjaam
Aatham pg 52]
3). He claims that Allah has said, ‘O Ahmed! Glad tidings, you are my desire and you are with me’.
[Anjaam Aatham pg 55]
4). The evil Qadiani also attributed to himself, verses which are revealed in regards to the beloved
Prophet ﷺ.
Page | 782
“And We sent you not, but as Mercy unto the all the worlds”
[Surah 21, Verse 107]
He claimed that the above verses of the Holy Qur’an are referring to him. (Allah Forbid) [Anjaam
Aatham pg 78]
5). The cursed Ghulam Ahmed falsely claims that Allah says:
O Ghulam Ahmed, you are like my offspring and I am from you and you arefrom me [Daafi’ul Bala, pg 6]
6). He says, “The Prophet’s ﷺIlhaam (Divine Inspiration) and Wahi (Divine Revelation) proved to be
false.” [Izala’e-Awham pg 688]
7). He claims that ‘Hazrat Musa’s (Alaihissalam) predictions did not come true as he had wished and
expected them to.’ [Izala’e-Awham]. His aim of saying this was to try and demonstrate that most of the
predictions of Hazrat Esa (Alaihissalaam) were even more unsuccessful.
8). He claims that the verse in Surah Baqara which mentions the incident of the dead person who was
brought back to life after being struck with a piece of beef, was only used by Hazrat Musa to create
unnecessary fear (i.e. a threat) and it was actually a form of mesmerism. [Izala’e Awham pg 775]
9). He claims that the incident in the Qur’an relating to the miracle of Hazrat Ibrahim(Alaihissalam) and
the 4 birds is also an outcome of mesmerism. [Izala’e-Awham pg 553]
10). He says, “in the time of a certain King, 400 Prophets predicted his victory but they were all wrong
as he lost the battle and thusdied on that battlefield.” [Izala’e-Awham pg 629]
11) He says, “The Qur’an consists of vulgar and abusive language and its tone is very harsh.:” [Izala’e-
Awham pg 26-28]
12). He claims that his, ‘Barahine Ahmadiya’ is the book of Allah. [Izala’e-Awham pg 533]
13).He says, Neither Esa (Alaihissalaam) nor Musa (Alaihissalam) were true and perfect guides.
[Arba’een vol. 2 pg 13]
1). ‘O Christian missionaries. Do not say that ‘ ربﻨا الﻤﺴﻴﺢEsa (Alaihissalaam)(Jesus) is our Lord, for there is
Page | 783
one amongst you (referring to himself) who is greater than Esa (Alaihissalaam).’ [Me’yaar pg 13]
2). ‘Almighty Allah has sent in the present Ummah a Messiah who supersedes the past Messiah on glory
and grace and named him Ghulam-e-Ahmed. This is to suggest that the Messiah of the Christians is
inferior in status and cannot even compare to a slave of Ahmad, so far as his ability to intercede and
access to Allah is concerned.’ [Me’yaar, pg 13/14]
3). ‘The example of Musa is better than Musa himself and the example of the son of Maryam is better
than the son of Maryam himself.’ [Kashti pg 13]
4). ‘Allah has informed me that the ‘Masih-e-Muhammadi’ is more exalted than the ‘Masih-e-Musawi’.’
[Kashti pg 20]
5). ‘Almighty Allah says that He will create an equal to the Messiah, who will not only be equal, but
who will supersede him in every way. This will be Ghulam Ahmed.’
He says:
‘Abandon the remembrance of the son of Maryam.
Better than him is Ghulam Ahmad’
‘That which has been mentioned above is not merely a poetic stanza but it is the fact. It is my experience
that the support of Allah is more with me than with the son of Maryam. If this does not prove to be
true then I am a liar.’ [Daafi’ul ul Bala pg 20]
6). ‘As per his covenant, Allah has power over everything but he cannot bring back to earth a person
who has already caused enough destruction.’ [Daafi’ul ul Bala pg 15]
7). ‘Maryam’s son is in no way better than Kaushalya’s son (the Hindus Ram).’ [Anjaam Aatham pg 41]
8). ‘I swear by him in whose control is my life, that if Esa (Alaihissalaam) the son of Maryam were in
my time, then he would not have been able to converse in the way that I do, and he would definitely
not have been able to demonstrate the signs which I show.’ [Kashti-e-Nuh pg 56]
9). He says, ‘The Jews have such strong objections against the Nabuiwat of Esa (Alaihissalaam) and
there is not much that even I can say to clarify it. The only thing that I can say is that he is a Prophet,
because the Qur’an says that he is a Prophet. With the exception of this, there is no other Proof of his
Nabuiwat. Rather, there are numerous proofs which can be used to differ his Nabuiwat.’ [Ijaz’e Ahmadi
pg 13]
Page | 784
IMPORTANT NOTE:
It must be noted that in the above- mentioned statement, Mirza has supported the corrupt theory
of the Jews and at the same time claiming that the Qur’an preaches that which can be nullified by
way of evidence and argument. (Allah Forbid)
10). He says, ‘The Christian claim that he is God, whereas in actual fact, even his Nabuiwat cannot be
confirmed’. [Ijaz’e Ahmadi pg 14]
11). ‘Sometimes Hazrat Esa (Alaihissalaam) used to have shaitaani inspirations as well.’ [Ijaz’e Ahmadi
pg 14]
O Muslims! Are you aware of those that receive shaitaani inspirations? The Holy Qur’an announces:
12). He says, ‘Most of his (Esa (Alaihissalaam) ) predictions and prophecies were incorrect.’ [Ijaz’e
Ahmadi pg 14]
13). He says, ‘I must regretfully admit that the accusations of the Jews against him are so convincing
that I too am unable to defend him (Esa (Alaihissalaam) ).’ [Ijaz’e Ahmadi pg 13]
(The above mentioned verse of the Qur’an makes it very clear that shaitaani (devilish and evil)
inspirations only appear to evil persons and open sinners. The accursed Ghulam Ahmad has
unsuccessfully attempted to prove this for Esa (Alaihissalaam))
14). He says, ‘O where shall I go to lament, that 3 of his (Esa (Alaihissalaam)) prophecies were proven
to be completely incorrect.’ [Ijaz’e Ahmadi pg 13]
The above mentioned statement completely rejects the Prophethood of Hazrat Esa (Alaihissalaam).
15). He contradicts himself by saying, ‘It is impossible for the prophecies of the Prophets to be
halted.’ [Kashti-e-Nuh pg 5]
16). ‘I fully accept that the Messiah (Hazrat Esa (Alaihissalaam)) was a very pious personality in
comparison to others in his era. I cannot however accept him as being a true ‘Munji’ (liberated
person), for he was not born in Arabia.’ [Daafi’ul Bala pg 3]
Page | 785
17). ‘What I said earlier about Esa (Alaihissalaam) was only out of gentleness and kindness, otherwise
the possibility exists of there being many pious people in his era who were far more superior to him.’
[Daafi’ul Bala pg 3]
18). He says, ‘The Messiahs piety was in no way better than the piety of other righteous ones in his era.
When compared to Esa (Alaihissalaam), Yahya appears to be more pious because he never consumed
any wine in his lifetime, nor did any immoral woman ever touch Yahya in order to apply perfume to
his head, which she had purchased through her illegitimate earnings, or touched his body with her hand
or hair. Unlike Esa (Alaihissalaam), Yahya was never served by any young female who was not related
to him. This is why in the Holy Qur’an Allah has referred to Yahya as ‘Husoor’ and he did not use such a
name for Esa (Alaihissalaam) because such incidents disallow him from being afforded such a name.’
[Daafi’ul Bala pg 4]
19). He says, ‘He had a very close relationship to a tribe of drifters. This was probably because of his
ancestral relationship to that tribe. Otherwise, there was no other reason for a pious man like him
to permit a young gypsy female to apply perfume purchased from her illegitimate earnings of
adultery, to his head with her impure hands and to rub her hair against his legs. Understanding
people will realise from this, what kind of a person this was.’
The above mentioned are only some of the derogatory statements of Mirza. He has used many other
derogatory and vulgar words with regards to Hazrat Esa (Alaihissalaam). He referred to him as being
malicious,shrewd and vulgar. He also referred to him as a liar, a thief, a cheat and dim-witted etc. In his
attempt to discredit Hazrat Esa (Alaihissalaam) he did not leave any stone unturned. He writes
sarcastically, ‘Even his larger family are very pure and chaste. 3 of his paternal grandmothers and 3 of
his maternal grandmothers were adulteresses and of bad character from whose blood he was born.’
It must be noted that here Mirza says paternal grandmothers, whereas Esa (Alaihissalaam) was born
without a father. In this statement, he is rejecting the word of the Holy Qur’an that Esa (Alaihissalaam)
was born without a father.
He further states that Esa (Alaihissalaam) had 4 brothers and 2 sisters and all of them were his own
blood brothers and sisters. He said (Allah Forbid) that they were children of Hazrat Yusuf and Bibi
Maryam. Like all his other corrupt beliefs, this too is no less corrupt.
He also claimed in his book Anjaam Atham that Esa (Alaihissalaam) did not have the ability to
perform any miracles. He says in the same book that in those days there was a pond which had
miraculous powers and all miracles that occurred at the time, were related to this (so-called) pond.
Page | 786
He further says that the only power Esa (Alaihissalaam) had was that of deceiving the people (Allah
Forbid). He further states in Izala’e Awham that the miracles performed by Hazrat Esa
(Alaihissalaam) are only misconceptions and if one leaves out the tales that are usually mentioned
as miracles, then one will find that all his miracles were not true and that no miracle performed by
any other Prophet is doubted as much as those performed by him.
He also again attempts to prove that all the miracles of Esa (Alaihissalaam) were due to the magical
pond. How many other corrupt beliefs and statements of the daj’jaal Qadiani can we present to
you, whereas there are so many more. Those who are true Muslims can clearly see how this accursed
person has attacked the station of such an exalted Prophet, who has been given such great excellence
in the Holy Qur’an. I am amazed at those unsuspecting people who are falling prey to his deceit
and are blindly following him, still regarding him as being a Muslim.
I am even more astonished by those who claim to be intellectuals, yet they are blindly following
him into the crater of hell. Can any true Muslim ever doubt that such a person is out of the fold of
Islam, and a kaafir and murtad (apostate)? By Allah! Never!
The ruling of the Shariah regarding such a person and the one who after knowing his infidelity still
regards him a Muslim is:
‘The one who doubts the punishment or infidelity of such a person, will himself become an infidel’
Page | 787
Mirza Qadiyani Ki Haqeekat
Hazrat Abu Hurairah (R.A) Se Riwayat Rasool Allah ﷺNe Irshad Farmaya Qayamat Us Waqt Tak Nahi
Aayegi Jab Tak 30 Dajjal Na Aa Jaye Unme Se Har Ek Ka Ye Dawa Hoga Ki Wo Allah Ka Nabi Hai Par Wo
Sab Jhoote Honge
(Sunan Abu Dawud [English & Arabic]; Vol 4; Hadees 4333 & 34)
Yani Qayamat Se Pehle Ye Sab Aayege Lekin Huzoor ﷺKa ilm e Gaib Dekho Ki 1500 Saal Pehle Hi Iski
Khabar Bhi Dedi Aur Unki Tadad Bhi Bata Di Ki Kitne Honge
Mujhe Jitne Dajjal Kazzabo Ke Naam Pta Hai Wo Likh Raha Hon
1). Musaylma Kazzab
2). Aswad Ansi
3). Mukhtar Sakfi
4). Sajjah Haris
5). Mirza Qadyani
6). Isa Afghani
Page | 788
Page | 789
CORRUPT BELIEFS OF THE RAAFDI SECT
If anyone wishes to examine their corrupt beliefs in detail, he should peruse ‘Tuhfa Ithna Ashariyah’. A
few of their corrupt beliefs are being presented here.
1). This sect openly slanders the companions (Sahaba) of the Prophet ﷺ. Actually, with the exception
of a few, they refer to all other companions of the Prophet ﷺas kaafir and munafiq (Allah forbid).
2). They hold the ‘Khulafa-e-Thalaatha’, i.e. the 3 Khulafa; Hazrat Abu Bakr Siddique, Hazrat Umar-e-
Farooq and Hazrat Uthman-e-Ghani رضى اللا تعاﱃ عﻨهﻤاin contempt. They believe that these 3 companions
illegally usurped the Khilaafat from Hazrat Ali رضى اللا تعاﱃ عﻨهﻤاwho remained silent and continued to praise
them, due to fear for them and because he used the device of ‘Taqiyya’ deception. It is completely
unacceptable and an insult, to brand a brave and courageous person such as Sayyiduna Ali رضى اللا تعاﱃ عﻨهﻤا
as a coward and frightened person. Is it possible that Hazrat Ali رضى اللا تعاﱃ عﻨهﻤاtook the oath of allegiance
out of fear at the hands of those who were (Allah Forbid) kaafirs and munafiqs, and remained silent
about this all his life? Is this the quality of the ‘Lion of Allah’? The Holy Qur’an affords these Companions
of the Prophet ﷺwith great excellence. The Holy Qur’an mentions in regards to them and those who
follows them that, ‘They are pleased with Allah and Allah is pleased with them’. Could Allah hold them
in such excellence if they were unbelievers and hypocrites? Never!
If this were true, it would be a shame that Hazrat Ali رضى اللا تعاﱃ عﻨهﻤاgave his beloved daughter in the Nikah
of Hazrat Umar رضى اللا تعاﱃ عﻨهﻤا. This corrupt sect tries to justify this by saying that Hazrat Ali رضى اللا تعاﱃ عﻨهﻤا
made Taqiyya, i.e. he used deception, when allowing his daughter to marry Hazrat Umar رضى اللا تعاﱃ عﻨهﻤا
. Is it possible for a person to intentionally give his daughter in the Nikah of someone, who is regarded
as an unbeliever? It can never be accepted that an exalted companion like Hazrat Ali
َؓwould use the vice of deception, whilst giving his daughter in the marriage of someone he recognised
as an unbeliever? It is extremely unfortunate and sad to make such derogatory remarks about those
who struggled throughout their lives for the sake of Islam and who ultimately sacrificed their lives for
this cause. Even the Holy Qur’an, whilst referring to the gallant services of these devoted companions,
announces:
“And they will fear not the admonishment of those who admonish”
Page | 790
Rasoolullah ﷺalso married the daughters of both Hazrat Abu Bakr رضى اللا تعاﱃ عﻨهﻤاand Hazrat Umar عﻨهﻤا
رضى اللا تعاﱃ.
(In other words, when one daughter of the Prophet ﷺpassed away he ﷺgave another one of his
daughters into the Nikah of Hazrat Uthman اللا تعاﱃ عﻨهﻤا.رضى
He was known as Zul Noorain because he was married to 2 daughters of the Prophet ﷺ, one after
the other. This status was not afforded to anyone else in the world except to Hazrat Uthman اللا تعاﱃ عﻨهﻤا
رض ى
All the above clearly indicates the closeness of the first 3 companions to the Holy Prophet ﷺ. After
knowing of their closeness to the Prophet ﷺwho in his right sense of mind would dare to slander
and insult these beloved companions of the Beloved Prophet ?ﷺCan one who believes really use
such cursed words for those blessed with such special closeness to Rasoolullah ?ﷺAbsolutely Not!
Absolutely Not! Some other fundamental beliefs of this sect are as follows:
1). They believe in ‘Aslah’, in other words that Almighty Allah is compelled to do that which is best for
his servants.1
2). They believe that the Great Imams are more superior in status than the Prophets. This is
absolutely contrary to the Shariah and the consensus in this regards is that it is kufr to regard any non-
Nabi to be more superior to a Nabi.
3). They also believe that the Holy Qur’an is not preserved in its original sense. They say that some
Parts, Surahs, verses and words of the Holy Qur’an were removed by Ameer ul Momineen Hazrat
Uthman-e-Ghani رضى اللا تعاﱃ عﻨهﻤاand other companions, thus leaving the Qur’an incomplete. What is
surprising is that, in view of their statement, even Hazrat Ali رضى اللا تعاﱃ عﻨهﻤاdid not do anything about
this and he too left it incomplete. It must be noted that even this belief is unanimously agreed upon as
being kufr because it is to directly reject the Holy Qur’an.
4). They also believe that, sometimes Almighty Allah gives a command and then later finds out that it is
not appropriate, so He then regrets giving this command. To hold such a corrupt belief is definitely kufr,
as such a corrupt belief claims that Allah is unaware (Allah forbid).
5). Another one of their corrupt beliefs is that Allah is the Creator of all good and the people are the
creators of mischievous and evil deeds. The majoosis believed in two Gods, ‘Yazdan’ who they called
the creator of good and ‘Aharman’ the creator of evil, but these corrupt Raafdis by believing in the
existence of millions of Gods have even left the majoosis far behind.
(Bahar E Shariat; Vol 1; Pg 171-174)
Page | 791
CORRUPT BELIEFS OF THE WAHABI SECT
Compared to the other sects, the Wahabi sect is a new sect, which was formed in 1209 Hijri. The founder
of this sect was Muhammad bin Abdul Wahab Najdi, who unleashed a reign of terror and corruption in
Arabia, especially targeting Makkah Shareef andMadinah Shareef.
He mercilessly killed many Ulama and demolished and dug up many Mazaars of the Sahaba-e-Kiraam,
Ulama and Shuhada. (Allah Forbid) He referred to the Blessed Rauda-e-Anwar of the Prophet ﷺas
‘Sanam al Akbar’, in other words ‘The biggest Idol’.
He spread immense cruelty and corruption, just as it was mentioned in a Hadith of the Prophet ﷺ
where he mentioned that fitna will spread from Najd (today known as Riyadh).
The Prophet ﷺfurther said that the army of shaitaan will emerge from Najd. 1200 years has since
passed and this group has now emerged in Najd. Hazrat Allama Shaami رضى اللا تعاﱃ عﻨهﻤاreferred to this
group as the ‘Kharijis’. The son of Abdul Wahab wrote a book called ‘Kitaabut Tauheed’.
This book was later translated into Urdu by Isma’eel Dehlwi of India. He called the book, ‘Taqwiyatul
Imaan’. It is Isma’eel Dehlwi who was the one responsible for spreading Wahabism in India (which later
spread throughout the globe). One of the core beliefs of this sect is that anyone who does not conform
to their way is a kaafir and mushrik. It is for this reason that they label the Muslims throughout the world
as unbelievers and whenever they have the chance, they can be heard mentioning the words kufr and
‘shirk’.
On page 45 of Taqwiyatul Imaan, he quotes the Hadith which explains that close to Qiyaamat a sweet
breeze will blow, causing all the Muslims to pass away. After quoting this Hadith, he says, ‘It has happened
just as the Prophet of Allah ﷺprophesised and this wind has already blown.’
In other words he believes that there are no Muslims now left on earth. So ignorant is he, that he
has also included himself and his followers in this as well, meaning that according to him, he too is
an unbeliever. These wahabis are bent on insulting Almighty Allah and his Prophet ﷺ. This is their
main objective. In their bid to find faults, they always take a sceptical and disdainful view of everything.
A few of their corrupt beliefs are being quoted below so that our unsuspecting Muslims brothers
and sisters may become aware of their false beliefs and be protected from their web of deceit, so as
notto be deceived by their attire and huge turbans.
My Dear Muslim Brothers! Take careful heed to what I am about to say and weigh it on the scale of Imaan, for
there is nothing more valuable to a believer than his Imaan. Another name for Imaan is the love for Allah and
Page | 792
His Rasool ﷺ. The one who attains more excellence in his faith is the one with the highest status. If a person
has no Imaan then he has no value amongst Muslims, even if he claims to be a great Aalim, Zaahid or one who
has divorced himself from the splendours of this world. Do not regard them your leaders merely because they are
Aalims, Molvis and Faazils, if they are the enemy of Allah and His Rasool ﷺ. Do you not find learned
scholars amongst the Jews, Christians and Hindus etc.? Will you accept them as your leaders? Definitely not! How
then can these irreligious and corrupt people be your leaders?
1). It is on pages 35 and 36 of Izaa ul Haq (published by Farooqi Publications) ‘It is an evil innovation
to say that Allah is free from time, space and place, and having faith in the reality of seeing him
directly (i.e. being blessed with His Divine Vision). One who holds such a belief is a sinner and an
innovator.’ The author of this book says that to believe that Allah is free from place, time or space
is wrong and we the Ahle Sunnat believe that Allah is free from time, place or space. In this
statement, the author has branded the entire Ahle Sunnat and its leaders as Bid’atis (innovators) and
sinners. It is in Bahrur Ra’iq, Durr-e-Mukhtar and Fatawa Alamgiri that any person who considers a
place for Allah (i.e. confines Allah to limits of time or place) is a kaafir.
‘Allah has made it Haraam upon the earth, that it may devour the bodies of the Prophets.’
‘So, the Prophets of Allah are alive and they are given sustenance’
3). It is as follows on page 19 of Taqwiyatul Imaan, ‘Since Almighty Allah alone is our Creator, we
should only ask him for help in all our affairs, just as a man after becoming a servant of a King only turns
to him and not to another King, What then has to be said about (taking help from) any ‘chamar’ (low
cast person).’
Can any person who claims to be a Muslim use such a derogatory term towards the Ambia-e-Kiraam
and Awliyah-e-Izaam?
Page | 793
(In other words, some sinful actions are worse than others) He then says, ‘It is better to think of
sexual intercourse with your wife than thinking of adultery. Similarly, it is better to engross yourself
in the thought of your oX or donkey, rather than thinking of your Peer (Murshid) or any other pious
person, even though it maybe the Prophet ﷺ.’
Dear Brothers! This is the statement of the leader of the Wahabis regarding Prophet ﷺ. Any person
with even the least bit of Imaan in his heart, which is even less than a mustard seed will be able to see
this and will definitely acknowledge that there is blasphemy in it.
5). It is on page 10 of Taqwiyatul Imaan that, ‘To increase or decrease ones sustenance, to bless with
good or bad health, to give one respect, to fulfil ones desires, to get rid of evils and calamities and to
remove one from hardships is only under the authority of Allah. No Prophet, Awliyah, devilish
creature or fairy has any authority in this regard.’ Anyone who calls out to anyone other than Allah
in time of need is a mushrik, even if he feels that the one whom he is calling out to, is able to assist
him by himself or through the Will of Allah. It is shirk (polytheism) either way.’
[Surah 9, Verse74]
Here, the Holy Qur’an is announcing that the Prophet ﷺhas blessed people to be enriched with
wealth, whereas the author of the corrupt book says that one who believes anyone to have such
authority over such things is a mushrik, so according to him the Holy Qur’an is propagating polytheism.
This is the injunction of the Qur’an and yet the Wahabis say that none other can give good health
(with or without the command of Allah). They claim that anyone who believes that someone has been
given any such authority is a polytheist. Almighty Allah has mentioned this kind of authority for
Hazrat Esa, so the Wahabis must now say what declaration is there in this regard. According to them,
even if this authority is afforded to him by Allah, it is still polytheism and thus I cannot understand
Page | 794
what their definition of Islam is.
6). On page 11 of Taqwiyatul Imaan, a saying of the Prophet ﷺis quoted wherein it is said, ‘Respect
this jungle for it is in the (sacred Haram) and do not hunt any animals therein and do not fell the trees
in its boundary for it is a place sacred for worshipping Allah.’ After quoting this narration, he says, ‘To
show respect to the jungles around the houses of Prophets or ghosts is shirk, even though one thinks
that he is worthy of respect or to think that Allah will be pleased by you affording them respect is also
shirk (polytheism).’ There are numerous Ahadith which prove that the Prophet ﷺsaid, ‘Ibrahim made
Makkah the Haram and I have made Madinah a Haram therefore do not cut down the Acacia trees and do not
hunt the wild animals in its vicinity.’
Dear Muslim Brothers (and Sisters)! Look with the eyes of Imaan and see how this mischievous author
has distorted the facts? He has levelled such a terrible accusation against the Prophet ﷺ.
7). On page 8 of Taqwiyatul Imaan, its author says that even the idol worshippers in the time of the
Prophet ﷺdid not equate their idols to Allah. What they really did was that they called out to them
in their times of need and they made offerings to them expecting to attain some favour. He then
says that it is for this reason that anyone who considers any servant of Allah as an intercessor or a
mediator between Allah and the servants is equal in shirk to Abu Jahl1. What he is really saying is
that if anyone accepts and believes that the beloved Prophet ﷺis our mediator and intercessor in
the Court of Allah then (Allah Forbid), such a person is a polytheist similar to Abu Jahl.
8). In the same book, he says that if one is asked about how many leaves are on a tree, or how many
stars etc. are in the sky, then one should not say that Allah and His Rasool ﷺknow because only Allah
has the knowledge of the unseen (Ilm-e-Ghaib) and not the Holy Prophet ﷺ.
9). On page 7 of Taqwiyatul Imaan he says, ‘Allah Saaheb has not afforded anyone the power to
ordain anything.’ In other words he is saying that Almighty Allah has not given anyone on earth the
power to cause anything to happen.
(This, statement, not only condemns the intercession of the Prophet ﷺbut it also condemns all the
companions, the Great Imams, the Awliyah Allah and all the Muslims as mushriks like Abu Jahl. (Allah
Forbid).)
This clearly refutes the miracles of the Prophets and the Karaamat ofthe Awliyah Allah. Almighty Allah
says:
“Then plan to accomplish the commands (of Allah)”
Page | 795
[Surah 79, Verse 5]
Is the author not explicitly refuting the above mentioned verse ofthe Holy Qur’an?
10). On page 22 of Taqwiyatul Imaan, it is said that anyone who’s name is Muhammad or Ali has no
power or right over anything.
This is very astonishing because the Wahabis too have a right over their belongings and yet they say
that Hazrat Muhammad ﷺwho is the most beloved to Allah has no power or right over anything.
11). One of their corrupt beliefs is that Almighty Allah has the ability to lie (Allah forbid). One of their
leaders has given a decree that Waqu-e-Kizb means pardon for all those who referred to Allah as a
liar and such people can no longer be condemned.
This is such a blasphemous decree. He says that even though someone calls Allah a liar, they should be
pardoned and still regarded as Muslims. I cannot understand what they really regard as Allah.
12). They also refute the fact that the Prophet ﷺis Khaatamun Nabiyeen (The Final Messenger). To
deny that Prophet ﷺis the Final Messenger is clear infidelity without any doubt.
13). Hence, it is on page 2 of Tahzeerun Naas, the view of the ordinary people regarding the Prophet
ﷺbeing Khaatamun Nabiyeen, is in the sense that he is the Final Messenger in the lengthy chain of
Prophets.
However, the well informed (knowledgeable) people definitely know that being Khaatamun Nabiyeen
has no untouchable seal to it. It only shows the end of an era. It does not in any way show or determines
aspecial level of excellence or elevation.
If one goes by this view, then the divine mention of this verse will be regarded in its true context:
“But indeed, he is the Prophet of Allah and the seal of the Prophets”
[Surah 33, Verse 40]
Here the malicious author has tried to establish that Khaatamun Nabiyeen only denotes the end of
an era. He says that it has no significance with the pious people, as they know that it is not a unique
station.
The author here has attempted to refute the words of the Prophet ﷺwho himself has explained it
to mean final Messenger. This is a unique attribute which has been blessed to him by Almighty Allah.
This is evident from numerous Ahadith. However, the author out of his lack of consideration has tried
Page | 796
to identify the Prophet ﷺwith the common people and has omitted him from the category of the men
of knowledge and wisdom.
It is on page 16 of the same book that even if it is assumed that another Nabi had to appear in his era or
thereafter, it will not in any way negate the finality of the Prophet ﷺ.
He further says that even if one assumes that if another Nabi had to come on this earth or in some other
domain, it will still not interfere with the Prophet ﷺbeing the final Messenger.
The ruling in regards to the corrupt beliefs of the author is evident from the decrees mentioned in
‘Husaam ul Haramain’ as decreed by the then great and learned Ulama of Haramain Sharifain. Even
hehas mentioned on page 46 of his book, regarding the condition of his Islam being names sake.
Allah protect us from those who are only Muslim by name. On page 5 of the same book, it has been
mentioned that:
The fact that the Ambia علﻴهﻢ الﺴالمare superior to their Ummah is only in (the context) of knowledge. As
for the issue of deeds (actions), then in this the Ummati occasionally appear to be equal and sometimes
even supersede the Prophets.
The author of this book has also tried to establish that the Nabuiwat of the Prophet ﷺis Qadeem
whilst the Nabuiwat of the other Ambia علﻴهﻢالﺴالمis Haadith. He states on page 7 of his book that the
distinction between Qadeem Nabuiwat and Haadith Nabuiwat, despite the union of characteristics can
only then be properly applicable.
Is there really anything else with the exception of the Zaat (Divine Self) of Allah and His Sifaat (Divine
Attributes) that are Qadeem (uncreated)?
It must be noted that Nabuiwat is a quality and it is impossible for the quality to exist without the
one that it represents.
(In view of his statement) If the Nabuiwat of Huzoor ﷺis Qadeem, i.e. uncreated, then it would
necessarily mean that Huzoor ﷺis also not Haadith (creation), and thereby would mean that Huzoor
ﷺis Azali (meaning he always existed and is uncreated), and according to the consensus of the Muslims,
it is regarded as kufr to believe in anything else except Allah and His Divine Attributes to be Qadeem.
14). One of the characteristics of the followers of the Wahabi sect is that they attempt to invalidate
and falsify everything that reflects the excellence and purity of those who have been afforded
Page | 797
special closeness and the special favour of Allah.
They are bent on finding faults and shortcomings that can prove to be an effective tool in their hands
to defame and condemn the men of true knowledge. They even refute the knowledge of the unseen
which has been bestowed upon the Prophet ﷺ.
It is on page 51 of Barahin-e-Qaatiya that the Prophet ﷺdoes not even have knowledge of that
which is behind a wall. The author quotes this and then falsely attributes this statement to Shaykh Abdul
Haq Muhadith Dehlwi رﲪةاللاعلﻴه.
He further mentions that the vast knowledge of shaitaan and the Angel of death are evident from the
Qur’an and there is no such source that authenticates the vastness of the Prophet’s ﷺknowledge.
He thus claims that to accept such knowledge for the Prophet ﷺwithout evidence is shirk. The author
of this book is prepared to give preference to the knowledge of shaitaan over the knowledge of the
Prophet ﷺ.
He accepts it for shaitaan but says that it amounts to polytheism if accepted for the Holy Prophet ﷺ.
In other words, he has actually associated shaitaan as a partner to Allah, and he believes that this is
established from Qur’an and Hadith. Undoubtedly, these servants of the shaitaan have no qualms in
making shaitaan a partner to the Almighty.
Every Muslim should look with the eyes of Imaan, how the author has tried to establish that the
knowledge of shaitaan the cursed is more than the knowledge possessed by Holy Prophet ﷺ.
Has he not really regarded it as being more and has he not really associated shaitaan as a partner to
Allah?
He has definitely accepted this and not only has he accepted it but he has also tried to establish it as
being true from Qur’an.
All 3 of these beliefs are undoubtedly kufr and there is no doubt that the one acknowledging it is an
infidel. Which Muslim is there that can doubt the infidelity of such a person?
15). In another book, Hifz ul Imaan, its author Ashraf Ali Thanvi says on page 7, that if knowledge of the
unseen which is possessed by the Prophet ﷺis partial then there is no uniqueness in this, since all
insane people, little children and animals possess such knowledge.
Page | 798
Dear Brothers, Think for a moment about what he has said. He hasno conscious and does not feel any
remorse in equating the knowledge of the Prophet ﷺto that of children, insane people and animals.
Can any Muslim still have doubt in the author of Hifz ul Imaan and his followers being disbelievers?
16). A common practice of the Wahabis is to shun the practices of the Muslims by branding these
practices as shirk, whereas they have been permitted by Allah and His Rasool ﷺ.
They brand Meelad Shareef, Standing for Salaam, Esaal-e-Sawaab, visiting the graves of the Awliyah and
the Blessed Grave of the Prophet ﷺ, making Faateha and 40 days etc. as shirk.
It is in the book Barahin-e-Qaatiya that the repeated hosting of the Meelad of the Prophet ﷺis
similar to he Hindus who repeatedly host the prayer of ‘Kanhaya’ (a Hindu deity) and to the Shias
who repeatedly observe the day of martyrdom at Karbala.
Allah Forbid! They have equated the Commemoration and Remembrance of the Birth of the Beloved
Rasool ﷺto the celebration hosted by unbelievers in remembrance of their false deity.
They have even surpassed such nations. They are allowed to do as they wish in any fiXed and appointed
time, and there is no stipulation in this regard for them. They formulate these false obscenities
whenever they feel like.
Translator’s Note: Look at how these Wahabis have branded Muslims to be worse than Hindus and Shias,
just because they commemorate the Birth of the Prophet ﷺand remember the Awliyah and convey
blessings to their deceased.
Their beliefs have no bearing to Islam. They charge others with kufr and shirk for many things, yet
when they have any such stipulations;it is not regarded as kufr and shirk.
This is hypocrisy of the highest degree. Beloved Muslim Brothers! That which has been mentioned above
is only a few of the heretic beliefs of the Wahabis. There are numerous other corrupt and blasphemous
beliefs of the Wahabis which show there enmity to the Prophet ﷺin many of their other books.
We beseech Allah to protect us from them and from all the other corrupt and deviant sects. Aameen.
(Bahar E Shariat; Vol 1; Pg 177-188)
Page | 799
Abdul Wahab Najdi Ki Haqeekat
Sare Wahabiyon Ahle'hadeeso Deobandiyo Saudi Najdiyo Ka Baap Jiska Naam Inki Gandi Zaban Pae
Allah Ta'ala Ke Paak Naam Se Zyada Rehta Hai Wo Kya Tha Aapko Batata Hon
Pura Naam Muhammad Bin Abdul Wahab Najdi Kharji 1792 Me Markar Mitti Me Mila Uska Aqeeda
Mulaheza Kare Jo Aaj Har Wahabi Ahle'hadees Deobandi Ka Hai
Ibn e Abdul Wahab Najdi - Dekhe Iske Mane (Meaning) Kya Hai:
Hazrat Abu Saeed Al Khudri (R.A) Se Riwayat Hai Rasool Allah ﷺKe Paas Kuch Maal Laya Gaya To
Aapne 4 Aadmiyo Me Us Maal Ko Taqsim Kar Diya Aur Farmaya Me Ye Maal Dekar Unki Dil'joi Karna
Chahta Hon Ispar Banu Tamim Ka Ek Shakhs Bola (Jo Us Waqt Ka Wahabi Tha) Ki Aapne Insaaf Nahi Kiya
To Huzoor ﷺNe Farmaya Is Shakhs Ki Nasl Se Aisi Log Paida Honge Jo Deen Se Kharij Ho Jayege
Page | 800
(Sahih Bukhari [Published Saudi Najdi]; Vol 6; Hadees 4667)
Aur Phir Usi Banu Tamim Ke Shakhs Ki Nasl Se Wahabiyon Deobandiyo Ahle'hadeeso Ka Baap Ibn e
Abdul Wahab Najdi 1703'isvi Me Usi Banu Tamim Me Paida Hua Aur Aaj Sari Wahabiyat Deobandiyat
Ahle'hadisiyat Usi Ki Nasl Hai Aur Ye Log Islam Se Kharij Hai Aur Ye Bhi Pta Chala Ki Huzoor ﷺYe Bhi
Jantay Hain Ke Kiski Nasl Se Kaun Aur Kaise Log Paida Honge
Hazrat Allama Ahmad Zayni Dahlan Birth 1231 Hijri In Makkah Shareef:
Aap Likhte Hai Muhammad Bin Abdul Wahab Najdi (La’natullah) Jab Kisi Ko Apne Firqe Me Dakhil Karta
To Use Pehle Hukm Deta Ki Wo Gawahi De Ki Wo Isse Pehle Kafir Tha Aur Uske Maa Baap Kufr Par Fawt
Hue Aur Is Tarah Ki Gawahi Leta Ki Isse Pehle Jo Musalman Aur Ahle ilm Ghuzray Sab Kufr Me Fawt Hue
Ba'qayeda Ek Ek Ulama Ka Naam Le Lekar Unko Kafir Kehta Agar Ye Chiz Ki Gawahi Koi Deta To Usko
Apni Jamat Me Shamil Karta Warna Usko Qatl Kar Deta Isi Tarah Jab Koi Hajj Karne Ke Baad Uski Jamat
Me Shamil Hona Chahta To Pehle Usse Kehta Ki Tum Phir Se Hajj Karo Kyunke Isse Pehle Tum Mushrik
The Aur Tumne Shirk Me Hajj Kiya. Ibn e Abdul Wahab Najdi Apne Jahil Agento Se Kehta Ki Khud ijtihaad
Aur Raye Se Qur'an Padho Aur Uski Tafsir Karo Aur Hadees'o Ki Kitabo Ko Mat Padho Kyunke Usme Sab
Page | 801
Jhoot Shamil Hai Ibn e Abdul Wahab Najdi Ne Apni Mukhalifat Karne Wale Ulama Aur Saliheen Aur Aam
Musalmano Ko Qatl Kiya
Astagfirullah
(Al Durru al Sunniya fi al Radd e Wahabiya; Safa 118-&-119-&-120)
Aur Aaj Sari Wahabiyat Najdiyat ISIS Taliban Al Qaidah Aur Jitne Bhi Atangwadi Groups Bane Hai Naam
Nihad Jihad Ke Naam Par Sab Isi Ibn e Abdul Wahab Najdi Ke Fallower Agent Hai Jo Sirf Insano Aur Sunni
Musalmano Ko Marte Hai
Hazrat Abu Hurairah (R.A) Se Riwayat Hai Ke Rasool Allah ﷺNe Irshad Farmaya
“Kufar Ka Sar (Head) Mashrik (East) Me Hai”
(Sahih al Bukhari; Vol 4; Hadees 3301)
Pay Attention
Sare Imamo Muhaddisin Aur Muhakkiko Ka Ka Ittefaaq Hai Ki Is Hadith Me Ishara Najd Ki Taraf Hai Jo
Madinah Shareef Ke Mashrik East Ki Janib Hai Jaha Se Shaitan Ki Seengh Ibn e Abdul Wahab Najdi Nikla
Ab Aap Google Map Open Kare Usme Madinah Shareef Dalkar Khud Dekh Sakte Hai Ki Madine Shareef
Ke Thik East Mashrik Ke Taraf Najd Riyadh Jisko Kehte Hai Saudi Capital Wo Aata Hai Ki Iraq & Iran Jo
Page | 802
Najdi Saudi Log Bachane Ke Liye Jhoot Bolte Hai
Page | 803
Last Sunni Muslim Imam e Kaba Aur Wahabi Najdi:
Makkah Mukarrama Aur Madinah Munawwarah Par Kafiro Ke Kabza Karne Se Pehle Waha Ke Last Akhir
Musalman Imam Shaykh Ahmad ibn e Zayni Dahlan Al Makki Birth 1231 Hijri (R.A) Ibn e Abdul Wahab
Najdi Aur Uske Daku Kazzab Muqallido Ki History Ke Bare Me Likhte Hain
Muhammad Bin Abdul Wahab Najdi (Kharji-Nasibi) Najd (Riyadh) Se Wo Aur Uske Muqallido Ne Jab
Apna Sar Uthaya Aur Musalmano Ko Kafir Karar Diya Phir Riyadh Ke Aas Paas Ke Qabilo Par Hamla Karke
Waha Kabza Kara Aur Dhire Dhire Ye Najdi Hijaz (Huzoor ﷺKe Paak Watan) Tak Pauche Aur Phir
Makkah Aur Madinah Par Hamla Karke Waha Bhi Kabza Karne Ki Koshish Ki Yaha Tak Ki Ye Wahabi Najdi
Log Mulk e Sham Ki Sarhad Tak Pahuch Gaye.!
Phir Ibn e Abdul Wahab Najdi Ne Ek Giroh Ye Soch Kar Makkah Mukarrama Aur Madinah Munawwarah
Bheja Taki Wo Log Waha Ke Sunni Ulama Ke Aqaid Ko Kharab Karke Unhe Gumrah Kar Sake Aur Waha
Wahabiyat Ka Fitna Faila Sake Jab Wo Log Makkah Mukarrama Aur Madinah Munawwarah Ke Ulama e
Kiram Ke Paas Pauche Aur Apna Kharji Najdi Aqeeda Unke Samne Pesh Kiya To Haram Ke Ulama Ne
Unka Dalail Se Radd Kiya Aur Wahabi Najdi Log Unhe Jawab Na De Sake Phir Haram Ke Ulama Ko Ye
Mehsos Hua Ki Ye Log Haram Shareef Me Fitna Aur Inteshar Failane Aaye Hai To Unhone Us Waqt Ke
Qazi (Justice) Sharif Mas’oûd Ibn Sa’îd Ibn Sa’d Ibn Zayd, Al Mutawaffah 1165 Hijri Ke Samne Inke Batil
Aur Unke Kufriya Aqaid Saboot Ke Saath Pesh Kiye To Makkah Mukarrama Ke Qazi (Justice) Ne Unki
Takfeer Ki Wahabiyon Najdiyo Ko Kafir Karar Diya Unke Aqeeda Ke According Aur Unko Jail Me Band
Karne Ka Hukm Diya Jiske Baad Us Wahabi Giroh Ko Waha Jail Me Dala Gaya Jisme Se Kuch Wahabi
Apne Garh Najd (Riyadh) Bhag Gaye Aur Ibn e Abdul Wahab Najdi Ko Bataya To Usne Aur Zyaada Fitna
Aur Musalmano Ko Jaan Se Marne Ka Irada Kiya To Makkah Shareef Ke Qazi Ne Un Wahabiyon Najdiyo
Par Haram Shareef Me Aane Ki Pabandi (Ban) Laga Diya
(Fitna tul Wahabiya; Page 10-&-11)
Page | 804
Ye Koi India Pakistan Ke Alim Molvi Nahi Thay Jo Jahil Najdiyo Ke Dalal Kahe Ki Ye To Barelvi Thay Isi Liye
Keh Rahe Hai Balke Makkah Aur Madinah Ke Imam Shaykh Keh Rahe Hai Jinke Waqt Me Ye Sab Hua
(1) Hamare Nabi Kareem ﷺKo Tarshi Kaha Karta Tha Jisko Najd Saudi Dictionary Me Chatti Rasah
Aur Alchi Kaha Jata Hai Astagfirullah
(2) Suleh Hudaibiya Ke Bare Me Bola Karta Tha Ki Usme Kitne Jhoot Bole Gaye Hai Aur Uske Bakht Uske
Samne Kehte To Khush HotaMaaz'Allah
(3) Hamare Nabi Kareem ﷺKe Bare Me Kehta Tha Meri Lathi Muhammad ﷺSe Behtar Hai Kyunke
Lathi Saap Marne Ke Kaam Aati Hai Aur Muhammad ﷺTo Mar Chuke Hai Wo Ab Hume Koi Nafa Nahi
De Sakte Hai Wo Sirf Ek Alchi The Jo Ab Duniya Se Ja Chuke Hai Astagfirullah Aal'ayazubillah Maaz'Allah
(4) Rasool Allah ﷺPar Durood Shareef Padhne Ko Sakht Na'pasand Karta Aur Durood Sunne Se Usko
Takleef Hoti Thi
(5) Jume Ki Raat Ko Durood Shareef Padhne Aur Minaro Par Tez Aawaz Se Durood Shareef Padhne Se
Mana Karta Aur Agar Koi Musalman Aisa Karta To Usko Sakht Saza Deta Yaha Tak Ki Ek Usne Ek Nabeena
Mu'azzin (Azan) Dene Wale Ko Is Wajah Se Qatl Kar Diya
(6) Aur Kaha Karta Tha Ki Kisi (Randi) Ke Paas Jane Se Itna Gunah Nahi Jitna Gunah Durood Shareef
Padhne Par Hai Aur Apne Bakhto Se Kehta Ki Aise Tauhid Ki Hifazat Hogi Astagfirullah Aal'ayazubillah
(7) Hamare Nabi Kareem ﷺPar Durood Shareef Padhne Se Usko itni Nafrat Thi Ki Ibn e Abdul Wahab
Najdi Suwar Ne Famous Durood Ki Book Dalail ul Khayrat Aur Dusri Book of Durood Ki Kitabo Ko Jala
Diya Tha Aur Unko Padhna Bhi Bid'at Karar Diya Astagfirullah Maaz'Allah Summa Maaz'Allah
(8) Aur Aise Hi Ibn e Abdul Wahab Najdi Khinzeer Ne Fiqah Aur Hadees'o Ki Kitabo Ko Bhi Jala Diya Tha
Maaz'Allah
(9) Aur Apne Bakhto Se Kehta Ki Quran Ki Tilawat Karo Aur Khud Apni Raaye Marzi Se Uski Tafseer Karo
(Misbah ul Aa'nam; Safa 4)
Agar Waqia Me Jiski Rago Me Kisi Net Aurat Aur Nek Mard Ka Khoon Hai Wo Ye Janne Ke Baad Bhi
Duniya Ke Sabse Bade Suwaro Ke Suwar Ibn e Abdul Wahab Najdi Kafir Jahennami Suwar Ko Apna Imam
Manne Wale Aaj Ke Saudi Wahabi Deolandi Ahle'hadees Selfie Gair Muqallid Najdi Ko Musalman
Samjhe'ga? Kya Unke Piche Namaz Padhe Ga??? Siwaye Harami Ke Koi Nahi Aisa Karega
Page | 805
Wahabiyon Saudiyon Ke Nasdik Hazrat Adam Mushrik Thay Nauzbillah
Astagfirullah Summa Maaz'Allah:
Wahabiyat Najdiyat Ka Bani Founder Of SaudiIbn e Abdul Wahab Najdi Kafir Likhta Hai
Hazrat Adam Alayhisslam Ne Shaitan Ka Mashwara Mankar Shirk Kiya Shirk Karne Wala Mushrik Kafir
Hota Hai
Maaz'Allah Astagfirullah Nauzbillah
(Kitab Tauhid; Safa 133)
Kya Aabhi Koi Yahi Kahega Ki Wahabi Ahle'hadees Saudi Najdi Kafir Kyun Kehte Ho Shayd Ye Padhne Ke
Baad Koi Munafiq Hi Hoga Jo Inko Musalman Manega Aur Inke Piche Namaz Padega
Page | 806
Ambiya Bhi Kalme Se Mehroom Thay:
Bani e Wahabiyat Najdiyat Ibn e Abdul Wahab Najdi (Kharji) Likhta Hai
Ambiya Bhi La ilaha il'lallah Ki Fazilat Janne Ke Mohtaj Hai Yani Unko Bhi Nahi Pta Ye Kya Hai
Maaz'Allah Summa Maaz'Allah
(Kitab Al Tauhid; Safa 12)
Kya Ye Ambiya Ki Gustakhi Nahi Jab Unko Bhi La ilaha il'lallah Nahi Pta To Wo Apni Ummat Ko Kya
Batayege?
Page | 807
Sheikh Najdi Ibn e Tayymia Ke Batil Aqaid Ki Paidawar Hai By Muhadis e Maghrib:
Ibn e Tayymia Ki Kitabe Siyah (Black) Aur Bin ilm Ke Bhari Padi Iski Wajah Khud Ibn e Tayymia Ki Badnami
Takfeer Aur Badkari Hai Aur Ibn e Tayymia Ki Kitabo Ko Padh Kar Gumrah Hone Ke Liye Sabse Acchi
Misal Shaitan Najd Muhammad Bin Abdul Wahab Najdi Aur Uske Perokar Ka Mazhab Ibn e Tayymia Ke
Afqar Aur Aqwal Ki Paidawar Hai
(Al Jawab al Mufidi; Page 11)
Arab Shareef Ke Alim Ne In Saudi Wahabi Najdiyo Ki Asliyat Bata Di Hai Ki Ye Wahabi Ahle'hadees Ibn e
Tayymia Ke Batil Aqaid Ki Paidawar Hai Aur Uske Aqeede Par Qayam Hai Na Ke Quran o Hadees Ke
Page | 808
Ibn e Abdul Wahab Najdi Mulhid Tha:
Duniya Ke Mashrik wa Maghrib Me Log Sahi Aqeede Par Yaqeen Rakhte Thay Yaha Tak Ke Ek Shakhs
Najd (Riyadh) Se Ek Fitna Chor'gaya Jo Muhammad Bin Abdul Wahab Najdi Tha Jo Apni Baaz Gumrahi Ke
Liye Khuda Ki Saza Ka Haqdar Tha Aur Isko Koi Shak Nahi Ki Ibn e Abdul Wahab Najdi Ek Mulhid Aur
Kharji Hai
(Tehqeeqat la Dafa al Talbisaat; Safa 2)
Page | 809
Ibn e Abdul Wahab Najdi Aur Ulama e Madinah:
Hazrat Shaykh Ahmad Zayni Dahlan Birth 1231 Hijri In Makkah Likhte Hain
(Fitnat al-Wahabia; Safa 5)
Madinah Munawwarah Ke Bahut Sare Ulama Aur Mashaikh Ne Ibn e Abdul Wahab Najdi Ke Bare Me
Farmaya Bahut Jaldi Ye Gumrah Hoga Aur Allah Ise Gumrah Karega Aur Aisa Hi Hoga
Page | 810
Father of Wahabiya Hua Kafir:
Aaj Ke Wahabi Ahle'hadees Gair Muqallid Saudi Najdi Ke Nasdik Kisi Imam Ki Taqleed Sirrak Bid'at
Haram Hai Aur Ye Wahabi Ahle'hadees Din Raat Muqallido Ko Galiya Aur Bura Kehte Hai
Hamara Mazhab Hazrat Imam Ahmad Bin Hambal Ka Maslak Hai Jo Ahle'sunnat Ke Imam Hain Aur Hum
4 Mazhabo Yani Hanfi Maliki Shafai Aur Hambali Ke Muqallideeno Par Koi Aitraz Nahi Karte
(Najdi Book; Rasail al-Shakhsiyat; Jild 1 Safa 107)
Yani Aaj Ke Gair Muqallid Ahle'hadees Najdiyo Ke Nasdik Ibn e Abdul Wahab Najdi Kafir Mushrik Hua
Kyunke Wo Hambali Muqallid Apne Ko Kehta Tha Ab Sawal Ye Hai Ki Wahabiyon Ahle'hadeeso Tumhara
Baap Jahil Tha Ke Tum?
Page | 811
Ibn Abdul Wahab Najdi Expose With Deobandi Mulla:
Deobandi Tablighi Jamatiyo Ka Asl Ruhani Baap Ibn Abdul Wahab Najdi Jiske Bid'ati Kufriya Aqaid Par
Aaj Sari Deobandiyat Khadi Hai Wo Kaisa Tha Aaiye Hum Koi Barelvi Alim Maulana Ka Hawala Nahi Dege
Balke Deoband Ke Bahut Bade Sheikh Sahab
Page | 812
Sare Wahabi Ahle'hadees Selfie Gair Muqallid Najdi Hue Mushrik:
Yahudi Nasrani Ke Agent Wahabi Ahle'hadees Selfie Gair Muqallid Najdi Din Raat Hum Sunni Barelvi
Muqallido Ko Gumrah Aur Mushrik Bolte Hai Kyunke Hum Hanfi Maliki Shafai Aur Hambali Muqallid Hai
Baniye E Wahabiyat Najdiyat Ibn e Abdul Wahab Najdi Khud Apne Aapko Muqallid Kehta Hai
Najdi Kehta Hai Hum Muqallid Hain Kitab wa Sunnat Aur Salf wa Swalaheen Ke Aur Charon {4} Imamo Ke
Aqwal Per Aitemad Karte Hain Imam Abu Hanifa Imam Malik Bin Anas Imam idrees Shafai Imam Ahmed
Bin Hambal Aur Hamara Mazhab Imam e Ahle Sunnat Imam Ahmed Bin Hambal Ke Mazhab Per Hai Aur
in Charon {4} Imamo Ke Mazhab Mein Se Kisi Ka inkar Nahi Karte
(Faslul Khittab Fi Bayan Aqida Najdi; Page 71)
Baniye Saudi Wahabiyat Ibn e Abdul Wahab Najdi Ke Launda Sheikh Abdullah Bin
Muhammad Bin Abdul Wahab Najdi Apni Kitab Me Likhta Hai:
Ya Rasool Allah ﷺAap Sab Rasoolo Se Zyada Kareeb Wasila Hain Aur Meri Shafa'at Farmane Wale
Hain
Page | 813
(Mukhtasar Sirat e Rasool ;ﷺPage 69)
Lijiye G Wahabiyon Ahle'hadeeso Ke Fatwe Se Founder Of Saudi Najdi Ka Ladka Hua Mushrik Aur Usko
Apna Imam Sheikh Maan Kar Wahabi Ahle'hadees Saudi Najdi Hue Kafir o Mushrik
Ibn e Abdul Wahab Najdi Musalmano Ko Kafir Kehta Tha By Big Brother Sheikh
Najdi:
Aaj Jis Tarah Se Wahabi Ahle'hadees Deobandi Saudi Najdi Log Hum Sunni Musalmano Ko Kafir Kehte
Hai Aur Musalmano Ko Qatl Karna Wajib Karar Dete Hai Ye Inka Baap. Shaitan Ibn e Abdul Wahab Najdi
Kharji Karta Tha Ye Me Kisi Barelvi Alim Ka Fatwa Nahi Balke Sheikh Najdi Ke Sage Bade Bhai Hazrat
Shaikh Sulaiman Bin Abdul Wahab Sahab Ka Hai Hazrat Khud Likhte Hai Iske Bare Me
Muhammad Bin Abdul Wahab Najdi Un Logo Ko Kafir Kehta Aur Samjhta Tha Jo La ilaha il'lallah Kehte
Yani Allah Ki Wahdaniyat Aur Rasool Allah ﷺKi Nabuwat Ki Gawahi Dete Hai Aur Namaz Roza Hajj
Zakat Ada Karte Hai Allah Aur Tamam Ambiya Farishto Asmani Kitabo Par Iman Rakhte Hai Aur Taman
Page | 814
Islami Talimaat Par Amal Karte Hai Tune In Logo Ko Kafir Karar Diya Aur Unke Shaher Par Hamla Karke
Unki Jaan o Maal Ko Halal Karar Diya
Maaz'Allah Summa Maaz'Allah
(Al Sawaiq alal'hiya fi Radd e Wahabiya; Safa 41-&-42)
Bukhari Muslim Me Hai Jo Kisi Musalman Ko Kafir Kahe Wo Khud Kafir Ho Jata Hai To Ibn e Abdul
Wahab Najdi Pakka Kafir Tha
Dekha Aapne Wahabiyon Ahle'hadeeso Saudi Najdiyo Ke Baap Ibn e Abdul Wahab Najdi Ko Kaise Kufr Ki
Misaile Musalmano Par Chala Kar Unko Kafir Karar Diya Aur Aaj Isi Kharji Kutte Ibn e Abdul Wahab Najdi
Ke Mission Par Sari Wahabiyat Ahle'hadees Saudi Najdiyat Kam Kar Rahi Hai Aur Sare Terrorist Groups
Wale Sab Wahabi Ahle'hadees Najdi Hai
Aap Jante Honge Ki Kattar Yahudi Yani Gair Muqallid Wahabi Ahle'hadees Saudi Najdi Hum Sunni Hanfi
Muqallido Ko Taqlid Karne Ka Tana Dete Hai Aur Gumrah Aur Jahil Bolte Hai
Muhammad Bin Abdul Wahab Najdi Ka Ladka Apne Baap Ke Firqe Ke Bare Me Batate Hue Likhta Hai
Hum Fiqah Ke Masail Me Hazrat Imam Ahmad Bin Hambal (R.A) Ke Muqallid Hai Apki Taqlid Karte Hai
Aur Aima e Arba Me Kisi Imam Jaise Hanfi Sha'fai Maliki Inke Muqallideen Par Tanqeed Bhi Nahi Karte
Bas Un Logo Ke Jo Rafzi Zaidi Imami (Shia) Maslak Par Amal Karne Wale Hai Hum Unko Majboor Karte
Hai Ki Wo Aima e Arba Me Kisi Ek Imam Ki Taqlid Kare Yani Muqallid Bane Kisi Ek Imam Ke
Page | 815
(Addur'ussuniya Fi Al Ajobat ul Najdiya; Vol 1; Page 227)
Lijiye Taqlid Ke Sabse Dushman Aur Sabse Zyada Chidne Wale Gair Muqallid Ahle'hadees Wahabi Selfie
Ke Sheikh Najdi Saudi Ko Taqlid Itni Pasand Thi Ki Wo Logo Ko Majboor Kiya Karta The Ki Taqlid Karo
Muqallid Bano
Page | 816
Tableegi Jam’at Ki Haqeekat
Aksar Log Yahi Jante Hai Ki Ye Tablighi Deobandi Jamati Log Deen Ki Tabligh Karte Hai Aur Namaz Roze Ki
Dawat Dete Hai? Lekin Aaiye Jisne Is Jamat Ki Shuro'at Ki Uska Asli Maqsad Kiya Tha Is Liye Usne
Deobandi Tablighi Jamat Nikali Uski Zubani Sune
Deolandi Tablighi Jamat Ka Founder Mulla Ilyas Deobandi Ne Ek Bar Bola Apne Azeez Molvi Zaheer-ul-
hasan Se Jo Inki Nazar Mein Ek Wasahi Nazar Alim Hai
Zaheer-ul-hasan Mera irada (Maqsad) Koi Samjh Nahi Sakta Log Yahi Samajhte Hai Ke Ye Jamat
Tehreek-e-Saalat Yaani Namaz Ki Dawat) Hai Ke Ye Tablighi Jamat Wale Namazi Banane Ki Tehreek
Samjhte Hai Magar Mein Kasam Khata Hu Ke Ye Hargiz Tehreek-e-Saalat Banane Ki Tehreek Jamat Nahi
Hai
Ek Roz Molvi Ilyas Deobandi Ne Badi Hasrat Se Bola Miya Zaheer-ul-hasan Ek Nai Quam (Firqa) Pai'da
Karna Hai Yaani Ek Naya Jahannami Firqa Banana Hai Namaz Aur Chilla Chilli Ke Naam Par. Yani Ilyas
Deobandi Khud Iqrar Kar Raha Hai Ke Namaz Ke Naam Par Bewaqoof Bana Kar Logo Ko
Jahanammi Banana Hai Ek Naya Firqa Banana Hai
Pay Attention
Kuch Log Ye Kahege Ki Jahennami Kaise Bana Rahe Hai? To Simply Jawab Hai Ke Jab Inke Namaz Ke
Naam Par 10 20 40 Din Ke Talibani Camp Par Jayega Chilla Karne To Usko Ye Apne Batil Aqeeda Ka Zaher
Pilate Hai Jo Inke Kafir Mullao Ne Apni Kitabo Ke Aurak Kale Kiye Likhe Ibn e Abdul Wahab Najdi Thanvi,
Gangotri, Nanautvi, Ismail Dehelvi Lanati Ambhetvi Wagera Ki.
Page | 817
Mufti Saeed Deobandi Likhta Hai:
Deobandi Tablighi Jamat Is Waqt Mirza Gulam Qadyani Ki Talimaat Ka Parchaar (Advertising) Karwa
Rahi Hai Aur Apne Qadyani Nazariyat Ko Angrej Government Ke Saye Me Apni Jamaat Fayla Chuki Hai
Aur Aagay Likha Ki Is Nai Qadyani Jamat Jo Tablighi Jamat Ke Naam Se Jana Jata Hai Iske Saath Hargis Na
Jaye
(Sangeen Fitna; Safa 32)
Ab Shayd Mujhe Ispar Koi Comments Karne Ki Zarorat Nahi Hai. Allah ﷻNe Aql Di Hai Sahi Aur Galat
Samjhne Ki Pehle Islam Me Rehkar Qadyaniyat Failai Aur Ab India Me Corona Virus Faila Kar Islam Ko Bhi
Badman Kar Diya
Deobandi Tablighi Jamat Wale Musalmano Ko Confused Karne Ke Liye Kehte Hai Ki Hum To Deen Ki
Tabligh Karte Hai Aur Kuch Nahi
Aaiye Inke Hi Ghar Ka Molvi Apni Kitab Tahaffuz Aqaid e Ahle'sunnat Me Likhta Hai
Tablighi Jamat Ka Markaz Aaj Kharjiyat Failane Me Masroof Isi Par Laga Hai
Aur Kharij Kaun Thay Ye Tablighi Jamat Wale Bahut Acchi Tarah Se Jante Hai Bas Kharjiyo Ke Bare Me Ek
Page | 818
Itni Si Jhalak Bata Do Aapko Ki Inko Duniya Ki Sabse Badtareen Makhlok Kaha Gaya Hai Bukhari Hadees
No 6929
Ye Tablighi Jamati Ahmak Hai Aur Kufr Ka Kaam Kar Rahi Hai
(Deobandi Kitab; Sangin Fitna; Safa 25)
Page | 819
Tablighi Jamaat Ka Kufri Aqida
New Edition:
Page | 820
Page | 821
2). Tablighi Jamat Deobandiyo Ke Dharam Me Nabi Anpad Hai:
Maaz'Allah Astagfirullah
Tablighi Jamati Kaise Logo Ke Samne Mithi Aur Chaplosi Wali Bate Karte Aur Apne Aapko Bahut Bada
Masoom Se Kam Nahi Samjhte Hai Aaiye Inke Dharam Ki Kitab Me Ye Kya Hai Hamare Nabi ﷺKe Bare
Me Likha Hai
Kharjiyat Aur Qadyaniyat Ki Tarah India Me Corona Virus Failane Wala Tablighi Jamat Ka Ameer Mulla
Saad Kandhelwi Deobandi Apni Kitab Muntakhab Ahdees Me Likhta Hai
Rasool ﷺUmmi Yani Anpad Hai Maaz'Allah
Page | 822
Agar Ye Chiz Pad Ke Kal Ke Koi Hindu RSS Wala Tv Par Bol De Ki Musalmano Ke Nabi To Anpad Jahil Thay
Astagfirullah Aal'ayazubillah To Iska Zimedar Kaun Hoga????
3).
Page | 823
4).
Page | 824
5).
Page | 825
6).
Page | 826
7).
Page | 827
8).
Tablighi Jamat Wo Kam Karti Hai Jiska Hukm Na Huzoor ﷺNe Diya Aur Na
Sahaba Ne Kiya:
Tablighi Jamati Deobandi Itne Makkar Hote Hai Kyun Na Ho Inka Hakeem Ashrafe Thanvi Ne Khud Kaha
Ki Meri Pedaish Ka Madda Hi Makr o Fareb Dene Ke Liye Paida Hua To Uske Bakht Aaj Ke Deobandi
Jamati Kyun Na Ho To Ye Logo Se Jhoot Bolte Hai Ki Hum Wo Kam Karte Hai Jo Sahaba Ne Kiya Aur
Huzoor ﷺNe Hukm Diya
Lijiye Deobandi Molvi G Ne Bata Diya Ki Ye Tablighi Jamati Deobandi Wale Bid'at Kar Rahe Hai Aur Wo
Kam Jo Na Sahaba Ne Kya Na Huzoor ﷺNe Iska Hukm Diya
Tablighi Jamat Bid'ati Hai Aur Inke Saath Gali Gali Phirna Bid'at Hai By Deobandi
Molvi:
Allah Ta'ala Ne Quran Me Kahi Ishara Bhi Is Tarah Ki Tabligh Jamat Me Nikalne Ka Hukm Nahi Diya Aur
Ye Jamati Apne Kashf Shuda Tarika Ko Sari Allah Ta'ala Ka Hukm Keh Rahe Hai (Yani Allah Ta'ala Par Saaf
Jhoot Bandha) Jab Ki Kashf Ki Shariyah Me Koi Hakikat Hi Nahi Hai Ye Bhi Maloom Nahi Kashf Rehmani
Hai Ki Shaitani Aise Zanni Aur Mashqoq Kashf Ko Allah Ta'ala Ka Hukm Kehna Gulu Fiddin Hai Aur Is
Kaam Ko Zarori Samjhne Ki Wajah Se Bid'at Hai Aur Asli Kam Abhi Tak Shuro Nahi Hua
Page | 829
(In Kishaf Haqiqat; Safa 90)
Logo Ko Bid'aati Kehne Wale Khud Sabse Bade Bid'aati Sabit Ho Gaye Wo Bhi Apne Ghar Se
Logo Ko Gali Gali Nagar Nagar Phirne Wale Deobandi Jamati Logo Se Kehte Hai Ki Hum To Deen Ka Kam
Kar Rahe Hai??? Lekin Aaiye Realty Kya Hai Ye Deen Ke Liye Kam Kar Rahe Hai Ki Islam Ke Dushman Ke
Liye
Sheikh e Hind Ke Shagird Abul Fazal Abdul Rehman Sahab Likhte Hai
Maghribi (West) Mamalik Aur Khas Taur Par America Janta Hai Ke Ye Jamat Danishta Ya Gair Damishta
Taur Par Hamare Maqasid Aur Mafaat (Faiday) Ke Liye Kaam Kar Rahi Hai
(In Kishaf Haqiqat; Safa 29)
Aur America Ko Isse Faida Ye Ho Raha Hai Ki Wo Musalmano Me Inke Deobandi Virus Ko Bhar Rahe Hai
Taki Jo New Generation Ko Buzdil Banao Aur Inke Nabi Ki Muhabbat Nikal Kar Apne Mullao Ki Muhabbat
Dalo Jaise Thanvi Nanautvi Rashid Ismaeel Ambhetvi Wagera
Page | 830
America Aur Israel Tablighi Jamat Ko Support Karti Hai:
Page | 831
GHAIR MUQAL’LIDEEN (NON-CONFORMIST)
The Ghair Muqallids are also a branch of the Wahabis. They refuse to adhere to the established and
recognised doctrines of Islam. Their views are very close to the views of the ‘Deobandis’, who are also a
new corrupt group.
It is for this reason that the Ghair Muqallids do not accept the Deobandis as kaafir, since they both
are used to uttering words of shirk. The law of Shariah is very clear, that all those who doubt the
kufr or punishment of a kaafir are themselves kaafir.
The Ghair Muqallids do not accept the 4 schools of thought in Fiqh and have thus innovated a path
different from the true path. They say that to make Taqleed (follow one of the 4 righteous Imams
of Fiqh) is Haraam and bid’at.
They even slander the great Imams of the Madhabs. The reality is that they too make Taqleed. They
are definitely the followers (Muqallids) of shaitaan. These people refute the concept of Qiyaas
(Religious Discretion) and to completely reject Qiyaas is kufr.
They also refute Taqleed and one who rejects Taqleed in totality is a kaafir.
(Bahar E Shariat; Vol 1; Pg 189)
Page | 832
RADD E SULHE KULLIYAT
KUFR O DHALAALAY, GUMRAAHI aur NIFAAQ ko apna DOST BANA lene ka NAAM hai SULHE KULLI.
JO AQEEDE ki SUL'HE KULLIYAT hai usi ko NIFAAQ kaha gaya hai, aur us par amal karne waale ko
MUNAAFIQ kahte hai'n.
SUL'HE KULLIYAT ye koi MUSTAQIL MAZ'HAB nahi. BALKI HAR us SHAKHS ko KEHTE hai'n jo BAD
MAZ'HABO'n BE DEENO par "RADD O TARAD" se apni NAARAAZGI zahir NA KARE aur
KAHE ke HAM apni QABR me JAENGE aur woh APNI QABR me jayenge wo bhi HAQ par hai'n
ham bhi HAQ par hai'n, hame sirf apne A'AMAAL ki FIKR KARNI CHAAHIYE, hame kya zaroaurat hai ke
KHWA MAKHWA "BAD MAZ'HABO'n BE DEENO ka RADD KARKE DUNIYA me BURE BANE'n.
aur Kehte hai'n ke “JITNI DER HAM UNKA RADD KARENGE, un ko BURA BHALA KAHENGE, un ko
GAALIYAA'n DENGE, itni der ham DUROOD SHAREEF padhe'n to SAWAAB MILEGA aur koi hame BURI
NAZAR se bhi NAHI dekhe ga.
SUL'HE KULLIYAT ek kadi hai MUNAAFIQAT KI aur PEHLE ZEENA hai NIFAAQ ka, INSAAN jab SUL'HE KULLI
ban jata hai, to ACHHAAEE AUR. BURAAEE ki TAMEEZ KHATAM ho jati hai, jab kabhi kisi mazhab ki
buraee karo, un se ALAAHEDGI ki baat karo ya un ke BURE AQEEDE ko BATAO to ye SUL'HE KULLI
MAANNE ko TAYYAR NAHI hote, balke un ki ZAAHIRI A'AMAAL ki KHOOBIYAA'n bayaan karte hue kehte
hai'n Ke In me kya khaarbi hai? k ye shari'at ke paaband hai waghairah waghaira. aur aap un ko bura
kahte hai'n, ye sab ulma ke JHAGDE hai'n. aapas ke jhagde hai'n. hame in jhagdo'n me nahi padna hai.
Bas ye kahte kahte wo din bhi aata hai ke ye Meetha Meetha sunni ma'azAllaah bad tareen gustaakh
ban jata hai aur IMAAN O AQEEDE se hath dho baithta hai.
FITNA E SUL'HE KULLIYAT aur is ki BURAEE aaj har GAO'n har SHEHER aur har qaum me phail chuki hai.
Is ka WABAAL kya hai??
Page | 833
ULAMA MASHAAEKH ko TAMBEEH ki JAATI hai k BANI ISRA'IL ke ULAMA MASHAAEKH khud SHARI'AT ki
NAA FARMAANI NAHI karte THE BALKI SHARI'AT ki NA FARMANO karne walo'n ke sath MEL JOL aur
KHAANA PEENA karte the. sab BANDAR AUR SUWWAR BANADIYE GAE. is ummat ko HUZOAUR E
REHMATE ALAM alaihissalaam ke SADQE maskhe soaurat ke aam azaab se MEHFOOZ rakhkha gaya hai.
lekin agar is ummat ke ULAMA W MASHAAEKH ALLAH W RASOOL azzawajall w sallallaahualaihiwasallam
ke MUKHAALIFO'n par SHAR'EE RADD O TARADD se KHAAMOSHI BARTENGE to apni apni QABRO'n se
BANDAR aur SUWWAR bana kar UTHAAE JAAENGE.
ALLAAHU AKBAR
"yani ummat me jismo'n ka maskh to HUZOAUR E SARWARE AALAM alaihissalam ke SADQE AAM TAUR
PAR NA HOGA
lekin EHQAAQE HAQ aur IBTAALE BAATIL SE KHAAMOSH REHNE WALO'n ke DILO'n ko BANDARO'n aur
SUWWARO'n ke QULOOB ke MISL bana diya jayega”
Allaahu Akbar Kabeera
Is ke elawa BAD MAZ'HABO'n aur SUL'HE KULLIYO'n se YAARAANAA , TA ALLUQ aur BHAI CHAARA
RACHANE walo'n par kya kya waede'n hai'n. Is ki Roshni me jab ham is daure pur fitan ka
jayeza lete hai'n to is tarah ki bahut sare log aur naam Nihaad tanzime'n shamil nazar aati hai'n.
Aur unhi me 1 tanzeem dawate islaami jo HAQEEQATAN DAWATE ILYASI W SHAITANI HAI ka naam bhi
SARE FEHRIST hai. Kyu'n ke un ke MANSHOAUR me ye bazabta tahreer hai k ham BAD MAZ'HABO'n ka
RADD nahi karenge aur MEETHE ban kar sab se mel jol rakhna hai TAAKI kisi ko
"BURA NA LAGE".
Ye TEHREEK HAQ se ROZ BAROZ DOAUR hoti jarahi hai.aur AAJ IS SULAHKULLIYAT bilkul WAAZEH ho
chuki hai. aur wo naam Nigaad Log bhi is Zumre me Shaamil hai'n jo HAQAAEQ ko APNI ZAATI MAFAAF
ya HASAD ki BUNIYAAD par CHHUPA rahe hai'n aur LOGO'n KO RAAHE RAAST SE DOAUR KAR RAHE HYN
aur un ke seeno se ALA HAZRAT IMAAM AHMAD RAZA FAZILE BARELWI ki MUHABBAT NIKALNE KI
KOSHISH kar rahe hai jin ka aur wo hai yaaseen akhtar misbaahi jo MASLAKE ALAHAZRAT PAR HAMLA
kar ke MASLAK ka to kuchh nahi BALKI APNI AAQIBAT KHARAAB kar rah hai jo HAQAAEQ se CHASHM
POSHI karte hue AGHYAAR ki boli bol raha hai aur un ke NAPAAK MISSION ko AAGE badhane ki KHABEES
KOSHISH me hai Jo MASLAKE ALAHAZRAT ko MAZMOOM aur FARZI(Jhoota, gad'ha hua) MASLAK LIKHE
AUR KAHE AANKH K ANDHE ko SAARI DUNIYA ANDHERI LAGTI hai.
Isi tarah is farzi qalm kaar ko jo aankh ka bhi thoda andha aur dil ka to hy hi hai jiski misaal iski ye
khabees ibaarat hy jo abhi aapne padhi.
MASLAKE ALAHAZRAT IS KO FARZI LAG RAHA HY AUR LAFZE BARELWI SE BHI ISKO PET ME DARAD HAI.
Aur MASLAKE ALAHAZRAT ko DAAGHDAAR aur KHOON karne BALKI bar bar KHOON karne ki baat karta
hai sunniyo kya AISA KEHNE WALA aaur HAQ MASLAK PAR bambaari karne waala FARZI nahi hoga to kya
hoga ?????
Musalmano'n ko sulhe kulliyo'n se doaur nufoaur rahne ki sakht tareen zaroot hai.
Daure haazir ka azeem fitna jis se IMAAN K HAANE KA QAWEE ANDESHA HY WO HY
FITNAE WAHABIYAT
Page | 834
FITNAE DEOBANDIYAT
FITNAE RAAFZIYAT
FITNAE QADYANIYAT
FITNAE NEECHERIYAT
IN SE KHATARNAAK
FITNAE SULAH KULLIYAT
IS SE AGAR APNE IMAAN KO BACHANA HY TO INKA RADD KIYA JAE ISLIYE K ALAHAZRAT MIJADDIDE
AAZAM IMAM AHMAD RAZA TEHREER FARMATE HYN K;
"Jis fitne se iman k jaane ka andesha ho usko Radd karna FARZE AAZAM HY.aur jo is se roke WOH
KHABEES HY."
(Fatawa Razawiya; Vol 9; page 286)
Aaj DAWATE ILYASI HO YA DAWATE SHAKIRI YE DONO TEHREEKEN RADD NA HI KARTI HAIN AUR NA HI
KARNE DETI HY.
Aur jo radde bad mazhaba'n na kare woh sul'ha kulli hi hai. Aur use kaha hi kiya jaega.
Allaah ta'ala in tamam fitno se tamam musalmano ki apne pyare habeeb alaihissalam k
sadqe hifaazat farmae.
Aameen
Page | 835
Ya Rasool Allah ﷺKahna
Ye Sawal aaj bahot se logo k jahen me daala jaa raha hai logo k dilo ko dimaag ko galat dalail aur akli
ghodo se pareshan kiya jaa raha hai.
Huzoor Nabi E Rehmat ﷺko YAA se Nida karna Pukarna ye bhi awaam me ek bahes mubahisa ka
mauzu banaya gaya pichle wakt k jo log the unme kuch ahteram dikhta tha agarche wo aqaid me
wahabi ho magar unki awaam bhi apni jaban ko soch samajh k kholti thi k kuch aisi baat na nikal jaaye jo
tauheen hojaye magar abki jo nasle khabis aayi wo bahot aage jaa chuki bilkul bhi adab lihaaj baaki naa
raha jo mooh me aaya wo Huzoor Nabi E Karim ﷺki shaan me boldete hai aur uspe fakr karte hai k
aaj ALLAH ki Tauheed ka maza aaya hai.
Wahabi Claim Pehle Ye Padhe Aur Sune Phir Aage Guftgu Wahabio Ki Takreer Aur Tehreer :
1). Bilal Philips Jo khud Islaam nahi samajh paaye wo Islam sikha rahe hai aaj
“Log Madad k liye Ek dusre ko Pukarte Hai Lekin Agar Aapne Kisi Zinda Shaks Ko bhi Pukara Jo Aapke
Saamne Mauzood Naa Ho Usko pukarna bhi SHIRK HAI aur jo Faut Hogye Unko Bhi Pukarna Shirk Hai
Hum Kehte Hai YAA ALLAH Agar Aap ye Kahte Hai YAA RASOOL ALLAH ye Allah k saath shirk hai masjid
me likha hota hai deewar me plates pe YA ALLAH YA RASOOL ALLAH ye bhi galat hai“
“i) Yaa Allah Madad ALLAH ki ibadat hai YA Ali Madad Ali ki ibadat Hai Yaa Gaus Madad Gaus Ki Ibadat
hai YAA RASOOL ALLAH MADAD RASOOL KI IBADAT HAI.
ii) Khuda K Liye Gairullah ko pukarne se baaj aajaye k ye shirk e akbar hai aur shirk karne waale kabhi
jannat me jaa sakta nahi hai”
Note:
Shirk E Akbar karne waala Jannat me nahi jaayga ye baat sahi hai lkin YAA NABI Pukarna YA ALI pukarna
ye shirk e akbar hargiz nahi hai ye yaad rakhe ye bewakufo ne bila wajah isko shirk kaa naam diya hai.
3). Mufti Ismail Menk Inko Bahot maante hai aajke bewakuf wahabi inki baat me kitna tazad hai wo
khud suno Is Link Me
* Saleh Bin Fawzaan Wahabi Akabir Mufti Apni Kitab me Likhte Hai
“Pehle mushriko ne kalme k maane ko inse behtar samjha”
(Hakikatud tauhid Pg 27, by Saleh bin fauzan)
Ab Apni Is baat ko Sahi Saabit Karne K Sabne jo Dalil di hai wo itni khabast bhari hai k dalil dete hai.
Dalil di k Abu zahel, Ukba, Shayba Deegar Mushrik aam haal me buth ko pukarte magar mushkil me
ALLAH ko pukarte aur ye Mushrik log khusi me ho yaa Gam ho phir Bhi NABI Ko pukarte Hai.
Is lihaaj se Pehle k Mushrik Kalma ko accha samjhe aur Aaj k Musalmaan unse bhi DOUBLE Mushrik Hai.
Akal Dekhe inki k ALLAH FARMATA Hai Unke Dilo Pe Mohar Hai aur ye kahte hai unko Kalma Samajh
Aaya hai. Astagfirullah.
Is aqaid ko leke Inme is hadh tak Tazaad aur Ektelaf hai ye khud me confuse hai kahna Kaisa hai jaiz hai
ya nahi.
Hamesha yaad rakhe jo SHIRK HAI WO HAMESHA SHIRK HAI KISI BHI WAKT SHIRK JAIZ NAHI HOGA
AISA NAHI HAI K SHIRK KI ISTELAAH WAKT K TALLUK SE BADAL JAAYE.
Aaj jo Chiz Tauheed Ho Kal Wo Shirk Hojaye Aisa nahi hai.
i) Yaa Rasool Allah Agar Shirk hai to ye shirk hamesha kayam rahega aisa hai kya K ALLAH ek wakt k
liye is shirk ko Jaiz karde ?
Aur baad me dobara isko shirk karde ?
ii) Pukarna Aur Pujna ye dono me jameen aasmaan ka fark hai Pukarna ALLAH waalo ko Jaiz hai aur
Pujna chahe wo zinda ho ya murda ho yaa buth ho har aitbaar se shirk hai.
Ayat 01:
Page | 837
“AYE NABI (gaib ki khabre batane Waale) ALLAH TUMHE KAAFI HAI Aur Jitne musalmaan Tumhare pairo
Huwe”.
(Surah Anfaal Ayat 64)
Ayat 02:
“Aye Gaib Ki Khabre Batane Waale NABI Beshak Humne Tumhe Bheja Haajir Naazir Aur Khushkhabri
Deta Aur Darr Sunata”.
(Surah No 33 Surah Ahzaab Ayat 45)
Ayat 03:
Ayat 04:
Agar ye Shirk Hota To Hargiz YAA Kahke Nahi pukara jaata Kya ALLAH khud Hi Apna Sharik Banalega?
Pata Chala k YAA Se Nida karna pukarna Nazaiz o Haram Nahi balki ye Qurani Faisla hai aur ye tum aaj
bhi padte ho kya Mushrik hogye? Agar YAA Se pukarna hi bas shirk hojaye to phir to ye Shirk Quran me
hi bhara pada hai kya Quran khud Shirk ki tallim dega yakinan nahi to iska matlab saaf hai aapka bayan
aur kayam karda tauheed shirk ki taleem galat hai.
Ayat 05:
“Aye Imaan Waalo Apni Aawaz Oonchi Naa Karo Us gaib batane waale Nabi Ki Awaaz Se Aur Unke
Huzoor Baat Chillakar Naa Kaho Jaise Aapas Me Ek Dusre K Saamne Chillate Ho Ki Kaheen Tumhare
Aamal Akarat Naa Hojaye Aur Tumhe Khabar Naa Ho”.
(Para 26 Surah Huzraat Ayat 02)
Tafseer:
Page | 838
Sahabi E Rasool Hazrat Abdullah ibn Abbas (R.A) Apni Tafseer me is aayat k tahet likha.
“Nabi Ko Is Tarah Naa Pukaro Jaise Ek Dusre Ko Pukarte Ho Balki Is Tarah Pukaro Nabi Ki Azmat, Waqaar
Aur Sharf k Saath Pukaro Aur Huzoor Nabi E Karim Ko Is Tarah Pukaro YAA NABI ALLAH, YAA RASOOL
ALLAH AUR YA ABUL KASIM”
Reference :
(Tanvir Al Mikbaas Min Tafseer Ibn Abbas Pg :547, Surah Huzraat Ayat 02 k Tahet)
Kya Dars De Rahe Hai Sahabi E Rasool k Nabi E karim ﷺko kaisa pukarna hai Kis tarah Pukarna Hai Ye
Sahabi Ki tafseer hai n aayat se humne ye saabit kiya k pukarna jaiz hai.
Hadeeson Se Daleel
Hadees 01:
Hazrat Abdullah Ibn Abbas (R.A) Se Rivayat Hai Jab Hazrat Umar (R.A) Islaam Laaye To Jibril E Ameen ne
Aake Kaha ‘YA MUHAMMAD’ Aasmano Me Malaika Hazrat Umar K Imaan Laane Se Khushiya Mana
Rahe Hai.
(Sunan Ibn Majah Vol : 01, Pg : 75, Kitab Al Mukaddama, Hadees : 108)
Page | 839
Is Hadees se wajeh huwa k Jibril E Ameen Alaihisalam bhi YA Rasool Allah ﷺkehke pukarte the agar
ye Shirk tha to aur Huzoor ﷺki ibadat hai to zibril bhi ye ibadat kar bethe ? Aur Is Tarah ki Bahot si
hadees mauzood hai jisme Roohul Ameen ne Yaa Kahke Nida Ki hai.
Hadees 02:
Sahaba E Kiram Radi Allaho Anhuma Azmain Ka YA RASOOL ALLAH ﷺPukarna
Ye Ek Taweel Hadees Hai Jab Nabi E Rehmat ﷺMadina E Munawarra Pahuche Us Wakt Kya Manzar
Tha
“Hazrat Barra (R.A) se rivayat Hai k Jab Nabi E Karim ﷺHizrat farma ke Madina E Paak Me Daakhil
Huwe.
To Aurate’in Aur Mard Gharo ki Chatthho (Roof) Me Chadh Gaye Aur Bacche Gulam Gali Kucho’n Me
Muttafarrik Hogye Naare Lagate The YA MUHAMMAD YA RASOOL ALLAH YA MUHAMMAD YA RASOOL
ALLAH”
(Sahi Musim Vol : 07, Pg :417, Kitab No Kitabuz Zuhd Wa Riqaak, Baab : Fi Hadees Al Hizraah , Hadees :
7522, “Online No : 7150”)
Page | 840
Aur Kutoob e hadees me ye bhara pada hai k SAHABA E KIRAM Yaa Rasool Allah ﷺkahke Pukarte The
yaha sirf 02 hadees upar bayan ki k Izmai Taur Pe Pukarna Bhi Jaiz Hai Naare Ki Tarah Pukarna bhi Jaiz
Hai.
Note BEWARE BEWARE BEWARE B4 moving plz see this Image : Read This Red underline Mark & Beware
of Reading Online Version of Any Wahabi Website See How They Are Tempering with Islamic Text
Translation
Aapne Is Image Me Padha Kis Trah Tarjume Me Khayanat ki jaa rhi hai isliye wahabi idare ki print English
Translation naa padhe Ye Ek Example Hai Tehreef Ka aage aur aayga.
Ye To Saamne Se Pukarne Ki baat Hai Isme Dur se Pukarna Saabit Nahi Hai !!
Our Reply :
Ab tak to tum chillate aaye ho k YAA RASOOL ALLAH kahna Rasool ki ibadat hai aur ab tumhare masle
aqeede badal gaye Kyu ?
Ye kaisi ibadat hai janab e wahabiya k ek wakt ibadat ho agle pal ibadat naa ho ? Jo ibadat hai wo to
ibadat hi hogi chahe jahir me pukaro yaa phir dur se pukaro ALLAH jaane kitna tazaad hai tumhare aqaid
aur nazariat me.
Hadees 03:
Page | 841
Translation :
Hazrat Sayyidna Usmaan bin Hunaif (R.A) Se Rivayat Ek Naabina Sahabi Ne Bargaah E Risaalat ﷺMe
Haazir Hoke Arz Ki Allah Se Duwa Kijiye Kijiye K Mujhe AAFIYAT De.
Nabi E Karim ﷺNe Farmaya Agar Tu Chahe To Tere Liye Duwa Karu Aur Tu Sabr Kar Aur Tere Liye Ye
Behtar Hai.
Us Nabina Sahabi Ne Arz Ki Huzoor Dua Farma Dijiye.
Nabi E Karim ﷺNe Unhe Hukm Farmaya K WAJU KARO AUR ACCHA WAJU KARO Aur Do Rakaat
Namaz Padh K Ye Duwa Padho.
Aye ALLAH Mai Tujhse Sawal Karta Hoon Aur Waseela Pesh karta Hoon Aur Teri Taraf Mutwajjah Hota
Hoon Tere Nabi Muhammad K Jariye Se Jo Nabi E Rehmat Hai.
YAA MUHAMMAD Mai Huzoor K Jariye Se Apne Rab ki Hajaat ki Taraf Mutwajjah Hota Hoon. Taaki
Hajaat Puri Ho Aur Unki Shafaat Mere Haq Me Kabool Farma.
Hazrat Sayyidna Usman Bin Hunaif (R.A) Farmate Hai KHUDA ki Kasam Hum Uth Bhi Naa Paaye Bethe Hi
The K Wo Shaks Hamare Pass Aaye Goya Kabhi Nabina Hi Nahi The”
(Sunan Ibn Majah Vol : Pg : Kitab No 5 Kitab Ikamasulat Baab : Hadees : 1448)
(Jamai Tirmizi, Vol : Pg : Kitab No 48 Kitabut Duwat Aana Rasool Allah , Baab : , Hadees : 3578)
(Imam Tabrani Al Mujamul Kabeer Vol :09, Pg :30, Hadees :8311)
(Imam Ibn Khuzaymaah Sahih ibn Khuzaymah Vol : 02, Pg : 225, Hadees :1219)
(Imam Bukhari Al Tarikhul Kabeer Vol : 09, Pg : 30, Hadees : 8311)
Page | 842
(Imam Hakim Al Mustadrak Vol : 01, Pg : 458, Hadees : 1180)
(Imam Munziri At Targeeb Wa Tarheeb Vol : 01, Pg : 272, Hadees : 1018)
(Imam Qustallani Al Muwahibul Ladunya Vol : 04, Pg :
(Qazi Shawkani At Tohfa Tuzakireen Pg : 194/95)
Imam ibn Majah, Imam Hakim, Imam Ibn Hibban, Imam ibn Khuzayma, Imam Zahabi Ne Farmaya YE
HADEES SAHI HAI.
Imam Tirmizi Ne Kaha Ye Hadees HASAN Hai.
Salafi Saudi Arabiya Idara Darusalam ne Likha Ye Hadees Sahi Hai.
Ab Wahabi ka Aitraaz tha k Dur Se Yaa kahke Nida kare tab bhi SHIRK Hai aur ye koi akele Bilal ka nhi hai
balki puri wahabiat ka aitraaz hai aur Is Hadees me Zahiri Zindagi Me Dur Se Nida Karna Bhi Saabit Hai.
01) Nabeena Sahabi hazir Huwe aur Kya Kaha Mere Haq Me Dua Kijiye lekin huwa kya ? Huzoor Nabi E
Rehmat ne Dua naa ki balki Us Sahabi ko Kaha k Tum Waju karo 02 rakat namaz padh aur phir Mere
WASEELE SE Dua kar aur Dua Me Nida Pukarna Saabit hai wo bhi dur se.
02) Wo Sahabi Ne kaha Se YAA MUHAMMADAH pukara hukm khud Nabi ne Diya k jaa aur ye Pukar aur
wo apne ghar yaani Nabi E Rehmat Se Dur gaye aur utni dur se Nida ki ab wahabi shirk factory k mutabik
unke kanoon k mutabik to shirk huwa ye kya karnge ab ?
03) Huzoor ne Dua Sikha Di Ek wakyaa jahen me hai aakhir Nabi E Karim ﷺne Aisa kyu kiya ?
Hazrat Qatada ki aankh me jab teer laga Aaka Alaihi salam ne apna DAST E AQDAS phera aankh aisi
theek huwi k pehle se zyada roshni dene lagi Quran me Hai Hazrat Esaa Alaihisalam Andho ko Shifa yaab
kar dete the aur Huzoor to Sayyadul Ambiya Sal Allahu Alaihiwassalam Esaa Alaihisalam k bhi Aaka Hai
Huzoor Rehmat e Aalam ﷺbhi ye kar sakte the direct aankh pe Dast E Paak lagate Aankh ki binayi
wapas aajati par aisa kyu naa kiya kabhi ek baar bhi zindagi me socha hai wahabiyo agar nahi socha hai
to sochna jarur ?
04) Baat Dar asal ye hai k Huzoor ﷺus Wakt Direct aankh sahi kar dete par Ummat ko Ek Nushka
Diya k Ab Jab bhi tum me se koi bhi kisi bhi shaks ko koi hazaat hojaye to yehi karna Waju karo 02 rakat
padho aur Mere Dua Se Nida k Saath wohi dua padhna hazaat puri hojaygi Masla ye hai magar
badeeeno ne isko samjha nahi aur kaha k ye sirf hayat tak khas tha hayat yak ki baat hoti bewkufo to ye
dua sikhate hi nahi balki apne Ekteyar se aankh sahi kar dete par aane waali ummat ko dena tha wo diya
aur khud Sahaba ka ye dua pe amal rahe hai.
Imam Bukhari Rahimullah K Ustaad E Buzurg Imam Ibn Abi Shayba Rahmatullah Alaih ne Apni kitab me
Sahi Sanad Se likha
Hadees 04:
Ab Is hadees pe bhi fitrat k mutabik kaum e wahabiya YAA GOOGLE AL MADAD kaa naara lagaygi aur
Kahegi k ye Zaif hai Malik Ad Dar ek unknown raavi hai kyu kyuki ALBANI sahab ne bola hai na 1400 saal
baad paida huwe aur ye jo bolenge wo sab maano.
Page | 844
Malik Ad Dar Rahimullah Farooque E Aazam k Wazir E Khazana tha aur maroof (famous) Sikah Authentic
Shaks Hai jo bahot muhadiseen ne likha hai Aur ye hadees sahi hai.
01) Is hadees pe gaur Kare to pata chala k baad Az Wisaal Sahaba Jaate the Roza E Aqdas pe khud apni
dua karte aur Imdad Talab Karte Ya Rasool Allah pukarte ye To Wahabio k mutabik shirk huwa naa ?
02) Aur Hazrat Umar Radi Allaho Anho ne bhi ye nahi kaha k Tum Roza E Aqdas pe chale gaye haazri
lagane faryaad karne ab ye Sab Shirk hai balki unhone bhi iski tasdeek ki hai ab Yaa Rasool Allah kahne
pe imdaad maangne pe jo shirk k fatwe hum pe thokte ho wo kaha tak jaata hai dekhlo.
Humne ye Subahat ka jawab bhi Dalil E sahi se diya hai ab aaye aage move to next step.
Objection - Subahat :
Ye To Kabr E Nabi Sal Allahu Alaihi Wassalam K Pass Jaake Pukarna Saabit Huwa Dur Se Nahi.
Our Reply :
Awaal To Tumhare Nazdik Pukarna hi shirk tha goya zinda ho yaa wisaal karda par jab jawab raasta nahi
bacha to naye naye aitraaz tumhara koi paimana nahi hai.
Chale Dur Se Pukarna Bhi Saabit Hai Mulahiza kare.
Hadees 05:
Translation :
Hazrat Abdul Rehman bin Saad Farmate Hai Maine Hazrat Abdullah ibn Umar k Paanv (Leg) Sunn Hogaya
To Kisi Ne Kaha Apne Mehboob Ko Yaad Karlo, Bole YAA MUHAMMADAH ”
References :
َل َيقهو ه
(Imam Bukhari Al Adabul Mufrad, Pg : 217, Kitab 41 Gestures, Baab No 437: َل َما َبابه َْ ِرجْ له هَه َخد َِر
َت إِ َذا ال َّرجه ه
,’Kya Kare Wo Shaks Jab Pair Sunn Hojaye’ Hadees : 990 {Al Adabul Mufrad English Translation Hadees
No 964, English No Book 41, Hadees : 13})
(Imam Munziri At Targeeb Wa Tarheeb Ye Hadees Sahi Hai)
(Imam Ibn Saad At Tabkaat Vol :04, Pg :154)
(Imam Nawawi Ash Shafai Kitab Al Azkaar Pg : 271)
(Qazi Al Ayaaz Ash Shifa Vol :02,Pg : 23)
(Imam Khafazi Naseemur Riyaz Shara E Shifa Vol :03, Pg :355)
(Imam Jazri Shafai Al Hisnul Wal Haseen pg : 30)
(Qazi Shawkhani Tohfatuz Zakireen Pg : 266)
Page | 845
Ab Jab ye Hadees Dikhao to jo jahil wahabi honge wo to chup hojaynge yaa phir kahenge Bukhari me
nahi hai isliye nahi manege.
Dusra wahabiyo ka wo group hai jo GOOGLE ka Mukallid Hai Search Karenge Fauran Jawab Dega ye
Hadees Zaif Hai.
Pucha Jaaye Kyu Zaif Hai to kahnge ALBANI ne Zaif kaha hai lihaja Zaif hai.
Ye Hai half Adhuri tehkeek aur Daawa Hai Hum Ahle Hadees Hai.
Ab Ispe bas thodi si guftgu ye Hadees Isnaad k nukte se agar zaif bhi hai phir bhi ye hadees kayi sanado
se aayi hai alag alag kitabo me jo is Hadees ko Hasan Sahi Tak k Darje ko pahucha deti hai 04 saboot
deta hai hum iska.
1). Imam ibn Sunnah jinhe Imam Nasai Kaha Jaata hai Is hadees ko Al Mutwaffa 303 Hizri apni
tasneef “Amul Yawmi Wallaylah” me 03 alag alag sanado se nakl ki hai teeno me Zauf hai par chunki ek
hi hadees 03 alag sanado wasto se mili hai jo isko Hasan Sahi k darje ko pahucha deti hai.
2). Imam Mizzi jo Gair Mukkalid K Shaikul Islam Ibn Taimya k Shagird Hai
Yusuf bin Abdul Rehman Al Mizzi (Al Mutwaffa 743 Hizri) apni marakatul aara tehkeek kitab “Tahdhib
Al Kamal Fi Asma' Al-Rijal” me is Hadees ko Ibn Umar ki 02 Alag Alag Sanado se likha hai ek Bukhari ki
same hai aur dusri Ali ibn Jaad hai jo Ibn Umar k Aazad Karda Gulam the.
Page | 846
Koi wahabi ye naa kaha ye konsi kitab k naam bata diye haa kyuki Bukhari k elawa ye kuch jaante nahi
hai Ye Kitab koi Dastani kisse kahani ki kitab nahi hai ASMAUR RIZAL ki khatmi kitaab maani jaati hai
jinke kahne pe Raavi ko sahi aur jaif kaha jaata hai wo kitab wo Imam hai ye Unhone bhi is hadees ko
Zaif nahi kaha aajke chillar aaye ZAIF ZAIF ka ratta maarne.
3). Imam ibnul Zaad Rahimullah Wiladat 130 Hizri Inhone Apni Musnad Me Bhi Likha hai jo Khud Imam
Bukhari K pehle K Muhaddis Hai.
4). Wo Shaks Jinhone ye Kaha Tha Pukaro usko Jisko Sabse Zyada Muhib jaante ho wo Sahabi E Rasool
Alaihi Salam Hazrat Abdullah ibn Abbas Radi Allaho Anho The Unhone ye kaha tha chunki Sahaba E
Kiram ko sabse zyada muhammat Huzoor Nabi E Rehmat Alaihi Salam se thi aur us daur me Sahaba ka
ye Mizaaz tha k jab bhi musibat me hote YA MUHAMMADAH ka naara lagate.
Isko Imam Nawawi ne likha hai aur ibn kathir ne Al badaya me jo aage aayga.
Ye Hai Dur Se Yaa Kahne Ka Saboot Bhi Saamne Aaapke.
Image Me Dekhe English Translation SE Yaa word Nikal Diya gaya Hai.
Isliye Humare Ulema baar baar kehrhe hai Wahabio ki koi kitab yaha tak k translation bhi naa padhe
kyuki Awaam ko nahi pata kab kya temper karde.
Page | 847
Aala Hazrat Fazil E Barelvi AlaihRehma ka Wo Sher yaad aagaya
Soona Jungle Raat Andheri Chaayi Badli Kaali Hai
Sone Wale Jaagte Rahiyo Choron ki Rakhwali Hai
Ankh Se Kajal Saaf Chura Lain Yan Woh Chor Bala Ke Hai
Teri Takri Takee Hai Aur Tu Ne Neend Nikali Hai
Kya Khoob Nakhsa Khicha hai Imam E Ahle Sunnat Ne us wakt jo chor hai imaan k wo aaj muhafiz ban ne
ki koshish kar rhe hai.
ALLAH in khabiso se Awaam ko hum sbko bachaye.
Hadees 06:
BAAD AZ WISAAL NABI E AKRAM K ELAWA SAHABA E KIRAM KO BHI YAA SE NIDA KARNE KA SABOOT
“Hazrat Abdullah ibn Deenaar Radi Allaho Anho Kehte Hai Maine Hazrat Abdullah Ibn Umar Radi Allaho
Anho Ko Dekha K Jab Wo Safar Se Masjid E Nabvi Me Aate To Ye Kahte
Assalamu Alaika YA RASOOL ALLAH
Assalamu Ala Abu Bakr
Waa Aala Ab
Aye ALLAH K RASOOL AAP PAR SALAM HO AYE ABU BAKR AAP PAR SALAM HO AUR AYE Abba Jaan Aap
Pe Salam.
(Fazayel E Salaat Alal Nabi Pg : 63, Hadees : 99, Print Darool Ilm Mumbai Salafi Idara)
Note :
Urdu Me ye Kitab FAZAIL E DUROOD O SALAM k naam se milti hai Aur Hadees No 100 isi kitab me ye
rivayat Hazrat Naafai Se Hai Aage Albani Likhte Hai Ye Hadees Maukoof aur Sahi Hai.
(Note : Maukoof us Hadees ko kehte Hai Jiski Sanad Sahabi Tak Ho)
Objection Subahat :
Aapne Jo Bhi Dalil Di Wo Masjid E Nabvi Se Yaa kahne Ki Hai Uske Bahar Dur Se Dalil Do.
Our Reply :
Ye Bas Aapki Apni Soch Aur Khayal Ka Akeeda hai K Baar Baar aqaid badalke baat Karo Agar Bil Farz Dalil
Masjid E Nabvi Se Bhi Yaa Pukarne Ki Ho Tab Bhi Ye Tauheed Kaise hogi Aapke Nazdeek To Faut Shuda
Ko Pukarna hi Shirk hai.
ii) Zaid Deewar K Is Paar ho Aur Deewar Ek Feet Ki Moti Ho Zaid Nida Kare Us paar mauzood Insaan Sunn
Lega ?
Page | 848
Chalo tum Mar Jaoge jawab nhi aayga Hum batate hai Jawab hai NAHI AWAAZ NAHI AAYGI.
Lekin Huzoor Nabi E Rehmat K Si Samaat Kaa Aalam Dekho Salam Tum Dil Me Karte Ho Masjid E Nabvi
Alaihisalam Se Kisko Karte Ho ? Salam jaata hai ya nahi ? Aisa Kyu Phir k Masjid E Nabvi Alaihisalam Me
tauheed ho jaise hi bahar nikal jaaye SHIRK hojaye ?
Sahaba Ka Amal Maidan E Jung Me Imam Wakdi Rahmatullah Alaih Tabe Tabain Hai Inki Wiladat 130
Hizri- Wisal 207 Hizri Inhone Mulk E Sham Jisko Syria Kahte Hai Waha ki Jung k Futoohat pe kitab likhi
jiska naam FUTOOHAT E SHAAM Jung E Yarmook Ka Bayan Karte Likhte hai Jab Hazrat Sharjeel bin
Hasna aur Unke Saathiyo Ko Dushman ne Gher Liya To Kya Farmaya
“Sahabi E Rasool Hazrat Sharjeel bin Husna Nida Karte Hai AYE ALLAH KI MADAD NAZIL HO YAA
MUHAMMAD YAA MANSURO (Ummat K Madadgaar) Apni Ummat Ki Khabar Lijiye.
Ye Pukarna Tha k Khalid Bin Walid Saathiyo k Saath pahuch Gaye”
References :
(Imam Waqidi, Futoohat E Shaam Vol : 01, Pg :196)
(Imam ibn Aseer Al Kamil Pg : 630)
Mujaheed E Aazam Saifullah Khaleed bin Waleed Radi Allaho Anho Ka Aqeeda Jung E Yamama k wakt
khalid bin waleed Jab Musailma Kazzab Se Jung lad rhe the Dushman ki Tadaad Zyada Thi Ek Wakt me
Musalman Kamzor pade Tab KHALID BIN WALEED ne ye Naara Lagaya
“Unhone Musalmano Ka Naara Lagya YA MUHAMMADAH YA MUHAMMADAH jo us wakt Musalmano Ka
naara Tha YAA MUHAMMADAH.”
(Ibn Kathir Al Badaya Wa Al Nihaya Vol :05, Pg :30 )
Sayyada Zainab Radi Allahu Taala Anha Bahen Sayyido Shohda Imam Hussain, Sahabzaadi E Maula E
Kaynaat Maula Ali Radi Allaho Anho Maidan E Karbala Me Kya Pukara Tha
“Ya Muhammadah Ya Muhammadah Salla ‘Alaykallahu wa Malaka Al Samahu”
(Al Bidaya wa al-Nihaya, Vol 8, Page 193)
WAHABI Tum Khud Dur Se Yaa Padhte Ho Tumko Khabar Hi Nahi Hai.
Page | 849
NAMAZ ME YAA SE PUKARNA ATTAHIYAT Kyu Padte Ho ?
Translation :
“Tamam Bandgi Ibadat Allah K Liye Hai Aur Tamam Maali Ibadat Aur Tamam Jismani Ibadat
Salaam Ho Aap Par AYE NABI SALL ALLAHU ALAIKA WASSALAM Aur Rehmat Aur Barkat Aur Salamti Ho
Hum Par Aur ALLAH K SALAHEEN Bando Par Mai Gawahi Deta Allah K Siwa Koi Mabood Nahi
Muhammad ALLAH k RASOOL HAI”
Attahiyat ‘Tashadood’ padte wakt iske maane ka irada karna jaruri hai yaani ye khayal rahe ki ALLAH ki
HAMD karta Hoon Aur ALLAH k MEHBOOB Pe Salam Arz Karta Hoon Aur Saath Me Apne Upar Aur ALLAH
k Nek Bando Pe.
(Durre Mukhtar & Aalamgiri)
Objection Subahat :
Ek ye Subahat bhi laa sakte hai balki laate hai ye Nabi Alaihisalam ki baat huwi gair E Ambiya Alaihisalam
ka batao.
Inki shirkiya factory ka fatwa yaad rakhe dur se bhi zinda shaks ko nida di pukara to mushrik hojayga
insaan.
Our Reply :
Saare Aitraaz k jawab almost de diye ab gair E Nabi ka bhi mulahiza kare. wahabiyo k jitne mullah hai
sabke SHIRK AUR TAUHEED k definition alag hai ye isme bhi thik nahi hai.
Hadees 07:
Page | 850
Farooque E Aazam Radi Allaho Anho Ka Hazrat Saariya Radi Allaho Anho ko Dur Se Nida Karna
Daur E Farooque E Aazam Me Sahabi E Rasool Sal Allahu Alaihi Wassalam Hazrat Sariya Radiallaho Anho
ko Umar Radi Allaho anho ne ek daste ka ameer banake Jung e Jihad pe bheja jo Jameen thi
“Nahawand” ki.
“Masjid E Nabvi Alaihisalam Me Mimber Pe Bethe Hazrat Umar Radi Allaho Anho Khutba De Rahe The K
Achanak Irshad Farmaya ‘YA SAARIYA TUL JABAL’ yaani AYE SAARIYA PAHAD KI JAANIB PEETH KARLO.
Hajireen E Masjid E Nabvi Alaihi Salam Pareshan The k Makam E Nahawand Madina e Munawara se
Saikdo Mil Dur Hai aur Saariya Waha K Sipahsalar hai phir Ameerul Momineen ne unhe yaha se Kyu aur
Kaise pukara ?
Is Sawal Ka Jawab Tab mila Jab Makam E Nahawand Se Fateh E Nahawand Hazrat Saariya Radiallaho
anho Ka Qaseed aaya Aur Usne Khabir Di K Jab Hum Kuffaro me ghir gaye to Achanak Nida Aayi ‘YA
SAARIYA TUL JABAL’ yaani AYE SAARIYA PAHAD KI JAANIB PEETH KARLO.
Hazrat Saariya ne Kaha ye to Ameerul Momineen Farooque E Aazam Ki Awaaz hai unhone fauran
Lashkar ko pahad ki taraf peeth karne ka hukm diya aur jo jung me Kuffar gaalib nazar aarhe the maidan
ka paasa palat gaya aur Musalmano Ko FATEH E MUBEEN HAASIL Huwi AUR ISLAM KA PARCHAM LAHRA
DIYA”.
(Imam Khateeb Tabrezi Al Mishkat Al Masabih Vol :04, Pg :401, Hadees : 5954)
(Imam Bayhaqi Dalailulun Nabuwaah Vol :06, Pg :370 Print Darul Fikr Berut Lebanon)
(Imam Ibn Asakir At Tarikh E Damishq Vol : 44, Pg : 336 Print Darul Fikr Berut Lebanon)
(Imam Jalaludin Suyuti Tarikhul Khulfa Pg : 99)
(Huzzatulahil Alal Aalameen Pg : 612)
Page | 851
Is Hadees Me Gair E Nabi Alaihisalam Ka Dur Se Madad Karna Bhi Saabit Huwa Aur Dusre Ka Pukarna
Sun Na Bhi Saabit Huwa. Ye Lo baddeno ye bhi ek Tohfa Dur Se Nida karna Zindo Ko bhi Shirk hai naa
wahabi mazhab me
Jis Maa Ne Koi Halali beta Wahabiyo ka Jana Ho To Lagake Dikhao Farooque E Aazam Radi Allaho Anho
Aur in muhadeesin pe ab fatwa kya ye sab mushrik the ?
* Devband K Peer O Murshid Haji Imdadullah Muhajir Makki farmate hai “Isme Koi Subahat Muzaika
Nahi Hai k AsSalatu wasSalamu ‘Alayka Ya Rasulallah padha Jaaye”
(Imdad Al Mushtaq, Pg 59)
* Hawala Ulema E Devband Ki Kitab Se Bhi Ab Baani E Devband Kasim Nanatvi Sher Likhte Hai “Madad
Kar Aye Karam E Ahmadi Ki Tere Siwa Nahi Hai Kasim Bekas Ka Koi Haami Kaar Jo Tu Hi Humko Naa
Puche To Kon Humko Puchega Bange Kaun Hamara Tere Siwa Gam Khwar”
(Qasida E Kasmi Pg : 08)
Kasim Nanatvi Sahab Huzoor Nabi E Kareem Alaihsalam Ko Gam Khwar Madadgaar maane madad
maange to sab kuch hazam humne Kaha to Shirk Pehle apne Ghar me dekho.
* Akabir E Uloo Maa E Devband Mehmood Hasan Sahab Apne Ustad Gaus e E Devband Kutoob E
Rabbani E Devband Rashid Ahmad Gangohi ki Shaan me Pura Qaseeda Likha hai usme Ek Sher Hazat
Rawayi kaa likhte Hai ‘’Hawa Ize Deen Wa Dunya Kahan Le Jaaye Hum Ya Rab Gaya Wo Kibla E Hazaat E
Roohani Wa Jismani”
(Marasiya Rashid Gangohi Pg : 08 Writer Mehmoodul Hasan)
Ye Mehmoodul Hasan bahot gaaliya baki Aala Hazrat AlaihRehma Ko inhone aur bahot lipa poti karne ki
koshish bhi ki apne akaabir k kufr dhone ki magar wo kayamat tak nahi dhulega ye to Rashid Gangohi ko
hi apna Kibla e Hajat Jismani Roohani sab maan rhe hai Hum YA ALI MADAD kehde to shirk Ye Munafikat
kyu ?
* Hakimul Devband Maamu k Sar Pe Peshab Karne waale Devband k Mujadid Ashraf Ali Thanvi likhte Hai
“Dastagiri Kijiye Mere Nabi
Kash Ma Kash Main Hoon
Tum Hi Ho Mere Nabi
Juzz Tumhare hai kahan Meri Panah
Fauz E Koolfat Mujhpe Aa Gaalib Huwi
Ibn Abdullah Jamana Hai Kharab
Khabar Lijiye Tum Hi Meri Kabhi”
(Nashrut Tweeb Fee Zikkril Habeeb Pg : 194)
* Thanvi Sahab Huzoor Nabi E Kareem Alaihsalam Dastagir bhi maane khabar khwah bhi maane aur
panah bhi maange sab chalega par Sunnio ne padha to Shirk ? Kyu ?
Page | 852
Kab Lagaynge Apne Abbao pe Fatwa ?
Shah Waliullah Muhadis Dahelvi Alaihrehma Apne risala me farmate hai Jo Awraad E Fatiya padhega
usko 1400 aulia k sawab milega Awraad e Fatiya Me Yeh alfaaz shamil hai.
Shah Waliullah ye sab likhe amal kare to wo Muhadis Wali kahte ho aur Ahle Hadees bhi kahte ho unko
apne aqaid ka aur yehi hum padhe to biddati Mushrik kuch akeeda tumhara paimana hi nahi hai.
* Ibn Kayyam Shagird Ibn Taimya Inki kitab “Jala Al Afhaam” me Bhi YA RASOOL ALLAH kahne ko Sahi
kahte hai.
Ulema E Gair Mukallid Wahabi Ahle Hadees
Nawab Siddik Hasan bhopali Nawab E Ahle hadees likhte hai
“kibla E Deen Madade Kaaba E Deen Madade
Ibn E Kayyam Madade Shawkani Madade”.
Jab Ye dikhado to wahabi bahana banaynge aur inkaar kardenge Aur kahnge hum nahi maante hai - Tum
Maano yaa maano hume manwana nahi hai bas Himmat dikha k insab k khilaf fatwa nikal do nahi nikaal
sakte to munafikat band kardo.
Ab aakhir me wahabi kahenge ye saari hadees dalil Quran K khilaf Aur wo aayat pesh karnge is tarah ki
Jinko Tum ALLAH Ko chodke Pukarte ho.
Ulema E Gair Mukallid Wahabi Ahle Hadees Nawab Siddik Hasan bhopali Nawab E Ahle hadees likhte
hai
“kibla E Deen Madade Kaaba E Deen Madade Ibn E Kayyam Madade Shawkani Madade”
Jab Ye dikhado to wahabi bahana banaynge aur inkaar kardenge Aur kahnge hum nahi maante hai.
Tum Maano yaa na maano hume manwana nahi hai bas Himmat dikha k insab k khilaf fatwa nikal do
nahi nikaal sakte to munafikat band kardo.
Page | 853
Humare Nabi ﷺPadhna Likhna Jaante Hai
Tamam Bhai log YouTube wagera par video's dekh sakte hai Jisme Riyal Khoor Wahabi Ahlekhabees
Mulla Hamare Nabi se Bughz me ye baatein Saabit karne ki kosish Karta hai ki Hamare Nabi Padna
Likhna Nahi Jante thay.
Maaz'allah Astagfirullah Nauzubillah
Aaye Hadees Padhiye ki hmare Nabi apne baare me kiya keh rhay hai ki unhe Padhna likhna aati hai ya
nhi.
Hadees 01:
Huzoor Ka Apne Daste Mubarak Se Latter Likhna
Hazrat Abdullah Bin Abbas (R.A) Riwayat Karte Hai Rasool Allah ﷺHeraclius Ko Ek Khat Likha. Is
Tarah
Likha Muhammad ﷺAllah Ke Rasool Ki Taraf Se Room Ke Ruler Ki Taraf Salamati Wo Uspar Hidayat Ki
Rah Par Chale! Ibn e Yahya Ne Riwayat Kiya Ki Hazrat Ibn e Abbas (R.A) Ne Kaha Ki Hazrat Abu Sufiyan
(R.A) Ne Mujhe Khabar Di Ki Hum Heraclius Pas Gaye Tu Usne Hume Apne Samne Baytaha Phir Usne
Nabi Kareem ﷺKhat (Latter) Mang Waya
(Sunan Abu Dawud; Vol 5; Hadees 5136)
Aur Yahudi Se Badtar Saudi Kutta Mujaffar Bihari Ne Kaha Ki Musalmano Ke Nabi ﷺPadhna Nahi
Jante Thay.
Page | 854
Hadees 02:
Hazrat Imam Bukhari Ne Apni Kitab Sahih Bukhari Me Pura Baab (Chapter) Bandha Hai
Kisra (Shahe Iran) Aur Qaiser (Shahe Rum) Ko Rasool Allah ﷺKa Khutoot (Latter) Likhna
(Sahih Bukhari Baab no 83)
Hadees 03:
Hazrat Abdullah Bin Abbas (R.A) Se Riwayat Hai Rasool Allah ﷺNe Ahle Jarash Ko Ek Khat (Letter)
Likha. Jisme Unhe Us Baat Se Mana Farmaya Ki Wo Kishmish (Raisins) Aur Khajoor (Dates) Ko Khalat
Malat Karke Uski Nabeez Banake Istemal Na Kare
(Musnad Ahmad [Arabic to English] (Published Dar al-Salaam Saudi); Vol 2 Hadees 1961)
Ab Faisla Aap Kare Yahudiyo Ke Dalal Wahabi Ahle'hadees Deobandi Ki Manna Hai? Ki Hadees Ki?
Page | 855
Hadees 04:
Hazrat Barrah Bin Aazib (R.A) Se Riwayat Hai Rasool Allah ﷺUmrah Ka Ahraam Bandha Lekin Makkah
Ke Mushriko Ne Rasool Allah ﷺKo Shaher Me Dakhil Na Hone Diya Akhir Sulah Phir Ispar Hui Ki Agle
Saal Aap ﷺMakkah Me 3 Din Tak Qayaam Karege Jab Sulah Nama Likha Jane Laga To Usme Likha
Gaya Ki Ye Wo Sulah Nama Hai Jo Muhammad Rasool Allah ﷺNe Kiya Hai Lekin Mushriko Ne Kaha Ki
Hum To Inhe Allah Ka Rasool Nahi Mante Aur Bole Ki Bas Aap Sirf Muhammad Bin Abdullah ﷺHain
To Rasool Allah ﷺNe Farmaya Han Me Rasool Allah ﷺBhi Hon Aur Muhammad Bin Abdullah ﷺ
Bhi Hon Uske Baad Huzoor ﷺNe Hazrat Ali (R.A) Se Farmaya Ki Rasool Allah ﷺKa Lafz Mita Do To
Hazrat Ali (R.A) Ne Arz Kiya Ya Rasool ﷺAllah Ki Kasam Ye Mujhse Na Hoga Ki Me Aapka Naam e
Mubarak Ko Apne Haatho Se Mitao.To Phir Rasool Allah ﷺNe Khud Wo Dasta'wez (Sulah Nama) Li
Aur Apne Haath Mubarak Se Ye Likha ¹(Ye Sulah Nama Hai Muhammad Bin Abdullah ﷺNe Is Shart
Par Sulah Ki Hai Ki Makkah Me Wo Hathiyaar Mayan Me Rakhay Begair Na Dakhil Na Honge! ²Agar
Page | 856
Makkah Ka Koi Shakhs Unke Saath Jana Chahe To Wo Usay Saath Na Le Jaye! ³Lekin Agar Unke Sahaba
Mese Koi Makkah Me Rehna Chahega To Usay Wo Rokegen Nahi
Subhan'Allah
(Sahih Al-Bukhari (Arabic-English); Vol 3; Hadees 2699)
Kya Abhi Koi Munafik Kahega Ki Unko Likhna Padhna Nahi Aata?
Hadees 05:
Hazrat Ubaidullah Bin Abdullah Radi'Allah'Anhu Se Riyawat Hai Aap Farmate Hai Ki Hazrat Abdullah Bin
Abbas Radi'Allah'Anhu Ne Bayan Kiya ki Huzoor ﷺNe Irshad Farmaya Sahaba e Karam Se Ki Kuch
Likhne Wala Saman Le Aao Jis se Me Kuch Likh Don Taki Mere Baad Tum Gumrah Nahi Hogay
Page | 857
(Sahih Bukhari; Vol 1; Page 121; Hadith 114)
‼Hamare Nabi yhan par saaf keh rhay hai ki lao me kuch likh du. ‼
Ab Musalmaano ke uppar hai ki wo apna Sahi Bukhari Shareef ke Sahi Hadees ke Mutabiq apna aqeeda
bnaye ya Phir Wahabi Ahlekhabees ki Shaitaani Gumrahi ilm se Apna Gustakhana Aqeeda bna kar
Hamesha Ke liye Jahannam me Chale gye.
Page | 858
Kya Nabi ﷺEk Aam Bashar Hai,Humari Tarah?
Quran Shareef Mein Allah Ta’ala farmata hai:
“Tum farma do zahiri surate bashari me mai to tum jaisa hu”
Page | 859
Page | 860
Hadees 01:
Hazrat Abdullah Bin Umar Radialla Taala Anhu Bayan Karty Hain K HUZUR AKRAM ﷺNe Soom E
Wisaal (Yani Sehri O Aftari K Bghair Musalsal Rozy Rkhny) Say Mana Farmaya , Sahaba Ikram Ne Arz
Kiya: Ya RUSUL ALLAH ! ﷺAp To Wisal K Rozay Rakhty Hai.AAP ﷺNe Farmaya: "Main Hargiz
Tumhari Misal Nahi Hun, Mujhe To (Apny Rab K Haan) Khilaya Aur Pilaya Jata Hai.
(Imam Bukhari , Kitab As Saum , Baab Wisal K Rozo Ka Bayan , Safa 693 , Hadees 1861)
(Imam Muslim , Kitab As Siyaam, Baab Saum E Wisal Ki Mumania'at K Bayan Me ,Jild 2 , Safa 774 ,
Hadees 1102)
(Imam Abu Dawud , Kitab As Saum , Baab Saum E Wisaal , Jild 2 , Safa 306 , Hadees 2360)
(Imam Nasai , Kitab Sunan Al (R.A) , Jild 2 , Safa 241 , Hadees 3263)
Hadees 02:
Page | 861
(Imam Ahmed Bin Hanbal , Kitab Al Musnad ,Jild 2 , Safa 153 , Hadees 6413)
(Imam Bayhaqi , Kitab Sunan Al (R.A) , Jild 4 ,Safa 282 , Hadees 8161)
Hadees 03:
Page | 862
(Imam Bukhari , Jild 6 , Safa 2645 , Hadees 6814)
(Imam Muslim , Kitab As Siyam , Baab Saum E Wisal Ki Mumani'at , Jild 2 , Safa 776 , Hadees 1104)
(Imam Ahmed Bin Hanbal , Kitab Al Musnad , Jild 3 , Safa 124 , Hadees 12270 ,13035 ,13092 , 13681)
(Imam Ibn E Hibban , Kitab As Saheeh , Jild 14 , Safa 325 , Hadees 6414)
(Imam Bayhaqi , Kitab Sunan Al (R.A) , Jild 4 , Safa 282 , Hadees 8160)
Hasil Qalam In Ahadees Se Yeh Hai NABI ﷺKi Misl Koi Nai , Aur Naa Hi Aapke Barabar Ka Koi Nahi Aur
Is Hadees Se Malum Padha K Aap Ek Aam Bashar Nahi.
1). Pyaare Aaqa ﷺne farmaya Mein jo dekhta hu who Tum nahi dekhte aur Mein jo sunta hu wo
Tum nahi sunte.
(Tirmizi Sharif; Hadees no 2312)
2). Pyaare Aaqa ﷺka Pasinae Mubarak itr se bhi zyada khushbudaar tha.
(Sahih Muslim; Hadees no 6055)
Page | 863
3). Pyaare Aaqa ﷺne farmaya Meri Aanke soti hai magar Dil hamesha jaagta rehta hai.
(Sahih Bukhari; Hadees no 3569)
4). Pyaare Aaqa ﷺko Allah Ta’ala ne 30 mardo ke barabar Taaqat Ata ki.
(Sahih Bukhari; Hadees no 268)
Page | 864
5). Pyaare Aaqa ﷺne Sahaba(R.A) se farmaya Mein Tumhe Apni Peeth ke Piche se bhi Dekhta hu.
(Sahih Bukhari; Hadees no 719)
6). Pyaare Aaqa ﷺka Luaab E Dehan Sahaba(R.A) zameen se utha kar apne Cehre par Laga lete the.
(Sahih Bukhari; Hadees 2731)
Page | 865
7). Pyaare Aaqa ﷺjab Baal Mubarak katwate to Sahaba(R.A) ek bhi Baal Mubarak zameen par girne
nahi dete.
(Sahih Bukhari; Hadees no 6043)
8). Pyaare Aaqa ﷺKe Wazu ka Bacha hua Paani Lene ke liye Sahaba(R.A) Aapas mein ladne ke karib
hojate.
(Sahih Bukhari; Hadees no 189)
9).Pyaare Aaqa ﷺke Jubba Mubarak ko Sahaba(R.A) Paani mein dho kar beemaro ko shifa ke liye
pilaate the.
(Sahih Muslim; Hadees no 5409)
Page | 866
10). 11).
Page | 867
12). 13).
Page | 868
Page | 869
14).
Page | 870
Naame Mohammad ﷺSunkar Anghutha Chumna
1).Hazrat ismail haqqi Al mutawffi 1137 hijri rohul Bayan Mein likhtay Hain:
”Qasasul Ambiya Wagera Kutub Mein Hazrat aadam Aleslam ke hawale SE hai anghutha chumna
Mustahab hai Aap ﷺne Farmaya Jo Shaks Azan Mein Mera Naam Sune Aur Apne Anghothon Kay
Nakhono Ko Chom Kar Ankhon Say Lagaye Wo Kabhi Andha nahi Hoga..
(Tafsir Rohul bayan; Vol 7; Page 229)
2).Hazrat Imam Sakhawi Al mutawffi 904 hijri Riwayat Naqal Faramatay hain
Hazrat Tauoos Farmatay hain:
Unaho Nay Khawaja Shamshuddin Abi Nasar Al Bukhari Se Ye Hadees Suni Kay Jab Mauzin Say Kalima
Shahadat Sun Kar Anghothon Kay Nakhon Choom e Aur Aankhon Say Lagayae Aur Dua padhay
“ ” Tu wo Andha Na Ho Ga..
(AL Maqaidul Hasna; Page 606)
Page | 871
3).Hazrat Abukar Siddiq Nay Mauzin Kay Qaul:
ko sunkar Anghothon Ko Choma Aur Aankhon Say Lagay To Uske liye MERI safaat
wajib ho gayi
(KASHFUL KHIFA; V 1; Page 206)
Page | 872
4).Hazrat Imam Quhastani Likhtay hain:
Page | 873
6).Hazrat Imam Shami apni kitab raddul mukhtar me bhi yahi Likha hai:
Anghutha chumna mustahab or or Aisa krne wale ko huzur ﷺApne piche Jannat me le jaygne
(Raddul Muhtaar; Vol 2; Page 68)
Kisi Ne Azan Kay Waqat Angutho Ko Ankho per Maltae Huye Dekh Kar pocha Tu Aap nay Farmaya kay
main Pehle Anghothy Chom kar Ankhon Per lagata Tha Bad Mein Tark kar diya Meri Ankhen Kharab
Hogai main Nay Khawab Mein Huzoor ﷺKo Dekha Tu Farmaya Tu nay Azan Kay Waqat Anghothe
Chom Kar Aankhon say lagana Kiyun Tark kar Diya Agar Tu Chahta Hai Kay Teri Ankhen dursut hojayen
Tu Wo Amal Phir Say Shuro Kar Day Pas Mein Bedar Howa aur Ye amal main Nay shuro kar diya Tu Meri
Ankhen Durust hogai Aur Uskay bad Ab Tak Wo marz nahi Lauta….
(KIFYATUL Talib ur Rabbani; Vol 1; Page 482)
Page | 874
8).Hazrate Imam jalaluddin siyuti almutawffi 911 hijri likhte hai
Hazrat Wahab Bin Munba Farmatay hain kay bani israil Mein Ek Aisa Mard Tha Jiskay 100 Saal Jurm Wa
Khata Mein Guzre fir bhi Allah ne use bakhs Diya Aur Use Hoor Bhi inayat Kardi is liye ke wo naame
mohammad ﷺor anghutha chumta tha
(Khasaisul kubra; Page 39)
Page | 875
9).Shafai Maslak ki kitab SE bhi saboot Likha Hai
Azan me Jo Dono Anghothon Ko Apni Aankhon Per Rakhe Tu Na Kabhi Andha Ho Aur Na Kabhi Ankhen
dukhen “
(Eiyanatul Talibeen; Vol 1; Page 243)
Page | 876
10.)Wahabi Deobandi Ghair Muqallid Ka Mutafiqa Imam Molvi Abdul Hayi
Lukhnavi jaame ur razoom kehawale SE Kahta hai
Huzoor ﷺKa Naam Azan Mein chumna “Baaz Fuqah Kay Nazdik Mustahab Hai
(Majmua Fatawa Abdul Hayee; Vol 1; Page 196,197 Mutarajim Barkat ullah Deobandi)
Page | 877
11).Deobandi Dharam Kay Molvi Fareed jame Ur ramooz Ka HAWALA dete huye
Likhta hai Anghothay Chomna jaiz hai
Is Masnavi ka Tarjama Qazi Sajjad Husain Deobandi Karta hai Ki is Mutbarak Naam {Muhammad }ﷺKo
Bosa Dete is Paak Tareef Per Moon Rakh Detay”
(Masnawi Molwi Maanawi; Page 144)
13).Tafsir e Jalalain Imam Jalaluddin Siyuti al mutawaffi 911 hijri likhte Hai
Hazrat Abu Talib Makki Quwatul Qulob Mein Syedna ibne Ainiya Say Riwayat Kartay Hain Huzoor
ﷺMasjid Mein Tashrif Laye Aur jab hazrate Bilal ne Azaan di to Hazrat Abubakar Siddiq Nay
ApneDono Anghothon samjho SE lagakr chuma Tu Huzoor ﷺNay Farmaya Jo sakhs Shauq Aur Meri
Mohabbat Ki Waje SE Aisa kiya Tu Allah Use Baksh Dega Uskay Gunah Kitne Hi Naye Ya Puranay Qasdan
Ho ki Bhool Kar Chupe Howe Ho Ki Zahir
(Tafsir e Jalalain; Page 405)
Page | 879
Tafseere Jalalain Ka Sarah krte huye Molana Naeem deobandi bhi Kahta hai baaz Ahle mohabbat ne is
AML ko mufeed bataya hai .
(Tafseere jalain; Jild 5; Safa 164)
Page | 880
14).Barna Bas Ki injeel kay Taluk Say Deobandi molvi Ameen Safdar tajalliyat
Safdar Mein likhta Hai
Wo sab Sahi hai Ab isi injeel Mein hazrate Adam a ۔ke mutallik likha hai ke anghuthe ko bosa Diya ,
(INJEEL BARNABAAS; Page 171; MUTARJIM DEOBNAADI MUHAMMAD HALIM)
Page | 881
Page | 882
15).Hazrat Mulla Ali Qari 1014 hijri Anghotay Chomne Wali Hazrat Abubakr
Siddiq wali Riwayat Kay Taluk Say Tahrir Farmate Hain
Main Kehta Hun Kay Jab is Hadees Ka Rafa Hazrat Siddiq Akber َؓTak Sabit Hai Tu Amal Kay Liye Kaafi Hai
(Al israr Ul Marfooa; Page 306)
Page | 883
16).Deobandi Dharam Kay Molvi Abdul Shakoor Likhta hai
Page | 884
17).Deobandi dharam ke ek or mulla Likha hai ke
Page | 885
Ab ye wahabi deobandi Gair mukallid in riwayto ko zaeef kah KR bida'at or haram ka fatwa dena Suru kr
dete hai
Ye to Mai bhi Kahta hu k Anghothe Chomne Wala Amal Zaif Ahadees Se Sabit hai ۔-----
Agar zaeef hadish pr AML krne pr bida'at or haram Ka fatwa Lagta hai jitne hawale hai in Sab pr bhi wahi
fatwa lagao Jo ham or lagte ho
Page | 886
18).Mulla Ali qaari farmate hai k fazayl me zaeef hadish pr aaml Kiya ja Sakta hai
Pata Chala k jab wahabi Ahle khabiso ko apna aqida sabit krna hota hai to zaeef hadish pr AML wajib ho
jata hai . Or ham(barailwi) Ahle sunnat Wal jamat Nabi ﷺke fazayl ، me agr zaeef hadish pr AML kre
to bidaati musrik Ka fatwa lag jata hai
Ye Huzur ﷺSE bugz nhi to kya hai Ye dogli polisi kyo?
To wahabio Ahle khabiso ye batao k Imam gazali ,Imam shakhwi , ismail haqqi ,sanaullah madni , Imam
siyuti ,or Jo hawale hai ye sab muhaddish mufassir jinho ne anghutha chumne ko achha samjha or jaiz o
mustahab krar Diya hai
Ye sab tumhare nazdik Musalman hai ya Nahi ? Agar nhi to Apne Kisi jamat ke zimmedar alim SE
likhawakr Lao ke ye Tamam muhaddis mufassir Imam bidaati musrik hai Musalman nhi..
Page | 887
Kya Nabi e Karim ﷺHazrat Sayyeda Fatima Tuz’zahra Radi
Allaho Anha Ko Bhi Nahi Bacha Sakte?
ALLAH ki Tauheed ko base banake ALLAH k Aziz bando ki gustakhi karna unhe mazboor bebas sabit
karna ye us jahil kaum ka mazhabi slogan hai uske bina to inki naa kitab complete hogi aur naahi inki
takreer hogi.
Gair Mukallideen Aur inke akaid k tamam batil akeeda log ek hadees awaam k saamne padhte hai k Nabi
ﷺne kaha FATIMA Amal kar mai kayamat me mai tere kaam naa aaunga aur in bewakufo k jaahilana
takreero se kitabo me us hadees ko misinterprate kar likhne uski galat explaination karne ki wajah se
Anti Islamic Log jisme Yahudi Hindu Isai etc Mukalifeen e Islam ko bhi ek khula mauka faraham kiya k wo
bhi ab is masle me mooh kholne lage
Mai naam nhi likh rha par Isayo ne jo kuch likha apni kitabo me website me kitabo Paigambar e Aazam
ﷺk khilaf wo uska khulasa ye hai
Objection Isaiyo ka :
“Tumhare Nabi to khud Apni Beti ko Nahi Bacha Sakte wo Tumko kya bachaynge ? Kis Deen ko maante
ho jaha ka Paigambar itna mazboor hai ?
Hamare Isa Masih ko dekho woto sabke gunah bhi le gaye aur Jannat me bhi le jaynge”
Nauzubillah Astagfirullah ALLAH KI LANAT HO AISO PE ALLAH JALIL O RUSWA KARE INKO
yehi type ka objection Yahudi Hindu sab mukhalifeen karte hai unko ye mauka diya in wahabi mullao ne.
Ab aaye wo hadees bhi mai yaha likhunga uska mukammal khulasa bhi ye ek ilmi sarmaya hai un logo k
liye bilkhusus Aalima Muballiga Muballigeen k liye.
Jab Nabi e karim ﷺne dawat o tableeg ka kaam shuru kiya to kuch log Islam kabool kar chuke us
wakt logo ko SHIRK se bachane k liye logo ko Aamal se jodne k liye logo k dilo me khauf e khuda daalne
k liye ALLAH Taa’la ne aayat e Mubaraka nazil ki wo hai
Iski Tafseer
”Huzoor Nabi E Karim ﷺk Karibi Rishtedar Bani Hashim Aur Bani Muttalib Hai. Huzoor Ne Unhe
Ailaan k Saath Daraya Aur Khuda ka Khauf Dilaya Jaise Sahi hadees Me Aaya Hai”
(Tafseer e Khajainul Irfaan Is ayat ki tafseer me )
Is aayat ka shan e nuzool Makkah me huwa Ailan e Nabuwat k almost 1.6 ya 02 saal me jab Islam k
maan ne waale bahot kam the aage kya huwa Bukhari Aur Sunan Nasai Sharif ki hadees se aur wajeh
hojayga.
Page | 888
Hadees:
Hazrat Abu Huraira se rivayat Hai “Jab Allah ne ye aayat ‘Aur Aye Mehboob, Apne Karibtar Rishtedaaro
Ko Darao’ (Surah No 26 Shauraah Ayat 214) Nuzool Farmayi ALLAH k Nabi Uthe Aur Farmaya “Aye
Quraish k Logo Apne Aapko Jahannam Ki Aag Se Bachao Mai Tumhe Allah k Azaab Se Nahi Bacha Sakta,
Aye Bani Abd Manaf Mai Tumhe Allah k Azaab Se Nahi Bacha Sakta, Aye Safiya Fufi) Mai Tumhe Allah k
Azaab Se Nahi Bacha Sakta, Aye Fatima Bint E Muhammad Meri Milkiyat Se Jo Lena Hai Lelo Lekin Mai
Tumhe Allah k Azaab Se Nahi Bacha Sakta”
(Sahi Bukhari, Vol : 02, Kitab No 55 Kitabal Wasaya, Hadees : 2753)
(Sahi Bukhari, Kitabut Tafseer,Hadees : 4771)
(English : Sahih Bukhari, Vol: 4, Book 51, Hadees :16)
Hazrat Abu Huraira se rivayat Hai “Jab Allah ne ye aayat ‘Aur Aye Mehboob, Apne Karibtar Rishtedaaro
Ko Darao’ (Surah No 26 Shauraah Ayat 214) Nuzool Farmayi ALLAH k Nabi Uthe Aur Quraish ko Bulaya
Wo Aaye Aur Awaam k saamne Farmaya “Aye Banu Kaab Bin Luaya ! Aye Banu Murrah Bin Kaab ! Aye
Abd Shams ! Aye Abd Manaf ! Aye Manu Hisham ! Aye Banu Abdul Muttalib Apne Aapko Us Aag Se
Page | 889
Bacho.
Aye Fatima Apne Aapko Aag Se Bachao Farmaya “Aye Quraish k Logo Apne Aapko Jahannam Ki Aag Se
Bachao Mai Tumhe Allah k Azaab Se Nahi Bacha Sakta.”
(Sunan Nasai, Kitab No 30 Kitabal Wasaya, Hadees :3644{English No : 3674})
Explaination:
Ab Dhyan se padhna na samjhe to 02 baar aaram se padhe clear hojayga yaha pata chala is farmaan e
mubarak ka background kya tha jo upar bayan hogaya.
02 Chize hoti hai ek Hadees ko padhna dusra hadeeso ko samajhna aur dono me bahot fark hai.
Muhadiseen Farmaan e Nabi ﷺko jama kar kitabo me laate hai aur wohi in muhadiseen ne kiya hai
chunki ye Farman e Nabi ﷺhai to unhone bhi apni kitabo me likha hai par khawarijeen wahabio ne in
hadees se maana istedlaal galat liye hai.
Ek Hadees ko samajhne k liye bahot si dusri hadeeso ko samajhna bhi jaruri hai jo usse related hi hoti
hai yaha pata chala Nabi e Karim ﷺne ye farmaan sabko kaha apne rishtedar aur kabile k logo ko k
Mai kaam naa aaunga par ye us wakt ki baat hai jab
Nabi e Konan ﷺk shafat aur makaam e mehmood waali aayat nahi nazil huwi thi Shafaat aur makam
Page | 890
E mehmood ka izn ALLAH ne ata kar diya ab Fatima Radi Allaho Anha to bahot dur ki baat hai Nabi ﷺ
har us ummati k kaam aaynge baroze mehshar jiske sine me ek rai k daane k barabar bhi imaan hai aur
uski shafat karke bhi jannat me le jaaynge.
-Nabi e karim ﷺne jab ye farmaya us wakt Fatima Zahra Radi Allaho Anha ki umr sharif lagbhag 02
saal thi ab faisla kare k kya samjhega itni si bacchi ko ? to yaha kalam bazahir unse kiya par muraad ye
naa thi k Fatima Radi Allaho Anha ko nhi bacha sakte balki ye farmaya unhe mukhatib dusre se huwe hai
taaki logo k dilo me khauf e ilahi aaye k jab Itni choti bacchi se Nabi e Karim ﷺaisa kah reha hai to
hume to bas apne aapko bachanha hai masla ye tha.
Par Jab Fatima Tuzahra Radi Allaho Anha badi huwi ab Kya Hadeeso me aaya thoda hissa upar bayan
huwa ab aaye ye padhe
Hazrat Sayyida Fatima Tuz’zahra Radi Allaho Anha bint e Rasool Allah ﷺ
TAMAM JANNATI AURATO KI SARDAR
Hadees :
Hazrat Huzaifa bin Yaman (R.A) Farmate Hai Maine Nabi E Karim ﷺSe Suna
“Ek Farishta Hai Jo Is Raat Se pehle Kabhi Is Dunya Me Nahi Utra Isne Apne Rab Se izazat maangi k
Mujhe Salam kare Aur Mujhe Basharat De Ki Fatima Jannati Aurato Ki Sardar Hai Aur Hasan Wa Hussain
Jannati Nawjawano k Sardar Hai”
(Sunan Tirmizi, Kitab No 49 Kitabul Manakib Ana Rasool Allahi ﷺ, Baab : Manakib e Hasan bin Ali ibn
Abu Talib, Hadees : 4150) (English Version Hadees : 3781)
Isi trah ki ek aur rivayat kuch alfazat k change k saath Hazrat Abu Hurrairah (R.A) se rivayat hai uska
hawala niche pesh kar rha hu.
(Imam Bukhari ne apni kitab Tarikhul Kabir Vol :01, Pg :232, Hadees :728)
(Imam Haythami Al Majmaul Zawaid Vol : 09, Pg : 201)
Ek Aur rivayat me Jisme Hazrat Fatima Khatoon e Jannat Radi Allaho Anha ne bayan kiya Umool
Momineen Ayesha Siddika Radi Allaho Anha se.
“Jab Pehli Baar Nabi e Karim ﷺNe Sargoshi ki to Mujhe Ye Khabar Di k Har Saar Jibrail Mujh Se Ek
Baar Quran Paak Ka Daur Kiya Karte The Is Martaba Unhone 02 Baar Daur Kiya Hai, Ab Mera Ye Guman
Hai Ki Mera Wakt Karib Aagaya Hai. Tum Allah Se Darna Aur Sabr Karna Beshak Mai Tumhara Accha
Peshwa Hoon Khatoon e Jannat ne Kaha : Ye Sun Kar Mai Rone Lagi Jab Nabi e Karim Sal Allaho Alaihi
Wassalam Ne Mujhe Girya Karte Dekha To Dobara Mujhse Sargoshi ki aur Farmaya
AYE FATIMA ! KYA TUM IS BAAT SE RAAZI NAHI HO K TUM TAMAM JANNATIYO KI BIWIYO KI YA TAMAM
MOMINO KI BIWIYO KI SARDAR HO. KHATOON E JANNAT NE FARMAYA PHIR MUJHE HASI AAGAYI.
(Sahi Bukhari, Vol : 02, Pg : 920, Book No 61, Kitabul Manakib e Nabi Wa Ashabun Nabi, Baab : Alamat Al
Nabuwat Fil Islami, Hadees : 3623,3624)
(Khatib Bagdadi Al Mishkat Al Masabih, Vol : 02, Pg : 435, Kitabul Manakib, Baab : Manakib e Ahle Bait e
Nabi , Hadees : 6138)
Page | 891
Page | 892
Hadees e paak se wajeh hua k Nabi E Karim ﷺne ab dunya me hi Khatoon e Jannat ko Jannati Aurato
ka sardar bana diya aur ye farmaya kya tum raazi nahi ? iska kya matlab ? Nabi e Karim ﷺyaha apna
Ekteyar bhi bata rahe hai k agar tum raazi nahi to bolo is se badkar bhi ata karnge abhi to Aurato ki ho
aur ispe raazi nahi to aur maanglo usse badke denge kaho to puri jannat ka sardar bana de.
Ye Hai Bukhari Kabhi ye Bhi sunao apni kaum ko ye kab bataynge ?
Jis din ye bayan karnge inki kaum inhe dande maregi Shayar ne kya khoob kaha hai
Sirf ginti ki kuch hadeeso pe pura dharm wahabiat ka khada hai jo apne matlab ki hai wo rakhte hai
baaki ko fauran kahenge Zaif hai mauzu hai. Allah ka khauf hi batana maksad hai to isko acche andaz me
bhi bataur e tambeeh bayan kiya jaa sakta hai par khawarijeen apni takreero me Mazboor o beikteyar
saabit karne ki koshish karte hai aur bhi bahot se tarike hai jis se awaam ko daraya jaaye unko aamal ka
namaz ka khauf ka ilahi ka paband kiya jaaye.
Kyu Jaan buch kar aakhir khawarij maulvi ye takrir karte hai ? Uski wajah kya hai ?
Humne jaha tak inhe dekha hai wo ye k jab Takreero me is andaz se bayan kiya jaaye k ALLAH k Nabi
ﷺAur Allah k Aziz bande itne mazboor hai jo khud ko nahi bacha sakte hai wo hamare kya kaam
aaynge maksad ye hota hai k ye jahen diya jaaye hai jis se awaam khud ye soch me pad jaati hai k jab
hamare kaam hi nahi aaynge to inse akeedat rakh k matlab kya ?
Dar asl ye rishta e akeedat ko todna chahte hai kyuki jis din ye akeedat tudegi lakh karle tu sazde magar
Jahannam me jaayga. Baroze mehshar ye soch waale log bhi aaynge aur wo bhi aaynge jo In ALLAH
waalo ko Baa Ikteyar sahibe kamal maante the jinki zindagi khawarijeen se isi baat pe guzri hai ALLAH
waalo ki shan k liye unse ladte aaye hai aur ye opposition waale bhi aaynge jinki akeede yehi bane hai k
Nabi ﷺnahi bacha sakte kyuki puri zindagi takreere isi me guzardi hai puri zindagi yehi baat sine me
leke aaya hai yehi baat to tune fatwe maare hai baroze kayamat Pahuchnge ye waha aur inhe yehi
jawab milega Jab Tak Zinda tha tu yehi bolta aaya Nabi e Karim ﷺFATIMA ko bacha sakte aaj khud
kyu chala aaya?
Us wakt ye khabiso ko samajah aayga k kin mullao k chakkar me pad gaya kaash ALLAH waalo se
dushmani ne leta.
Khulasa e kalam yehi hai wo Tauheed Tauheed Nahi hai Jo ALLAH waalo ko Mazbur sabit karke banayi
gayi yakinan uski bunyadeein khokhli hai jo gir jaygi Aaj tu maan jaa marne k baad to tumhara baap bhi
manega par Wo jinke hatho shafat ki dor hai wo nahi manenge us wakt kuch haath nahi aayga.
Allah Tabarakwa’tala se dua hai k Apne Habib ﷺk sadke tufail me hamara shumar bhi
Hubbe Ahle bait waalo me kare aur khatma bil khair farma is koshish ko kabool farma de aur
jo bhatak gaye hai unhe raah e haq pe pher de.
Page | 893
Iman E Walidein E Mustafa ﷺ
Bade Sochne Ki Baat Hai K Jiske Sadke Me Qaynat Bani Unke Walidein K Iman Per Deobandi Wahbiyo Ne
Humla Kiya Tha , Iska Jawab Humare Ullema Kya , Inse B Pehle Salaf Khalaf Ne Diya Aur Kitabein Likhdi
Hai Phir Jo Abhi Abhi Paida Hue 200 Saal Me , Inhe Aqal Na I Aur Nabi E Rehmat ﷺK Walidein Ko Kafir
Kehdiya , Maz ALLAH.
Sochne Ka Maqam Hai Yeh Wahi Deobandi Wahbi Hai Jo Kafir Ko Kafir Kehne Se Hume Rokte Hai Lekin
Jab Baat Nabi ﷺPer I Toh Inke Walidein Ko Kafir Bolna Kya Apni Kitabo Me Likh B Diya.
Ibn Taymiyah Jo 661 Hijri Me Paida Hua Mulk E Sham Me ,Isne Ek Kitab Likhi , Iktsa Us Siraate
Mustaqeem, Is Kitab Me Ibn Taymiyah Ne Bada Zor Lagay K Nabi Alayhisssalam K Walidein Dono Kafir
Thay Aur Unka Inteqal Kufr Per Hua .
Ibn Taymiyah Ki Taqleed Karte Hue Tamam Wahbi Nabi ﷺK Walidein Ko Kafir Kehte Hai , Maz ALLAH.
Isi Tarah Deoband K Bahut Bade Alim Guzre Hai Jinka Naam Rasheed Ahmed Gangohi Hai , Inhone B
Apne Fatwe Me , Yaani Fatawa Rasheediya Me Safa 104 Per Ek Sawal K Jawab Me Kaha K Hazrat ﷺK
Walidein K Imaan Me Ikhtelaf Hai ,Hazrat Imam Sahab Ka Mazhab Yeh Hai K Inka Inteqal Halat E Kufr Me
Hua Hai Faqat.
Maz ALLAH.
Yeh Haal Hai Deobandi Wahbi Ka Qara'en Yeh Bataye K , Kya Yeh Mumkin Hai K Jo Rehmatullil Alameen
Ho , Unke Walidein Kafir Ho ?
Yeh Baat Chupi Hui Nai Aur Naahi Isme Koi 2 Rai Ya Ikhtelaf Hai , K Jis Chiz Ko Nabi ﷺChoo Le Usey
Duniya Ki Aag Nai Jala Sakti , Duniya Kya , Usey Jahannam Ki Aag B Nai Jala Sakti Toh Bataye Jis Maa K
Shikamb Me 9 Mahine Aapne Aaram Farmaya Ho Wo Jahannum Me Kaise Jaye ??
Ayat 01:
“Aur Humari Sunnat Nai K Rasool Bhejne Se Pehle Hi Azaab Karne Lage”
(Surah Bani Israel; Ayat 15)
Is Ayat K Mutabik ALLAH Taala Fermata Hai K Jabtak Rasool Na Bheje Toh Azaab Na Karega , Aur Jab
Elaan E Nabuwat Hua Tab Nabi ﷺK Walidein Thay Hi Nai Toh Kafir Kaise Hue ?
Jo Zamana Nabi ﷺK Walidein Ne Paya Usey Zamana E Fatrat Kehte Hai ,Fatrat Per Inka Wisaal Hua,
Lihaza Jannati Hue.
Page | 894
Hadees 1A:
Hazrat Abu Huraira Radialla Taala Anhu Se Riwayat Hai Rasoollah ﷺFarmate Hain:
Har Qarn-O-Tabqa Me Tamam Quroon Bani Aadam Ke Behtar Se Mai Bheja Gaya, Yahan Tak Ki Us Qarn
Me Hua Jisme Paida Hua.
(Saheeh Bukhari Kitabul Manaqib, Baab Sifatun Nabi ﷺJild 1 Pg.503 Hadees 3557)
Yaani Aap Behter Qarn Me Paida Hue , Qarn Kehte Hai Zamane Ko , Is Hadees Se Yeh B Malum Hota Hai
K Jis Pusht Me Nabi ﷺThay Wo Zamana Behter , Wo Tabka Behter Yaani Wo Shaks Behter Aur Agar
Apke Walidein Kafir Hote Toh Yeh Fakr Ki Baat Nabi ﷺKabhi Nai Karte.
Hadees 1B:
Hazrat Muttalib Ibn Wadaa Radialla Taala Anhu Se Riwayat Hai K Nabi ﷺK Paas Hazrat Abbas Apke
Chacha Aaye Aur Kaha K Baaz Kafir Apke Baare Me Galat Jumle Kehte Hai , Aapne Pura Kaha B Nai Aur
Nabi ﷺNe Jaan Liya Aur Fir Mimber Per Tashreef Le Gaye Aur Farmaya Me Kaun Hu ? Sahaba Ne Arz
Kiya Aap ALLAH K Rasool Hai , Aap ﷺNe Farmaya Me Mohammad Hu Abdul Muttalib Ka Beta , Aur
Jab ALLAH Taala Ne Makhlooq Ki Takheeq Farmai Aur ALLAH Ne Mujhe Behtareen Makhlooq Me Mujhe
Maboos Kiya Aur ALLAH Ne Makhlooq K 2 Hissey Kiye , 1 Ko Arab 1 Ko Ajam , Aur Mujhe Behtareen
Hissey Me Maboos Farmaya Yaani Arab K Andar , Aur Fir ALLAH Ne Isme Qabile Banaye , Aur Behtareen
Qabilo K Andar Mujhe Sabse Behtareen Qabile Me Maboos Kiya , Aur In Behtareen Qabilo Me
Behtareen Ghar Banaye , Fir In Behtareen Me Sabse Behtareen Ghar Me Mera Intekhab Kiya ,Aur
Page | 895
Behtareen Ghar Me Behtareen Nasab Ka Intekhab Kiya ,Toh Zahiran B Tumse Behter Hu Aur Batinan B
Tumse Behter Hu.
(Tirmizi Jild 5 Safa 543 Kitabut Dawat Hadees 3532)
Imam Tirmizi Ne Iski Sanad Ko Hasan Kaha Hai
(Musnad E Ahmed Me Jild 1 Safa 210 Hadees 1788)
(Imam Haythami Ne Majmua Uz Zawaid Jild 8 Safa 216)
(Imam Behqi Ne Dalail Un Nabuwa Jild 1 Safa 179)
(Imam Hussamuddin Hindi Ne Kanzul Ummal Me Jild 11 Safa 415 Hadees 31950)
Hadees 1C:
Hazrat Ameerul Mumineen Syyeduna Ali Murtaza Radialla Taala Anhu Ki Saheeh Hadees Me Hai:
Ru-E-Zameen Par Har Zamane Me Kam Se Kam 7 Musalman Zarur Rahe Hain. Aisa Na Hota To Zameen-
O-Ahle-Zameen Sab Halaak Ho Jate. Isko Abdur Razzaq Aur Ibn Munzir Ne Shaikheen Ki Shart Par Saheeh
Sanad Ke Sath Riwayat Kiya.
(Sharah Zarqani Alal Mawahib Ladunya, Ba-Hawala Abdur Razzaq Wa Ibn Munzir Jild 1 Pg.174)
(Imam Abdur Razzaq Ne Al Musannaf Me Likha Aur Farmaya K Iski Sanad Sahi Hai)
Page | 896
Gaur Karne Ka Maqam Yeh Hai K Is Hadees K Mutabik Hamesha Se 7 Musalman Zameen Per Rahe Hai
Aur Wahbiyo Ki Aqal Dekhe K Nabi ﷺK Walidein Kafir Toh Wo 7 Musalman Us Waqt Kaun Thay
Duniya Me? Yeh Kitne Taajub Ki Baat Hai ,
Ayat 2:
Imam Ibn Hajar Al Makki Al Haythami Al Shafai ; Kitab Afzalul Qura’a Me Farmate Hai Jitney Nabi ﷺ
K Silsila E Nasab Me Aaye Inme Koi Kaafir Nai Tha , Isliye K Kafir Ko Paak Pasandida Nai Kaha Jaa Sakta.
Hadees 2A:
Hamesha ALLAH Ne Mujhko Paak, Suthri Pushton Me Naqal Farmata Raha, Saaf Suthra Araasta, Jab 2
Shakhen Paida Huin, Unme Behtar Shaakh Me Tha.
(Al-Hawi Lil Fatawa Ba Hawala Abu Naeem Masaalikul Hanfa Fi Waalidil Mustafa Jild 2 Pg.211)
(Dalailun Nabuwwa,Abi Naeem , Fasl Saani Pg.11-12)
Isko Naeem Ne Dalailun Nabuwwa Me Ibn Abbas Radialla taala anhu Se Riwayat Kiya. Aur Ek Hadees Hai
Nabi ﷺFarmate Hain:
Hadees 2B:
Mai Hamesha Paak Mardon Ki Pushton Se, Paak Beebiyon Ke Peton Me Muntaqil Hota Raha.
(Sharah Zarqani Alal Mawahib Ladunya Ba-Hawala Abi Naeem An-Ibn Abbas Jild 1 Pg.174)
Hadees 3B:
Ayat 3:
Page | 897
Yaani Jab Hazrat Nooh ﷺKa Beta Jab Paani Me Doobne Laga Tab Hazrat Nooh ﷺNe ALLAH Taala
Se Dua Ki Tab ALLAH Taala Ne Farmaya K Wo Yaqeenan Tere Gharane Se Nai Yaani Nasab Cut Gaya.
Isi Tarah Agar Koi Sayed Kafir Hojaye Maz ALLAH ,Ullema Farmate Hai Tab Uska Nasab Cut Gaya Ab
Uski Taazeem Na Hogi.
Hadees 3A:
Hazrat Ashas Ibn Qais Radialla Taala Anhu Se Riwayat Hai Nabi ﷺNe Irshad Farmaya Hum Nasar Bin
Kinana K Bête Hai , Hum Apne Baap Se Apna Nasab Juda Nai Karte.
(Imam Ahmed Bin Hanbal Ne Apni Musnad Jild 10 Safa 270 Hadees 22183)
(Imam Ibn Majah Apni Sunan Me Hadees 2612)
(Imam Bayhaqi Ne Dalail Un Nabuwa Me Jild 1 Safa 173)
(Albani Ne Ibn Majah Ki Sharah Me Kaha K Iski Sanad Hasan Hai)
(Imam Abu Sirri Rehmatullah Alayh Ne Kaha Iski Sanad Sahi Hai)
Quran Kehta Hai K Agar Koi Kafir Ajaye Toh Nasab Cut Jaata Hai Aur Nabi ﷺNe Apna Nasab Juda Nai
Karte Farmaya Toh Goya Bata Rahe Hai K Hazrat Adam ﷺTak Apke Nasab Me Koi Kafir Tha Hi Nai ,
Sab Musalman.
Hadees 3B:
Page | 898
Nabi ﷺNe Apna Nasab Abdul Muttalib Se Bataya Hai , Agar Kafir Hote Dada Toh Kya Aap ﷺ
Nasab Batate ??? Samae’en Hawala Note K Kin Kin Ahadees Me Nabi ﷺNe Apna Nasab Bataya Aur
Kaha K Me Beta Hu Abdul Muttalib Ka.
Page | 899
Page | 900
In Tamam Hadees Me Nabi ﷺNe Farmaya K Aap ﷺAbdul Muttalib K Bête Hai , Agar Kafir Hote
Toh Quran Ki Ayat Per Amal Karke Apna Nasab Cut Karlete Lekin Aap ﷺNe Bata Diya K Aapke Nasab
Kafir Nai Tha.
Ayat 04:
Aur Yaad Karo Jab Ibrahim Ne Arz Ki Aay Mere Rab Is Shaher (Makkah) Ko Aaman Wala Bana De Aur
Mujhe Aur Meri Aulado Ko Buto Ki Poja Se Bacha
(Qur'an Sureh Ibrahim Ayat 35)
Ayat 05:
Hazrat Ibrahim (Alaihisalaam) Ne Allah Ta'ala Se Dua Kari Ki Meri Aulad Mese Ek Jamat Ko Tu Apni Ita'at
Wala Rakhna
(Sureh Baqra Ayat 128)
Woh Hadees Jin par badmazhab aiteraaz karte hai aur unke jawaab:
Hazrat Abu Huraira Radialla Taala Anhu Se Riwayat Hai K Nabi ﷺNe Farmaya Mujhe Apni Walida Ki
Qabr Per Jaane Ki ALLAH Taala Se Ijazat Milgai Lekin Unke Astagfar Ki Ijazat Nai Mili.
(Sahih Muslim Kitab Ul Janaiz Hadees No 2154)
Page | 901
Is Hadees E Paak Ko Lekar Wahbi Aitraz Karte Hai K Agar Momin Hoti Toh Ijazat B Milti Lekin Kafir Thi
Isliye Ijazat Na Mili , Maz ALLAH
Al Jawab:
Agar Nabi ﷺKi Walida Ki Qabr Mushrik Wa Kafira Ki Hoti Toh Quran Yun Fermata Hai
“In Me Se Koi Marjaye Toh Aap Uske Janaze Ki Hargiz Namaz Na Padhe Aur Na Uski Qabr Per Khade Ho
Ye ALLAH Aur Uske Rasool K Munkir Hai Aur Marte Dumtak Badkar Aur Be Itaat Rahe Hai”
(Surah Tauba Ayat 84)
Ab Gaur Farmaye K Hadees K Mutabik Walida Ki Qabr Ki Ijazat Milgai , Agar Walida Ki Qabr Kafira Ki Hoti
Toh Quran Ki Ayat K Mutabik Iijazat Nai Milti , Ijazat Milna Is Baat Ki Daleel Hai K Wo Momina Thi.
Aur Magfirat Ki Dua K Liye Q Rok Diya Gaya ? , Isliye Roka K A Mehbub Aap Magfirat Ki Dua Karege Toh
Baad Walo Badgumani Hogi K Gunahgaar Thi Kafir Thi Isliye Magfirat Karrahe Thay. Toh Badgumani Na
Ho Aur Apki Walida Bakshi Hui Hai Toh Dua Ki Kya Zarurat Hai
Al Jawaab:
Phir Hajj Se Farig Hue Aur Madina Aate Waqt Wo Maqam Aaya Toh ALLAH Se Dua Ki Maula Mujhe Ijazat
De K Me Apni Walida Ki Qabr Ki Ziyarat Karu , ALLAH Taala Ne Farmaya Jo Aap Chahte Ho Kijiye , Phir
Nabi ﷺQabr Per Aye , Walidein Ko Awaz Di , Dono Apni Qabro Se Zinda Hue , Aur Aap ﷺNe Salam
Kiya Aur Kaha Ammi Jaan Me Apka Beta Mohammad , Me Nabi Banakar Maboos Kiya Gaya Hu, Aap
Pichli Ummat Me Uthai Jaati , Me Chahta Hu K Is Ummat Me Uthai Jaye ,Aap Qalma Padh Lijiye Take Is
Ummat Me Uthne Ka Apko Sharf Hasil Hojaye,Dono Ko Qalma Padhaya , Fir Dono Apni Qabr Me Aram
Farmane Chale Gaye.
NABI ﷺNe Farmaya ; Beshak Mera Aur Tera Baap Jahannam Me Hai.
Page | 902
(Sunan Abi Dawood Hadees 4718) Sahih Muslim Hadees 347.
Jawab :
Page | 903
Is Hadees Me Nabi ﷺK Baap Se Murad Abu Talib Yaani Apke Chacha Hai ,
Digar Ahadees Me Aata Hai Jiska Mafhoom Hai
“Nabi ﷺNe Farmaya Chacha Baap Ki Jagah Hota Hai”
(Sahi Muslim Jild 1 Kitab Uz Zakat Hadees 2173)
(Sahi Bukhari Jild 1 Hadees 1399)
(Sunan Abi Dawood Hadees 1623)
(Imam Nasai Ne Apni Sunan Me Hadees 2464)
(Imam Ahmed Bin Hanbal Ne Musnad Ahmed Me Hadees 8266)
(Imam Ibn Hibban Ne As Sahih Me Hadees 3273)
(Imam Ibn Khuzayma Ne Apni Sahih Me Hadees 2329)
(Imam Bayhaqi Ne Shuayb Ul Iman Me Hadees 7160)
(i). Maine usey Saraapa Aag Me Duba Paaya To Kheench Kar Takhno Tak Ki Aag Me Kar Diya.
(ii). Agar Main Na Hota To Abu Talib Jahannam Ke Sabse Neeche Tabqe Me Hota
(Sahi Bukhari Hadees 3670)
(Sahi Muslim Hadees 4418)
Yeh Tamam Hadees K Sharah Karne Wale Mufassir Ne Kaha K Yaha Baap Se Murad Abu Talib Hai.
Page | 904
Iska Dusra Jawab K Yeh Riwayat Shaaz Hai Aur Iski Mehfooz Riwayat Musannaf Me Milti Hai Jiska
Tarjuma Hai
Imam Bukhari Aur Imam Muslim Ke Ustad Ke Ustad Hazrat Imam Abdur Razzak Al Mutawaffah 211 Hijri
Hadees Likhte Hain
“Ek Araabi (Dehati) Ne Nabi ﷺSe Pucha Ki Mera Baap Kaha Hai ? Toh Huzoor ﷺNe Farmaya
Jahannam Me Phir Dobara Pucha Ki Aapke Baap Kaha Hai ? Toh Usko Nabi ﷺNe Farmaya Ki Jab Bhi
Tum Kisi Mushrik (Kafir) Ki Qabr Per Se Ghuzro To Usko Jahannam Ki Khush Khabri Dediya Karo
(Al Musannaf; Vol 10; Hadees 19687)
Page | 905
Yehi Hadees Shareef Sunan Ibn Majah Mein:
Hazrat Abdullah Bin Umar (R.A) Kehte Hain Ek Aarabi (Dehati) Huzoor ﷺKe Paas Aaya Aur Kaha Allah
Ke Rasool ﷺMere Walid Sila Rehmi Kiya Karte Thay Aur Is Is Tarah Ke Acche Aur Nek Kam Kiya Karte
Thay To Ab Wo Kaha Hai? Toh Rasool Allah ﷺNe Farmaya Wo Jahennam Me Hai To Ye Sunkar Wo
Dukhi Hua Phir Usne Kaha Allah Ke Rasool ﷺAapke Walid Kaha Hai To Rasool Allah ﷺNe Farmaya
Jab Tum Kisi Mushrik Ki Qabr Ke Paas Se Ghuzro To Usko Jahannam Ki Khushkhabri Do Uske Baad Wo
Dehati Musalman Ho Gaya Aur Kaha Rasool Allah ﷺNe Mujhpar Ek Zimmedari Dal Di Hai Ab Kisi Kafir
Ki Qabr Se Ghuzarta Hon To Use Jahennam Ki Khushkhabri Deta Hon
Sunan Ibn Majah [Published by Saudi Najd Riyadh] Vol 2 Hadees 1573
(Tehqeeq by Albani Hadith is Sahih
Lijiye Ye Sahi Matan Word Hai Hadees Ke Aur Wahabiyon Ne Isi Ko Jo Dusri Hadees Ki Kitab Me Hai
Usme Alfazo Ko Apni Taraf Se Add Kiya Hai ~Jab Usne Kaha Ki Aapke Baap Kaha To Aapne Farmaya
Jahennam Me~ Ye Word In Khariji Wahabiyon Ahle'hadeeso Ke Shamil Kiye Hue Hai
Page | 906
Muslim Aur Abu Dawud Ki Riwayat Me Hammad Bin Salma Ne Sabit Se Aur Unhone Hazrat Anas Se Ye
Riwayat Kiya Hai Jisme Kaha Gaya Hai Ki Beshak Mera Aur Tera Baap Jahannam Me Hai Jabki Musannaf
Ki Riwayat Batati Hai Ki Yeh Alfaz Nahi The Balki , Jab Bhi Tum Kisi Mushrik Ki Qabr Per Se Guzro To Usko
Jahannam Ki Khushkhabri De Diya Karo , Yeh Alfaz Thay , Yaad Rahe Yaha Aap ﷺNe Yeh Nai
Farmaya Ki Mera Baap Jahannam Me Hai.
Muslim Aur Abu Dawud Ki Riwayat Me Hammad Bin Salma Maujud Hai Aur Inke Hafize Per
Muhaddiseen Ka Kalam Hai.
Imam Zehbi Imam Ahmed K Hawale Se Likhte Hai-Hammad Bin Salma Khata Karte Thay.
(Siar Alam Nubla)
Aur Isliye Imam Bukhari Ne Inse Koi Riwayat Nai Li,Aur Musannaf Ki Riwayat Me Ma’mar Ne Zuhri Se
Riwayat Kiya Hai Aur Hammad Bin Salma K Muqable Ma’mar Muhaddiseen K Nazdeek Awsaq Rawi Hai
Aur Inki Riwayat Imam Bukhari Ne B Li Hai.
“Jo Log ALLAH Aur Uske Rasool Ko Ezaa Dete Hai Inper Duniya Aur Akhirat Me ALLAH Ki Phatkar Hai Aur
Inke Liye Nihayat Ruswakin Azaab Hai.”
(Surah Ahzab Ayat 57)
“ Walidein Ko Kisi Nuqs K Saath Zikr Karne Se Bacho Ki Issey Huzur ﷺKo Ezaa Hone Ka Andesha Hai”
(Mawahibul Ladunya Jild 1 Safa 111)
(Afzalul Quraa Li Qari Ummul Qura Sher 6)
Wahabiyon Gair Muqallido Saudi Najdi Ka Sabse Bada Muhakkik e Hammam Nasiruddin Albani Likhta
Hai
Ek Araabi (Dehati) Huzoor ﷺKi Bargah Me Hazir Hokar Kehne Laga Mera Baap Silah Rehmi Karta Tha
Wo Aisa Tha Ab Wo Kaha Hai? Huzoor ﷺNe Farmaya Jahannam Me Phir Dobara Pucha Ki Aapke Baap
Kaha Hai ? Toh Usko Nabi ﷺNe Farmaya Ki Jab Bhi Tum Kisi Mushrik (Kafir) Ki Qabr Per Se Ghuzro To
Usko Jahannam Ki Khush Khabri Dediya Karo
Albani Book; Ahkamul JanaizSafa; 125
To Pta Chala Ki Asal Hadees Ka Matan Ye Hai Na Ki Abu Dawud Me Isse Saaf Sabit Hua Ke Usme Tehreer
Fabrication Ki Gai
Page | 907
Aitraz 03:
Page | 908
Hazrat Imam E Azam Abu Hanifa Ki Kitab Fiqh Ul Akbar , Usme Imam E Azam Ne Likha K Nabi ﷺK
Walidein Kufr Per Mare.
Aur Hazrat Mulla Ali Qari Rahimahullah Unhone Sharah Fiqh Ul Akbar Likhi Hai , Safa 312 Per , Imam
Jalaluddin Suyuti Ka Radd Karte Hue Likha Hai K Nabi ﷺK Walidein Kufr Per Mare.
Jawab
Sabse Pehle K Imam Abu Hanifa Ki Kitab Al Fiq Al Akbar Per 3 Aqwal Hai Ullema K Is Ibarat Ko Lekar
1). Tabqa Imam E Azam Abu Hanifa Ki Kitab Ko Nai Manta K Yeh Imam E Azam Ki Hai Lekin Kuch Ullema
Mante Hai.
2). Yeh Ibarat Guzishta Edition Me Nai Thi Yeh Baad Me Bad Aqeedo Ne Badai.
3). Fiqh Ul Akbar Ki Ibarat Me Tehreef Hai.
Haqeeqat Yeh Hai K Imam E Azam Abu Hanifa Ne Likha K Nabi ﷺK Walidein Kufr Per Hargiz
Hargiz Nai Mare.
Aur Hazrat Mulla Ali Qari Rahimahullah Ne Apne Is Qaul Se Ruju Karliya Tha Jab Unhone Sharah Shifa
Shareef Likhi Jild 1 Safa 6 Per.
Chamar Se Zyada Zaleel Wahabi Deobandi Ahle'hadees Saudi Najdi Kehte Hai Ki Tumhare Nabi ﷺKi
Walida Hazrat Sayyeda Amina (R.A) Musalman Nahi Thi Aur Unpar Na Jane Kufr o Shirk Ke Ilzamaat
Lagate Hai Ye Najdi Kutte Maaz'Allah Summa Maaz'Allah
(Hazrat Imam Ibn Qudāmah al-Maqdīsī Al Mutawaffah 620 Apni Authentic Book al-Mughni Jild 9
Safa 97)
(Hazrat Imam Al-Maqdisi Al Mutawaffah 682 Apni Kitab Sharah al-Kabeer Jild 26 Safa 402)
(Hazrat Imam Ibn e al-Muflih Al Mutawaffah 763 Apni Kitab al-Mubdi Jild 7 Safa 413)
(Hazrat Imam Zarkashi Al Mutawaffah 794 Apni Kitab al-Sharah Jild 6 Safa 319)
(Hazrat Imam Mardawi Al Mutawaffah 885 Apni Kitab al-Insaf Jild 26 Safa 402)
(Al Mujaddid Hazrat Imam Suyuti Al Mutawaffah 911 Hijri Apni Famous Book al-Haawi lil-Fatawi Jild 2
Safa 282)
Jo Rasool Allah ﷺKi Walida Majida Sayyeda Amina (Alaihisalaam) Par Kisi Bhi Tarah Ki Tohmat
Lagaye To Uski Saza Qatl Hai Chahe Musalman Ho Ya Kafir
Allahu'Akbar'Kabira
Yani Jo Bazahir Apne Ko Musalman Kehta Ho Ghutne Tak Dadhi Latkaye Ho Pajama Ghutne Tak Kiye
Rehta Ho Sajda Kar Kar Ke Kala Nisha Bana Liya Ho Agar Sayyeda Amina (R.A) Par Kufr Shirk Ka ilzam
Page | 909
Lagaye Ya Aur Kuch Bakwas Kare Jaisa Aaj Wahabi Ahle'hadees Deobandi Karte Hai To Kafir Hai Aur
Wajib ul Qatl.
2).Allah ﷻNe Hazrat Adam Se Hazrat Abdullah Tak Aur Hazrat Hawwa Se Hazrat Amina Tak
Sabko Mehfoz Rakh'kha:
Hazrat Imam Ibn e Hajar Makki Al Mutawaffah 974 Hijri Likhte Hain
Hazrat Sheesh (Alaihisalaam) Hazrat Adam (Alaihisalaam) Ke ilm Ke Waris Hai Aur Khatm e Nabuwat
Muhammad Mustafa ﷺKa Noor Unko Muntaqil Hua Hai Phir Hazrat Sheesh (Alaihisalaam) Ne Apne
Bete Ko Wahi Mashwara Diya Jo Hazrat Adam (Alaihisalaam) Ne Diya Tha Ke Ye Noor e Muhammad
ﷺSirf Paak Muqaddas Aurto Ko Hi Di Jani Chahiye Aur Ye Mashwara Us Waqt Tak Jari Raha Aur
Hazrat Abdullah Bin Abdul Muttalib (R.A) Tak Allah Ta'ala Ne Un Sabko Zamane Ki Buraiyon Aur Fitne
Fasad Se Unko Aur Unki Nasl Ko Mehfoz Rakha
(An Nematul al Kubra: Page 18)
Yani Hazrat Adam (Alaihisalaam) Ne Basharat De Di Ki Huzoor ﷺKa Noor Paak Mardo Se Paak
Muqaddas Aurto Me Muntaqil Hota Rahe Aur Un Logo Ko Allah Tamam Buraiyon Fitna Fasad Se Alag
Rakh'khe Ga Aur Sabse Badi Buraiyon Aur Fitno Me Shirk o Kufr Ki Hai Yani Allah Ne Tamam Jadd e
Akbar Ko Isse Mehfoz Rakh'kha Har Zamane Me
Page | 910
Hadees:
Hazrat Abu Huraira Radialla Taala Anhu Se Riwayat Hai Ki Nabi ﷺNe Farmaya ; Har Baccha Imaan Ki
Haalat Per Paida Hota Hai ,Phir Uske Aaba O Ajdad Usko Yahudi Ya Nasrani Bana Dete Hai.
(Sahih Bukhari Hadees 1385)
(Sahi Muslim Hadees 22)
(Sunan Abi Dawud Hadees 4714)
(Sunan Tirmidhi Hadees 2138)
(Jaame Ma’mar Bin Rasheed Hadees 20087)
(Muatta Imam Malik Hadees 278)
(Musanad Abu Dawud Tayalsi Hadees 2480)
(Musannaf Abdur Razzaq Hadees 6611)
Is Hadees Se Saabit Hua Ki Har Baccha Imaan Per Paida Hota Hai Toh Is Hadees K Mutabik Nabi ﷺK
Walidein B Iman Per Paida Hue.
Page | 911
Ab Duniya K Tamam Wahbiyo Deobandiyo Ko Challenge Hai Ki Wo Sabit Kare Kisi B Hadees Se Ki Nabi
ﷺK Walidein Ne Kabhi Koi Kufr O Shirk Kiya Hai
Agar Sabit Na Kar Sake To Is Hadees Se Unka Iman Wala Hona Sabit Ho Gaya.
ALLAH Taala Se Dua Hai Ki Hume Deobandi Wahbiyo K Fitno Se Bachaye Aur Hamesha
Haq Per Rehne Ki Taufeeq Ataa Farmaye.
Page | 912
Huzoor ﷺKe Naam Se Kurbani Karana
Hadees 01:
Hazrate Ali (R.A) hamesha kurbani karte the do mendho ki. Ek Nabi ﷺki taraf se aur ek apne taraf se.
So logon ne unse kaha ki kyu aisa karte hai? Aap to jawab diya unhone ki hukm kiya mujhki yaani Nabi
ﷺne iska hukm diya. Main na chodunga use kabhi
(Jamia Tirmizi Shareef; Vol 1; Hadees 1534)
Imam Hakim Ne is Hadees ko Sahih Kaha. In logo ke zaif kehne se Hadees zaif nahi ho jati.
(Sunan Abu Dawood; Vol 3; Hadees 2790)
Yeh Waqia Humare Nabi ﷺke wisaal ke baad ka hai. To pata chala ki Hazrate Ali (R.A) ka bhi yehi
aqida hai.
Page | 913
Hadees 02:
Hazrate Aishah (R.A) se riwayat hai ki Rasoolullah ﷺnein ek bade singho wala mendha lane ka kukm
diyajo chalta bhi siyah rang mein tha (paon siya the) baithta bhi siyah rang mein tha (pet siya tha) aur
dekhta bhi siyah rang mein tha (aankhon ke ird gird hisse ka rang bhi siya tha).
Use aap ki kurbani ke liye laaya gaya. Aap ﷺne Hazrate Aisha (R.A) se kaha mujhe churi lao. Fir
farmaya use pathar par tez karo. Unhone ne tez kardi. Fir aap ﷺne wah pakdi aur mendhe ko pakda.
Use letaya fir use zibah kardi aur farmaya “ Bismillah , Ae Allah Muhammad ﷺ, A’la Muhammad ﷺ
aur Immate Muhammad ﷺki taraf se kubul farma”
Huzoor ﷺnein apni saari ummat ke liye ek qurbani ki”
(Sahih Muslim; Vol 2; Hadees 4976)
(Sunan Abu Dawood; Vol 2; Hadees 1019
(Jamia Tirmizi Shareef; Vol 1; Hadees 1564
(Sunan Ibn Maja; Vol 2; Hadees 907)
(Musnad Ahmed; Hadees 21761)
(Imam Ibn Hibban; Hadees 5902)
(Imam Hakim Al Mustadrak; Hadees 4577)
(Imam Bayhaqi; Hadees 18786)
Humare Nabi ﷺne Puri Ummat ke liya Kurbani farmayi. Isi liye Hum Bhi Apne Nabi ﷺke naam
se kurbani karte hai. Unhe shukriya dete hai.
Badmazhabon ko is baat se bhi aitraaz hai. Yeh sirf humare Nabi ﷺse nafrat karte hai.
Allah Ta’ala hume aise fitno se bachaye
Ameen!!!!!
Page | 914
Page | 915